2003-04 CATALOG Programs and Majors

Your education at Lehigh University will help prepare Strong programs in business, the humanities, education, you to excel by discovering and building upon your per- arts and sciences, and human services compliment our sonal strengths in a campus community where active well-known strength in engineering. Lehigh students can learning connects with real-world applications. Learning choose from an array of courses and enjoy the resources at Lehigh incorporates active academic research and and facilities of a major research university and the hands-on experiences, both in and outside the classroom. atmosphere and personal attention of a small college. As a comprehensive university, Lehigh offers students an While most of the undergraduate programs listed are education that integrates course work across four colleges offered as majors, many are also available as minors. and different fields of study in a dynamic learning expe- Graduate programs are offered in many of the subjects rience that can be customized to individual interests. listed as well. These are described in Section IV, Graduate Study and Research.

Arts, Humanities, and Civil Engineering Education and Human Social Sciences Civil and Environmental Sciences2 Services Computer Science Africana Studies Counseling Psychology1 Design 1 American Studies Ecology Counseling and Human Services Anthropology Electrical Engineering Educational Leadership Architecture Educational Technology1 Electrical Engineering and 1 Art Engineering Physics2 Elementary Counseling 2 Arts and Engineering Engineering Mechanics Elementary and Secondary Asian Studies Education (5 year program) Engineering Physics 1 Classical Civilization Environmental Engineering School Psychology Classics Secondary Counseling1 Environmental Science 1 Cognitive Science Geological Sciences Special Education Ecology Industrial Engineering Economics Cross-Disciplinary Information and Systems Engineering Programs English Materials Science and Engineering French Mathematics Africana Studies German American Studies Mechanical Engineering 2 History Molecular Biology Arts and Engineering International Relations Optoelectronics Science and Engi- Asian Studies Journalism neering Classical Civilization Music Physics Bioengineering Philosophy Statistics Civil Engineering/Environmental Political Science Structural Engineering (IBE only) Sciences Psychology Cognitive Science Religion Studies Biosciences and Computer Science and Business Russian Studies Bioengineering Electrical Engineering/Engineering Science Writing Applied Life Science Physics Science, Technology, and Society Integrated Business and Engineering Behavioral Neuroscience 3 Sociology and Anthropology Biochemistry Pre-dental Science Sociology/Social Psychology Pre-medical Science3 Bioengineering 3 Spanish Biology Pre-optometry Science Theatre Molecular Biology Science, Technology, and Society Urban Studies Information Science and Special Cross- Engineering, Science and Technology Disciplinary Programs of Mathematics Study Computer Engineering Astronomy Computer Science Arts and Engineering Astrophysics Computer Technology (IBE only) Computer Science and Business Applied Mathematics Information and Systems Engineering Enterprise Systems Leadership Applied Science Optoelectronics Science and Integrated Business and Engineering Behavioral Neuroscience Engineering Music and Engineering/Science4 Biochemistry Bioengineering Business and Economics 1Graduate level only Biology Accounting 2 Chemical Engineering Dual-degree (5-year) program Business Economics 3 Chemistry Economics Combined-degree programs only Finance 4Music and Engineering/Science is not Management a major in itself. However, Lehigh Marketing attracts many engineering and science Information Systems students who wish to continue their Supply Chain Management active involvement in music and the music department, as dual majors, minors or elective participants. 3

Contents

Academic Calendar 4 I. Information of General Interest 5 II. University Resources 19 III. Undergraduate Studies 27 IV. Graduate Study and Research 49 V. Courses, Programs and Curricula 83 VI. An Overview from Past and Present 357 VII. Administration, Faculty and Staff 366 Index 389 4 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2003-2004

2003-2004 Academic Calendar Fall 2003 Spring 2004 August 21-22 (Thursday-Friday) - Graduate Registration January 15-16 (Thursday-Friday) - Graduate Registration August 25 (Monday) - Classes begin; registration January 18 (Sunday) – Commencement August 29 (Friday) - Last day web registration; January 19 (Monday) - Registration; First day of class Last day to add courses without January 23 (Friday) - Last day web registration; Last instructor’s signature day to add courses without instructor’s September 1 (Monday) - Labor day classes held permission September 5 (Friday) - Last day of registration; Last January 30 (Friday) - Last day for spring registration; day to drop a course without a “W” Last day to drop a course without a “W” September 12 (Friday) - Last day to select or February 6 (Friday) - Last day to select or cancel cancel pass/fail grading pass/fail September 27 (Saturday) - Rosh Hashanna February 18 (Wednesday) - Four o’clock quizzes September 25 (Thursday) - Four o’clock quizzes February 19 (Thursday) - Four o’clock quizzes September 30 (Tuesday) - Four o’clock quizzes February 24 (Tuesday) - Four o’clock quizzes October 1 (Wednesday) - Four o’clock quizzes February 25 (Wednesday) - Four o’clock quizzes October 2 (Thursday) – Four o’clock quizzes March 1 (Monday) - Last day for filing applica- October 6 (Monday) - Yom Kippur tions for June graduation October 9-12 (Thursday-Sunday) - Pacing Break - no March 5 (Friday) - Mid-term grades due classes March 6-14 (Saturday-Sunday) - Spring break October 13 (Monday) - Classes resume; Friday March 15 (Monday) - Classes resume classes meet March 30 (Tuesday) – Four o’clock quizzes October 14 (Tuesday) - Thursday classes meet March 31 (Wednesday) – Four o’clock quizzes October 15 (Wednesday) - Mid-term grades due April 1 (Thursday) – Four o’clock quizzes October 30 (Thursday) - Four o’clock quizzes April 5 (Monday) – Four o’clock quizzes November 3 (Monday) - Applications for January April 6 (Thursday) - Passover - classes held degree due April 9 (Friday) - Last day to withdraw from a November 4 (Tuesday) – Four o’clock quizzes course with a “W” November 5 (Wednesday) – Four o’clock quizzes April 9 (Friday) - Good Friday - classes held; November 6 (Thursday) – Four o’clock quizzes Last day for hourly exams; Last day for November 10-21 (Monday-Friday) - Registration for May/June doctoral candidates to deliver Spring 2004 approved dissertation drafts to dean November 11 (Tuesday) - Last day for January doc- April 12-23 (Monday-Friday) Registration for Fall toralcandidates to deliver approved and Summer dissertation drafts to dean; Last day April 23 (Friday) – Last day for hourly exams to withdraw from a course with a “W” April 30 (Friday) - Last day for May/June master’s November 25 (Tuesday) - Last day for hourly exams candidates to submit unbound thesis November 26-30 (Wednesday-Sunday) - Thanksgiving copies to the Registrar’s Office; Last Vacation day for May/June doctoral candidates December 5 (Friday) - Last day of classes; Last day to complete all degree requirements; to drop a course with a WP/WF Last day to drop a class or withdraw grades; Last day for January master’s with WP/WF grades; Last Class Day degree candidates to submit unbound May 1 (Saturday) - Review-consultation-study thesis copies to the Registrar’s Office period for Tuesday classes December 6 (Saturday) - Review-consultation-study May 3 (Monday) - Review-consultation-study period for Tuesday classes period for Monday classes December 8 (Monday) - Review-consultation-study May 4 (Tuesday) - Final exams begin period for Monday classes May 12 (Wednesday) - Final exams end December 9 (Tuesday) - Last day for January doc- May 15 (Saturday) - Grades due toral degree candidates to complete May 24 (Monday) - University Commencement all degree requirements Day December 9 (Tuesday) - Final exams begin December 17 (Wednesday) - Final exams end December 22 (Monday) - Grades due Lehigh University defines a semester as 14 weeks and 70 individual days of instruction to be followed by 2 days of a reading-consultation and study period in preparation of 9 consecutive calendar days of final examinations with four periods per day of 3 hour exam blocks. The summer term is 12 weeks with measured sessions. The academic year consists of one summer and two regular terms.

Lehigh on the Web Other hot links Lehigh at a glance-Fast Facts: Catalog: www.lehigh.edu www.lehigh.edu/lufacts Admissions information: www.lehigh.edu/catalog Campus visits, interviews and open houses: Undergraduate academic programs: www.lehigh.edu/admissions www.lehigh.edu/visitinglehigh Parents & family: www.lehigh.edu/programs Sights and Sounds of Lehigh: Frequently Asked Questions: www.lehigh.edu/parents www.lehigh.edu/tour www.lehigh.edu/faq Information of General Interest 5

I. Information of General Interest

This section includes information related to accredita- reflected in the accumulation of units. Such qualities are tion, admission, advanced placement, transfer students, also considered by the admissions committee. tuition and fees, financial aid, campus life and academic regulations. Similar information for graduate students Minimum subject matter requirements (16 units) may be found in Section IV. The university’s history, English 4 units biographies of its presidents and descriptions of its build- foreign languages* 2 units ings are found in Section VI. social science 2 units laboratory science 2 units Accreditation college preparatory mathematics 3 units Lehigh University is accredited by the Middle States elective subjects 3 units Association of Colleges and Schools. *Only in exceptional cases, and for otherwise well-qualified Both the undergraduate general and accounting pro- candidates, will the Committee on Admissions waive the grams and the master of business administration foreign language requirement for admission to any one of the programs are accredited by the American Assembly of three undergraduate colleges. Collegiate Schools of Business. The engineering curricula Students planning on enrolling in the College of are accredited by the Accreditation Board for Engineering and Applied Science must have studied Engineering and Technology. In addition, the computer mathematics through trigonometry, and should have science program offered in the College of Engineering studied chemistry, physics and mathematics through pre- and Applied Science is accredited by the Computer calculus. Calculus is recommended. Students planning to Science Accreditation Board, Inc. The Commonwealth enroll in the College of Business and Economics must of Pennsylvania approves for educational certification have completed mathematics through trigonometry, but various programs within the College of Education. also should strongly consider taking pre-calculus or calcu- Programs in chemistry are approved by the American lus. Candidates for the College of Arts and Sciences Chemical Society. preparing for a bachelor’s of science degree must also take The department of theatre is accredited by the National math through trigonometry. Association of Schools of Theatre, recognized by the Minimum course work requirements can be misleading U.S. Department of Education as the accrediting body since most students who gain admission to Lehigh for the field of theatre. University exceed the minimum course work. Strength of Policy of Equality preparation can be difficult to assess since each individual comes from a different background. However, the Lehigh University provides equal opportunity on the Committee on Admissions will look for things such as (in basis of merit without discrimination because of race, no particular order): color, religious creed, ancestry, national origin, age, handicap, sex, sexual orientation or union membership. • Rank or relative rank in class •How the student’s grades compare to those of his or Admission Guidelines her classmates at that particular school •Evidence of improvement or deterioration in grades The total undergraduate and graduate enrollment of during the secondary school career with particular Lehigh University is regulated by action of the board of attention paid to performance in senior year courses trustees, with a resulting limitation in the number of • The quality of performance in courses that relate to candidates who can be admitted each year to the various the student’s anticipated area of study divisions of the university. • The difficulty of courses taken with special attention Because of the limitations on enrollment, the Office of paid to courses recognized as being accelerated by Admissions, under the leadership of the Dean of national academic organizations Admissions and Financial Aid, conducts a selective review of candidates for admission. Several criteria are • Comments and recommendations from the principal, used in an attempt to predict a student’s ability to suc- headmaster, guidance counselor, or other professional cessfully complete four years of rigorous study at Lehigh educators within the school system University. •Performance on standardized testing The material that follows pertains to undergraduates. •Extra-curriculum/work experience with particular Graduate students should consult Admission to emphasis placed on demonstrated leadership Graduate Standing, Section IV. •Demonstrated interest in Lehigh University The admission policy of the university is designed to enroll students with a variety of backgrounds. The Entrance Examinations course work or units required for admission represent SAT/ACT: Each candidate for admission to the freshman the equivalent of the usual four-year college preparatory class is required to write either the Scholastic Assessment curriculum with certain specific course work being Test (SAT) or the American College Test (ACT). It is required for enrollment in certain programs within the highly recommended that the student request that his or university. Evidence of academic growth, ability to learn, her scores be forwarded to Lehigh (CEEB code 2365) and motivation are special qualities that may not be directly. It is not the responsibility of the high school guidance office to forward the results. If, during the eval- 6 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2003-2004

uation process, it is discovered that the test results are sible. No interviews are granted during the February 1 to missing, the student will be notified by mail or phone. April 1 period, when the staff is reading files; exceptions Unnecessary delays in the decision-making process can can be made for persons traveling great distances. result if the committee does not have the scores. In certain cases, an interview may be required if, in the The Committee on Admissions recommends that stu- opinion of the Dean of Admissions and Financial Aid, dents take the exam in the junior year and again as early the additional information gained through an interview in the senior year as possible. In the evaluation process, would be helpful in making the correct decision regard- the highest score in each category will be used regardless ing admission. In such cases, the candidate will be of the test date. notified of our request. SAT II Tests: SAT II tests are recommended, but not How to Apply required. It is also recommended that students who plan to study a foreign language take the SAT II or Advanced Students may secure applications by writing to the Placement Test for the language they intend to study. Office of Admissions, 27 Memorial Drive West, Lehigh Also, students interested in advanced placement and/or University, Bethlehem, PA 18015, or by telephoning receiving college credit in chemistry, English or modern (610) 758-3100. Students may also apply on-line at language and literature should take the SAT II tests. www.lehigh.edu/apply Please read the Advanced Placement section for specific Students may also use the Common Application avail- requirements. able from school guidance counselors, or they may apply Test information and applications may be secured from by using the Common Application on-line at www.com- high school guidance offices or the College Board at monapp.org. The Common Application is accepted as the either of the following addresses: P.O. Box 592, equal of the Lehigh application. Students also are Princeton, N.J. 08541, or 1947 Center St., Berkeley, required to submit a supplemental form to the Common Calif. 94704. Candidates writing tests outside the Application that can be obtained through the Common United States should direct their correspondence to the Application web site or the Lehigh web site. Princeton address. Applications should be filed according to the following Candidates should register for the tests early in the sen- deadlines: ior year and not later than one month prior to the test November 15 —Early Decision date (two months for candidates who will be tested in November 15 — 7 year BA/MD Program Europe, Asia, Africa, Central and South America and January 1—Penn-Dental 7 year Dental Program Australia). January 1 – Seven-year optometry program with the As with other standardized testing, the candidate has the SUNY State College of Optometry responsibility to have the results sent to Lehigh. January 1—Regular Decision Each application must be accompanied by an application Recommendations fee of $50. This fee is non-refundable and does not The Office of Admissions requires, as part of a candi- apply towards tuition fees. Waivers of application fees are date’s file, a letter of recommendation from the guidance accepted when forwarded on the appropriate forms from counselor, principal, or headmaster from the candidate’s the school guidance office. Students for whom the appli- school. One teacher recommendation is also required. cation fee is a hardship should consult the guidance Such recommendations should address the candidate’s offices at their schools. other qualifications such as character, emotional stability, intellectual motivation, social adjustment, participation Early Decision in school activities, and established habits of industry Our program is a binding early decision plan, meaning and dependability. that the student is expected to withdraw all applications to other school if accepted to Lehigh. The student, his or Interviews her parents, and guidance counselor must sign an Early Prospective first-year students and their parents are high- Decision Request form to confirm their understanding ly encouraged to visit Lehigh and to participate in a of this provision. Students applying early should be sure campus tour and to meet with an admissions officer for that Lehigh is their first choice school. Early Decision I an individual information session or a general informa- is for students who meet the November 15 deadline. tion session. No appointment is necessary for a campus Notification will be completed around December 15. tour or an information session, but interviews must be Early Decision II is for students who have met the scheduled by appointment. Visit www.lehigh.edu/schedule January 1 regular application deadline and who declare for a schedule of tours and information sessions. A call their intention to apply early decision by February 1. to the Office of Admissions is recommended because the These students will be notified around February 15. It is schedule of tours and interviews can change several times understood that all early decision candidates will contin- during the year as the academic calendar changes. While ue to perform at a satisfactory academic level through visiting our campus, it is often possible to meet with fac- out the remainder of his or her senior year. ulty, coaches or other professional staff of the university. The early decision plan is not for everyone. It is for the Requests for such meetings should be made prior to the student who has been early and active in their college actual visit so as to facilitate scheduling. search, and is sure that he or she wants to attend Lehigh. The Office of Admissions is open for interviews most When reviewing an early decision application, the com- weekdays beginning at 9 a.m. Tours are available several mittee will defer a decision on any candidate when there times a day during the school year. Some Saturday is insufficient information to make an early decision. It morning tours and interviews are available during the is also possible that a student may be denied admission. fall and winter, but these time slots fill very quickly and The Committee will give early decision applicants some students are encouraged to reserve a spot as soon as pos- slight advantage in borderline cases because of the com- Information of General Interest 7 mitment of applying early, but the student must still on this option may be obtained through the Dean of present a strong record. Students, Coordinator of Greek Affairs, University Early decision candidates who have filed the Center, 27 Trembley Drive, Lehigh University, CSS/Financial Aid Profile application, available at Bethlehem, PA 18015 or call (610) 758-4157. www.collegeboard.com, and prior year tax forms, will be Advanced Placement notified of their financial aid packages as soon as possible after the decisions on admission are made by the Office The university offers capable students who have superior of Admissions. All other financial aid forms must be preparation an opportunity for advanced placement filed by the deadline indicated on each application. and/or college credit. Many secondary schools, in associ- ation with the College Board, offer college-level work. Admission and Deposit Students participating in these courses should write the Notification of admissions decisions are made by mail by Advanced Placement Tests offered by the College Board. the first week of April. Admission is granted only Students who achieve advanced placement are afforded through written notice by the Office of Admissions. An three major advantages. First, they commence study at admitted student may secure a place in the entering class Lehigh at a level where they will be academically com- by notifying the university that he or she intends to fortable. Second, students who qualify for college credits enroll at Lehigh and by forwarding the appropriate may be graduated at an earlier time—with resulting sav- enrollment deposit postmarked by May 1. This fee is ings in time and tuition outlay. Third, qualified students applicable towards the fall-term bill. Students who do may, in the Lehigh senior year, enroll for a limited not attend will forfeit their deposit. amount of work for graduate credit. Transfer Students Entering freshmen that ask the College Board to send their advanced placement grades to Lehigh are consid- Each January and August, students who have attended ered for advanced placement. another college or university are admitted with advanced standing. Candidates for transfer admission must meet Some departments noted below offer examinations dur- the high school subject matter requirements prescribed ing Freshman Orientation to students who studied for entering freshmen, but entrance examinations are not college-level subjects in secondary school but did not required if a student has completed at least one year of write the advanced placement tests. Entering freshmen full-time study at another institution. Exceptions to ful- wishing to write an examination in any Lehigh course filling high school requirements will be granted should notify the Office of Admissions in writing prior following the review of a college level transcript. The to August 1. The student should specify the number and academic performance at the college level is the primary title of the course. Students who receive credit on the focus when giving consideration to admission. basis of advanced placement grades need not write Lehigh tests to confirm the credit granted. Candidates who have been dropped for poor scholarship, or who are not in good standing, or who have been released Current practice at Lehigh is as follows: for disciplinary reasons are not eligible for admission. Art and Architecture. Six credit hours for Art 1 and Art Each candidate must submit an official transcript and 2 are granted to students who earn a grade of 5. Three course descriptions from each institution attended. An credit hours for Art 099 Free Elective in Art History are admissions decision cannot be made without this infor- granted for those students who earn a grade of 4. Those mation. Students wishing to enter in the spring should students who earn grades of 5 on the Advanced apply no later than November 1 and applicants for the Placement Studio Art Examination receive three credit fall semester should have their application in by April 1. hours for Art 3. Applications may be obtained by writing to the Transfer Biology. Four credit hours for EES 31, Introduction to Section, Office of Admissions, 27 Memorial Dr. West, Environmental/Organismal Biology, given to those who Lehigh University, Bethlehem, PA 18015 or by calling earn grades of 4 or 5. (610) 758-4681. The application is also available at Chemistry. Eight credit hours for Chm 21, Chm 22, Lehigh’s web site www.lehigh.edu/tapply. Each application and Chm 31 are granted to students who earn a grade of must be accompanied by an application fee of $50. 5. Those students who earn a grade of 4, or who score Students are encouraged to take an active role in seeing 750 or higher on the SAT II chemistry subject test, are that the various parts of the student’s admission packet granted five credit hours for Chm 21 and Chm 22 and have arrived at the university. Decisions are made as soon may apply to the department for a special examination as possible after the application is complete. Students that, if completed successfully, will result in an addition- will be notified by the Registrar as to how many credits al three credit hours for Chm 31. Lehigh will grant to the student in advanced standing. Computer Science. Students who receive a grade of 4 or Housing: Transfer students are guaranteed housing for at 5 on the AP exam will receive 3 credits for CSE 012 least their first semester provided an enrollment deposit Economics. Students will receive three credit hours of is received by the date established within the text of the ECO 00 Economics Elective for a score of 4 or 5 on the offer of admission letter. Every effort is made to accom- microeconomics or macro economics exam. Students modate transfer student housing needs. All students are receiving a score of 4 or 5 on both the microeconomics guaranteed on-campus housing through the end of the and macroeconomics exams will receive 4 credits for sophomore year. Contact the Office of Residential ECO 001 and 2 credits of Economics Elective and satis- Services, Rathbone Hall, Lehigh University, 63 fy the College of Business and Economics degree University Drive, Bethlehem, PA 18015 or call (610) requirements. 758-3500. This office also can provide information about off campus housing. Fraternities and sororities English. Students who earn a score of 5 on one of the often have room for members or boarders. Information College Board Advanced Placement Tests in English (either in English Language and Composition or in 8 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2003-2004

English Literature and Composition) or who achieve a credit for Physics 12 or 22, Introductory Physics score of 750 or higher on the SAT II Subject Test in Laboratory I and II, he or she should see the chairperson Writing receive six hours of Lehigh credit for freshman of the physics department with evidence of laboratory English (and exemption from the requirement). Students experience. A test is offered during Freshman who receive a score of 4 on either of the Advanced Orientation. Placements Tests in English or who have a score of 700- Psychology. Four credit hours of Psyc 1 are granted to 749 on the SAT II Writing Subject Test will receive three students who earn a grade 4 or 5. hours of credit in freshman English; these students will complete the six-hour requirement by taking an English Statistics. Student s scoring a 4 or 5 will receive 4 cred- course suggested by the department, typically Engl 11. its; for MATH 12 if enrolled in the College of Arts & Sciences or the College of Engineering & Applied Environmental Science. Students scoring a 4 or 5 on the Science, or 3 credits for ECO 145 if enrolled in the environmental science exam will receive 4 credits for EES 3. College of Business & Economics. Government and Politics. Four credits for POLS 1 are International Baccalaureate. Students who earn the awarded to those students that score a 4 or 5 on the international baccalaureate may be granted credit in American Government test, and four credits for POLS 3 higher-level or advanced subjects with scores of 5 or bet- are awarded to those that score a 4 or 5 on the ter. All students will have their credentials evaluated on Comparative Politics exam an individual basis for specific course equivalency. History. Students earning a grade of 4 or 5 in the American History Advanced Placement examination will Estimate of Expense for Undergraduates receive 4 credits for HIST 41. Students earning a grade Principally three areas of income support the operating of 4 or 5 in the European History exam will receive four expense of Lehigh University: tuition and fees, endowment credits for HIST 12 Students receiving advanced place- earnings, and gifts and grants. The university is conscious ment in American history may not later enroll in that educational costs are significant and it strives to main- History 41; students receiving advanced placement credit tain a program of high quality instruction while in European history may not later enroll in History 12. recognizing that there are limitations on what families can Latin. Students receive three semester hours of credit for a afford to pay. Costs will vary somewhat from student to grade of 4 or 5 in the Virgil examination; those who suc- student depending upon the various options chosen. cessfully write in more than one area (e.g. Virgil and lyric Tuition, Room, and Board poetry) receive six hours of credit. Credit will be awarded There are three major plans that cover the major expense for Latin 099 Latin Elective. Students receiving credit for associated with university attendance. These are as follows: Latin and who wish to continue their study of Latin must consult with the Director for proper placement. The Tuition Plan. The university provides comprehensive academic and Mathematics. Four semester hours of credit for Math student services under its tuition plan. The tuition sum 21, Calculus I, are granted to those who earn grades of 4 is inclusive of most athletic events, basic treatments in or higher on the Calculus AB examination. To those who the Health Center, libraries, and laboratory services. A earn a grade of 4 or higher on the Calculus BC examina- technology fee of $200 is charged to all full-time stu- tion, eight hours of credit are granted for Math 21 and dents. An additional $300 fee is charged to all students Math 22, Calculus I and II. Credit for Math 21 and 22 enrolled in the College of Engineering and Applied Sci- or both may also be earned by passing the examination ence or with a declared major in natural science. The offered by the Mathematics Department during full-time tuition rate is charged to students enrolled in Freshman Orientation. Students regardless of whether twelve or more credit hours per semester. For students they have taken the advanced placement examination enrolled in less than twelve credit hours, tuition is may take this examination or not. charged on a per-credit-hour basis. Modern Languages and Literature. Students receive four The Residence Halls Plan. semester hours of credit at the intermediate level I for A variety of living arrangements are available. The universi- grades of 4, and eight hours of credit at the intermediate ty provides housing for approximately 2,200 students on level I & II for grades of 5 on the advanced placement or near the campus in a wide selection of housing facilities. tests. Those who write the SAT II subject tests and score The housing arrangements are grouped within four basic 600 to 699 receive four hours of credit; 700 and above categories, with rates associated with the category level. receive eight hours of credit. The maximum number of Upperclass students contracting for residence halls housing credits given is eight. Those students receiving grades of will be required to submit a $400 advance deposit. This 4 or higher on the French or Spanish literature examina- deposit is credited toward the room charge for the respec- tions will receive 4 credits for French or Spanish 151. tive semester. The deposit is either full or partially Music. Three semester hours of credit for Mus 80 are refundable based upon a published schedule. given to those students who earn a grade of 3 or higher The Board Plan. on the Advanced Placement test in Music, Ten board plans are available. Freshmen residents are Listening/Literature of Music: Theory. required to participate in one of the Category I Meal Physics. Four hours of credit are given for Physics 11, Plans. Upperclass students living in residence halls are Introductory Physics I, for a grade of 5 on the Physics B required to participate in one of the Category I or II examination or a grade of 4 on the mechanics section of Meal Plans, with the exception that upperclass students the Physics C examination. If a student receives credit living in the smaller houses of Warren Square may also for Physics 11, four hours of credit will be given for select to participate in he category III meal plan. Sub- Physics 21, Introductory Physics II, for a grade of 4 on scription to special program meals is required of Taylor the electricity and magnetism section of the Physics C Residential College members. Centennial I sorority resi- examination. If a student wishes to be considered for Information of General Interest 9 dents are required to participate in their sorority house Based upon the above charges, most freshmen are nor- meal plan and have the option to choose any of the Cate- mally billed the tuition rate and technology fee along gory I, II, III, IV, or V Meal Plans. Students residing in with the Category I or II room fee and a Category I campus apartments, fraternities, or any off-campus facilities meals board plan. The total cost for the four areas would have the option to choose any of the eight plans offered. be $34,830 to $35,310 for the 2003-04 academic year. Each board plan includes ten Dining Dollars. This pre- Other Fees paid declining balance account was designed for (applied to prevailing circumstances) maximum flexibility and convenience and can be used at most dining locations on campus to further increase Per credit charge for credit or audit $1,135 your purchasing options. Engineering and Science Fee Tuition and Fees (for specified students) 300 Application fee (for undergraduate admission All charges and fees are due two weeks prior to the start of consideration) 50 classes each semester. On a per-term basis, the expenses are charged at one-half the per-year charge. Accounts not Late pre-registration (assigned to all full-time settled by the due date are subject to a late-payment fee. students who do not select their full class load All figures given are for the academic year (two semesters). during the designated period each term) 50 Tuition, 2003-2004 $27,230 Late registration 50 Technology Fee 200 Late application for degree 25 Residence Halls Examination make-up (after first Category I (Dravo, Drinker, Richards, scheduled make-up) 10 McClintic-Marshall) $4,030 Late payment (after announced date) 100 Category II (Centennial, Warren Square) 4,510 Returned check fine 20 Category III (Trembley Park, Brodhead Key/lock change (lost or non-return), House, Taylor College) 4,840 room door, residence halls/sorority 25 Category IV (Sayre Park Village, Identification card (replacement) 10 Campus Square) 5,200 The university reserves the right at any time to amend or Board add charges and fees, as appropriate, to meet current requirements. Fees applicable to the 2004-05 academic The number of meals specified is per week. year will be announced no later than February 2004. Category I Other Expenses The Whole Enchilada - $ 3,370 19 meals including $100 Dining Dollars A student should plan to meet various other expenses. These expenses include the purchase of books and sup- The Square Mealer - 3,370 plies from the Lehigh University Bookstore located in any 14 meals including $200 Dining Dollars Campus Square. Necessary purchases supporting one’s The Flexible Diner - 3,370 academic program should average approximately $800 any 12 meals including $300 Dining Dollars per year. The Bookstore carries basic goods for students’ 225 Block Plan - 3,370 needs. A student should also plan an allowance to handle any 225 meals per semester including $50 Dining personal and travel expenses. Dollars Plan of Payments Category II An itemized statement of charges is mailed from the The Deluxe Diner - 2,980 Bursar’s Office approximately six weeks prior to the start any 10 meals including $200 Dining Dollars of each semester. Payment is expected in full by the spec- The Dynamic Diner - 2,980 ified due date. Payment plans are available for those any 8 meals including $500 Dining Dollars desiring extended payment arrangements. 150 Block Plan - 2,980 Persons desiring a payment plan can elect participation any 150 meals per semester including $150 in the university’s educational payment plan which pro- Dining Dollars vides for the payment of tuition, room, and board over Category III four months per semester. The university also offers a plan under which enrolled undergraduate students can The Value Plus - 1,820 pre-pay more than one year of tuition at current rates. any 75 meals per semester including $500 Complete information is available from the Bursar’s Dining Dollars Office. Those persons desiring to use one of the plans Category IV must complete the necessary details no later than two The Social Light - 1,410 weeks prior to the due date for payment. any 50 meals per semester including $500 Students attending the university under a provision with Dining Dollars a state board of assistance or with financial aid from Category V other outside agencies must provide complete informa- tion to the Bursar’s Office if assistance is to be The Dining Dollars - 600 recognized on the semester statement. $300 Dining Dollars per semester 10 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2003-2004

Refunds of Charges advance deposit is required to hold a room. This deposit is non-refundable to entering freshmen and either full or Tuition and Academic Fees partially refundable to upperclass students based upon A student in good standing who formally withdraws specific criteria and a published refund schedule. before 60% of the semester has been completed or reduces his or her course enrollment below twelve credit Prior to registration, housing rental refunds are made in hours will be eligible for a tuition refund. full in the event a student does not register because of ill- ness, injury, or death; is dropped from the university due The tuition refund for a student who withdraws or drops to academic reasons; attends a university-approved study a course(s) is calculated on a daily basis according to the abroad or co-op program; graduates; or voluntarily with- Federal Refund Calculation Guidelines. No refunds for draws from the university. After registration, prorated tuition can be made for one-week workshops after the housing rental refunds are granted based on separation first day of class. from the university due to illness, injury, or death. In the The date used to calculate refunds is based on when a event of voluntary withdrawal, a prorated refund is possible properly authorized withdrawal or drop/add is received only with the provision that the lease can be transferred to by the Registrar’s Office. another student for whom no other university accommo- Academic fees are non-refundable after the first day of classes. dations exist. Prorated refunds are based upon the date the room keys are returned to the Office of Residential In the event of the death of a student, tuition will be Services. Any student suspended or expelled from the uni- refunded in proportion to the semester remaining. versity will not be granted any housing rental refund. Tuition Credit/Suspension Refunds for Board Plans A student who is suspended from the university for dis- Board plan refunds are made in full in the event a student ciplinary reasons will be eligible for a tuition credit does not register for a specific semester and has not pur- toward the semester immediately following the period of chased any meals from the plan. Board Plan refunds after suspension. The amount credited will be based on the the start of the semester for students who register and/or regular tuition refund schedule and calculated on the purchase meals on a board plan but withdraw from the tuition rate in effect during the period of suspension. university will receive a board plan refund prorated on The date used to calculate the tuition credit will be the the number of unused weeks remaining on the plan. The date of the incident that resulted in the suspension. Bursar’s Office is to be notified of the withdrawal by the Under no circumstances will a tuition refund be provided Dean of Students Office of Academic Support. to students who are suspended for disciplinary reasons. Board plans may be changed within the requirements of Summer Sessions the living area up to the tenth day of class of each semes- Students who preregister for a summer session by the ter with charges assessed per an established proration end of April will receive an invoice for their tuition. schedule. Those who do not receive an invoice are expected to Students who wish to change outside of the required make payment at the time of registration. Registration board plan for a reason such as a medical condition must will not be permitted until all charges are paid. Students petition and receive approval from the Office of in good standing who formally withdraw or reduce their Residential Services. If such changes are approved, course enrollment before 60% of the semester has been adjustments will be processed on a pro rata basis as of completed will be eligible for a tuition refund. The the week following the last meal purchased. refund schedule for student withdrawals and course Any student suspended or expelled from the university adjustments is as follows: will not be granted a board plan refund. A student sus- The tuition refund for a student who withdraws or drops pended may receive a prorated board plan credit based a course(s) is calculated on a daily basis according to the on the week following the last meal purchased which will Federal Refund Calculation Guidelines. No refunds for be used toward the purchase of a board plan the semester tuition can be made for one-week workshops after the immediately following the period of suspension. Such first day of class. occurrences are to be documented by the Dean of The date used to calculate refunds is based on when a Students Office of Academic Support and forwarded to properly authorized withdrawal or drop/add is received the Bursar’s Office or Office of Residential Services. by the Registrar’s Office. Adjustments to Financial Aid Because of the short time involved, no refunds for The Office of Financial Aid is responsible for determin- tuition charged in the one-week workshops will be made ing the appropriate redistribution of charges and refunds after the first day of class. when students receive any financial assistance. These In the event of the death of a student, tuition will be decisions are made on the basis of federal, state and insti- refunded in proportion to the fraction of the summer tutional policies. Any refunds due to the Title IV term remaining at the time of the death. programs will be refunded in the following order: Residence Hall Refunds Unsubsidized Federal Stafford Loan Subsidized Federal Stafford Loan Residence hall rooms are rented on an annual basis only. Federal Direct Unsubsidized Stafford Loan A student who signs a room contract is expected to Federal Direct Subsidized Stafford Loan reside in residence hall housing for both the fall and Federal Perkins Loan spring semesters of the specific academic year for which Federal PLUS Loan the contract was signed. A student who forfeits a room Direct PLUS Loan reservation and who returns to the university at any time Federal Pell Grant during the contracted academic year is still obligated for Federal SEOG housing rental charges if vacancy in the residence hall Any other Title IV program facilities exists and without regard to location. An Information of General Interest 11

Financial Aid use estimates and file on time, than to file late and be told there is no financial aid left!) Submit complete, The mission of the Office of Financial Aid is to reduce signed copies of your and your parent’s 2003 IRS 1040 the financial barriers to a Lehigh education for those forms, including all schedules and W2 statements by families whose resources alone would make it impossible February 15, 2004. Finally, Lehigh University expects to meet the cost of attendance. The university is deeply citizens of the United States, and eligible non-citizens, to committed to providing need-based financial aid. apply for federal and state student aid. To be considered Lehigh expects each family to make every effort to pay for federal student aid, including Federal Pell Grants and tuition and other educational expenses. Our aid program Federal Stafford Loans, complete the Free Application is designed to measure the difference between our costs for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA) which is available at and the amount of money your family can be expected your high school or from the web at: www.ed.gov. to contribute towards those costs. That difference is Complete after January 1, 2004 but no later than called “financial need” and represents financial aid “eligi- February 1, 2004. Lehigh’s federal school code is bility.” The majority of Lehigh’s funds are awarded on 003289. the basis of financial need. Our merit-based aid program Early Decision Candidates is explained below. For Early Decision I The basic forms of financial aid are grants and scholar- To receive information on your financial aid eligibility ships, employment and loan assistance. Grants and you will be required to register with CSS by November scholarships are not repayable. The majority are awarded 1, 2003 and complete the filing process by November on the basis of “need” and are renewable on the basis of 15, 2003. We require a complete signed copy of your both continuing “need” and some stated minimum aca- parent’s 2003 IRS 1040 form by November 15, 2003. demic progress criteria. Employment provides money for Completion of the FAFSA and submission of 2003 tax books and personal expenses, and is paid through bi- returns are the same as noted above. weekly payroll checks based on hours submitted. Loans are repayable funds from one or more sources, repayable For Early Decision II after the student ceases to be enrolled on at least a half- To receive information on your financial Aid eligibility time basis. you will be required to register with CSS by January 1, 2004 and complete signed copies of your parent’s 2002 Additional sources of aid are: state agencies, employers, IRS 1040 form by January 15, 2004. Completion of the and various clubs, churches, religious and fraternal FASA and submission of 2003 tax returns are the same organizations, and foundations. High school guidance as stated above. counselors are able to provide information about local aid programs. There are also database scholarship search International students are eligible for university-funded organizations that can be accessed via the World Wide financial aid. Opportunities are limited. Two forms are Web. Some examples are www.collegeboard.com, required: the Foreign Student Financial Aid Application www.finaid.org and www.fastweb.com. (Caution: there are and the Certificate of Finances. The Office of many scam operations that promise great things if you Admissions will send both forms upon receipt of a com- send them a check. It is better to limit your efforts to the pleted application for admission. proven sites referenced above. ) You are expected to Renewal of Aid apply for all possible kinds of outside financial assistance, It is necessary to reapply for financial aid for each year of especially the Pell Grant and state grants. You are also study and is limited to four years, for a four year program. expected to take maximum advantage of outside sources Extensions beyond that time period require petitions to to enable Lehigh to spread its own funds farther and to the Committee on Undergraduate Financial Aid. Applica- limit student borrowing. tions and filing instructions are available in January in the Application Procedures for 2003-2004 Office of Financial Aid, or as otherwise posted. The following instructions are addressed to prospective Returning students must file the CSS PROFILE as well freshmen. as the Renewal FAFSA by April 15, 2004. The filing To be given proper consideration for financial aid, your deadline for all forms, including signed copies of both application must be completed and ready for review by parents’ and student’s 2003 federal tax return, is April February 15, 2004. To meet that deadline, you must 15, 2004. Your application will not be reviewed until the register with the College by January 15, 2004 with the FAFSA, PROFILE, Lehigh application and the federal College Scholarship Service PROFILE. Register either income tax forms are received. over the web (www.collegeboard.com) or by telephone (1- To receive any type of aid, you must be making satisfac- 800-778-6888). List Lehigh University - CSS code tory academic progress. The written university policy on #2365. Upon receipt of your registration information, satisfactory academic progress is available in the Office CSS will send you a customized PROFILE packet. This of Financial Aid. Generally speaking, it includes 1) packet will contain the appropriate instructions and may remaining in good standing (based on your gpa), 2) also contain supplemental forms (Business/Farm advancing a minimum of 24 credits per academic year Supplement or Non-Custodial Parent Statement) used (minimally, 12 credits per semester) and, 3) keeping pace by Lehigh in determining your eligibility. Complete the with your class, progressing from freshman to sopho- personalized PROFILE application as soon as possible, more, etc. This is dependent upon your academic and be sure to mail the PROFILE to CSS by February program. Recipients of Lehigh grants and scholarships 1, 2004; supplemental forms should be sent directly to are expected to achieve at least a 2.00 GPA each semester Lehigh by February 15, 2004. Within two to four weeks (or higher as noted on the financial aid notification). CSS will report the results to Lehigh and send you an Students on academic or disciplinary probation are not acknowledgment. (You may find it necessary to use esti- normally eligible for university grant aid during any mates in completing financial aid forms. It is better to period of the probation. Students not maintaining satis- 12 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2003-2004

factory progress, as defined by Lehigh or the appropriate Athletic Awards governmental agency, may be ineligible for all forms of Alumni Student Grants are awarded on the basis of federal aid, including loans and employment. Appeals, financial need and exceptional athletic talent as evaluated based on extenuating circumstances, may be submitted by the Department of Intercollegiate Athletics. Grants to the Committee on Undergraduate Financial Aid using are supported by annual alumni contributions. Alumni forms provided by the Office of Financial Aid. Student Grants replace the loan and employment por- Sources of University Aid tion of a financial aid package. Lehigh also awards NCAA grants in the sports of wrestling and men’s and Several forms of university-funded aid, based on need women’s basketball. and merit, are available. University Tuition Loans Lehigh University Grants Lehigh uses these loan funds to supplement other types Funds budgeted from general income to provide need- of educational loans, especially in the freshman and based, non-repayable assistance. sophomore years when the federal Stafford loan limits Sponsored Scholarships are $2,625 and $3,500 respectively. Parental endorse- Individuals, foundations, and corporations provide these ment is required on the promissory note. Repayment funds through annual contributions to the university. begins three months after graduation or withdrawal from Lehigh has 60 such sponsored funds. the university, until the loan principal and interest are repaid. The minimum monthly repayment rate is $50 Endowed Scholarships plus interest, which is seven percent (7%) per annum. Income from invested gifts to the university make these Interest begins to accrue after you are no longer at least a scholarships possible. The university has over 800 such half-time student. Deferments, up to a maximum of funds, half of which are for general, unrestricted use. three years can be extended for service in the military, Curriculum, geographic, outside interests, etc. restrict VISTA, or Peace Corps; for those who are experiencing most of the others. undue hardship; or for those who return to school on at least a half time basis. The average debt level of Lehigh Dean’s Scholarships students graduating in 2002 was $16,972. Approximately 70 scholarships, in an annual amount of $10,000 will be awarded to members of the class of 2008. Loan-Cancellation Awards Selections are made by the Office of Admissions based on This is a unique Lehigh award that may be used as an academic excellence and significant extra-curricular and incentive if your academic average is not sufficiently leadership activities. Awards are renewable over four years competitive for scholarship consideration. Limited to of undergraduate study, and require a 3.00 average and $4000, a Loan-Cancellation begins as a loan, with the satisfactory progress toward a Lehigh degree. same terms as our regular University Tuition Loan. This form of aid has the potential of being converted to a Baker Gifted Arts Scholarships grant if the following conditions are met: 1) the required Awards are valued at $2,500 per year, renewable over grade point average for the award period as shown on four years. Selections are made by the faculties of the the award notification is achieved; 2) 12 or more credits Music and Theatre departments, and are based on taped have been passed for each repeated award term, (no more performances and letters of recommendation. than four (4) credits may be from courses; courses above the 12 credits may be repeated courses; 3) all outstand- Asa Packer Scholarships ing X or N grades must be removed prior to the end of Approximately 30 scholarships, in an annual amount of the following academic period. It is the responsibility of $15,00 will be awarded to entering freshmen. Selections the student to notify the Office of Financial Aid when are made by the office of Admissions based on academic any outstanding courses have been completed. If not excellence, extra curricular and leadership activities. canceled, the loan is repayable according to the terms for Awards are renewable for your years of undergraduate university tuition loans. study and require a 3.2 average and satisfactory progress toward a Lehigh degree. President’s Scholars Program This program provides an opportunity to receive free Army ROTC Leadership Awards tuition for a period of up to 12 months immediately fol- In certain instances, the university may supplement an lowing the awarding of the baccalaureate degree. You Army ROTC scholarship with a leadership award that may be declared a President’s Scholar if, upon comple- can range from $3,000 up to the cost of room and tion of 90 Lehigh credit hours, you have a cumulative board. These are highly competitive and carry the same GPA of 3.75; or, if upon graduation, you are accorded expectations as our Dean’s Scholar awards. Highest Honors. The Registrar is responsible for deter- Merit Scholarships mining eligibility. For further eligibility requirement information please go to the Registrar’s Office Web page Lehigh is a collegiate sponsor of the National Merit Schol- at lehigh.edu. arship program. Scholarships ranging from $1,000 to $2,000 per year may be awarded to Merit finalists select- Availability of jobs ing Lehigh as their first-choice college, and who are not If you are offered work-study as part of your aid pack- also receiving another form of National Merit scholarship. age, the Office of Financial Aid will provide you with Rodale Program in On-line Communication the necessary forms and orientation to student employ- Qualified students may receive a $2,500 scholarship ment. Jobs are available throughout the university and (which may be renewed for three additional years); oppor- are funded through federal and university sources. Pay tunities to intern at Rodale Press or other prominent rates range from the federal minimum wage to $8.00 per media; and one-on-one instruction with Lehigh faculty. hour. You are paid on a bi-weekly basis, as you work and Information of General Interest 13 submit timesheets. Your work-study earnings are not For Returning Students deducted from your billed expenses. 1. Register for the CSS PROFILE service by April 1, The Job Locator Development Program is designed to 2004, and complete the application by April 15, 2004. assist you if you do not qualify under the Federal Work- 2. Complete and submit the Renewal Free Application Study program to find employment off-campus or with a for Federal Student Aid by April 15, 2004. number of incubator companies located on the Mountaintop Campus. This program is coordinated 3. Complete and return the Lehigh University through the Office of Career Services. Application for Undergraduate Financial Aid, together with complete, signed copies of your par- Aid from the government ents and your 2002 IRS 1040 forms with all Lehigh University is an eligible participant in federally schedules and W2 forms, to the Office of Financial funded student aid programs. Campus-based programs, Aid by April 15, 2004. where the university makes the awards based on the dol- Information for all financial aid applicants lars available, include: Federal Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grants 1. Check to be sure that the correct social security Federal Perkins Loans number is listed on all forms. If you do not have a Federal Work-Study number, apply for one and notify Lehigh as soon as Direct entitlement programs (where the government it is received. directly, or through commercial lenders for loan pro- 2. Photocopy all forms filed for your records. grams, provides the necessary funds) include: 3. Submit the appropriate state grant application, espe- Federal Pell Grants cially if a resident of Ohio, Massachusetts, Federal Stafford Loans Connecticut, Rhode Island, Maryland, Delaware, Federal Unsubsidized Stafford Loans Vermont, or West Virginia - states from which Parent Loan for Undergraduate Students (PLUS) Lehigh students have brought scholarships. Be guid- Commercial Loan Programs ed by the specific instructions. The FAFSA will be the basic form for state grant consideration, The Office of Financial Aid can provide a list of pro- although some states do require a supplemental grams with current interest rates and terms and application. The latest date for filing the FAFSA, conditions of repayment. and being assured it will be received on time, is Army ROTC Scholarships February 15, 2003 for prospective freshmen, and The U.S. Army awards scholarships in varying amounts, April 15, 2004 for continuing students. supplemented with $480 toward course-related books Student Rights and a $250 per month stipend. Lehigh University is one of a handful of universities whose ROTC recipients may Students have the right to know: receive a scholarship of $20,000 for four years. Recipi- • the cost of attendance; ents incur an obligation to serve on active duty as • the refund policy for students who withdraw; commissioned officers. Contact the Department of Mili- • the financial assistance available from federal, state tary Science for details. and institutional sources; Checklist for Financial Aid •procedures and deadlines for submitting applications For prospective freshmen: for financial aid; 1. Register for the CSS PROFILE service by January •how financial aid recipients are selected; 15, 2004, and complete the application by February •how eligibility was determined, including all resources 1, 2004. the aid office considered available to the student; 2. Complete the Free Application for Federal Student •how and when funds will be disbursed; Aid (FAFSA) by February 15, 2004. • an explanation of each type of award received; 3. Mail a complete, signed copy of both your parents’ and your 2003 federal income tax return, including • for any student loan received: the interest rate, total all schedules and W2 forms by February 15, 2004. amount to be repaid, when repayment begins, the length of the repayment period, and the cancellation For students transferring from another college or or deferment provisions of the loan; university • for any Federal Work-Study or university-funded job: 1. Register for the CSS PROFILE service by February a description of the job, the hours to be worked, the 15, 2004 and complete the application by March 1, rate of pay, and how and when the student will be 2004. paid; 2. Complete the Free Application for Federal Student • the criteria used to determine satisfactory academic Aid (FAFSA) by March 1, 2004. progress for financial aid purposes; and 3. Mail a complete, signed copy of both your parents’ •how to appeal a decision by the Office of Financial and your 2003 federal income tax returns including Aid concerning any aid award. all schedules and W2 forms to the Office of Financial Aid by March 1, 2004. Student Responsibilities 4. Complete and mail the Lehigh University Transfer It is the student’s responsibility to: Application for Financial Aid which is sent to all •read directions thoroughly, complete all application admission candidates by the Office of Admission. forms accurately, and to comply with any deadlines; 14 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2003-2004

•provide any supplemental information or documenta- the residence halls thus providing additional resources tion required by the Office of Financial Aid or other for students. agency if applicable; In every residence hall there are also House Councils that •read, understand, and keep copies of any forms the are part of the larger Residence Hall Association. student is required to sign; Participation in the Residence House Council provides a •repay any student loans received; chance to develop leadership, programming, human rela- tions, and budgeting skills. It is a vital and active • attend an entrance interview and an exit interview if organization, whose prime focus is to help fund residence federal, state or university loans are received while in hall programs, to assess students’ opinions on issues affect- attendance at Lehigh; ing them, and to develop many service-oriented programs • notify the Office of Financial Aid of any change in to aid resident students in their stay on campus. enrollment status or financial status (including any When a candidate accepts an offer of admission to the scholarships or grants received from outside sources); freshman class, the candidate is sent a Room and Board changes of address and enrollment status must also be Application-Contract. Those desiring accommodation in reported to lender(s) for any loan(s); the residence halls must return this application-contract • satisfactorily perform the work agreed upon in a promptly. Priority for assignment is based on the date Federal Work-Study or university-funded work pro- the candidate accepts admission. Normally, freshmen are gram; and informed of their room assignment and other informa- • know and comply with all requirements for continua- tion in early July by the Office of Residential Services. tion of financial aid, including satisfactory academic Currently, all freshmen and sophomores are guaranteed progress requirements. housing on campus. Although juniors and seniors may For more information write to the Office of Financial not initially be guaranteed housing, in the past there has Aid, Lehigh University, 218 W. Packer Avenue, been sufficient space available to meet the needs of all Bethlehem, PA 18015; telephone (610) 758-3181; FAX students who desire residence hall housing. The Office of (610) 758-6211, email [email protected] Residential Services uses a lottery to provide for fair and equitable distribution of available housing among upper- class students. The lottery is scheduled early in the Campus Life spring semester. Students who are guaranteed housing Approximately 70 percent of all undergraduate men and pay a $400 deposit to hold the space for the following women live on campus. Campus living facilities include academic year. traditional residence halls, apartments, suites in a multi- Fraternities and Sororities story building, or residence in fraternity or sorority houses. Physical facilities are also described in Section VI. The university has a long tradition of Greek life. The continued strength of this system is due in part to the Residence Halls efforts of the Interfraternity Council, Panhellenic The offices of Residential Life and Residential Services at Council, the Greek Alumni Council, the Office of Lehigh University are committed to providing quality Residential Services and the Office of the Dean of housing and educational services to its resident students. Students to improve the quality of fraternity and sorority Lehigh firmly believes that living in a residence hall life through membership, leadership, social, educational, allows students to become members of a special commu- housing, and financial management training. nity, offering the opportunity to live with and learn from Greek life is an attractive alternative among the residence a diverse group of people. Efforts are made to integrate options at Lehigh. Each fraternity or sorority is like a academic and out-of-the-class learning in order to enable close-knit community. These groups determine their students to develop a balanced and realistic approach to own goals; organize their own houses and business affairs life after they leave the university. with the assistance of the Office of Residential Services; Approximately half of Lehigh undergraduates live in uni- conduct their own social, philanthropic, and athletic versity residence halls. The university has eleven activities; assist with planning their own meals; and principal residence halls for undergraduate men and select their own membership. Because they are largely women. Most rooms are designed for two students, but a self-governing, these organizations offer numerous limited number of singles, triples, and 4-person suite and opportunities for student involvement and leadership. apartment units are available. Residence halls offer a The twenty-four fraternities and nine sororities form a wide variety of special live-in programs including: Taylor larger Greek community comprising approximately 39 Residential College, ROTC House, Umoja House percent of the undergraduate population at Lehigh. (African-American/Hispanic Culture), Substance Free Through the Interfraternity Council (I.F.C.) and the Housing areas, traditional dormitory-style living (in build- Panhellenic Council, they determine policies and organ- ings with corridors), and suite/apartment-style living. ize social, philanthropic, and educational activities for To help facilitate and maximize a student’s residence the Greek community as a whole. experience, approximately eighty-five staff members of There are ten sorority chapters at Lehigh. Five are the office of residence life live in the residence halls. On housed in the Centennial I complex on the Asa Packer every hall there is a student staff member, a Gryphon, Campus and four are located in Sayre Park. The sorori- who provides assistance in personal and academic mat- ties are Alpha Chi Omega, Alpha Gamma Delta, Alpha ters, refers students to other offices where appropriate, Omicron Pi, Alpha Phi, Chi Omega, Delta Gamma, helps mediate conflicts, and develops educational, social, Delta Sigma Theta, Gamma Phi Beta, Kappa Alpha and recreational programs. In addition to the student Theta, Pi Beta Phi. staff, six professional Residence Life Coordinators live in Information of General Interest 15

Twenty-two of the fraternities are located in Sayre Park Students are invited to view a complete list of campus on the Asa Packer Campus. One is located near the cam- organizations by going to the following URL pus. The fraternities are Alpha Chi Rho, Alpha Sigma www.lehigh.edu/~instuact/sac.html or by visiting the Phi, Alpha Tau Omega, Beta Theta Pi, Chi Phi, Chi Psi, Lehigh University homepage and selecting the link to Delta Phi, Delta Sigma Phi, Delta Tau Delta, Delta clubs and organizations. Upsilon, Kappa Alpha, Kappa Alpha Psi, Kappa Sigma, Lambda Chi Alpha, Phi Gamma Delta, Phi Kappa Lehigh University Theatre Theta, Phi Sigma Kappa, Psi Upsilon, Sigma Alpha Mu, In Spring, 1997, the department of theatre moved to Sigma Chi, Sigma Phi Epsilon, Theta Chi, Theta Delta the Zoellner Arts Center, Lehigh’s impressive performing Chi, and Theta Xi. arts facility. Three theatres, scene and costume shops, a dance studio, music practice rooms, classrooms and Religious Activities more enhance the department’s curricular activities. The The Religious Program is under the general supervision department of theatre’s annual production program of the university chaplain. The chaplain participates in includes four productions in the three hundred-seat the ceremonial life of the University and conducts special Diamond Theater and multiple lab productions in the university worship services throughout the year. All wor- one-hundred seat Black Box Theater. The plays range ship services are interdenominational, with some being from classics to world premieres and recent mainstage inter-religious. Roman Catholic masses are held regular- seasons have included Flyin’ West, Electra, A Streetcar ly. The Newman Center can be contacted for a schedule Named Desire, Runaways, Talk Radio, Fools, Miss Julie of services. and Macbeth. Lehigh University is non-denominational. Packer Shows directed and produced by students as class proj- Memorial Church, dedicated in 1887 in honor of the ects or independent work occur regularly in the Black University’s Founder, Asa Packer, continues to be the Box Theater. Recent lab theatre productions have includ- center for campus worship services. ed Extremeties, In The Blood, A Yet-To-Be-Title Cabaret The University Chaplain works with representatives of Revue (written and directed by a Lehigh 2002 graduate), campus religious groups of all faiths and assists students The Likeness, The Marriage Proposal, Yesterday’s Window, in planning religious life programming. The chaplain’s Hello From Bertha, Haiku, The Colored Museum, Nin the office sponsors an Oxfam Fast in November, organized Morning and ‘Dentity Crises. One of the preceding plays the original Community Service Desk that helps coordi- was written by a Lehigh graduate. Many events are spon- nate volunteer services on campus, and creates sored by the Mustard and Cheese Drama Society, the opportunities for discussion of moral and spiritual issues country’s second oldest collegiate drama club. through the Chaplain’s Forum. In addition to providing Auditions and production crews are open to all members of pastoral counseling, supporting religious groups, and the university community. Production opportunities exist in helping bring speakers to campus, the chaplain seeks to performance, choreography, set and costume construction, provide leadership to the university on religious and eth- properties management, lighting, sound, house manage- ical issues. ment and publicity. Advanced students have opportunities Over fifteen religious groups on campus provide oppor- to direct or design, under faculty supervision. tunities for religious fellowship. The groups include the Outstanding work in the mainstage or lab theatre sea- Newman Association for Roman Catholic students sons may be recognized with Williams prizes and theatre under the guidance of a resident priest; the Jewish department prizes in acting, directing, design, and tech- Student Center, which sponsors various activities for nical production. Jewish students; and organizations for Hindu and Professional guest artists — directors, playwrights, Muslim students. A variety of Protestant Christian designers, and actors — frequently visit the Lehigh cam- organizations are available to students, including the pus to work on mainstage productions, teach classes, and Lehigh Christian Fellowship, Navigators, and the conduct seminars and workshops for all interested stu- Fellowship of Christian Athletes. dents. The department also sponsors artists-in-residence, The chaplain’s office makes information about religious guest lecturers, workshops, and touring performances. life available to all students through the Chaplain’s web page and can be contacted at any time for information Musical Organizations about worship opportunities and religious activities The music department offers students an array of ensem- either on campus or in the local Bethlehem community. bles in which to perform and develop leadership skills. The choruses, bands, orchestra, and ensembles are con- Student Organizations ducted by members of the faculty and managed by Lehigh offers a wide field of extracurricular activities and elected student leaders. Nearly all performances, except student organizations. The student-run campus newspa- Christmas Vespers, are held in Baker Hall in the per keep the campus informed while the student Zoellner Arts Center. run-campus radio station and the many drama and Choral Arts is comprised of three organizations: musical organizations entertain. Additionally, the Lehigh University Choir, Overtones and Choral Union. The University Student Senate recognizes over 140 student University Choir tours regularly—recent trips have taken clubs ranging from academic organizations and cultural the choir to Asia, France, Russia, Canada, Germany, groups to competitive club sports and political organiza- Puerto Rico, the Virgin Islands, California, and tions. Student club activities are open to everyone and Florida—in addition to performing several traditional many are advertised on Lehighlive.com, an interactive concerts on campus including Christmas Vespers. The site that lists campus activities, movie listings, upcoming Overtones is a select small group performing jazz and events, and much more! popular arrangements in a variety of settings each year. The Choral Union, formed in 1985, performs major 16 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2003-2004

works such as Carmina Burana and Verdi’s Requiem with Students are involved in a wide range of service programs. orchestra. It is open to all students, faculty, and staff as Some of the projects include tutoring and mentoring pro- well as members of the community. grams with local youth through opportunities such as The Lehigh University Philharmonic and the Lehigh America Reads and America Counts, S.T.A.R., and Big University Chamber Orchestras perform approximately Brothers/Big Sisters. Many students are also active in local five times every year and have been featured in concerts hospitals, with environmental groups, senior citizen cen- in Washington D.C., Florida, and Pennsylvania. The ters, and shelters. The Office also provides students the Philharmonic has also toured abroad in Austria and the opportunity to travel around the country with the Spring Czech Republic in 1999 and China in 2002. The Service Break Program to serve with Habitat for Philharmonic performs larger works from nineteenth Humanity, in shelters, soup kitchens, on environmental and twentieth centuries, while the Chamber Orchestra projects and with youth programs. performs pieces written for smaller orchestra. Part of the Lehigh experience is getting involved. If you Membership and seating in the orchestras is based upon want to work in the community, contact the an audition which includes scales and a prepared piece as Community Service Office at (610) 758-4583 or check well as some sight-reading. out our web site at www.lehigh.edu/~service/center.html! The Scenes from Opera and Musical Theatre Workshop Guest Speakers rehearses short segments to be performed in costume with lights and choreography. Since moving into the Students have the opportunity to hear a wide variety of Zoellner Arts Center, the Scenes Workshop has mounted notable speakers. The speeches are offered free of charge. full productions of Into the Woods, A Little Night Music, Many of the speakers appear under the auspices of the and The Pirates of Penzance. In September 1999, Visiting Lecturers Committee. Committees with access Lehigh produced its first full-length opera, The Marriage to special funds and academic departments regularly of Figaro, to critical acclaim, followed by The Barber of offer presentations by scholars from various disciplines. Seville in September 2001. In addition to delivering a formal address, the speakers are often invited for brief residencies to provide opportu- The rapidly growing jazz program now includes the Jazz nities for more informal interaction with students. Ensemble, Jazz Band, Jazz Improvisation Workshop, and several combos. In addition, the New York Jazz The Visiting Lecturers Committee is made up of Lehigh Repertory Orchestra brings professional jazz musicians University students, faculty and staff who are involved from New York to perform and work with Lehigh stu- with speaker selection, booking and presentation. dents in a variety of settings. In October 2000, student Among those to visit the campus have been former musicians had the opportunity to perform with members President of Poland, Lech Walesa; poet laureate, Robert of the Yellowjackets. Pinskey; attorney F. Lee Bailey; Lee Iacocca; philosopher The faculty boasts several accomplished composers, and Derek Parfit; General Colin Powell; South Africa’s LUVME (the Lehigh University Very Modern Ensemble) Bishop Desmond Tutu; and novelist John Irving. combines students, faculty, and professionals in perform- Thomas Armstrong, director of the Whitney Museum, ances of recent music. LUVME also sponsors concerts of spoke with students during a week-long residency. An music by Lehigh students. Engineering Expo with speakers representing many prominent industries featured Peter Bridenbaugh, vice The Wind Ensemble performs several concerts on cam- president of science and technology, Alcoa. From art to pus, has recently recorded three CDs, and won the 1999 engineering, the campus stays in touch with current Downbeat Magazine award for best college classical issues, trends, and movements through its many and var- ensemble. The Symphonic Band, which rehearses only in ied speaker series. the spring, is open to students, faculty, staff, and mem- bers of the surrounding community. The “97” marching band is widely known for its imagi- Athletic Opportunities native and spirited performances on the gridiron and in Students can participate in many intercollegiate, recre- the stands in support of the Lehigh football team. Pre- ation, and intramural athletic programs. game and half-time shows are precision drills written by Intercollegiate, varsity-level sports include the following. students with a varied repertoire from classical music to FALL: football, men’s and women’s cross-country, men’s traditional fight songs. Nine students serve in executive and women’s soccer, women’s field hockey, and women’s positions. volleyball. WINTER: men’s and women’s basketball, Private instrumental and vocal lessons with instructors wrestling, men’s and women’s indoor track and field, and approved by the music department are open to all stu- men’s and women’s swimming and diving. SPRING: dents. The cost of lessons is in addition to tuition baseball, men’s and women’s tennis, men’s and women’s expense. Students have the opportunity to perform in golf, men’s and women’s outdoor track and field, men’s noon recitals, juries, or master classes. and women’s lacrosse and women’s softball. Volunteer and Community Services Athletic facilities are located in Taylor Gymnasium and Lehigh’s Community Service Office, located in the Ulrich Grace Hall on the Asa Packer campus, and on the Student Center, is a place where students, faculty, staff, Murray H. Goodman campus, which is located one and and student organizations interested in volunteering in one- half miles south of the main campus. The 500-acre the community can get information. The Office is staffed Goodman athletic complex includes Stabler Arena, by students who serve as Community Service Assistants, which seats 6,000 and hosts all Lehigh basketball games and the Community Service Coordinator, a professional and tournament wrestling matches. The campus also staff member in the Dean of Students Office. contains Goodman Stadium, a 16-000-seat football sta- dium, and the Philip Rauch Field House, which includes a one-eighth-mile track and indoor tennis and basketball courts. The four-court Lewis Indoor Tennis Center was Information of General Interest 17 completed in 1994. A new dual field complex, Ronald J. expected of its members are those that the university Ulrich Sports Complex, features both artificial turf and regards as essential to its educational objectives and to natural grass fields for lacrosse, soccer and field hockey. community living. Other facilities on the campus include a championship Lehigh relies primarily on general principles and state- cross-country course, baseball and softball fields, outdoor ments of expectation for standards of conduct, and tennis courts, the John C. Whitehead Football Practice assumes that those admitted to the university communi- Complex, numerous practice fields, and an all-weather, ty are capable of accepting that responsibility. Specific nine-lane, outdoor 400-meter track. regulations are kept to a reasonable minimum and are Lehigh is affiliated with the National Collegiate Athletic published in the Lehigh Student Handbook. Students are Association (NCAA), the Patriot League and the Eastern responsible for knowing the procedures, rules and regu- Intercollegiate Wrestling Association (EIWA). Lehigh fre- lations as published in the Handbook. quently hosts collegiate championship events in men’s In accordance with these purposes and objectives, disci- and women’s sports and is the summer training camp plinary action will be taken when necessary to protect facility of the Philadelphia Eagles of the National the academic integrity of the university and the welfare Football League. of its members. Intramural/Club Sports All members of the university community are subject to The Department of Intramural & Club Sports supervises municipal, state, and federal laws. The university is not a some 20 intramural and 20 recognized club sports. The sanctuary for persons who violate these laws. Lehigh is aim is to insure the health and physical development of concerned, however, about the rights of students as citi- students while participating in various levels of competi- zens and will direct them to legal counsel when tion. ALL PARTICIPANTS ARE RESPONSIBLE TO necessary. Off-campus misconduct may be the basis for SUPPLY THEIR OWN APPROPRIATE INSURANCE disciplinary action. COVERAGE. Further, the university as a part of the community has an Through its program of intramural sports, the university obligation to report serious crimes to civil authorities. endeavors to maintain among its students a high degree of physical fitness, to establish habits of regular and In Bethlehem, An Educational healthful exercise, to foster the development of such valuable byproducts as self-confidence, good sportsman- Tradition ship, a spirit of cooperation and to provide each student Lehigh University shares in the historical heritage of with ample opportunity for acquiring an adequate degree Bethlehem, even though, having been founded in 1865, of skill in sports of the type in which participation can it is a relative newcomer. The fact that Lehigh was estab- be continued after graduation. lished in Bethlehem reflects the tradition of education Club Sports are oriented toward mutual interest and established by the community’s first settlers thirty years physical activity. The underlying purpose of any club is before the founding of the nation. to join together those members of the student popula- The first Moravians were among the many German reli- tion that share a common activity interest. Club gious sects that came to the New World, and especially to competition can range from a club varsity status (Crew Pennsylvania, during the early 1700s. But unlike William or Ice Hockey), Club Competitive (Ski Team, Men’s Penn, who established his sylvania as a new land where he Volleyball, Lacrosse, Rugby, etc.) to Club Developmental might hold his Quaker beliefs away from England’s (Soccer, Gymnastics, Tae-Kwon-Do, etc). Students are oppression, the Moravians came as missionaries with the encouraged to pursue their special interests. intent of converting the Indians to Christianity. For this purpose they settled the Lehigh Valley. Good Citizenship The early Moravians were industrious. Their first build- The university exists for the transmission of knowledge, ing, the Gemein Haus (community house) was the pursuit of truth, the development of students, and completed in 1741. This building stands today, one of the general well-being of society. Free inquiry and free thirty-nine remarkably preserved pre-Revolutionary War expression are indispensable to the attainment of these buildings constructed by the Moravian settlers and in goals. All members of the academic community are continuous use ever since by the Moravian community. encouraged to develop the capacity for critical judgment Many of these buildings are located on Church St., west and to engage in a sustained and independent search for of the City Center; industrial buildings are located in the truth. 18th Century Industrial Area in the Monocacy Creek valley west of the business district. Out of concern for individuality and respect for the pri- vacy of all persons, the university does not impose a The leader of the Moravians was Count Nicholas von common morality on its members. Institutional exis- Zinzendorf of Dresden. He arrived in the settlement in tence, however, is a privilege granted by public trust, time for their observance of Christmas Eve in 1741 subject to the sanctions and responsibili-ties defined by and gave the settlement the name Bethlehem—“house the society of which the university is a part. of bread”. Furthermore, society generally provides legal canons, eth- The settlers built high-quality structures of stone, ical mores, and conduct expectancies pertaining to demonstrating principles of engineering that were not individual and collective behavior. Thus, the university generally used elsewhere. They were interested in music, has the obligation to establish standards of conduct and established the first symphony orchestra in America. appropriate and applicable to the university community. In 1748, the settlement had a fourteen-man orchestra. The community’s first organ was built in 1757 by John Lehigh accepts its responsibility as an institution within Gottlob Klemm. The musical tradition, including the the broader social community. The standards of behavior 18 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2003-2004

trombone choir, continues today, perhaps most visibly in education for young people of the region, combining the the Bach Choir of Bethlehem, whose yearly Bach Festival technical skills needed to run the flourishing industry of is held in the university’s Packer Memorial Church. In the Lehigh Valley with a liberal education. 1985, the 300th anniversary of the birth of Johann In addition to its role as a steel-making center, Sebastian Bach was observed. Bethlehem today is a major tourist attraction. The Zinzendorf envisioned Bethlehem as the center for man- Moravian community sets up an elaborate nativity scene ufacturing; outlying Moravian settlements, such as and the entire city is decorated with lighting during the Nazareth, Pa., would be primarily devoted to agriculture. holiday period. The Moravian tradition of a single can- On October 15, 1742, a large barn was “raised” with the dle (now electric) in each window is widely observed. help of most of the residents. Three months later a grist Atop South Mountain is a steel tower known as the Star mill at the community spring produced the first flour. In of Bethlehem. During the holiday period, the star’s hun- 1758, the Sun Inn was built along Main St., a haven for dreds of bulbs create a 95-foot-high star that can be seen travelers. Reconstruction of the picturesque inn was for many miles. The star was the gift to the community completed in 1982, and it now operates as a community of Marion Brown Grace, wife of Eugene Gifford Grace, center and restaurant. the steel magnate and president of the university board Zinzendorf’s determination that Bethlehem would be a of trustees. major industrial center was assisted by the completion in The community of Bethlehem has a population of 1755 of the water works, the first public utility in the approximately 78,000 persons with segments from a New World. variety of nations who retain traditions of their country The Moravian dedication to education was an extension of origin. of the philosophy of John Amos Comenius, who had There are five principal independent colleges in the written, “Everyone ought to receive a universal educa- Lehigh Valley besides Lehigh. They are Lafayette, DeSales tion.” The Moravian educational institutions that University, Moravian, Muhlenberg, and Cedar Crest. A continue today, including Moravian Academy and cooperative program is maintained that allows cross-regis- Moravian College, stem from this tradition. tration for courses as well as shared cultural events. There The Moravians, although avowedly opposed to war, are also two community colleges in the area. found their community pressed into service as a hospital In August 1984, Bethlehem held its first Musikfest, a 10- when Washington’s troops bivouacked at Valley Forge day annual festival that features a variety of musical during the winter of 1777-78. Washington came to the performances and ethnic foods. An instant success, community once, and many other Continental Army Musikfest was the brainchild of Jeffrey A. Parks, a lawyer officers were visitors. and 1970 Lehigh graduate. The Sun Inn was also used as a hospital during the war; among its patients was an aristocratic renegade from France, Marie Joseph Paul Ives Gilbert Motier, the Marquis de la Fayette. Lafayette had come to assist the Continental Army aboard his own ship, the “Victory.” Fifty years later a college in Easton was named in his honor and it became Lehigh’s traditional football rival. The first bridge across the Lehigh River was built in 1794. It was replaced in 1816, but the latter was destroyed by a flood in 1841. In 1759, the turnpike (toll road) over South Mountain, generally along the route of the present Wyandotte St. hill, was opened. The present Hill-to-Hill Bridge was built some fifty years ago. “Black gold.” During the late 18th century, anthracite was found in the mountains north of the Lehigh Valley. In 1818, the Lehigh Coal Co. and the Lehigh Navigation Co. were formed, one to mine the anthracite on the upper Lehigh River, the other to transport it down river to metropolitan markets. The Lehigh River was difficult to navigate. Consequently, in 1829 the Lehigh Canal was completed from Mauch Chunk (now Jim Thorpe), through Bethlehem to Easton, where it connected with the Delaware Canal. During the 1840s, iron mines were opened in the area, and several blast furnaces, fueled by coal, were in operation. Zinc ore, was found in neigh- boring Upper Saucon Township. In the 1850s Asa Packer built the Lehigh Valley Railroad. These origins eventually led to the heavy industry that continues in the Lehigh Valley today. When Asa Packer founded Lehigh University in 1865, one of his objectives was to make possible broadly based University Resources 19

II. University Resources

A student enrolled at an institution of the size and tradi- ble to Lehigh students from any computer on campus tion of Lehigh can draw upon many resources to enhance (including those in the residence facilities) or off campus the educational experience. These range from classrooms via modem. A single Web-based interface allows the stu- and laboratories with modern equipment to expert facul- dent to move seamlessly from Lehigh’s own online ty members and extensive library collections. Indeed, catalog (named ASA after Lehigh founder Asa Packer) to Lehigh University’s 1,600 acres comprising its three databases of citations, abstracts, articles or book reviews Bethlehem campuses are a special resource, providing a to the full text of many of these resources. The Lehigh beautiful environment for learning. Following are descrip- virtual library also identifies for students the most tions of various resources related to academic programs. important scholarly and governmental Web sites and allows for easy connection to these sites and to collec- tions in other libraries throughout Pennsylvania and Library and Technology around the world. Twenty-six million books in Services Pennsylvania’s largest academic libraries may be identi- fied immediately for quick borrowing through a shared The exponential growth and increasing sophistication of online catalog. Students and faculty may borrow books information technology offer new and exciting opportu- directly from other academic libraries in the Lehigh nities for enhanced teaching, learning, and research. At Valley, and through interlibrary loan, from collections Lehigh University, one merged organization called throughout the world. Library and Technology Services (LTS) delivers commu- nications, computing, distance education administration, Networking and Voice Communications enterprise systems implementation, library, and media Lehigh University is a “wired” campus in every sense of services to capitalize on these new opportunities. the word. A high-speed fiber optic backbone network Additional information about Library and Technology ties together campus buildings and student residences, Services, can be found at www.lehigh.edu/lts. including fraternities and sororities. Electronic commu- nication is a way of life for students, faculty, and staff at Libraries Lehigh. The new Campus Portal allows each member of Two major facilities, the Fairchild-Martindale Library the Lehigh community to fully customize their access to and the Linderman Library, house the university collec- web-based information and applications. Student com- tion of more than one million volumes. Both libraries puter use in the residences is supported by the provide collaborative learning spaces, wireless connectivi- World-Wide Information Resources in Every Dorm ty, and comfortable lounge areas. The Fairchild- (WIRED) program. This program is designed to assist Martindale Library contains books, journals, newspapers, Lehigh students with connecting their personal comput- audio-visual resources, and microform collections in all ers to the campus local area network (LAN) and to the branches of science, engineering, mathematics, and the Internet. WIRED staff communicate with students well social sciences, including business and education. in advance of their arrival at Lehigh to identify for them Subscriptions to more than 3,000 print journals and compatible hardware and software for use on the campus 3,000 electronic journals allow the university to com- network. When students initially bring their computers pete successfully with many larger institutions in to campus, WIRED staff assist them in obtaining and supporting scholarly research. As a government deposito- installing the necessary network interface cards and net- ry, the Fairchild-Martindale Library also holds more than work software. WIRED staff provide continuing 220,000 printed federal and Pennsylvania documents, as assistance with any networking problems throughout the well as additional collections on microform of these and semester. The front line WIRED consultants are well- United Nations documents. trained students who live in the residences and can The historic Linderman Library with its stained glass readily provide prompt, on-site assistance. skylight, spiral staircase, and gothic detailing evokes the Full-time graduate and undergraduate students who live classic collegiate atmosphere of the late nineteenth cen- off-campus in the local area are eligible for a free universi- tury. Appropriately, it houses books and journals in the ty-provided Internet Service Provider (ISP) subscription to humanities and Lehigh’s impressive collection of rare facilitate their access to campus and Web resources. Lehigh books. Students can examine original editions of impor- is also initiating new projects to incorporate more wireless tant works in science and technology such as Darwin’s connectivity in campus settings. Through its Enterprise Origin of Species. The premiere “Digital Bridges” product Systems Implementation effort, more interactive and con- on the Web features Lehigh’s outstanding collection of th venient Web-based services such as Web-based course books on 19 century bridge construction. Other registration and online grades are offered to students. strengths of these Special Collections, numbering some Library and Technology Services has recently implemented 25,000 volumes, are travel and voyages, James John a new state-of-the-art telephone system, with voice-mail Audubon’s four-volume elephant folio edition of Birds of services to the entire campus, including residence facilities. America, and English and American literature. In addi- tion more than 30 separate archival collections focus on Computing industrial and regional history. Library and Technology Services provides computing The “virtual electronic library” at Lehigh is just as services to all university departments and research cen- important as the print-based one. Lehigh has available a ters, serving the needs of students, faculty, and full range of electronic indexes, reference works, full text administrative users. More than 400 microcomputers databases, and image databases, all of which are accessi- (primarily IBM-compatible and some Apple personal 20 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2003-2004

computers) are distributed across campus for convenient Media Center is also the location of Lehigh’s Technology use by Lehigh students at more than 20 computing sites. Resource Learning Center offering faculty the services of For example, there are more than one hundred micro- instructional designers and the use of a high technology computers in the libraries and computing center, and demonstration classroom. another hundred in Rauch Business Center. A twenty- four hour site at Grace Hall has 30+ machines. There are International Multimedia Resource Center also portable laptops equipped with wireless network (IMRC) cards available for short-term loan to students at both The IMRC is located in Maginnes Hall adjacent to the libraries and at the Media Center. Fairchild-Martindale Library and Computing Center. In Local and wide area networking solutions are in place to cooperation with the College of Arts and Sciences, the give students and faculty access to site-licensed software IMRC assists students in using multimedia resources and applications and central file space from the campus sites producing Web-based and multimedia projects. The or their residence facility. Each full-time student receives IMRC also assists faculty in incorporating educational access to an enhanced Microsoft Professional software technology into the academic curriculum. Workshops package for his or her own computer. In addition, LTS emphasize Web-authoring and multimedia production. provides other software at public sites such as desk top In addition student language and cultural learning is publishing and graphics software, programming lan- enhanced through the provision of interactive multime- guages, mathematical and statistical packages, and dia resources at the IMRC. The IMRC includes two specialized applications for engineering, scientific pub- multimedia computer/scanning labs, two satellite dishes, lishing, and creative writing. and the World View Room, a comfortable facility accommodating up to 40 people, that can be used for The Fairchild-Martindale Computing Center houses a the viewing satellite programming, special cable pro- network of high-performance computers, configured as a gramming, or video presentations. centralized network service cluster. A separate powerful machine serves as a scientific “compute server” to sup- The IMRC coordinates programming on several Lehigh port computer-intensive applications such as channels of the campus cable network including one programming and statistical software. UNIX-based channel that features SCOLA, a multi-university consor- workstations and a new Beowulf cluster are available for tium that transmits foreign news broadcasts. PBS/ALS research applications. The university computing capacity digital downlinks are offered, as well as other internation- and bandwidth are constantly being increased to meet al programs and university programs relating to academic, the escalating demand. Lehigh also offers higher-speed cultural and athletic life. Another channel supports pro- connections to the research-based Internet2 network by gramming oriented to campus residential life. virtue of its charter membership in that organization. Media Production Center Providing technology and consulting services to support The Media Production Center in Linderman Library classroom teaching, laboratories, and other aspects of the offers students and faculty consulting assistance, instruc- academic program is a strategic priority for Lehigh tion, and a wide range of modern and traditional University. The Technology Resource Learning Center technology for the creation of high quality audio, graphi- supports faculty innovation—see the Faculty cal, or video resources for classroom presentations, Development section of this catalog for details. Library projects, and portfolios. Students can scan and edit text, and Technology Services provides technical support for an photographs, and slides, and these images can be output increasing number of fully-equipped classrooms, suitable to standard laser printers, color printers, or to computer for “hands-on” computer instruction. Each computer files for transfer and manipulation. Video cameras, a classroom has networked microcomputers or workstations small video studio, and both entry-level and professional and a large-screen projection system connected to an editing equipment facilitate the production of audio and instructor’s station. Other classrooms are equipped with video material to support the academic program. Stu- permanently-installed computer projection systems. In dents can use digital cameras, a photo-quality printer, addition, portable microcomputers and portable comput- image-manipulation software, and a photography studio er projectors are available through Library and that accommodates both traditional and digital cameras. Technology Services to enable faculty or students to give computer-based presentations in any classroom. Student Services The libraries, computing center, and most distributed Media Center and Services computing facilities are open seven days per week and The Instructional Technology Support Service operates for extensive evening hours during the fall and spring three facilities to provide students with access to and semesters. For most of these hours, a help desk located at instruction in a wide range of traditional and high-tech the Fairchild-Martindale Library provides general help media resources: the International Multimedia Resource for students and faculty on-site and for telephone Center or IMRC, the Media Production Center, and the inquiries relating to both library research and comput- Media Center. The Media Center in Fairchild- ing. Help desk staff refer difficult or more specialized Martindale Library offers media resources and a basic questions to experts as needed. There are also service production facility (scanners, color printers, facilities for desks located at the Linderman Library, and the Com- making transparencies). Resources include audio, video, puting Center. and electronic media and the equipment and viewing Students may also take advantage of virtual help desks spaces needed for their use. More than 3,000 videos are where they enter the questions or problems relating to available for viewing or short-term loan. The Center also library research, computing hardware or software, or coordinates the rental of films and videos for classroom telecommunications at any hour of the day or night for use. A supply of laptops for short-term use by students, response at a later time, usually within one working day. faculty or departments are housed there as well. The Most library and computing services are available elec- University Resources 21 tronically; for example, requests for books to be recalled, tions and programs. The galleries occupy exhibition, film rental requests, and seminar registrations. “Live storage, office and workshop space in several campus chat” library reference and computing help services are locations. The Upper Gallery and Lower Gallery perma- also available during many hours. nent exhibitions are in the Zoellner Arts Center. Each semester Library and Technology Services’ Client Maginnes Hall houses the DuBois Gallery, the Girdler Services Group offers an extensive program of seminars Student Gallery is in the University Center, and the and course-based instructional sessions for students. Siegel Gallery is in Iacocca Hall on the mountaintop Attendees learn how to use software applications, the campus. The Muriel and Philip Berman Sculpture extensive print and electronic library resources, and the Gardens are located in the courtyard of Mudd, Mart, World Wide Web. Students learn how to create their Whitaker and Sinclair buildings; and on the mountain- own “home pages” as part of seminars on authoring doc- top campus, and Saucon Fields on the Murray H. uments for the Web. In class sessions, LTS staff work Goodman campus. The Ralph L. Wilson Study Gallery closely with faculty, to integrate library, computing and and Open Storage facility is located in Building J, media resources into the curriculum. LTS computing, mountaintop campus and available by appointment. library, and instructional technology consultants have LUAG offices are in the Zoellner Arts Center. been instrumental in facilitating the use of course man- Exhibitions agement software, online courses of various kinds, and Exhibitions and gallery events are planned to supple- course projects in a wide range of disciplines using inter- ment formal classroom study in the visual arts, to create active Web sites created by faculty and students. educational opportunities for the entire student body, Online and printed guides and manuals for computing and to enrich the cultural life of the campus and the and library resources are provided for students. These are community at large. The annual schedule includes the issued in a variety of formats: user manuals, user guides, exhibition of works from the permanent collection, the and shorter tip sheets. Seminars also include handouts use of borrowed objects, and traveling exhibitions on that students can consult as needed. Through seminars loan from major museums and cultural institutions. and policies on use of print and electronic resources, stu- Experts in various fields serve as guest curators of special dents are taught computer ethics, recommended project exhibitions. Interdepartmental projects within computing practices such as frequent backup and pass- the university encourage increased involvement by facul- word changes, and an understanding and respect for ty and students. Undergraduates may take advantage of state and federal laws governing copyright, privacy, and courses in museum studies including internship and destruction or vandalism of library resources or comput- independent study in the collection. er systems, networks, databases or software. An electronic newsletter, LTS Digest, with quick tips and Collections updates is published throughout the year and is available Lehigh University’s permanent art collection is a to students who sign up to receive it by email. work/study collection intended as a resource for students Library and Technology Services maintains a variety of pursuing formal study in the visual arts and/or museum facilities for printing, copying, and duplicating within studies, for the faculty, and for interested members of the constraints of copyright legislation. In the libraries, the community. Each year, several exhibitions are pre- public photocopiers and microform printers are main- pared from the collection and works are loaned to major tained for convenience in copying print or microform museums throughout the nation. resources. The Media Production Center (described The permanent art collection consists of a variety of under Media Services) can duplicate audio and video works by old masters and contemporary artists. resources. For computer printing at central and distrib- Important collection groups include: the Marion B. uted sites, a network of PostScript laser printers is Grace Collection of European Paintings (Gainsborough, provided. In addition, larger printing or plotting jobs Reynolds, Goya, Hobbema, Hoppner, and others); the can be routed electronically to the multiple PostScript Dreyfus Collection of French Paintings (Bonnard, Sisley, laser printers and publication-quality multi-pen plotters Vuillard, Courbet); the Ralph L. Wilson Collection of at the Fairchild-Martindale Computing Center. American Art (paintings by Prendergast, Sloan, Henri, Lawson, Bellows, Davies, Burchfield; prints by Whistler, Student Employment Hassam, Motherwell, Johns, Rauschenberg, Calder, Student assistants are essential for the operation of most Warhol); the Prasse Collection of Prints (Delacroix, Library and Technology Services functions. Working for Matisse, Renoir, Kent, Kunyoshi, Rivera); the Philip and LTS, students gain valuable skills and good work habits. Muriel Berman Collection of Contemporary Sculpture At the job fair held each fall there are opportunities to (Kadishman, Unger, Tumarkin, Bertoia, Shaw). learn in-depth about the jobs available. Also, the Fearnside Collection of European Old Master Art Galleries - Museum Operation Prints and Drawings; the Baker Collection of Chinese The Lehigh University Art Galleries maintain and devel- Porcelains; the Langermann Collection of Pre- op the university’s permanent art collection, and present Columbian Sculpture; the Mr. and Mrs. Franklin H. temporary exhibitions designed to make visual literacy a Williams African Collection (gold weights of the Akan result of the university learning experience. More than and West African objects); the Lehigh University twenty exhibitions a year in seven campus galleries intro- Photography Collection (Fox-Talbot, Fenton, Jackson, duce students and the community to current topics in Atget, Kasebier, Brandt, Siskind, Hahn, Clark, Martinez- art, architecture, history, science, and technology. The Canas, Serrano); and the Lehigh University exhibition schedule is supplemented by lectures, films, Contemporary Prints Collection (Bearden, Rivers, workshops, and research opportunities in the permanent Anusziewicz, Soto, Roth, Chryssa, Ruscha, Tobey, collection. The art galleries play an important role in the Calder, Kitaj, Marca-Relli, Genoves, Cruz Azaceta, educational mission of the university through its exhibi- Golub, Jimenez, Piper, Simpson), and the Philatelic and Numismatic collection. 22 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2003-2004

Faculty Development and Learning undergraduate students alike, and helps to maintain Innovations intellectual contact with alumni. Faculty Development connects professors with resources A representative list of press publications, including on teaching and learning. Teaching/learning events have works by our own faculty, contains: The Trans-Alaska included 1) faculty-led workshops on topics such as using Pipeline Controversy, by Peter Coates (winner of the small groups in the classroom, cooperative learning, and press’s first manuscript competition, and the W. using course management software (Blackboard); 2) fac- Turrentine Jackson Award of the Western History ulty-led seminars based on books about teaching, Association); Joseph Wharton: Quaker Industrial Pioneer learning, and the academic life; 3) one- and two-day and Lehigh University: A History of Education in workshops led by nationally known consultants on specif- Engineering Business, and the Human Condition, by W. ic teaching techniques; and 4) live videoconferences on Ross Yates; History and the History of Technology: Essays in teaching and learning from several sources. Honor of Melvin Kranzberg, ed. Stephen Cutcliffe and Robert Post; Exiles in Hollywood: Major European Film Faculty Development co-sponsors events with the Directors in America, by Gene D. Phillips; Science at Teaching and Learning Technology Roundtable, and Harvard University, by Clark Elliot and Margaret with other departments and centers. Each year Faculty Rossiter; Revelation and Revolution: Basic Writings of Development funds faculty trips to teaching conferences Thomas Muntzer, by Michael G. Baylor; Virtue, such as the Lilly Conferences on College Teaching and Corruption and Self-Interest: Political Values in the the annual American Association of Higher Education Eighteenth Century, by Richard K. Matthews; Sentenced conferences. At monthly faculty development lunches, to Remember (A Holocaust Memoir), by William faculty give reports from these conferences, or discuss Kornbluth; Life on a Mexican Ranche, ed. Dolores L. other aspects of teaching. Latorre; Maxwell on Heat and Statistical Mechanics: On Faculty Development coordinates these programs within Avoiding All Personal Enquiries: of Molecules, ed. the structure of the Lehigh Lab, a concept that the Elizabeth Garber, et al.; Transatlantic Brethren: Rev. University as a whole is a laboratory in which faculty, Samuel Jones (1735-1814) and His Friends: Baptists in students, and staff work and experiment together, across Wales, Pennsylvania, and Beyond, by Hywel M. Davies; disciplines and departments, to advance learning. Toward a Dialogue of Understandings: Loren Eiseley and Central to the Lehigh Lab concept is the Technology the Critique of Science, by Mary Ellen Pitts; Leonardo da Resource Learning Center (TRLC) located in the Vinci’s Sforza Monument Horse: The Art and the Fairchild-Martindale Library and Computing Center. A Engineering, ed. Diane Cole Ahl; Baptized in the Fire of state-of-the-art technology classroom, public scanning Revolution: The American Social Gospel and the YMCA in and editing area, faculty development area, consulting China, 1919-1937, by Jung Xing; A World of Crisis and space for instructional technology, and a Faculty Fellow Progress: The American YMCA in Japan, 1890-1930, by office are the primary components of the TRLC. In the Jon Thares Davidann; Sentential Probability Logic: TRLC, support teams from Library and Technology Origins, Development, Current Status and Technical Services bring expertise to projects proposed by faculty. Applications, by Theodore Hailperin; The Life and Times The Lehigh Lab Faculty Fellow and the Faculty of Goldsworthy Gurney: Gentleman Scientist and Inventor, Development Director mentor faculty as they use tech- 1793-1875, by Dale H. Porter; Separatism the Allies, and nology in teaching and research. Six faculty serve as the the Mafia: The Struggle for Sicilian Independence, 1943- Lehigh Lab Advisory Committee to the Faculty Fellow 1948, by Monte S. Findelstein; The Nightmare of History: and the Director. The Fictions of Virginia Woolf and D.H. Lawrence, by The Faculty Development Director provides confiden- Helen Wussow; ‘Pleasing to Our Use’: David Tannenberg tial, voluntary consultation to faculty about their and the Organs of the Moravians, ed. Carol Traupman- teaching, which may include videotaping of class ses- Carr; Wings for an Embattled China, by W. Langhorne sions, and classroom observation visits. Informal Bond; The Terror of Our Days: Four American Poets mid-semester evaluations in classes may be done by the Respond to the Holocaust, by Harriet L. Parmet; One Director. Woman Determined to Make a Difference: The Life of Madeleine Zabriskie Doty, by Alice Duffy Rinehart; and Dr. Dina Wills, Faculty Development Director, may be An American Musical Dynasty: A biography of the Wolle contacted at 610-758-3638 or [email protected]. The family of Bethlehem, Penasylvania, by Paul S. Larson. Faculty Development web site is accessible at www.lehigh.edu/FacultyDevelopment. For more information, contact Dr. Philip A. Metzger, Lehigh University Press, 30 Library Drive, Lehigh Lehigh University Press University, Bethlehem, PA 18015-3067, by phone (610- Lehigh University Press represents a clear expression of 758-3933); by fax (610-758-6331) or by website faculty and institutional commitment to the advance- (http://fp1.cc.lehigh.edu/inlap/). ment of scholarship. Philip A. Metzger, Curator of Special Collections, Lehigh University Libraries, serves as Resources for Students director of the press, and members of the faculty of the Lehigh’s administrators firmly believe that the interrela- four colleges serve on its editorial board. tionship between students’ classroom and nonclassroom activities can be fostered to become an educational The press is interested in all fine scholarship, but places avenue through which students grow, accept responsibili- special emphasis on traditional areas of strength at ty, and gain maturity in ways that will contribute to Lehigh: Science, Technology and Society (STS) studies; productive and meaningful lives. Through various servic- and Eighteenth-Century studies, and the relationship of es, students are assisted in becoming informed decision America and Asia. In linking the name of the university makers. They are also encouraged to develop greater self- to a list of exemplary work by scholars across the nation, awareness and self-confidence in their ability to lead the the press reinforces the value of excellence in the aca- lives they choose. demic environment for faculty, graduate and University Resources 23

Support and assistance for individual students often Alcohol and Other Drug Programs begins in the residential setting. Staff members in the Alcohol and Other Drug (AOD) programs, education, residence halls include six live-in professional residence and services are integrated into many aspects of student life coordinators, and approximately 85 undergraduate life with administrative coordination of much of this residence hall assistants, known as Gryphons. All staff work provided by the Office of Counseling and Psycho- members are carefully selected, extensively trained, and logical Services (610-758-3880) located in Johnson Hall. are available to assist resident students who may have a Web based (see Counseling Service Site) and direct serv- variety of concerns. ices are provided for a wide range of issues ranging from Students are also encouraged to seek counsel and guid- wellness and health to matters of substance use and mis- ance from professionals in many areas of student life. The use. Because members of the Lehigh community Office of the Dean of Students serves as a central agency recognize that substance abuse and chemical dependency to help students who have questions about academic and can significantly affect student lives, educational pro- procedural matters, personal problems, and other general grams are designed to encourage peak performance and concerns, both through its staff and through referral to avoid high-risk behavior. Confidential individual and other student affairs and academic offices. Through the group counseling and consultation services are available programs and services provided by the Dean of Students to students who find themselves having problems office, students can become involved in community serv- because of their own substance use, or related to friends ice, leadership skill development, multicultural and/or family members having problems with substance opportunities, and a myriad of other activities designed to use. Appointments are easy to make by calling the office develop the well-rounded individual. of Counseling and Psychological Services at 610-758- th Students who need assistance with their physical well- 3880 or by visiting the 4 floor of Johnson Hall during being are referred to the university health center. office hours (8:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m. with some addition- al evening hours), Monday through Friday. If a student has interests or concerns related to any per- sonal or interpersonal issues, the office of University Theme weeks and sponsored outreach programs such as Counseling and Psychological Services offers a wide Alcohol and Drug Awareness Week and National range of options, confidential and free of charge. Alcohol Screening Day provide educational programs on Counseling Center staff interact with students around a variety of AOD and peak performance topics. Peer campus in classrooms, residence halls, and other settings. education consultation is also available to students creat- In addition, traditional services such as individual and ing programs and planning interventions. Intervention group counseling, psychological evaluation, and crises services include training programs for Residence Life intervention are provided by the licensed professionals in staff, peer educator groups, athletes, and students the center. referred by the Dean of Students office, and other mem- bers of the Lehigh community. Individual and group The university chaplain is available for the student with counseling is provided by the office of Counseling and religious, moral, or personal concerns that are interfering Psychological Services. Students who struggle with defin- with peace of mind and studies. A Roman Catholic ing their own values regarding substance use and chaplain also is in residence and available for counseling. addiction are encouraged to clarify and process their A member of the faculty serves as adviser to Hillel beliefs in a safe, confidential environment. On-campus Foundation members, who also may obtain spiritual counseling may allow students to successfully enter into advice from a local rabbi. The Office of Career Services recovery (from alcoholism or chemical dependency) offers assistance to students in identifying and develop- without having to disrupt their university careers. If a ing career options that can be initiated at graduation. student cannot accomplish this on campus, referrals to The office also manages an active on-campus interview- in-patient or outpatient treatment programs can be ing program for graduating students. made. Aftercare services can be provided once the stu- The registrar assists students who have questions involv- dent returns to campus, utilizing on-campus counseling ing matters of transferred credits, graduation or by referral to 12-step group meetings (such as A.A. requirements, and allied topics. and N.A). These meetings are held on campus and in The Office of Financial Aid consults with students who the surrounding community. Referral to other treatment have financial concerns that are affecting their education- programs, community service programs, and programs al plans. associated with the court system can also be facilitated by various offices within Student Affairs. The Center for Writing, Math and Study Skills offers free individual tutoring in reading and study skills, Disability Services mathematics, and writing. In accordance with federal legislation, specifically Section Many members of the teaching faculty are also interested 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 and the Ameri- in students and student life. They serve as academic cans with Disabilities Act, Lehigh University recognizes advisers, activity sponsors, group sponsors and advisers, the special needs of students with physical, sensory and and in friendly personal relationships with students. learning disabilities. Services for students with physical In these and in other ways Lehigh University endeavors disabilities are coordinated by the university’s ADA Offi- to maintain the close contacts with students that charac- cer in the Provost’s Office. Academic support services for terize the smaller institution. Services are available for all students with learning disabilities are coordinated by the student concerns, and the student need only turn to his Dean of Students Office. The Dean of Students Office or her nearest residence hall counselor, professor, or the works in conjunction with faculty members to provide Lehigh Handbook to learn where help can be obtained. appropriate classroom accommodations for students with a diagnosed learning disability. Students requesting accommodations must present the university with a cur- rent and comprehensive psycho-educational evaluation. 24 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2003-2004

For more information about support services for students experimentation, productivity and change. Services with disabilities, contact the Dean of Students Office are designed to help students not only manage (phone: 610-758-4152; University Center, room 212). crises, but to thrive in meaningful ways . . . to grow in self-understanding in order to make more satisfy- Health & Wellness Center ing and better use of their personal and The university offers health services to all students at the interpersonal resources. Individual contacts, group Health Center in Johnson Hall. During the fall and therapy, faculty and staff consultation, and numer- spring semesters, providers are available to see patients ous outreach activities are some of the primary from 8:30 a.m. to 5:00 p.m. Monday to Friday. means by which the mission is accomplished. UCPS Providers include a nurse practitioner and two physi- staff members are committed to providing assistance cians. A registered nurse is present to see patients on to all registered Lehigh students interested in per- Saturday 10:00 a.m. to 4 p.m. with a provider on call. sonal, social, and academic growth and discovery, During breaks, hours are shortened. and to the larger campus community through con- The Health Center staff treats a variety of health prob- sultation, teaching, research, and various other types lems, including illnesses and injuries. Gynecologic care is of involvement. available by appointment. Allergy injections can be II. Direct Services administered. Some minor surgery is performed at the To accomplish its mission, and while upholding the Health Center. Many laboratory studies can be done at established state and APA (American Psychological the Health Center; students are referred to local facilities Association) ethical principles and code of conduct for X-rays. Patients are referred to local medical and sur- for psychologists, the UCPS provides a variety of gical specialists when indicated. More seriously ill services to the Lehigh University community students are sent to a general hospital. including: Prior to arrival on campus, each new or transfer student •Crisis Intervention Services must submit to the Health Center a record of physical examination, a completed health history form, and The UCPS provides assistance to individuals and updated immunization record. groups in crisis. Psychologists provide 24-hour coverage via pager access (call campus police dis- Following enrollment, additional examinations are pro- patcher at 758-4200) during the Fall and Spring vided by the Health Center for students participating in semesters. intercollegiate athletic programs, and when required for graduate school or scholarship programs. The Health •Group and Individual Psychotherapy Center does not provide examinations for military, insur- UCPS staff members provide group and individ- ance or employment purposes. ual counseling and psychotherapy services to There is no charge for most of the care provided to stu- both undergraduate and graduate students. A dents. Some exceptions are as follows: referrals to short-term treatment model is used for individual physicians, hospitals, or other medical facilities outside work while much of the group work is of longer the student Health Center, and medications not carried duration. Referrals for psychiatric consultation by the Health Center which require prescriptions. A low- are made when requested and appropriate. All cost university-sponsored insurance plan is available, counseling and therapy services within the UCPS which complements the services of the Health Center. are confidential. Expenses covered include costs for services that are not •Outreach Programming available at the Health Center, such as X-rays, laboratory The UCPS provides programming focused on the studies, consultant fees, and medications not stocked by developmental needs of college students— the Center. Hospital expenses are also covered. Students designed to enhance the capacity of students to are urged to check with their parents regarding existing maximize their personal, social, and academic insurance coverage and to consider purchasing the uni- potential. These presentations occur in various versity-sponsored plan if they are not adequately covered. settings, including living residences, classrooms, Please consult your insurance carrier or physician if your athletic sites, and meeting rooms across the uni- plan is of the managed care/preferred provider type. versity. Topics may include issues related to race, A health service brochure is distributed to all entering eating and body image, sexuality, drinking and freshmen and is available through the Health Center to other drug use, study styles, athletic performance, all other students. This brochure describes in more detail grieving, stress, and relationships. Some of this the policies and programs of the health service. Or consult programming may include partnership with our web page at www.lehigh.edu/~inluhc/inluhc.htm/. UCPS sponsored student peer education groups. Counseling and Psychological Service • Assessment and Evaluation The University Counseling and Psychological Service (at Upon request and when appropriate, UCPS per- 610-758-3880 is located on the fourth floor of Johnson sonnel administer and use personality and career Hall. The office is open from 8:00 - 5:00 (with some exploration instruments. They also utilize a wide additional evening hours), Monday through Friday. Most variety of assessment tools when assisting groups services are free of charge. Counselors are available for and individual students. 24-hour emergency consultations via campus police • Consultation Services (610-758-4200). Staff members provide consultative services to the I. Philosophy & Mission university community with the objective of help- The University Counseling and Psychological ing students, faculty and staff identify and resolve Service (UCPS) is dedicated to the belief that a per- difficulties that may be exerting a negative effect son’s college years are a time of challenge, inquiry, on some individual, group, or system. This may University Resources 25

include the use of referral resources within the of work desired, interviewing for specific positions university or in the local community. through which career or professional interests can be sat- •Training isfied, and then selecting from the available options the one that best meets the student’s needs. This part of the One component of UCPS work is to help persons process requires students to develop skills in such areas as such as residence life staff, peer counselors, uni- effective resume and cover letter writing, interviewing versity personnel, student leaders, and faculty techniques, and individual job search strategies to more effectively advise, counsel, interact and enhance productive interactions with employers. communicate with others. A second component is to enhance the development of persons specifi- The goals of this process include: to enable Lehigh stu- cally interested in securing the identity and skills dents to think of themselves as educated individuals with of a psychologist - these typically being advanced skills and abilities of value to employers; to think in graduate students, doctoral level interns, and pro- terms of functional responsibilities rather than simply fessional staff. linking major subjects to jobs; to acquire and develop the skills necessary to become self-reliant and informed •Advocacy decision-makers; to prepare for a competitive job mar- Staff of the UCPS advocate for those students ket; and to develop the potential to become self-reliant and groups who struggle for understanding and managers of their own careers. respect in a society sometimes blinded by tradi- The Office of Career Services is committed to the prepa- tional norms and expectations. Through dialogue, ration and education of all Lehigh students during the education, programming, consultation, and direct transition from the academic environment to the work service, the staff is committed to being engaged place. Career Services offers the following resources and with issues such as racism, sexism, and other services to help students prepare for professional oppor- practices that destroy self and group esteem. tunities after graduation: The Center for Writing, Math, and Study Skills: Career Counseling. Students may meet with professional 110 Drown counselors to discuss their career options and goals, indi- Success at Lehigh depends, in part, on mastery of a vidual job-search strategies, effective interviewing, and number of advanced academic skills. Students must be related interests. Self-assessment tools are available to able to write well, to study effectively, to take examina- assist students in identifying interests, skills and values. tions, to communicate well, to understand advanced Peer Educators. Peer Educators are student volunteers mathematical concepts, and to keep up with a great deal who have applied and interviewed to be trained to pro- of critical reading. vide career assistance to their peers. Peer Educators are The Center for Writing, Math, and Study Skills supports available throughout the semester to students who walk these vital academic abilities, providing trained consult- in with quick questions regarding resume assistance, the ants in writing, ESL, math, and study skills. The Center LUCIE system, library resources, and general job search- provides a variety of services such as (1) individual or ing help. small group tutoring for students enrolled in undergrad- Career Resources. Among the resources available in the uate math courses, (2) writing consultation for students Career Library are books and articles on career planning, and for the Lehigh community, (3) study skills tutoring current information on career opportunities, occupation- and advising, and (5) seminars and presentations to al information, graduate school resources, job-search Lehigh student groups on effective study skills, time directories, a library of employer literature, and a data- management, and several other topics. Tutoring and con- base of alumni contacts who have volunteered to assist sultations are provided by graduate students and faculty; students with their job search strategies. Students may the service is free of charge. obtain a free Job Search Manual that describes how to The Center is located in room 110 of Drown Hall. use the on-campus interviewing system, prepare for Appointments can be scheduled by calling 758-3098. interviews and plant/office visits, write resumes and let- Both single-session and continuous weekly appointments ters, and develop individual strategies. are available. For more information, refer to the Center Workshops and Special Programs. Throughout the year website at www.lehigh.edu/~incent/incent.html. counselors conduct a variety of seminars and presenta- tions in collaboration with academic departments, Career Services professional societies, living groups, and other interested One function of a college education is to foster the campus organizations. Workshops are offered on resume growth and development of the student to prepare for a writing, interviewing techniques, networking, career meaningful and satisfying life after college. Lehigh pro- portfolios, job searching and internet strategies. Special vides career planning services for undergraduate and programs are conducted each semester, including career graduate students as an integral part of the career devel- panels, mini career classes, and informal gatherings opment process. focusing on a variety of fields. Career planning can best be described as an educational Experiential Education. Experiential Education pro- process through which students (1) identify and develop grams are designed to enable Lehigh students to make their abilities, aptitudes, and interests; (2) learn the rela- educated decisions about career choices. Through partic- tionship between their capabilities and interests, their ipation in these programs, students gain firsthand university experiences, and professional opportunities knowledge and experience in a particular career field. outside the university; and (3) prepare for those Experiential Education programs include: summer opportunities. employment, internships, part-time positions, extern- Career Services assists students through the process of ships (Arts & Sciences, Business, and Multicultural researching targeted organizations that provide the types Students) and cooperative education. 26 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2003-2004

On-Campus Interviewing. Career Services works with cal short courses; individual credit courses; credit/non- approximately 400 organizations that interview on cam- credit certificate programs, including Supply Chain pus each year. Students utilize web-based software called Management, and a full Master’s Degree in LUCIE (Lehigh University Career Information Pharmaceutical Chemistry. Exchange) to view job openings, apply for positions For specific information on course offerings, admissions, using an on-line resume and sign-up electronically for registration, and technical system requirement, visit the specific interview times. Employers interview under- distance education website at www.distance.lehigh.edu or call graduate and graduate candidates from all four colleges. (610) 758-5794. Each year the OCI program is kicked off by a Career Fair that showcases over 100 employers interested in Summer Studies recruiting Lehigh students. There has been a summer sessions program at Lehigh for Lehigh Listings On-Line. Lehigh Listings On-Line is a over a century and, through the years, it has developed searchable job listing database available on Career into a significant part of the University’s overall academic Service’s Web Page as part of the LUCIE system. Job program. Lehigh now offers over 200 courses each sum- openings for part-time, summer, full-time and advanced- mer. They range from travel programs in Europe, to field level positions can be searched by employer, location, job camp in the Rocky Mountains to on-campus courses function, or major. Undergraduates and graduate stu- that service Lehigh undergraduates and graduates, adult dents from all four colleges will find listings related to professionals in business and education, and students at their fields of study. other colleges who return to their Lehigh Valley region Pre-professional Advising. The pre-professional advisor, homes during the summer. At Lehigh, summer is a time along with a faculty advisory committee, provides infor- for educational experimentation. There are many special mation and guidance to candidates pursuing careers in summer offerings not available during the regular aca- medicine, dentistry, and other health professions, includ- demic year, including a number of courses offered ing individualized advising, special programs on completely on-line. For more information visit the sum- health-related topics and field trips. In addition, infor- mer sessions website at www.lehigh.edu/ mation and assistance is provided for students interested summersessions or call (610) 758-3966. in law school and legal careers. Continuing Education The office is open throughout the year. The main phone Lehigh University departments, research centers, and number is (610)-758-3710. administrative agencies offer a varied selection of non- credit continuing education programs for adults. Special Academic Programs Reflecting Lehigh’s traditional educational strengths, these offerings focus on professional development, organiza- Distance Education tional problem solving, and technical skills. They carry no regular academic credit, but participants can often The University’s distance education program provides earn some form of continuing education credential. graduate degree programs, certificate programs, individ- ual graduate credit courses, and non-credit professional Lehigh continuing education programs are often programming to adults in an accessible and cost-effective designed to meet specific needs. Contents, schedules, manner. The goal is to allow working men and women and timing are adapted to effectively serve the audiences to pursue their educational goals through the University for which they have been developed. Apart from public while remaining highly productive employees. Admission programs presented on the Lehigh campus, a number of standards and course requirements are the same for dis- programs are available for “in-house” presentation to tance and on-campus students, and distance education organizations on a contract basis. For more information students receive the same degrees and diplomas. Lehigh about these programs, contact the appropriate depart- distance education is delivered to the students by satellite ment or research center. (Lehigh Educational Satellite Network or LESN) or English Language Learning Center (ELLC) Internet (LESN-Online) with some use of videoconfer- encing, Internet2, CD-Rom, and videotape replay. “For ESL students who want to improve their ability to comprehend English on-campus and off-campus in formal Satellite-based programs include Master’s Degrees in and informal settings. The tutors provide language tutor- Chemistry, Pharmaceutical Chemistry, Chemical ing and guidance with the interactive language software. Engineering, Manufacturing Systems Engineering, Molecular Biology, Quality Engineering, Polymer The ESL English Language Leaning Center provides Science and Engineering, and the MBA. Satellite courses professional English language tutoring for undergraduate are transmitted on Ku-band digital channels directly to and graduate international students and their spouses downlink sites at the students’ work locations. wanting to improve their English skills in all skill areas: academic and conversational speaking, listening, reading, LESN-Online, using the capabilities of the WWW, writing and grammar, and test preparation for TOEFL delivers programming to distance students at any loca- and GMAT. tion that can be connected to the Internet. Featuring both synchronous and asynchronous streaming media The ELLC lab is located in the ESL Department Office technology, LESN-Online allows students to see and in Lamberton Hall, Room 305. contact the ESL office hear their instructors while they view course materials as for more information. (610) 758-6099 or email downloadable graphics. The following programs are now [email protected]. Also, please visit our website for fully available online: non-credit professional and techni- online English assistance and information www.lehigh.edu/~inellc Undergraduate Studies 27

III. Undergraduate Studies

Graduation Requirements Advisement Students are expected to maintain regular progress Every undergraduate is assigned a faculty adviser. Until toward the baccalaureate degree by carrying the “nor- the major is declared, assistance is also available through mal” course load—between 12 and 18 credit hours each the dean’s office of the college in which the student is semester. They may, however, wish to accelerate the pace enrolled. When the major has been chosen, a faculty toward graduation by using advanced placement credits, member from the major department will act as the aca- summer session study, and receiving credit for courses demic adviser. through examination. This adviser is one of the most valuable resources in the Students in good academic standing earn their degrees educational process, not only to assist in making aca- by meeting the requirements of their specific degree cur- demic selections to match the student’s particular riculum as well as general university requirements. background, interests, and future objectives, but also to Students should confer with their advisers on matters identify program options, to work out an academic pace, related to curriculum. and to develop career planning strategies. The adviser Students are expected to satisfy the credit-hour require- will help to identify other resources and support systems ments of their chosen curriculum. Basic military science available at the university, such as The Learning Center, credit hours are in addition to the credit hours specified the counseling service, and the Office of Career Services. in the curricula. A maximum of six credit hours of advanced military science courses may be applied toward Guide to Academic Rules and the baccalaureate degree. Regulations Undergraduate Residency Requirement The university has adopted over the years numerous To be eligible to receive a Lehigh baccalaureate degree, rules and regulations. Some of the principal rules and the candidate must have completed either a minimum of regulations are given here so that currently enrolled and 90 credit hours in residence, or all of the last 30 credit potential undergraduates and graduate students will be hours at the University or in residency programs. apprised of what is expected of them, and what they can Five-Year, Two-Bachelor-Degree expect of the university. Programs This section concerns academic regulations. Additional The university’s five-year, two-degree programs enable a regulations can be found in the Lehigh Handbook, and student to receive two bachelor degrees upon completion there is a comprehensive statement of all policy in the pub- of five years of study. lication Rules and Procedures of the Faculty. All students are given a Handbook at the beginning of the fall semester; The civil engineering and earth and environmental sci- Rules and Procedures is available on Lehigh’s website. ences program that affords two bachelor degrees, and the electrical engineering and engineering physics two- Eligibility for Degree degree program are examples of programs in the College In order to be graduated, a candidate for a baccalaureate of Engineering and Applied Science. degree must achieve a minimum cumulative average of 2.00. Some five-year, two-degree programs appear in the To be eligible for a degree, a student must not only have description of courses under Arts-Engineering and Five- completed all of the scholastic requirements for the Year Programs in Section V. It is possible to arrange for a degree, but also must have paid all university fees, and in dual bachelor degree program even after studying at addition all bills for the rental of rooms in the residence Lehigh for some time. Engineering students, for exam- halls or in other university housing facilities. Payment ple, who decide at any stage of study that they wish to also must have been made for damage to university meet the requirements for both the bachelor of arts and property or equipment, or for any other indebtedness for bachelor of science degree may complete the combined scholarship loans or for loans from trust funds adminis- requirements in five years if the decision is made before tered by the university. the third year. Responsibility for meeting academic requirements. Second degree candidates—A student entering Lehigh to Each student is responsible for his or her progress toward obtain a second bachelor’s degree, or those Lehigh stu- meeting specific requirements for graduation. Academic dents who wish to declare a second major in another advisers and department chairs are available to assist the college, or both a B.A. and a B.S. degree within the student. It is strongly recommended that the student College of Arts and Sciences must have a minimum of specifically consult with his or her adviser prior to the 30 additional credit hours beyond the first degree credit- senior year to ascertain eligibility for the degree for hour requirements in order to qualify for the second which he or she desires to qualify and to determine that degree. All of the 30 additional credit hours must be all program and hours requirements are met. taken at Lehigh or in Lehigh residency programs. All special second degree programs must be approved by the The registrar’s office will provide, at the student’s dean of the college in which the degree is to be offered request, a printout of a degree audit noting all program and the Standing of Students Committee. deficiencies. All students are requested to go through this process before registering for their senior year. 28 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2003-2004

Final date for completion of requirements. For gradua- The grade N (grade) may be used to indicate that one or tion, all requirements, scholastic and financial, must more course requirements (e.g., course report) have not have been satisfied prior to the date stated in the univer- been completed. It is the obligation of the student to sity calendar. explain to the satisfaction of the instructor that there are extenuating circumstances (e.g., illness or emergency) Application for Degree that justify the use of the N grade. If the instructor feels Candidates for graduation on University Day in May the N grade is justified, he or she assigns a grade of N must file with the registrar on or before March 1 a writ- supplemented by a parenthetical letter grade, (e.g., ten notice of candidacy for the degree; candidates for N(C)). In such cases, the instructor calculates the paren- graduation in January file a notice of candidacy on or thetical grade by assigning an F (or zero score) for any before November 1. incomplete work unless he or she has informed the class Failure to file such notice by such dates mentioned in writing at the beginning of the course of a substitute debars the candidate from receiving the degree at the method for determining the parenthetical grade. ensuing graduation exercises. If a petition for late filing In each case in which an N grade is given, the course is granted, a fee is assessed. instructor shall provide written notification to the department chairperson stating the name of the student Graduating Thesis receiving the grade, the reason for the incomplete work, The original of the undergraduate thesis, when required, the work to be done for the removal of the N grade and is accompanied by drawings and diagrams whenever the the grade for the work already completed. subject needs such illustration. The original is kept by A student who incurs an N grade in any course is the university, as a part of the student’s record, for future required to complete the work for the course by the fifth reference; but copies may be retained by students and day of instruction in the next regular semester. The N may be published, provided permission has first been grade will be converted into the parenthetical grade after obtained from the faculty. the tenth day of instruction in the next regular semester Undergraduate Credit and Grades following receipt of the N grade unless the instructor has A “semester hour,” used interchangeably with “credit previously changed the grade using the removal-of- hour,” is a course unit normally involving three to four incomplete procedure. The parenthetical grade will be hours of student effort per week during one semester. dropped from the transcript after the assignment of the This includes both in-class contact hours and out-of- course grade. class activities. The major parameters influencing the In no case shall the grade N be used to report absence in-class/out-of-class division include the mode of instruc- from a final examination when all other course require- tion and the level of the course. ments have been met. Latest date for registration. No registration is accepted N grades do not count as hours attempted and are not later than the tenth day of instruction in any semester, or used in computations of cumulative averages. fifth day of a summer session. The grade X (grade) is used to indicate absence from the Definitions of grades. Course grades are A, A–, B+, B, final examination when all other course requirements B–, C+, C, C–, D+, D, D–, P, F, N, X and Z. The have been met. The grade in parentheses is determined meaning of each grade is as follows: A, A–, excellent; B+, by including in the grade calculation an F (or zero score) B, and B–, good; C+ and C, competent; C–, continua- for the missing final exam. The X grade may be removed tion competency (the student has achieved the level of by a make-up examination if the absence was for good proficiency needed for the course to satisfy prerequisite cause (e.g., illness or other emergency). To be eligible for requirements); D+, D, and D–, passing, but perform- the make-up exam, the student must file a petition and ance is not adequate to take any subsequent course the petition must be approved by the Committee on the which has this course as a prerequisite. The student must Standing of Students. If the student fails to petition, or if petition to waive a prerequisite. Upon presentation of the petition is not granted, or if the student fails to evidence of substantially equivalent preparation and with appear for the scheduled make-up examination, then the the approval of the instructor of the course, the teaching X grade will be converted into the parenthetical grade department chair and the chair of the major department, after the first scheduled make-up examination following the prerequisite will be waived. P, pass-fail grading with a the receipt of the X grade. If the petition is granted and grade equivalent to D– or higher; F, failing; N, incom- the final examination is taken, the X grade will be plete; X, absent from the final examination; Z, absent changed by the instructor using the make-up examina- from the final examination and incomplete. tion procedures and the parenthetical grade will be Other symbols used for courses on student records are: dropped from the transcript. Cr, credit allowed; W, withdrawn; WP, withdrawn with Where valid reasons exist for not taking the make-up permission and with passing performance at the time of examination at the scheduled time, the student may peti- withdrawal; WF, withdrawn beyond the deadline and/or tion for a later examination with a fee. with failing performance. The notation of NR (not reported) is temporarily placed Grades in the range of A through D–, P, and Cr may be in a student record when due to circumstances, no grade credited toward baccalaureate degrees within the limits was reported by the instructor by the established deadline. of program requirements. Grades of F, N, X, Z, W, WP, The grade Z (grade) is used to indicate both absence and WF cannot be credited toward the degree. Grades of from the final examination and incompletion of one or W and WP do not count as hours attempted. more course requirements. The instructor calculates the Courses in which grades of D+,D, D-,F, W, WF, N, X, parenthetical grade using an F (or zero score) for the or Z are recorded do not meet prerequisite requirements. final examination and either an F (or zero score) or the substitute method of calculation as described above for the incomplete work. Undergraduate Studies 29

The Z grade may be removed by the procedures present- Dropped for poor scholarship. A student who makes a ed in the previous paragraph for removing the X grade. 2.2 GPA or better in the probationary semester but fails If this results in an N grade because the course work is to meet the standards stipulated is continued on proba- still incomplete, the provisional Incomplete (N grade) tion for another semester. A student who makes less than above shall apply, except that in no case shall the dead- a 2.2 GPA in the probationary semester and fails to meet line for completion of the work be later than the last day the standards stipulated above, is dropped for poor of classes in the first full semester in residence (except scholarship. summer) following receipt of the Z grade. If a student goes on scholastic probation for a second X and Z grades do not count as hours attempted and are (although not necessarily consecutive) term, a review by not used in computations of cumulative averages. the Committee on the Standing of Students will deter- Where failure to complete coursework prevents the stu- mine whether the student will continue on scholastic dent from taking the make-up examination at the probation or be dropped for poor scholarship. scheduled time, the student may petition the Committee Withdrawal From a Course. A student dropping a on the Standing of Students for a later examination. course within the first ten days of the semester (five days A Z grade that is still outstanding after the tenth day of for summer sessions) will have no record of the course instruction in the next academic-year semester following on the transcript. A student dropping all courses for receipt of the Z grade will be converted into the paren- which he or she is registered is considered to be with- thetical grade. The parenthetical grade will be dropped drawing from the university and the policy is noted from the transcript. below. A student who drops a course after the tenth day of instruction and before the end of the eleventh week of Scholastic Averages and Probation instruction will have a grade of “W” assigned to the Scholastic requirements for undergraduate students are course. A student who drops a course after the eleventh expressed in terms of the cumulative grade point average week on instruction and before the end of classes (GPA)—the weighted average of all grades received in receives a “WP” or “WF” at the discretion of the residence or at institutions specifically approved for instructor. A “WF” is considered to be a failing grade. grade transfer. The cumulative GPA is computed at the An Add/Drop form signed by the student’s advisor must end of each semester and the second summer session. be submitted to the registrar’s office, before the deadlines Following are the cumulative GPA requirements for noted above, to be official. good standing: University Withdrawal. A student withdrawing from the freshmen 1st semester 0 to 21 credits earned 1.70 university (dropping all courses during a given term) must submit the withdrawal form to the dean of stu- sophomores 22 to 51 1.80 dents office. Withdrawal after registration day and juniors and seniors more than 52 2.00 during the first 11 weeks of instruction will be noted on For computational purposes students who have complet- the academic transcript by assigning a grade of “W” to ed 22 or fewer earned hours shall be required to achieve all courses. A withdrawal after the eleventh week of a 1.70 cumulative grade point average. Students who instruction and before the end of classes will have the have completed 23 but fewer than 53 earned hours at grade of “WP” or “WF” assigned for each course at the the end of the most recent graded term shall be required discretion of the instructor. The date of the withdrawal to achieve a 1.80 cumulative grade point average. will be noted on the academic transcript for a withdraw- Students who have completed 53 earned hours at the al at any time during the term. end of the most recent graded term shall be required to A student who reduces his or her course load below the achieve a 2.00 cumulative grade point average. Other minimum required for standing as a full-time student, undergraduates including all General College Division, but does not withdraw from the university, becomes a Lehigh Valley Association of Independent College cross part-time student for the rest of that semester. Some registered students, high school scholars and R.O.T.C. areas affected by part-time status are financial aid, athlet- students will be required to achieve a 2.0 cumulative ic eligibility, veterans affairs, immigration status, grade point average – the minimum average required for insurance and loan deferment. graduation – to remain in good academic standing. Grades for undergraduate students are available from the Any undergraduate student who achieves a l.69 or lower registrar as soon as possible following the deadline for cumulative grade point average in a given term is eligible reporting of grades on line using the secure access facili- to be reviewed by and may be placed on probation at the ty. Undergraduates students who would like a grade discretion of the Committee on the Standing of Students. report must submit the request in writing to the Students who do not meet the above requirements will Registrar’s Office each term. Instructors may develop be placed on scholastic probation. Students who, regard- their own policies for release of unofficial reports of aca- less of their cumulative average, have failed more than demic progress to individual students, or to their eight hours of course work in any semester are also advisers, deans, or financial aid officers, on a need-to- placed on scholastic probation. know basis, including early release of unofficial final While there is no specific credit hour requirement for course grades. Any such policies must respect the rights good standing, certain categories of students (e.g., those of students to privacy. on financial aid and those playing intercollegiate athlet- Repeating of courses. If a course in which a “C-” or ics) will be expected to maintain whatever hours are lower grade was received is repeated, the final grade required for eligibility. received upon repetition of the course is counted in the Removal from probation. Students are removed from cumulative average. The original grade and credit hours probation at such time as they meet the standard listed received will be dropped from the cumulative average. above, effective at the end of any semester or the second Courses assigned a grade of “C” or better may not be summer session. repeated. However, a student who fails a repeated course 30 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2003-2004

after receiving a passing grade the first time will have the student must submit a petition to the Committee on the original grade deleted from his or her average, but will Standing of Students requesting acceptance by the new retain credit for the course toward graduation. program of the pass-fail grading for that course, or sub- A grade of C- or lower that was originally received in a stitution of the original letter grade submitted by the course may not be changed by repeating the course instructor for the pass-fail grade, or the substitution of under the pass-fail option. another course for the course taken pass-fail. The recom- mendation of the adviser must accompany the petition. For deletion of a grade from the cumulative average after repeating a course, a student must (a) file the deletion Course Auditing form with the registrar’s Office; and (b) repeat the iden- A student who is in good academic standing and has not tical course with a final grade at Lehigh. failed any courses in the previous term may be admitted as Pass-Fail Systems for Undergraduates an auditor in not more than one course, which shall be outside the curriculum requirements. Application for such Student Option System. The pass-fail grading option is admission is by petition approved by the departmental intended to encourage students to take challenging chair and the Standing of Students Committee. In no case courses outside the major field that otherwise might be shall a student who has attended a course as an auditor be avoided for fear of lowering grade-point averages. given an anticipatory examination for credit or register for Students are not permitted to take courses numbered the same course in the future. A student completing a below 100 and over 400 using the optional pass/fail course in this manner will have the course and the nota- grading system and should avoid wasting this option on tion AU indicated on the permanent record. A student unsuitable courses, such as courses having no college- rostered on an audit basis may be withdrawn from the level prerequisite or corequisite. The restrictions on the course with a grade of W for poor attendance. use of the system are listed below. A student may register for no more than one course pass- Review-Consultation-Study Period fail numbered above 100 and below 400 in any one The Review-Consultation-Study (RCS) period is intend- semester. Students should check the pass/fail restrictions ed to provide a few days for informal academic work for specific courses noted in section V of the catalog. He between the end of the formal instruction period and the or she may take a maximum of six courses pass-fail per beginning of the final examinations. undergraduate career if the student is on a four-year pro- It is expected that students will use this period to consol- gram, or a maximum of eight courses per undergraduate idate their command of the material in their courses. career with a five-year, two-degree program. If a student Faculty members make themselves available to their stu- changes a course after the first ten days of instruction dents at announced times during this period. from pass-fail grading to regular grading, as provided below, that course shall still count toward the maximum No quiz or exam may be given during the last five class number of courses taken pass-fail during the student’s days before final examination period begins. undergraduate career. Graduation Honors Each college faculty shall decide under what conditions Degrees with honors are awarded by vote of the universi- and which courses or categories of courses throughout ty faculty to those students who have attained an average the university may be taken for pass-fail credit by stu- of not less than 3.25 in a minimum of 90 credit hours in dents registered in that college, except for courses residence at Lehigh University or in programs approved designated specifically for pass-fail grading. Each college by the faculty to have grades and credit accepted toward shall keep the educational policy committee advised of the undergraduate degree. changes in its rules. Degrees with high honors are awarded by vote of the A student designates the course(s) to be taken pass-fail university faculty to those students who have attained an normally at preregistration but not later than the fifteenth average of not less than 3.50 in a minimum of 90 credit day of instruction in a regular semester or the fifth day of hours in residence at Lehigh University or in programs instruction in any summer session. Prior to this deadline, approved by the faculty to have grades and credit accept- the student may transfer from pass-fail to regular grading, ed toward the undergraduate degree. or vice-versa, without penalty. The courses designated for Degrees with highest honors are awarded by vote of the pass-fail grading by the student require the written university faculty to those students who have attained an acknowledgment of the academic adviser. average of not less than 3.75 in a minimum of 90 credit Since the instructor giving the course is not officially hours in residence at Lehigh University or in programs notified which students are taking the course pass-fail, a approved by the faculty to have grades and credit accept- regular letter grade is reported to the Registrar for the ed toward the undergraduate degree. pass-fail students. The Registrar then records “P” for For the purposes of graduation honors calculations, reported letter grades from A through D–, and “F” for a courses taken more than once at Lehigh will only have reported letter grade of F. the most recent grade used in the calculation. Courses Under this system, the student surrenders his or her taken under the cross-registration policy of the LVAIC, equity to letter grades of A through D–, except as speci- the Washington Semester and the Urban Studies semes- fied below. A grade of P applies to the student’s ter program will be used. graduation requirements but is not used in the computa- Students who spend part of their career at another institu- tion of the cumulative average; whereas an F grade is tion, or are transfer admits to degree programs and have included in the cumulative grade point average. fewer than ninety hours of in residency courses, may qual- If a student changes his or her program such that a ify for graduation honors under the following conditions: course previously taken for pass-fail grading is not The student must have at least sixty credit hours of regu- allowed for pass-fail grading in the new program, the larly graded (not pass/fail) courses that meet the Undergraduate Studies 31 residency requirement. The graduation honors category is accounting; Chi Epsilon, civil engineering; Eta Kappa determined by the lower of the two averages computed as Nu, electrical engineering; Lambda Mu Sigma, market- follows: (1) the average of grades received at Lehigh; (2) ing; Omicron Delta Epsilon, economics; Omicron Delta the average of all grades received at Lehigh and grades for Kappa, leadership; Order of the Omega, leadership in courses taken elsewhere for a regular grade and that are Greek activities; Phi Alpha Theta, history; Phi Beta appropriate to be considered for transfer to Lehigh, or in Delta, international; Phi Eta Sigma, freshman scholastic provisionally approved study abroad programs. excellence; Pi Tau Sigma, mechanical engineering; Psi Chi, psychology; Sigma Tau Delta, English; and Sigma Department Honors Xi, research. Many departments offer honors work adapted to its cur- riculum for students who wish to demonstrate unusual academic ability and interest in exploring a chosen field College of Arts and Sciences through independent study and research. The precise Carl O. Moses, interim dean; Hannah W. Stewart-Gam- nature of the program for each student is determined by bino, associate dean; Ingrid H. Parson, associate dean, the academic major department, but may include: Linda J. Lowe-Krenz, associate dean unscheduled work or independent study, participation in Under the name “School of General Literature,” the graduate (400-level) courses, and an honors thesis or College of Arts and Sciences was a part of the original project. plan of the University. Although its aims have remained Qualified candidates should inform their academic advis- constant over the years, the means employed to achieve ers by the end of the junior year of their intention to those aims have been adapted to the changing times. work for departmental honors. The adviser will give the The main purpose of the undergraduate programs in the college and the registrar names of seniors working for College is to prepare each student for the exercise of departmental honors in particular majors. Names of individual responsibility in the affairs of mature life. We those students attaining departmental honors are pub- seek to prepare students for life-long commitment to the lished in the commencement program. public trust of a privileged education. The College facul- Undergraduates in the College of Arts and Sciences may ty recognizes three distinguishing characteristics of an apply for acceptance into the College Scholar Program, educated person: the ability to think and communicate which offers unique opportunities for those qualified to in a disciplined manner, the ability and willingness to develop their critical faculties and intellectual interests. make discerning judgments, and the capacity to apply one’s creative imagination. The well-educated person Honor Societies accepts that continuous learning is the basis for making There are at least 18 honor and course societies. The agile adaptations in one’s contributions to enterprise, three best-known are: family, and community in response to changing circum- stances and that making such well-adapted contributions Phi Beta Kappa. The oldest honor society in the United is the true path to personal growth and fulfillment. In States invites into its membership those undergraduates order to achieve the College’s purpose, the College facul- from each of Lehigh’s three undergraduate colleges who ty shares with the student facts and ideas and guides the meet the following desired profile: student in transforming the raw material of facts and •A minimum cumulative GPA of 3.5 ideas into knowledge and understanding. Students in the •A minimum of six hours each of natural sciences College develop new habits of mind that characterize the (including a lab); social sciences; and humanities liberal arts education, such as testing assumptions, ques- (especially reading/critique of literature beyond fresh- tioning authority, respecting evidence, and probing the men English) unknown with curiosity and an open mind. Those habits • Calculus or advanced mathematics that requires calcu- prepare our graduates to thrive in an uncertain world. lus as a prerequisite We also expect students to discipline their use of time and to master the fundamentals of rational discourse and •Foreign language roughly equivalent to second year scholarly inquiry. The basic elements of the Arts and college level Sciences education remain what they have been for gen- •No academic violations sufficient to warrant proba- erations of liberal arts students—comprehensive study of tion, suspension, or expulsion. the broad domains of knowledge and the development While satisfaction of this profile does not guarantee elec- of expertise in one domain. tion, it ensures being considered by the council of the The College of Arts and Sciences offers several curricular Beta chapter of Pennsylvania and the Alpha Gamma options: chapter of the United States •A four-year arts and sciences curriculum leading to a Beta Gamma Sigma. Election to membership in Beta bachelor of arts or bachelor of science degree in desig- Gamma Sigma is the highest scholastic honor that a stu- nated fields dent in business administration can achieve. Beta Gamma •A five-year arts-engineering curriculum leading to a Sigma is the only national honorary scholarship society in bachelor’s degree from the College of Arts and the field of business administration recognized by the Sciences and a bachelor of science degree in a specific American Assembly of Collegiate Schools of Business. field from the College of Engineering and Applied Tau Beta Pi. Tau Beta Pi recognizes high achievement in Science all engineering curricula. The national Tau Beta Pi was •Double degree programs within the college and in con- founded at Lehigh in 1885. A bronze marker in front of junction with the other two undergraduate colleges. Williams Hall commemorates this event. Specific requirements for many of the degree programs Among course societies are the following: Alpha Pi Mu, described in this section may be found in Section V. for those in industrial engineering; Beta Alpha Psi, 32 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2003-2004

Major Degree Programs in the College its particular kind of questions, and starts to apply its traditional body of knowledge. By submitting to increas- Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Science Degree ingly challenging and complex exercises in a distinct Programs discipline over several semesters under the guidance of Two distinct bachelor-degree programs are offered by the mature practitioners, the student can start to feel the College, each distinguished mainly by the proportion of rewards of intellectual mastery of a subject. The student courses taken in the major field. For the Bachelor of Arts thus experiences the gratification of developing expertise degree the student takes a comparatively smaller number and intellectual sophistication. of courses to fulfill the major requirements plus a selec- Along with introductory courses in the discipline, the tion of courses in various fields outside the major. For minimum number of credits for the major is 30. The the more professionally oriented Bachelor of Science student must maintain a minimum grade-point average degree, offered by the College in designated disciplines, of 2.0 in the major field. the student takes a more extensive concentration in the Standard major sequences. When a student chooses one major field, along with a proportionally smaller number of the standard majors, a faculty member from the of courses outside the major. Except for this distinction, department or program offering the major becomes a the same basic requirements must be met for both degree student’s major adviser and assists the student in con- programs (including the minimum number of 121 hours structing a program of study. In all cases, the final for graduation and the minimum average in the major of responsibility for meeting both major and non-major 2.0). No more than six hours of military science may be requirements rests with the student. applied toward either degree. Special interdisciplinary majors. In addition to the stan- Bachelor of Arts Degree dard major programs, specially structured Humanities: architecture, art, Asian studies, classical civ- interdisciplinary major sequences between majors are ilization, classics, design arts, English, modern languages possible. For example, a student interested in a profes- and literature (French, German and Spanish), music, sional school of urban or regional planning might wish philosophy, religion studies, Russian studies, theatre to structure a special major consisting primarily of cours- Social Sciences: Africana studies, American studies, es in political science and economics or in economics anthropology, cognitive science, economics, history, and social relations. international relations, journalism, journalism/science Any student may, with the aid of faculty members cho- writing, political science, psychology, STS (science, tech- sen from the disciplines involved, devise an nology and society), sociology/social psychology, interdisciplinary major program to include not less than sociology and anthropology, urban studies thirty credits of related course work, of which at least 15 Mathematics and Natural Science: Applied lifescience, credits must consist of advanced courses. The major astronomy, behavioral neuroscience, biology, chemistry, advisers and the dean of the college must approve the computer science, earth and environmental science, program. mathematics, molecular biology, physics Multiple majors and Double degrees. A student who BA degrees in predental science, premedical science, or wishes to fulfill the requirements for more than one preoptometry science are available to students who are major program has two options. A double major is a sin- admitted to certain combined degree programs (see gle BA degree with two majors (some students complete Health Professions Programs). triple majors). A student pursues a double major by declaring both majors. Typically, double majors can be Bachelor of Science Degree completed in four years, but sequencing of courses and Applied lifescience, astrophysics, behavioral neuro- time conflicts with required courses can introduce delays. science, biochemistry, biology, chemistry, computer No more than three courses may overlap two majors. A science, ecology, environmental science, geological sci- double degree program is a combined BA and BS pro- ences, mathematics, molecular biology, physics, gram. The BA is in the College of Arts and Sciences, and psychology, statistics the BS may be in any one of the three undergraduate colleges. A student pursues a double degree by declaring General Plan of Undergraduate Study the first program and then petitioning the standing of Students in the College are required to choose – usually students committee for permission to pursue the second by the end of the sophomore year – a major field and to degree program. The double-degree student must satisfy complete a program of courses, selected in consultation major and distribution requirements for both degrees with the student’s adviser, to provide the breadth that is and earn a minimum of 30 additional credits beyond the mark of a liberal education. For most students, the those required for the first degree. All of the 30 addition- credits earned for the major and those earned for the dis- al credits must be taken at Lehigh or in Lehigh residency tribution requirements are not enough to meet the programs. The requirement of 30 additional credits typi- graduation requirement of 121, and students take free cally makes the double degree program a five-year elective courses in areas of interest to earn the remaining program. There is no limit on the number of overlap- credits. Three schemes of courses – one in the student’s ping courses between two degrees, but there must be at area of concentration (the major-field requirements), a least 30 credits of non-overlapping coursework in each second set drawn from certain designated disciplines (the degree program. For administrative purposes, students distribution requirements representing the minimum who take two degrees or two majors must designate one set), and a third set without constraints – make up the as the primary major or primary degree. educational program in the College. Distribution Requirements Major Field of Concentration Whatever expertise in a single discipline an undergradu- By majoring in a specific discipline, a student establishes ate may achieve, in the course of a lifetime, curiosity a foundation of knowledge in that field, learns to frame lures most of us beyond the confines of a single chosen Undergraduate Studies 33 specialty. Furthermore, in a swiftly changing world, careers the College are encouraged to take courses that provide are being rapidly redefined, and only a person of broad continued practice in writing throughout their years at intellectual orientation can intelligently consider where Lehigh. In particular each student in the College must one may be most useful to our society and find most per- complete at least one “writing-intensive” course—nor- sonal gratification. Many of the basic modes of thought mally during the junior year—and receive writing and work in various fields are being reformulated, often certification from the instructor. Some major programs producing surprising influences in the public and private require that the writing-intensive course must be taken spheres. In this world—to devise for oneself a satisfying in the major field; others, that it be taken in a specific professional life and to be a responsible citizen—one department outside the major; still others, that it may be needs some awareness of the concepts and methods specif- chosen freely from writing-intensive courses offered by ic not to one field only but to a variety of disciplines. any department in the College. Courses that satisfy the The distribution requirements are the four domains of writing-intensive requirement may also be used to fulfill learning in which the College faculty requires students to major or distribution requirements. develop an introductory level of expertise through Foreign Language Study encountering the body of knowledge that each discipline has gathered, the kinds of phenomena it describes and Students planning to pursue graduate study toward a doc- manipulates, and the types of problems it addresses. torate are reminded that most graduate schools require Specified numbers of credits are required in each of the doctoral candidates to demonstrate a reading knowledge four domains: the mathematical sciences, the natural sci- of one or two foreign languages. Proficiency in foreign ences, the social sciences, and the arts and humanities. languages is advantageous for careers in law, government, journalism, commerce, industry and other fields. Distribution Requirements for the B.A. and the B.S. Internships A. Arts 1, Choices and Decisions 1 credit Many departments and programs offer optional intern- (first semester at Lehigh) ship courses, and some require an internship as part of a B. College Seminar/First-Year Class 1-4 credits major program. Students should consult with the depart- (one course during the first year) ment offering the internship course for information C. English Composition 6 credits about how the internships are arranged. The University (two courses during the first year) faculty has established three important criteria that must Students and advisers should monitor closely the be met by all internships: 80 hours of work are required progress toward completion of requirements D through for each credit awarded, no credit can be awarded for an G. Courses taken to satisfy a major program may be internship ex post facto, and the student must register for used to satisfy distribution requirements in only one dis- the internship course during the same term that the tribution area. internship work is actually conducted. Students should be sure to pre-arrange all internship experiences with the D. Mathematical Sciences 3 credits appropriate department. Internship credits cannot be Chosen from mathematics or designated courses awarded for work experiences without a distinct educa- from philosophy or computer science tional component. A memorandum of understanding E. Natural Sciences 8 credits circulated among the employer, student, and departmen- tal internship course director helps to promote a Chosen from those designated in: astronomy, common understanding of the educational and work biological anthropology, biosciences, chemistry, objectives of the internship. earth and environmental sciences, physics, and neuroscience. IPD and LEO At least one science course must also include Two multidisciplinary, non-degree-granting University the associated laboratory. programs offer students special integrated learning F. Social Sciences 8 credits opportunities. LEO, the Lehigh Earth Observatory, Chosen from those designated in: engages students and faculty from all four of Lehigh’s anthropology, classics, economics, political colleges. Students from economics, political science, science, history, international relations, Earth and environmental science, civil and environmen- journalism, psychology, social psychology, social tal engineering, history, art and architecture, and relations, sociology, STS, and urban studies. education are among those who have staffed LEO proj- ects. LEO activities emphasize communication and G. Arts and Humanities 8 credits information sharing across the disciplines. The range of Chosen from those designated in: architecture, projects includes water-quality monitoring on the Lehigh art, classics, history, modern languages and River, the development of a geographic information sys- literature, English, music, philosophy, religion tem for the Lehigh River watershed, operating a seismic studies, and theatre. station and a network of weather-monitoring stations, Total required for graduation: 121 credits and collaborative work with the Nature Conservancy A student’s program, including the choice of distribution and the Wildlands Conservancy. The LEO program requirements, is not official until approved by the adviser. director is Prof. Stephen Cutcliffe (History) The Integrated Product, Process, and Project Development Junior-Year Writing Certification (IPD) Program integrates the three fundamental pillars The faculty of the College of Arts and Sciences holds of successful product design and commercialization: that writing is an essential tool for learning and that design arts, engineering, and business. Student teams writing well is indispensable for performing responsibly produce technical and feasibility studies, design mock- in a profession and in one’s life as a citizen. Beyond the ups, develop working prototypes, and prepare business two writing courses required in the first year, students in plans for real clients. IPD emphasizes a solid grasp of 34 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2003-2004

engineering science, industrial design, business funda- History mentals, good communication skills, a superior Humanities Minor in Ethics understanding of the design and manufacturing process, Humanities Minor in Medieval Studies and an appreciation of multidisciplinary teamwork. The International Relations IPD program director is Prof. John Ochs (Mechanical Jewish Studies Engineering). Journalism (Journalism and Communication) Latin American Studies Minor Programs in the College Mathematics, Applied (Mathematics) Certain departments, divisions, and programs in the Mathematics, Pure (Mathematics) College of Arts and Sciences afford an opportunity to Military Science minor in an additional field of concentration other than Molecular Biology (Biological Sciences) the major field. Museum Studies (Art and Architecture) A minor consists of at least 15 credits; the specific con- Music tent is determined by the department, division, or Philosophy program concerned. A minor is optional and, if success- Physics fully completed, will be shown on the university Political Science transcript in the same manner as the major field. A 2.0 Probability and Statistics (Mathematics) minimum grade-point average is required for courses in Psychology the minor. Because of this requirement, no course in the Public Administration (Political Science) minor program may be taken with Pass/Fail grading. No Public Relations (Journalism and Communication) more than one course may be double-counted toward a Religion Studies major and a minor, and no more than one course may Russian (Modern Languages and Literature) overlap between two minors. Russian Studies Science, Technology and Society It is the responsibility of students desiring a minor to Science Writing (Journalism and Communication) initiate it no later than the beginning of the junior year Social Relations (Sociology and Anthropology) by filing a minor program with the department, division, Sociology (Sociology and Anthropology) or program where it is offered. The student’s minor Social Psychology (Sociology and Anthropology) adviser maintains appropriate records. Spanish (Modern Languages and Literature) Minors in the College of Arts and Sciences departments Studio Art (Art and Architecture) and programs are available for degree candidates in other Theatre colleges within the university, with approval of their col- Urban Studies lege adviser. Women’s Studies The following are established minors in the College of Writing (English) Arts and Sciences. Program descriptions may be found in the alphabetical listing of Section V. Some minor-program College Scholar Program descriptions are collected within departmental descrip- The Roy Eckardt College Scholar Program is intended tions, or located elsewhere, as indicated by parentheses. for students who show outstanding academic promise or unusual creativity and those whose interests transcend Actuarial Science (Mathematics) traditional programs. It is a highly selective program, Africana Studies restricted to a small number of especially qualified stu- American Literature (English) dents, some of whom are enrolled at the time of Anthropology (Sociology and Anthropology) admission to the university and the rest in the following Art (Art and Architecture) two years. Entering freshmen may join the program at Art/Architecture History (Art and Architecture) the invitation of the College Scholar Advisory Council. Asian Studies Applications from freshmen and sophomores are evaluat- Astronomy ed by the advisory council on the basis of their academic Biology (Biological Sciences) records and written statements of educational goals, and British Literature (English) recommendations from two faculty members. Chemistry Chinese (Modern Languages and Literature) The program allows students to devise individualized Classical Civilization (Classical Studies) courses of study and to engage in scholarly work of an Classics (Classical Studies) advanced nature. Participants are obliged to obtain 121 Cognitive Science credits, including Arts 1 and the junior writing require- Communication (Journalism and Communication) ment, take at least one college scholar seminar, and Computer Science (Electrical Engineering and pursue departmental or interdisciplinary majors. With Computer Science) the approval of the program director, they design their Design Arts own academic programs. They are released from distri- Earth and Environmental Sciences bution requirements and, if necessary, modifications may Economics be made in major requirements. Responsibility for the Education (Education Minor, this section) student’s over-all program lies with the director who English cooperates closely with the major adviser. In the final Environment and Society two years, the student receives up to twelve credits for French (Modern Languages and Literature) work with a faculty member, leading to a senior project German (Modern Languages and Literature) of substantial dimensions. This can take whatever form Graphic Communication (Art and Architecture) is appropriate to the nature of the subject. Seniors pres- Health and Human Development (Health Professions ent accounts of their projects at the annual college Programs, this section) scholar graduation dinner and are eligible for the George Undergraduate Studies 35

B. Lemmon Prize, which is presented each year to mem- Counseling is available to prospective pre-law students bers whose academic achievements have been particularly on a continuous basis from freshman orientation meritorious. The award of the College Scholar gradua- through the law school application process in the senior tion honors is subject to the recommendation of the year. The pre-professional adviser in Career Services program director (Prof. Ian Duffy, 340 Maginnes Hall) coordinates these pre-law counseling services. and the chair in the major field. Health Professions Programs In addition to the academic privileges of the program, college scholars are offered a variety of extracurricular Schools of medicine, dentistry, optometry, podiatry, and opportunities. These include invitations to meet visiting veterinary medicine stress the importance of a strong lib- speakers, informal meetings with faculty members, din- eral arts education as well as prescribed studies in the ners, lectures, plays, musical events, and other cultural sciences. Although most pre-health students will choose activities in the Lehigh Valley and nearby cities. For a a major in a pure or applied science, as long as candi- listing of courses and advisory council members, see dates have the essential courses in biology, chemistry, College Scholar Program entry, section V. physics, and mathematics, they may major in any of the three undergraduate colleges. College Seminar/First-Year Class (FYC) A health professions advisory committee, which includes Program a pre-professional advisor and faculty members from the During the fall or spring semester of the first year, every sciences, provide career and academic counseling and student in the College of Arts and Sciences is required to work closely with students from freshman orientation enroll in a College Seminar or First-Year Class (FYC) through the entire process of applying to professional taught by a member of the faculty. With ten to 20 stu- schools. Students are urged to consult with the pre-pro- dents per class, these college seminars and special classes fessional adviser in Career Services as early as possible in provide an intimate and supportive environment that their academic career. Students interested in other allied facilitates the transition to university life. Students begin health fields may also obtain information to aid them in to develop many of the skills that serve as a framework planning their courses with their academic advisers. for their future scholarly work—how to read closely, Combined-Degree Program in Medicine think critically, write clearly, learn cooperatively, speak persuasively, and solve problems creatively. In cooperation with MCP Hanhemann School of Medi- cine the university offers an accelerated program that Courses in this program are an excellent way to explore a enables selected students to earn both the bachelors of subject that may be new, or to enter more deeply into an arts degree in premedical science and the M.D. degree area of previous interest. Many of the topics are non-tra- after seven years of study at the two institutions. The ditional or interdisciplinary subjects of special interest to program was initiated in 1974, and approximately ten the professor. students matriculate each year. Whatever the topic, FYCs involve considerable effort on The program includes three academic years at Lehigh the part of students. Some classes emphasize reading during which time credit hours are earned toward the assignments, papers, and oral presentations; others 121 credits required for the baccalaureate degree. The include tests, laboratory work, or fieldwork. next four years are spent in the regular program of med- Pre-Law Programs ical education in Philadelphia. After successfully completing the one year at the medical school, students The university has a strong pre-law tradition. In keeping will have acquired necessary additional credit hours for with the policy of the Association of American Law the baccalaureate degree. Schools, the university does not have a prescribed pre- law program. During the pre-professional years at Lehigh, students are expected to make satisfactory progress in academic areas Lehigh students have been successful in attaining as well as in the more subtle task of personal growth in entrance into law schools from diverse curricula in all those attributes ultimately needed as a physician. MCP three of the undergraduate colleges. Illustrative courses Hahnemann School of Medicine receives student grades in the arts and sciences include constitutional law, civil and monitors student progress through feedback from rights, administrative law, media ethics and law, and Lehigh. Students are expected to maintain an overall American constitutional and legal history. GPA of 3.45 or better (A=4.0) and a minimum GPA of Correspondingly, there are courses such as Introduction 3.25 in the prerequisite sciences and receive no grades in to Law and Legal Environment of Business in the any course less than a “C”. Credentials again will be College of Business and economics. That college also processed through the medical school’s Admissions offers basic accounting courses that are often recom- Committee prior to extending a final definitive accept- mended as part of an undergraduate’s pre-law ance. This program also requires that students take the preparation. Medical College Admissions Test. The results will be In addition to formal academic instruction, Lehigh pro- evaluated by the committee prior to final acceptances. It vides other opportunities for learning about law and is expected that the three numbered scores be 9 or better careers in law. The annual Tresolini Lecture series brings on the 1-15 scale or a total of 30 on any given exam nationally recognized speakers to campus for extended with no score less than a 7 or an M. interactions with faculty and students. Tresolini lecturers The medical college reserves the right to withdraw an have included present and past U.S. and state Supreme offer of acceptance if academic or personal concerns Court justices and renowned legal scholars and practi- cause the college to question a student’s academic or per- tioners. Lehigh also provides opportunities for gaining sonal maturation. academic credit in several off-campus programs which provide practical experience in law and public affairs. Application for admission to the program is made through Lehigh Office of Admissions. Criteria for admis- 36 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2003-2004

sion includes SAT scores (minimum combined score of dentist. Students must maintain a minimum overall and 1360 recentered scale), scholastic achievement, maturity, science GPA of 3.2 throughout the three years at Lehigh and motivation for medicine. SAT II scores are required in and are required to take the Dental Admissions Test with mathematics, English composition, and chemistry. a minimum of 16 in all subject areas. Completed applications are reviewed by the Office of The dental school reserves the right to withdraw an Admissions, and a pool of students are chosen for inter- acceptance if academic or personal concerns cause the view the MCP Hahnemann School of Medicine. college to question a student’s ability to function as a Interviews are not required at Lehigh, but students are dentist. The dental school also reserves the right to encouraged to make arrangements to come to campus to require that students spend additional time at Lehigh if have an interview and to become better acquainted with the school feels that this is necessary to insure the stu- Lehigh and the special features of the program. dent’s academic or personal maturation. Application deadline is December 1. Application to the program occurs when a student Required Science and Math Courses: applies to Lehigh University. The dental school takes action on the applicant in the spring of an academic Chemistry: Chm 21, 22; Chm 31; Chm 51, 53, 52, 58 year. Final decisions are forwarded to Lehigh University Biology: EES 31, BioS 31, 32; BioS 101, 102 about March 20. The applicant is notified of joint Physics: Phy 10, 11, 12, 13 acceptance by Lehigh University. Admission is based on Math: Math 21, 22 or Math 51, 52 plus one additional SAT scores (a minimum combined score of 1270 recen- approved math course tered scale), scholastic achievement, maturity, and Required Non-Science Courses: motivation for dental school. Application deadline is Choices and Decisions January 1. Freshman Seminar Required Science and Math Courses: English Comp & Lit (two semesters) Humanities (3 courses, 9-12 credits) Chemistry: Chm 21, 22; Chm 31; Chm 51,53, 52, 58 Social Sciences (3 courses, 9-12 credits) Biology: EES 31; BioS 31,32; BioS 101, 102; two Writing Intensive approved BioS electives (6 credits) Physics: Phy 10,11,12,13 Approved Electives: (12-16 credits) Math: Math 21 or 51; Math 22 or 52 Lehigh-Pool Scholars Premedical Education Required Non-Science Courses: Program Choices and Decisions Lehigh University and Lehigh Valley Hospital have Freshman Seminar established a unique premedical education program English Comp & Lit (2 semesters) that emphasizes the link between academic and practi- Humanities (3 courses, 9-12 credits) tioner training. Social Sciences (3 courses, 9-12 credits) Project-based, experiential learning is the driving educa- Writing Intensive tional philosophy behind the program. Highlights Approved Electives: (12-16 credits) include: three years of combined biomedical research/internship experiences, guaranteed, paid sum- Joint Degree Program in Optometry mer research opportunities ($3,000 per summer) In cooperation with the State University of New York, between the sophomore-junior and junior-senior years State College of Optometry located in New York City, that will provide practical experience in biomedical set- Lehigh offers a seven-year Bachelor of Arts in Behavioral tings to promote and accelerate skill development, joint Neuroscience and Doctor of Optometry (O.D.) Pro- faculty and physician advising, special courses in modern gram. Students accepted into the joint degree program medical economics, business practices, and ethics, travel are admitted into the behavioral neuroscience major and to major professional society meetings to present research are simultaneously admitted to candidacy in the SUNY and learn about state-of-the-art developments, a lec- College of Optometry’s professional program of study. ture/dinner series that will include special, individual Application to the program occurs when a student sessions with distinguished speakers. applies to Lehigh or while enrolled at Lehigh. Criteria This is a highly competitive program open to a limited for selection is based upon maturity and motivation; an number of outstanding, strongly motivated students. interest in the basic understanding of the optometric profession; a minimum of 1180 SAT recentered score, Combined-Degree Program in Dentistry 92 high school grade point average, and ranked in the The university, in cooperation with the School of Dental top 10% of the high school graduating class. Or as a Medicine at the University of Pennsylvania, offers an first- or second-year Lehigh student, a minimum overall accelerated program that enables selected students to 3.2 GPA in undergraduate coursework and in all prereq- earn a combined baccalaureate and doctor of medicine uisite math and science courses completed at the time of degree after a minimum of seven years of study at the application with no grade below a C. A committee com- two institutions. prised of representatives from both institutions selects The program includes three academic years during the students for admission into the program. which time credit hours are earned toward the baccalau- Students will spend three years at Lehigh during which reate degree. The next four years are spent in the regular time credit hours are earned toward the baccalaureate program of dental education in Philadelphia. degree. Upon maintaining a minimum 3.2 GPA in the During the first three years at Lehigh, students are math and science prerequisites, attaining total science expected to make satisfactory progress in the academic scores of 320 or above on the Optometry Admissions areas as well as in the areas of personal growth, develop- Test (OAT), and passing reasonable personal interview ing those attributed ultimately needed to become a standards, these students will be admitted to the SUNY College of Optometry at the completion of their third Undergraduate Studies 37 year at Lehigh. All science and math prerequisite courses Education Minor must be satisfied with a C or higher. Students must sub- The education minor helps undergraduates explore mit a formal application, transcripts, and career options in school teaching or other professional recommendations at this time. After successfully com- careers with elementary, secondary, or special-education pleting all first-year coursework at the college of students. The minor may accelerate entry into a teaching optometry, a BA degree on behavioral neuroscience will career because appropriate credits from the minor may be granted by Lehigh. be applied toward completion of teacher-certification The optometry school reserves the right to withdraw an credits for those admitted to Lehigh’s graduate-level acceptance if academic or personal concerns cause the Teacher Intern Program. school to question a student’s ability to function as an The minor offers a systematic background of profession- optometrist. al education experiences, coordinating practicum Application for admission to the program for incoming activities with theory courses designed to provide a foun- students is made through Lehigh Office of Admissions. dation for future educational studies. Its focus is Application deadline is January 1. For curriculum infor- exploratory. No career decision is required but the minor mation, consult with the pre-professional advisor in is provided for those with a serious interest in consider- Career Services. ing the teaching profession. Health and Human Development Minor The experiences of the minor are intended to enrich an The minor in health and human development, located individual’s understanding of education as a central primarily within the College of Arts and Sciences, is an intellectual activity of our culture and to provide self- interdisciplinary program designed to provide insight understanding of one’s own potential as an educator. into the social scientific aspects of health issues through An undergraduate may take one or all of these courses dur- the human life cycle. While this minor program is open ing the junior and senior years with the approval of the to anyone in the three undergraduate colleges, it may be adviser and minimum GPA of 2.75. Completion of the of particular interest to students preparing for careers in minor does not assure admission to the Teacher Intern any aspect of health care, social work, and child or adult Program to become a certified professional. However, if the development. student passes the screening process on the basis of previ- The program is administered through the Program in ous work and interviews, he or she may enter the intern Health and Human Development, an interdisciplinary program with advanced standing toward certification. group of faculty members who have research interests in The program coordinator is Lynn Columba, Program this area. Current research studies cover all aspects of the Coordinator, College of Education, Mountaintop life cycle, including the health dimensions of both nor- Campus, 111 Research Drive. mal and abnormal child development, reproductive Fifteen credit hours are chosen from among the follow- health issues, adult life crises such as illness and loss, and ing courses for those in the education minor: dimensions of aging. Students are able to serve as Educ 312 Classroom Practice (1) research assistants in some of these studies. (must be taken concurrently with Educ 314) The minor consists of a minimum of 15 credit hours Educ 314 Intern Seminar (2) chosen in consultation with the program director, (must be taken concurrently with Educ 312) Donna Kosteva, in the Office of Career Services. Educ 394 Special Topics in Instruction and Required courses (6 credit hours) Curriculum (3) SSP 160 Medicine and Society (3) and Educ 429 Child Development (3) Psyc 107 Child Development (3) or Educ 441 Youth in Society (3) Psyc/SSP 109 Adulthood and Aging (3) Elective Education course (appropriate to student’s Elective courses (9 credit hours) chosen from three dif- objective (3) ferent disciplines: The Five-Year B.A. or B.S./M.A. or M.Ed. Anth 321 Anthropology of Physical and Mental Combined Degree and Teacher Health (3) Certification Program Phil 116 Bioethics (3) The College of Arts and Sciences and the College of Psyc 107 Child Development (3) Education offer a five-year degree program that is Psyc/SSP 109 Adulthood and Aging designed to allow students to earn both a bachelor’s Psyc 305 Abnormal Psychology (3) degree and a master’s degree in five years instead of the traditional six. Psyc 351 Cognitive Development in Childhood (3) The combined degree program leads to either a B.A. or Psyc 361 Personality & Social Development in B.S. degree in an academic discipline, and an M.A. or Adulthood (3) M.Ed. degree in either elementary or secondary educa- Psyc 363 Personality and Social Development in tion. In addition, an Instructional I teaching certificate Childhood (3) from the Pennsylvania Department of Education is also SSP 152 Alcohol, Science & Society (3) earned. These certification areas are: SSP 160 Medicine and Society (3) Elementary Education •Secondary Education: SSP 162 AIDS and Society (3) •Biology SSP 366 Sociology of Aging (3) • Chemistry SSP 341/WS 341 Women and Health (3) • Earth and Space Science •English 38 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2003-2004

•French dynamic global environment of the 21st Century, today’s •General Science business students face unprecedented challenges. Lehigh’s •German College of Business and Economics prepares them to •Mathematics meet these challenges and to succeed. •Physics The College of Business and Economics consists of four •Social Studies departments: accounting, economics, finance and law, •Spanish and management and marketing. Its programs, accredit- Freshmen are able to apply for admission into the pro- ed by the AACSB International–The Association to gram during their second semester. Those accepted will Advance Collegiate Schools of Business–provide students begin their education courses in the second semester of with a solid foundation in business and economics prin- their sophomore year. Sophomores who wish to enter the ciples. In addition to the traditional undergraduate program will complete their introductory courses in the majors of accounting, economics, finance, management summer between their sophomore and junior years. and marketing, the College offers innovative programs Accommodations can be made for transfer students. and courses that respond to today’s unique business Criteria for admission to the program include: requirements, including: •A demonstrable commitment to learning and intellec- The Business Information Systems major that answers a tual growth recognized need in the business world. As businesses seek to make themselves more productive and competitive, • An expressed interest in teaching as a career they have become more reliant on information technolo- •Previous experience in working with young people; gy. Students with a good understanding of information this can be gained in the summer between freshman systems can help businesses enhance their use of this and sophomore years. technology. •Students seeking formal admission to the program The Supply Chain Management major is another after one year of study must have: response to the complex environment facing business •Satisfactorily completed Educ 312 and 314 (Note: stu- graduates. This undergraduate major gives students solid dents entering the program in their junior year will then exposure to supply management, logistics, business-to- take these courses) business marketing and operations management. •Declared a major(s) and been assigned an advisor in The College of Business and Economics has joined with the College of Arts and Sciences the College of Engineering to offer two cross-college •Two letters of reference programs. These programs, Integrated Business and •At the end of their junior year, students must have Engineering (IBE) and Computer Science and Business successfully completed Educ 398. (CSB) are described in full in the following “Crossing Boundaries” section. In the last semester of their senior year, students must complete an application for advancement to graduate Crossing Boundaries standing in the College of Education, including: A major strength of the College of Business and •A minimum cumulative 2.75 GPA Economics is its ability to develop programs by partner- •Satisfactory experience in all field experiences ing across academic disciplines within the College, across • Completion of a graduate application form the colleges within the University and with the business community. Students are able to cross traditional bound- •One letter of recommendation addressing the candi- aries and take advantage of all that the College of dates’ potential as a teacher Business and Economics and other colleges of the •A master’s program approval form should be complet- University have to offer. The partnerships built with ed upon admission to the graduate program alumni and the business community afford students the For information students should contact Professor Lynn opportunity for internships in their areas of interest. Columba, College of Education, Mountaintop Campus, As the needs in the marketplace change, the ingredients 111 Research Drive. necessary for success must reflect these new require- ments. From courses in e-commerce to supply chain College of Business and management and joint degree programs, the College of Business and Economics provides today’s undergraduate Economics students with the skills necessary to become tomorrow’s business leaders. Richard M. Durand, Herbert E. Ehlers dean; Arthur E. King, senior associate dean of the faculty; Joan B. Career Placement DeSalvatore, associate dean, director of undergraduate The undergraduate programs in the College of Business programs; Kathleen A. Trexler, associate dean, director of and Economics provide the students with a strong foun- graduate programs; Kenneth P. Sinclair, chair, depart- dation in business and economic principles necessary for ment of accounting; Thomas J. Hyclak, chair, success in business. Upon graduation, the majority of department of economics; Richard J.Kish, chair, depart- students from the College of Business and Economics ment of finance and law; Michael G. Kolchin, chair, enter business in many different professional positions department of management and marketing; James A. including accounting, investment banking, advertising, Dearden, director, Ph.D. program; Robert J. Thornton, marketing, management consulting and information sys- director, master of science in economics; John W. Paul, tems. Further professional studies in law, graduate director master of science in accounting. business schools or specialized graduate education in eco- The College of Business and Economics offers the bach- nomics, operations research, or other related fields are elor of science degree in business and economics. In the additional options open to graduates. Undergraduate Studies 39

Variety of Options for today’s leaders in business and industry to have a While preparing students for a career in business and sound foundation in both commerce and technology. economics, we recognize the importance of a well-round- After four years and a minimum of 137 credits, students ed individual. At Lehigh, this important exposure to will receive a single Bachelor of Science Degree in science, language and the arts and humanities is accom- Business and Engineering. The program meets the plished by distribution requirements, within which the accreditation standards of AACSB International. student has wide choice. Students have a minimum of Students are required to maintain a minimum GPA of 52 free electives, 48 of which must be taken outside the 3.25 in order to remain in the program. College of Business and Economics. Students in the IBE Honors Program can major in any The bachelor of science in business and economics may area of business or engineering that Lehigh offers. After also lead to admission into the master of business adminis- freshman year, each student will elect a major in either tration program at Lehigh or another institution after the College of Business and Economics or the P. C. graduates have at least 2-3 years of work experience. In Rossin College of Engineering and Applied Science. addition, the college also offers the following graduate Students wanting to major in an area of business can degrees: doctor of philosophy, master of business adminis- select from: accounting, business information systems, tration and engineering, master of business administration economics, finance, marketing, management or supply and educational leadership, master of science in account- chain management. ing and information analysis, and master of science in Admission to the Integrated Business and Engineering economics. These are described in Section IV. Honors Program is highly selective, with annual admis- Computer Science and Business sion limited to approximately 50 students. The Program University’s Office of Admissions (610-758-3100) can explain the procedure for applying to the program. The College of Business and Economics and the Computer Science and Engineering department in the It is possible that a small number of exceptional students P.C. Rossin College of Engineering and Applied Science may be admitted to the program following the completion jointly offer the Computer Science and Business (CSB) of their freshman year. Admission at this point would be program. This 135 credit hour degree integrates technol- highly competitive and based upon freshman year GPA, ogy skills in software development with a solid faculty recommendations, and space availability. background in business and economics. Deep immersion The co-directors of the IBE Honors Program are in both of these areas distinguishes CSB from programs Stephen G. Buell, Professor of Finance and Business offered by other universities. At the same time it is well Information Systems ([email protected]) and Robert H. balanced with approximately one third of the courses in Storer, Professor of Industrial and Manufacturing liberal arts, one-third in computer science, and one-third Systems Engineering ([email protected]). For additional in business. information, see the IBE Honors Program entry in After four years the program leads to a degree in Section V of this catalog or visit the IBE web site at Computer Science and in Business, which is jointly www.lehigh.edu/~inibep/inibep.html. awarded by the College of Business and Economics and Centers and Institutes the P.C. Rossin College of Engineering and Applied The college also oversees research and scholarship in a Science. The CSB major is designed to meet the accred- number of centers and institutes, where graduate and itation requirements for Computer Science (CSAB) and is undergraduate students work closely with faculty mem- accredited in Business (AACSB). Graduates of the program bers. These include: Iacocca Institute, Martindale Center will be ideal candidates for placement within large for the Study of Private Enterprise, Murray H. consulting firms, small consulting teams, and startup Goodman Center for Real Estate Studies, Philip Rauch companies. This program provides students with the Center for Business Communications, and Small background needed to become the CIO’s, decision makers, Business Development Center. and general managers of information age corporations. While honors-like in quality and rigor, the CSB program Bachelor of Science in Business and is open to any student wishing to accept the challenges it Economics offers. Students may matriculate at Lehigh specifically For the bachelor of science degree in business and eco- into CSB or enter the program at a later point. nomics, 124 credit hours are required. A writing Transferring into CSB after freshman year, however, may requirement, which is included within the required 124 require students to take additional credits to graduate. credit hours, is also a part of the college curriculum. The co-directors of the CSB program are James A. Hall, Associate Professor of Accounting and Information Planning Courses of Study Systems ([email protected]) and Edwin Kay, Professor of First year Computer Science and Engineering ([email protected]). Engl 1 Composition and Literature I (3) For additional information see Section V of this catalog or visit the CSB web site at: http://www2.lehigh.edu/ Engl 2, 4, 6, 8, 10 Composition and Literature II (3) page.asp?page=distinctiveprograms Math 21 Calculus I (4) or Integrated Business and Engineering Math 75/76 Calculus I – Parts A & B (2 each) Honors Program Eco 1 Principles of Economics (4) The Integrated Business and Engineering Program (IBE) Bus 1 Introduction to Business (3) is offered jointly by the College of Business and Excel competency must be completed before Acct 151 Economics and the P. C. Rossin College of Engineering and Eco 145. and Applied Science. This program recognizes the need 40 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2003-2004

Second Year P.C. Rossin College of Acct 151 Introduction to Financial Accounting (3) Acct 152 Introduction to Managerial Accounting (3) Engineering and Applied BIS 111 Management Information Systems (3) Science Eco 129 Money, Banking and Financial Markets (3) Mohamed S. El-Aasser, dean Eco 145 Statistical Methods (3) John P. Coulter, associate dean for graduate studies Eco 146 Applied Microeconomic Analysis (3) and research Richard N. Weisman, associate dean for Third Year undergraduate studies Fin 225 Business Finance (3) The P.C. Rossin College of Engineering and Applied Law 201 Legal Environment of Business (3) Science offers the bachelor of science degree in 15 pro- Mkt 211 Principles of Marketing (3) grams, combining a strong background in sciences and mathematics with requirements in humanities and social Mgt 280 Management of People and Operations (4) sciences. Students in college programs learn principles Fourth Year they can apply immediately in professional work; those Mgt 301 Business Management Policies (3) who plan on further academic experience can design a curriculum centering on interests they will pursue in Major Programs (15 credits - 21 credits) graduate school. Before the end of the first semester of the junior year, The Mission of the college is to prepare undergraduate students select a major consisting of sequential or related and graduate students to be critical thinkers, problem courses in one of the following major programs: solvers, innovators, leaders and life-long learners in a accounting, business information systems, economics, global society and to create an environment where stu- finance, management, marketing and supply chain man- dents pursue cutting-edge research in engineering and agement. A GPA of 2.0 or higher in the major program engineering science. is required for graduation. Major Subjects Distribution Requirements (15 credits) The P.C. Rossin College of Engineering and Applied Students are required to take six (6) credits of humani- Science includes seven departments and offers under- ties (HU), six (6) credits of social science (SS), and three graduate and graduate degree programs at the bachelor, (3) credits of science (NS) for a total of 15 credits of dis- master, and doctor of philosophy levels. tribution requirements. Students should refer to the department in the catalog to determine which course The undergraduate degree programs leading to the bach- offerings may be taken to satisfy these requirements. elor of science degree are: applied sciences Electives (52-58 credits) - depending on major bioengineering Students will earn 52-58 credits of “free” electives; a chemical engineering* maximum of ten credits may be taken from other course chemistry work in the College of Business and Economics. A mini- civil engineering* mum of 48 credits are to be taken outside the College of computer engineering* Business and Economics. computer science** In the College of Business and Economics, the pass-fail electrical engineering* option is available for elective courses only. A student engineering mechanics desiring Lehigh credit for a course taken at another insti- engineering physics tution must complete a transfer credit form and obtain environmental engineering approval from the appropriate Lehigh academic depart- industrial engineering* ment in advance. information and systems engineering materials science and engineering* College of Education mechanical engineering* *Accredited by the Engineering Accreditation Commission The university’s College of Education offers opportuni- of the Accreditation Board for Engineering and Technology. ties for advanced study in the field of education. For **Accredited by the Computing Science Accreditation information, see Graduate Study in Education, Section Board, Inc. IV, or College of Education, Section V. Programs in chemistry and physics have been approved by the faculty program review committee in these disciplines. Information about each of these programs may be found under alphabetical listings in Section V. Each of the curricula includes course requirements in the physical sciences, mathematics, engineering, and the advanced engineering or science course work essential for the particular degree. In addition, each curriculum requires study in humanities and social sciences (HSS). Undergraduate Studies 41

Declaration and Change of Curriculum Music Option In the second semester of the freshman year, at registra- Music and Engineering is not a major in itself. However, tion for the sophomore year, students usually indicate Lehigh attracts many engineering and science students their choice of curriculum. However, since the sopho- who wish to continue their active involvement in music more year programs for several curricula are very much and the music department. For those students who are alike, it is possible to transfer from one curriculum to interested in pursuing this option, music can be taken as another as late as the end of the sophomore year. This is a second degree, minor or elective. done by filing a new declaration of major form. There are instances where such a transfer may require one or Cooperative Education (Co-Op) two courses to be taken during a summer session at Co-Op is a selective program available for undergraduates Lehigh or elsewhere. in the P.C. Rossin College of Engineering and Applied Undergraduates with interests in such topical areas as Science; the program provides eight months of paid, full- environmental biotechnology or aerospace engineering time work experience, bridging the gap between may pursue their interests through electives provided in engineering theory and application and allowing students each of the curricula. Effective preparation for graduate to graduate within a four year time-frame. Because of the study in such specialties consists of basic programs in rigorous academic schedule, only the top third of a given engineering and science, along with electives especially class is invited to participate in the program. chosen for the field of interest. Such electives are chosen The Co-Op schedule provides for interviews and selec- from among all the offerings of the university and are tion by the companies in the spring semester of the usually taken during the senior year. sophomore year. Those students selected attend Lehigh for a challenging summer schedule of junior-level course- Free Electives work, then begin their first work rotation with the The college, through its advisers, is prepared to help stu- sponsoring company in mid-August. This rotation will dents to use the credit hours of “free electives” that, last until mid-January when the student returns to along with other electives in the curriculum, may be Lehigh for the second semester coursework of the junior used to develop a program of personal interest. Free elec- year. The Co-Op experience is completed with a second tives may be satisfied by taking regular course offerings work rotation the following summer (mid-May through or up to six credit hours from Mus 21-79, or up to six August). Students earn 3 free elective credits per success- credit hours from Jour 1-8, or up to six credit hours of ful work assignment for a total of 6 free elective credits. advanced ROTC courses. Recommended Freshman Year In Qualified juniors in the college planning to continue their formal education in graduate school are urged to Engineering and Applied Science take advantage of the flexibility in their programs and A recommended outline of courses for the freshman design their senior-year “free elective” opportunities in a year, which satisfies requirements for all students in the manner that provides an effective foundation for a grad- college, is shown below. For schedules of the courses uate program. Students who plan their programs in this required in the following three years, refer to Section V. manner can, upon recommendation of the department, Freshman year, first semester (15 credits) receive credit toward their degree for up to six hours of Engl 1 Composition and Literature (3) graduate-level courses. Chm 21, 22 Introductory Chemical Principles and Technical Minors Laboratory (5) or Minors are offered in technical or scientific specialties Phy 11, 12 Introductory Physics I and Laboratory (5) that are not normally included within the standard cur- ricula. Each minor program contains at least 15 credit Math 21 Calculus I (4) hours of technical and/or scientific courses. Engr 1 Engineering Computations (3) or The student interested in a technical minor should con- Engr 5 Introduction to Engineering Practice (3) tact the associate chair of the department in which the Freshman year, second semester (15-16 credits) minor is desired for specific degree requirements. A stu- dent successfully completing a technical minor will Engl 2 Composition and Literature: Fiction, receive recognition of this accomplishment on his or Drama, Poetry (3) her transcript. Phy 11, 12 Introductory Physics I and Laboratory Currently, the following technical minors are offered by (5) or these departments: Chm 21, 22 Introductory Chemical Principles and Technical Minor Department Lab (5) biotechnology Chemical Engineering Math 22 Calculus II (4) computer science Computer Science & Engr 1 Engineering Computations (3) or Engineering Engr 5 Introduction to Engineering Practice (3) environmental engineering Civil & Environmental Engineering Humanities/Social Sciences (HSS) Requirement for all Accredited Engineering Majors manufacturing systems Industrial & Systems Engineering Basic Requirement: English and Economics. (Three materials science Materials Science & courses totaling a minimum of ten credit hours): Engineering Students must complete English 1 or 3, English polymer science & Center for Polymer Science 2,4,5,6,8,10, or 11 and Economics 1. Students with engineering & Engineering advanced placements in English I usually take English 11 to complete the English requirements. 42 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2003-2004

Advanced Requirement: Breadth and Depth. 13 Credits After four years and a minimum of 137 credits, students in courses designated as HU (humanities) or SS (social will receive a single Bachelor of Science Degree in science), not including one-credit courses, with the fol- Integrated Business and Engineering. The program meets lowing restrictions: the accreditation standards of the American Assembly of 1. At least eight credits must be in a common disci- Collegiate Schools of Business. Students are expected to pline and from the same department or program. At maintain a minimum GPA of 3.25 in order to remain in least three of these credits must be a the 100-level or the program. above, or at the intermediate level or above for a sin- A second option is the five-year dual degree program. gle modern foreign language. This option allows students to obtain a second Bachelor 2. At least three credits in a discipline different from, of Science degree in engineering by completing course and not cross-listed with, the discipline employed to work in the engineering field chosen by the student as satisfy the concentration requirement above. their IBE major. Students enrolled in the four year IBE Honors Program and in satisfactory standing are able to 3. At least three credits must be designated as HU. transfer to a dual-degree at any time, and stay within the 4. HSS Credit is not given for a first elementary-level honors program cohort. The additional time necessary to modern foreign language course (e.g. Spanish 1) complete the second degree will depend on the curricu- until after the second elementary-level course (e.g. lum selected, and the number of advanced placement Spanish 2) is completed satisfactorily. credits. The number of additional credit hours will typi- 5. None of the courses taken to satisfy the HSS cally be in the range of 25 to 35. requirement can be taken Pass/Fail. Students in the IBE Honors Program can major in near- ly any area of engineering or business that Lehigh offers. Minors in Humanities/Social Sciences After their freshman year, each student will elect a major For greater emphasis in a particular area, a student may in either the P. C. Rossin College of Engineering and choose to complete a minor in Humanities and Social Applied Science or the College of Business and Sciences (HSS). Specific requirements may be found Economics. under the heading Minor Programs in the College. Admission to the Integrated Business and Engineering Because students must fulfill the HSS requirements, this Program is highly selective, with annual admission limit- will result in taking as many as seven HSS courses. ed to approximately 50 students. The University’s Office Therefore, a student electing a minor must use personal of Admissions can explain the procedure for applying to (free) electives. Each curriculum in the college contains a the program. minimum of two such unrestricted electives. It is possible that a small number of exceptional students Written permission to pursue a minor in HSS must be may be admitted to the program following the completion obtained from the sponsoring department, and the stu- of their freshman year. Admission at this point would be dent’s academic advisor, and filed with the registrar. A highly competitive and based upon freshman year GPA, student successfully completing a HSS minor will receive faculty recommendations, and space availability. recognition of this accomplishment on his or her transcript. The Co-Directors of the IBE Honors Program are Minor in engineering Robert H. Storer, Professor of Industrial and The minor in engineering is available to students in the Manufacturing Systems Engineering ([email protected]) Colleges of Arts and Sciences and Business and Economics and Stephen G. Buell, Professor of Finance and Business only. The courses that comprise the minor cannot be Information Systems ([email protected]). For additional taken by students in the College of Engineering and information, see the IBE Honors Program entry in Applied Sciences. The purpose of the minor is to educate Section V of this catalog or visit the IBE web site at non-engineering students concerning engineering method- www.lehigh.edu/~inibep/inibep.html. ology, specifically how engineers solve problems, how they design, manufacture, and analyze, and how factors such as Centers and Institutes economics, safety, environmental issues affect the process. Faculty and students in the college also have research and The program will not result in an engineering education, scholarship activities in a number of centers and insti- but an education about engineering. Note that all the tutes, where graduate and undergraduate students work courses in the minor are “integrated”; none are specific to closely with faculty members. These include: Center for an engineering discipline. Advanced Technology for Large Structural Systems, Biopharmaceutical Technology Institute, Chemical The minor has two prerequisites, a mathematics course Process Modeling and Control Center, Emulsion (Math 51 or equivalent) and a physics course (Physics 5 or Polymers Institute, Energy Research Center, Enterprise equivalent). There are 2 required courses in the minor, Systems Center, Fritz Laboratory, Institute of Thermo- and an additional 3 elective courses must also be taken. Fluid Engineering and Science, Sherman Fairchild Contact the Associate Dean’s office of the P.C. Rossin Center for Solid-State Studies, Polymer Interfaces College of Engineering and Applied Science for details. Center, Polymer Science and Engineering Center, Integrated Business and Engineering Structural Stability Research Council, Council on Tall Honors Program Buildings and Urban Habitat, Center for Manufacturing Systems Engineering, Ben Franklin Center, The Integrated Business and Engineering Honors Manufacturers Resource Center, Center for Advanced Program (IBE) is offered jointly by the P. C. Rossin Materials and Nanotechnology, and Center for Optical College of Engineering and Applied Science and the Technologies. College of Business and Economics. The program recog- nizes the need for today’s leaders in business and industry to have a sound foundation in both commerce and technology. Undergraduate Studies 43

Special Undergraduate Science, Technology and Society Program (STS). Faculty from all three colleges explore the interrelation- Academic Opportunities ships between science and technological advancement and the quality of human life in the popular STS program. The academic programs in the colleges are supplemented by five-year, two-degree programs as well as opportuni- ties for advanced, foreign, and experiential study. Office of International Students Arts-Engineering Option and Scholars The curriculum in arts-engineering is designed for students “The development of future leaders in our global society is wanting a professional education in a field of engineering first among Lehigh’s purposes.” and also the opportunity to study a second field. —Lehigh University Mission Statement Arts-engineers fulfill all requirements for the professional 343 Whitaker, 5 E. Packer Ave., Bethlehem, PA, 18015- engineering degree for which they are working. However, 3198; (610) 758-4859. Fax (610) 758-5156. E-mail: the first three years of science and engineering courses [email protected]. www.lehigh.edu/~intnl/ are scheduled over four years for the arts-engineer. During this period the arts-engineer is a student in the Lehigh fosters an environment that welcomes and College of Arts and Science pursuing a bachelor of arts encourages the international exchange of students and or bachelor of science major program. scholars, and that integrates their global experience into the academic and cultural community. The Office of In many instances it may be advisable to take the two International Students and Scholars (ISS) is a university- degrees at the end of the fifth year. Arts-engineers work- wide resource for students and scholars from abroad, for ing towards the bachelor of science in biology, computer U.S. students studying abroad, for U.S. students and science, environmental science, geological sciences, geo- faculty who are interested in the global focus, and for physics, molecular biology, and statistics are advised to international alumni and advancement. Its mission is to pay special attention to the engineering humanities and provide support services for international students and social science requirements, which must be met in time scholars to ensure maximum opportunities for them to for the student to qualify for the B.S. in engineering. achieve their goals; be a resource to the faculty, staff and Arts-engineers have the same opportunities for multiple administration on issues related to international students majors and special interdisciplinary majors as are avail- and scholars, cross-cultural communication and diversi- able to students working for the baccalaureate (B.S. or ty; support the University’s efforts to internationalize the B.A. degree only) in the College of Arts and Sciences. campus; and create an environment where the Lehigh Additional information may be obtained by contacting community is exposed to a multitude of cultures, tradi- Prof. Daniel Zeroka, 496 Seeley Mudd Building. tions and viewpoints by presenting internationally- Bachelor/Master Degree Programs focused academic, cultural and social programming. Of increasing interest to undergraduates are the two- International Students and Scholars degree programs that may lead to both a bachelor and a Bill Hunter, Director, 343 Whitaker, 5 E. Packer Ave., master’s degree in five years. Because Lehigh’s well-estab- Bethlehem, PA, 18015-3198; (610) 758-4505. Fax (610) lished graduate programs are closely integrated with the 758-5156. E-mail: [email protected]. undergraduate programs, it is possible to consider pro- www.lehigh.edu/~intnl/ grams leading to the arts/master of business ISS serves the unique needs of foreign nationals who administration degree and the engineering/master of sci- come to Lehigh as students, scholars, faculty and staff ence in material science, among others. The fifth-year members, and their families. More than 700 people from program in the School of Education enables those receiv- over 65 nations currently live, work and study on our ing a B.A. or B.S. degree to accomplish professional campus. ISS offers advising on immigration, visa, and teacher training and serve as salaried interns in public personal matters. The office acts as a liaison with other schools. After the completion of one year of full-time offices and departments on campus, and with national teaching, secondary teachers can receive the master of and international agencies. arts and elementary teachers can receive master of educa- tion degrees. Services Many other five-year, graduate-level combination pro- A variety of cross-cultural programs are initiated by the grams exist, and students are advised to consult with ISS including a combined undergraduate and graduate their adviser in planning such programs. orientation, spouse conversation groups, seminars on immigration matters, international tax advising, the Hal- Interdisciplinary Programs loween Party, Thanksgiving Dinner, the International The university’s interdisciplinary programs are designed Bazaar, monthly social programs, Global Symposium, to cross the boundaries between colleges to accommo- and The International Update Newsletter. Lehigh is a date new and developing fields as well as the interests of member institution of Phi Beta Delta, International students. They include such programs as the following: Honorary Society. The Beta Pi Chapter recognizes schol- Africana Studies. A program offering a minor is available arly achievement of international students and scholars, to students interested in exploring various aspects of the US students who have studied abroad and faculty and African American experience. Courses covering African staff involved in international activities. American art, history, literature, music, and society are The year for international students and scholars at offered. The program is complemented with a lecture, Lehigh begins with the International Orientation. film, and arts series that highlights the richness and Orientation takes place in conjunction with other pro- diversity of black culture. grams offered by the undergraduate admissions office 44 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2003-2004

and/or graduate departments, starting immediately student clubs and organizations that promote global before the university-wide orientation at the beginning awareness and cultural understanding within the Lehigh of each semester. Orientation is strongly recommended community. There are more than 1000 members of the for all new international students and scholars. Issues Global Union from over 30 countries, including two- discussed include filing for a social security number, thirds from the United States. opening a banking account in the United States, health Located in the top floor lounge of Lamberton Hall, the insurance, and adjustment to university life at Lehigh Global Union hosts panel discussions on world issues, and to the United States. International Orientation is a International Education Week, dinners and cultural festi- time to become accustomed to life in America, and to vals, musical performances, and a language exchange meet other foreign students. A Handbook for program. All events at the Global Union are open to the International Students and Scholars is available for all. Lehigh community. Additional Special Services for The lounge also has a TV/VCR, stereo, comfortable International Students couches and a microwave, and can be used for meetings, quiet study or film presentations. Career Services: Advising and special workshops for careers for international students are provided. The Global Union lounge can be reserved by calling (610) 758-4505 ten business days before the proposed event. Food Service: For undergraduate students on the meal plan, menus meet the international dietary needs of the For more information regarding the Global Union, students. There is a stir-fry bar and balanced meals for check our website at www.lehigh.edu/~inglobal/ vegetarian diets. Health Center: Fully staffed medical personnel meet Study Abroad both the physical and personal needs of all students. The Counseling Center has special services for international “Lehigh University recognizes that in the future, every students. aspect of life will involve a greater diversity of people and cultures. A learning experience outside the U.S. at a quality Housing: Some residence halls are open over vacation institution of higher education is an important component time periods. Assistance with off-campus housing is of a Lehigh education… available. The International House is a housing option for undergraduate and graduate students. —Lehigh Abroad Mission Statement Immigration/Visa Advising: Complete service. Study Abroad Learning Center: Free tutors are provided in writing, Christopher P. Hennessy, Director, Erica Smith, Study math and science. Abroad Advisor, 354 Whitaker, 5 E. Packer Ave., Lehigh’s Linking of Interests ‘N’ Cultures (LLINC): Bethlehem, PA 18015-3198; (610) 758-3351; Fax (610) Students, scholars and spouses are matched with each 758-5156; E-mail [email protected]. other by common interests. This program helps individ- www.lehigh.edu/~incis/incis.html uals meet each other and form relationships that would The Study Abroad office maintains a list of more than not have otherwise existed. 75 approved semester and year programs in over 40 National Clubs: Home country clubs from all regions of countries around the world where Lehigh students can the world are established on campus. They form an impor- study and receive Lehigh credit. The programs are regu- tant part of the cross-cultural dimension of the campus, larly evaluated and monitored by faculty in order to providing social events, films, and international dialogue. ensure high academic quality. Phi Beta Delta, International Honor Society: Lehigh’s The Study Abroad office advises students and refers them Beta Pi chapter of Phi Beta Delta, the international hon- to the appropriate faculty or staff members. Group and orary society with chapters across the U.S. and overseas, is individual advising sessions take place every week. Study an important international organization on campus. The Abroad also provides a series of required pre-departure purpose of the society is to honor those involved in high orientation meetings for all students going abroad and academic achievement and service in the international continuous registration at Lehigh. Program information is dimension, and to foster international exchange on cam- located in Study Abroad, 354 Whitaker Lab. pus. The honor society has three categories of Additionally, Lehigh University maintains formal membership: international students who have demonstrat- exchange agreements with universities in Australia, ed high scholastic achievement at Lehigh; U.S. students Belgium, Mexico, The United Kingdom, France, Hong who have demonstrated high scholastic achievement in Kong and Japan. Students are selected through faculty the pursuit of international studies including study interviews for these programs. abroad; faculty and staff distinguished in international The Philip and Muriel Berman Center for Jewish Studies endeavors. Gisela M. Nansteel, Chapter Coordinator. sponsors semester and year programs in Israel in cooper- Religious Services: Services for all the major religions are ation with Tel Aviv University and Hebrew University in on campus or nearby, including Muslim, Christian, Jerusalem. Contact: Center for Jewish Studies, 324 Jewish, Hindu and Buddhist. Maginnes, 9 West Packer Avenue, Bethlehem, PA 18015; (610) 758-4869. Global Union: Fulbright Scholarships: The Study Abroad office pro- Bill Hunter, Director, 342 Whitaker Lab, 5 E. Packer motes and advises students who wish to apply for the Ave., Bethlehem, PA 18015-3198, (610) 758-4505; Fax: Fulbright Scholarship. Fulbright provides a year of post- (610) 758-5156. E-mail: [email protected]. graduate study/research abroad for students with a www:lehigh.edu/~inglobal/ bachelor’s degree. The Global Union is a collaboration of more than 22 Undergraduate Studies 45

Foreign Language: Students are encouraged to study in English Department (Credit) Courses. After reviewing the language of their program country. Most programs in placement test results, undergraduates accepted by the non-English speaking areas require four or five college ESL program may take English 3 and English 5 semesters of language study. The Department of Modern (Composition and Literature for ESL Writers I and II) Languages and Literature (MLL) offers limited merit in substitution for required English 1 and 2. Native scholarships. Contact MLL, Maginnes Hall, 9 W. Packer English speaking or near native-speaking upperclass and Ave., Bethlehem, PA 18015; (610) 758-3090 graduate students who are interested in the ESL field as Requirements: A minimum GPA of 2.7 and good judi- a career can get an introduction to teaching ESL/EFL in cial standing are required to study abroad for a semester English 310 and English 488. (Refer to the English or year. A student with a GPA below 2.7 may petition department course listings.) for a waiver through the Study Abroad Office to the ESLP (Credit) Courses. Both undergraduate and gradu- Committee on the Standing of Students. ate students may select from a variety of supplemental Applications: Students who receive Lehigh academic ESL credit courses in conversation, accent reduction, credit for a study abroad program must submit an appli- reading, and writing offered throughout the year. (Refer cation through Study Abroad. Applicants are required to to the English as a Second Language course offerings.) consult with academic advisors, have courses approved Intensive ESL (Non-credit) Program. The STEP/UP by departments, and in some cases request recommenda- Program provides an intensive academic ESL experience tions by faculty. for both enrolled Lehigh students and for other students Academic Credit: Academic credit is given for programs preparing to enter a U.S. university or who need profes- approved by Lehigh faculty only. Students must receive a sional English skills. STEP/UP enhances English skills in ‘C’ or better for credit to transfer. academic reading and writing and formal academic lan- guage, and provides an orientation to American Fees: Lehigh endeavors to make study abroad available university culture. For more information, view our web- to all students. Financial aid, as determined by the finan- site at www.lehigh.edu/~inesl cial aid office, goes with the student. In addition, Lehigh usually provides partial travel grants to the study abroad English Language Learning Center (ELLC). The ESL sites. Lehigh requires the payment of Lehigh’s tuition, Program offers English language study through the use minus the financial aid, for all students going abroad of interactive ESL software and tutoring. Call the ESL who receive Lehigh credit. Study Abroad then pays the Office or view the ELLC program on our website. student tuition fees to the program abroad. In some International Multimedia Resource cases, room and board is handled in the same way. Center Summer Programs Johanna Brams, Instructional Technology Specialist, 473 Lehigh offers several faculty-led summer and winter pro- Maginnes; (610) 758-6134, 6295. grams each year. The number of programs and academic The International Multimedia Resource Center, located offerings can vary from year to year. Past destinations in Maginnes Hall, provides a diversity of services ranging included Belgium, Costa Rica, Czech Republic, England, from multimedia to telecommunications. Under the aus- France, Israel, Italy, Ghana, Spain and China. Contact pices of Information Resources, working directly with the Study Abroad Office for program details. Media Production and the Media Center, in collabora- Study Abroad also maintains a list of approved summer tion with the College of Arts and Sciences , and Modern study abroad programs offered through various institu- Languages and Literature, the IMRC maintains a multi- tions. The office advises students on programs appropriate media computing center (470 Maginnes Hall) equipped for their field of study and procedures for summer pro- with state-of-the-art multimedia computers, a head end grams and credit transfer. Study abroad programs are room (473) and the World View Room (490 Maginnes approved through the Study Abroad Faculty Policy Board. Hall) that broadcasts international, historical, and cul- Lehigh University sponsors through the Lehigh Valley tural events on our wide screen television. As a resource Association of Independent Colleges (LVAIC), several center, the IMRC supports the efforts of faculty and staff six-week summer language programs in Europe and in the design , construction and application of either Mexico. Credits and grades transfer to Lehigh and are original or off-the-shelf multimedia presentations and counted in the student’s GPA. projects. New CD ROM based immersive software pro- The Philip and Muriel Berman Center for Jewish Studies grams enhance language learning. Student-centered sponsors summer programs in Israel in cooperation with web-research projects occur through partnerships with Tel Aviv University and Hebrew University in Jerusalem. various faculty members throughout the year. Web uti- Contact: Center for Jewish Studies, 324 Maginnes , 9 W. lization, research and design workshops are held Packer Ave., Bethlehem, PA, 18015; (610) 758-4869. regularly, focusing on diverse software web, desktop and design applications. An extensive collection of interna- tional audio, video and multimedia programs is English as a Second Language maintained. Moreover, the IMRC sponsors business, Timothy Bonner, Director, university, and international broadcasting, as well as tele- Bethlehem, PA, 18015, (610) 758-6099 conferencing events through satellite and www.lehigh.edu/~inesl videoconferencing technologies. The IMRC also main- tains the two broadcast video channels at Lehigh: the The English as a Second Language Program (ESL) offers Academic Channel (Channel 21: including international academic semester and summer courses for undergradu- news (SCOLA), student produced programming, aca- ate and graduate students and their families. In addition, demic programs and labs, sports and special events, etc.) academic support is provided for ESL students through and the Movie Channel (Channel 22: popular, inde- the ELLC language lab, conversation groups, and lan- pendent, and foreign movies programmed by a guage enrichment courses. 46 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2003-2004

student-elected committee). As a ‘Window to the Credit by Examination World,’ the World View Room shows or hosts daily Upon petition and presentation of evidence that he or scheduled international and cultural programs, films and she has qualified for it, a student already enrolled at teleconferences; as well as being open for news watching Lehigh may be permitted by the standing of students all day long. Comfortably furnished, the World View committee to take a special examination for credit Room accommodates 25 – 35 people. A new 51 inch towards graduation. Special examinations are granted flat screen television supports regular viewing, as well as only for extraordinary reasons and upon petition. There films, satellite downlinks and newly added permanently must be adequate supporting evidence of sufficient cause installed DVD and VHS technologies. Newly added is accompanying each petition. There is a fee for all special our refurbished (five-meter dish) digital link, which examinations. facilitates PBS, ALS and The Business Channel teleconferencing. Students taking a special exam after matriculation at Lehigh will have the grade and credits assigned to their Experiential Learning permanent Lehigh record. Special exam credit will be The accommodation of student interest extends beyond counted as in residence credit and the grade will be used regular departmental offerings. Hands-on experiences in in all grade point average calculations. No special exam learning enrich classroom instruction. Each of the three will be granted in a course that the student has already colleges offers a number of such experiences to under- taken (except senior reexaminations) for credit or on an graduates. Among them: audit basis, or in a course in which the student has The Philadelphia Urban Semester. Undergraduates in already completed more advanced work at Lehigh. all fields of study can earn 16 Lehigh credit hours by Preparation for Graduate Work spending a semester studying in the nation’s fourth- largest metropolis. They live, work, and study with other Students planning to continue in graduate programs students from two dozen other institutions, supervised should take advantage of the flexibility in many under- by faculty of the Great Lakes Colleges Association. This graduate programs to design an upper-division consortium of such leading Midwestern institutions as curriculum that meets requirements in the anticipated DePauw, Kenyon, Oberlin, and Wooster is a recognized graduate program. leader in providing extra-mural academic programs both The policies of the colleges provides as much flexibility here and abroad. as possible for students who wish to change to new but The curriculum consists of two four-credit seminars and related fields of study after the baccalaureate degree. an eight-credit internship. All students are enrolled in a Students should consult with their previous program core “Seminar on the City” which introduces them to the adviser and the department representative of the new field of urban affairs and to Philadelphia. The second sem- field to establish an academic program that will remedy inar is elected from a half-dozen more specialized urban any deficiencies in background. topics; recent choices available have included “Folklore in Apprentice Teaching Philadelphia,” “Art in the City” (which met each week at a The apprentice teaching program is designed to benefit different site), and “Justice.” Internships involve working juniors and seniors who wish to learn about teaching four days weekly in a public or private placement which under the guidance of an experienced teacher. tests the student’s aptitude in a variety of practical ways Apprentices often do a limited amount of supervised lec- while enhancing appreciation of city life. turing or leading of discussions, assist in making up and The Washington Semester. Opportunity is available evaluating written assignments, and are available for each year for six juniors or seniors to spend a term individual consultation with students. studying in Washington, D.C., in cooperation with To participate in the apprentice teaching program a stu- American University. Lehigh University is a member dent must: with 180 other colleges and universities. 1. Have an over-all cumulative grade point average of Students enroll at Lehigh but spend the semester in resi- 2.80 or better; dence at American University with the students from other participating colleges. 2. Have a cumulative grade point average of at least 3.3 and have completed at least two courses in the The curriculum consists of national-government semi- major field in which apprentice teaching is done; nars, an internship, and a written research project. Besides the national government program, the student 3. Have previously taken for credit the course or its may choose other program offerings such as economic equivalent in which the apprentice teaching will policy semester, journalism, public administration, for- be done. eign policy semester and justice semester. A student may register for apprentice teaching only once Inspection trips. The location of the university in the each semester, only once in a given course, and only center of industrial activities of various types affords twice during a college career. unusual opportunities for visits to manufacturing plants. To register for apprentice teaching each student-teacher Inspection trips to individual plants are a required part partnership will submit an apprentice teaching agree- of specific courses in various engineering curricula. ment, indicating the duties and obligations for approval Written reports may be required. These trips are general- to the department chair and the dean of the student’s ly held during the senior year and involve an average college in which the course is taken. This form must be expense of $25 to $50. submitted to the registrar before the first day of classes in the semester. To complete the course, the apprentice teachers must submit a written report of their experience to the supervising teacher, who will forward it to the Office of the Provost. Undergraduate Studies 47

Curricular Flexibility institution at any one of the member institutions Choice is a regular part of university life, and encom- (Allentown College of St. Francis de Sales, Cedar Crest passes the determination of a college and major, the College, Lafayette College, Moravian College, and selection of courses each term, and the development of Muhlenberg College). The student must obtain the life goals and career options. appropriate approvals of his or her own adviser and the host institution registrar. The courses must be in the Many of these choices are academic in nature. The normal academic load and not produce an overload. undergraduate curricula are flexible, designed to accom- Graduate students and courses (courses numbered 400 modate the changing interests and needs of students. and above) are not eligible for cross registration. Boundaries between colleges are as fluid as possible to provide many options in an educational program. For All grades of courses taken through the LVAIC cross reg- instance, students may take a bachelor of science (B.S.) istration process will be accepted by the home institution degree in the College of Business and Economics or the and entered on the permanent record, and such grades College of Engineering and Applied Science with a will be used in computing the grade point average. minor in journalism in the College of Arts and Sciences. Credits taken through the cross-registration process will There are five-year programs for which degrees are be calculated as in residence. The number of credit hours awarded in two colleges. assigned to a course is the responsibility of the home institution registrar. Transfers between undergraduate colleges is permitted but only after the freshman year. Students considering Students may not repeat a course at another LVAIC such a transfer must confer with their advisers to begin institution in which they expect to have a Lehigh cumu- the process. lative grade point average adjustment. Academic offerings of the various departments are Lehigh University students are not permitted to cross- described in Section V. To provide additional flexibility register for courses in all January intersession programs, and encourage student initiative and depth of investiga- the evening program at Muhlenberg College, all week- tion, the university has developed academic alternatives end courses at Cedar Crest College, or the Access including the following: program at Allentown College. All independent study music lessons or groups and correspondence courses are Provisional Courses. Departments may introduce provi- prohibited from cross-registration without prior approval sional courses temporarily within a semester, either of the Lehigh University standing of students experimentally or as a response to a contemporary social Committee. or scientific issue. If successful, a course may become part of the regular curriculum. Such courses, identified Summer Session with a 95, 96, 97 or 98 number (preceded by a 1, 2, or Lehigh students must have been registered full time in the 3 indicating level) may sometimes take provisional cours- prior spring semester to be eligible to cross-register for a es numbered above 100 on a pass/fail basis. summer term. A maximum of two courses per session, and 12 credit hours over the course of the entire summer Independent Study. Juniors and seniors of ability who may be rostered. Students may not cross-register for a wish to concentrate in their chosen field can substitute course being offered at Lehigh during the summer term. no more than four or six credit hours of independent, unscheduled work each semester for an equal number of credit hours of elective work required for graduation. The General College Division Students, in collaboration with the major adviser, with The General College Division supplements the mission the advice of the departmental chairperson and consent of the established undergraduate curricula. The division of the college dean, may structure such a project for provides an opportunity for persons not planning to study in any curriculum and most major study qualify for a degree to pursue work of a general or spe- sequences. cialized nature that their preparation and interests make Pass/Fail Option. Students have the opportunity to desirable; provides a trial period for those who wish to study in areas without concern for possible poor grades become candidates for baccalaureate or graduate degrees, by electing a pass/fail option. Intended to encourage but whose preparation does not satisfy the entrance exploration at the upper division level outside the major requirements for the established curricula; and provides field, this option is open to those who are sophomores an opportunity for qualified students to continue their and above, in good standing, who have declared a major. education without being committed to a restricted or Courses numbered below 100 will not be eligible for specialized program of studies. Courses taken in the pass/fail. The pass/fail option may not be used for major General College Division may not be submitted to meet or minor subject credit toward graduation or for distri- the requirements for a graduate degree. bution requirements. Consultation with the adviser is For admission to the General College Division, the stu- required. dent must submit a special, simplified application to the Graduate Courses. Qualified undergraduates may peti- undergraduate admissions office; the application must be tion the graduate committee to register for 400-level submitted at least one month prior to the start of the courses if they are certified by the course instructor and semester in which the student hopes to enroll. The appli- the department chairperson concerned. cant must show maturity, seriousness of purpose and evidence of ability to pursue with profit the program of LVAIC Cross-Registration studies he or she desires. The student must have the Currently enrolled full-time degree seeking undergradu- established prerequisites for courses in which he or she ate students in good academic standing who have wishes to enroll, and may register for courses up to and achieved sophomore status may register for up to two including those at the 300-level. courses per term that cannot be scheduled at the home 48 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2003-2004

There is no established curriculum for the General College Division. Each student works on a program out- lined to meet his or her special needs. Each program must be approved by the registrar, director of the divi- sion. Students must obtain permission of the instructor for courses in which they want to enroll. Students in the division are not permitted to take courses using their optional pass/fail grading system, or cross register for courses in the LVAIC. Students in the division, as non-degree candidates, do not meet the eligibility criteria for federal student aid, under Title IV, including Federal Pell Grants and Federal Stafford Student Loans. Similarly, institutional financial aid also is limited to degree candidates. Students in the division are not candidates for degrees and must maintain a minimum 2.00 grade point aver- age. A student may transfer to regular matriculated undergraduate status in any of the colleges only upon petition to, and with the approval of, the Committee on the Standing of Students. Transfer to the graduate school is possible only through the normal gradu- ate admission process. With the exception above, students in the General College Division are subject to the same rules and regu- lations as students of the university. They pay the tuition and fees established for regularly matriculated students. Graduate Studies 49

IV. Graduate Study and Research

Information on the various degree programs appears Graduate Study below in chapter V or can be obtained from the Lehigh began awarding graduate degrees in 1882. The Graduate Programs Office, College of Arts and Sciences, first recipient, T.H. Hardcastle, of the Class of 1880, 9 West Packer Avenue, Bethlehem, PA 18015. wrote his thesis on Alexander Pope, entitled it The College of Business and Economics Rights of Man, and read it aloud at commencement in June 1882. Richard M. Durand, Herbert E. Ehlers, dean Kathleen A. Trexler, associate dean, director- MBA The first Ph.D. was granted in 1893 to Joseph W. program Richards, Class of 1886. Richards, who had a back- ground in metallurgy and electrochemistry, taught at The College of Business and Economics offers the mas- Lehigh until his death in 1921. ter of science degree in accounting and information analysis; master of science degree in economics; master Women were admitted to the graduate program in 1918 of business administration with concentrations in when the faculty and the board of trustees agreed to finance, management, marketing, information systems grant the degrees of M.A. and M.S. to women, provided management, entrepreneurship through the vSeries pro- they attended classes in the late afternoon and on gram, international business, supply chain management Saturdays “so that the general character of campus life and management of technology; and the doctor of phi- shall not be affected.” Three women received graduate losophy degree in business and economics. Two joint degrees in 1921, the first women to complete graduate degrees are also offered. The College of Business and work at Lehigh. In 1929, the rule was changed, and Economics and the P.C. Rossin College of Engineering women were admitted on much the same basis as men. and Applied Science offer the MBA&E. Students in this In 1936, the Graduate School was established to admin- program will have the opportunity to concentrate in ister the graduate program. The Ph.D., which was both a business area and an engineering area during their temporarily discontinued in 1894, was reinstated in nine Master’s studies. The College of Education and the departments: chemistry, chemical engineering, civil engi- College of Business and Economics offer a joint masters neering, geology, history, mathematics, mechanical degree in MBA/Educational Leadership. This degree will engineering, metallurgical engineering, and physics. develop skills in business disciplines as well as preparing Tomlinson Fort, professor of mathematics, was selected educators for roles in school administration. in 1938 as the first dean of the Graduate School. There are four departments in the college: Accounting, In 1995, graduate programs were decentralized and are Economics, Finance and Law, and Management and now administered by the four colleges of the university, Marketing. Course descriptions can be found listed as described below. under business and economics graduate courses in College of Arts and Sciences Section V. More information about the various degree programs appears below. The college publishes a packet Bobb Carson, Herbert & Ann Siegel dean describing its graduate programs, which may be obtained Ingrid H. Parson, associate dean of graduate programs by contacting the College of Business and Economics, The College of Arts and Sciences offers graduate degrees Graduate Programs Office, Rauch Business Center, 621 in the humanities, social sciences, mathematics, and nat- Taylor Street, Bethlehem, Pa. 18015, 610-758-5280. ural sciences. The master of arts, master of science, and the doctor of philosophy degrees are given in most of College of Education the traditional academic departments and in some inter- Sally A. White, Dean disciplinary programs. Raymond Bell, Associate Dean Advanced degrees may be obtained in the departments The College of Education offers the master of arts in of biological sciences, chemistry, English, earth and envi- education, the master of education, the master of science ronmental sciences, history, mathematics, physics, in education, the educational specialist, the joint master political science, psychology, and sociology. In addition, in business administration/master of education, the doc- interdisciplinary degrees are available in American stud- tor of education, and the doctor of philosophy. More ies, photonics, and polymer science and engineering. information about these degrees appears below. Although degree requirements vary from department to The College was established as the School of Education department, most require a combination of formal in 1966, elevating it from its former departmental status coursework and independent research. Students work under the College of Arts and Sciences. In 1985 the closely with a faculty adviser in formulating and carrying school was given its present status as a college, headed by out their research programs. Students interested in an a dean. The College is engaged in the preparation of ele- interdisciplinary approach are admitted to a traditional mentary and secondary teachers in both school and department but formulate a program of study and nonschool settings, school and community counselors, research which draws on faculty and facilities in other counseling psychologists, school psychologists, school areas of the college or the university. administrators, curriculum specialists and supervisors, Outstanding candidates may qualify for financial support specialists and supervisors in the education of children in the form of assistantships as teaching assistants, gradu- and youth with disabilities, teachers of preschool chil- ate or research assistants, and scholarships or fellowships. dren (especially children with handicaps), and specialists in educational technology. 50 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2003-2004

The College of Education is interested in potential and tional leadership. The program will enhance the student’s established leaders in all aspects of educational endeavor. marketability in private and public sector education A total of 495 students were involved in advanced study while providing students with an understanding of the at the master’s and doctoral levels during the 2002-2003 cultures of both business and education. Core courses academic year. from both colleges will ensure that recipients of the joint Through its working relationship with other colleges and degree will bring to their future universities in eastern Pennsylvania, Lehigh has under- positions an extraordinary medley of skills to manage taken to complement existing undergraduate preparation human and financial resources efficiently while employ- programs by emphasizing study at the graduate level. ing expertise in instructional supervision and training in Off-campus course work and in-service projects are inte- both education and corporate settings. This program of gral parts of many programs. study will enhance training and skills for those currently An intern teaching program is specifically designed for in the area of business and financial management in the qualified persons who hold bachelor of arts degrees and field of education. who desire to enter the field of teaching. Those admitted P.C. Rossin College of Engineering and to this program have the opportunity to accomplish their professional training and serve as interns in the public Applied Science schools. After two semesters of directed full-time study, Mohamed S. El-Aasser, dean students may begin the teaching internship. Upon com- John P. Coulter, associate dean of graduate studies and pletion of the fifth-year program and the required research semesters of intern teaching, these students ordinarily There are seven academic departments within the P.C. will have completed requirements for the M.A. (second- Rossin College of Engineering and Applied Science: ary teachers) or the M.Ed. (elementary teachers), as well chemical engineering, civil and environmental engineer- as state certification. ing, computer science and engineering, electrical and Organization. The College of Education consists of one computer engineering, industrial and systems engineer- department, Education and Human Services, and one ing, materials science and engineering, and mechanical school, Centennial School. Within the department there engineering and mechanics. Master of science and doctor are six program areas, each with its own coordinator: of philosophy degrees are available in each of these counseling psychology, educational leadership, educa- departments, as well as in computational and engineer- tional technology, school psychology, special education, ing mechanics, environmental engineering, and polymer and technology-based teacher education. science and engineering. In addition, master of science programs are provided in computer engineering, photon- Centennial School: The College of Education operates ics, quality engineering, information and systems the Centennial School, a laboratory facility for children engineering, and management science. Master of engi- with emotional/behavior disorders, that has both an ele- neering degrees are offered in chemical engineering, civil mentary and a secondary component. Centennial School engineering, electrical engineering, environmental engi- provides research opportunities as well as practical expe- neering, industrial engineering, materials science and rience for advanced students in counseling, school mechanical engineering. In co-operation with the psychology, and special education. College of Business and Economics, students can also Undergraduate minor in education: Upper-level under- pursue a Master of Business Administration and graduates are given an opportunity to take a minor in Engineering (MBA&E) degree. education that combines practicum activities with theo- Graduate study in the P.C. Rossin College of retical work and is designed to provide a foundation for Engineering and Applied Science is most often related to further educational studies at the graduate level. the college’s extensive research activity, and graduate stu- Five-year Programs in Teacher Education. The College of dents are expected to engage in analytical or Education operates two programs for students interested experimental research as part of their programs of study. in entering the teaching profession. The This activity involves students in the process of creating B.A./M.A./M.Ed. programs require that students major new knowledge under the direction of the college’s dis- in a content area within one of the three other colleges. tinguished faculty and brings them into contact with Students begin their coursework toward their education some of the most modern and advanced experimental degree as undergraduates and complete a fifth year dur- techniques. Many college research programs are support- ing which they obtain a Master’s degree and fulfill ed by contracts, fellowships, and grants from industry requirements for teacher certification in Pennsylvania. and from federal, state, and local governments. This Additionally, students who major in Materials Science & funding not only provides financial support for out- Engineering (B.S.) can also enter a fifth year program standing students but also allows them to deal with some that will earn them teaching certifications in physics, of the more complex and pressing problems facing our mathematics, general science, and possibly chemistry. society in the 21st century. These students also earn a Master’s degree (M.Ed.) in Many faculty members and graduate students in the P.C. education at the completion of their fifth year. Rossin College of Engineering and Applied Science are MBA/M.Ed. Leadership Joint Degree Program: The associated with interdisciplinary research centers and MBA and Master’s of Education joint degree program institutes as well as with their own departments. The offers students the opportunity to acquire a solid foun- opportunity for interdisciplinary study allows them to dation in both business and education. Designed to cross departmental lines in specific technological areas increase the administrative skill required in today’s edu- and to work with faculty and graduate students from cational systems, the MBA/M.Ed. provides a framework other departments. Centers and institutes currently carry where excellent education and sound business practices on research in the areas of biotechnology, health sciences, can flourish. The MBA/M.Ed. will provide an additional thermofluids, materials, energy, environmental sciences, option for students for business and students of educa- surfaces and coatings, solid-state studies, optical tech- Graduate Studies 51 nologies, structural and geotechnical studies, high-rise criteria. Students seeking admission to Professional habitats, emulsion polymers, fracture and solid mechan- Certification Programs may have to meet additional ics, metal forming, robotics, computer-integrated requirements to comply with Pennsylvania Department manufacturing, and design and management innovation. of Education Regulations. Departments should be con- Extensive research in many of these areas is also conduct- sulted for information regarding required examinations ed within academic departments. for admission. For example, candidates for the M.B.A. Further information on the graduate programs appears program are required to take the Graduate Management under the departmental listings in Chapter V and in the Admissions Test (GMAT). This does not include MBA Interdisciplinary Graduate Study and Research section of & Engineering students in the College of Engineering Chapter IV. Students can also contact the Office of and Applied Science; in some cases the GRE subjects Graduate Studies and research, P.C. Rossin College of tests are required. Engineering and Applied Science, 19 Memorial Drive Admission of a student to graduate standing is executed West, Bethlehem, PA 18015. through the Office of Graduate Studies in each college or the respective dean’s office. Credentials for admission to counseling psychology and school psychology pro- Admission to Graduate Study grams and to the doctoral programs in special education A graduate of an accredited college or university may be are acted upon only once a year. Completed applications considered for admission to graduate study. The decision accompanied by requests for financial aid must be sub- to admit a student rests with the applicant’s major mitted by January 15 for admission in the following fall department and stands for one year following the first semester. Applications received for programs with early semester for which admission was offered. If more than deadlines after this deadline will be dealt with on a one year elapses, the prospective student’s department space-available basis. reserves the right to reconsider the original offer. Associate Graduate Students. Associate graduate student Students wishing to pursue an interdisciplinary degree status may be offered to applicants who apply but fail to may, in some cases, apply to the program directly. qualify for regular graduate student status. Only associ- Applications for admission may be obtained by writing ate student applications will be considered during the or on-line at the university’s website to the department late admissions period between the end of the regular to which admission is sought or to the office of the dean admission period and the first day of classes. Applicants of the prospective college. for associate status may submit unofficial rather than An applicant may enter the graduate program as a stu- official transcripts; letters of recommendation are not dent in the following categories: regular, associate, required at that time. The Registrar will require an offi- non-degree seeking student. Except for qualified Lehigh cial final transcript, however, before grades are released. undergraduates, only those who have been admitted offi- Certain departments or programs have earlier deadlines cially by the graduate program office of an appropriate and more stringent requirements. Applicants should con- college or by a department in one of the categories above sult their respective departments. may register for graduate courses or take them for credit. Associate graduate students who are admitted during the Non-degree Students: will be dropped for poor scholar- late admission period and who clearly qualify for admis- ship if the student is assigned a grade below “C” (“C-” is sion as regular graduate students may petition for regular considered a grade below a “C”). status after classes begin if all credentials are in order. There is no late application fee. Individual departments Regular Graduate Students. Only regular graduate stu- may have more stringent requirements. dents are candidates for graduate degrees. Application for admission as a regular graduate student must be filed by Other associate graduate students must meet the follow- July 15 for the following fall semester or by Dec. 1 for ing condition before they may petition for regular status: the spring semester. Regular applications for the summer completion of the first nine credit hours of courses num- sessions are accepted until April 30. Certain depart- bered 300 or higher with at most one grade of below B-. ments or programs have earlier deadlines. Applicants Students receiving a grade lower than a C will be should consult their respective departments or their dropped from the program. Students should note that dean’s office. In order to be considered for admission as a individual departments may impose more rigorous pro- regular graduate student, the applicant must satisfy at bationary standards. least one of the following conditions: have an undergrad- When the probationary period of nine credit hours is uate G.P.A. of at least 2.75 out of 4.00 (note: College of completed successfully, associate graduate students must Education GPA minimum is 3.0); have an average of at petition for regular student status in order to continue. least 3.00 for the last two semesters of undergraduate This requires the submission of regular admission docu- study; foreign graduate students are required to take the ments not already on file. Courses completed during a Test of English as a Foreign Language and achieve a min- successful probationary period may count toward a grad- imum score of 550 or 213 on the new computer-scored uate degree if they are part of an approved program. test); have a graduate grade-point average of at least 3.00 Non-Degree-Seeking Students. Students who do not for a minimum of twelve credit hours of graduate work wish to enter a degree program may seek admission with completed at other institutions; or have successfully satis- non-degree status. In this case, the prospective student fied the probationary conditions as an associate graduate completes an abbreviated application form (available student discussed below. Satisfying one of these conditions from the appropriate college). The admissions criteria for is a necessary but may not be sufficient condition for non-degree graduate students are: 1) a bachelor’s degree admission as a regular graduate student. from an approved institution with an overall grade point Individual departments may evaluate their candidates for average of at least 3.0; (applicants with undergraduate admission according to higher standards and additional GPAs below 3.0 may be admitted with the approval of 52 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2003-2004

the department in which they wish to take courses;) or International Students and Scholars. International 2) evidence that the applicant is presently a student in applicants must hold an American bachelor’s degree or good standing in an appropriate graduate program at an an equivalent foreign degree requiring at least 16 years of approved institution; or 3) evidence that the applicant primary, secondary, and university education. has received an appropriate graduate or other advanced International applicants must submit all documents degree from an approved institution. 4) International required for regular graduate student status, as explained students are required to demonstrate English language above. Brochures for international applicants may be skills equal to those required of degree-seeking students. requested from individual departments. All international applicants whose native language is not English must take the TOEFL (Test of English as a Registration Foreign Language). A minimum score of 550 (or 213 on Requirements. All graduate students using Lehigh the new computer scored test) is required for admission. University resources must be registered. No graduate stu- This TOEFL requirement may be waived if the interna- dent may register for more than 16 credits per semester. tional applicant has studied in an English-speaking University employees may register for, at most, two university for at least one year. courses per semester with appropriate approval. The Admission decisions for non-degree students are made maximum registration in a summer session is two con- by the dean of the appropriate college or other responsi- current courses and no more than 14 summer credits. ble official designated by him/her for this purpose. The Full-time Status. In order to maintain full-time enroll- signature of the designated official on the application ment status, a graduate student must ordinarily register and registration forms confers admission to the non- for a minimum of nine credits each semester. degree graduate student status. Informal transcripts will Identification as a full-time student is important for three be accepted for initial admission, but formal transcripts purposes: (1) eligibility for financial aid, (2) compliance must be on record before the student can receive any with visa requirements for international students, and (3) transcript or grade report from the university or enroll for university and national graduate enrollment data. for additional courses. After fulfillment of degree credit-hour requirements and Non-degree students may take no more than twelve in some other circumstances, full-time status may be hours of graduate study at Lehigh. Any transcript or maintained with fewer than nine credits of registration, other record from the university will clearly indicate the provided that the student is, in fact, continuing a pro- student status as non-degree. Students in a non-degree gram of full-time study and research. In such cases, the status are not eligible for financial aid. status must be certified on the Graduate Full Time Graduate Course Auditing: With the permission of the stature request form, first by the department and then by departmental chair, graduate students can be admitted to the appropriate college. a course as auditors. This course will not count for credit Registration Procedure. Registration is scheduled for a towards any graduate degree, and may not subsequently two-week period at a time designated on the university be taken for credit. In no case shall a student who has calendar. Graduate registration for new students is held attended a course as an auditor be given an anticipatory during the week preceding the start of classes. Students examination for credit or register for the same course in should check with their departments for registration and the future A student completing a course in this manner semester class schedules. Graduate students may register will have the course and the notation “AU” indicated on using the on line system after consultation with their the permanent record. A student rostered on an audit adviser or complete registration forms available in their basis may be withdrawn from the course with a grade of departments. A course adviser will discuss course selec- “W” for poor attendance. tions with students and provide the registration PIN or Lehigh University Undergraduates. A Lehigh under- sign registration forms upon approval. graduate with a 3.0 cumulative grade point average that Late Registration Penalties. Registration after the desig- has achieved Junior standing may take any 400-level nated period during the prior term for continuing full course for which he or she is qualified. The qualifications time graduate students or between the second and tenth are defined by the department, and are certified by the day of class during the fall and spring semesters, and the course instructor and department chairperson through second and fifth day of class during the summer sessions petition to the graduate and research committee. will require a late registration fee. Students who have not Undergraduates at Lehigh who are within a few hours of completed the registration process by the tenth day of meeting the requirements for a baccalaureate degree may, the regular academic semester or by the fifth day of the with the special approval of the graduate and research summer session will not be permitted to attend class. committee, enroll for a limited amount of study for grad- Graduate Credit and Grades uate credit. Lehigh undergraduates may apply course Course grades are defined as for undergraduates except credits taken in the undergraduate program toward a grad- that no grade lower than C may be counted toward a uate degree under the following conditions: (a) the course graduate degree and pass-fail registration is not allowed credits are not submitted as part of the requirement for an for graduate students. No regularly admitted student undergraduate degree; and (b) courses for possible gradu- who receives more than four grades below a B- in cours- ate credit are approved in advance by the course es numbered 200 or higher is allowed to continue instructor, department chairperson, and the dean of the registration as a graduate student. college. The student must receive a grade of B- or better. The N grade is defined as for undergraduates except that Readmission. A student who has not been registered in a graduate students have a calendar year to remove course Lehigh graduate program for one year must petition for incomplete grades unless an earlier deadline is specified readmission. Petitions approved by the student’s major by the instructor. Graduate student incomplete course department must be forwarded to the registrar’s office. grades that are not removed remain as N grades on the Graduate Studies 53 student’s record. Thesis or research project N grades may Readmission: graduate students who have been dropped remain beyond one year until the work is completed. for poor scholarship are ineligible to enroll for the next The X grade is defined as for undergraduates except that regular term. After one term away they may petition for to be eligible for a make-up examination a graduate stu- readmission. The department and the dean’s office must dent must file a petition and the petition must be approve the petition. The student will be readmitted on approved by the graduate and research committee. probation and may be dropped again with any addition- al grades below a “B-”. The Z grade is defined as for undergraduates except that graduate students have a calendar year to complete Graduation coursework following an Z grade unless an earlier com- Degree Registration. A student must be registered in the pletion deadline is specified by the instructor. The X semester in which the degree is conferred. portion of the grade is removed as described for under- graduates. Z grades which are not removed remain on Application for Degree. Candidates for degrees to be the record of graduate students. All petitions for excep- conferred on University Day in May must file an appli- tions are sent to the graduate and research committee. cation for degree with the registrar by March 1. Candidates for degrees to be conferred in January must Withdrawal from a Course. A student dropping a course file by November 1. Late application for a degree will within the first ten days of the semester (five days for incur a penalty fee of $25. summer sessions) will have no record of the course on the transcript. A student dropping all courses for which he or Clearance. Graduate students must receive clearance she is registered is considered to be withdrawing from the from the university prior to the awarding of the degree. university and the policy is noted below. A student who The following obligations must be satisfied: drops a course after the tenth day of instruction and •Students must complete all coursework for incom- before the end of the eleventh week of instruction will pletes they may have received. have a grade of “W” assigned to the course. A student • Theses must be cleared by the Registrar’s Office. who drops a course after the eleventh week of instruction •Dissertations must be cleared by the appropriate and before the end of classes receives a “WP” or “WF” at dean’s office. the discretion of the instructor. A “WF” is considered to be a failing grade. An Add/Drop form signed by the stu- • All financial obligations must be cleared with the bur- dent’s adviser must be submitted to the registrar’s office sar. Tuition fees, bookstore charges, library fines, and before the deadlines noted to be official. motor or vehicle fines must be paid before graduation. University Withdrawal. A student withdrawing from the • All library books on loan must be returned. university (dropping all courses during a given term) •Students must turn in their student identification must submit the Drop/Add form signed by the adviser cards at the I.D. card office. to the registrar’s office. Withdrawal after registration day The interdepartmental clearance sheet must be complet- and during the first eleven weeks of instruction will be ed. This form requires the signature of the student’s noted on the academic transcript by assigning a grade of department chairperson (except for the College of “W” to all courses. A withdrawal after the eleventh week Education), and the facilities services office before it is of instruction and before the end of classes will have the submitted to the registrar at least three days prior to grade of “WP” or “WF” assigned for each course at the graduation. discretion of the instructor. The date of the withdrawal will be noted on the academic transcript for a withdraw- Tuition and Fees al at any time during the term. Tuition Payment. Graduate students that register at least Graduate Student Scholastic Requirements. The guide- six weeks prior to the start of classes will receive a tuition lines state the requirements for all graduate students bill at their home address. Included with the tuition bill regardless of the degree sought. will be information about the various payment options Associate Students: will be placed on probation when that are available. Students that register less than six they receive their first grade below a “B-” and will be weeks prior to the start of classes will most likely not dropped for poor scholarship at the end of a term when receive a tuition bill prior to the start of classes. To the student is assigned either two “C” OR “C+” grades remain in good standing, tuition charges must be paid or one grade “C-” or below. prior to the start of classes even if the student has not received a tuition bill because of his/her late registration for If an associate student is assigned two grades below a “B-” classes. Students can review their current account balance in the same term the student is eligible to be dropped on-line at www.lehigh.edu/~inrgs/index.htm. Additional without any term on probation. information on payment options is available on the Once on probation students remain on probation until they Bursar’s Office web site at www.lehigh.edu/~inburs/ or by are granted regular status or graduate. Students who are eli- calling the Bursar’s Office. gible to be granted regular status but fail to apply do so will Tuition Refunds. A student in good standing who for- be evaluated according to the regular student criteria. mally withdraws from a course before 60% of the Regular Students: will be placed on probation at the end semester has been completed is eligible for a tuition of the term in which they are assigned their fourth grade refund. Academic fees, such as the Technology Fee, are below a “B-” in courses numbered 200 or above; non-refundable after the first day of classes. The refund will be dropped for poor scholarship at the end of any schedule for student withdrawals and course adjustments term in which they are assigned their fifth grade below a is as follows: “B-”. Once regular students are placed on probation they will remain on probation until they receive their degrees. 54 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2003-2004

Tuition Refunds Supervision fee, College of Education (per 3 credits) The tuition refund for a student who withdraws or drops Intern courses require a special supervision fee which a course(s) is calculated on a daily basis according to the varies from $100 to $250. Inquire at your department. Federal Refund Calculation Guidelines. No refunds for Financial Aid tuition can be made for one-week workshops after the Financial aid is ordinarily available only for regular, full- first day of class. time graduate students. Teaching assistantships, research Students should note that the first calendar week begins assistantships, graduate assistantships, fellowships, and with the first day of classes at the university. scholarships are academic awards made by individual aca- Tuition and Fees for 2003-2004 per credit hour demic departments. Several graduate assistantships unrelated to a particular area of study can be obtained by College of Arts & Sciences $940 applying to administrative offices. International students College of Business & Economics 615 are also encouraged to apply for funding to outside spon- soring agencies and/or home governments. Finally, please College of Education, and for full-time elementary note that all student loan programs, and the Federal and secondary teachers and administrators enrolled Work-Study program, are administered by the Office of in the other three colleges 490 Financial Aid located at 218 W. Packer Avenue. (Please College of Engineering & Applied Science 940 read the section, below, on loans and work-study.) Special Programs Academic Awards. Requests for fellowships, scholarships, MBA & Engineering $720 research assistantships, teaching assistantships, and grad- MBA/Educational Leadership $545 uate assistantships to begin in the fall semester must be filed with academic departments no later than January Technology Fee 15. Generally, a special committee formed by depart- All full-time (9 credit hours or more, or certified full- ment faculty selects the recipients of these awards based time) graduate students are assessed the Technology Fee upon merit; students are not required to submit a finan- at $100 per semester cial statement. Audit charge per course – same as credit charge in the In addition to their stipends, graduate students holding half- appropriate college time teaching appointments generally receive tuition Maintenance of candidacy – same as a one-credit charge remission. Fellowship holders also receive a stipend and in the appropriate college tuition award. Scholarship recipients are awarded tuition. Research assistants receive a stipend for research services, but Master’s candidate registration fee same as a one-credit their tuition is commonly paid directly by research projects. charge in the appropriate college Teaching Assistants and Graduate Assistants. Teaching Living Accommodations. The university maintains a assistant and graduate assistant (TA/GA) are technical graduate student housing complex in the Saucon Valley terms used to describe specific types of Lehigh University that has 135 living units. This complex, Saucon Village graduate students. The duties of TAs and GAs are gener- Apartments, provides units generally on a yearly lease ally set by the departments or offices that appoint them, basis. For the 2003-2004 period beginning in but certain conditions must be satisfied before a student September, the following are the monthly rents exclusive can be classified as a teaching assistant or a graduate of utilities: assistant. These include: Efficiency apartment $420 • Each TA/GA must be a regular full-time resident One-bedroom apartment 490 Lehigh graduate student, which normally requires reg- Small two-bedroom apartment 525 istration for at least nine credit hours per semester. Two-bedroom apartment w/o AC 540 •A TA/GA is a half-time position and each TA/GA Two-bedroom apartment w/AC 555 provides services to Lehigh University of up to twenty hours per week. Quarter-time and eighth-time Three-bedroom apartment 565 TA/GA appointments are possible for full-time resi- Other Fees dent graduate students, with stipends and tuition remission appropriately reduced. Application fee $ 50 • Each TA/GA must be paid a specific stipend, which is (for graduate admission consideration) set for the academic year by the dean of the appropri- Non-degree application (engineering, education) 20 ate college after consultation with the director of Late pre-registration (assigned to full-time graduate 50 budget. students who do not select their full class load •Qualified TAs/GAs receive tuition remission for at during the designated period each term) most ten credit hours in a regular semester. No Late registration 50 TA/GA may register for more than ten credit hours. (for completing registration after announced day) A student who is a TA/GA during the preceding aca- Late application for degree 25 demic year is entitled to at most three hours of thesis, research, or dissertation registration (not Late payment (after announced date) 100 course credit) in the following summer without pay- Returned check fine 20 ment of tuition. Identification card (replacement) 10 • Each TA/GA is appointed by a process which begins Thesis, microfilming 35 with a formal letter of appointment issued by the appropriate department chairperson. The appoint- Dissertation, microfilming 60 ment letter specifies standard university conditions including stipend level, time of arrival, length of serv- Graduate Studies 55

ice, and the requirement of satisfactory academic the individual departments. GAs are appointed regularly progress and performance of duties. Each department by the office of the vice provost for student affairs, the chairperson submits written notification of TA/GA dean of students office, the university counseling service, appointments to the appropriate college dean or vice and by career services. president. Loans and Work-study Awards. Graduate students may The graduate and research committee endorsed academic apply for the federally funded Stafford and Perkins loans, guidelines for new teaching assistants which exceed mini- Lehigh University Tuition Loans (UTL), and Federal mum admission requirements. Each TA should satisfy Work-Study through the Office of Financial Aid located one of the following: have a G.P.A. of 3.0 or better in at 218 W. Packer Avenue. These funds are awarded on the undergraduate major field of study; have a G.P.A. of the basis of demonstrated need using the Free Application 3.5 in the senior year major field; rank in the 85th per- for Federal Student Aid. In addition, the University centile or higher on the Graduate Record Exam or other requires a university application (Graduate Student standardized test; or have a G.P.A. of 3.5 in at least Financial Aid Application) and a copy of the most recent twelve hours of graduate work in the major field. (2001) federal tax return and W-2. Applications for Exceptions to these guidelines shall be made only with loans cannot be processed, and funds cannot be dis- the approval of the appropriate dean. bursed, until the FAFSA, and attending forms, are In addition, each teaching assistant must make normal received and reviewed. Because Stafford loans are progress toward a graduate degree. The definition of nor- financed through commercial lenders, their availability is mal progress may vary among departments, but the virtually assured if a student qualifies. There is, however, criteria for satisfactory progress are established by the only limited availability of Federal Perkins loans, Work- department faculty and the graduate and research com- Study, and University Tuition Loans. mittee. Teaching assistants who fail to satisfy these Special Concerns Regarding the Processing of Federal criteria are ineligible for reappointment. Stafford Loans for Graduate Students. Eligibility for In addition to a minimum TOEFL score of 550 (213 student loans is based on: (1) the number of credits to CBT), Teaching Assistants whose native language is not be taken, (2) the amount of financial aid received, and English must have on record with the ESL Program a (3) the calculated financial need. Any change to the SPEAK score of 320+ (TSE 55+) in order to work with number of credits to be taken, or the amount of aid Lehigh undergraduates in academic settings (i.e., class- received may affect loan eligibility. To avoid problems rooms, recitations, labs, office hours, etc.). with your loan application, it is important that you noti- fy the Office of Financial Aid of any changes in your Those whose SPEAK score is 220-225 may also be enrollment or in the amount of aid received. appointed as TAs, but they are required to attend ESL Unfortunately, students frequently change the number of courses until their comprehensibility score is at least 230 rostered credit hours, or receive Graduate School aid, or until they no longer have a TA position. A comprehen- after their loan application has already been processed. sibility score of 200 or below eliminates an international When either of these things happen, a student’s eligibili- graduate student from being appointed as a TA. ty may change dramatically The SPEAK is given at announced times throughout the Literature on student loan programs is available through academic year. Contact the ESL Program (ext. 86099) the Financial Aid office or the website (www. for details and for information concerning ESL courses. Lehigh.edu). The TSE is given by ETS several times each year throughout the world. Tuition remission for qualified TAs/GAs is authorized by Degree Information the appropriate dean or vice president as part of the reg- The following degrees are offered by the university: the istration process. Each college dean or appropriate vice master’s degree, the doctor of philosophy, the doctor of president will be provided tuition remission accounts education, and the doctor of arts against which TA/GA remissions will be charged. The accounts will be budgeted at an amount equal to the Master’s Degree nine hour TA/GA tuition rate times the approved num- Candidates for the master’s degree have six years in ber of TA/GA positions included in the annual operating which to complete their programs. Students should con- budget. The budgets shall not be exceeded. If additional fer with their advisers to be certain that specific TA/GA positions are desired on a temporary basis, the department and program course requirements are met. account executive must provide for the transfer of budget The following requirements must be satisfied by master’s support to the remission account. These budgets are to candidates in all departments. be used exclusively for tuition remission for authorized Program for the Master’s Degree. A student’s program TA/GA positions. must include: not less than 30 credit hours of graduate There are a limited number of summer TA/GA appoint- work: not less than 18 credits of 400-level coursework ments. These TA/GA’s employees must receive the same (research or thesis registration counts as part of the 400- monthly stipend as academic year TAs/GAs and devote level coursework requirement); not less than 18 credits of up to twenty hours per week their GA/TA responsibil- of coursework in the major of which 15 credits must be ities. A summer TA/GA registers for a maximum of three at the 400 level. All coursework for the master’s degree credit hours in each summer session of appointment and must be taken under at least two instructors and must be receive tuition remission for that registration. approved by Lehigh University. With the approval of the Other Graduate Assistantships. Graduate students may appropriate dean, a maximum of six credits may be apply directly to administrative offices for graduate transferred to a Lehigh master’s program of 30 credits. assistantships unrelated to their areas of study. The avail- Masters program of more than 30 credits should contact ability of these assistantships is based upon the needs of the associate dean of their college. A petition is submit- 56 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2003-2004

ted, with course descriptions and transcript, as well as 48 credits is attained prior to formal admission to doc- departmental recommendation. Course grades of B or toral candidacy, continued registration of at least three better are required. credits per semester is necessary. Full-time student status A student must complete the form, “Program for Master’s must be certified on the graduate registration form. Degree,” setting forth the courses proposed to satisfy the After admission to doctoral candidacy, a student must degree requirements. This form should be approved by maintain candidacy by registering at least two times each the department and then submitted to the registrar as calendar year (in each academic semester or in one aca- soon as possible after 15 credit hours toward the degree demic semester and one summer session). After have been completed. Approval of the program by the completion of the minimum registration requirement registrar signifies that the student has formally been plus any additional requirements of the student’s depart- admitted to candidacy for the master’s degree. ment or program, registration is permitted for Thesis and Comprehensive Exam. Candidates may be ‘Maintenance of Candidacy.’ The tuition charge is for required to submit a thesis or a report based on a one credit-hour. Full-time status again must be certified research course of at least three credit hours, or to pass a on the graduate registration form. comprehensive examination given by the major depart- Residence. Each Ph.D. candidate must satisfy Lehigh’s ment. The department will specify which of these residence requirement. The residence requirement is requirements applies and may require both. If required, intended to ensure that doctoral students spend a period the thesis or report shall not count for more than six of concentrated study and intellectual association with credit hours, and thesis registration is limited to a maxi- other scholars. Either two semesters of full-time graduate mum of six credit hours. University procedures must be study or 18 credit hours of graduate study within a followed if the thesis or research project involves human twelve-month period must be completed. subjects. One unbound copy of the thesis, approved by Individual departments may impose additional stipula- the thesis adviser and the department chair, must be tions. Candidates should check with their advisers to be delivered to the registrar’s office at least three weeks certain that they have satisfied their residence require- before the degree is conferred. A binding and microfilm- ments. ing fee must be paid to the bursar, and the bursar’s receipt presented with the completed thesis. Guidelines Language Requirements. Language requirements for the stipulating the form of the thesis are available in the reg- Ph.D. are the option of and in the jurisdiction of the istrar’s office. candidate’s department. Since proficiency in a language is not a university requirement, each department decides A non-thesis option exists for certain programs in the which languages, if any, constitute part of the doctoral Colleges. Students should check with their departments program. regarding that option. Qualifiers. Many departments require students who wish Doctor of Philosophy to enroll in doctoral programs to pass qualifying exami- Time and Registration Requirements. A candidate for nations. Since these examinations vary among the doctor of philosophy degree ordinarily is expected to departments, students should ask their advisers or devote at least three academic years to graduate work. In department chairpersons for more detailed information. no case is the degree awarded to someone who has spent If a qualifying examination is not used, students should less than two full academic years of graduate work. All find out how and when eligibility to pursue doctoral post-baccalaureate work toward the doctorate must be studies is determined. completed within ten years. A student beginning doctoral Admission to Candidacy. With the help of an academic coursework after an elapsed period of at least one semes- adviser, the student names the faculty members of the ter after the master’s degree has been conferred is granted doctoral committee, a special committee formed to guide seven years in which to complete the doctoral program. the student through the doctoral program. The commit- Doctoral students whose graduate study is carried out tee is responsible for assisting the student in formulating entirely at Lehigh University must register for a mini- a course of study, satisfying specific departmental mum of 72 credits beyond the Bachelor’s degree. requirements, submitting a suitable dissertation proposal, However, resident students who during their entire doc- overseeing progress in research, and evaluating the com- toral program, including the semester of graduation, have pleted dissertation. At least four faculty are appointed to paid full tuition continuously (normally a minimum of 9 the committee; one must be a member of an outside credits per academic semester) will have satisfied the department. Committee membership must be approved tuition requirements for the doctoral degree upon com- by the university’s graduate and research committee. pletion of all other requirements. Students who have A doctoral student should apply for candidacy no later earned a Master’s degree at another university must regis- than one year after completion of the master’s degree or its ter for a minimum of 48 credits. These requirements equivalent and after passing qualifying examinations if they include registration for research or dissertation credits. are required by the major department. The prospective Students participating in approved dual-degree doctoral Ph.D. candidate must submit to the doctoral committee a programs involving external institutions may transfer up written program proposal that includes a discussion of pro- to 25% of their total required doctoral program research posed dissertation research. Upon receiving approval of the credits to Lehigh for work that was performed at the proposal, the candidate submits the proposal, signed by the external partner institution. Approval of such programs is committee members, to the appropriate dean for action by required by the dean of the relevant Lehigh college. the graduate and research committee. The dean will advise Full-time students working toward the doctorate normal- the student of the committee’s decision. ly register for a minimum of nine credits each semester. If the dissertation research involves human subjects, uni- If the minimum degree registration requirement of 72 or versity procedures must be followed. Graduate Studies 57

General Examinations. Examinations composed and Master of Business Administration administered by the members of the student’s doctoral The Lehigh MBA provides a rich, integrated learning committee are designed to test the candidate’s proficiency experience for students. Business issues are viewed and in a particular field of study. These examinations, which taught from the perspective of the firm as a whole rather may be both written and oral, should be passed at least than along departmental lines. Lehigh’s MBA curriculum seven months before the degree is to be conferred. If a is a fully integrated model which simulates a real world student fails the general examination, a second examina- business environment in the classroom. The six core tion will be scheduled not earlier than five months after courses are interdisciplinary and taught by an eight- the first. If the results of the second examination are member faculty team. unsatisfactory, no additional examination is scheduled. Teams, comprised of students from each of the core Dissertation and Defense. The Ph.D. candidate is courses, are assigned a non-credit comprehensive case required to write a dissertation prepared under the direc- during their first year in the program. These teams close- tion of a Lehigh University professor. The dissertation ly resemble interdisciplinary corporate teams where each must treat a topic related to the candidate’s specialty in person has a different and valuable set of knowledge, the major subject, show the results of original research, skills and experience. provide evidence of high scholarship, and make a signifi- cant contribution to knowledge in the field. The core capstone experience provides alternative meth- ods for students to apply the body of knowledge Upon approval of the advising professor and, if required acquired in the core. All students are encouraged to by the department secondary readers, the final draft of design industry projects within their own firms or with a the dissertation is submitted to the appropriate dean for corporate partner. Lehigh’s faculty will work with the inspection by the date posted in the academic calendar. student and a supervisor at the firm to select a project Upon its return, the student should distribute copies of and explore a new or existing business opportunity. This the draft to the members of the doctoral committee for will provide added exposure for the student within their review and for suggestions for revision. The candidate own firm, possibly in a business area outside of their cur- then schedules a dissertation defense before the doctoral rent position which is of interest to them. committee, additional faculty members the department may add to the examining committee, and the general Full-time students may choose an internship or other public. After the dissertation has been defended and suitable experiential learning. The academic rigor and revised accordingly, the student must submit the finished time required to complete the project will determine the dissertation to the appropriate dean for review by the credit hours assigned to the project. university’s graduate and research committee no later Due to the compact and integrated core, students have than the date specified in the academic calendar for increased flexibility to tailor the program to their indi- completion of all degree requirements. One unbound vidual needs. Students may select a concentration in copy must be delivered to the dean’s office. It must bear finance, management, marketing, international business, the original signatures of the special committee mem- entrepreneurship through the vSeries program, supply bers. In addition, the candidate must pay a microfilming chain management or management of technology or fee of $50 and present a bursar’s receipt for the payment. pursue a broader experience by selecting courses from a Guidelines stipulating the standard form of the disserta- variety of disciplines. tion are available in the dean’s office. Effective oral and written communication skills and Doctor of Arts (D.A.) leadership ability have become increasingly important keys to success in business. Using case studies, group The doctor of arts degree (D.A.) is offered to students projects and a team approach to learning, Lehigh’s cur- preparing for careers in college teaching in the field of riculum helps students experience the dynamics of group chemistry. The program requirements are similar to behavior within organizations and the methods used to those for the Ph.D. with the following exceptions: (1) a motivate workers and resolve conflicts. broader distribution of graduate courses in the field, (2) a minor area of study for students interested in bidisci- MBA Mission Statement. To develop the knowledge, plinary preparation for two-year college teaching, (3) skills and abilities of managers through a comprehensive coursework and training in interpersonal awareness, (4) a and integrated core curriculum with customized concen- supervised internship in college teaching, and (5) a trated learning designed to meet the individual needs of research project appropriate to college teaching in the students. student’s field of specialization. Innovative Structure. The MBA Program requires 36 credit hours. Full-time students can fulfill that require- Graduate Degrees in Business ment in 12 to 15 months. Most part-time students require three years Students may select a concentration Administration and Economics in finance, management, marketing, international busi- ness, information systems management, Candidates for admission to graduate study in the entrepreneurship through the vSeries program, supply College of Business and Economics must provide the chain management, or management of technology or results obtained in either the Graduate Management pursue a broader experience by selecting courses in a Admissions Test (GMAT) for a degree in business variety of disciplines. administration, and the M.S. in Accounting and Information Analysis or the Graduate Record Prerequisites. Students should have completed under- Examination general test (GRE) and the subject test in graduate courses in computer literacy, principles of economics for degrees in economics. International stu- microeconomics and macroeconomics, financial account- dents applying to the M.S. and Ph.D. Programs in ing and statistics before entering the MBA program. Economics are required to take the test of Spoken English (TSE) for admission to the program. 58 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2003-2004

The statistics prerequisite may be fulfilled by taking a International Students/TOEFL. International students class within the past 5 years and receiving a “B” or bet- must have 16 years of formal education, including four ter, or by taking a proficiency exam. The Accounting years at the university level, to be considered for admis- prerequisite may be waived by taking GBUS 401, sion to Lehigh’s graduate programs. Applicants whose Financial Accounting for Managers and Investors at native language is not English are required to take the Lehigh or by taking a proficiency exam. Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL). For If a student has no previous background in financial information, write or call the TOEFL Registration accounting or statistics, he/she is encouraged to take a Office, P.O. Box 6154, Princeton, N.J., 08541-6154 or course in the subject area. If a student has previously at www.toefl.com. taken coursework but has not achieved a grade of “B” or Flexible Class Scheduling. Most classes are scheduled the course has exceeded the time limit, self-directed Monday through Thursday in late afternoons and learning and a proficiency exam may be appropriate. evenings. Seminars are offered on Fridays and Saturdays. The prerequisites of financial accounting and statistics Part-time students may complete the entire program must be completed before enrolling in MBA 402 or during evenings. Many students accelerate completion of MBA 403. the program by taking courses during the two six-week summer sessions. Core Courses Two-day seminars provide the opportunity to explore a MBA 401 Introduction to the Organization and Its single topic in depth. Business ethics, virtual communi- Environment (1) ties and e-commerce, anatomy of entrepreneurship, MBA 402 Managing Financial and Physical intellectual property, performing a business audit and Resources (4) new venture organization are examples of some seminars. Prerequisite: Financial Accounting Each seminar counts as one credit of elective work. MBA 403 Managing Information (4) Prerequisites: Student Profile. MBA students average seven years of Financial Accounting and Statistics professional work experience. Approximately sixty percent of the students have undergraduate degrees in engineering MBA 404 Managing Products and Services (4) or science and over thirty percent have undergraduate MBA 405 Managing People (4) degrees in business. The combination of work experience MBA 406 Integrative Experience (1-4) and diversity of background brings valuable professional perspectives to classroom discussions. Electives. Students will take 15 to 18 credits in electives depending on the number of credits earned for their The average GPA for undergraduate work is 3.2 and integrative experience in MBA 406. Students may design over 20% of the students have graduate degrees in disci- a concentration to best suit their career goals. Nine cred- plines outside of business. The average GMAT score for it hours of approved electives are required for a students who entered the Program in Fall 2002 was 610 concentration in information systems management, and average TOEFL scores exceeded 600 for internation- management, marketing, and supply chain management. al students. Concentrations in finance, entreprenreurship, interna- There are approximately 300 part-time students and 50 tional business and management of technology require full-time students currently in the MBA Program. twelve credit hours of approved electives. Almost 100 of the part-time students take some or all To increase flexibility, students may also take up to six classes by distance learning through satellite broadcast or credit hours of electives outside of the College of on the internet. Business and Economics (but within Lehigh University). An MBA Program brochure and application for admis- All elective courses must be at the 400 level. sion may be obtained by contacting Mary Theresa Waiver Policy. There are no waivers for courses in the Taglang, Director of Recruitment and Admissions - MBA MBA Program. Program, Lehigh University, College of Business and Economics, 621 Taylor Street, Bethlehem, PA 18015. GMAT Scores. All applicants are required to take the Prospective students may call (610) 758-5280 or send e- Graduate Management Admissions Test (GMAT) mail to [email protected] for additional information. administered by the Educational Testing Service (ETS). The computer-based exam is given during several weeks Further information can be obtained from: each month. To make an appointment to take the Office of Graduate Studies GMAT exam call 1-800-GMAT NOW or by registering P.C. Rossin College of Engineering & Applied Science online at www.gmac.com. GMAT applications can be 610-758-6310 obtained by writing to the Educational Testing Service, www.lehigh.edu/~ineas P. O. Box 6103, Princeton, NJ 08541-6103. or Students taking the GMAT in the United States, must The Graduate Programs Office submit the application and fee to ETS at least four weeks College of Business & Economics before the testing date. If taking the test elsewhere, sub- 610-758-5280 mit the materials at least six weeks in advance. After the www.lehigh.edu/MBA test, the results will be sent to the student and to the institutions designated within four weeks. Work Experience. Students are required to have 2 years of full-time, professional work experience. Graduate Studies 59

Master of Science in Accounting and Innovative Approach. A two semester, full-time 30 hour Information Analysis program, the Lehigh M.S. in Accounting and Information Analysis program provides the knowledge The Lehigh Master of Science in Accounting and and skills required in a professional accounting career. Information Analysis degree program offers an outstand- With emphasis on business solutions, students learn how ing opportunity to prepare for a career in today’s to use both information and technology to improve demanding field of accounting. Accounting professionals business processes. are engaged in a variety of services, including assurance services, business valuation, information resources, and Prerequisites. Students should have completed an under- consulting. Lehigh’s unique program recognizes the graduate degree program in business with a major in impact of technology on business processes and the value accounting. For those business students without the chain while paying respect to the time honored useful- accounting background, a Link Program is available in ness of accounting information. the summer prior to beginning the M.S. program. The focus of the program is business solutions. Students Core Program. Six required courses of the core program learn how to use both information and technology to accommodate students entering the assurance practice of improve business processes and forge business solutions. public accounting firms, as well as those desiring to cus- Focal points include understanding the business frame- tomize their program of study. work, exposure to business subjects in complementary MACC 492 Negotiation (3) areas, advanced communications skills, strategic use of MACC 412 Advanced Information Systems technology, specialized accounting knowledge, consulting and IS Auditing (3) skills, advanced technical information systems skills, leadership, and globalization. MACC 413 Corporate Financial Reporting: Research, Theory and Practice (3) Designed to meet the accreditation requirements of AACSB, the Lehigh Master of Science in Accounting MACC 420 Business Consulting: Process and and Information Analysis program also satisfies the 150- Practice (3) hour CPA educational requirement adopted by almost MACC 424 Information Quality Assurance and all states. The program serves as an excellent foundation Business Risk (3) for professional certification, including the CPA and MACC 427 Information Analysis for Management CMA exams and, very importantly, provides the broad and Business Solutions (3) business education employers value so highly. Electives. Twelve elective credits (four courses) are The Master of Science in Accounting and Information required to complete the degree. Elective courses are Analysis curriculum is designed to be flexible so that stu- available in the following disciplines: Accounting, dents may choose either a general degree or one with a Business Law, Economics, Finance, Industrial specialization. The concentrations include Consulting Engineering, Management, Marketing, Information and Business Risk Management, Financial Services, and Systems, and International Business. Strategic Cost Management. Concentrations. Concentrations allow students to pur- With the help of the Program Director and Lehigh sue one of three specialties: Consulting and Business Career Services, students are encouraged to obtain an Risk Management, Financial Services, and Strategic Cost internship during the summer prior to beginning the Management. program. The internship will complement the chosen Concentration in Consulting and Business Risk concentration and provide an excellent practical frame- Management. Rapid technological innovation, emer- work to enrich the academic coursework experience. gence of virtual organizations, increasing global Non-Accounting Majors. High value is placed on competition and higher customer expectations can lead employees who bring a broad background to their posi- to unexpected challenges and opportunities. The tion. Recognizing this fact, the M.S. in Accounting and Consulting and Business Risk Management concentration Information Analysis program accommodates those stu- is ideal for those students who are interested in pursuing dents who bring an undergraduate business degree to the a career with management consulting organizations, cor- program. A Link Program, available in the summer prior porations with business risk management and corporate to beginning the master’s degree, provides the requisite audit departments, and the consulting and assurance background. The courses in the Link Program include practices of national and regional public accounting topics typically found in intermediate accounting, cost firms. Students interested in developing their own con- accounting, and other related accounting courses. sulting practice also benefit from this concentration. Mission Statement. Pursuit of excellence is the hallmark Core courses 18 credits of Lehigh University’s Accounting Department. The pro- Total Quality Management* 3 grams offered by the Department seek to instill in students such qualities as technical knowledge, business Electives (3) 9 acumen, work as a virtue and vehicle for service, and the Total: 30 credits ability to approach all challenges with confidence and Concentration in Financial Services. Financial Services self-discipline. Additionally, the Accounting Department’s is a broad field that includes investment banking, securi- balance of scholarly, professional and student develop- ties, corporate finance and financial institutions such as ment initiatives enhances students’ command of critical banks and insurance companies. What is common to all career success factors, including critical thinking, effective of these areas is a shortage in the number of profession- communication and interpersonal skills. als who have an in-depth knowledge of accounting. Consequently, the opportunities for the graduate who has both financial and accounting skills are abundant. 60 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2003-2004

This concentration is ideal for students with a back- Flexible Class Scheduling. Classes are scheduled ground in either finance or accounting. Monday through Thursday during the day and evenings. Core Courses 18 credits An M.S. in Accounting and Information Analysis Financial Statement Analysis & Interpretation 3 Program brochure and application for admission may be obtained by contacting Dr. Jack W. Paul, Director–M.S. Investments & Portfolio Management 3 in Accounting and Information Analysis Program, Advanced Topics in Financial Management OR Lehigh University, College of Business and Economics, Financial Management of Financial 621 Taylor Street, Bethlehem, PA 18015. Prospective students may call (610) 758-5824 or send e-mail to Institutions 3 [email protected] for additional information. Elective 3 Total: 30 credits Master of Science in Economics The Master of Science program in Economics is available Concentration in Strategic Cost Management. Industry for students wishing to pursue graduate study in the accountants spend the majority of their time within their areas of economics or economics and business. The pro- companies as internal consultants or business analysts. gram offers considerable flexibility with respect to the The Strategic Cost Management concentration is ideal selection of courses as well as the ability to concentrate for those students seeking a career with industrial and in a particular area of study. Students may pursue the manufacturing firms in the areas of strategic and degree on either a full-time or part-time basis. Recent advanced cost management. This concentration is also graduates of the M.S. program have accepted employ- designed for students pursuing a career in consulting. ment with such firms as Andersen Consulting, AT&T, Core Courses 18 credits Pennsylvania Power and Light, and with the Federal Advanced Cost Management 3 Reserve System. Other students have pursued the mas- Strategic Supply Management 3 ter’s degree as a stepping stone to the Ph.D. degree. Electives (2) 6 A minimum of 30 semester hours of course work is required. Total: 30 credits As part of the 30 hours, the following courses must be Waiver Policy. There are no waivers for courses in the taken: M.S. in Accounting and Information Analysis Program. GECO 412 Mathematical Economics (3) GMAT Scores. All applicants are required to take the Graduate Management Admissions Test (GMAT) GECO 413 Advanced Microeconomic Analysis (3) administered by the Educational Testing Service (ETS). GECO 415 Econometrics I (3) Undergraduate students should take the exam in the jun- GECO 417 Advanced Macroeconomic Analysis (3) ior year. The computer-based exam is given during Each student in the M.S. program is also encouraged to several weeks each month. To make an appointment to concentrate in one field of specialization within econom- take the GMAT exam call 1-800-GMAT-NOW or by ics. (A listing of the fields currently offered is available registering online @www.gmac.com. GMAT applications through the M.S. director.) Students may also elect to can be obtained by writing to the Educational Testing write an M.S. thesis. The thesis is worth six hours of Service, P. O. Box 6103, Princeton, NJ 08541-6103. credit toward the degree and is particularly encouraged Students taking the GMAT in the United States must for those who may be considering the Ph.D. program. submit the application and fee to ETS at least four weeks Further information about the program may be obtained before the testing date. If taking the test elsewhere, sub- by contacting the Graduate Programs Office of the mit the materials at least six weeks in advance. After the College of Business and Economics, 610-758-5280 or test, the results will be sent to the student and to the Dr. Robert J. Thornton, Director of the M.S. in institutions designated within four weeks. Economics Program. Internships. The work experience gained from intern- ships provides a practical framework and enhances Doctor of Philosophy understanding of the course material. All students are The Ph.D. degree in business and economics is designed encouraged to take one or more internships prior to to provide advanced knowledge and the capacity to carry beginning the program. Students should meet with the on independent research in various areas of business and Program Director prior to the summer preceding the Fall economics. Holders of the Ph.D. are normally employed semester start of the program to arrange an internship. in academic positions in departments of economics or in The internship will be taken during the summer prior to schools of business administration, or in policy analysis the start of the program and will complement the stu- and research positions in banks, business, government, dent’s concentration, if any. and research organizations. Employment opportunities International Students/TOEFL. International students are excellent for graduates with this degree. must have 16 years of formal education, including four The Ph.D. program requires a minimum of 48 semester years at the university level, to be considered for admis- hours of study (including dissertation) beyond the mas- sion to Lehigh’s graduate programs. Applicants whose ter’s degree or 72 hours of study beyond the bachelor’s native language is not English are required to take the degree. Each student is expected to choose three major Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL). For fields of specialized study. Economic theory must be information, contact the TOEFL Registration Office, P. included as one of the major fields. Each student must O. Box 6154, Princeton, NJ 08541-6154 or at take the eight core courses in micro-economics, macro- www.toefl.org. economics, econometrics, mathematical economics, and economic history. Students must also take written and Graduate Studies 61 oral comprehensive examinations in their major fields. Master in Business The chairperson of the doctoral committee will help to Administration/Master of Education arrange a plan of study suitable for each student’s pro- gram and to prepare the student to pass the (MBA/M.Ed.) examinations. The MBA/Master’s of Education leadership joint degree program offers students the opportunity to acquire a Major fields of specialization normally available include solid foundation in both business and education. Core economic theory, international economics, labor eco- courses from both colleges will ensure that recipients of nomics, managerial economics, money and banking, and the joint degree will bring to their future positions an public finance. extraordinary medley of skills to manage human and Under the guidance of a dissertation chairperson and financial resources efficiently while employing expertise committee formed after passing of the examinations, the in instructional supervision and training in both educa- candidate undertakes research culminating in an accept- tion and corporate settings. able dissertation. The Ph.D. is awarded upon the successful completion of the doctoral dissertation and its Educational Specialist (Ed.S.) oral defense. Specialized post-master’s degree programs for practition- For additional information or an application packet, ers are available in school psychology. please contact Dr. James Dearden, Adviser, Ph.D. Certification and Concentration Programs Program, College of Business and Economics, Lehigh University, 621 Taylor Street, Bethlehem, PA 18015 or In addition to offering master’s degrees, the college offers call (610) 758-5280. state certifications in various professional specialties. Doctor of Education (Ed.D.) Graduate Degrees in Education The doctor of education degree program provides spe- cialized study in educational leadership and educational Lehigh’s College of Education offers only graduate technology. Successful professional experience is degree programs. Students enrolled in the College of required for admission to candidacy for this degree in Education should check with their advisers for a list of most programs. regulations and requirements governing degree programs. The requirements for the Ed.D. degree parallel those Financial assistance. The College of Education, because already stated for the Ph.D. degree with the following it does not offer many undergraduate courses, cannot exceptions: language examinations are not required. The usually provide teaching assistantships for graduate stu- residence requirement for the Ed.D. is the same as that dents. Graduate assistantships and research assistantships for the Ph.D. are available in the college and in various administrative offices on campus. In addition, graduate students may be Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D.) recommended for a limited number of fellowships and The College of Education also offers the Ph.D. degree to scholarships, which are awarded by the college. students enrolled in the fields of school psychology, special Lehigh’s Centennial School, a laboratory school for chil- education, and counseling psychology. The requirements dren with emotional/behavior disorders, provides for this degree are the same as those for the Ph.D. in the employment for some Lehigh education students. other colleges and as described in previous sections. Graduate students may apply for teaching internships, which pay tuition plus salaries. Graduate Studies Organizations Master of Education (M.Ed.) This degree is offered in the following professional spe- The Graduate and Research Committee cializations: elementary education, secondary education, The graduate and research committee consists of twelve special education, educational leadership, counseling and members representing the faculties of Lehigh’s colleges: human services, global educational leadership, and ele- four from the P.C. Rossin College of Arts and Sciences; mentary and secondary school counseling. Degree two from the College of Business and Economics; four requirements vary from program to program. from the College of Engineering and Applied Science; and two from the College of Education; plus the college Master of Arts (M.A.) deans, the registrar, the vice provost for research, the The master of arts degree offered in the field of second- director of the office of research, two non-voting graduate ary education provides a major in education with an student members, and a member of the student senate. academic specialty. The student must take 18 credits of The committee formulates policies and regulations on graduate work in education plus 12 credits of graduate graduate education, and it recommends policies and pro- work in an academic field. The academic fields that cedures for research-related activities. The committee cooperate with the College of Education in offering this interprets and applies faculty rules governing graduate program include: modern languages and literature, students and degrees, including questions concerning English, mathematics, political science, sociology, and student petitions and appeals. physical and natural sciences. Graduate Alumni Committee Master of Science (M.S.) The Lehigh University Alumni Association has estab- The master of science degree is awarded in instructional lished a graduate alumni committee. The committee is design and development. composed of distinguished Lehigh graduate alumni and is chaired by Andrea Mehling, M.A. ‘94. The committee will provide leadership deepening the involvement of graduate alumni in Lehigh affairs. 62 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2003-2004

Graduate Student Council ture/film. To fulfill the thesis requirement, students will The graduate student council, comprised of one gradu- write one longer thesis or two thesis papers that are ate student from each academic department, represents aimed at conference presentation and/or publication. the graduate student community regarding graduate Clinical Chemistry programs and graduate student life at Lehigh. It pro- vides a forum for discussion with university officials The M.S. program in clinical chemistry is offered by the and committees. Graduate students selected by the Department of Chemistry in cooperation with local hos- graduate student council are non-voting members of pitals. It is directed toward training clinical laboratory the graduate and research committee and the educa- scientists to be active in hospital-based and industrial tional policy committee. laboratories in both patient sample service and new product development. The program requires fulfillment Besides functioning as a forum for discussion, the gradu- of a clinical laboratory practicum as well as a research ate student council maintains a graduate student center. project at the M.S. level. The core requirements for the The council plans social events and disseminates infor- degree are: mation in order to facilitate communication among graduate students. Chm 371 Elements of Biochemistry I (3) Chm 372 Elements of Biochemistry II (3) Interdisciplinary Graduate Chm 332 Analytical Chemistry (3) Study and Research Chm 336 Clinical Chemistry (3) Chm 358 Advanced Organic Chemistry (3) In addition to offering graduate degrees within academic Chm 437 Pathophysiological Chemistry (3) departments, Lehigh University offers interdisciplinary graduate degrees in the fields of American Studies, clini- Chm 421 Chemistry Research (1-4) cal chemistry, manufacturing systems engineering, Clinical Laboratory Practicum molecular bioscience and biotechnology, pharmaceutical Electives or courses that may be substituted, upon an chemistry, photonics polymer science and engineering, approved petition, for core requirements in clinical business administration and engineering, and business chemistry can be drawn from those listed in the Ph.D. administration and educational leadership. programs in molecular biology or pharmaceutical chem- In addition, Lehigh’s interdisciplinary research centers istry (see below). and institutes address the research needs of government, Students may be admitted into this program from industry, and society. Organized to recognize research undergraduate majors in chemistry, biology, medical efforts in interdisciplinary problem areas, they supple- technology, or other areas of the biochemical life sci- ment the university’s academic departments. Graduate ences. One semester of undergraduate physical chemistry students pursuing M.S. and Ph.D. degrees in academic is required for the M.S. in clinical chemistry although in departments as well as students enrolled in interdiscipli- some cases this course may be taken while enrolled as a nary degree programs may pursue research opportunities graduate student but for no graduate credit. Graduates in the various centers. of the program are encouraged to continue their educa- A complete listing of research centers, institutes, and tion toward the doctorate in any one of the several other research organizations appears following the sec- biological chemistry programs offered at Lehigh. tion on interdisciplinary graduate programs. Master of Business Administration and Financial Assistance. Teaching assistantships and fellow- Engineering ships are provided by individual academic departments, while research assistantships are available through both In today’s business environment expertise is required academic departments and research centers. Students over a broad spectrum of skills in order to maximize per- interested in research are encouraged to seek appoint- formance. To meet this challenge, Lehigh has developed ments with members of the faculty working in their an interdisciplinary graduate program that provides a areas of special interest, with department chairpersons, or solid foundation in both business and engineering. The with center or institute directors. joint Master of Business Administration and Engineering (MBA&E) degree has been developed through the co- Interdisciplinary Graduate Programs operative efforts of the P.C. Rossin College of Several interdisciplinary programs are offered to the Engineering & Applied Science and the College of Busi- Lehigh graduate student. ness & Economics. This program is part of Lehigh’s commitment to developing the industrial leaders needed American Studies to enhance our competitiveness in the new global mar- A Master of Arts degree in American Studies is offered ketplace, and is aimed at students with an engineering or jointly by English, History, and other departments in the science background. humanities and social sciences. Candidates for the mas- The basic 45 credit hour course sequence consists of: ter’s degree must complete at least 30 credit hours. In MBA core courses 17 credits addition to the Theory and Method course, students must choose two courses in American history and two Engineering core courses 12 credits courses in American literature and film from those Business electives 6 credits offered by the history department and the English Engineering electives 6 credits department. Students must also take one special topics seminar. The other four courses for the master’s degree Free electives 3 credits will be divided between thesis or “thesis paper” credits Integrated project 1 credit and American Studies courses not in history or litera- Graduate Studies 63

Students can choose an appropriate engineering curricu- The program will enhance the students’ marketability in lum from any of the following programs – chemical private and public sector education while providing stu- engineering, civil engineering, computer engineering, dents with an understanding of the cultures of both electrical engineering, industrial and systems engineer- business and education. Core courses from both colleges ing, manufacturing systems engineering, materials will ensure that recipients of the joint degree will bring science and engineering, mechanical engineering and to their future positions an extraordinary medley of skills mechanics. Business concentrations include finance, to manage human and financial resources efficiently information systems management, management, man- while employing expertise in instructional supervision agement of technology, marketing, and supply chain and training in both education and corporate settings. management. This program of study will enhance training and skills for those currently in the area of business and financial MBA Core Courses management in the field of education. MBA401 Introduction to the Organization and Its The Lehigh MBA/M.Ed. is a 45-credit joint degree pro- Environment (1) gram. Students earning an MBA/M.Ed. will be prepared MBA402 Managing Financial and Physical for positions such as: School Superintendent, Principal, Resources (4) School District Administration MBA403 Managing Information (4) Educational Leadership Core Courses MBA404 Managing Products and Services (4) Introduction to Organizational Leadership 3 MBA405 Managing People (4) Supervision of Instruction 3 Engineering Core Courses Human Resources Management 3 Each engineering program has its own set of core cours- School Financial Management 3 es. Course choices are intended to be as flexible as School Law 3 possible, and are tailored to meet the needs of individual Practicum in School Business Management 1 students. Further information can be obtained from the appropriate departmental graduate co-ordinator, or from Research 3 the Office of Graduate Studies (610-758-6310) in the Multicultural Issues 3 P.C. Rossin College of Engineering and Applied Science. Electives 3 Electives. Engineering electives are chosen from courses MBA Core Courses in the appropriate RCEAS engineering program, and the business electives are selected from course offerings in Introduction to the Organization CBE. Electives can also be chosen from joint courses & Its Environment 1 that are being developed by RCEAS & CBE. Managing Financial & Physical Resources 4 Project. A short interdisciplinary project is required of Managing Information 4 all students. Project topics, based on the specific inter- Managing Products & Services 4 ests of each student, will be developed by CBE and Practicum: Integrative Experience 1 RCEAS faculty. MBA Electives 6 Admissions. Applications must be accepted by the MBA program and by the relevant department in the P.C. Electives. Educational electives are chosen from courses Rossin College of Engineering and Applied Science. in the College of Education and the business electives are When required by the engineering program, students selected from course offerings in the College of Business must take the GRE. If this is not required, then the and Economics. GMAT examination must be taken. Students will not be Admission Requirements. Applications need to be required to take both tests. approved through both the MBA Program and the Further information can be obtained from: Educational Leadership program. Students are required to take the GMAT. Students must have at least 2 years of Office of Graduate Studies professional post graduate work experience to apply for P.C. Rossin College of Engineering & Applied Science this joint degree program. 610-758-6310 www.lehigh.edu/~ineas Further information about the program may be obtained or by contacting C. Russell Mayo, Assistant Professor, The Graduate Programs Office College of Education, 610-758-3392 or College of Business & Economics [email protected]. 610-758-5280 Manufacturing Systems Engineering www.lehigh.edu/~incbe/incbe.html Lehigh’s award-winning graduate program leading to the Master of Business Administration and master of science degree in manufacturing systems engi- Educational Leadership neering (MSE) is sponsored by all the departments in The MBA & Master of Education joint degree program the P.C. Rossin College of Engineering and Applied Sci- offers students the opportunity to acquire a solid foun- ence and is administered by the Center for dation in both business and education. Designed to Manufacturing Systems Engineering. In addition, the develop the administrative skills required in today’s edu- College of Business and Economics participates in teach- cational systems, the MBA/M.Ed. provides a framework ing accounting, business, finance, management, and where excellent education and sound business practices marketing aspects affecting manufacturing systems. can flourish. The MBA/M.Ed. will provide an additional This graduate curriculum aims to develop engineers who option for business students in educational leadership. can design, develop, install, operate and modify manu- 64 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2003-2004

facturing systems involving materials, processes, equip- research, teaching, administration, or in some aspect of ment, facilities, logistics, and people using leading edge public health. technologies. A systems perspective is inergrated by Individuals may elect to specialize in one of the follow- means of interdisciplinary course offerings. ing areas: medicinal chemistry, drug development, Distance Education diagnostic technologies, pharmaceutical spectroscopy, analytical methodologies, process chemistry, metabolism It is possible for distance students to earn the MS in mechanisms, and molecular biological approaches to MSE degree remotely. selected topics in pharmaceutical chemistry. The core Major Requirements course distribution and selection of electives may be The degree requires completion of 30 credits of graduate altered to reflect the area of specialization. An internship level work, including: or work experience in pharmaceutical industry is strong- four (4) core MSE courses. ly encouraged and the program adviser will assist in MSE 421 (GBUS 481) Technology, Manufacturing corporate placement. & Competitive Strategy (3) Core Courses MSE 425 (IE 425) Production Planning and Students select at least six of the following core courses: Resource Allocation (3) Chm 336 Clinical Chemistry (3) MSE 427 (IE 443) Automation and Production Chm 350 Special Topics (1-3) Systems (3) Chm 371/372 Elements of Biochemistry I MSE 438 Agile Organizations and Manufacturing and II (3 each) Systems (3) Chm 423 Bio-organic Chemistry (3) either Chm 424 Medicinal and Pharmaceutical MSE 451 Manufacturing Systems Engineering Chemistry (3) Project (3) Chm 435 Advanced Topics in Clinical Chemistry (3) or Chm 437 Pathophysiological Chemistry (3) MSE 490 Manufacturing Systems Engineering Chm 456 Spectral Analysis (3) Thesis (6) Chm 477 Topics in Biochemistry (1-3) and Chm 479 Biochemical Techniques (3) Elective courses (12 or 15 credits). At least one elective BioS 421 Molecular Cell Biology I (3) must be an MSE-numbered course. BioS 422 Molecular Cell Biology II (3) Elective courses are selected in consultation with the MSE academic adviser and faculty, from technical and Students, with the consent of their graduate committee business areas related to manufacturing, members, may petition to substitute courses for some of the required ones. The substitution must be approved for These areas include: the student’s area of research concentration. In addition, • design each student selects, with the guidance of the committee, • materials, manufacturing processes and quality control sufficient courses from the following to satisfy the • automation, control systems, and computer integration requirements for the masters degree. The selection of electives from business and management areas is encour- • computer and information systems aged; the program adviser will assist in such choices. • business, management, organization, and operations Chm 358 Advanced Organic Chemistry (3) research Chm 421 Chemistry Research (1-6) Admission requirements Chm 423 Bio-organic Chemistry (3) •A bachelor’s degree in engineering or an appropriate Chm 424 Medicinal and Pharmaceutical science is required. Chemistry (3) • Candidates enroll in this program through one of the Chm 430 Chemical and Biochemical university’s engineering departments, depending on Separations (3) individual backgrounds and interests. Chm 441 Chemical Kinetics (3) • All candidates must have at least six months work Chm 458 Topics in Organic Chemistry (3) experience in industry. Chm 471 Eukaryotic Biochemistry (3) • All candidates must follow admission procedures and standards established by Lehigh University. Chm 480 Advanced Biochemical Preparations (1-3) For further information contact: Carolyn Jones, MSE Chm 481 Chemistry Seminar (1-6) Program Coordinator, 200 West Packer Avenue, BioS 345 Molecular Genetics (3) Bethlehem, PA 18015 (610) 758-5157, FAX (610) 758- BioS 353 Virology (3) 6527, Email [email protected] or visit our web site at www.lehigh.edu/~inmse/gradprogram/ BioS 405 Special Topics in Molecular Biology (1-3) BioS 411 Advanced Cell biology (3) Pharmaceutical Chemistry BioS 415 Neuropharmacology (3) The graduate program in pharmaceutical chemistry leads to the interdisciplinary professional M.S. or to the Ph.D. BioS 464 Molecular Biology of Eukaryotic degree. This curriculum prepares individuals who want Organisms (3) to pursue careers in pharmaceutical or biomedical Graduate Studies 65

Students admitted into this program may have majored Polymer Science and Engineering in biology, chemistry, animal science, entomology, vet- Lehigh has a diverse group of faculty members with erinary science, pharmacy, or some other areas of the strong, primary interest in polymer science and engi- life sciences. neering. In order to provide better opportunities for All students in the Ph.D. program are required to pass a courses and research in this interdisciplinary field, activ- qualifying examination, a general examination, and com- ities are coordinated through the Center for Polymer plete a dissertation. Completion of a project is required Science and Engineering (CPSE), and its academic of M.S. students. Polymer Education Committee. Polymer faculty from For further information, contact Ned D. Heindel, traditional departments of chemical engineering, chem- Department of Chemistry, Lehigh University, 6 E. istry, materials science and engineering, physics, and Packer Avenue, Bethlehem, Pa. 18015-3172. mechanical engineering and mechanics, are participants of the CPSE. Photonics There are two ways in which qualified graduate students, The Master of Science Degree in Photonics is an interdis- with degrees in the above or related fields, may partici- ciplinary program designed to provide students with a pate. Students may pursue graduate studies within an broad training in the various aspects of photonics, includ- appropriate department. Departmental procedures must ing topics in physics, electrical engineering and materials be followed for the degree sought. The student’s adviser science. Admission to the program requires a B.S. or may be in that department, or in another department, or M.S. in either the physical sciences or engineering. research center, in which case, the student receives a nor- Applications should be directed to one of the three spon- mal departmental degree, with emphasis in polymer soring departments (Electrical Engineering, Materials courses and research. Science and Engineering, or Physics). Procedures and Alternatively, students may elect to pursue studies admission criteria are the same as those followed by the toward an interdisciplinary M.S., M.E., or Ph.D. degree home department. International students must satisfy in polymer science and engineering. The procedures for minimum university language requirements. The admis- this latter case are summarized as follows. sions process is under the supervision of an Students enter through the departments and must meet inter-departmental coordinating committee chaired by each entering department’s criteria. When the student is the program director. ready (must have taken/be taking at least one polymer Required Courses*(15 credits): course and be in good standing in the department), the Phy 352 Modern Optics (3) student petitions to transfer to the Center for Polymer [Prerequisite: Math 205, Phy 212/ Science and Engineering. After entering the center ECE 202] degree program, his/her degree program becomes Phy 355/455 Lasers and Nonlinear Optics (3) Polymer Science and Engineering, but the student [Prerequisite: Phy 31**, Phy 213/ remains in the home department. ECE 203] M.S. in Polymer Science and Engineering. For the **Allow MAT 201 to substitute Phy 31 prerequisite. M.S., the student’s program must include: not less than ECE 348/448 Lightwave Technology (3) 30 credits of graduate work; not less than 18 credits of [Prerequisite: ECE 203] 400-level course work, and not less than 18 credits of course work in the major, of which 15 must be at the ECE 372/472 Optical Networks (3) 400-level. The program must include six course credits [Prerequisite: ECE 81] in the student’s admitting department, six research cred- Mat 496 Photonic Materials (3) its, and a research report or thesis to the satisfaction of *Selected pre-requisites for the required courses may be the faculty advisor, to be filed with the Polymer waived by the program director for students with equiva- Education Committee. lent background. Required courses: A minimum of three courses must be selected from the ChE (Chm/Mat) 388 Synthesis and Characterization following list: Lab (3) ECE 371/471 Optical Information Processing ChE (Chm/Mat) 393; Physical Polymer Science (3) ECE 347/447 Introduction to Integrated Optics ChE (Chm) 394 Organic Polymer Science (3) ECE 407 Linear and Nonlinear Optics Research (6) ECE 451 Physics of Semiconductor Devices Three 400-level polymer courses to be selected from the Phy 363 Solid State Physics following list (list may vary slightly from year to year): Phy 369 Quantum Mechanics ChE 428 Rheology (3) Phy 421-422 Electricity and Magnetism Phy 472 Polymer Physics (3) Mat 302 Electronic Properties of Materials ChE (Chm) 483 Emulsion Polymers (3) Mat 423-427 Electron Microscopy (TEM and SEM) ChE (Chm/Mat) 482 Engineering Behavior of Mat 430 Glass Science Polymers (3) Phy 312/412 Advanced Laboratory in Photonics ChE (Chm/Mat) 485 Polymer Blends and Composites (3) ECE 373/473 Optical Communications Laboratory ChE 486 Polymer Processing (3) In order to complete the MS degree requirements of the University, candidates must submit either a Master’s the- Chm 489 Organic Polymer Science II (3) sis or a report based on a research course of up to 6 Chm 491 Physical Chemistry of Organic credit hours. Research courses should be at the 400 level. Polymer Coatings (3) 66 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2003-2004

ChE (Chm) 492 Topics in Polymer Science (3) Research Centers and Institutes Chm 493 Organic Chemistry of Organic Polymer Coatings (3) Lehigh has developed a number of centers and institutes to provide greater research and academic opportunities ChE 487 Polymer Interfaces (3) for primarily graduate students and faculty. Centers and Courses in the admitting department must include one institutes are generally interdisciplinary and complement of the following: the scholarly activities of academic departments and rep- ChE (Chm) 400 Chemical Engineering resent scholarship and research based on the expertise and Thermodynamics (3) capabilities of a group of faculty members. Frequently, Chm (ChE) 445 Elements of Physical centers relate to the broad-based research needs of gov- Chemistry (4) ernment, industry, and the social community. Mat 401 Thermodynamics and Biopharmaceutical Technology Institute Kinetics I (3) The Biopharmaceutical Technology Institute coordinates ME 420 Advanced Thermodynamics the education and research activity in the biopharmaceu- Phy 442 Statistical Mechanics tical area of the chemistry and chemical engineering departments at Lehigh University. The main focus of this plus one other 300- or 400-level non-polymer related institute is to contribute to the creation and to the dis- course from the admitting department. semination of engineering and scientific knowledge M.E. in Polymer Science and Engineering. The M.E. required to develop, improve and regulate biotechnology degree requires the same course work structure as the and pharmaceutical industry processes and products. M.S. degree above, however, instead of six hours of Research Activities. The research program of this insti- research credits leading to a thesis or research report, the tute is devoted specifically to the engineering and student would take six hours of course work. The addi- scientific fundamentals related to development, design, tional six hours of coursework must include two validation, cGMP (current Good Manufacture Practice) additional 300 or 400 level polymer courses, or one operation, safety, monitoring and control of fermenta- polymer and one non-polymer home department course. tion, purification, product modification and For full-time graduate students electing the M.E. degree formulation. option, the polymer course program must include Chem. Eng. (Chm.; Mat) 388, Polymer Synthesis and The research thrusts of the institute include: immuno- Characterization, a laboratory course. chemistry applied to clinical diagnostics; modification and use of monoclonal antibodies in radiosensitization Part-time and Distance Education M.S. and M.E. degree and NMR imaging; structural analysis of glycoprotein students in Polymer Science and Engineering may substi- pharmaceuticals; tumor image enhancement; medicinal tute another polymer course for Chem. Eng. (Chm; chemistry; chemistry of biologically potent molecules; Mat) 388 fundamental kinetics of microbial, mammalian and plant Ph.D. in Polymer Science and Engineering. For the cell and enzyme systems; design and scale-up of bioreac- Ph.D., the student must satisfactorily complete a qualify- tor and bioseparation systems; development of ing examination administered by the Polymer Education instrumentation for the on-line monitoring of biological Committee; satisfactorily complete graduate course work unit operations; development of novel separation and determined in consultation with the doctoral committee; purification schemes for recovery of biologically active pass a general examination administered by the Polymer macromolecules, antigens, and antibodies; development Education Committee; and defend to the satisfaction of of cGMP validation procedure for biopharmaceutical the doctoral committee, a dissertation in the field of processes and products; and biopharmaceutical drugs polymer science and engineering. Students deficient in research, design and delivery systems. polymer science or related topics may be required by Specific examples of projects recently carried out within their committee to take remedial course work. the institute are: development of Fourier transform The doctoral committee consists of the research adviser, infrared spectroscopy for the on-line monitoring of sub- at least two other members of the center for polymer sci- strate, product and cell concentrations; kinetics of ence and engineering, and at least one outside person. recombinant microbial and cell culture systems analysis The committee’s composition is subject to approval by of nutritional limitations and medium formulation for the Polymer Education Committee and the Graduate mammalian cell systems; use of cell cycle for enhancing and Research Committee of the university. mammalian cell culture productivity; fundamental stud- For more information, write to Dr. M.S. El-Aasser, ies of separation systems such as continuous Director, Center for Polymer Science and Engineering, chromatography, and aqueous two-phase extraction; Iacocca Hall, Mountaintop Campus, Lehigh University, plasmid DNA and recombinant protein purification; Bethlehem, PA 18015, or Dr. L.H. Sperling, Chairman, fundamental studies of protein conformation in biopro- Polymer Education Committee, Whitaker Laboratory, cessing by 2D FT1 HNMR; perfusive effects in Lehigh University, 5 E. Packer Avenue, Bethlehem, PA chromatographic separations; effect of cross-linking on 18015. Please address applications to one of the partici- biological activity of biopharmaceuticals; kinetics and pating departments. enzyme production by cellulolytic fungi/actionamycetes; bioprocessing equipments cleaning and validation. The research is conducted in Iacocca Hall, Mountaintop Campus, where the laboratories for the Department of Biological Sciences research group, the Department of Chemical Engineering, the Emulsion Polymers Institute, and the Chemical Process Modeling and Control Graduate Studies 67

Research Center are located. Because of the interdiscipli- as its goal both the enhancement of academic knowledge nary nature of the research, projects typically involve through academic research and the practical solution of joint supervision by faculty from chemical engineering, current physical problems through applied research. molecular biology, and chemistry/biochemistry. BATI provides a forum for faculty discussion, not only The Biopharmaceutical Technology Institute presently from the different disciplines on the campus as they occupies 3600 square feet of laboratory and 2250 square relate to the built environment (architecture, history, feet of pilot plant space in the C wing of Iacocca Hall of sociology, psychology, business, and economics), but also the Mountaintop Campus. The institute is equipped for visiting fellows and professors. It also provides a con- with 30/250l of pilot-scale computer-controlled bioreac- tact between the academic and the business worlds. tors, monitored and controlled by Leeds & Northrup Research Activities. The institute provides the opportu- MAX 1 Distributed Digital Control Unit. In addition, nity to identify research problems, develop proposals, numerous small-scale reactors are available for batch and and seek mechanisms for their solution. This can include continuous culture work. Key emerging monitoring sys- the traditional single-discipline approach, but typically it tems used on the pilot-scale fermentation equipment involves work across the disciplines within the university include a UTI Quadropole Mass Spectrometer, and with other academic and commercial entities. BioChem Technology Fluromeasure System, and an ASI ReactlR 1000 FTIR Spectrophotometer with steam ster- Educational Opportunities. The resources of the insti- ilizable DiCompTM probe. Pilot scale separations tute, the Council on Tall Buildings and Urban Habitat, capability is being developed and currently includes a and other related centers at Lehigh University are avail- Millipore Pellicon Unit, Sharples centrifuges and large- able to interested scholars. scale chromatography. For more information write to Dr. Tom F. Peters, The fermentation and separations facilities are supported Director, Building and Architectural Technology by analytical equipment and facilities including UV/visi- Institute, Lehigh University, 17 Memorial Drive East, ble spectrometer, isocratic and gradient HPLC’s with Bethlehem, PA 18015-3007. refractive index and variable wavelength UV/visible Center for Crisis Public Relations and detectors, gas chromatographs with FID and TCD Litigation Studies detectors, YSI analyzer, Branson cell sonifier, incubator/shakers, laminar flow hood, microscopes, cen- The mission of the Center for Crisis Public Relations trifuges and ultracentrifuges, scintillation and gamma and Litigation Studies is to promote the study and pro- counters, liquid and gas liquid chromatographs, high- fessional application of crisis public relations, with an field NMR, etc. emphasis on civil litigation as organizational crisis. The intercollegiate, multidisciplinary center was established Mammalian cell cultivation is conducted in a recently to both support and to serve as a clearinghouse for cut- constructed class 1000 laboratory equipped with CO2 ting-edge research and “best practices” in crisis incubators, vertical laminar flow hoods, a Bellco roller communication and litigation management. It also pro- bottle apparatus, Millipore Milli-Q purification system, vides a unique environment where academic and inverted microscope, etc. professional experts can collaborate on research or con- Educational Opportunities. As listed in the course sulting projects for clients. descriptions for the Department of Chemistry and Crisis used to be referred to in public relations as the Department of Chemical Engineering, the faculty of the “unthinkable.” Today, not only is it imaginable, but also Biopharmaceutical Technology Institute conduct a vari- it has become a day-to-day reality for every organization, ety of courses as part of the graduate education evidenced by the fact that crisis is ranked among the 10 curriculum in biochemcial engineering and chemistry. top threats that worry companies most. By far the most The typical graduate level biochemical engineering cur- prevalent forms of crises are class-action lawsuits and riculum would also include core courses in chemical product recalls. Lawsuits represent nearly a third of all engineering and basic science courses in microbiology, crisis news in the U.S. media, while recalls account for biochemistry, and molecular biology offered through the 15 percent. It is not surprising, then, that litigation pub- departments of biological sciences and chemistry. lic relations, crisis management and media training have For more information, write to Dr. James T. Hsu, become growth industries. Director, Biopharmaceutical Technology Institute, What is surprising is that 40 percent of Fortune 1000 Lehigh University, 111 Research Drive, Bethlehem, PA industrial companies have no operational crisis plan, 18015. even though most experts agree that advance planning is Building and Architectural Technology the key to successfully managing most crises. The num- Institute ber of smaller, more vulnerable companies without plans is even greater. In addition to the need to educate man- BATI is concerned with the entire scope of the built agers and communicators about effective crisis planning urban environment, the social, and the cultural aspects and management, the relatively new specialty of litiga- of building technology. BATI researchers and faculty tion public relations also warrants careful study from carry out border-crossing studies aimed at the develop- strategic, legal and ethical perspectives. ment of enhanced livability of the urban environment and its structures, their suitability to the environment for Interdisciplinary Research. The center encourages a which they are planned, mutations in urban function broad range of faculty, graduate and undergraduate and conditions, and the concurrent architectural, urban research projects covering multiple disciplines in the planning, and design problems. social sciences, business and economics, law, education and industrial design. Particular emphasis is placed on The institute provides a center for interdisciplinary study, the impact of lawsuits on organizational reputation, research activity, information dissemination, and stimula- business practices, public opinion, public policy, govern- tion for the use of new information in design. BATI has 68 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2003-2004

ment regulation, global competitiveness, and the judicial communicating and disseminating the advantages of process. For example, while extensive studies have been sound manufacturing systems engineering practice. done on the effect of pre-trial publicity on the outcome Graduate Education. The 30-credit master’s degree MSE of criminal trials, research is needed on the relationship program is cross-disciplinary, administered by the between litigation journalism (media coverage of law- College of Engineering and Applied Science, with addi- suits) and jury verdicts in high-profile lawsuits. This is tional courses provided by the College of Business and only one of many research areas related to crisis and liti- Economics. Four core courses, 4-5 graduate level elective gation that are supported by the center and pursued by courses (at least one elective must be an MSE-numbered its academic and professional affiliates. course) and a 3-or 6-credit research project or thesis are Educational Opportunities. In pursuit of its mission to requirements of all candidates for the M.S. degree. further the professional application of crisis planning, man- Courses are offered on campus and scheduled so that agement and communication, the center provides part-time students can complete the degree in two years. professional consulting in addition to conducting work- It is possible for distance students to earn the MS in shops, executive training courses, seminars and certificate MSE degree remotely. Special activities in the program programs using both traditional and non-traditional meth- are team intensive and include in depth studies of com- ods of scheduling and delivery. Topics offered or planned panies, tours of industry, industry-related research and include school and workplace violence, product liability, internships. Additionally, an MSE option is available in crisis planning and management, media training, cyber the MBA&E program. crises, risk communication, class action lawsuits, litigation Research Activities. Students in the MS in MSE pro- journalism/litigation public relations, product recalls and gram undertake research of interest either to their withdrawals, environmental crisis, conflict resolution and employers, or to industry in general. Research activities consensus building, testimony at public meetings and hear- have included microelectronics packaging, design sys- ings, and public participation/ citizen advisory panels, and tems, thick film hybrids, the characterization of coatings community relationship management. and package interfaces, and the use of lead free solders. A To support its educational activities, the center is affiliat- microelectronics manufacturing laboratory was set up by ed with more than a dozen visiting and Lehigh faculty, as means of grants and equipment from the AT&T well as nationally and internationally recognized profes- Foundation and IBM Corporation. It possesses equip- sional experts in crisis and litigation. Besides ment for thick film hybrid manufacturing and other participating in workshops, courses and certificate pro- processes. There are investigations into activity-based grams, professional affiliates serve as adjunct instructors costing, design management, application of financial or invited speakers in classes, and as public lecturers on information systems, and injection molding. There is the Lehigh campus. collaboration with other centers, departments and labo- For more information, contact Carole Gorney, Director, ratories in the preparation and planning of research Center for Crisis and Litigation Public Relations, Lehigh proposals and programs which aim to improve the University, 29 Trembley Drive, Bethlehem, Pa. 18015; e- understanding of manufacturing. mail: [email protected]; or call (610) 758-4178. For more information, contact: Keith M. Gardiner, [email protected], Director, Center for Manufacturing Center for Manufacturing Systems Systems Engineering, H. S. Mohler Laboratory, Lehigh Engineering University, 200 W. Packer Avenue, Bethlehem, PA The Center for Manufacturing Systems Engineering 18015, or call (610) 758-5157 or visit our website at serves as a catalyst between the University community www.lehigh.edu/~inmse/center/ and industry for coordination and development of cam- pus activities associated with manufacturing. The center Center for Polymer Science and was created in response to the expressed needs of indus- Engineering try for educational and research services which were The Center for Polymer Science and Engineering distinctively cross-disciplinary. A primary responsibility (CPSE) was formally established at Lehigh University in of the center is the administration of an award winning July 1988. The center provides a unique opportunity for educational program leading to a Master of Science faculty and students from the traditional departments of degree in Manufacturing Systems Engineering. This chemistry, chemical engineering, materials science and world-renowned program started in January of 1984 as a engineering, mechanical engineering and mechanics, and result of a major initiation grant from the IBM physics to perform interdisciplinary research in polymers. Corporation. It now has 345 alumni who are working as The center is an umbrella organization encompassing managers and technical leaders in industry around the polymers research and graduate studies at Lehigh world. The center works with an Industrial Advisory University. The center’s primary missions are preparation Board to ensure that classroom instruction is current, of first rate scientists and engineers with proficiency in and that research goals are compatible with the long- polymers, fostering cross-disciplinary polymer research, range needs of industry. The center has four major organizing and teaching continuing education short thrusts: 1) A graduate program which offers a curricu- courses in areas of interest to the polymer industry; and lum leading to the master of science degree in MSE. 2) organizing campus wide seminars. Research directed at solving problems of manufacturing; The center’s Polymer Education Committee graduate this also serves to maintain faculty currency and provides studies through the academic departments leads to the a vehicle for student project and thesis studies. 3) Master of Science, Master of Engineering, and Doctor of Technology transfer to sustain the free flow of knowledge Philosophy in Polymer Science and Engineering. from the research laboratories to industrial applications, Students may also elect to pursue studies towards a clas- and from leading-edge member industries back into the sical degree in their respective departments with an classrooms. 4) The provision of services by sponsoring emphasis in polymer courses and research. Both conferences, clinics, workshops and other means for Graduate Studies 69 advanced undergraduate and graduate courses in poly- Chairman, Polymer Education Committee, Lehigh mer science and engineering are offered through the University, 5 East Packer Avenue, Bethlehem, PA 18015; participating departments. Current course offerings (610) 758-3845. Please address applications to one of include polymer synthesis and characterization laborato- the participating departments. Please visit the web site: ry, physical polymer science, organic polymer science, www.lehigh.edu/~esd0/cpse/home.html or e-mail engineering behavior of polymers, rheology, polymer [email protected] or [email protected]. processing, emulsion polymers, polymer blends and composites, fatigue and fracture of engineering materials, Center for Social Research colloid science, and polymer interfaces. The Center for Social Research is a multidisciplinary Research Activities. The center has a wide range of organization designed to stimulate and conduct research research activities covering the field of polymers. The fol- involving the social and behavioral sciences. lowing are the major research themes: emulsion Several disciplines are involved in the activities of the polymerization and latex characterization, surface/inter- center: psychology, sociology, anthropology, and educa- facial aspects of polymer colloids, adhesion, polymer tion. The center also cooperates with the university’s blends and composites, polymerization mechanisms and other research centers and with several science and engi- kinetics, polymerization reactors modeling and control, neering departments. structure/property relationships of interpenetrating poly- Founded in 1965 as the Center for Business and mer networks, macromolecular chemistry of biopolymers Economics, the focus of the center was later broadened, and coal, polymer coatings for corrosion protection, and and the name changed to the Center for Business, microelectronic packaging. Economics and Urban Studies. The center’s early activi- Research Facilities. The following research instrumenta- ties included research on economics and business tion is available for the Center for Polymer Science and forecasting, and on transportation problems. The change Engineering: X-Ray Photoelectric Spectroscopy (ESCA), to include urban studies broadened the center’s scope to Scanning Auger Electron Spectroscopy, Laser Raman encompass the disciplines of political science, sociology, Spectroscopy, Mossbauer Spectroscopy, Nuclear Magnetic and history. In 1972, the center’s scope was further Resonance Spectroscopy of both solids and solutions broadened to include behavioral science and internation- (NMR) (3 instruments; 90 MHz, 300 MHz and 500 al affairs, and the present name was selected to more MHz), Fourier Transform Infrared Spectroscopy (FTIR) accurately reflect this broadened focus. (both conventional and photo-acoustic), a variety of Interdisciplinary Research. The social perspective of the advanced transmission and scanning electron microscopes, center’s research is interdisciplinary in nature and is rele- modulated differential scanning calorimetry, hi-res-ther- vant to the community outside the university—local, mogravimetric analysis, instruments for rheological studies regional, national, and international. Many research (including a Rheometrics RDA2 and Bohlin Rheometer), activities are based on a cooperative university-communi- particle sizing instruments (Coulter N4M, Joyce-Loebl ty relationship through which the research goals of the Disc Centrifuge, Capillary Hydrodynamic Fractionation, center are achieved and community needs met. and Hydrodynamic Chromatrography), Gel Permeation Interdisciplinary research activities of the center are cur- and Gas Chromatography units, Electrophoretic Mobility rently being conducted in the following areas: apparatus, mechanical testing devices such as the Health and Human Development. Members of the Rheovibron Dynamic Mechanical Spectroscopy, Instron departments of psychology, sociology/anthropology, and Tensile Test equipment, several computer-controlled servo- education, participate in research on health and human hydraulic fatigue test machines, and Polymerization development. The program focuses on life from early Reactors, including Bottle Polymerizer, Tubular Reactor, childhood to maturity. Research interests include the Stirred Tank Reactors with on-line sample analysis for effect of perinatal loss on families and family members; residual monomer and interfaced with computer for con- the influence of family and community on health; man- trol operations. agement aspects of organizations that serve elderly Educational Opportunities. Programs of study for indi- individuals; psychological aspects of aging; and, psycho- vidual students are designed to meet the student’s logical aspects of late life physical disabilities such as interests, the requirements of the academic department, stroke and amputation. and the student’s dissertation committee. Considerable Families and Children. Members of the departments of flexibility is permitted in the selection of courses and a psychology, sociology/anthropology, and education par- research topic. Lehigh University has been awarding ticipate in studies pertaining to families and children. interdisciplinary M.S. and Ph.D. degrees in Polymer Research interests include family dynamics and child Science and Engineering since 1975. Graduate students rearing practices and the emphasis on families included conducting polymer research may also earn the M.S. and under the health and human development program. Ph.D. degrees in the classical fields of chemistry, chemi- Current research focuses on the effect of child rearing cal engineering, materials science and engineering, practices on children’s development of competence. physics, or mechanical engineering and mechanics. For further information please refer to the Polymer Science Program Evaluation. Members of the departments of and Engineering Program in the section: psychology, sociology/anthropology, and economics, par- Interdisciplinary Graduate Programs. ticipate in research to evaluate the effects of a variety of programs. Particular emphasis is on improving program For more information about the center activities, admis- evaluation methodology. Current research interests sion to graduate school, or financial aid, contact; Dr. include evaluation of several business, science and engi- Mohamed S. El-Aasser, Director, Center for Polymer neering programs in the university. Research has recently Science and Engineering, Iacocca Hall, Room D330, been conducted on the effect of compensatory education Lehigh University, 111 Research Drive, Bethlehem, PA and social service programs. 18015; (610) 758-3590 or Dr. L. H. Sperling, 70 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2003-2004

For more information, write to Diane Hyland, Director, ment and implementation. More than a dozen graduate Center for Social Research, Lehigh University, 516-520 students are engaged in the center’s research efforts and Brodhead Ave., Bethlehem, Pa. 18015. are candidates for Ph.D and masters degrees in this area of specialization. Chemical Process Modeling and Control Faculty. The center brings together six faculty members Research Center and research staff from different engineering disciplines The mission of the Chemical Process Modeling and in the university engaged in the research and educational Control Research Center at Lehigh University is to col- efforts of the center. Visiting faculty from other well-rec- laborate with industrial partners for their benefit through ognized universities supplement these researchers and the application and advancement of research in the areas provide opportunities for diversity of thinking and inno- of control, design, synthesis, optimization and automa- vative research. All of the associated faculty members are tion of a broad range of processing systems. A key recognized around the world as leaders in their respective execution strategy includes incorporation of a strong fields of specialization. They are invited very frequently graduate education program at the M.S. and incorpora- to present plenary lectures in international conferences, tion of a strong graduate education program at the M.S. industrial company meetings, and various universities. and Ph.D. levels grounded in work defined with indus- They organize and chair national and international con- trial partners. Our commitment is the delivery of Center ferences and symposia. They also serve as consultants to technologies and services that will meet or exceed the a variety of industries seeking their advice on leading expectations of economic return while advancing the technological developments in process modeling and knowledge in the field of process automation. control. The Chemical Process Modeling and Control Research Facilities. The Center is located in Iacocca Hall on the Center was established in January 1985 through the Mountaintop Campus of Lehigh University. This build- efforts of faculty members of the chemical engineering ing represents a unique facility available to the center as department at Lehigh University, leading industrial pro- well as the chemical engineering department and the cessing companies, the Ben Franklin Partnership Emulsion Polymers and Bioprocessing Institutes. The Program of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, cou- center has the use of several dedicated computer facilities pled with the organizational and financial support of the with more than 50 PC or workstation computers contin- National Science Foundation (NSF). Many of the origi- uously available to the students, faculty, and staff. In nal industrial member companies have been continuous addition to the local computing network, the center’s supporters of the center. researchers have access to the Lehigh University central The center provides a unique atmosphere for fundamen- computing facilities and its outside links to other world- tal research, development of specific techniques, wide computing systems and data networks. The center application to real industrial processes, and opportunities has several laboratories with sophisticated equipment for advanced education in chemical process modeling dedicated to process control research work. and control for academics and industrial practitioners. Areas of Research. The research activities of the Center Facilities are available for real-time testing of new algo- span a wide spectrum of problems in large complex rithms in experimental process units, development of chemical process design, dynamical analysis and control, dynamic simulations of real processes, and the close col- as well micro and nanoscale complex process develop- laboration with researchers in several other fields of ment, evaluation, dynamical analysis and control. The chemical processing. research themes emphasize a combination of new theo- Interdisciplinary collaboration is encouraged with other retical developments, new applications and translation of research groups, centers, or institutes engaged in biotech- new theoretical developments to practical problems. The nology, polymer processing, environmental science, focal areas of research in the Center as summarized applied statistics, signal processing, chemical reaction below: engineering, and process design. I. Process Synthesis and Plant-Wide Control Direct industrial benefit is realized by participation in During the last decade Center faculty have done the center by a number of companies through an indus- pioneering work in the area of plantwide control, trial consortium and its advisory committee. This which has resulted in the only textbook that covers committee actively participates in setting the research this important area. There continue to be a num- areas; collaborates with the center faculty, students, and ber of projects in this area. staff in program assessment and implementation and (a) On-Demand Control of Processes with Multiple provides a portion of the funding for the operation of Products: This project studies the design and con- the center. trol of processes in which consecutive reversible Education. An integral part of the center is the commit- reactions produce multiple products. The demand ment to conduct an outstanding program dedicated to for these products can vary, so the process and its the education of undergraduate and graduate students. control system must be able to produce exactly The center has and continues to attract top quality stu- the desired amount of each individual product. dents from a large group of well-recognized international An ideal system has been studied first in which universities. In addition to these gifted students, each the effect of equilibrium constants and volatilities year several industrial companies send employees to can be explored. A real chemical system is also receive advanced training and engage in research efforts being studied (the production of methyl amines). for particular company technical requirements. Because (b) Design and Control of Tubular Reactors Systems: of the recognition of the value of the program and the Adiabatic gas-phase exothermic reactions are often quality of the students, the center has established a carried out in tubular reactors. There are several worldwide reputation as an outstanding educational and types of systems: a single adiabatic reactor, multiple research unit in this critical area of technology develop- Graduate Studies 71

adiabatic reactors in series with either intermediate saturated systems as switched/piecewise linear cooling or “cold shot” cooling (mixing some cold models and subsequent anti-windup controller feed with the hot reactor effluent) and a cooled design using piecewise quadratic functions. We tubular reactor. These alternatives are being studied demonstrated, through a case study, the control of in terms of both steady-state design (which has the a highly nonlinear solution copolymerization reac- lowest total annual cost) and dynamic controllability tor using multi-model switching MPC. The (which provides the tightest temperature control in algorithm was successful in reducing off-specifica- the face of disturbances) tion product to less than a third, when compared II. Dynamics and Control of Distillation with a open-loop transition. We have also shown how an appropriate anti-windup controller synthe- Reactive distillation is an emerging area in chemi- sis problem can be formulated using piecewise cal engineering because it offers potential savings quadratic Lyapunov functions. in capital and energy costs in some systems, partic- ularly for reversible reactions. A recent project V. Dynamics and Control of Micro and explored several reactive distillation systems: Nanochemical Systems ETBE, methyl acetate, TAME, ethylene glycol and Microchemical systems are a new generation of metathesis of pentene. The steady-state economic miniature chemical systems that carry out chemical designs of these systems were studied. Then their reactions and separations in precisely fabricated dynamics and control were explored. Different three dimensional microreactor configurations in types of chemical systems require types of control the size range of a few microns to a few hundred structures. These columns are sometimes operated microns. Typical microchemical systems combine using of an excess of one of the reactants and fluid handling and reaction capabilities with elec- sometimes using exact stoichiometric amounts of tronic sensing and actuation, are fabricated using the two fresh reactant feeds. Both the process integrated circuit (IC) manufacturing techniques design and the control scheme are different with and use silicon and related IC industry materials, these two scenarios. polymers, ceramics, glass or quartz as their material III. Convex Optimization Techniques in Linear and of construction. Nonlinear Process Control The goal of this integrated research and education pro- The last few years have seen the emergence of a gram is to study the unique dynamical properties of such new class of optimization problems that have been integrated microchemical systems and to develop a variously referred to as a Linear Matrix Inequalities framework for designing implementable feedback con- (LMIs), semi-definite programming (SDP) prob- trol techniques for this class of microsystems. Concepts lems and convex problems. We were one of the for distributed and boundary control theory will be first groups to explicitly show the applicability of employed to study the model-based feedback control LMIs in process control by reformulating the formulation of microchemical systems and to develop a model-based predictive control (MPC) algorithms technical framework for microsystem controller design. as LMI problems. There are several classes of prob- The Integrated Microchemical Systems Laboratory lems involving control of systems subject to (under the direction of Professor M.V. Kothare) con- constraints that are amenable to LMI formulation. ducts this research as part of the Center. These include efficient off-line MPC for fast sam- For more information, contract Mayuresh V. Kothare pling time processes, observer-based nonlinear, (co-Director) or William L. Luyben (co-Director), MPC, multi-model transition control using MPC, Center for Chemical Process Modeling and Control, anti-windup, moving horizon estimation and eval- Iacocca Hall, Lehigh University, 111 Research Drive, uation of robustness, i.e, the impact of model Bethlehem, PA 18015-4791, (610) 758 6654, fax (610) uncertainty on controller performance. These new 758 5297, e-mail: [email protected], control algorithms are being tested on numerous [email protected]. application platforms, including continuous stirred tank reactors, continuous polymerization processes Emulsion Polymers Institute and reactive distillation. The Emulsion Polymers Institute, established in 1975, IV. Multi-Model and Hybrid Systems Analysis and provides a focus for graduate education and research in Control polymer colloids. Formation of the institute constituted formal recognition of an activity that had grown steadily Hybrid and multi-model systems are a class of sys- since the late 1960s. tems in which there is interaction between continuous dynamical behavior of systems with The institute has close ties with polymer and surface sci- discrete switching behavior. For example, systems entists in the Center for Polymer Science and described by piecewise linear multiple models are Engineering, Polymer Interfaces Center, Zettlemoyer continuous and linear within a prescribed region Center for Surface Studies, Materials Research Center, and switch to a different linear model description Center for Chemical Process Modeling and Control, and in a different prescribed region of the state-space. the departments of chemical engineering, chemistry, Other examples include switches and overrides that physics, and materials science and engineering. switch one of a family of controllers into the Polymer colloids or polymer latexes, as they are more closed-loop, based on the operating space and con- commonly called, are finely divided polymer particles trol objective. that are usually dispersed in an aqueous medium. Our research in this area has focused on two broad Important products produced and utilized in latex form problems (1) control of systems described by mul- include synthetic rubber, latex paint, adhesives and paper tiple piecewise linear models; (2) formulation of coatings. The small particle size of typical latexes makes their colloidal properties as important as the polymer 72 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2003-2004

properties in a number of applications. Hence, the study The research within the center involves a wide range of of emulsion polymers is an interdisciplinary activity. topics related to the supply and use of energy. Work in Research Activities. Emulsion polymers research progress—supported by contracts and grants from gov- includes a broad range of problems in the areas of ernment, industry, and private foundations—deals with preparation, modification, characterization, and applica- fuels and energy resources, energy conversion systems, tion of polymer latexes. Most commercial polymer energy conservation and the environment. latexes contain a number of important ingredients, some The Energy Research Center has particularly close ties in only small quantities. with industry. A number of joint research projects Research programs at Lehigh are aimed at understanding involve Lehigh faculty and students and research staff the function of recipe components during the prepara- from industry. The center also operates the Energy tion and application of the latexes. The research projects Liaison Program, through which participating companies are a blend of fundamental and applied efforts as well as and government facilities have access to faculty consult- a mixture of theoretical and experimental problems: ants, make use of laboratory facilities and library emulsion polymerization kinetics, mechanisms, and mor- services, and receive assistance on research problems, fea- phology of core/shell latexes; colloidal, surface, and bulk sibility studies and other projects related to energy. properties of polymer colloids; dispersion polymeriza- Through the center’s Energy Intern Program, opportuni- tion; miniemulsion polymerization; film formation and ties also exist for students to receive part of their training properties; NMR studies of polymer colloids; and parti- in industry. Through this program, a graduate student cle size characterization via capillary chromatography. involved in energy can do a research internship in indus- try under the joint supervision of company research staff Significant research support for institute activities is and the student’s faculty adviser. obtained from industrial organizations through their membership in the Emulsion Polymers Liaison Program. Experimental support for energy research is provided in a Hence some considerable effort is made to relate the number of specialized laboratories maintained by the research results to industrial needs. Consequently, gradu- university. These laboratories, furnished with the latest ates can find excellent opportunities for employment. instrumentation and equipment, include the following: boiling and two-phase flow, fluidized bed, fluid mechan- Educational Opportunities. Graduate students in the ics, surface chemistry, chemical kinetics, GC/mass Institute undertake dissertation research leading to the spectrometer, atomic absorption spectrometer, electron master of science or doctor of philosophy degree in exist- optical, mechanical testing, structural testing, welding, ing science and engineering curricula or in the Center metal forming, fracture mechanics, ceramics, polymer, for Polymer Science and Engineering. hydraulics and water resources, van de Graaff accelerator, Programs of study for individual students are designed to biotechnology, aquatic biology, and microprocessor meet the student’s interests, the requirements of the development. appropriate academic department, and the student’s dis- All faculty members who participate in Energy Research sertation committee. Considerable flexibility is permitted Center activities belong to academic departments. In in the selection of courses and a research topic. addition, a number of faculty and staff members affiliat- Faculty members of the institute are involved in teaching ed with the center have close ties with other on-campus normal university courses and continuing education research centers and institutes, assuring broad interac- courses for industrial personnel. The annual one-week tions between center personnel and experts from many short course, Advances in Emulsion Polymerization and research specialties, including economics, social science, Latex Technology, typically attracts about 100 industrial materials and metallurgy, marine biology, fracture and participants and 20 Lehigh students. This course is an solid mechanics, metal forming, structural design, sani- important mechanism for developing meaningful inter- tary and water resources engineering, thermal science, actions between institute staff and students and fluid mechanics, surface chemistry, and biotechnology. industrial scientists and engineers. Educational and Energy Research. Research within the center falls within research opportunities exist for postdoctoral scholars and five major categories. Projects of interest include: visiting scientists as well as resident graduate students. Fossil Fuels. Fluidized bed combustion of coal; heat trans- For more information, write to Mohamed S. El-Aasser, fer in fluidized beds, pulverized coal combustion, catalytic Emulsion Polymers Institute, Iacocca Hall, Lehigh combustion, cyclonic combustion, coal slagging; freezing University, 111 Research Drive, Bethlehem, Pa. 18015. of coal, coal chemistry, microbial desulfurization of coal, Please visit our web site at www.lehigh.edu/~esd0/epi- kinetics of coal gasification, fluidized bed gasification, home.html dynamic simulation of coal conversion systems, kinetics of Energy Research Center coal liquefaction, hydrogen-enhanced crack growth in high-strength steels, organic coatings for flue gas desulfur- Energy research at Lehigh is a multidisciplinary activity, ization service, weld repair of steam turbine rotors, involving faculty and students from engineering, the phys- mechanical properties of cryogenic steels for LNG applica- ical sciences, life sciences, business and economics, and the tions, toughness of pipeline steels, fracture analysis of social sciences. The Energy Research Center provides a pipelines, and mechanisms of tertiary oil recovery. structure within which faculty and students from different backgrounds can explore their specific research interests. Nuclear Technology. Instrumentation for reactor safety studies; boiling heat transfer in water-cooled reactors; The center coordinates the university’s energy research, fracture toughness of reactor steels; static and dynamic helping the faculty respond to research opportunities and fracture toughness of steel welds; microstructural charac- developments in energy. It is also the major contact terization of pressure vessel welds; pressure vessel design, between the university and industry and government for radioactive waste disposal; high-energy particle physics, matters dealing with energy research. Originally founded and nuclear physics. in 1972 as the Task Force for Energy Research, the cen- ter was organized into its present form in 1978. Graduate Studies 73

Environmental Impact of Energy systems. Oil pollution For more information, write to Edward K. Levy, studies in the coastal and wetlands environment, effects Director, Energy Research Center, Lehigh University, of power plant operations on biological life in the New 117 ATLSS Drive, Bethlehem, Pa. 18015. Please visit Jersey estuarine region, acid rain, trace metal contamina- our website at www.lehigh.edu/~inenr/inenr.htm. tion of aquatic ecosystems, and hazardous waste disposal and control. Engineering Research Center For Conservation and Renewable Resources. Biological con- Advanced Technology For Large version of cellulose to chemicals and fuels; catalysis for Structural Systems (ATLSS) alcohols from biomass, energy recovery from municipal The ATLSS Engineering Research Center is a national solid waste, fuel derived from waste water treatment, center for research and technology on structures and energy conservation in the metal-forming industries, materials for the basic infrastructure of bridges, build- instrumentation and analysis of industrial processes, use ings, and ship structures. First established in May 1986 of computers for process control, development of micro- with a grant from the National Science Foundation processors for residential load control, cooling of electric (NSF), the center now addresses the research needs of utility generators and high-capacity electric motors, the U.S. Navy, U.S. Department of Transportation, design of cryogenic turbines, instrumentation for HVAC Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, and NSF; and collabo- applications, and siting of wind-power applications. rates with many industry groups and government Energy Economics. Dynamic analysis of energy supply- agencies. About 70 people, including graduate and demand systems; model of an investor-owned electrical undergraduate students, research associates, faculty and utility; and peak-load pricing of electricity and natural gas. staff members representing the disciplines important to large structural systems are active at the center. Educational Opportunities. The extensive involvement of faculty in energy research has created a wide range of ATLSS research topics include Innovative Structural opportunities for graduate studies in energy. Most of the Systems and Materials, Condition Assessment and Life departments in the College of Engineering and Applied Prediction, Renewal Engineering, and Seismic Behavior. Science, as well as several departments within the Projects follow the life-cycle processes of experimenta- College of Arts and Sciences and the College of Business tion, design, fabrication and construction, operation, and Economics, are active in energy research and offer and renewal and retrofit. The studies are conducted in both masters and doctoral degree programs suitable for close association with engineers and scientists from sever- studies of energy-related topics. al Lehigh departments, industry, government, design and professional groups and other universities. All degrees are granted by the academic departments and graduate students interested in energy enroll in tradition- ATLSS has excellent research facilities and equipment, al graduate degree programs in departments of their including two world-class structural testing facilities: the choice. These students specialize in energy by comple- Fritz Engineering Laboratory and the major newer menting their programs with a selection of special (1989) ATLSS Laboratory, in which researchers study energy-related courses. They pursue their graduate large-scale complex connections, assemblages and struc- research in energy areas under the supervision of faculty tures under static, dynamic, and/or cyclic from the Energy Research Center or from other research multidirectional loading with complete computer-con- centers or academic departments. trolled experimentation. ATLSS also has and shares outstanding resources for computing, mechanical testing, Opportunities also exist for students to receive part of welding, metallography, and non-destructive evaluation. their training in industry through a program in which a graduate student involved in energy can do a research Research Activities: internship in industry under the joint supervision of com- High-Performance Materials. Research is conducted on pany research staff and the student’s faculty adviser. The innovative structural forms and structural systems to Energy Intern Program is individualized: each internship promote competitive use of high performance materials, is designed to meet the specific needs and interests of the including high-performance steel and steel weldments, student, the faculty adviser and the company. concrete, fiber-composites, and mixed systems for Financial support for graduate students is available bridge, building, and ship-hull applications. through the Energy Research Center by means of fel- Connection Design Methodologies. Research is con- lowships and research assistantships related to ducted to advance connection technology in sponsored research. construction. Connections for seismic resistance are Each year Lehigh faculty members offer a number of emphasized. special energy-related courses at the undergraduate and Condition Assessment of Structures. Field and laborato- graduate levels; many of them are outgrowths of current ry assessments are made on bridge, highway, railway and faculty research. Recent examples include courses dealing ship structures for evaluations of behavior, corrosion, with energy economics, the international politics of oil, and fatigue and fracture damage, with an aim to life pre- nuclear reactor engineering, public policy and nuclear diction and improved design specifications. Forensic power, air pollution, coal catalysis, coal technology, studies of damaged structures are also made. materials for modern energy systems, and solar energy. Renewal and Retrofit Techniques. Renewal and retrofit The Energy Research Center also sponsors an annual technologies are studied for civil and marine structures, seminar series, bringing outstanding people in the energy with an aim to life extension. fields to campus to speak. Covering a range of topics Educational Opportunities. The ATLSS Center facili- from economics to energy policy to science and engineer- tates programs of study and research that provide a ing, these seminars provide an opportunity for faculty fundamental, broad approach to the fields of structures and students to learn of new developments in energy. and materials. Graduate students in the center’s pro- grams receive master of science, master of engineering, 74 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2003-2004

or doctor of philosophy degrees; usually in structural business process re-engineering and for the analysis and engineering, materials science and engineering, or selection of Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP) systems. mechanical engineering. They pursue course work relat- Applied research in product development and enhance- ed to a broad understanding of materials and structures ment has included the use of computer modeling and while conducting research in the center. simulation to support integrated product development Financial support for graduate students is available through along with analysis and evaluation of existing products, the ATLSS Center by means of fellowships and research and design for manufacturability and assembly support. assistantships related to sponsored research programs. Involvement in these applied research activities with Undergraduates participate in the center’s research through industry partners provides Lehigh students with hands- summer internships and academic-year special projects. on learning experiences built on progressive responsibility and contribution to real-world company For more information, write to Dr. Richard Sause, projects. From these activities, students gain leadership Director, ATLSS, Lehigh University, 117 ATLSS Drive, skills and valuable industry experience. Bethlehem, PA 18015-4728. Or, address him at [email protected]. The creation of technology-enabled educational resources augments traditional learning models. Coupled Enterprise Systems Center (ESC) with knowledge management technology, these resources The Enterprise Systems Center (ESC), an affiliate of the create integrated learning experiences and materials to Industrial and Systems Engineering Department, was support engineering courses. The ultimate objective is to established in 1995. This multidisciplinary center is com- identify key components of entrepreneurial behavior and mitted to fusing student experiential learning with develop the educational methods necessary to transfer to industry value creation. The center also seeks to advance students the skills and experiences that will prepare them interdisciplinary research and scholarship relating to for leadership roles in society. information technology, new process development, and Within the ESC is the Learning Collaboratory, an innova- integrated enterprise systems. Additional research initia- tive educational environment designed to promote tives focus on discovering new methods for collaboration inquiry-based and competency-driven experiential learn- among education, industry and government partners ing that enriches the classroom lectures with practical through the use of advanced technology. Emphasis is experience through corporate partner interactions. The given to an entrepreneurial approach to problem-solving. Collaboratory supports small-group learning, action learn- Started as the Computer-Aided Manufacturing ing, and the application of technology to augment Laboratory in the mid-seventies, the CAM Lab trans- educational resources. Collaboratory participants, includ- formed into the Computer-Integrated Manufacturing ing students, professors, and industry partners, can take Laboratory when it became clear that improvements in advantage of such powerful communication methods as plant operational efficiency would require computer- broadband exchanges, internet conferences, digital real- based integration of the manufacturing processes time linkages, and electronic management of information. involved. Driven by industry and research needs to seek Educational Opportunities. The ESC provides support performance improvements beyond the traditional manu- for courses in the analysis and design of manufacturing facturing domain, the CIM Lab expanded its mission to systems and decision support systems, computer graph- encompass the entire enterprise, becoming the Enterprise ics, computer-integrated manufacturing, industrial Systems Center. Housed in Mohler Laboratory, the ESC engineering techniques, and experimental projects in provides undergraduate and graduate students from a industrial engineering. The ISE senior project class uti- variety of university disciplines including engineering, lizes ESC facilities and a video teleconferencing system business, education, and the arts and sciences with the to step beyond the traditional classroom experience in opportunity to work on teams with faculty and profes- the preparation and presentation of its culminating sional engineers to solve a variety of real world industry project. These courses are offered through the Industrial problems. Participation in these work teams provides stu- and Systems Engineering department. Graduate studies dents with a level of work experience representative of leading to both masters and doctoral degrees are also what they will encounter following graduation. Since its available through the Industrial and Systems inception, the ESC has completed more than 100 proj- Engineering department. ects with industry and government partners that have provided more than 500 students with an integrated Participation in industry partner projects is open to all learning experience that develops leadership skills and Lehigh students, both undergraduate and graduate, sharpens entrepreneurial thinking. regardless of academic major, based on an interview process. This emphasis on interdisciplinary cooperation Research Activities. The ESC conducts research into the provides the opportunity to learn and work in an envi- development and implementation of effective strategies ronment analogous to the cross-functional teamwork to put information technology to work adding value to structure employed in many businesses. Applied research engineering education and enterprise applications. In its and project work is conducted with both industry and applied research efforts, the Center focuses on opera- government partners. tional improvements, enterprise resource integration, and product development and enhancement. Operational For more information, contact Dr. Emory W. Zimmers, improvement research with partner companies has Jr., Director, Enterprise Systems Center, Lehigh explored strategies for manufacturing support, the devel- University, Mohler Lab, 200 West Packer Avenue, opment of decision support systems, processes for Bethlehem, PA, 18015 ([email protected]) work-flow analysis and facility reorganization, analysis of Iacocca Institute constraints and throughput improvement, and new solu- tions to supply chain management. Work in enterprise Over the years, Lehigh University has developed an resource integration has included methodologies for impressive ability to forge university-industry-govern- ment partnerships. These partnerships are critical not Graduate Studies 75 only to the future of universities, but, also to improve Institute for Biomedical Engineering U.S. competitiveness. It is primarily through partner- and Mathematical Biology ships – with companies, schools, government agencies and other universities – that the Iacocca Institute pursues The Institute for Biomedical Engineering and its mission of preparing current and future leaders for a Mathematical Biology was established July 1, 1988 to globally competitive marketplace. One of these partner- foster interdisciplinary research and support graduate ing activities is the Global Village for Future Leaders of study in the application of engineering and mathematics Business and Industry. to medicine and biology. Faculty from several engineer- ing departments and from mathematics and biology The Global Village provides young adults from around actively participate in the institute. Current research the world the chance to experience the type of total- includes the mathematical analysis of transport and immersion leadership program usually reserved for top exchange in microcirculatory physiology, theoretical and executives. Its purpose is to provide personal and organi- experimental biomechanics, experimental biofluidme- zational change needed to thrive in the emerging global chanics, fracture and failure in skeletal units and in economy. During the GV these interns who share the prostheses, shock propagation through the human body, dream of a leadership career in business and industry, and design for the handicapped. focus on leadership and entrepreneurial skills, global net- working relationships, and business and industry The institute has established an extensive network of knowledge. To date over 360 interns from over 70 coun- interaction and generated significant research collabora- tries have graduated from the program and are now part tion with a number of major medical centers. An of the growing list of Iacocca Institute Interns. The effective liaison program fosters interaction between the Global Village interns represent undergraduate students, university and industry in the biomedical field. MBA and graduate students, and managers from global Graduate students interested in studying biomedical corporations and family-owned businesses. engineering or mathematical biology at Lehigh enroll in The Iacocca Institute also fulfills its mission for leader- one of the engineering departments or in the applied ship development in two other program areas, Post mathematics program, and satisfy the corresponding Graduate Education and High School Programs. The degree requirements. The institute provides the opportu- Institute establishes and maintains the infrastructure nec- nity for interdisciplinary research for both the master’s essary for Lehigh University to continue and grow an thesis and the Ph.D. dissertation. active program of professional education, serving leaders For more information, write to Eric P. Salathe, Director, in business, industry, government and education. The Institute for Biomedical Engineering and Mathematical Institute works with all the Colleges on the Lehigh cam- Biology, Chandler-Ullmann Hall, Lehigh University, 17 pus to identify appropriate post graduation courses to Memorial Drive East, Bethlehem, PA 18015. serve the markets in the tri-state area of New York, New Jersey and Pennsylvania. Institute for Fracture and Solid Mechanics The Iacocca Institute has the privilege of hosting the Pennsylvania Governor’s School for Global The institute of Fracture and Solid Mechanics was estab- Entrepreneurship. This program is a unique learning lished in the fall of 1970 to enable faculty members and program to educate top high school students from students within the university to participate in research Pennsylvania and from around the world on global relevant to fracture and solid mechanics on an interdisci- entrepreneurship. The 5-week residential program plinary basis. A branch of this institute was established in focuses on challenging students as they learn about cul- the Republic of China in 1987 to carry out cooperative tural and business practices with other students, faculty, research activities. An area of special interest to the insti- and entrepreneurs. tute has been in fracture mechanics, which deals with the study of structural and material sensitivity to flaws. Such The Iacocca Institute is also the center for Lehigh flaws can seriously affect the design and strength of ships, University’s Career Awareness Programs (CAP). The aircraft, automobiles, bridges and buildings. In the design CAP Programs are designed for bright and talented stu- of nuclear power plants, the incorporation of the fracture dents of color who are between their junior and senior mechanics concept of safety in the presence of flaws is years in high school and have an interest in further stud- required. In addition, fracture mechanics is finding appli- ies in Accounting/Business, Design Arts or Engineering. cation in such areas as bone fracture, environmentally The one-week summer programs are open to African accelerated cracking of pavements and structural mem- American, Asian American, Latino or Native American bers, the fracture of rocks, and erosion of materials by students with a minimum grade point average of 3.0. solid or water particle impingement. Students selected for CAP receive a full scholarship, including room and board, to the one-week in residence The activities of the institute include: expansion of program at the Lehigh University campus. research capabilities to include the application of concepts of fracture mechanics to geology (rocks), medicine The Iacocca Institute, part of the College of Business (bones), and composite materials; editing books on timely and Economics, was established in 1987 with the sup- subjects in fracture and solid mechanics; compilation and port of Lee A. Iacocca, former chairman and chief collection of written materials to establish and maintain a executive officer, Chrysler Corporation, and a member of special library of fracture mechanics; planning of confer- Lehigh’s Class of 1945. ences on fracture and solid mechanics; offering short For more information, contact Richard M. Brandt, courses and seminars on special topics; and conducting Director, Iacocca Institute, Iacocca Hall, Lehigh liaison programs with industry and government agencies. University, 111 Research Drive, Bethlehem, PA 18015. Research Activities. There are several research programs being conducted in solid and fracture mechanics, spon- sored by industry and government agencies. They include: 76 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2003-2004

Fracture mechanics. Analytical: stress analysis of engi- This institute seeks to consolidate the substantial ongo- neering structure weakened by flaws. ing research effort in these fields, to aid in the further Experimental: static and dynamic fracture toughness development of such research, and to facilitate the uti- testing of metallic, nonmetallic and composite materials. lization of this interdisciplinary strength in the university’s educational programs. Solid mechanics. Analytical and numerical methods of analysis. Plates and shells. Currently 28 full-time faculty and staff from the depart- ments of chemical engineering, mechanical engineering Educational Opportunities. Students interested in frac- and mechanics, mathematics, and physics are among the ture and solid mechanics should refer to course offerings institute members. Graduate students and undergradu- in the departments of mechanical engineering and ates as well as part-time and visiting staff members, join mechanics, materials science and engineering, civil engi- in the institute’s activities. neering, chemistry and biology. Research facilities for thermo-fluids programs are based For more information, write to Herman F. Nied, in the College of Engineering and Applied Science. Institute of Fracture and Solid Mechanics, Packard Among the facilities available are laboratories for experi- Laboratory, Lehigh University, 19 Memorial Drive West, mental investigations of fluid mechanics, gas dynamics, Bethlehem, Pa 1805. turbulent structure, solid-gas fluidization, boiling heat Institute for Metal Forming transfer and two-phase flow, refrigeration and heat pump systems, internal combustion engines, radiation and The Institute for Metal Forming was established in 1970 optical measurements, unit operations, thermodynamic to teach the principles and applications of metal forming properties, and reaction engineering. The university’s technology to graduate and undergraduate students, to Computing Center as well as various minicomputers are provide instructions and equipment for graduate research available for use in analytical computations. in metal forming processes, and to assist industry with solutions to problems in metal forming. The institute also conducts the Thermo-Fluids Liaison Program to promote the interchange of knowledge The main objective of the institute’s research is to con- between researchers at Lehigh and engineers and scien- duct cross-disciplinary process engineering studies to tists in industry and government. In cooperation with better understand and control manufacturing processes companies participating in the liaison program, the insti- and their impact on the microstructural response of a tute’s staff members seek to apply their specialized material. Recently, classical metal forming research has capabilities in thermo-fluids to current industrial and been expanded to include projects in powder processing, governmental engineering and scientific problems. microstructure analysis, and forming of polymers. Research Activities. The institute’s staff members are The study of metal forming encompasses visioplacticity involved in three interrelated areas: fluid mechanics, heat (physical modeling of a forming process); simulation of transfer and thermal science, and applied thermodynam- microstructure response to process parameters (via repro- ics and modeling. duction of the thermo-mechanical conditions that a material experiences during deformation); and computa- Combining experimental investigations with theoretical tional numerical modeling. Computer enhanced analysis analyses, the researchers seek to understand and quantify of material flow also allows us to optimize tooling design the phenomenological mechanisms governing thermo- in many manufacturing processes. The combined quanti- fluid processes. This knowledge is then brought to bear tative results of these techniques may then be compared on relevant engineering problems of current concern in with experimental data obtained from instrumented such applications as energy conservation, power produc- metal forming laboratories (such as those maintained at tion, coal conversion, aerodynamics, weather modeling, the institute), or from our research partners in industry. and nuclear energy. Research Activities. Current research areas include: The institute’s current research programs include more extrusion of metals, powders and polymers, sheet materi- than twenty grants sponsored by industry and various al formability, rolling, wire drawing, forging, semi-solid governmental organizations. A wide spectrum of subjects forming, light-optical and electron-optical micro-texture are under investigation, including research on flow- analysis, coatings of powders, tooling design and tooling induced vibrations, unsteady turbulent flows, coherent materials, thermo-mechanical processing of metals, rapid turbulent boundary layer structures, blade flutter in prototyping, rapid tooling, and machinability of sintered compressors and fans, stochastic optimal control, colloid powder materials. size distributions by hydrodynamic chromatography, flu- idized combustion of coal, heat transfer in fluidized Educational Opportunities. Students interested in metal beds, heat pump systems, two-phase flow instrumenta- forming should refer to course offerings in the depart- tion, boiling heat transfer and two-phase flows, and ments of materials science and engineering, mechanical nuclear reactor thermal safety. engineering and mechanics, and industrial and manufac- turing systems engineering. Educational Opportunities. Formal courses in fluid mechanics, heat transfer, and thermodynamics are For more information contact Wojciech Z. Misiolek, offered in the College of Engineering and Applied Director, Institute for Metal Forming, 242 Whitaker Science. Institute staff members regularly teach both Laboratory, Lehigh University, 5 East Packer Avenue, undergraduate and graduate courses in the departments Bethlehem, PA 18015. of mechanical engineering and mechanics, chemical Institute of Thermo-Fluid Engineering engineering, and physics. Undergraduates can select a and Science program of study, in consultation with their advisers, with emphasis on thermo-fluid sciences by elective The Institute of Thermo-Fluid Engineering and Science, choices among the departmental offerings. A formal established in 1978, provides a focus for research and minor program in fluid mechanics is available. Graduate educational activities in fluid mechanics, thermodynam- ics, and heat transfer. Graduate Studies 77 studies leading to the M.S. or Ph.D. with concentration Hall, 9 W. Packer Ave., or Scott Paul Gordon, in thermo-fluids are available in the three departments. Department of English, Drown Hall, Lehigh University, Participation by both undergraduate and graduate stu- 35 Sayre Drive, Bethlehem, PA 18015. dents in the thermo-fluids research activities is Philip and Muriel Berman Center for encouraged. Many undergraduates participate as individ- uals or as groups in term projects under the supervision Jewish Studies of institute faculty members. This provides an opportu- The Philip and Muriel Berman Center for Jewish nity for interested students to obtain first-hand Studies, established in 1984, develops, administers, and experience in pioneering thermo-fluids research. The coordinates a comprehensive program in Jewish studies research programs directed by institute staff members at Lehigh University. The center is directed by Laurence also provide support for graduate research assistantships, J. Silberstein, Philip and Muriel Berman professor of enabling selected graduate students to pursue their edu- Jewish Studies. cation and research in thermo-fluids on either a Besides teaching on their home campuses, Berman facul- part-time or full-time basis. ty offer Jewish studies courses at DeSales University, In cooperation with various academic departments, the Lafayette College, and Moravian College. In 2001, as the institute sponsors seminars by both staff specialists and result of a gift from Susan Ballenzweig Beckerman, the by invited speakers from other institutions. These semi- center established the position of Writer-in-Residence in nars are open to the university community, liaison cooperation with the department of English. The center program participants, and to engineers and scientists also coordinates the Richard and Susan Master Visiting from neighboring industries. The institute anticipates Professorship in Jewish Studies at the Pontifical organizing topical meetings, workshops, and short cours- Gregorian University in Rome, a program initiated by es on specialized subtopics within the over-all discipline. Philip and Muriel Berman of Allentown, Pa. Meeting topics will be selected to reflect ongoing Other activities of the center include designing and research activities of the staff members and contempo- implementing new courses and seminars, an annual lec- rary engineering concerns. ture series, scholarly colloquia, and academic For more information, write to John C. Chen, Director, conferences. The center organizes the “Lehigh in Israel” Institute of Thermo-Fluid Engineering and Science, summer program taught by Lehigh faculty and provides Iacocca Hall, Lehigh University, 111 Research Drive, financial awards to Lehigh undergraduates for study in Bethlehem, Pa. 18015. Israel through the Howard Ballenzweig Memorial Fund. In addition, the center publishes a book series with New Lawrence Henry Gipson Institute for York University Press titled New Perspectives on Jewish Eighteenth-Century Studies Studies. The Lawrence Henry Gipson Institute for Eighteenth- For more information on the Berman Center and its Century Studies was established in 1971, to honor one programs, write to Dr. Laurence J. Silberstein, Director, of America’s most distinguished scholars, who served as a Philip and Muriel Berman Center for Jewish Studies, long-time member of the faculty at Lehigh. Gipson’s Lehigh University, 9 W. Packer Avenue, Bethlehem, PA monumental life work, The British Empire Before the 18015, or call 610 758-4869 ([email protected]). American Revolution (15 volumes) was written between 1936 and 1970. Gipson received the Pulitzer Prize in Martindale Center for the Study of History in 1962 for Volume 10, subtitled, The Great War Private Enterprise For Empire. When he died in 1971, Professor Gipson left The Martindale Center for the Study of Private his entire estate to Lehigh and provided the original Enterprise, part of the College of Business and endowment for the institute. Economics, was established in 1980 by a gift from Harry Research Activities. The income from the endowment of and Elizabeth Martindale. The primary purpose of the the institute is used to encourage faculty and student center is to contribute through scholarship to the research in the eighteenth century by providing small advancement of public understanding of the structure grants to defray travel costs, copying, and other expenses and performance of our economic system. to permit scholars to visit necessary libraries and deposi- Attention is focused on the private sector of the economy tories. The Gipson Institute normally awards one and on public policies as they influence the private sector. fellowship annually to a Ph.D. candidate enrolled at To achieve this end, the center activities include the spon- Lehigh University for dissertation research and writing in sorship of lectures and conferences, support of faculty any field of eighteenth-century studies. The institute also research and case studies, and administration of the visit- helps provide additional resources to build the university ing scholar and executive-in-residence programs. The library’s research collections in eighteenth-century studies. center sponsors and administers the Martindale Students Educational Opportunities. The institute invites leading Association Program (for undergraduates) and the publi- scholars to give occasional lectures and supports relevant cation of their journal, Perspectives on Business and programs such as interdisciplinary seminars and visiting Economics. The center has established the Canadian scholars interested in the eighteenth century. Annual Studies Institute which encourages scholarship dealing symposia honor Professor Gipson by bringing to campus with the business and economic environment of Canada distinguished scholars to lecture and discuss various top- and with U.S./Canadian business and economic relations; ics. The essays generated at the symposia have been and the Kalmbach Institute for the Study of Regional published and the institute maintains a continuing close Political Economy which focuses attention on the busi- relationship with Lehigh University Press for publishing ness and economic environment of the Lehigh Valley and original manuscripts on the eighteenth century. other regions throughout the U.S. The Center along with the Department of International Relations is partnering For more information, write to either of the co-directors, Jean R. Soderlund, Department of History, Maginnes 78 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2003-2004

with the U.S. Department of State to establish a lecture als and to conduct research on an interdisciplinary mate- series on Global Political Economy. rials problem in one of the center’s six laboratories. For more information, write to Dr. J. Richard Aronson, Financial support for graduate students is available through Director, Martindale Center for the Study of Private the Materials Research Center by means of research assist- Enterprise, Rauch Business Center, Lehigh University, antships related to sponsored research programs. 621 Taylor Street, Bethlehem, PA 18015. For more information, write to Martin P. Harmer, Materials Research Center Director, Materials Research Center, Lehigh University, 5 E. Packer Avenue, Bethlehem, Pa. 18015-3194. The Materials Research Center was established in 1962 to encourage interaction among the science and engi- The Murray H. Goodman Center for neering disciplines with an interest in materials. The Real Estate Studies mission of the Materials Research Center is to promote The Murray H. Goodman Center for Real Estate Studies interdisciplinary research and education in materials sci- was established in 1988 through a major gift from ence by coordinating and administering Murray H. Goodman, ’48. The center is a self-support- multi-investigator projects and developing and managing ing, interdisciplinary unit of the College of Business and world class multi-user facilities. The center also con- Economics. The center provides financial support and ducts the Materials Industrial Liaison Program. Founded other assistance for undergraduate courses in real estate in 1963, this program serves as an interface between and real estate finance, supports scholarly research in real industry and the intellectual resources and facilities of estate, and sponsors joint activities with practitioners in Lehigh University. In this capacity, the program objec- the real estate field. tives are to provide expertise on materials related issues and to facilitate industrial interactions. Educational Opportunities. The center provides resources for the teaching of undergraduate courses in Research Activities. The Materials Research Center is real estate and real estate finance. Sponsored courses currently engaged in a wide variety of research activities include FIN 336 – Real Estate Finance, FIN 395 – i.e. the processing, characterization, properties, and uti- Starting, Managing and Growing a Business Enterprise, lization of materials. These efforts include research and FIN 396/397 – Senior Practicum in Real Estate. In programs in microstructural characterization; processing addition, the center sponsors a continuing series of semi- and properties of ceramics; deformation and fracture of nars and presentations by real estate executives and materials; electronic materials and packaging; polymer practitioners. The center also serves as a clearinghouse science; thin films and coatings; joining and solidifica- for students seeking internships with real estate firms tion; and computer modeling of materials processes. and related companies. Major highlights include the following research projects. After approximately a year of development, the Materials Research Activities. Consistent with the university’s Research Center was awarded a $2 million contract encouragement of scholarly research, the center provides through the PA Technology Investment Authority funding for faculty research in the real estate area. (PTIA) to work with Penn State and a local manufactur- Funding possibilities include: summer faculty research ing facility in the area of microelectronic packaging. This grants; travel, telephone and administrative support; and effort has resulted in an alliance anticipated to extend grants for part-time graduate assistants. The center also beyond this initial contract. The faculty team consists of maintains a file of sponsored research opportunities avail- 9 members in three engineering departments. Also, the able through private foundations, government agencies Materials Research Center was awarded a 5 year, $4.5 and practitioner organizations and provides administra- million contract through PTIA in support of a collabora- tive support to faculty applying for such funding. tion with Carnegie-Mellon University and the University Practitioner Interaction. The third aspect of the center’s of Pittsburgh. This award has enabled the Materials activities is its interaction with practitioners in the real Research Center to successfully engage all four Colleges estate field. The increased emphasis on continuing educa- at Lehigh University. This award has provided us with tion and research among real estate practitioner the support of many initiatives. These include the devel- organizations, as well as Lehigh’s proximity to major real opment of the premiere Materials Science and estate markets, enable the center to engage the practition- Engineering web-based professional education program; er community in a variety of joint projects. These joint the implementation of a needs assessment of projects include: 1) sponsored research projects; 2) con- Pennsylvania industry in the areas of advanced materials, tinuing education programs and short courses; 3) special photonics, and biomaterials; the purchase of world class conferences and events of national and/or regional inter- instrumentation; and the support of research interactions est; and, 4) center-sponsored databases and continuing with Pennsylvania industries. activities of interest to the practitioner community. Educational Opportunities. This center facilitates pro- For more information, write to Dr. Stephen F. Thode, grams of study and research that cross the traditional Director, Murray H. Goodman Center for Real Estate boundaries of science and engineering curricula, provid- Studies, Rauch Business Center, Lehigh University, 621 ing a fundamental, broad approach to the field of Taylor Street, Bethlehem, PA 18015, or call (610) 758- materials science and technology. 4788 or email [email protected]. Graduate students participating in the center’s program Musser Center for Entrepreneurship usually receive master of science or doctor of philosophy degrees in the academic discipline of their choice, i.e., The Warren V. Musser Center for Entrepreneurship was chemistry, physics, materials science and engineering, established through a gift from “Pete” Musser, Lehigh electrical engineering and computer science, etc.; or in class of 1949, CEO of Safeguard Scientifics, Inc., a com- an interdisciplinary program such as polymer science and pany that leads in incubating and operating premier engineering. However, they are expected to pursue developing technology companies in the Internet infra- coursework related to a broader understanding of materi- structure market. Graduate Studies 79

The Musser Center for Entrepreneurship, part of the Ellipsometry; Surface Forces Instrument; Laser Trap; College of Business and Economics, is currently being repo- Microcalorimetry; MoireInterferometry; Scanning sitioned with a focus on e-business for the entrepreneur. Electron Microscopy; Transmission Electron Microscopy; For more information, write to the Dean’s Office, Rauch Solid-State and Liquid-State Nuclear Magnetic Business Center, Lehigh University, 621 Taylor Street, Resonance Spectroscopy; Column Impregnation Units; Bethlehem, PA 18015. Serum Replacement Cells; and a variety of Mechanical Property Test Equipment. Polymer Interfaces Center Educational Opportunities. PIC supports graduate-level The Polymer Interfaces Center (PIC) is an research for M.S. and Ph.D. degree students in subjects Industry/University Cooperative Research Center that related to the center’s goals. Students receive degrees was established at Lehigh University in 1991. It is spon- from their respective academic departments, but they sored by the National Science Foundation (NSF) and is also take special courses on polymer interfaces given by one of approximately 50 centers that have been estab- the center faculty and participate in the multidisciplinary lished at universities throughout the U.S. in an effort to activities of the center. There are a few opportunities for leverage industrial development with university science. research by undergraduates who have achieved senior In this arrangement, university professors, research scien- standing in a science or engineering major. tists and graduate students conduct industrially-relevant For more information, write to Manoj K. Chaudhury, fundamental research while member companies and the Director, Polymer Interfaces Center, Iacocca Hall, NSF provide operating funds and guidance on the kinds Lehigh University, 111 Research Drive, Bethlehem PA of model polymers, model substrates and goals that are 18015; or call (610) 758-3701. of interest to them. PIC is developing a molecular-level understanding of the Sherman Fairchild Center for Solid- structural, dynamic, kinetic and energetic characteristics State Studies of the interphase region between polymers and substrates The Sherman Fairchild Laboratory was established by a while also developing versatile methodologies to charac- major grant from the Sherman Fairchild Foundation and terize the interphase region. Center research addresses was opened in the fall of 1976. The laboratory houses an such topics as adsorption, desorption, dynamic wetting, interdisciplinary staff consisting of faculty and students adhesion, charge transfer, transport, miscibility, compati- from the departments of physics, materials science and bility and mechanical behavior. The center’s ultimate goal engineering, and electrical engineering and computer sci- is to generate a scientific database to assist in designing ence. While work on various aspects of solid-state advanced polymers for such diverse applications as lubri- science is carried out at many locations on the Lehigh cants, water treatment, secondary oil recovery, coatings, campus, the Sherman Fairchild Center provides the focal inks, adhesives, and engineering plastics. point for studies of electronic materials and devices. Research Activities. The center is interdisciplinary and Research Activities. The Sherman Fairchild Center’s fac- includes faculty from four academic departments; chemi- ulty and students have a wide range of interests that cal engineering, chemistry, materials science and include experimental and theoretical studies of the engineering, and physics. The center also has research physics of defects in non-metallic solids and of disordered scientists and engineers who help guide the research pro- materials; advanced semiconductor processing technolo- gram. The current research effort is divided into two gy; and semiconductor device design, fabrication, and theme areas: characterization. The materials systems of interest are A. Polymer adsorption/characterization. Investigators equally diverse and include silicon, silicon dioxide, com- are elucidating the processes of water-soluble poly- pound semiconductors, wide bandgap semiconductors mer adsorption and desorption from water onto (SiC, ZnSe, and GaN), ferroelectrics and glasses. colloidal and planar surfaces such as polystyrene, The Sherman Fairchild Center houses several experimen- TiO2 and silica. tal laboratories. The Microelectronics Research B. Wetting/adhesion. Using industrially important Laboratory provides processing facilities for the fabrica- metal and plastic surfaces, researchers in this area tion of CMOS, CCD, MNOS, bipolar devices and investigate the fundamentals of wetting and adhe- integrated circuits. Available technology includes low- sion and the means of varying these processes by pressure chemical vapor deposition, RF metallization, altering the molecular structure at the interface. plasma chemistry, photolithography, oxidation and diffu- Another aspect of this theme is to examine the sion. A new Display Research Laboratory has been mechanical behavior of polymer interphases. established for work on electronic devices and thin-film Selected projects include investigations of film for- materials for large flat panel displays. The Compound mation, role of mechanical interlocking on Semiconductor Research Laboratory has facilities for adhesion, and “toughening” mechanisms and fatigue processing and characterizing high speed integrated cir- resistance in plastics that are modified with rubbery cuits. A new facility for the growth of compound and/or glassy inclusions. semiconductor thin films by metalorganic vapor phase Research Facilities. Instrumentation available to PIC epitaxy is being constructed. includes Atomic Force Microscopy in contact, non-con- A 3 MeV Van de Graaff accelerator provides a radiation tact and scanning tunneling modes; X-Ray facility that can be used to produce high energy electrons Photoelectron Spectroscopy; Scanning Auger Electron for the generation of point defects. Individual laborato- Spectroscopy; Laser Raman Spectroscopy; Fourier ries provide instrumentation for optical excitation and Transform Infrared Spectroscopy; Attenuated Total luminescence, electron paramagnetic resonance (EPR), Reflectance Infrared Spectroscopy; Dynamic Light deep level transient spectroscopy (DLTS), and Fourier Scattering; Total Internal Reflectance Fluorescence; transform infrared spectroscopy (FTIR) for the study of 80 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2003-2004

defects in semi-conductors. There are also facilities for educational programming, and stimulation and coordi- the study of transport in mesoscopic devices at nation of technology studies and research projects. milliKelvin temperatures, Raman spectroscopy, and Specific activities include: collecting and distributing col- ultrasonic attenuation. Theoretical work is facilitated by lege-level course syllabi in technology studies; publishing the university’s extensive network of workstations. bibliographies in specific areas of technology studies; Current research programs include work on 1) VLSI publishing the Science, Technology and Society microelectronics, a study of the characterization of small- Curriculum Development Newsletter; maintenance of a geometry solid-state devices for VLSI, with emphasis on data base of personnel, curricula, and materials resources CMOS transistors; 2) nonvolatile semiconductor memo- in technology studies; sponsoring conferences, work- ries that offer the possibility of a “semiconductor disk;” shops, seminars, and institutes in technology studies; and 3) SiC materials for application in power electronics at integrating technology studies material with existing high temperature; 4) the fundamental properties of high school curricula and developing better courses in impurities and simple lattice defects in silicon and wide science and mathematics in cooperation with regional bandgap compound semiconductors; a variety of meth- administrators and faculty. ods (crystal growth, diffusion, electron irradiation) are For more information write to Stephen H. Cutcliffe, used to introduce defects which can then be studied by Director, Technology Studies Resource Center, Maginnes spectroscopic techniques that include electron paramag- Hall, Lehigh University, 9 W. Packer Avenue, netic resonance (both conventional and optically Bethlehem, Pa. 18015. detected), deep-level transient spectroscopy, and infrared

absorption spectroscopy; 5) the oxidation of Si1-xGex alloys and SiC with emphasis on the very early stages of Other University Related oxidation and impurity enhanced oxidation; 6) quantum Centers mechanical calculations of the structural, vibrational,

and electronic properties of defects in SiO2 and wide Ben Franklin Technology Partners of bandgap semiconductors like GaN; 7) the fabrication of Northeastern Pennsylvania prototype active matrix displays; 8) the fabrication and characterization of high speed, compound semiconduc- The Ben Franklin Technology Partners of Northeastern tor integrated circuits; and 9) the collective dynamics of Pennsylvania (BFTP/NEP) is based on the Murray H. partially ordered and disordered ferroelectrics and glasses. Goodman campus and is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Lehigh. The Center is part of a four-member state-fund- Educational Opportunities. Graduate students associated ed economic development system that brings together with the Sherman Fairchild Center usually enroll for the the best of Pennsylvania’s people, ideas, and technology master of science or doctor of philosophy degree in the and serves as a catalyst for advancing the state’s technolo- traditional discipline of their choice, such as physics, gy economy. Ben Franklin frequently utilizes the faculty, materials science and engineering, electrical engineering, students, and resources of Lehigh to accomplish its tasks. etc., with specific course requirements and research partic- ipation coordinated through the appropriate department BFTP/NEP fosters innovation to stimulate economic chairperson. Students are financially supported by gradu- growth and prosperity. The center collaborates with edu- ate fellowships provided by the Sherman Fairchild cational institutions, communities, other economic Foundation and/or by university resources. In addition, development organizations, and government to help teaching assistantships are available through the depart- companies succeed. By providing knowledge and invest- ments and a number of research assistant positions are ment resources, Ben Franklin facilitates the creation of supported by research grants and contract awards obtained new products, sophisticated technologies, and fresh ideas by the laboratory staff. All of these arrangements typically among entrepreneurs and established companies to help permit graduate students in the solid-state studies to take them prosper. The result: the creation and retention of three courses per semester in addition to their teaching or high quality local jobs and a strong economic climate. research activities. There are numerous opportunities for The goals of BFTP/NEP include helping early-stage undergraduate students to participate in the research activ- technology-oriented businesses to form and grow, help- ities of the center with the possibility of support during ing established manufacturers to improve productivity summer through the Fairchild Summer Scholar Program. through the application of new technologies and prac- tices, and promoting an innovative community-wide Technology Studies Resource Center infrastructure that fosters a favorable business environ- The Technology Studies Resource Center, based in the ment for high-growth companies. College of Arts and Sciences, creates and disseminates Founded in 1983, the Ben Franklin Technology Partners materials and programming that will lead a wide range of Northeastern Pennsylvania has: of people to an understanding of the mutual interaction •Created and retained over 21,900 jobs. of technology and social institutions and values. Through the center, academics from all disciplines can • Established 298 companies. collaborate on research and develop educational oppor- • Commercialized and implemented over 450 new tunities in technology studies with academic colleagues products and processes. and with nonacademic sponsors. The Ben Franklin program is structured to help compa- The Technology Studies Resource Center’s activities nies achieve sustainable competitive advantage. embrace the needs of academics, pre-college and college BFTP/NEP is measured on the basis of the commercial students, and industrial, political, and public audiences, success achieved by its clients as a direct result of assis- who seek information about technology as a force in tance provided. contemporary society. Four principal areas of activities Assistance includes expertise, largely contributed in the are the development and dissemination of resource mate- northeast by the center’s association with Lehigh University rials, professional development programming, and other leading research universities, and funding, with Graduate Studies 81 investments ranging from $30,000 to $150,000 per year The headquarters of the Council is at Lehigh University. for up to three years. Faculty and students involved with Nearly 1,200 specialists, primarily engineers, architects, Ben Franklin gain experience in solving real issues for planners, and sociologists from 70 countries, are working businesses. Technical and business assistance serv- involved in the work of the Council, a number of whom ices are provided on a year-round basis. provide advisory guidance for relevant Lehigh research The Northeast Center operates a business incubator on projects. Lehigh’s Mountaintop campus. The 12,000 square foot For more detailed information, contact David M. Maola, incubator holds up to ten start-up companies. Thirty com- Council on Tall Buildings and Urban Habitat, Lehigh panies have graduated from the BFTP/NEP incubator. University, 117 ATLSS Drive, Bethlehem, Pa. 18015; For the 2001 funding year, the Northeast Center Phone: (610) 758-3515, Fax: (610) 758-4522; e-mail: received over $6.2 million from the state Department [email protected]. Visit our website under Research of Community and Economic Development, with Centers and Institutes on Lehigh’s homepage or at nearly $11.3 million in matching funds committed www.ctbuh.org. from private-sector businesses, educational institutions Manufacturers Resource Center and other sources. The mission of the Manufacturers Resource Center For more information, contact the Ben Franklin (MRC) is to help small and mid-sized manufacturers Technology Partners of Northeastern Pennsylvania, and related industries enhance their ability to compete Lehigh University, 125 Goodman Drive, Bethlehem, PA successfully by providing them with strategic partner- 18015-3715; 610-758-5200; www.nep.benfranklin.org. ing, consulting and education. The MRC is a first stop, E-mail: [email protected]. full service, highly responsive, easy-to-use resource cen- Council on Tall Buildings and Urban ter providing information, problem solving and Habitat funding assistance. The MRC is one of seven statewide Industrial Resource The Council on Tall Buildings and Urban Habitat, an Centers (IRCs) and one of 70 federally funded National international organization sponsored by engineering, Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) architectural, planning and construction professionals, Manufacturing Extension Partnership (MEP) centers. was established in 1969 to facilitate exchanges among those involved in all aspects of the planning, design, con- Over the last twelve years, MRC has worked with struction, and operation of tall buildings. approximately 500 companies on over 2,000 projects. The top six industries MRC has worked with include The Council’s nine professional society sponsors are: industrial/commercial machinery, fabricated materials, International Association for Bridge and Structural electronics, rubber/plastics, primary metals and chemi- Engineering, American Society of Civil Engineers, cals. The top seven project types are lean manufacturing, American Institute of Architects, American Planning quality management, business planning, management Association, International Union of Architects, American systems, business systems, and human resources/work- Society of Interior Designers, Japan Structural force development. The five main products groups for Consultants Association, Urban Land Institute, and MRC are quality/lean manufacturing, operations International Federation of Interior Designers. In 1974 (including IT), business practices, workforce develop- the Council was admitted as a consulting nongovern- ment, and information technology/e-business. mental organization to the United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization. The MRC serves Berks, Carbon, Lehigh, Northampton, and Schuylkill. Services are delivered through experi- Recognized as the source for information on tall build- enced staff and industry professionals, private and ings worldwide, the Council’s mission is to disseminate academic consultants, customized training programs, information on healthy urban environments and tall and Internet portals. building technology, maximize the international interac- tion of professionals involved in creating the built For further information or assistance, please contact environment, and to make the latest knowledge available Edith Ritter, Executive Director, at (610) 758-5599. to professionals in a useful form. The Philip Rauch Center for Business The Council focuses on the role of tall buildings in the Communications urban environment. Providing adequate space for life and work involves not only technological factors, but The Rauch Center for Business Communications is an social and cultural aspects as well. academic center of Lehigh University that aims to sup- port and foster development of e-business paradigms The Council hosts global conferences on the topics of within the College of Business and Economics. In tall buildings and the urban habitat and publishes the addition, the Center focuses on the more traditional “CTBUH Review”, which includes papers submitted by modes of business communication such as writing researchers, scholars, suppliers and practicing profession- technique, rhetoric, and oral presentation skills. Philip als who are engaged in the planning, design, Rauch, retired chairman of Parker Hannifin construction and operation of tall buildings and the Corporation and a prominent member of Lehigh environment throughout the world. In addition, the University’s class of ’33, established the Center in Council operates the “High Rise Buildings Database” 1981 through a generous contribution. which contains date on thousands of tall buildings. The role of the Center is: The Council is not an advocate for tall buildings, per se, but in those situations in which such buildings are •To recognize and impart to students the communica- viable, it seeks to encourage the use of the latest knowl- tion skills needed to function in e-business today; edge in their implementation. •To function as a faculty-friendly teaching, learning, and technology center; 82 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2003-2004

•To support and develop the initiatives of affiliated The Lehigh Valley Export Network (LEXNET) is the CBE Centers, such as the Musser Center and the regional office of the Team Pennsylvania Export Small Business Development Center. Network. Throughout the year LEXNET brings PA The Rauch Center for Business Communications is ded- foreign office representatives to the Lehigh Valley to icated to providing students and faculty with an meet with SBDC clients and discuss in-country export accessible, diversified, and up-to-date range of services, assistance needs. LEXNET also assists with export designed to most effectively meet current, and anticipate finance programs such as Market Access Grants allow- future business communication needs. ing small and mid-sized manufacturing or service companies to participate in international trade events. For more information, write to Robert R. Kendi, Specialized training events and seminars are also held Director, The Philip Rauch Center for Business throughout the year. Communications, Rauch Business Center, Lehigh University, 621 Taylor Street, Bethlehem, PA 18015- Technology Business Development Program (TBDP) – 3117 or email [email protected] or phone The TBDP provides assistance to companies in the areas 610-758-4608. of technology, product development, patent searches, trademarks, copyright, Internet strategies, commercial Small Business Development Center potential, business socio-economic certifications and Established in 1978, the SBDC provides general man- defense conversion. Special assistance with SBIR/STTR agement assistance to over 2,000 entrepreneurs and small research funding opportunities is available. Clients are businesses per year in the Lehigh Valley and surrounding handled on a one-to-one basis. Seminars and workshops areas. Primary funding for this program comes from are also available. major grants from the U.S. Small Business Business Education and Training Program (BETP) – The Administration and the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania. Business Education and Training Program of the Small Specialized Programs. The Management Assistance Business Development Center provides specialized work- Program delivers general management consulting to shops, seminars and customized training for the small existing small firms and start-up ventures. Services are business community. In addition, BETP hosts a quarter- offered to retail, service, wholesale, construction and ly Venture Luncheon Series, providing a networking manufacturing firms. Support is offered through elec- forum for entrepreneurs and venture capitalists. tronic data base research. Seminars are offered on many LUMAC. The Lehigh University Management topics of interest to growing firms. Assistance Counseling program (a graded three-credit The International Trade Development Program (ITDP) course) was established in 1972 on the initiative of is a specialized outreach effort of the Small Business undergraduate students. Through support from the Development Center. The ITDP helps companies with SBDC, approximately 150 students per year gain practi- exportable products to develop export marketing plans cal experience by providing counseling to sixty and establish direct contacts with international markets. businesses. Seminars, trade missions and research projects support SCORE. The Service Corps of Retired Executives is the efforts of this program. associated with the SBDC. SCORE, which works most The Government Marketing Assistance Program assists closely with the SBDC, is chartered by the U.S. Small potential suppliers to government in identifying and Business Administration and provides business expertise developing procedures. Clients are handled on a one-to- to current or potential business owners. one basis. Trade fairs and seminars are also offered. For more information, write to Sandra Holsonback, The Financing Assistance Program provides assistance in Director, Small Business Development Center, Rauch loan packaging and financial planning and helps clients Business Center, 621 Taylor Street, Bethlehem, PA 18015. identify appropriate financing sources. The program administers the Lehigh Valley Small Business Loan Pool and the Lehigh Valley Chapter of the Northeastern Pennsylvania Angel Network, a partnership program with the Ben Franklin Technology Partners of Northeastern PA. Contracts with the Lehigh/Northampton Revolving Loan Fund, the Lehigh Valley Economic Development Corporation and other funding agencies provide resources for this assistance. Courses, Programs and Curricula 83

V. Courses, Programs and Curricula

This section includes listings of undergraduate and grad- obtain on line permission from the designated college or uate courses offered by Lehigh University. For purposes department officer or, file with the registrar at the time of of record, all approved courses are listed. It must be registration and on a standard form provided, a waiver of understood, however, that the offerings in any given prerequisites signed by the course instructor, the teaching semester are contingent upon a number of factors, department chair and either the chair of the student’s including student needs as determined at the time of major department or the associate dean. Academic work early registration. completed elsewhere must be attested in this manner as All academic departments and programs are listed in being substantially equivalent to prerequisites listed, alphabetical order. unless the student’s records in the Office of the Registrar show that the proper officers have so evaluated this Credit Hours preparation previously. The number in parentheses following each course title In a few cases, corequisites are indicated. In such instances indicates the credit value of the course in terms of the corequisite course is taken in the same semester. semester hours (“credit hours”). Information Limits Course Numbering The course descriptions are intended to guide the student The course numbering system specifies which courses can in selecting appropriate courses. For reasons of space, be applied to the program of study as the student progresses descriptions are brief. In most cases, courses will have a toward the undergraduate or graduate degree. In general, significantly broader scope than the topics listed in the the numbering series is as follows: description. In some courses, material may change from 0-99. Courses primarily for freshmen or sophomores. what is described. If there is doubt concerning the appro- Not available for graduate credit. priateness of any course for the individual’s educational objectives, it is suggested that the student confer with the 100-199. Intermediate-level undergraduate courses. Not adviser. open to freshmen except on petition. Not available for graduate credit. Abbreviations 200-299. Advanced undergraduate courses. Courses in Whenever possible, course listings contain information the College of Business and Economics and specific indicating what requirements the course satisfies, the departments as noted in the listings are open to fresh- semester or semesters in which it is offered, and the name men and sophomores only on petition. Not available for of the scheduled instructor or instructors. graduate credit in the major field. While all information herein is subject to change, the 300-399. Advanced undergraduate courses. Same as 200- information is included to serve as a guide in the selec- 299, but available for graduate credit in major field. tion of appropriate courses that best fulfill the student’s academic requirements and personal goals. 400-499. Graduate-level courses, open to undergradu- ates only by petition. The symbols following course descriptions for some College of Arts and Sciences courses include: Provisional Courses HU. Courses that meet the Humanities distribution Each instructional department is authorized to offer pro- requirements. visional courses, or those offered on a trial basis, as well as special opportunities courses. Such courses can NS. Courses that meet the Science distribution requirements. become a permanent part of the university curriculum. SS. Courses that meet the Social Science distribution These courses are numbered, as is appropriate, . . . 95- requirements. 98 . . . 195-198, . . . 295-298, . . . 395-398, for a MA. Courses that meet the Mathematical distribution maximum of two semesters. requirements. Apprentice Teaching and Cooperative ND. Not designated to meet distribution requirements. Undergraduate Education The symbols following course descriptions for some For details of these programs, see descriptions under College of Engineering and Applied Science courses “Apprentice Teaching” and “Cooperative Undergraduate include: Education,” in section III. ES. This code plus the following number indicates that Prerequisites the course satisfies a number of hours of engineering sci- Academic preparation required for admission to courses ence requirements for ABET accreditation. is indicated under “prerequisites” included at the end of ED. This code plus the following number indicates that each course description. Prerequisites are stated in most the course satisfies a number of hours of engineering cases for purposes of convenience in terms of Lehigh design requirements for ABET accreditation. courses. Academic status required for admission, where numbering does not fully describe this status, is also indicated under “prerequisites.” A student who does not have the status (e.g., sophomore standing) or the academic preparation set forth as pre- requisites must in order to be admitted to a course either 84 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2003-2004

Accounting Content: •Develop in each student an appreciation for the role Professors. James A. Largay, III, Ph.D. (Cornell), C.P.A., of the accounting profession in the external business Arthur Andersen & Co. Alumni Professor of Accounting; environment including societal, global, technological, John W. Paul, Ph.D. (Lehigh), C.P.A.; Kenneth P. ethical, legal, and regulatory issues. Sinclair, Ph.D. (Massachusetts), chair, department of •Provide students with a perspective of the role of the accounting. accounting professional in the internal business envi- Associate professors. Karen M. Collins, Ph.D. (VPI), ronment, including business strategy, organizational C.P.A.; Parveen P. Gupta, Ph.D. (Penn State); James A. structure and behavior, uses of technology, ethics, Hall, Ph.D. (Oklahoma State); Manash R. Ray, Ph.D. diversity, and the interrelationship of business func- (Penn State); James E. Rebele, Ph.D. (Indiana). tional areas. Assistant professor. Stephen L. Liedtka, Ph.D. •Provide students with a theoretical framework and (Maryland), C.P.A. develop their ability to apply problem-solving skills in Professor of Practice. Paul N. Gordon, M.B.A. the areas of financial accounting, managerial account- (University of Wisconsin at Madison), C.P.A ing, information systems, auditing, and taxation. Adjunct professors. Daniel A. Bayak, M.B.A. To the extent that the above objectives are achieved, (Scranton), C.P.A., C.M.A; Martin Rudolph, M.B.A. Accounting Program graduates will be well-prepared for (Drexel), C.P.A.; Susan J. Toohey, M.A. (University of positions in public accounting, industry, not-for-profit Northern Colorado), C.I.A., C.F.E. organizations, and graduate school. Although prepara- The Accounting Program offered through the tion for professional examinations is not a primary Department of Accounting provides a variety of courses objective of Lehigh’s Accounting Program, students suc- to support College of Business and Economics (CBE) cessfully completing the Accounting Program will have core requirements and to provide an undergraduate the background to take professional examinations in major in accounting and a M.S. degree in accounting. accounting. The mission of the Accounting Program is to provide rig- The Accounting Major orous professional accounting education that prepares high The undergraduate program in accounting is accredited quality undergraduate and graduate students with diverse by AACSB-The International Association for Manage- backgrounds for life-long learning and positions of leader- ment Education. This achievement places the program ship in the business community. Consistent with the within a small group of schools which have satisfied a missions of Lehigh University and the College of Business rigorous examination of the program, faculty, and stu- and Economics, the Accounting Program continuously dents that extend beyond the accreditation standards seeks to be recognized as one of a select group of programs applied to the entire College of Business and Economics in the United States where an educational experience of the undergraduate and graduate programs. highest possible quality is obtainable. In addition to the existing sophomore prerequisites, Within the accounting major, there is an opportunity to Introduction to Financial Accounting (ACC 151) and explore the various career opportunities within the broad Introduction to Managerial Accounting (ACC 152), field of accounting: Public Accounting Assurance and accounting majors are required to take four junior-level, Tax Services, Financial Services and Corporate accounting core requirements (12 credits) and one con- Accounting, and Information Systems. In addition to the centration (9 credits): undergraduate program, the Master of Science in Core Requirements (typically taken junior year) Accounting and Information Analysis degree offers an Credits outstanding opportunity to prepare graduate students for Financial I and II (ACC 315 and 316) 6 a career in today’s demanding field of accounting. Lehigh’s unique program recognizes the impact of technology on Accounting Information Systems (ACC 311) 3 business processes and the value chain while paying respect Cost Accounting (ACC 324) 3 to the time honored usefulness of accounting information. 12 The Accounting Program recognizes the learning objectives set forth by the College of Business and Economics as an Concentration (typically taken senior year)–three cours- integral part of the curriculum, as well as the importance es, one of which is accounting 9 of providing students with a strong foundation in liberal 21 arts, humanities, and science as set out in the CBE core Note: Most students already take 21 credits; this curriculum. In addition to the CBE core curriculum, the approach allows considerably more flexibility in 9 of accounting curriculum is designed to foster the following those credits. learning objectives: The following three concentrations are available: Skills: 1. Public Accounting Assurance and Tax Services •Cultivate and develop in each student, a capacity for This concentration is suited for students interested in life-long, self learning. entering public accounting. This concentration requires •Develop students’ oral and written communication the core and the following 9-credit concentration: skills. •Fundamentals of Federal Income Taxation •Develop students’ interpersonal skills, including inter- (ACC 307) personal dynamics, leadership, teamwork, and •Fundamentals of Auditing (ACC 320) negotiation. •Advanced Financial Accounting (ACC 317) •Develop students’ problem-solving skills, including critical thinking and decision-making skills. Accounting 85

2. Financial Services and Corporate Accounting decision-making using cost-volume-profit analysis, direct This concentration may appeal to students seeking costing, and relevant costs. Prerequisite: Acct 151. accounting positions at financial services firms and For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduate industrial corporations. For some time representatives Students from these companies have sought Lehigh students Courses numbered 200 and above in the College of with a strong accounting background. External con- Business and Economics are open to sophomores only stituencies suggest that a dose of finance will strengthen on petition. these students and make them even more attractive. Acct 307. Fundamentals of Federal Income Because Lehigh’s finance faculty determined that two courses, Investments (FIN 323), and Corporate Taxation (3) Financial Policy (FIN 328), are both needed to have a An introductory study of the principles and concepts of core understanding of finance, this second concentra- federal income taxation of individuals, corporations, tion requires these two courses. Also, a new course, partnerships, and fiduciaries; and federal gift and estate Analysis of Financial Statements, ACC 3XX, is posi- taxes. Determination of tax liabilities and opportunities tioned at the interface of accounting and finance. for planning are emphasized. Problem-solving using the source materials of tax law and tax research are impor- •Investments (FIN 323) tant components of the course. Prerequisite: Acct 151. • Corporate Financial Policy (FIN 328) Acct 309. Advanced Federal Income Taxation (3) • Analysis of Financial Statements (ACC 3XX)– An advanced study of the taxation of business organiza- being developed by Professor James Largay tions, estates, trust, and wealth transfer taxes. Planning 3. Information Systems and research are the basic components of the course. Problem-solving and written research are emphasized. Public accounting firms seek graduates for the rapidly Prerequisite: Acct 307. growing area of global risk management (GRM). Students entering GRM will be responsible for assess- Acct 311. Accounting Information Systems (3) ing accounting system and computer risks that impact An introduction to the concepts underlying information the financial statements of the organization and for systems as they relate to organizational structure, mana- evaluating internal controls in place to minimize such gerial decision making and accounting. The course risks. Their findings become an important element in acquaints students with the reports and documents gen- the conduct of the financial audit. This new career erated by information systems, as well as procedures and path thus requires students who possess strong sys- controls employed in a variety of business applications. tems skills and an understanding of financial Students apply these concepts, techniques and proce- accounting, management accounting, and auditing. dures to the planning, analysis and design of manual and Taxes and advanced financial accounting topics are computer-based information systems. Prerequisite: Acct less important in this setting. Therefore, the following 152 and BIS 111. courses comprise this concentration. Acct 315. Financial Accounting I (3) •Fundamentals of Auditing (ACC 320) Intensive study of the basic concepts and principles of •Systems Analysis and Design (BIS 311) financial accounting, emphasizing the problems of fair •Electronic Commerce (BIS 331) or E- presentation of an entity’s financial position and operat- Business Systems (BIS 342) or Internship in ing results. Consideration of the conceptual framework Prague (BIS 360) of accounting, review of the accounting process, and measurement and valuation of current assets, current lia- The description and requirements of the Master of bilities, plant assets, intangibles, investments, and Science in Accounting and Information Analysis long-term debt. Problem-solving skills and critical analy- Program are found under Graduate Study and Research. sis are stressed. Prerequisite: Acct 152. Undergraduate Courses Acct 316. Financial Accounting II (3) Acct 108. Fundamentals of Accounting (3) The sequel to Accounting 315, this course continues A one-semester survey of accounting principles and practices with intensive study of such topics as stockholders’ designed for those students which includes an introduction equity, valuation and disclosure of leases and pensions, to industrial cost systems designed for those non-CBE stu- income tax allocation, changing prices, revenue issues, dents planning to take only one accounting course. Other earnings per share, and complexities related to the students should take the Acct 151-152 sequence. statement of changes in financial position. Analysis and interpretation of financial statements and prob- Acct 151. Introduction to Financial Accounting (3) lem-solving skills are integral parts of the course. The organization, measurement and interpretation of eco- Prerequisite: Acct 315. nomic information. Introduction to accounting theory, concepts and principles, the accounting cycle, information Acct 317. Advanced Financial Accounting (3) processing, and financial statements. Exposure to contro- A study of specialized topics in financial accounting, versial issues concerning income determination and including partnership accounting, business combinations valuation. Prerequisite: sophomore standing and successful and consolidated financial statements, segment and interim completion of Excel competency exam. reporting, foreign currency transactions and translation, and accounting and reporting for governmental and other Acct 152. Introduction to Managerial Accounting (3) nonprofit organizations. Involves considerable problem- An introduction to internal accounting information for solving and critical evaluation of controversial theoretical all levels of management. Topics include cost flow in a issues. Prerequisite: Acct 315 or 316. manufacturing operation; planning, evaluating and con- trolling through budgeting and standard costing; and 86 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2003-2004

Acct 318. Analysis of Financial Statements (3) of the life and culture of people of African descent world- This course uses financial statement information to ana- wide, especially in the United States, thereby enriching lyze companies’ profitability and risk. Understanding the the Lehigh curriculum and increasing the relevance of a form, content and relationships among the financial Lehigh education to a culturally diverse society and statements is integrated with the use of ratios and ana- world. In the best tradition of a liberal arts education, lytic adjustments to augment the information in Africana Studies expands all Lehigh students’ critical published financial reports. Current developments, busi- understanding of their own heritage in interaction with ness strategies and off-balance-sheet financing are linked other cultures. to assessments of companies, performance. Case studies, The major and minor in Africana Studies constitute an team projects and presentations involve actual compa- interdepartmental and comparative program of study for nies, financial statements. Prerequisite: Acct 316 (may undergraduates who wish to integrate the insights and be taken concurrently); open only to graduating seniors. methods of several disciplines to understand the history, Acct 320. Fundamentals of Auditing (3) culture, social, and political experience of people of An introduction to auditing theory, objectives, and prac- African descent globally. The Africana Studies curricu- tices related largely to the responsibilities of independent lum encompasses two intended lines of inquiry: (1) the professional accountants. The auditing environment, diverse influences in Africa and the African diaspora that generally accepted auditing standards, internal control have shaped African American culture, and (2) the vari- theory, and reporting alternatives are considered. ety of ways that the African American experience has Exposure to operational auditing is provided. shaped and been shaped by American culture. Prerequisites: Acct 311 and 315. The Major Acct 324. Cost Accounting (3) The major in Africana Studies consists of a minimum of An in-depth study of cost concepts appropriate for prod- ten (10) courses, constituting at least 30 credit hours and uct costing in a manufacturing operation, planning and no less than four (4) upper level courses. It entails train- controlling routine operations, and nonroutine decision- ing across disciplinary lines as well as concentrated study making. Topics include job order and process costing, in a single discipline: joint and by-products, cost allocation, budgeting, stan- dard costing, direct costing, cost-volume-profit analysis, Introductory Course (1) and relevant costs for decisions. Prerequisite: Acct 152. Humanities (3) Social Sciences (3) Acct 371. Directed Readings (1-3) Disciplinary Concentration (3) Readings and research in various fields of accounting; In addition, students are encouraged to pursue inde- designed for superior students who have a special interest pendent study opportunities to enhance their knowledge in some topic or topics not covered by the regularly ros- of specific aspects of Africana Studies. tered courses. Written term paper(s) required. Prerequisite: preparation acceptable to the department chair. The Minor Acct 372. Special Topics (1-3) The minor consists of a minimum of five (5) courses, Special problems and issues in accounting for which no constituting at least 15 hours of study that includes the regularly scheduled course work exists. When offered as introductory course and no less than two upper level group study, coverage varies according to interests of the courses in the field. instructor and students. Prerequisite: preparation in Core Courses: accounting acceptable to the program coordinator. Core courses concentrate on subject material directly rel- Course descriptions for the College of Business and evant to the study of past and present experiences of Economics graduate courses can be found in this section people of African descent. (Section V) under the heading of Business and Economics Graduate Courses. AAS 3. Introduction to Africana Studies (4) An interdisciplinary examination of the roots, culture, and politics of the modern black world through study of Africana Studies classic works in Africana Studies with emphasis on the continuities among African peoples worldwide and the Professors. William R. Scott, Ph.D. (Princeton), social forces that have shaped contemporary black life in Professor of History, program director; Elizabeth N. Fifer, Africa and the Americas. Scott. (SS) Ph.D. (Michigan), Professor of English; Jean R. Soderlund, Ph.D. (Temple), Professor of History. AAS 5. (Hist 5) African Civilization (4) Associate professors. Berrisford W. Boothe, M.F.A Sub-Saharan Africa through the millennia of the ancient (Maryland Institute College of Art), Associate Professor of world to the present. Human origins, state and non-state Art and Architecture. systems, the external slave trade; colonialism, resistance to European rule; independence movements; neocolo- Assistant professors. Seth Moglen, Ph.D. (UC nialism. Scott. (SS) Berkeley), Assistant Professor of English; Heather Johnson, Ph.D. (Northeastern University); Assistant Professor of AAS 38. (Engl 38) Introduction to African Sociology and Anthropology; Kashi Johnson, MFA Literature (3) (University of Pittsburgh) Sub-Saharan African literary themes and styles, historical and social contexts, African folk tales, oral poetry, colo- Adjunct professors. Mildred Rivera- Martinez, Ph.D. nial protest literature, postcolonial writing, films on (Stanford University); Sharon Levy, Ed.D. (Lehigh). contemporary Africa. Staff. (HU) The purpose of the Africana Studies Program is to engender in Lehigh students an intellectual appreciation Africana Studies 87

AAS 64. (Eco 64, Hist 64) Plantation to Ghetto (2) neo-classicism, the Harlem renaissance, modernism, and Examination of topics in the economic history of African contemporary directions. Guest lecturers, open dialogue, Americans from the 1500s to the present. Explores the gallery visits, and media presentations. Writing Intensive. slave trade, slavery, post-Civil War South, the black fami- Boothe. (HU) ly, migration, urbanization, and race and poverty. AAS 166. (SSP 166) Wealth and Poverty in the O’Brien, Scott. (SS) United States (4) AAS 103. (SSP 103) Race and Ethnicity (4) fall Examines the sociology of wealth and poverty — afflu- Examines race and ethnicity from a sociological perspec- ence and disadvantage, “rags and riches” — in American tive. Focus on the role of the major racial and ethnic Society. Focus is a critical analysis of the wealth gap, its communities in modern American society. Explores the causes, consequences and social context. We will consid- roles of race and ethnicity in identity, social relations, er the roles of wealth and poverty in determining life and social inequality. Topics include racial and ethnic chances and structuring opportunity, as well as their communities, minority/majority groups, assimilation, roles in the perpetuation of social inequality across gen- prejudice/discrimination, identity and the social con- erations. We will address contemporary debates struction of the concept of “race.” H. Johnson. (SS) surrounding public policy, tax laws, anti-poverty pro- AAS 129. (Hist 129) Black Political Thought in grams and other reform efforts aimed at decreasing the America (4) gap between the “Haves” and the “Have-Nots.” H. Johnson (SS) Black leadership, organizations, and philosophy in America from Reconstruction to the Civil Rights Era; AAS 263. Caribbean Artistic and Cultural ideas and programs of Booker T. Washington, W.E.B. Traditions (4) DuBois, Marcus Garvey, Malcolm X and Martin Luther Representation of contemporary popular culture in the King, Jr. Scott. (SS) Caribbean in literature, music, painting and other artis- AAS 130. (Hist 130) African American History (4) tic expressions. Major attention is devoted to the Blacks in America from the first importation of Africans influences on tradition, folklore and religion in modern to the implementation of civil rights laws. West African Caribbean life. Martinez-Rivera. (HU) origins, slave trade, slavery, free blacks and emancipation AAS 310. (SSP 310, WS 310) Gender, Race and and study of Reconstruction, segregation, urbanization, Sexuality: The Social Construction of Differences (4) and the struggle for racial equality. Scott (SS) This course will provide the student with an opportunity AAS 138. Introduction to African American to engage current debates about the meaning and use of Literature (4) racial and sexual classification systems in society. Using a Survey of African American prose narrative and poetry multidisciplinary and critical approach, we will examine from the 18th century to the present. Features writers the historical and sociological contexts in which specific from the Harlem Renaissance, the Black Arts Movement, theories of racial and sexual differences emerged in the U and the post-Black Power era. Levy. (HU) S. Prerequisite: SSP 103, or department permission. Staff. (SS) AAS 140. (Thtr 140) African American Theatre (4) Foundations of African American theater: historical, lit- AAS 331. (Hist 331) United States and Africa (4) erary, and practical. K.Johnson. (HU) Reciprocal relationships between North America and the African continent from the slave trade in the seventeenth AAS 142.(Psyc 142) The Psychology of African century to the twentieth century Afrocentric movement; Americans (4) impact of Americans on shaping of modern Africa, Pan- Exploration of scholarship on the attitudes and actions African relations; influence of African Americans on U.S. of black Americans stressing the psychological dynamics, policies toward Africa. Scott. (SS) popular culture and behavior of contemporary African AAS 332. (Hist 332) Slavery and the American Americans. Staff. (SS) South (4) AAS 145. (WS 145) African American Women The emergence and demise of the “peculiar institution” Writers (4) of African American slavery in British North America Literature by African American women writers with a focus and the Old South. African background, colonial begin- on the experiences and images of black women in the U.S. nings, 19th century slave community, the ruling race Explores the written portraits and voices of 20th century and proslavery ideology, the death of slavery and its black female novelists and poets, including Hurston, Petry, aftermath, slavery and freedom in a comparative context. Morrison, Angelou, and Walker. Levy. (HU) Staff (SS) AAS 148. Cultural Diversity in the Caribbean (4) AAS 359. (Hist 359) History of South Africa (4) Cultural diversity in the Caribbean islands and the South Africa’s history from its earliest human settlement Guyanas, with emphasis on the African, Amerindian, to its emergence as a racist political order and transition and Indian influences. The sociological and cultural to a non-racial democratic state. Includes comparisons implications of the region’s diversity, with special empha- with political thought and practices in the U.S. Scott. sis on ethnicity, slavery and indenture, emancipation and (SS) independence, modernization, immigration, the impact AAS 371, 372. Independent Study (1-3) of tourism and the development of Creole cultures. Independent study in advanced areas of Africana Studies. Lecture and discussion. Rivera-Martinez. (SS) Independent research with an individual faculty member in AAS 150. (Art 150) Africans in the New World (3) the Africana Studies program. Consent of director. (ND) African American art, architecture, and craft from pre- colonial Africa to the present. Early primitivism, 88 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2003-2004

AAS 379. (SSP 379) Race and Class in America (4) and prosperity, politics, race, and gender in the United The ways in which race and class intersect in the social, States make American Studies an intellectually sophisti- economic, and political structures of American society. cated yet practical course of undergraduate study. Through sociological literature, fiction, non-fiction, film, American Studies is an excellent major for those seeking a and other media we will explore the place of race and general education in the liberal arts and social sciences. class in American society. We will examine how race and Students have found it a particularly good major for class operate on a personal, “micro” level, while at the careers in journalism, law, and teaching. same time operating on a large-scale, “macro” level. H. Johnson. (SS) Lehigh in New York Summer Program AAS 381. Special Topics. (ND) The American Studies Program hosts a six-week summer academic session in New York City. Several professors of AAS 382. Seminar on a topic in Africana Studies. History, Sociology and Anthropology, Art and Architecture, (ND) English, and other departments contribute their teaching Collateral Courses and research expertise on New York City to the program. Anth 12 Human Evolution and Prehistory Lehigh in New York combines course work on New York culture, art, and history with experiential learning in the Hist 334 American City in the 20th Century city itself. Walking tours, theatre, art museums, and just PolS 330 Movements and Legacies of the hanging out deepen students’ classroom study of one of 1960s the world’s great cities. PolS 352 Civil Rights Students stay in a New York University dormitory in PolS 322 Politics of Developing Nations Greenwich Village and attend classes within easy walking distance. The program cost includes eight Lehigh University undergraduate credits, dormitory room, meal American Studies plan, and special events. American Studies Faculty. John Pettegrew, Ph.D. Each student selects two courses out of three or four that (Wisconsin), associate professor of history, Director of the are normally offered. Courses offered usually include American Studies Program; David Amidon, Jr., M.A. The History of New York City’s Built Environment (Penn State), professor of urban studies; Peter G. Beidler, (Hist 196) and TV in New York and Beyond Ph.D. (Lehigh), Lucy G. Moses Distinguished Professor of (Comm/Hist/SSP 197). English; Gail A. Cooper, Ph.D. (UC., Santa Barbara), Requirements for the major: associate professor of history; Berrisford Booth, M.F.A. The American Studies major consists of a minimum of associate professor (Maryland Institute College of Art); 35 credit hours, normally ten courses. The major must Stephen H. Cutcliffe, Ph.D. (Lehigh), associate professor complete the following three groups of courses: of history; Alex Doty, Ph.D. (Illinois), professor of English; I. Four Required Courses Edward J. Gallagher, Ph.D. (Notre Dame), professor of English; Norman J. Girardot, Ph.D. (Chicago), professor AmSt 101 Introduction to American Studies (4) of religion studies; Heather Johnson, PhD (Northeastern), AmSt 372 Special Topics Seminar in American assistant professor of sociology; Dawn Keetley, Ph.D. Studies (4) (Wisconsin), assistant professor of English; Judith N. AmSt 391 Senior Thesis or Project (2) Lasker, Ph.D. (Harvard), professor of sociology; Alexander Levine, Ph.D. (U.C., San Diego), associate professor of AmSt 392 Senior Thesis or Project (4) philosophy; Jack Lule, Ph.D. (Georgia), professor of jour- II. Three Courses Split between the Departments of nalism; James R. McIntosh, Ph.D. (Syracuse), professor of English and History (a minimum of nine credits)–at sociology; Richard K. Mathews, Ph.D. (Toronto), distin- least one course must be at the 200 level or higher guished professor of political science; Seth Moglen, Ph.D. III. Three Further Courses on a Topical or Chronological (U.C., Berkeley), assistant professor of English; Edward T. Focus (a minimum of nine credits), one of which must Morgan, Ph.D. (Brandeis), professor of political science; be outside English and History. At least one course must Monica Najar, Ph.D. (Wisconsin), assistant professor of be at the 200-level or higher. history; Kathy Olson, Ph.D. (North Carolina), assistant professor of journalism; Michael L. Raposa, Ph.D. In close consultation with his/her adviser, majors will (Pennsylvania), professor of religion studies; William R. select a topical focus (e.g., ethnicity and race, film and Scott, Ph.D. (Princeton), professor of history; Roger D. electronic media, art and literature, popular culture, gen- Simon, Ph.D. (Wisconsin), professor of history; John K. der, cross-cultural studies, legal and political thought) or Smith, Ph.D. (Delaware), associate professor of history; a chronological focus (e.g., antebellum America, the Jean R. Soderlund, Ph.D. (Temple), professor of history; twentieth century), which they will explore in at least Albert Wurth, Ph.D. (North Carolina), associate professor three courses plus their senior thesis or project. of political science. Core American Studies Courses: American Studies is the interdisciplinary study of AAS 138 Introduction to African American American thought, literature, and culture–both past and Literature present. Born in the early years of the Cold War and AAS 140 African American Theater with an implied commitment to American exceptional- AAS 145 African American Writers ism, American Studies has since transformed itself into a AAS 150 Africans in the New World multi-faceted critical examination of United States socie- Arch 107 History of American Art ty. Comparative frameworks along with close attention Art 150 Africans in the New World to applying cultural and literary theory to such matters Engl 123 American Literature I as violence, citizenship, democracy, community, poverty Engl 124 American Literature II Engl 163 Topics in Film Studies Applied Sciences 89

Engl 316 Native American Literature AmSt 392. Senior Thesis or Project (4) Engl 376 Early American Literature Continuation of AmSt 391. Engl 377 American Romanticism Engl 378 American Realism Graduate Work in American Studies Engl 379 Twentieth-Century American Literature A Master of Arts degree in American Studies is offered Engl 380 Contemporary American Literature jointly by the departments of English and History. Can- Engl 387 Film History, Theory and Criticism didates for the master’s degree must complete at least 30 Hist 41 United States to 1865 credit hours. In addition to the Theory and Method Hist 42 United States, 1865-1941 course, students must choose two courses in American Hist 43 United States Since 1939 history and two courses in American literature and film Hist 64 Plantation to Ghetto from those offered by the history department and the Hist 124 Women in America English department. Students must also take one special Hist 129 Black Political Thought in America topics seminar. The other four courses for the master’s Hist 130 African American History degree will be divided between thesis or “thesis paper” Hist 315 American Environmental History credits and American Studies courses not in history or Hist 323 American Cultural History Since 1900 literature/film. To fulfill the thesis requirement, students Hist 325 History of Sexuality and the Family in the will write one longer thesis or two thesis papers that are U.S. aimed at conference presentation and/or publication. Hist 328 American Intellectual History since 1900 Courses: Hist 331 United States and Africa Hist 332 Slavery and the American South Amst. 400. American Studies: Theory and Method Hist 360 American Legal History An introduction to the theoretical orientations and Phil 239 Figures/Themes in Contemporary methodological strategies of American Studies. Seminar Philosophy involves extensive reading as well as application of theory PolS 227 Socialization and the Political System and method to students’ research. PolS 229 Propaganda, media, and American Amst. 401. Special Topics in American Studies Politics Graduate seminar focused on one particular subject area PolS 230 Movements and Legacies of the 1960s in American Culture. PolS 251 Constitutional Law PolS 252 Civil Rights and Civil Liberties PolS 267 American Political Thought Anthropology PolS 271 U.S. Politics and the Environment See listings under Sociology and Anthropology. Rel 152 American Judaism Rel 180 Religion and the American Experience SSP 103 Sociological Perspectives on Racial and Applied Mathematics and Ethnic Communities SSP 310 Gender, Race, and Sexuality: The Social Statistics Construction of Differences SSP 379 Race and Class in America Professors. Bennett Eisenberg, Ph.D. (M.I.T.); B. K. SSP 394 Historical Sociology: Identity and the Ghosh, Ph.D. (London); Wei-Min Huang, Ph.D. Social Problems of Generations (Rochester); Eric P. Salathe, Ph.D. (Brown); Joseph E. Yukich, Ph.D. (M.I.T.). This is not a comprehensive list. New courses may be offered each semester. Students should check with the Associate professors. Garth Isaak, Ph.D. (Rutgers); director for an updated list. Ramamirthan Venkataraman, Ph.D. (Brown). The Division of Applied Mathematics and Statistics was Courses: established within the Department of Mathematics to AmSt 101. Introduction to American Studies (4) promote and administer undergraduate and graduate An introduction to the methods, concerns, and practices education in applied mathematics and statistics, and to of American Studies through the examination of a criti- foster interdisciplinary research in the mathematical sci- cal decade of cultural transformation (e.g. the 1770s, ences at Lehigh. Courses and programs offered by the 1850s, 1890s, 1930s or 1970s). Will draw on literature , division may be found under the departmental listing. philosophy, painting, architecture, landscape design, social thought and cultural criticism, crime, reform movements, sports, and popular culture to explore such Applied Sciences topics as responses to economic change, ideas of nature Director, associate dean of the P.C. Rossin College of and culture, the meaning of work and leisure, law and Engineering and Applied Science politics, race, construction of gender, family structure, population dynamics, science and technology, sexuality, The Applied Science Program enables students to create class, urban experience, and the American polity. interdisciplinary specialties that prepare them for careers in a world that increasingly bridges academic disciplines. AmSt 372. Special Topics in American Studies (4) Students pursue subject-area concentrations that repre- Focused interdisciplinary study of one particular subject sent academic interests they wish to integrate into a area in American culture. meaningful program. The core offers students the intel- AmSt 391. Senior Thesis or Project (2) lectual tools to identify connections between the Independent work with an individual faculty member on concentrations and engage in interdisciplinary problem- a research thesis or other project approved by faculty solving and critical thinking. member and adviser. 90 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2003-2004

The program leads to the Bachelor of Science in Applied Math 231 Probability and Statistics (3) Science. Each student’s curriculum combines a general major (3) engineering education with a carefully customized con- centration in engineering and/or science as well as HSS elective (3) another area of emphasis, which may include courses junior year, second semester (15 credit hours) taken inside the PC Rossin College of Engineering & approved electives (6) Applied Science and may also include courses taken in one major (6) or more of the other three Colleges within the University. elective (3) In order to ensure the success of this individualized approach to education, Applied Science places primary senior year, first semester (18 credit hours) emphasis on advisement. Each student is teamed with an approved electives (6) advisor who helps the student plan the course of study major (6) and who supervises independent study and internships. The advisor remains the student’s advisor throughout his HSS elective (3) or her undergraduate career. free elective (3) Unlike students in the traditional college programs, stu- senior year, second semester (18 credits) dents in the Applied Science program of individualized Phil 128 Philosophy of Science (3) study do not declare a major in a particular academic department. Instead, they develop a concentration that approved elective (3) may combine study in several areas. Students are encour- major (6) aged by their advisor to develop the concentration in HSS elective (3) such a way that the student will be well prepared for fur- free elective (3) ther study in graduate school or for pursuing a particular career path. Apprentice Teaching While the chosen concentration can be highly customized 300. Apprentice Teaching (1-4) in consultation with the advisor, examples of concentra- Supervised participation in various aspects of the teach- tions include: Technical Communications, Digital ing of a course. Transcript will identify department in Media, Entertainment Science, Technology/Science and which apprentice teaching was performed. Prerequisite: Education, Technology/Science and Pre-law, Technolo- consent of department chairperson. The transcript will gy/Science and Pre-Medicine, Technology Management, reflect the subject area in which the teaching was done. Technology Marketing, and Engineering and Architec- ture. Many other combinations are possible. The College of Engineering & Applied Science require- Art and Architecture ments in math and basic sciences, as well as the Professors. Lucy Gans, M.F.A. (Pratt); Tom F. Peters, humanities and social science requirements must also be M.Arch (ETH Zurich dipl.Arch.ETH) and Dr.sc. satisfied. (techn.) ETH Zurich, director, Building and Recommended Sequence of Courses Architectural Technology Institute; Ricardo Viera, M.F.A. (R.I.S.D.), director of Lehigh University Art first engineering year (see Section III) Galleries; Ivan Zaknic, M. Arch. and Urban Planning sophomore year, first semester (15 credits) (Princeton). EES 31 Introduction to Environmental and Associate professors. Berrisford W. Boothe, M.F.A. Organic Biology (4) or (Maryland Institute College of Art); Amy Forsyth, EES 21 Introduction to Earth Materials and M.Arch (Princeton University); Bruce Thomas, Ph.D. Processes and Laboratory (4) (University of Calif., Berkeley), Anthony Viscardi, M.Arch (Georgia Institute of Technology). Chm 51, 53 Organic Chemistry and Laboratory (4) Professor’s of Practice. Douglas Mason, B.F.A. Math 23 Analytic Geometry and Calculus III (4) (R.I.S.D), Christine Ussler, M.Arch (Columbia Eco 1 Principles of Economics (4) University). sophomore year, second semester (17 credits) Lecturer. Ann Priester, Ph.D. (Princeton). major subject (3) The department of art and architecture offers two major approved elective (3) programs: Math 205 Linear Methods (3) The architecture major is a multidisciplinary major based in a department that draws on the resources of all Phys 21, 22 Introductory Physics II and Lehigh’s colleges. Although architectural design is the Laboratory (5) primary concern of this major, other courses in architec- HSS elective (3) tural history, art studio and technology are also required. junior year, first semester (16 credit hours) A special track is available within the architecture major EES 21 Introduction to Earth Materials and for students interested in architectural history. Processes and Laboratory (4) or The architecture major leads to the liberal arts B.A. EES 31, 32 Introduction to Environmental/ (Bachelor of Arts), a pre-professional four-year degree. Organismal Biology and Laboratory (4) This degree is satisfactory for admission to graduate study in architecture and candidacy for the M.Arch. pro- Psyc 1Introduction to Psychology (4) fessional degree. Art and Architecture 91

In recent years students have gone on to graduate study must have attained a 3.5 GPA in her/his major program in architecture at Yale, Harvard, Columbia, University of and a minimum overall GPA of 3.0. Candidates should Pennsylvania, Maryland and Washington University, submit to the department chair a written proposal, pre- among other schools, or to entry-level employment in pared in consultation with a faculty advisor. The project the profession. could result in a research paper, design project, or exhibi- The Arts/Engineering five-year degree, in which the stu- tion, accompanied by an oral presentation. Successful dent earns both B.A. (architecture) and B.S. (civil completion of the project and presentation would result engineering), is available for those interested in both fields. in the “Departmental Honors” designation being affixed to the student’s transcript. A major in art introduces the student to the basic media of art such as drawing, sculpture, printmaking, painting, Art Major and photography. For those interested in becoming cre- Forty-two credit hours are required. ative artists, intensive study at Lehigh as well as the other Lehigh Valley colleges is recommended; such students Required courses (21 credit hours) can expect to take more than the required number of Art 1 or Arch 1 Art History 1 or Architectural credits for the major. Cooperation with Moravian History I (3) College allows students to register for art courses not offered at Lehigh, such as ceramics. A major in art may Art 2 Art History II (3) also focus on museum studies, graphic design, or prod- Art 3 Foundation Design I (3) uct and industrial design. Art 4 Foundation Design II (3) A major in art may also be combined with a series of Art 13 Sculpture I (3) linked, interdisciplinary courses known as Integrated Product Design (IPD), focusing on industrial products. Art 15 Figure I (3) A major in art can also be combined with psychology for Art 220 20th-Century Art (3) those who seek a career in art therapy. It may also be plus one of the following (3 credit hours) combined with theater for those interested in costume Art 22/Rel 22 Visions of God: 2000 Years of design or with architecture and theater for those interest- Christian History and Art (4) ed in set design. A major in art and minor in education Art 121/WS 121 Women in Art (3) is available for students interested in becoming public school art teachers. A special track is available within the Art 150/AAS 150 Africans in the New World (3) art major for students interested in art history. Art 175 Introduction to Museum Work (3) The resources of the Lehigh University art collection and Art 206/Arch 206 Medieval Art and Architecture (3) the Zoellner Art Center are made available to many stu- Art 207/Arch 207 Renaissance Art and Architecture (3) dents taking classes in art. Prints, photographs, and paintings are often brought into the classroom and visits Arch 210 20th-Century Architecture (3) to art exhibitions on campus and elsewhere in the Art 222 Seminar in Contemporary Art (3) Lehigh Valley are a common part of art instruction. plus six studio major courses (18 credit hours) The facilities of the Lehigh University Art Galleries make Art studio; six courses, two at the advanced level it possible to see first-rate works of art on a regular basis. Students who desire an art history concentration are The annual contemporary art show is a special event. required to take Art 1 or Arch 1 and Art 2, Art 3, Art 4, Several major museums are within easy traveling distance Art 220 plus one other studio. At least six courses in the and the department runs regular bus trips to New York history or philosophy of art and/or architecture must be City. Regularly scheduled lectures bring architects and selected in consultation with the instructor. artists to campus. In recent years Rodolfo Machado, Charles Gwathmey, Klaus Herdeg, Edmund Bacon, Architecture Major Steven Peterson, Tod Williams, Peter Eisenman, Thomas Fifty-two credit hours are required. Armstrong, Rev. Howard Finster, Joyce Kozloff, Jonas Dos Santos, Geno Rodriguez, Harold Edgerton, Peter Design Sequence (22 credit hours) Berg and Jody Pinto have come to Lehigh. Arch 43 Architectural Design I (4) In addition to these two major programs, individually Arch 143 Architectural Design II (6) structured programs may be planned, such as art or archi- Arch 243 Architectural Design III (6) tecture with an emphasis in history, art history with an emphasis on museum training, and architecture with an Arch 343 Architectural Design IV (6) emphasis on planning, urban studies, graphic communica- Art Studio (12 credit hours) tion, or government. Minor programs are available in art, Art 3 Foundation Design I (3) with an emphasis on studio art, art/architectural history, Art 4 Foundation Design II (3) graphic communication, and museum studies. Course requirements are specified, and a list of courses acceptable plus two other studios (various choices) (6) for the minor is available in the department. Architectural History (9 credit hours) Note: A student must achieve a 2.0 or higher in each Art 1 or Arch 1Art History 1 or Architectural major course. History 1 (3) Departmental Honors: Arch 2 Architectural History II (3) Exceptional students in art or architecture may apply for Arch 210 20th Century Architecture (3) departmental honors at the end of their junior year or beginning of their senior year. To be eligible, a student 92 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2003-2004

Materials and Building Systems (3 credit hours) Undergraduate Courses in Art Arch 147 Building Materials and Methods (3) Art 1. Art History: Ancient and Medieval (3) fall Architecture and its intellectual context Survey of major monuments of art and architecture from (6 credit hours) (including Architecture and the prehistoric caves of Lascaux and Altamira through the Technology courses) Gothic cathedrals of Chartres and Notre-Dame of Paris, Arch 107 History of American Architecture (3) along with highlights of art and architecture of the non- Western civilizations of Africa, India, and China. Work Arch 204/Clss Ancient City and Society (3) seen in the context of cultural, historical, and technological Arch 206/Art 206 Medieval Art and Architecture (3) developments. Priester. (HU) Arch 207/Art 207 Renaissance Art and Architecture (3) Art 2. Art History: Renaissance to Present (3) Arch 209 Architecture and Ideas (3) spring Arch 213 The City (3) Survey of Western painting and sculpture from Renaissance to present. Priester. (HU) Arch 212 The Architecture of Carlos Scarpa/Theory and Practice (3) Art 3. Foundation Design I (3) Arch 253 Paris, The Planning of a Metropolis (3) An introduction to the basic elements and principles of design. Course involves use of various materials to solve 2- Arch 254 Modern Architecture in France: D design problems in studio and computer lab. Required New Directions (3) for all majors in department. Staff (HU) Arch 342 Theory of Architecture (3) Art 4. Foundation Design II (3) Arch 367 Modernism to Post-Modernism (3) An introduction to the basic elements and principles of Anth 335 Religion, Symbolism and design. Course involves use of various materials to solve Cosmology (4) 3-D design problems in studio and computer lab. Problem solving in variety of materials for 3-D design Eco 311 Environmental Economics (3) including assemblages, models, constructions, and con- Eco 312 Urban Economics (3) ceptual forms. Required for all majors in department. Hist 334 American Urban History (4) Staff (HU) Phil 123 Aesthetics (3) Art 11. Drawing I (3) Concepts and practice of drawing, both traditional and Psyc 373 Sensation and Perception (4) contemporary. Includes drawing from life and an introduc- US 62 Contemporary Urban Issues (4) tion to materials and techniques. Staff. (HU) US 363 Philadelphia: Development of a Art 13. Sculpture I (3) Metropolis (4) Projects directed toward developing design in sculpture. Architecture and Technology Exploration of materials and their application. Emphasis Arch/CEE 10 Engineering/Architectural Graphics on sculptural form as it relates to techniques. Gans. (HU) and Design (3) Art 15. Figure I (3) Arch 361 Evolution of Highrise Building Drawing and modeling in clay from direct observation Construction(3) of the human figure. Fundamental principles of drawing, Arch 363 Evolution of Long-span Bridge and two- and three- dimensional design through analysis Building (3) of the human form. In-class exercises cover basic scale, proportion, structure, drawing media and techniques, Arch 365 Evolution of the Modern Building and clay modeling. Emphasis on personal expression, the Techniques (3) human figure as vehicle for narrative, abstract or formal For the architecture major, students must fulfill the drawings or sculpture. Gans. (HU) mathematics requirement with Math 21 & 22 or Math 51 & 52; the physical science requirement must be filled Art 22 (Rel 22) Visions of God: 2000 Years of with Phys 10 or 11 & 12. Christian History and Art (4) An interdisciplinary course that combines art history and Arch 5 Introduction to Architecture (2) and Arch 6 the history of Christianity. From the beginnings of their Introduction to Architectural Drawing (2) are recom- tradition, Christians have represented their theologies mended for first-year students. A typical first semester and religious sentiments in visual arts and architecture, schedule might include Art/Arch 1, Art/Architectural and for the same two millennia, a myriad of Christians History I [required for major], Art 3 Foundation Design have learned their Christianity through visual representa- I [required for major] and Arch 5 Introduction to tions. Provides a one-semester survey of the history of Architecture [recommended for major]. A typical second Christianity as expressed in the visual arts. semester schedule might include Arch 2 Architectural Priester/Wright (HU) History II [required for major], and Art 4 Foundation Design II [required for major]. Art 35. Painting I (3) Painting in oil beginning with color mixing and basic For students contemplating graduate studies in architec- layering techniques. Students learn the basic mechanisms ture, Mech 2 is recommended. for creative expression. Emphasis on understanding the physical nature of the materials. Studio prerequisite: Art 3, 4, 11 or consent of instructor. Boothe. (HU) Art 37. Survey of Printmaking I (3) fall Introduction to various techniques in relief and intaglio printing: monoprints, woodcuts, linocuts, drypoint, Art and Architecture 93 etching grounds, aquatint, and other intaglio techniques. Art 144 (Rel 144) Raw Vision: Creativity and Includes an historical survey through slides and actual Ecstasy in the Work of Shamans, Mystics, and examples. Viera. (HU) Artist Outsiders (4) Art 38. Survey of Printmaking II (3) spring Comparative exploration of the nature and meaning of Introduction to the fundamentals of stone and metal religious and artistic experience as reflected in shaman- lithography and the basics of screen printing as a fine art ism (both prehistoric and tribal), mystic traditions print medium: various screen stencils, blockouts, and (especially Taoism and Christianity), and contemporary color transparencies; drawing methods and transfer. self-taught artistic visionaries (e.g. Jean Dubuffet, Includes an historical survey through slides and actual Howard Finster, Mr. Imagination, Lonnie Holley, examples. Viera (HU) Norbert Kox). Various disciplinary perspectives will be employed including comparative religions, anthropology, Art 53 (Des 53). Graphic Communication I (3) art history, and psychology. Girardot. (HU) fall Design principles are explored with emphasis on visual Art 150. (AAS 150) Africans in the New World (3) communication. Students learn basic concepts for design spring and typography including the vocabulary and historical African American art, architecture, and craft from pre- precedence of graphic design and computer graphics. colonial Africa to the present. Early primitivism, Introduction to professional-level formal exercises con- neo-classicism, the Harlem renaissance, modernism, and tributes to the development of visual thinking and contemporary directions. Guest lecturers, open dialogue, original ideas. Prerequisite: Art 3. Staff (HU) gallery visits, and media presentations. Writing intensive. Boothe. (HU) Art 73. Introductory Studio Practice (1-3) An introduction to the methods and techniques of stu- Art 153 (Des 153). Graphic Communication II (3) dio art. Designed to acquaint the student with general spring studio practice, covering topics not covered in other spe- Aspects of design are inter-related in function, concept cific studio course listings. May be repeated for credit. or planning processes. Students focus on the poster in Staff (ND) order to solve a variety of contemporary design prob- lems. Professional-level formal team exercises include a Art 77. Photography I (3) series of informative posters, identity systems, publica- Introduction to photography as a fine art. Emphasis on tion, and advertising design. Computer graphics and interaction of technique, perception and communication Macintosh lab are employed as integral design tools in in making and responding to photographic image. graphic design. Prerequisite: Art 53. Staff. (HU) Lectures, demonstrations, critiques. Students must pro- vide own hand camera. Mason. (HU) Art 169. Special Topics in Art History (1-3) Directed projects for students in the history of art or Art 111. Drawing II (3) architecture. Prerequisites: consent of instructor. May be Projects in creative drawing designed to build on con- repeated for credit. Staff (HU) cepts and practices initiated in basic drawing and life drawing. Prerequisite: Art 11. Staff. (HU) Art 174. (Arch 174, Clss 174, Anth 174) Greek Art 113. Sculpture II (3) Archaeology (4) Development of principles and techniques in Sculpture Ancient Greek cultures from the neolithic to hellenistic I. Modeling, casting, fabrication and carving. periods. Reconstructions of Greek social dynamics from Emphasizes an approach to sculptural form and an study of artifacts. Small. (SS) exploration of the evolution of modern sculpture. Art 176. (Arch 176, Clss 176, Anth 176) Roman Prerequisite: Art 13. Gans. (HU) Archaeology (4) Art 115. Figure II (3) Cultures of the Roman Empire. Reconstructions of Projects in figure modeling and drawing from direct social, political, and economic dynamics of the imperial observation of the human figure, designed to build on system from study of artifacts. Small. (SS) concepts and practices initiated in Figure I. Students Art 177. Photography II (3) may elect to concentrate in one particular medium, Intensive work in photography as fine art. Advanced although the primary investigation of form will always study of problems of the photographic images. Lectures, incorporate both two- and three-dimensional work. demonstrations, critiques. Students must provide own Prerequisite: Art 15. Gans. (HU) hand camera. Prerequisite: Art 77. Mason. (HU) Art 121. (WS 121) Women in Art (3) Art 179. History of Photography (1) Women artists from Renaissance to present. Attitudes Photography as fine art from earliest images to present day. toward women artists and their work; changing role of Problems in contemporary photography. Mason. (HU) women in the art world. Visits to museums and artists’ stu- dios. May be repeated for credit as topic varies. Gans. (HU) Art 206. (Arch 206) Medieval Art and Architecture (3) Art 135. Painting II (3) Focus on art and architecture in Western Europe from A sustained exploration of paint media. Students con- 313 A.D. until ca. 1500 A.D. Topics include: the emer- centrate on developing a body of related images using gence of Christian art and architecture; the art of various media and approaches. Prerequisite: Art 35. barbarian migrations; the Carolingian Renaissance; Boothe. (HU) monasticism, pilgrimage and the Romanesque; the Gothic cathedral; and medieval manuscript illumination. Priester. (HU) 94 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2003-2004

Art 207. (Arch 207) Renaissance Art and Art 277. Special Topics in Photography (1-4) Architecture (3) Individually directed projects in photography for Survey of the art and architecture of the Italian advanced students capable of undertaking creative work Renaissance from its beginnings in 13th and 14th centu- in photography. Prerequisites: Art 177 and consent of ry Tuscany and its first flowering in 15th century instructor. May be repeated for credit. Mason. (ND) Florence through the brilliant achievements of the mas- Art 311. Art Portfolio (1-4) ters of the High Renaissance and later 16th century. The concept, layout, and preparation of a portfolio for Priester. (HU) graduate school application or employment search, includ- Art 211. Drawing III (3) ing graphic techniques and reproduction method. Student Projects in traditional and contemporary drawing. must contact sponsoring professor. Prerequisite: Art 111 or Oriented toward developing an individual portfolio. consent of instructor. (ND) Drawing as a vehicle for ideas, creative expression, and Art 337. Multimedia Workshop (3) image making. Students investigate a broad range of A workshop emphasizing individual instruction and materials, forms and traditions. Prerequisite: Art 111. allowing students to explore all art mediums and/or com- Boothe or Gans. (HU) binations while developing a relationship between ideas Art 213. Sculpture III (4) and materials. May be repeated for credit. Prerequisite: Development of principles and techniques in Sculpture consent of professor. Viera. (HU) II for advanced students. Modeling, casting, fabrication Art 350. Special Topics in Graphic and carving. Prerequisite: Art 113. Gans (HU) Communication and Theory Seminar (1-4) Art 215. Figure III (3) Current topics in graphic communication theory and Further exploration of the human figure as the subject of practice. Course will cover preparation, production, and art. More advanced students may elect to concentrate in formulation of individual portfolio. Selected readings either two- or three- dimensional representations in any and discussions in professional ethics as well as legal media. The emphasis will be on personal interpretation issues in the field will be covered. May be repeated for and independent work with the instructor. Prerequisite: credit. Prerequisites: 253. Staff Art 115. Gans (HU) Art 352. Advanced Studio Practice (1-4) Art 220. 20th-Century Art (3) Advanced studio for art or architecture majors under A survey of the major movements of 20th century art guidance of faculty. Oral and written critiques. Variable including Cubism, Expressionism, Surrealism, Abstract media. May be repeated for credit. Prerequisites: Third- Expressionism, Pop, Minimalism, Conceptual Art, level (200-numbered) course of a studio art discipline Feminism and Post-Modernism. Priester. (HU) and permission of instructor. Staff (HU) Art 222. Seminar in Contemporary Art (3) Art 353 (Des 353). Graphic Communication Recent aspects, developments in contemporary art. Internship (1-4) Exploring ideas and consequences of today’s image-mak- Practical in-field experience in a communication design ing. Studio workshops, readings, discussions and field. Preapproved a semester in advance by instructor museum visits. Prerequisite: Art 2. Staff. (HU) and host organization. A minimum of 15 hours per Art 235. Painting III (3) week. Prerequisite: Art 253. Staff. (ND) Emphasis on identifying an individual creative style or Art 373. Studio Art Internship (1-4) direction with the media. Students are encouraged to Practical in-field experience in an artist’s studio or art- develop a body of painted work ready for professional related apprenticeship opportunity. Requires approval a exhibitions. Outside critics invited to final reviews. semester in advance by instructor and host organization. Prerequisite: Art 135 or consent of instructor. May be Staff. (ND) repeated for credit. Staff. (HU) Museum Studies Art 253. Graphic Communication III (3) A combination workshop/seminar course in which the Art 175. Introduction to Museum Work (3) fall student, as part of a design team, through classroom and Introduction to the methods and procedures of research individual discussion with the instructor and respective and interpretation of art objects, historical material sites, non-profit clients, develops and produces a minimum of documents, specimens, and living entities. The nature of two major design projects. Readings and classroom dis- museum work in its practical aspects. Field trips and cussions of contemporary graphic design history and workshops. Each student completes several interactive current trends form an essential part of the course. projects. Viera. (ND) Prerequisite: Art 153. Staff (HU) Art 275. Museography and Museology (3) fall- Art 269. Special Topics in Art History (1-3) spring Directed projects for advanced students in the history of Theory and practice in contemporary museums and gal- art or architecture. Prerequisite: consent of instructor. leries. Practicum in the L.U.A.G. Museum operation, May be repeated for credit. Staff. (ND) dealing with collection management, exhibition, and interpretation issues. Student completes a research report Art 273. Special Topics in Studio Practice (1-4) or equivalent. Recommend that concentration/minors Individually directed projects for advanced students repeat this course. Prerequisite: Art 175. Viera. (ND) capable of undertaking independent creative work in stu- dio art. Prerequisite: consent of instructor. May be Art 370. Special Topics in Museum Studies (1-4) repeated for credit. Staff. (ND) Special project and/or internship for graduate and advanced undergraduates in the museum studies. Prerequisite: Art 275 or equivalent course in Anthropology or History. Viera (ND) Art and Architecture 95

Art 375. Museum Internship (3) fall-spring dio art and/or architectural history are recommended. Internship under professional supervision in one or Prerequisite: Arch 43. Zaknic. (ND) more of the following areas: education/interpretation, Arch 147. Building Materials and Methods (3) collection management, curatorial, exhibition/installa- The primary structural material block, wood, steel and tion, and development/PR, administration; in one of reinforced concrete are examined in their relationship to the following regional organizations: Allentown Art architectural design. Peters. Prerequisite: Arch 43 or con- Museum, Lehigh County Historical Society, sent of professor. (ND) Bethlehem Historical Partnership, Hugh Moore Park, Canal Museum. Prerequisite: Art 275. Viera. (ND) Arch 161. (Thtr 161) Theatre Design and Technology (4) Undergraduate Courses in Architecture Theatre environments, equipment systems and acoustics. Arch 1. Architectural History I (3) fall Functions and ethics. (HU) Survey of architecture from earliest building to the Arch 171. Special Topics in Architecture (1-4) Renaissance, examined in the context of culture forma- Directed projects for students in architecture. Student tion, design concepts, and the built environment. must initiate contact with sponsoring professor. Thomas. (HU) Prerequisite: Major standing in department and/or per- Arch 2. Architectural History II (3) spring mission of instructor. Staff (ND) Survey of architecture from the Renaissance to the Arch 174. (Art 174, Clss 174, Anth 174) Greek present, examined in the context of culture formation, Archaeology (4) design concepts, and the built environment. Thomas. Ancient Greek cultures from the neolithic to hellenistic (HU) periods. Reconstructions of Greek social dynamics from Arch 5. Introduction to Architecture (2) fall study of artifacts. Small. (SS) An introduction to the discipline of architecture for first- Arch 176. (Art 176, Clss 176, Anth 176) Roman year probable architecture majors. Covers basic principles, aspects of the profession, how to understand building, etc. Archaeology (4) Staff. Freshman Year Class. (HU; FYC) Cultures of the Roman Empire. Reconstructions of social, political, and economic dynamics of the imperial Arch 6. Introduction to Architectural Drawing system from study of artifacts. Small. (SS) (2) spring Arch 204. (Clss 204) Ancient City and Society (3) An introduction to basic architectural drawing skills Ancient theories of city and city planning; attitudes to for first-year probable architecture majors. Covers life in the city; rise of urban civilization from Neolithic sketching techniques, orthographic drawing, axono- prototypes through the Near East, Egypt, Greece, Rome, metric, etc. Staff (ND) and New World; insights applicable to current urban Arch 10 (CEE 10) Engineering/Architectural problems. (SS) Graphics and Design (3) Arch 206. (Art 206) Medieval Art and Graphical communication of civil engineering or archi- Architecture (3) tectural projects using manual techniques and Focus on art and architecture in Western Europe from commercial state-of-the-art computer software. Topics 313 A.D. until ca. 1500 A.D. Topics include: the emer- include visualization and sketching; orthographic, iso- gence of Christian art and architecture; the art of metric and other drawings; points, lines and planes in barbarian migrations; the Carolingian Renaissance; descriptive geometry; site design; overview of geographi- monasticism, pilgrimage and the Romanesque; the cal information systems and 3-D applications. Gothic cathedral; and medieval manuscript illumination. Teamwork on design projects with oral and graphical Priester. (HU) presentations. Open to a limited number of architecture, design arts or other students with project roles consis- Arch 207. (Art 207) Renaissance Art and tent with students’ background. Not available to Architecture (3) students who have taken Mech 10. Survey of the art and architecture of the Italian Arch. 43. Architectural Design I (4) Renaissance from its beginnings in 13th and 14th centu- Fundamental design studio for architecture majors. ry Tuscany and its first flowering in 15th century Composition, spatial concepts; precedent; materials and Florence through the brilliant achievements of the mas- detail; light and color in architecture. Instruction in ters of the High Renaissance and later 16th century. basic communication techniques. Prerequisite: Art 3 Priester. (HU) and Art 4. Viscardi or Ussler. (ND) Arch 209. Architecture and Ideas (3) Arch 107. History of American Architecture (3) Examination of philosophical, technological, and cultural forces shaping Western architecture and urbanism. spring Prerequisites: Art/Arch 1 and Arch 2 or permission of Survey of American building from European coloniza- instructor. Writing intensive. Thomas. (HU) tion to the present. Prerequisite: Art/Arch 1 and Arch 2 or permission of instructor. Thomas. (HU) Arch 210. 20th-Century Architecture (3) History and theory of modern architecture. Analysis of Arch 143. Architectural Design II (6) buildings and architects, theories and manifestoes, from Studio format, introductory course in architectural industrial revolution to avant-garde movements. design which introduces students to new ways of Prerequisite: Art 1 or Arch 1 and another course in thinking about architecture and the perception of architectural history is recommended. Zaknic. (HU) space, three-dimensional composition, drawing, and model-making. Previous or concurrent courses in stu- 96 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2003-2004

Arch 211. Architectural Drawing/Analysis and Arch 321. Architectural Internship (1-3) Expressions (3) alternate summers in Italy Supervised internship in architectural firm, planning or This studio course is part of the Lehigh in Italy summer preservation office. Internship plan must be approved in program and will utilize several different architectural writing before it is pursued. Staff. (ND) drawing techniques to study aspects of architecture from Arch 328. Architectural Representation (3) analysis of a piazza to architecture in detail. It will employ Studio format, instruction in rendering media such as pencil sketching, charcoal drawing, and watercolor. These graphite, charcoal, color pencil, water color and pastel drawings will act as a way of seeing the Italian urban and a variety of three-dimensional drawing techniques. landscape and supplement the study and analysis of the Intended for architectural students who have mastered Italian architects’ contemporary work. Fulfills an art stu- orthographic drawing (plan, elevation, section). The ori- dio elective requirement. Viscardi. (ND) gin, history, and theory of three-dimensional drawing Arch 212. The Architecture of Carlos techniques will also be studied. Prerequisite: Arch 243. Scarpa/Theory and Practice (3) Ussler. (ND) alternate summers in Italy Arch 342. Theory of Architecture (3) This course which is part of the Lehigh in Italy summer Study of the genesis of form, its representation and its program will survey several of the Venetian architect’s most interrelationship to related artistic disciplines. Formal famous works. Meet with architects who worked with notions will be studied, compared and manipulated Scarpa and completed his unfinished projects. Explore the- through the role of time, scale, perceptual analysis and matic principles behind Scarpa’s work, their origin and roll material transformation. Permission of instructor in his unique process of design. Viscardi. (HU) required. Viscardi. (ND) Arch 213. The City (3) Arch 343. Architectural Design IV (6) Historical development of the modern city. Continuation of Arch 243. The design of buildings and Philosophical, technological, and cultural forces shaping building groups, with the emphasis on urban design and urban experience. Western culture beginning with the the city. Prerequisite: Arch 1/Art 1, 210, 243 and one art Enlightenment. Prerequisites: Art 1 or Arch 1 and Arch studio. Ussler. (ND) 2 or permission of instructor. Thomas. (HU) Arch 345. Architectural Design V (3) Arch 243. Architectural Design III (6) Undergraduate thesis. An individual design project Continuation of Arch 143. Design principles of space exploring, with faculty approval, some aspect of architec- and form stressed in earlier studios to issues of “material- ture of interest to the student. Prerequisite: Architectural ity,” “structure,” “modes of representation” and the Design I-IV; all other courses required for major, previ- “process of making.” Prerequisites: Arch 1, 143 and one ously or concurrently. Staff. (ND) art studio. Viscardi. (ND) Arch 361. (Hist 361) Evolution of Highrise Arch 253. Paris, the Planning of a Metropolis (3) Building Construction (3) alternate summers in Paris The new materials iron and concrete led to new ways of The splendor of modern Paris is due in large part to bold, thinking about building. The Industrial Revolution initi- large-scale modernization and changes in the city’s pat- ated the development of our modern culture of building terns during the 19th century. This course, which is part and our current urban society. Peters. (HU) of the Lehigh in Paris summer program, will cover a cen- tury of change and focus on the major accomplishments Arch 363. (Hist 363) Evolution of Long-span of its visionary planners. Zaknic (HU) Bridge Building (3) New materials, forms of education and technology con- Arch 254. Modern Architecture in France: New tributed to advance structural understanding. Directions (3) alternate summers in Paris Specialization and the rise of technological thinking led to The course, which is part of the Lehigh in Paris summer new bridge types and increasing span size. Peters. (HU) program, will cover the most important contributions to modern architecture in the Paris region including Centre Arch 365. (Hist 365) Evolution of the Modern Pompidou, Museed’Orsay, LeGrand Louvre, Parc de la Building Process (3) Villette, La Defense, and the new satellite towns around The criteria of trade—time and money—entered the Paris. Zaknic (HU) world of building in the 19th century. The unplanned interlude between the design and the inauguration of a Arch 271. Special Topics in Architecture (1-4) building became a new professional field: the building Directed projects for advanced students in architecture process. Peters. (HU) or architectural criticism. Prerequisites: Arch 1 and 143. Major standing in the department or consent of instruc- Arch 367. Modernism to Postmodernism (3) tor. Student must contact sponsoring professor and Re-examine the central issues facing the great masters of complete a contract sheet at pre-registration. May be twentieth-century architecture: how they formulated repeated for credit. Staff. (ND) their principles, how they applied them, and how those who inherited the legacy have interpreted it. The major Arch 311. Portfolio (1) attention will focus on either the great master builders The concept, layout, and preparation of a portfolio for such as Le Corbusier, Mies vander Rohe, Frank Lloyd graduate school application or employment search, Wright and Walter Gropius, or on second generation including graphic techniques and reproduction method. including the transitional figures such as Philip Johnson Student must contact sponsoring professor. Prerequisite: and other groups: The Whites, Greys, High-Tech, etc. Arch 243. Staff. (ND) Prerequisite: Art I/Arch I or Art 2/Arch 2 and Arch 210. Zaknic. (HU) Arts – Engineering 97

Arch 388. Advanced Architectural Design (3) Phy 12 Intro Physics Lab I 1 spring (Dept) 90 College Seminar or FYC 2-4 Intensive design projects under a sequence of visiting freshman year, second semester (18 credit hours) design instructors. Prerequisites: Arch 210, 243 and con- sent of the instructor. Zaknic. (ND) Engl 2 Composition/Literature II 3 Math 22 Calculus II 4 Arts and Sciences Chm 21 Intro Chemical Principles 4 Chm 22 Chemical Principles Lab 1 Arts 1-9. Choices and Decisions (1) Engr 1 Engineering Computations 3 Introduction to decision making with emphasis on cur- riculum, career planning, and social options. Techniques Engr 5 First-Year Design Experience 3 for using values, family history, and social norms as guide- Selection of a major in the College of Engineering and lines for decision-making processes. Pass-fail grading. Applied Science occurs prior to beginning the sopho- Arts 251. Fieldwork (1) more year. A major leading to a degree in the College of Arts and Sciences should be chosen prior to beginning Structured fieldwork for students who have previously the junior year. taken Arts 250 without the fieldwork component. Students will be required to provide some regular written Basic Arts-Engineering programs leading to a bachelor of and oral reports of activity and then write a detailed arts degree from the College of Arts and Sciences and a analysis/assessment report of particular issues and lessons Bachelor of Science degree in an area of engineering are learned. Prerequisite: 3 credits of Arts 250 (without suggested below. The listed courses may be taken in any fieldwork component) and instructor’s consent. (ND) order if prerequisites are met. Arts-Engineering candi- dates should recognize that pursuit of a bachelor of Arts 250. Communications, Cultures, Behaviors science degree (e.g., biology, chemistry, biochemistry, and Attitudes (4) earth and environmental sciences, mathematics, and Writing-intensive experiential focus on communications, physics) or a bachelor of arts program with larger than development of social roles and life skills required for average credit requirements (e.g., art, architecture, physi- effective functioning in a diverse society in America and cal sciences, cognitive science, international careers, globally. Models of group processes; small group proj- among others) will severely restrict choices of free elec- ects; communications; critical thinking and its tives. For these students, very careful planning of the application to course content; cognitive processes in han- academic program is necessary to guarantee completion dling individual differences in race, gender, class, of all major, distribution and total credit requirements religion, disabilities, sexual harassment, religions of the for the two degrees in five years. world, sexual orientation, and culture; synthesis of class experiences with readings and discussions; and social role The designation AS-courses/electives refers to those implications on choices. The application of lessons courses which meet the major and distribution require- learned in the course to real life situations such as struc- ments for the degree in the College of Arts and Sciences tured fieldwork will be required in addition to in class while other types of electives meet major requirements in work. As part of the fieldwork experience, students will the College of Engineering. When selected properly, be required to provide some regular written and oral courses which meet distribution requirements in the reports of activity and then write a detailed College of Arts and Sciences will also satisfy most distri- analysis/assessment report of particular issues and lessons bution requirements of the College of Engineering and learned. Students may not receive credit for both Arts Applied Science. Note that the bookkeeping used to arrive 250 and Comm 65 (or Comm 95). (ND) at the total credits for each dual degree program assumes 33 credit hours were earned in the freshman year. Arts-Engineering Arts-Bioengineering A total of 164-5 credit hours is needed for the bachelor The Arts-Engineering program provides the student with of arts and the bachelor of science degrees depending on an opportunity to experience the breadth of an arts edu- the bioengineering track selected. cation and simultaneously follow the more focused freshman year, first semester (17 credit hours) curriculum of an engineering major. This is a five-year, dual-degree program administered by the College of Arts Arts 2 Choices & Decisions 1(P/F) and Sciences. An Arts-Engineering graduate is awarded BioE 1 Intro to Bioengr I 1 two bachelors degrees, one from the College of Arts and Engr 1 Engineering Computations 3 Sciences and another from the College of Engineering and Applied Science. Engl 1 Composition/Literature 3 A typical freshman year class schedule for an Arts- Math 21 Calculus I4 Engineer is shown below. Note that the Chm 21 Intro Chemical Principles 4 Arts-Bioengineering program has a different freshman Chm 22 Chemical Principles Lab 1 year class schedule. freshman year, second semester (17 credit hours) freshman year, first semester (15-17 credit hours) BioE 2 Intro to Bioengr II 1 Arts 2 Choices & Decisions 1(P/F) Engl to be selected 3 Engl 1 Composition/Literature I 3 Math 22 Calculus II 4 Math 21 Calculus I 4 Phy 11 Intro Physics I 4 Phy 11 Intro Physics I 4 Phy 12 Intro Physics Lab I 1 98 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2003-2004

BioS 31 Intro to Cell and Mol Biol 3 fifth year (31 credit hours) BioS 32 Intro to Cell and Mol Biol Lab 1 See program description for senior year of Chemical Engineering. sophomore-fifth year (130-131 credit hours) Please read the section of the catalog referring to B.S. in *These electives are chosen with the chemical engineering Bioengineering. Then contact either Professor Ou-Yang adviser. or Professor White for further advice on which of the 3 Arts-Civil Engineering tracks to select and the courses that should be taken. A total of 164 credit hours is needed for the bachelor of Arts-Chemical Engineering arts and the bachelor of science degrees. A total of 163 credit hours is needed for the bachelor of sophomore year, first semester (16 credit hours) arts and the bachelor of science degrees. Math 23 Calculus III (4) See electives (1) through (5) for the chemical engineering Mech 2 Elementary Engineering Mechanics (3) program in Section III. Careful planning is required so that these may be scheduled during the senior year and CEE 10 Engineering/Architectural Graphics fifth year of the program. Any order that does not violate and Design (3) prerequisites is acceptable. AS courses/electives (6) sophomore year, first semester (17 credit hours) sophomore year, second semester (18 credit hours) ChE 31 Material and Energy Balances of Math 205 Linear Methods (3) Chemical Processes (3) Mech 12 Strength of Materials (3) Chm 31 Chemical Equilibria in Aqueous Phy 21 Introductory Physics II (4) Solutions (3) Phy 22 Introductory Physics Lab II (1) Math 23 Calculus III (4) CEE 170 Introduction to Environmental Eco 1 Principles of Economics (4) Engineering (4) AS course/elective (3) AS course/elective (3) sophomore year, second semester (18 credit hours) junior year, first semester (16 credit hours) ChE 44 Fluid Mechanics (4) Mat 33 Engineering Materials and Processes (3) Phy 21 Introductory Physics II (4) CEE 123 Civil Engineering Materials (1) Phy 22 Introductory Physics Lab II (1) CEE 11 Surveying (1) Chm 187 Physical Chemistry I (3) CEE 12 Civil Engineering Statistics (2) Math 205 Linear Methods (3) CEE 121 Mechanics of Fluids (3) AS courses/electives (3) Engineering Science Elective* (3) junior year, first semester (17 credit hours) AS course/elective (3) ChE 151 Introduction to Heat Transfer (3) junior year, second semester (15 credit hours) Chm 51 Organic Chemistry I (3) CEE 117 Numerical Methods in Civil Chm 53 Organic Chemistry Laboratory I (1) Engineering (2) Chm 192 Physical Chemistry Laboratory (2) CEE 222 Hydraulic Engineering (3) AS courses/electives (8) Eco 1 Principles of Economics (4) junior year, second semester (17 credit hours) AS courses/electives (6) ChE 244 Mass Transfer and Separation senior year, first semester (16 credit hours) Processes (3) CEE 142 Fundamentals of Soil Mechanics (3) ChE 210 Chemical Engineering CEE 159 Structural Analysis I (4) Thermodynamics (4) AS courses/electives (9) ChE 179 Professional Development (1) senior year, second semester (18 credit hours) Chm 52 Organic Chemistry II (3) CEE 262 Fundamentals of Steel Structural AS courses/electives (6) Design (3) senior year, first semester (15 credit hours) or CEE 264 Fundamentals of Concrete ChE 201 Methods of Analysis in Chemical Structural Design (3) Engineering (3) CEE 242 Principles and Practice of Chm 189 Physical Chemistry II (3) Geotechnical Engineering (3) electives for engineering major* (6) Civil Engineering electives** (3) AS courses/electives (3) AS courses/electives (9) senior year, second semester (15 credit hours) fifth year, first semester (17 credit hours) ChE 211 Chemical Reactor Design (3) CEE 202 Civil Engineering Planning and ChE 242 Introduction to Process Control and Engineering Economics (3) Simulation (3) CEE 203 Professional Development (2) electives for engineering major* (6) Civil Engineering electives** (6) AS courses/electives (3) AS courses/electives (6) Arts – Engineering 99 fifth year, second semester (15 credit hours) Arts-Computer Science Civil Engineering Capstone Design*** (3) A total of 164 credit hours is needed for the bachelor of Civil Engineering elective** (6) arts and the bachelor of science degrees. AS courses/electives (6) sophomore year, first semester (16 credit hours) **Of eighteen CEE elective credits, three credits are satisfied Math 23Calculus III (4) by a 300 level course in the major AS department; the other Phy 21 Introductory Physics II (4) fifteen approved by the CEE department chairperson; see list Phy 22 Introductory Physics Lab II (1) on department web site. CSE 17 Structured Programming and Data ***CE 290 or multidisciplinary teaming versions of CE 205, Structures (4) CE 328, CE 336, CE 347, CE 360, CE 377 or CE 381. AS course/ special elective* (3) Arts-Computer Engineering sophomore year, second semester (16 credit hours) A total of 166 credit hours is needed for the bachelor of Math 205 Linear Methods (3) arts and the bachelor of science degrees. CSE 109 Systems Programming (3) sophomore year, first semester (16 credit hours) Eco 1 Principles of Economics (4) Math 23 Calculus III (4) AS courses/ special electives* (6) Phy 21 Introductory Physics II (4) junior year, first semester (16 credit hours) Phy 22 Introductory Physics Lab II (1) CSE 261 Discrete Structures (3) ECE 33 Introduction to Computer Engineering (4) ECE 33 Introduction to Computer Engineering (4) AS course/elective (3) Math 231 Probability and Statistics (3) or sophomore year, second semester (17 credit hours) Math 309 Theory and Probability (3) CSE 17 Structured Programming and Data Structures (4) AS courses/special electives* (6) Math 205 Linear Methods (3) junior year, second semester (18 credit hours) Eco 1 Principles of Economics (4) CSE 216 Software Engineering (3) AS courses/electives(6) CSE 262 Programming Languages (3) junior year, first semester (16 credit hours) CSE 340 Design and Analysis of Algorithms (3) ECE 81 Principles of Electrical Engineering (4) AS courses/special electives* (9) Math 231 Probability and Statistics (3) or senior year, first semester (18 credit hours) Math 309 Theory of Probability (3) CSE 318 Automatic and Formal Grammars (3) AS courses/electives (9) Math 230 Numerical Methods (3) junior year, second semester (16 credit hours) AS courses/special electives* (12) ECE 82 Sophomore Laboratory (1) senior year, second semester (15 credit hours) ECE 108 Signals and Systems (4) ECE 201 Computer Architecture (3) AS courses/electives (11) CSE 252 Computers, the Internet, and Society (3) senior year, first semester (16 credit hours) AS courses /special electives* (9) ECE 121 Electronic Circuits Laboratory (2) fifth year, first semester (17 credit hours) ECE 123 Electronic Circuits (3) CSE 303 Operating System Design (3) CSE 109 Systems Programming (3) ECE 111 Proseminar (1) approved technical elective* (3) ECE 251 Senior Project I (2) AS courses/electives (5) AS courses/special electives* (11) senior year, second semester (16 credit hours) fifth year, second semester (15 credit hours) ECE 138 Digital Systems Laboratory (2) CSE 302 Compiler Design (3) ECE 201 Computer Architecture (3) AS courses/special electives* (12) CSc 216 Software Engineering (3) *Special electives [technical electives (15 credit hours) and CSc 261 Discrete Structures (3) professional electives (6 credit hours), with one of the elec- AS courses/electives (5) tives being a hardware-oriented course] are required and are fifth year (36 credit hours) chosen with the approval of the major advisor. See the cat- See program description for senior year of computer alog listing for B.S. in Computer Science in the P. C. Rossin engineering. College of Engineering for further details. *Approved technical electives, chosen with the advisor’s con- sent, are subjects in the area of science and technology. They are not restricted to offerings in the department of computer science and electrical engineering. One elective must be an engineering science elective from another department. 100 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2003-2004

Arts-Electrical Engineering sophomore year, first semester (17 credit hours) A total of 165 credit hours is needed for the bachelor of Phy 21 Introductory Physics II (4) arts and bachelor of science degrees. Phy 22 Introductory Physics Lab II (1) sophomore year, first semester (15 credit hours) Math 23 Calculus III (4) Math 23 Calculus III (4) Eco 1 Principles of Economics (4) Phy 21 Introductory Physics II (4) ECE 81 Principles of Electrical Engineering (4) Phy 22 Introductory Physics Lab II (1) sophomore year, second semester (16 credit hours) AS courses/electives (6) Phy 31 Introduction to Quantum sophomore year, second semester (15 credit hours) Mechanics (3) Math 205 Linear Methods (3) Phy 190 Electronics (3) approved elective* (3) Math 205 Linear Methods (3) AS courses/electives (9) Math 208 Complex Variables (3) junior year, first semester (16 credit hours) ECE 108 Signals and Systems (4) ECE 33 Introduction to Computer The student must choose either the Solid State Engineering (4) Electronics or the Optical Sciences concentration, listed ECE 81 Principles of Electrical Engineering (4) below. Math 208 Complex Variables (3) Solid State Electronics Concentration AS courses/electives (5) junior year, first semester (16 credit hours) junior year, second semester (16 credit hours) Phy 212 Electricity and Magnetism I (3) ECE 82 Sophomore Laboratory (1) ECE 33 Introduction to Computer ECE 108 Signals and Systems (4) Engineering (4) ECE 126 Fundamentals of Semiconductor ECE 123 Electronic Circuits (3) Devices (3) Math 322 Methods of Applied Analysis I (3) Math 231 Probability and Statistics (3) AS courses/electives (3) AS courses/electives (5) junior year, second semester (17 credit hours) senior year, first semester (18 credit hours) Phy 213 Electricity and Magnetism II (3) ECE 121 Electronic Circuits Laboratory (2) Phy 262 Advanced Laboratory (2) ECE 123 Electronic Circuits (3) Phy 362 Atomic and Molecular Structure (3) ECE 202 Introduction to Electromagnetics (3) ECE 126 Fundamentals of Semiconductors Eco 1 Principles of Economics (4) Devices (3) approved elective* (3) AS courses/electives (6) AS courses/electives (3) senior year, first semester (16 credit hours) senior year, second semester (16 credit hours) Phy 215 Classical Mechanics I (4) ECE 125 Circuits and Systems (3) Phy 363 Physics of Solids (3) ECE 138 Digital Systems Laboratory (2) SSE Elective* (3) ECE 203 Introduction to Electromagnetic SSE Elective* or AS courses/ Waves (3) electives (3) approved technical elective* (3) AS courses/electives (3) AS courses/elective (5) senior year, second semester (15 credit hours) fifth year (36 credit hours) SSE Electives* (5) See program description for senior year of electrical engi- AS courses/elective or SSE elective (3) neering, under Electrical Engineering. AS courses/electives (7) *Approved technical electives are subjects in the areas of sci- fifth year, first semester (15 credit hours) ence and technology. Students must select a minimum of four courses from the ECE or CSc course listings, with a Phy 340 Thermal Physics (3) or minimum of two courses in one of the technical areas ME 104 Thermodynamics I (3) described in the following list. Students must also choose at SSE Elective* (3) least one engineering elective in either materials, mechanics, thermodynamics, fluid mechanics or physical chemistry, and AS courses/electives (9) at least one science elective in physics, chemistry or biology. fifth year, second semester (16 credit hours) For students interested in solid state electronics, quantum AS courses/electives (16) mechanics is recommended for the science elective. *The 14 credit hours of SSE electives must include ECE Arts-Engineering Physics 251 or 252 or Phy 273 (must be a design project with an A total of 161 credit hours is needed for the bachelor of engineer co-advisor). Advisor has list of approved SSE elec- arts and bachelor of science degrees. tives. Must include at least 30 credits taught by engineers and sufficient engineering design and engineering science credits to satisfy ABET guidelines. Arts – Engineering 101

Optical Sciences Concentration junior year, first semester (17 credit hours) junior year, first semester (16 credit hours) CEE 12 Civil Engineering Statistics (2) Phy 212 Electricity and Magnetism I (3) CEE 121 Mechanics of Fluids (3) Phy 215 Classical Mechanics (4) CEE 276 Env. Engineering Processes (3) Math 322 Methods of Applied Analysis I (3) ChE 31 Mat. & Energy Bal. Of ChE OE Elective** (3) Process (3) AS courses/electives (3) AS course/elective* (6) junior year, second semester (17 credit hours) junior year, second semester (18 credit hours) Phy 213 Electricity and Magnetism II (3) CEE 222 Hydraulic Engineering (3) Phy 262 Advanced Laboratory (2) CEE 274 Environmental Water Chemistry (3) Phy 362 Atomic and Molecular Structure (3) ChE 60 Unit Ops Survey (3) OE Elective** (3) Eco 1 Principles of Economics (4) AS courses/electives (6) AS courses/electives* (5) senior year, first semester (17 credit hours) senior year, first semester (16 credit hours) Phy 352 Modern Optics (3) CEE 142 Fundamentals of Soil Mechanics (3) OE Elective** (9) CEE 378 Solid & Haz. Waste Management (3) AS courses/electives (5) EES 31 Intro. Env./Organismal Biology (4) senior year, second semester (15 credit hours) AS courses/electives* (6) Phy 355 Lasers and Non-linear Optics (3) senior year, second semester (17 credit hours) OE Elective** (6) CEE 275 Enviro-Geo-Hydraulics Lab (2) AS courses/electives (6) EES 21 Intro. Planet Earth (4) fifth year, first semester (15 credit hours) CEE 373 Fund. Of Air Pollution (3) Phy 340 Thermal Physics (3) or Technical electives** (4) ME 104 Thermodynamics I (3) AS courses/electives* (4) AS courses/electives (12) fifth year, first semester (15 credit hours) fifth year, second semester (15 credit hours) CEE 203 Professional Development (2) AS courses/electives (15) CEE/EES 379 Env. Case Studies (3) **The 18 credit hours of Optical Engineering electives must Technical electives** (4) include ECE 251 or 252 or Phy 273 (must be a design AS courses/electives* (6) project with an engineer co-advisor). Must include at least fifth year, second semester (15 credit hours) two of ECE 347, 348, 371, and 372. Advisor has list of CEE 377 Environmental Engineering approved OE electives. Must include at least 30 credits Design*** (3) taught by engineers and sufficient engineering design and engineering science credits to satisfy ABET guidelines. Technical elective** (6) Arts-Environmental Engineering AS courses/electives* (6) *AS courses must include PolS 111. A total of 164 credit hours is needed for the bachelor of arts and the bachelor of science degrees. Some CAS *14 technical (approved) elective credits approved by the requirements may be satisfied by taking CEE/EES cross- academic advisor to satisfy proficiency in three focus areas of listed courses that includes one required course, water supply and resources, environmental chemistry, and CEE/EES 379, and several CEE technical electives. hazardous waste management; approved list available from CEE department. sophomore year, first semester (16 credit hours) **CE 290 acceptable substitute when offered as a multidis- Math 23 Calculus III (4) ciplinary course that includes environmental engineering as Mech 2 Elementary Engineering Mechanics (3) a major focus Chm 51 Organic Chem I (3) Arts-Industrial Engineering AS courses/electives* (6) A total of 163 credit hours is needed for the bachelor of sophomore year, second semester (17 credit hours) arts and bachelor of science degrees. Math 205 Linear Methods (3) sophomore year, first semester (17 credit hours) Phy 21 Introductory Physics II (4) Math 23 Calculus III (4) Phy 22 Introductory Physics Lab II (1) Phy 21 Introductory Physics II (4) CEE 170 Introduction to Environmental Phy 22 Introductory Physics Lab II (1) Engineering (4) IE 111 Engineering Probability and CEE 272 Env. Risks, Regulations, and Policy (2) Statistics (3) AS course/elective* (3) IE 112 Computer Graphics (1) Eco 1 Principles of Economics (4) 102 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2003-2004 sophomore year, second semester (17 credit hours) Phy 21, 22 Introductory Physics II and IE 121 Applied Engineering Statistics (3) Laboratory (5) IE 122 Software Tools (1) AS course /elective (3) IE 131 Work Systems and Facilities junior year, first semester (16 credit hours) Planning (3) IE 122 Software Tools (1) IE 132 Work Systems and Facilities IE 220 Introduction to Operations Planning Lab (1) Research (3) Acct 108 Fundamentals of Accounting (3) BIS 211 Management Information Systems (3) AS courses/electives (6) Mech 2, ME 104 Elementary Engineering junior year, first semester (15 credit hours) Mechanics (3), Math 205 Linear Methods (3) Thermodynamics I (3), or Mat 33 Engineering Materials and Processes (3) or Mat 33 Engineering Materials and Processes (3) AS courses/electives (9) AS courses /electives (6) junior year, second semester (16 credit hours) junior year, second semester (17 credit hours) IE 220 Introduction to Operations Research (3) IE 170 Algorithms in Systems Engineering (3) ECE 81 Principles of Electrical Engineering (4) IE 171 Algorithms in Systems Engineering Laboratory (1) IE 224 Information Systems Analysis and Design (3) IE 275 Fundamentals of Web Applications (3) AS courses/electives (6) ECE 81 Principles of Electrical Engineering (4) senior year, first semester (16 credit hours) AS courses /electives (6) IE 215 Fundamentals of Modern senior year, first semester (16 credit hours) Manufacturing (3) IE 224 Information Systems Analysis and IE 216 Manufacturing Laboratory (1) Design (3) Mech 2Elementary Engineering Mechanics (3) IE 345 Manufacturing Information Systems (3) AS courses/electives (9) Eco 1 Principles of Economics (4) senior year, second semester (15 credit hours) TE Technical Elective (3)* IE 226 Engineering Economy and Decision AS course /elective (3) Analysis (3) senior year, second semester (16 credit hours) ME 104 Thermodynamics I (3) IE 226 Engineering Economy (3) IE Elective (See IE Program for Possible IE 305 Simulation (3) Electives) (3) IE 339 Stochastic Models (3) AS courses/electives (6) TE Technical Elective (3)* summer AS courses /electives (4) IE 100 Industrial Employment (0) summer fifth year (34 credit hours) IE 100 Industrial Employment (0) See program description for senior year of Industrial Engineering. fifth year, first semester (15 credit hours) IE 316 Advanced Operations Research Arts-Information and Systems Techniques (3) Engineering IE 372 Systems Engineering Design (3) A total of 160 credit hours is needed for the bachelor of arts and bachelor of science degrees. TE Technical Elective (3)* sophomore year, first semester (17 credit hours) AS courses /electives (6) IE 111 Engineering Probability and fifth year, second semester (15 credit hours) Statistics (3) IE 154 Senior Project (3) Math 23 Calculus III (4) IE 341 Data Communication Systems Analysis CSc 17 Structured Programming and Data and Design (3) Structures (4) TE Technical Elective (3)* AS courses /electives (6) AS courses /electives (6) sophomore year, second semester (17 credit hours) *Technical Electives from approved list IE 121 Applied Engineering Statistics (3) Arts-Materials Science and Engineering Math 205 Linear Methods (3) A total of 165 credit hours is needed for the bachelor of Acct 108 Fundamentals of Accounting (3) arts and bachelor of science degrees. sophomore year, first semester (16 credit hours) Mat 33 Engineering Materials and Processes (3) Math 23 Calculus III (4) Asian Studies 103

Phy 21 Introductory Physics II (4) ME 111 Professional Development (1) Phy 22 Introductory Physics Lab II (1) AS courses/electives (3) Mat 10 Materials Laboratory (1) sophomore year, second semester (18 credit hours) AS courses/elective (3) Mech 2 Elementary Engineering Mechanics (3) sophomore year, second semester (17 credit hours) ME 104 Thermodynamics I (3) Mech 2 Elementary Engineering Mechanics (3) Math 205 Linear Methods (3) Math 205 Linear Methods (3) AS courses/electives (9) Mat 20 Computational Methods in Materials junior year, first semester (17 credit hours) Science (2) Mech 12 Strength of Materials (3) Mat 203 Structure and Characterization of ECE 81 Principles of Electrical Engineering (4) Materials (3) Eco 1 Economics (4) Mat 205 Thermodynamics and Phase Diagrams (3) AS courses/electives (6) AS courses/electives (3) junior year, second semester (15 credit hours) junior year, first semester (15 credit hours) Mech 102 Dynamics (3) Mat 201 Physical Properties of Materials (3) ME 21 Mechanical Engineering Laboratory I (1) Mat 216 Diffusion and Phase Transformations (3) ME 231 Fluid Mechanics (3) Mat 218 Mechanical Behavior of Materials (3) ECE 162 Electrical Laboratory (1) Eco 1 Principles of Economics (4) AS courses/electives (7) Mat 101 Professional Development (2) senior year, first semester (15 credit hours) junior year, second semester (15 credit hours) Mat 33 Engineering Materials and Processes (3) Engr 211 Integrated Product Development Projects I (3) Math 208 Complex Variables (3) or Mat 204 Processing and Properties of Polymeric Math 230 Numerical Methods (3) or Materials (3) Math 231 Probability and Statistics (3) Mat 206 Processing and Properties of Metals (3) ME 252 Mechanical Elements (3) Mat. 210 Macro Materials Processing Lab (2) AS courses/electives (6) Mat 214 Processing and Properties of Ceramic senior year, second semester (16 credit hours) Materials (3) ME 211 Mechanical Engineering Design I (3) Mat 226 Materials Selection in Design (1) ME 242 Mechanical Engineering Systems (3) senior year, first semester (17 credit hours) ME 240 Manufacturing (3) Engr 212 Integrated Product Development ME 121 Mechanical Engineering Laboratory II (1) Projects II (2) AS courses/electives (6) AS courses/electives (15) fifth year (33 credit hours) senior year, second semester (15 credit hours) See program description for senior year of Mechanical ChE 60 Unit Operations Survey (3) Engineering & Mechanics. One of the courses is an AS course/elective (3). AS courses/electives (12) fifth year (34 credit hours) See program description for senior year of Materials Sci- Asian Studies ence and Engineering, except replace Engr 212 (2) with Professors. John Gatewood, Ph.D. (Illinois), Sociology AS course (3) and ChE 60 (3) with AS course (3). and Anthropology; Norman Girardot, Ph.D. (Chicago), Note: Students interested in the industrial or research Religion Studies; Kenneth Kraft, Ph.D. (Princeton), options should consult with the department chairperson Religion Studies; Michael Notis, Ph.D. (Lehigh), prior to their fourth year. Students selecting the research Materials Science and Engineering; David Pankenier, option should elect Mat 240, Research Techniques, in the Ph.D. (Stanford), Modern Languages and Literature; first semester of the senior year. Students selecting the Nicola Tannenbaum, Ph.D. (Iowa), Program Director, industrial option should elect Mat 327 & Mat 329, Sociology and Anthropology; Raymond Wylie, Ph.D. Industrial Project. (London, England), International Relations. Arts-Mechanical Engineering Associate professors. Constance Cook, Ph.D. (U.C., A total of 163 credit hours is needed for the bachelor of Berkeley), Modern Languages and Literature; Gail arts and the bachelor of science degrees. Cooper, Ph.D. (U.C., Santa Barbara), History; Alexander Levine, Ph.D. (San Diego), Philosophy; Michael sophomore year, first semester (16 credit hours) Mendelson Ph.D. (San Diego), Philosophy. Phy 21 Introductory Physics II (4) Assistant professors. Kiri Lee, Ph.D. (Harvard), Modern Phy 22 Introductory Physics Lab II (1) Languages and Literature; Amardeep Singh, Ph.D., Math 23 Calculus III (4) English. ME 10 Graphics for Engineering Design (3) The Asian Studies program provides undergraduates in any college within Lehigh an opportunity to acquire a systemat- 104 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2003-2004 ic knowledge of Asia, specifically East Asia, Southeast Asia, Study Abroad Programs and the Pacific. The program focuses on the rich historical Students are encouraged to spend a summer, semester, or and cultural heritage of the countries of Asia, as well as their year in an approved study program in China, Japan, growing importance in world affairs and their critical rela- Korea, Southeast Asia, or the Pacific. Students who wish tionship to the national interests of the United States. to study abroad, and who wish to have the academic Courses offered at other LVAIC institutions and may be work taken in that program count toward a Lehigh taken for credit by Lehigh students. Students are encouraged degree, must have a GPA of 2.7 or higher. Any student to participate in a variety of extracurricular activities that are with a lower GPA may petition the Committee on the offered in Asian Studies, such as special lectures and semi- Standing of Students for an exception to this rule before nars, films, performances, and exhibits. applying to an approved study abroad program. These The overall program is administered by the Asian Studies programs are open to all LVAIC students subject to the Committee, an interdisciplinary body of faculty with a spe- regulations of their home institutions. For details on all cial interest in the region. This committee oversees both programs, consult Christopher Hennesy, Lehigh Abroad the formal academic work within the program as well as Program Officer, International Education Office, 354 the extracurricular activities sponsored at the university. It Whitaker Laboratory, 610- 758-3351, [email protected]. also cooperates with the Asian Cultural Society and other I. Core Requirements campus organizations involved in aspects of Asian Studies. A. Language and Culture: Chinese or Japanese or other The courses listed are regularly offered in the program approved Asian languages to intermediate level (2 years); and new ones are currently under development in a or 4 courses (16 credits), based on placement, chosen number of subject areas. (Consult the Registrar’s from the following *: Schedule of Classes for specific offerings in any particu- Asia 91 Elementary Asian Language and Culture lar semester.) Abroad (1-8) HU For further information, interested students should con- Asia 191 Intermediate Asian Language and sult Dr. Nicola Tannenbaum, Director, Asian Studies Culture Abroad (1-8) HU Program, Price Hall, 681 Taylor St., 758-3829 (nt01), or Chin 1 Elementary Chinese I (4) HU any of the Asian Studies faculty listed above. Chin 2 Elementary Chinese II (4) HU Major in Asian Studies Chin 11 Intermediate Chinese I (4) HU The Asian Studies major is designed to accomplish three goals: to ground the student in a regional language and Chin 12 Intermediate Chinese II (4) HU culture (Chinese or Japanese), to survey various disci- Chin 41 Modern Written Chinese I (1-4) HU plines in Asian Studies more broadly, and to provide Chin 42 Modern Written Chinese II (1-4) HU advanced research opportunities in the upperclass years. The program, when successfully completed, prepares the Chin 91 Chinese Language and Culture Abroad student for further graduate work, professional educa- (1-8) HU tion, or employment in the public or private sector. Chin 191 Intermediate Chinese Language and There is an increasing demand for graduates who com- Culture Abroad (1-8) HU bine a major in a disciplinary field (e.g., business, Jpns 1 Elementary Japanese I (4) HU economics, international relations) with a second major (or minor) in Asian Studies, including Chinese or Japan- Jpns 2 Elementary Japanese II (4) HU ese language competence. Jpns 11 Intermediate Japanese I (4) HU The major in Asian Studies may have a Chinese studies Jpns 12 Intermediate Japanese II (4) HU or a Japanese studies concentration, each requiring a Jpns 91 Elementary Japanese Language and minimum of 9 courses (36 credits). The distribution of Culture Abroad (1-8) HU the credits is as follows, subject to the guidance of the academic advisor, Dr. Nicola Tannenbaum, Sociology Jpns 191 Intermediate Japanese Language and and Anthropology, Price Hall, 758-3829 (nt01). Full Culture Abroad (1-8) HU descriptions of all Asian Studies courses are provided in *Note 1. Students with prior knowledge of Chinese or the listings of individual departments. Japanese will be placed on the basis of a competence test. Native speakers placing out of the language requirement in Minor in Asian Studies part or in whole will be required to take additional Asian The minor in Asian Sudies is intended to complement a studies courses to make up a minimum of 36 credit hours. student’s major field of study and it is flexible according to individual needs. Students are free to survey the field B. Humanities and Social Science: 3 courses (minimum broadly or concentrate in a special area such as Chinese 10 credits) chosen from the following: or Japanese studies. The minor is composed of a mini- Asia 61 (IR 61) Asian International Relations (4) SS mum of 4 courses (16 credits) in Asian studies, chosen Asia 62 (Rel 62) Religions of India (4) HU from an approved list in consultation with the minor advisor, Dr. Nicola Tannenbaum, Price Hall, 681 Taylor Asia 64 (Rel 64) Religions of China (4) HU Street, 610-758-3829 (nt01). Asia 65 (Rel 65) Religions of Japan (4) HU While students minoring in Asian Studies are encouraged Asia 67 (Rel 67) Japanese Civilization (4) HU to study languages, only 8 credits of language study count Asia 68 (MLL 68) Japanese Language Past and towards the Asian Studies minor. Students interested only Present (4) (HU) in language study are encouraged to minor in Chinese or Japanese (see MLL). Asian Studies 105

Asia 73 (MLL 73) Film, Fiction, and Gender in Asia 361 Internship in Asian Studies Modern China (4) HU (1-4)HU/SS Asia 74 (MLL 74) Chinese Cultural Program (1-6) Asia 364 (IR 364) International Relations of Pacific HU/SS Asia (4) SS Asia 75 (Hist, MLL 75) Chinese Civilization (4) HU/SS Asia 371 Advanced Readings in Asian Asia/Hist/MLL 76 Understanding Contemporary Studies (1-4) HU/SS China (4) HU Asia 381 Special Topics in Asian Studies Asia 77 (Rel 77) The Islamic Tradition (4) HU (1-4) HU/SS Asia 78 (MLL 78) Asian-American Studies (4) Asia 391 Senior Seminar in Asian Studies (HU) (1-4) HU/SS Asia 100 Seminar in Asian Studies Asia 399 Senior Thesis in Asian Studies (1-4)HU/SS (1-4) HU/SS Asia 125 (MLL 125) Immortal Images: Traditional C. Other suitable courses at LVAIC or other approved insti- Chinese Literature in Translation tutions in the United States. (4)HU D. Other suitable courses in approved study abroad pro- Asia 140 (Phil 140) Eastern Philosophy (4) HU grams in Asia. Asia 141 (STS 141) Science and Technology in Asian Studies Courses Not Cross Listed East Asia (4) SS Elsewhere in the Catalog Asia 160 (Rel 160) The Taoist Tradition (4) HU ASIA 91. Elementary Asian Language and Culture Asia 161 (IR 161) China in World Affairs (4) SS Abroad (1-8) Asia 162 (Rel 162) Zen Buddhism (4) HU Elementary Language and culture abroad other than Chinese or Japanese. (HU) Asia 163 (IR 163) Japan in World Affairs (4) SS Asia 164 (IR, Rel 164) Japan’s Response to the West (4) ASIA 100. Seminar in Asian Studies (1-4) Topics in Asian Studies. May be repeated for credit. HU (HU/SS depending on topic) Asia 168 (Rel 168) Buddhism in the Modern World (4) HU ASIA 191. Intermediate Asian Language and Culture Abroad (1-8) Asia 169 (Rel 169) Classics of Asian Religions (4) Intermediate language and culture other than Chinese HU and Japanese. (HU) Asia 177 (Hist, MLL 177) China Enters the Modern Age (4)HU/SS ASIA 291. Advanced Asian Language and Culture Abroad (1-8) Asia 184 (Anth 184) Cultures of the Pacific (4) SS Advanced language and culture abroad other than Asia 187 (Anth 187) Peoples of Southeast Asia (4) SS Chinese and Japanese. (HU) II. Advanced Electives ASIA 361. Internship in Asian Studies (1-4) Internship in public or private agency involved in some Two courses (7 or 8 credits) chosen from the following, 1 aspect of Asian studies. Individual faculty mentor. Written course (4 credits) of which must be at the 300 level: report required. May be repeated for credit. Program per- A. Language and Culture: mission required. (HU/SS depending on topic) Asia 291 Advanced Asian Language and ASIA 371. Advanced Readings in Asian Studies (1-4) Culture Abroad (1-8) HU Directed course of reading and writing in advanced topic not covered in regular Asian Studies course offerings. Chin 141 Advanced Chinese I (4) HU May be repeated for credit. Program permission Chin 142 Advanced Chinese II (4) HU required. (HU/SS depending on topic) Chin 251 Special Topics (1-4) HU ASIA 381. Special Topics in Asian Studies (1-4) Chin 291 Advanced Chinese Language Advanced study of aspects of Asian studies not covered and Culture Abroad (1-8) HU in regular course offerings. Individual faculty supervi- sion. Research paper required. May be repeated for Chin 371 Special Topics (1-4) HU credit. Program permission required. (HU/SS depending Jpns 141 Advanced Japanese I (4) HU on topic) Jpns 142 Advanced Japanese II (4) HU ASIA 391. Senior Seminar in Asian Studies (1-4) Jpns 290 Special Topics (1-4) HU Advanced seminar focusing on discussion and research on specialized subjects in Asian studies. Variable subject Jpns 291 Advanced Japanese Language matter. Offered by faculty on rotating basis. May be and Culture Abroad (1-8) HU repeated for credit. Program permission required. B. Humanities and Social Sciences: (HU/SS depending on topic) Asia 221 (Rel 221) Topics in Asian Religions (4) ASIA 399. Senior Thesis in Asian Studies (1-4) HU Advanced, individual research project on topic agreed Asia 240 (Phil 240) Figures/Themes in Eastern between faculty and student. Research paper and oral Philosophy (4) HU defense required. May be repeated for credit. Open to Asia 254 (Rel 254) Buddhism and Ecology (4) HU Asian studies majors only. Program permission required.(HU/SS depending on topic) Asia 340 (Hist 340) History of Japanese Industrialization Since 1800 (3-4) SS 106 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2003-2004

Astronomy and Astrophysics Intermediate - Advanced Astronomy/Astrophysics Astr/Phy/EES 105 (4) Professors. George E. McCluskey, Jr.,Ph.D. Astr/Phy 110 (1) (Pennsylvania), head; Gary G. DeLeo, Ph.D.(Connecticut). Astr/Phy 201 or 202 (4) Astronomy and Astrophysics are offered in the depart- [9] ment of Physics. Approved Electives Astrophysicists apply physics and mathematics to the Two additional physics/astronomy courses study of planets, stars, galaxies, pulsars, black holes, at the 200 level or above (6) quasars and the universe, among many other fascinating objects in order to understand their origin, evolution and Two additional science or mathematics ultimate fate. Students who major in astronomy or astro- courses at the 200 level or above (6) physics usually have very inquisitive minds and a good [12] aptitude for physics and mathematics. The bachelor degree programs in astronomy and astrophysics provide Approved Electives are subject to the approval of the stu- the student with a solid background in laboratory and dent’s advisor, and should be chosen to provide a theoretical astrophysics as well as in the fundamentals of coherent program. physics and mathematics. Research opportunities are Recommended courses are Math 12, Phy 212, EES 31, available to supplement classroom instruction. BioS 31. The bachelor of science degree in astrophysics is Requirements for the Bachelor of Science degree in designed for students who wish to go on to graduate Astrophysics studies in astrophysics with the goal of becoming profes- Mathematics sional astronomers. Professional astronomers generally Math 21, 22, 23, 205, (320 or 332) [18] find positions at colleges, and universities, national labs, NASA or its contractors and in various space industries. Basic and Intermediate-Level Science This degree also prepares you for many jobs in related Phy 11/12 or 10/12 (5) fields such as computer science, mathematics or physics. Phy 21/22 or 13/14 (4-5) The bachelor of arts degree in astronomy is intended for Phy 31, 212, 215, (262 or 352) (12-13) students who desire a broad background in astronomy, mathematics and physics but do not plan to do graduate Chm 21/22 or 75/76 (5-8) work in astrophysics. With this broad background, the EES 21 (4) student is well prepared in many fields of endeavor, EES 113 or 2-4 cr. hr. at 100 level or above (2-4) including planetarium and museum work, teaching astronomy at colleges and universities, secondary educa- [32-39] tion, science writing, or, in fact, in many professions in Intermediate - Advanced Astronomy/Astrophysics which the ability to learn is critical. Astr/Phy/EES 105 (4) Both of these degrees can be profitably combined with Astr/Phy 110 (1) physics, mathematics, and other sciences producing Astr/Phy 201, 202 (8) excellent double majors or double degrees. Astr/Phy (332 or 342 or 350) (3) A minor program in astronomy is also available for stu- dents who wish to enlarge their potential for a career [16] choice or who may be eager to learn more about astro- Approved Electives physics than an introductory course can provide. Three additional physics/astronomy courses at Astronomy and Astrophysics Degree the 200 level or above (9) Programs One additional science course (not physics or Requirement for the Bachelor of Arts degree in astronomy: astronomy) at the 100 level or above (3) Mathematics [12] Math 21, 22, 23, and 205 [15] Recommended sequence of courses for the first two Basic and Intermediate-Level Science years: Astr 7/8 (4) B.A. Astronomy B.S. Astrophysics Phy 11/12 or 10/12 (5) Fall Spring Fall Spring Phy 21/22 or 13/14 (4-5) Freshman year Phy 31, 262 (5) Engl 1(3) Engl 2,4(3) Engl 1 (3) Engl 2,4. ..(3) Chm 21/22 or 75/76 (5-8) EES 21(4) Phy 11(4) Phy 11(4) EES 21(4) EES 21 (4) Math 21(4) Phy 12(1) Phy 12(1) Math 22(4) EES 113 or 2-4 cr. hr. at 100 level or above (2-4) Astr 7/8(4) Math 22(4) Math 21(4) Col Sem [29-35] and/or Dist Req(3-6) Coll Ment(1) Col Sem(3-4) Col Sem or Dist req(1) (3-4) Coll Ment(1) [16] [15-16] [16-17] [14-17] Astronomy and Astrophysics 107

Sophomore Year Astr 8. (Phy 8) Introduction to Astronomy Phy 21(4) Phy 31(3) Phy 21(4) Phy 31(3) Laboratory (1) fall Phy 22 (1) Math 205(3) Phy 22(1) Math 205 (3) Laboratory to accompany Astr/Phy 7. (NS) Math 23(4) Astr 110(1) Math 23(4) Astr 110 (1) Astr 105. (Phy 105, EES 105) Planetary Astr 105(4) Chm 21(4) Astr 105(4) Chm 21(4) Astronomy (4) fall Structure and dynamics of planetary interiors, surfaces, Dist req(2)(3-4) Chm22(1) Dist reg(2)(3-4) Chm 22 (1) (2) (2) and atmospheres. Models for the formation of the solar Dist req (3-4) Dist req (3-4) system and planetary evolution. Internal structure, sur- [16-17] [15-16] [16-17] [15-16] face topology, and composition of planets and other (1) If the College Seminar is deferred until spring, students bodies in our solar system. Comparative study of plane- may choose to select Astr 7 by deferring a distribution tary atmospheres. Organic materials in the solar system. requirement. Properties of the interplanetary medium, including dust and meteoroids. Orbital dynamics. Extrasolar planetary (2) Students may wish to select EES 113 or another course systems. that satisfies this EES requirement by deferring a distribu- tion requirement. Astr 110. (Phy 110) Methods of Observational Departmental Honors in Astronomy or Astrophysics. Astronomy (1) Students receiving a BA in Astronomy or a BS in Techniques of astronomical observation, data reduction, Astrophysics may earn Departmental Honors by satisfy- and analysis. Photometry, spectroscopy, CCD imaging, ing the following requirements: and interferometry. Computational analysis. Examination of ground-based and spacecraft instrumentation, and data 1. Academic Performance: Minimum grade point aver- transmission, reduction, and analysis. (NS) age of 3.50 in astronomy and physics courses used to satisfy the major degree requirements For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduate 2. Research or Project-Based/Creative Activity: comple- Students tion of approved* special topics courses in astronomy that include written reports, or Astr 201. (Phy 201) Modern Astrophysics I (4) completion of 6 credits of Phy 273 (research) or fall equivalent, or Physics of stellar atmospheres and interiors, and the for- completion of a summer research project with mation, evolution, and death of stars. Variable stars. The written report and oral presentation evolution of binary star systems. Novae, supernovae, white dwarfs, neutron stars, pulsars, and black holes. 3. Additional Course Work: Completion of at least one Stellar spectra, chemical compositions, and thermody- approved* 300-level course in either physics or namic processes. Thermonuclear reactions. Interstellar astronomy beyond those required in the student’s medium. Prerequisites: Phy10 and 13, or Phy 11 and degree program. This course may not be selected 21, Math 22 or 52. (NS) from special topics or research courses such as Astr/Phy 350 or Phy 372. Astr 202. (Phy 302) Modern Astrophysics II (4) * specific approvals are granted by the Program Director spring The Milky Way Galaxy, galactic morphology, and evolu- The minor program in Astronomy. The requirements tionary processes. Active galaxies and quasars. Observed for a minor in astronomy are: properties of the universe. Relativistic cosmology, and Phy 11/12 and 21/22 the origin, evolution and fate of the universe. Elements Astr 105, 201, and 202 of General Relativity and associated phenomena. Prerequisites: Phy 10 and 13, or Phy 11 and 21, Math One Astr course at the 300 level 22 or 52. (NS) Two courses (minimum of 6 credit hours) selected from the following: Any Astr course (except Astr 7 or 8) Csc Astr 332. (Phy 332) High-Energy Astrophysics (3) 17, Math 208, 231, Phy 31, 213, 215, 348, 362. spring, odd-numbered years Observation and theory of X-ray and gamma-ray The minor program must be designed in consultation sources, quasars, pulsars, radio galaxies, neutron stars, with the program director. black holes. Results from ultraviolet, X-ray and gamma Undergraduate Courses in ray satellites. Prerequisites: Math 23 or 33 previously or Astronomy/Astrophysics concurrently, and Phys 21. Mc Cluskey. (NS) Astr 7. (Phy 7) Introduction to Astronomy (3) fall Astr 342. (Phy 342) Relativity and Cosmology (3) Introduction to planetary, stellar, galactic, and extragalac- spring, even-numbered years tic astronomy. An examination of the surface Special and general relativity. Schwarzschild and Kerr characteristics, atmospheres, and motions of planets and black holes. Supermassive stars. Relativistic theories of other bodies in our solar system. Properties of the sun, the origin and evolution of the universe. Prerequisites: stars, and galaxies, including the birth and death of stars, Math 23 or 33 previously or concurrently, and Phy 21. stellar explosions, and the formation of stellar remnants McCluskey. (NS) such as white dwarfs, neutron stars, pulsars, and black Astr 350. Topics in Astrophysics (3) fall-spring holes. Quasars, cosmology, and the evolution of the uni- For science or engineering majors who desire to study an verse. May not be taken by students who have previoulsy active area of research in astrophysics. Individual supervi- completed Astr/Phy 105, 201, or 202. (NS) sion. Prerequisites: Astr 201, and Math 23 or 33 and Phy 21. May be repeated for credit with the consent of the program director. (NS) 108 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2003-2004

Biochemistry Phy 10,12 General Physics I and Laboratory (5) or Phy 11, 12 Introductory Physics I and Laboratory (5) An Interdepartmental B.S. biochemistry major is offered sophomore year in the College of Arts and Sciences. The B.S. in bio- chemistry degree is managed by an interdepartmental Chm 51,52,53,58 Organic Chemistry committee composed of biochemists, bioorganic and Laboratory (8) chemists, and molecular/cellular biologists. The commit- Phy 13,14 General Physics II and Laboratory (4) or tee administers the degree, monitors the academic Phy 21,22 Introductory Phys. II and program, provides research possibilities, and advises stu- Laboratory dent majors. The director of the program is currently Linda J. Lowe-Krentz. Math 43 Linear Algebra (3) or Math 23 Calculus III Bachelor of Science Degree in BioS 110 Experimental Design and Statistical Biochemistry Analysis** I. College and University Requirements (26) Chm 187 Physical Chemistry I (3)* a. English 1, 2 (6) BioS 101 Genetics b. Arts 1 (1) *Alternatively, if Chm 194 is elected, it would be taken fall c. First Year Seminar (3) of junior year d. Non-science electives: 16 hours to be broadly dis- **A statistics course from the Math department could also tributed in fields of thought other than natural fulfill the statistics requirement science and mathematics, including at least 8 junior year hours each in humanities and social sciences. Chm 332 Analytical Chemistry (3) II. Collateral Science Requirements at least (24) BioS 371,372 Elem. of Biochemistry I and II (6) a. Physics 11, 12, 13, 14 (or 10, 12, 21, 22) (9 or 10) BioS 377 Biochem. Lab (3) b. Mathematics 51,52,43 (or 21, 22, 23) and a sta- tistics course at least (12) Chm 205 Main Group Elements (2)* c. Survey of Computer Science 12 or Engineering 1 (3) CSE 12 Survey of Computer Science (3) III. Required Chemistry Courses (25 to 26) Technical Writing (2) a. Introductory Chemistry Chemistry 75, 76 (8*) *If Chm 194 is taken in the junior year, Chm 205 would be displaced to senior year. If Chm 307 is elected in place of b. Organic Chemistry Chemistry 51, 52, 53, 58 (8) Chm 205, it would be taken in the senior year. c. Inorganic Chemistry Chemistry 205 or 307 (2 or 3) senior year d. Physical Chemistry Chemistry 187 or 194 (3) BioS Advanced laboratory course(s) e. Analytical Chemistry Chemistry 332 (3) BioS elective *The Chemistry 21/22/31 sequence may be substituted. IV. Required Biological Science courses (24) Biological Sciences a. Biochemistry 371, 372, 377 (9) b. Introduction to Cell and Molecular Biology 31, Professors. Neal Simon, Ph.D. (Rutgers), chair; Barry 32 (4) Bean, Ph.D. (Rockefeller); Michael J. Behe, Ph.D. (Pennsylvania); David Cundall, Ph.D. (Arkansas); c. Genetics 101 (3) Murray Itzkowitz, Ph.D. (Maryland); Steven Krawiec, d. Advanced Laboratory (4) Ph.D. (Yale); Linda J. Lowe-Krentz, Ph.D. e. Electives in Biological Sciences (3 hours mini- (Northwestern); John Nyby, Ph.D. (Texas); Jeffrey A. mum*) Sands, Ph.D. (Penn State). f. Technical Writing ( 2 hours minimum) Associate professors. Lynne Cassimeris, Ph.D. (North Carolina); Michael R. Kuchka, Ph.D. (Carnegie *The three credit hours of biological sciences electives are Mellon); Jill Schneider, Ph.D. (Wesleyan), Class of 1961 chosen with the approval of the adviser. Professor; Jennifer Swann, Ph.D. (Northwestern); Vassie Model Pattern Roster C. Ware, Ph.D. (Yale). freshman year Assistant professors. Maria Bykhovskaia, Ph.D. (Russian Academy of Sciences); Matthias Falk, Ph.D. Chm 75,76 Concepts, Models, and Experiments (Heidelberg); Mary Kathryn Iovine, Ph.D. I and II (8) (Washington); Stefan Maas, Ph.D. (Heidelberg); Robert BioS 31,32 Intro. to Cell and Molecular Biology V. Skibbens, Ph.D. (North Carolina); Colin J. Saldanha, and Laboratory (4) Ph.D. (Columbia) Math 51,52 Survey of Calculus I and II (7) or Adjunct professors. Martin L. Richter, Ph.D. (Indiana) Math 21,22 Calculus I and II (8) The biological sciences include the study of living systems Dept 90 College Seminar (3) at levels ranging from the structure and function of mole- Arts 1 Choices & Decisions (1) cules to the behavior and evolution of communities of organisms. The department offers four different routes to Engl 1,2 Composition and Literature (6) mastering skills and knowledge in this broad area. The B.A. and B.S. programs in biology provide a broad introduction Biological Sciences 109 to biology with opportunities for students to create a pro- Social Sciences (8) gram of study suited to their specific interests. Programs of Humanities (8) study focused on particular aspects of biology are the B.A. and B.S. degrees in the areas of behavioral neuroscience and Major Program (74 credit hours) molecular biology and the interdepartmental B.S. degrees in Biology (37 credit hours) biochemistry managed in conjunction with the chemistry BioS 31 Intro. to Cell and Molecular Biology (3) department. For programs in ecology and environmental BioS 32 Intro. Cell and Molecular Biology biology, see the Department of Earth and Environmental Lab (1) Sciences listing. BioS 101 Genetics (3) The requirements for the B.A. and B.S. in biology, behavioral neuroscience, and molecular biology are listed BioS 102 Genetics Laboratory (1) below. Research interests of the faculty and instrumenta- BioS 120 Introduction to Integrative and tion are described in the section on graduate education. Comparative Biology (4) B.A. with Major in Biology BioS 317 Evolution (3) College and University Requirements (26 credit hours) Electives* Biology electives (22) Engl l, 2 Composition and Literature (6) *Biology electives must include one course from list A, one course from list B and at least four credits of laboratory Arts 1 Choices and Decisions (1) experience (e.g. two 2 credit laboratory courses). These will First Year Seminar (3) be chosen in consultation with the major advisor. Social Sciences (8) List A Humanities (8) BioS 276 Behavioral Neuroscience II (3) Major Program (50-51 credit hours) BioS 313 Vertebrate Histology (4) Biology (30 credit hours) BioS 314 Vertebrate Development (3) BioS 31 Intro. to Cell and Molecular Biology (3) BioS 335 Animal Behavior (3) BioS 32 Intro. Cell/Molecular Laboratory (1) BioS 337 Behavioral Ecology (3) BioS 101 Genetics (3) BioS 382 Endocrinology of Behavior (3) BioS 102 Genetics Laboratory (1) List B BioS 120 Introduction to Integrative and BioS 324 Bacteriology (3) Comparative Biology (4) BioS 345 Molecular Genetics (3) Electives Biology approved electives (18 credit BioS 353 Virology (3) hours, no more than 3 cr. from the following courses: BioS 356 Human Genetics and Reproduction (3) 161,225,261,361,391,393,394, College scholar project, not BIOS 110) BioS 367 Cell Biology (3) Mathematics (7-8 credit hours) BioS 371 Elements of Biochemistry I (3) Math 51 Survey of Calculus I (4)* Mathematics (12 credit hours minimum) Math 52 Survey of Calculus II (3)* or either Math 12 Basic Statistics (4) or Math 51, 52, 43 Survey of Calculus I, II and Linear Algebra (10) BioS 110 Experimental Design and Statistical Analysis (4) or Collateral Sciences (13 credit hours) Math 21, 22, 23 Analytic Geometry and Calculus I, II, III (12) Chm 21 Introductory Chemical Principles (4)* and Chm 22 Chemical Principles Laboratory (1)* BioS 110 Experimental Design and Statistical Chm 51,53 Organic Chemistry I and lab (3,1) Analysis (4) Chm 52,58 Organic Chemistry II and lab (3,1) Collateral Sciences (25 credit hours) *Although no specific sequence is required, it is recommend- Chm 75,76 Concepts, Models and Experiments ed that courses marked with an asterisk be completed I and II (8) or during the freshman year. Chm 21, 22, 31 The B.S. in Biology Chm 51, 52 Organic Chemistry I and II (6) The bachelor of science in biology offers broad scientific Chm 53, 58 Organic Chemistry Laboratory I preparation in biology to facilitate advanced work in the and II (2) life sciences. Progression through the program is best served through early commitment. Phy 10 General Physics I (4) or Requirements for the B.S. in Biology Phy 11 Introductory Physics I (4) Phy 12 Introductory Physics Laboratory I (1) College and university requirements (26 credit hours) Phy 13 General Physics II (3) Engl l, 2 Composition and Literature (6) Phy 14 General Physics Lab (1) Arts 1 Choices and Decisions (1) First Year Seminar (3) 110 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2003-2004

Recommended B.S. Biology Sequence BioS 177 Behavioral Neuroscience I (3) freshman year BioS 276 Behavioral Neuroscience II (3) BioS 31 Intro. to Cell and Molecular Biology (3) BioS 277 Experimental Neuroscience Laboratory (1) BioS 32 Intro. Cell/Molecular Laboratory (1) BioS 382 Endocrinology of Behavior (3) Math 51, 52 Survey of Calculus I and II (7) Major Electives (6 credits) Chm 75, 76 Concepts, Models and Experiments I BioS 234 Comparative Vertebrate Anatomy (4) and II (8) BioS 313 Vertebrate Histology (4) Dept 90 First Year Seminar (3) BioS 314 Vertebrate Development (3) Arts 1 Choices & Decisions (1) BioS 317 Evolution (3) sophomore year BioS 324 Bacteriology (3) BioS 101 Genetics (3) BioS 328 Immunology (3) BioS 102 Genetics Laboratory (1) BioS 335 Animal Behavior (3) Chm 51, 52,53,58 Organic Chemistry BioS 337 Behavioral Ecology (3) and Laboratory (8) BioS 345 Molecular Genetics (3) Math 43 Survey of Linear Algebra BioS 353 Virology (3) BioS/Psyc 110 Experimental Design and Statistical Analysis (4) BioS 356 Human Genetics and Reproduction (3) BioS 120 Introduction to Integrative and BioS 367 Cell Biology (3) Comparative Biology (4) BioS 368 Cell Biology Laboratory (2) junior year BioS 371 Elements of Biochemistry I (3) Phy 10, 12 General Physics I and Laboratory (5) BioS 372 Elements of Biochemistry II (3) Phy 13, 14 General Physics II and Laboratory (4) BioS 377 Biochemistry Laboratory (3) Approved biology electives including one from list A and Chm 31 Chemical Equilibria in Aqueous one from list B (9-12) Systems (3) senior year Psyc 117 Cognitive Psychology (3) BioS 317 Evolution (3) Psyc 153 Personality (4) elective Biology electives including at least 4 Psyc 154 Introduction to Clinical Psychology (3) credits of laboratory (10-14) Psyc 176 Mind and Brain (4) Minor in Biology Psyc 305 Abnormal Psychology (4) A minor in biology may be achieved by completing the Psyc 307 Seminar in Cognition (4) following requirements (27 credits): EES 361 Animal Physiology (4) EES 31 Intro. to Environmental/Organismal Required Collateral Courses Biology (4) Math 51, 52 Survey of Calculus I and II (7) or BioS 31, 32 Intro. to Cell and Molecular Biology Math 21, 22 Calculus I and II (8) and Laboratory (4) Chm 21 Introductory Chemical Principles (4) BioS 101, 102 Genetics and Genetics Laboratory (4) Chm 22 Chemical Principles Laboratory (1) Chm 21, 22 Introductory Chemical Principles and Chm 51, 52 Organic Chemistry (6) Laboratory (5) Chm 53, 58 Organic Chemistry Laboratory I Chm 51 Organic Chemistry (3) and II (2) Math 51 Survey of Calculus I (4) Psyc 1Introduction to Psychology (4) Elective Biology electives (3) Other Options B.A. in Behavioral Neuroscience The B.A. in Behavioral Neuroscience is a traditional lib- The B.A. in Behavioral Neuroscience is a natural science eral arts degree which can be structured for a wide major for B.A. distribution purposes. variety of possibilities (see listing of recommended elec- Required Major Courses tive courses). By using free electives to take additional science, the B.A. also can serve as a preprofessional Core Courses degree for many graduate and professional schools. Stu- BioS 31 Introduction to Cell and Molecular dents interested in a particular career-based program Biology (3) should consult their advisor or the program director, BioS 32 Introduction to Cell and Molecular Professor John Nyby. Biology Laboratory (1) B.S. in Behavioral Neuroscience BioS 101 Genetics (3) B.S. majors are required to take the core courses of the BioS 102 Genetics Laboratory (1) B.A. program and to fulfill the elective requirements of BioS 110 Design and Analysis of Experiments (4) the B.A. program. An early commitment to the B.S. is BioS 120 Introduction to Integrative and desirable to meet all the requirements of this program. Comparative Biology (4) Additional requirements are shown below. Biological Sciences 111

Math and Science Requirements for the B.S. Chm 51, 52, 53, 58 Organic Chemistry I, II and Math 51, 52, 43 Survey of Calculus I, II and Linear Lab I & II (8) Algebra (10) Physics (9 credit hours) Chm 21, 22 Introductory Chemical Principles Phy 10, 12 General Physics I and Lab I (5) & Lab (5) Phy 11, 12 Introductory Physics I and Lab (5) Chm 51, 52 Organic Chemistry I and II (6) can substitute for Phy 10 and 12 Chm 53, 58 Organic Chemistry Laboratory (2) Phy 13, 14 General Physics II and Lab (4) BioS 234 Comparative Vertebrate Anatomy (4) *The mathematics distribution requirement is satisfied by BioS 371, 372 Elements of Biochemistry I & II (6) courses required in the major. BioS 377 Biochemistry Laboratory (3) or The B.S. in Molecular Biology BioS 368 Cell Biology Laboratory (2). If this Requirements for the B.S. in Molecular Biology course is elected, Cell Biology BioS 367 must be taken as an elective College and university requirements (26 credit hours) Phy 10, 12 General Physics I and Laboratory (5) or Engl 1 Composition and Literature (3) Phy 11, 12 Introductory Physics I and Laboratory (5) Engl 2, 4, 6, 8, 10 Composition and Literature (3) Phy 13, 14 General Physics II and Laboratory (4) or Arts 1 Choices and Decisions (1) Phy 21, 22 Introductory Physics II and Laboratory (5) First Year Seminar (3) Psyc 1Introduction Psychology (4) Non-science electives (16), to be broadly distributed in fields of thought other than natural sciences and mathe- University and College Requirements for the B.S. matics, including 8 credit hours each in the humanities Engl 1 Composition and Literature (3) and social sciences. Engl 2, 4, 6, 8 , 10 Composition and Literature (3) Major Program (93 credit hours) Arts 1 Choices and Decisions (1) Mathematics (12 credit hours) First Year Seminar (3) Math 21, 22, 23 Calculus I, II and III (12 credit Nonscience electives (16) to be broadly distributed in total) or fields of thought other than the natural sciences and Math 51, 52, 43 and one of Math 12, or 231 or mathematics, including at least 8 credit hours each in the BioS/Psyc 110 (13-14, credit total) humanities and social sciences. Chemistry (16 credit hours) B.A. in Molecular Biology Chm 21 Introductory Chemical Requirements for the B.A. in Molecular Biology Principles (4) College and university requirements (see above). Chm 22 Chemical Principles Laboratory (1) Biology (30 credit hours) Chm 51, 52 Organic Chemistry I and II (6) BioS 31, 32 Introduction to Cell & Molecular Chm 53, 58 Organic Chemistry Laboratory (2) Biology (3) and Lab (1) Chm 31 Chemical Equilibria in Aqueous BioS 101, 102 Genetics (3) and Lab (1) Systems (3) BioS 120 Introduction to Intergrative and Physics (9-10 credit hours) Comparative Biology (4) Phy 10 (or 11) General Physics I (4) BioS 324 Bacteriology (3) or Phy 12 Introductory Physics Laboratory I (1) Bios 328 Immunology or Phy 13 (or 21) General Physics II (3 or 4) Bios 353 Virology Phy 14 (or 22) General Physics Lab (1) BioS 325 Bacteriology Lab (2) or Molecular Biology (37-39 credit hours) BioS 368 Cell Biology Lab (2) or BioS 31 Intro. to Cell and Molecular BioS 377 Biochemistry Lab (3) Biology (3) BioS (Chm) 371 Elements of Biochemistry I (3) BioS 32 Intro. to Cell and Molecular BioS 345, 346 Molecular Genetics (3) and Lab (2) Biology Lab (1) BioS 367 Cell Biology (3) BioS 120 Introduction to Integrative and BioS electives (6 credit hours) Comparative Biology (4) Mathematics (8-10 credit hours) BioS 101 Genetics (3) Math 21 and 22 Calculus I & II (8) or BioS 102 Genetics Laboratory (1) Math 51, 52, & 43 Survey of Calculus I & II, and BioS 120 Introduction to Integrative and Linear Algebra (10) Comparative Biology (4) Chemistry (16 credit hours) BioS 324 Bacteriology (3) or Chm 21, 22 Introductory Chemical Principles (4) BioS 328 Immunology (3) or and Lab (1) BioS 353 Virology (3) Chm 31 Chemical Equilibria in Aqueous BioS 325 Bacteriology Laboratory (2) or Systems (3) 112 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2003-2004

BioS 368 Cell Biology Laboratory (2) or Departmental Honors BioS 377 Biochemistry Laboratory (3) A student may apply for admission to the departmental BioS 345 Molecular Genetics (3) honors program through a potential thesis advisor. BioS 346 Molecular Genetics Laboratory (2) Requirements for Departmental Honors include a major GPA of 3.25 and at least 2 semesters of research for a BioS 367 Cell Biology (3) minimum of 6 cr. The student must write a research BioS 371 Elements of Biochemistry I (3) proposal for their project and a thesis at the conclusion BioS 372 Elements of Biochemistry II (3) of their research. This work must be presented in a sym- posium at the end of the project. Students must meet BioS 381 Physical Biochemistry (3) regularly to discuss their research progress either in BioS Approved Molecular Biology Electives (12) 387 and BioS 388 or with their advisor and research Recommended sequence for the B.S. in Molecular group to facilitate progress in the research project. Biology Undergraduate Courses in Biological freshman year Sciences BioS 31 Intro. to Cell and Molecular Biology (3) BioS 1. Biology and Society (3) Basic and applied biology for non-science majors. May BioS 32 Intro. Cell/Molecular Laboratory (1) not be used in satisfaction of life science major or minor Math 21, 22 Calculus I and II (8) programs. (NS) Chm 21, 22 Introductory Chemical Principles BioS 2. Animal Survival and Adaptation (3) summer and Lab (5) Introductory course in evolutionary biology for nonscience Chm 31 Chemical Equilibria in Aqueous majors. Why species appear, change, become successful, Systems (3) divide into several species, and eventually become extinct. sophomore year Lecture and laboratory experience. (NS) BioS 101 Genetics (3) BioS 7. Human Reproduction (3) Basic and applied human reproductive biology for non- BioS 102 Genetics Laboratory (1) science majors. May not be used in life science major or BioS 120 Introduction to Integrative and minor programs. (NS) Comparative Biology (4) BioS 31. Introduction to Cell and Molecular Math 23 Calculus III (4) Biology (3) Chm 51, 52 Organic Chemistry (6) Introduction to the structure, function, and evolution of Chm 53, 58 Organic Chemistry Laboratory (2) cells at the level of molecules, organelles, and differenti- Phy 10, 12 General Physics I and Lab (5) ated cell types. Includes basic structure and expression of (or 11, 12) genes, cell physiology, and the molecular/cellular basis of disease and immunity. Prerequisite: Chm 21 or Chm 75 Phy 13, 14 General Physics and Laboratory previously or concurrently. (NS) (or 21, 22) (4 or 5) BioS 32. Introduction to Cell and Molecular junior year and senior year Biology Lab (1) BioS 324 Bacteriology (3) or Experiments, observations, and discussions related to the BioS 328 Immunology (3) or principal topics covered in BioS 31. Corequisite: BioS 31. BioS 353 Virology (3) BioS 77. Drugs and Behavior (3) BioS 325 Bacteriology Laboratory (2) or Basic principles of drug action in the central nervous sys- BioS 368 Cell Biology Laboratory (2) or tem. Effects of stimulants, depressants, intoxicants and drug abuse on behavioral function. Clinical use of drugs BioS 377 Biochemistry Laboratory (3) in the treatment of various psychological and psychiatric BioS 345 Molecular Genetics (3) disorders. (NS) BioS 346 Molecular Genetics Laboratory (2) BioS 101. Genetics (3) BioS 371, 372 Elements of Biochemistry I and II (6) The structure, function, and continuity of hereditary Approved Molecular Biology Electives (12) information. Classical genetic analysis. Molecular biology of genes and genomes. Population genetics and evolution. BioS 367 Cell Biology (3) Genetics of complex traits. Prerequisites: BioS 31. (NS) BioS 381 Physical Biochemistry (3) BioS 102. Genetics Laboratory (1) Molecular Biology Minor Laboratory work that demonstrates major principles of genetics: included are experiments on microorganisms and The molecular biology minor program consists of BioS the common fruit fly, Drosophila melanogaster. 31 (3), 32 (1), 101 (3), 102 (1), 345 (3), 346 (2), and a Prerequisite: BioS 101, preferably concurrently. minimum of 4 additional credits of BioS coursework above the 100 BioS 110. (Psyc 110) Design and Analysis of level. Collateral coursework must include: Math 51 or Experiments (4) 21 (4 credit hours), Chm 21 (4), Chm 22 (1), and Chm Principles of experimental design and statistical analysis: 51 (3). characteristics of data and data collection; descriptive sta- tistics; hypothesis testing theory and practice; correlation, chi-square test, t-test, analysis of variance. (ND) Biological Sciences 113

BioS 120 Introduction to Integrative and North American fauna. Two lectures, one tutorial and Comparative Biology (4) one laboratory and field trip. This course may be used to Experimental and historical approaches to the analysis of fulfill junior writing requirements with the permission of structural and functional properties in organisms. Use of the instructor. Prerequisite: BioS 101. (NS) scientific method to study species diversity. Introduction to BioS 251. Writing and Biological Sciences (3) the analysis of organismal attributes that explain behavioral A course designed to acquaint students with some of the repertoire and ecological relationships. Prerequisites: BioS intellectual foundations of science, with attention to the 101, 102 (NS). distinctiveness of molecular biology. Format includes read- BioS 133. Invertebrate Zoology (4) ings, intensive writing, extemporaneous speaking, and Survey of representative invertebrates. Structure and discussion. Prerequisite: Consent of department. (NS) behavior of selected types and concepts of evolutionary BioS 253. (EES 253) Plants and Plant relationships among the major groups. Two lectures and Communities (4) two laboratory periods. Prerequisite: BioS 31/32. (NS) Structure and function of plants and plant communities. BioS 152. (EES 152) Ecology (4) Discussion of plant physiology and environmental factors Basic principles and applications of ecological interrela- controlling plant distribution; structural and physiological tionships. Examination of ecological phenomena at the adaptations of plants to their environment; the role of the individual, population, community, and ecosystem lev- physical environment, competition, herbivory, and distur- els. Impact of human activities on global ecosystems. bance in structuring plant communities; the evolution of Prerequisite: EES 31. (NS) plants and communities. Prerequisite: EES 152.(NS) BioS 161. Supervised Research (1-3) fall-spring BioS 255. (EES 255) Ecological Field Methods (4) Apprenticeship in ongoing faculty research program. An intensive field course designed to familiarize students Literature review, experimental design, data collection and with field sampling techniques, data analysis, and report analysis, and professional writing under faculty sponsor writing related to field-based ecological research. Includes supervision. May be repeated once for credit. Prerequisite: description and mapping of plant and animal communi- Consent of department. (ND) ties, population dynamics, and plant-animal interactions in both terrestrial and aquatic habitats. Weekend field trip BioS 177. Behavioral Neuroscience I (3) to Lacawac Sanctuary. Pre- or corequisite: EES 152. (NS) Nervous system functioning with varying emphasis on neurophysiology, neuroanatomy, behavior genetics, infor- BioS 259. (EES 259) Environmental mation transmission, research techniques, sensory and Microbiology (4) motor functions. Prerequisite: BioS 31. (NS) The role of microorganisms in the environment. Topics include: Survey of microbial classification, structure, and BioS 181. Introduction to Anatomy, Physiology, metabolism; study of microbes at population, communi- and Behavior (4) ty, and ecosystem levels of organization; the role of Structure and function of bodily systems including: skele- microbes in biogeochemical cycles; application of tal, muscle, nervous, sensory, endocrine, circulatory, microbes to bioremediation and resource recovery prob- immune, respiratory, digestive, urinary and reproductive. lems. Fall (alternate (even) years). Prerequisite: EES 31 Laboratory focus with two laboratory and two lecture and EES 152, or consent of instructor. (NS) meetings per week. Not available to students who have completed BioS 234 or 369. Prerequisite BioS 31/32. BioS 261. Special Topics in Biological Sciences (1-3) (NS) cannot be used as a major elective in Biological Research, conferences and reports on selected topics not Sciences major programs. covered in the general undergraduate offerings. May be taken more than once for credit. Prerequisite: Consent of BioS 202. Biomedical Externship (1 or 2) the department chair. (NS) Analysis of individualized experiences at external biomed- ical clinical or research sites. Limited enrollment. May not BioS 265. (EES 265) Environmental Animal be taken for pass-fail grading. Prerequisite: Consent of Physiology (4) department chair required. (NS) Response of animals to their environment, including adaptations for stressful habitats and homeostatic mecha- BioS 225. Introduction to Biological Research (3) nisms. Levels of response and adaptation range from cells Literature and methods of research in area of department and tissues to organ systems and whole organisms. Lecture faculty expertise. Requires development of detailed pro- and recitation. Prerequisites EES 31and BioS 31. (NS) posal for research to be performed in senior year. Prerequisites: Major in any biological sciences degree pro- BioS 276. Behavioral Neuroscience II (3) gram; junior standing; GPA of 3.0 in major; and consent Neuronanatomy and neurophysiology of animal and of the department chair. (ND) human behavior. Feeding, thirst, sleep, emotions, learn- ing, and psychopathology. Prerequisite: BioS 177. (ND) BioS 234. Comparative Vertebrate Anatomy (4) A course in vertebrate zoology with emphasis on the BioS 277. Experimental Neuroscience Laboratory (1) study of homologous body structures in the various ver- This laboratory course examines the specialized proper- tebrate classes and their relationship to the functional ties of the neuron which shape its function within demands of habit and environment in each class. neural networks, the development and structure of the Detailed dissections of representative vertebrates are nervous system, and the preparation of neural tissue for made in the laboratory. Two lectures and two laboratory microscopic examination. Included are experiments and periods. Prerequisite: Consent of department. (NS) demonstrations utilizing important biochemical, cellu- lar and molecular techniques used in modern BioS 241. Vertebrate Natural History (4) neurobiology. Prerequisites: BioS 177 and consent of An introduction to the ecology, behavior, distribution department chair. (NS) and evolution of vertebrates, with emphasis on the 114 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2003-2004

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduate BioS 347. Advanced Topics in Genetics (3) Students Lectures and student projects on selected aspects of genetics such as the genetics and evolution of particular BioS 313. Vertebrate Histology (3) organisms, regulation of gene expression and transmis- Microstructural and ultrastructural properties of verte- sion, human genetics, gene therapy, etc. Prerequisites: brate cells and tissues. Techniques of tissue preparation. BioS 345 or consent of department chair. (NS) One lecture and two labs. Prerequisite: BioS 234. (ND) BioS 351 (EES 351) Limnology (4) BioS 314. Vertebrate Development (3) Physical, chemical, and biological aspects of freshwater Germ cell formation, fertilization, early development, environments, including cyclic and seasonal changes. and the origin of the principal organ systems. Location, Major groups of organisms and their interactions. structure, and regulation of information from molecular Prerequisite: EES 31. (NS) to organismal levels of organization. Prerequisite: BioS 101 and BioS 234. (NS) BioS 353. Virology (3) Structure and replication of viruses. Emphasis on the BioS 317. Evolution (3) organization, replication, and regulation of expression of Mechanisms of evolution, emphasizing genetic structure viral genomes; the mechanisms of virus assembly and and variation of populations, and isolation. Origin of release; and on virus-host interactions. Special attention species and higher taxa. Rates of evolution, extinction. given to human pathogenic viruses. Prerequisite: BioS Prerequisite: BioS 101. (NS) 101 and Chm 52. (NS) BioS 324. Bacteriology (3) BioS 356. Human Genetics and Reproduction (3) The structure, physiology, growth, genetics and taxono- Processes and mechanisms of human heredity. Emphasis at my of prokaryotes. Prerequisites: Chm 51 and BioS 101. the cellular and molecular levels. Analysis, organization, Corequisite: BioS 325. (NS) expression, and evolution of human genome. Genetic BioS 325. Bacteriology Laboratory (2) aspects of reproduction and development, mapping human Standard procedures and metabolic tests used in determi- chromosomes, cell hybridation, molecular analysis of gene native bacteriology; aseptic technique, sterilization, structure and function, behavior and intelligence, primate enumeration, and control of bacterial growth; other origins and evolution, immunogenetics, cancer and onco- selected topics. Corequisite: BioS 324. genes, genetic technologies. Prerequisite: BioS 101. (NS) BioS 328. Immunology (3) BioS 361. Special Topics (3) Distinction of “self” and “non-self” through humoral Readings, conferences, and reports on a selected topic not and cellular mechanisms. Antigens; biochemical struc- covered in other course offerings. May be taken only once tures, cellular mechanisms, genetic control and for credit. Prerequisites: Consent of instructor. (NS) processing, phylogenetic distribution, diseased states. BioS 367. Cell Biology (3) Prerequisite: BioS 101. (NS) Molecular aspects of cell biology. Emphasis on mem- BioS 329. Herpetology (3) brane structure and function, organelle biogenesis, cell Biology of amphibians and reptiles. Two lectures, one motility, the cytoskeleton, and extracellular matrix. laboratory or field trip per week. Prerequisite: Consent Prerequisite: BioS 101. (NS) of department. (ND) BioS 368. Cell Biology Laboratory (2) BioS 335. (Psych 335) Animal Behavior (3) Basic methods used in cell biology laboratories around the Discussion of the behavior of invertebrates and verte- world and the opportunity to carry out an independent brates and analysis of the physiological mechanisms research project. Techniques include histology and responsible for behavioral stimuli, and adaptive value of microscopy (both white and fluorescent light), tissue cul- specific behavior patterns. Prerequisite: BioS 101. (NS) ture and sterile procedures, cellular fractionation, nuclear import assays, and immunological probing. Co- or pre-req- BioS 336. Animal Behavior Laboratory (2) uisite Bios 367. Departmental permission required. (NS) Experiments and field observations illustrating principles discussed in BioS 335. Emphasis on observing animals, BioS 369. Comparative Physiology of Vertebrate performing experiments, collecting and analyzing data, Systems (4) and individual research. Six hours of laboratory per Functional analysis of energy balance in vertebrate ani- week. Corequisites: BioS 335 or 337. mal models. Digestion, respiration, circulation, and excretion, across aquatic and terrestrial vertebrates. BioS 337. Behavioral Ecology (3) Homeostatic mechanisms of salt, water, and gas Social systems of vertebrate and invertebrate groups. exchange. Ionotropic and metabetropic signal transduc- Emphasis on ecological and evolutionary factors that influ- tion. Hormonal and electrical cellular communication ence social behavior. Prerequisites: BioS 101. (NS) among muscles, glands, and nurons. Sensory systems, BioS 345. Molecular Genetics (3) movement and reproduction. Physiological adaptations The organization and replication of genetic material; to extreme environments. Includes one laboratory meet- mutagenesis; mechanisms of regulation; mechanisms of ing per week. Prerequisite: BioS 120. (NS) gene transmission involving prokaryotes and eukaryotes BioS 370. Plant Molecular Biology (3) and their viruses; techniques for intervention into genetic Molecular aspects of photosynthesis; chloroplast biogene- organization and expression. Prerequisite: BioS 101. (NS) sis; plant gene expression; plant development; BioS 346. Molecular Genetics Laboratory (2) plant-microbe interactions; genetic engineering in plant Laboratory experiments related to the topics covered in systems. Prerequisite: BioS 345. (NS) BioS 345. Emphasis is on molecular characterization of DNA and the principles of gene isolation and transfer. Corequisite: BioS 345. Biological Sciences 115

BioS 371. (Chm 371) Elements of Biochemistry I BioS 388. Biological Sciences Honors Seminar (1) (3) fall Continuation and extension of BioS 387. Departmental A general study of carbohydrates, proteins, lipids, nucleic permission required. (ND) acids and other biological substances and their importance BioS 391. Undergraduate Research (1-3) in life processes. Protein and enzyme chemistry are empha- Laboratory research under tutorial with a faculty mem- sized. Prerequisite: one year of organic chemistry. (NS) ber. May be taken more than once for credit. BioS 372. (Chm 372) Elements of Biochemistry II Prerequisites: junior standing, and consent of instructor. (3) spring (ND) Dynamic aspects of biochemistry; enzyme reactions BioS 393. Thesis (3) fall including energetics, kinetics and mechanisms; metabo- Literature review and design of project in selected area. lism of carbohydrates, lipids, proteins and nucleic acids; Intended for senior majors in BioS only. Prerequisite: photosynthesis, electron transport mechanisms, coupled Consent of faculty sponsor. (ND) reactions, phosphorylations, and the synthesis of biologi- cal macromolecules. Prerequisite: Chm 371. (NS) BioS 394. Thesis (3) spring Execution of project designed in BioS 393. Final report BioS 376. Classical & Molecular Embryology (3) and oral presentation. Prerequisite: BioS 393 and con- Differentiation of multicellular organisms from a single sent of faculty sponsor. (ND) cell. Axis determination; gradients; induction and pat- tern formation viewed through modern analysis of Special Health Professions Programs regulated gene expression. Prerequisite: BioS 345 (previ- Students may apply for admission to an accelerated B.A.- ously or concurrently). (NS) Doctor of Medicine program and a B.A.-Doctor of Medical Dentistry program. A six-year B.A.-M.D. pro- BioS 377 (Chm 377). Biochemistry Laboratory gram is offered in conjunction with the Medical College (3) fall of Pennsylvania, and a seven-year B.A.-D.M.D. program Laboratory studies of the properties of chemicals of biologi- is offered in conjunction with the University of Pennsyl- cal origin and the influence of chemical and physical factors vania School of Dental Medicine. Students in these on these properties. Laboratory techniques used for the iso- programs receive a B.A. from Lehigh and a graduate lation and identification of biochemicals. Prerequisite: degree from the designated professional school within a BioS/Chm 371 previously or concurrently. (ND) six- or seven-year period. For details concerning admis- BioS 378 (Chm 378). Biochemical Preparations sion to these programs, see Health Professions, Section (1-3) spring III. Undergraduate courses, please see listings for BioS A laboratory course involving the preparation or isola- and EES. tion, purification and identification of chemicals of Graduate Study in the Biological biological origin. Prerequisites: BioS/Chm 377 and 372, Sciences previously or concurrently. (ND) Rigorous, research-oriented graduate programs leading to Bios 381 Physical Biochemistry (3) a Doctor of Philosophy are offered in three divisions of Topics include: thermodynamics of biological systems; the Department of Biological Sciences: biochemistry, Forces acting on and between biological molecules; integrative biology, and molecular biology. To complete Principles of macromolecular structure; Physical methods the program students must successfully complete core used to characterize biomolecules; and other topics to be courses, pass a qualifying exam, prepare, submit, and determined. Prerequisite Bios/Chm 371. (NS) successfully defend a written research proposal, complete BioS 382. (Psych 382) Endocrinology of the research described in the proposal, and submit a written dissertation and defend the completed research Behavior (3) to the department. Hormonal effects upon animal and human behavior. Emphasis on neuroendocrinology of steroid hormone Once students enter the department, their progress is involvement in reproductive behaviors. Prerequisite: BioS monitored by the graduate committee until they are 177. (NS) admitted to candidacy. Members of the committee meet with the student each semester to assess the student’s BioS 383. Biological Sciences Colloquia (1) progress towards the degree and to assist students in Analysis of weekly colloquia in molecular biology. For choosing the appropriate courses to provide a solid scien- senior biology and molecular biology majors. May be tific foundation and an up-to-date understanding of the taken twice for credit. (ND) discipline. This will be assessed by the qualifying exam. Bios 384 Eukaryotic Signal Transduction (3) The qualifying exam generally should be taken after the Signal transduction between cells of multi-cellular third semester and no later than the fourth semester of eukaryotic organisms examined in the context of special- course work. It will be prepared, administered and grad- ized functions that include: nutrition, hormones and ed by the faculty associated with the specific graduate neurotransmitters, vision, muscle contraction, adhesion, program in which the student is enrolled. It consists of a and the immune system. The evolution of cancer based two-day written exam and an oral examination. The on mutations in these signaling systems. Prerequisite exam can be repeated once. Admission to candidacy is Bios 367 or 372. granted after successful completion of the qualifying BioS 387. Biological Sciences Honors Seminar (1) exam and the thesis proposal. The proposal is a written Development, presentation and implementation of description of an original research project developed research proposals, and discussions of research. Required under the guidance of a faculty member chosen by the for senior biology and molecular biology majors pursu- student to be his/her advisor. The proposal will be pre- ing departmental honors. Departmental permission sented orally to the thesis committee, typically after the required. (ND) fifth semester. Following the presentation of the propos- 116 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2003-2004 al, an oral examination will take place in which the thesis in behavioral and evolutionary biology: BioS 429 committee will question the student about general sci- Advanced Herpetology, BioS 409 Advanced Morphology, ence related to the project. This will constitute the and BioS 445 Systematics and Evolution or 2 electives general examination. from the concentration in neuroscience: BioS 411 Core requirements for each division are listed below. The Advanced Cell Biology, BioS 421 Molecular Cell Biology graduate school requires students to register for at least I (prerequisite is BioS 411), BioS 422 Molecular Cell 72-post baccalaureate credits to earn the Ph.D. In addi- Biology II (prerequisite is BioS 345), BioS 371 Elements tion, all students must take BioS 408 (0 credits) of Biochemistry I, BioS 372 Elements of Biochemistry II Responsible Conduct of Science within their first year of (prerequisite is BioS 371), or BioS 471 Eukaryotic graduate study. All students must also attend departmen- Biochemistry (prerequisite is BioS 372 or permission of tal seminars and enroll in BioS 406 (1 credit) Biological instructor). Sciences Seminar at least twice in the first four semesters. In the molecular biology program, research areas include A minimum of 24 course credits may be chosen from microbial evolution and genetics, plant and animal upper level courses in biochemistry, molecular biology, molecular genetics, eukaryotic cell biology, and regula- cell biology, behavioral biology and evolutionary biology, tion of gene expression. Required core courses include and neuroscience. At least 12 of these credits must be at BioS 345 Molecular Genetics, BioS 372 Elements of the 400 level. Biochemistry I, BioS 372 Elements of Biochemistry II, In the biochemistry program, research areas include BioS 411 Advanced Cell Biology, BioS 421 Molecular DNA structure and function, regulation of protein syn- Cell Biology I, and BioS 422 Molecular Cell Biology II. thesis, and signal transduction. Students admitted to Additional courses to reach 24 credits are chosen from graduate study in biochemistry will typically have an upper level electives in molecular biology, cell biology, undergraduate degree in chemistry or biochemistry. and biochemistry. Students with an undergraduate degree in a related disci- Facilities available for research in the biological sciences pline will be expected to have the following include core facilities with equipment (for example, for undergraduate preparation for graduate study beyond DNA synthesis, digital imaging, chromatography, cell introductory chemistry and a year of organic chemistry: culture, centrifugation, controlled environments, gamma at least one semester of analytical chemistry and one and scintillation counting, flow cytometry, and rodent semester of physical chemistry - thermodynamics and surgery). Individual research laboratories and advanced kinetics, with appropriate math. Students without that teaching laboratories contain a variety of additional background will be expected to take courses to fulfill equipment. Ongoing interactions with a variety of pri- those requirements as part of their graduate study. vate companies contribute additional opportunities for Required courses: BioS 371, 372 Elements of student experiences. Biochemistry I and II, BioS 469, 470 Biochemical Problem Solving I and II, Chm 423 Bio-Organic Graduate Courses in the Biological Chemistry, BioS 345 Molecular Genetics, and a seminar Sciences course. BioS 408 or Chm 400 must also be completed BioS 404. (Psyc 404) Behavioral Neuroscience (3) before beginning research. Theoretical and empirical issues in biopsychology. The graduate program in integrative biology is designed Prerequisite: Graduate standing or consent of instructor. to train students in advanced organismal biology with BioS 405. Special Topics in Molecular Biology (1-3) the emphasis on behavioral ecology, evolution, function- Research, conferences, and reports on selected topics not al morphology, endocrinology, and neurobiology of covered in the general graduate offerings. May be taken animals. The mission of the program is to create students more than once for credit. who are broadly trained and uniquely capable of asking questions and solving problems at the interface of these BioS 406. Molecular Biological Seminar (1) traditionally defined fields. Students admitted to the An advanced seminar in current developments including program should have a basic knowledge of evolution, departmental research. Required for candidates for grad- anatomy, physiology, behavioral neuroscience, and/or uate degrees in molecular biology. May be taken more behavioral ecology. Students will begin by taking core than once for credit. courses providing a broad foundation in integrative biol- BioS 407. Research in Biological Science (1-9) ogy at the graduate level and work toward a Ph.D. with Laboratory investigations in one of the department’s a concentration in either behavioral neuroscience or research areas. behavioral and evolutionary biology. Regardless of con- centration, all students in the program develop an BioS 408. Responsible Conduct of Science (0) appreciation for the fact that all aspects of biology, Responsible practice in research. Training in general lab- whether cellular, physiological, anatomical, behavioral, oratory methods; human subjects concerns; radiation environmental , or social, are inextricably linked and safety; chemical hazards; aseptic technique; physical, cannot be fully understood as separate, parallel systems mechanical, biological, and fire hazards; animal welfare. of knowledge. Core courses: BioS 439 Advanced Occupational and workplace considerations. Behavioral Ecology, BioS 409 Evolutionary and Recombinant DNA guidelines; patent and proprietary Functional Morphology, BioS 457 Advanced Behavioral rights; controversies over applications of science. Neuroendocrinology, BioS 453 General Neuroanatomy, Appropriate aspects required of investigators in all one year of a graduate level statistics sequence – either departmental research projects. Psyc 421 and 422 Analysis and Design of Experiments BioS 409. Evolutionary and Functional or Educ 410 and 411 Univariate and Multivariate Morphology (3) Statistics, BioS 406 Biological Sciences Seminar, and Readings in the current literature, demonstrations and BioS 408 Responsible Conduct of Science. Additional laboratory exercises exploring the applications of com- requirements include 2 electives from the concentration Biological Sciences 117 parative methods to the analysis of evolutionary patterns BioS 422. Molecular Cell Biology II (3) at a range of morphological levels (molecular and macro- Molecular aspects of gene expression, including genome scopic). Students will also learn experimental approaches structure and replication, RNA synthesis/processing, and to testing relationships between form and function in protein synthesis. Prerequisite: BioS 345 or equivalent. vertebrates. Emphasis will be on the musculoskeletal and BioS 425. Male Reproductive Biology (2 or 3) nervous systems. Prerequisite BioS 134 Comparative Molecular, cellular, and genetic aspects of the mam- Vertebrate Anatomy, BioS 317 Evolution, and EES 361 malian male reproductive system. Prerequisite: BioS 367 Animal Physiology or permission of instructor. or equivalent. BioS 410. Special Topics in Behavioral and BioS 427. Techniques in Cell and Molecular Evolutionary Bioscience (1-3) Biology (3) Readings and discussions on selected topics not covered Laboratory experiences in three or more cell and molecu- in the general graduate offerings. May be taken more lar biological techniques: gel electrophoresis of nucleic than once for credit. acids/proteins; polymerase chain reaction; DNA/RNA BioS 411. Advanced Cell Biology (3) sequencing; molecular hybridization techniques; fluores- Cell structure and biochemistry, as related to specialized cence microscopy; video enhanced microscopy; flow cell functions. cytometry; electron microscopy tissue preparation; BioS 412. Metabolic Influences on Behavior (3) immunological detection methods; molecular cloning Sensory systems that detect metabolic energy availability techniques; oocyte microinjection techniques; tissue cul- and affect the behavior of humans and other animals: ture methods; and autoradiography. food intake and body weight regulation, sexual and BioS 429. Advances in Herpetology (3) parental behavior, aggression, learning, and body temper- Lectures and readings from the primary literature on ature regulation. Prerequisite: BioS 404 and consent of current research in amphibian and reptilian biology. Two instructor. lectures, one discussion session and one laboratory or BioS 414. Sexual Differentiation (3) field trip. In addition, a week-long field trip during Genetic and hormonal events mediating the develop- spring vacation is required. Not open to students who ment and expression of sexual dimorphisms in have received credit for BioS 329. physiology and behavior. Current theoretical models; BioS 431. Advanced Topics in Cell Biology (3) emphasis on biochemical, neuroanatomical and molecu- Current research problems in cell biology. May be lar biological considerations. Prerequisite: BioS 404 and repeated when a different topic is offered. Prerequisite: consent of instructor. BioS 367 or equivalent. BioS 415. Neuropharmacology (3) BioS 432. Advanced Topics in Molecular Genetics (3) Mechanism of drug action in the central nervous system, Current research in molecular genetics. May be repeated including cell surface receptors and second messenger sys- when a different topic is offered. Prerequisite: BioS 345 tems. Drug use/abuse and cellular changes mediating or equivalent. behavioral effects. Drug use in clinical therapy. BioS 433. Advanced Topics in Developmental Prerequisite: BioS 404 and consent of instructor. Biology (3) BioS 418. Analysis of Reproduction and Mating Current research problems in developmental biology. Systems (3) May be repeated when a different topic is offered. Study of reproduction and sexuality in plants and animals Prerequisite: BioS 345 or equivalent. with emphasis on current hypotheses as reported in the lit- BioS 437. (Chm 437) Pathophysiological erature. Topics include hermaphroditism, neoteny, larval forms, parental investment, complex life cycles, population Chemistry (3) structure. Readings from primary source material and Biochemical basis of human diseases involving abnormal review articles. One review paper and one research proposal metabolism of proteins, nucleic acids, carbohydrates, and are required, and together with readings forms the basis for lipids. Emphasis on the correlation of the clinical presen- discussion sections and examinations. Prerequisite: Consent tation of disease processes seen as physiological of the department chair. dysfunctions with clinical laboratory methods. Lectures, student presentations, and clinical case discussions. BioS 419. Bacterial Genetics (3) Prerequisite: consent of the department chair. Structure and function of genetic information in prokaryotes. Composition, size, and organization of BioS 439. Advanced Behavioral Ecology (3) chromosomes and accessory elements; mechanisms of Critical evaluation of the theoretical foundation in socio- replication, recombination, transmission, and mutation; biology. Emphasis placed on kinship, altruism, mate variation within and among strains. choice, parental investment, parent-offspring conflict, etc. Lectures and seminars. Prerequisite: BioS 317 BioS 420. Pheromonal Communication (3) Evolution or equivalent. Not open to students who have Mechanisms of pheromone synthesis, biochemistry, sen- taken BioS 337. sory transduction, neuroanatomy/neuroendocrinology, and adaptive significance. Prerequisite: BioS 404 and BioS 445. Systematics and Evolution (3) consent of instructor. Theoretical, philosophical and methodological founda- tions of the classification of eukaryotic organisms and BioS 421. Molecular Cell Biology I (3) the manner in which systematic theory and method Molecular aspects of cell structure, cell motility, intracel- relate to evolutionary theory. Two lectures and one lab- lular transport; and biomembrane dynamics. recitation-discussion session. Prerequisite: BioS 317. Prerequisite: BioS 411 or equivalent. 118 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2003-2004

BioS 453. General Neuroanatomy (3) BioS 470. (Chm 470) Biochemical Problem Graduate level study of the neuroanatomy and neuro- Solving II (1) spring chemistry of systems that underlie behavior in Applications of concepts covered in BioS/Chm 372 vertebrates. Emphasis will be on the traditional and including techniques used in research. Prerequisite: novel methodologies used to reveal neuroanatomical BioS/Chm 372 previously or concurrently. pathways as well as the function of these pathways. Prerequisites: BioS 177 Introduction to Behavioral BioS 471. (Chm 471) Eukaryotic Biochemistry (3) Neuroscience and BioS 375 Neuroanatomy of Behavior alternate years or permission of instructor. Biochemistry of selected eukaryotic processes including hormone chemistry, blood clotting, immunochemistry, BioS 457. Advanced Behavioral vision chemistry, muscle chemistry and photosynthesis. Neuroendocrinology. (3) The second part of the course will involve presentation A seminar course that covers current primary literature on and discussion of the current literature by class partici- the hormone-nervous system interactions that underlie pants. Prerequisite: BioS/Chm 372 or consent of physiology and behavior. The course covers the neuroen- department chair. docrinology of reproduction, sex behavior, parental BioS 472. (Chm 472) Lipids and Membranes (3) behavior, social behavior, agonistic and territorial behavior, learning and memory, homeo-stasis (caloric, nutritional, alternate years water and salt balance, temperature regulation), circadian Structure, physical properties and functions of lipids and rhythms and seasonality in a variety of vertebrates. their biological aggregates. Techniques for studying lipid Prerequisite: BioS 382 or permission of instructor. assemblies, enzymes which act on lipids, membrane pro- teins and lipoproteins will also be discussed. Prerequisite: BioS 463. Advances in Plant Molecular Biology (3) BioS/Chm 372 or consent of department chair. Gene expression and molecular biology of plant systems. Biochemistry of photosynthesis and chloroplast develop- BioS 473. (Chm 473) Biochemistry of Complex ment; higher plant developmental genetics; plant/microbe Carbohydrates (3) interactions; plant viruses; advances in genetic engineer- alternate years ing in plants. Prerequisite: BioS 345 or equivalent. Consideration of the structure, function and metabolism of complex carbohydrates (glycolipids, glycoproteins and BioS 464. Molecular Biology of Eukaryotic proteoglycans) with particular emphasis on glycopro- Organisms (3) teins. The first part of the course will consist of lectures Comparative analysis of several eukaryotes as model sys- to familiarize the student with basic terms, concepts and tems in cell biology, developmental biology, genetics, and processes. The second part will involve critical readings, molecular biology. Prerequisite: BioS 345 or equivalent. presentation and discussion of the current primary BioS 466. Structure and Function of RNAs and research literature by class participants. Ribonucleoprotein Complexes (3) BioS 477. (Chm 477) Topics in Biochemistry (1-3) Biochemistry and function of small nuclear RNPs, Selected areas of biochemistry; such as mechanisms of RNase P, ribosomes, self-splicing introns, signal recogni- enzyme action, new developments in the chemistry of tion particle, RNA viruses. Functions of RNA in DNA lipids, nucleic acids, carbohydrates and proteins. May be replication, in regulation, as an enzyme, and as a repres- repeated for credit when different topics are offered. sor. Prerequisite: BioS 345 or equivalent. Prerequisite: consent of the department chair. BioS 467. (Chm 467) Principles of Nucleic Acid BioS 479. (Chm 479) Biochemical Techniques (3) Structure (3) Laboratory studies of the techniques and principles alternate years involved in the isolation, identification, and biochemical An examination of the principles underlying nucleic acid transformation of carbohydrates, lipids, nucleic acids and structure including stereochemistry, electrostatics, hydra- proteins. Prerequisite: BioS 371 or its equivalent previ- tion, torsional constraints, sequence specific effects, and ously or concurrently. interaction with nuclear proteins. Special emphasis will BioS 480. (Chm 480) Advanced Biochemical be placed on DNA structure. Prerequisites: one year of Preparations (1-3) biochemistry and one year of physical chemistry or per- An advanced laboratory course in the preparation, isola- mission of the department chair. tion, purification, and identification of biochemically BioS 468. (Chm 468) Principles of Protein produced materials. Emphasis is placed on materials and Structure (3) procedures of current interest in biochemistry. alternate years Prerequisite: consent of the department chair. An examination of the principles underlying protein BioS 483. Special Topics in Behavioral structure including stereochemistry, preferred tertiary Neuroscience (3) structures, protein homology, excluded volume effects, Examination of the biological substrates of behavior. time dependent structural fluctuations, and prediction of Topics may include animal communication, sociobiolo- protein structure from sequence information. gy, behavioral endocrinology, or behavior genetics. May Prerequisites: one year of biochemistry and one year of be repeated for credit. Prerequisite: BioS 404 or consent physical chemistry or permission of the department chair. of department. BioS 469. (Chm 469) Biochemical Problem BioS 488. Seminar in Neuroscience, Behavior, and Solving I (1) fall Evolution (1) Applications of material covered in BioS/Chm 371 Advanced seminar in current research developments. including techniques used in research. Prerequisite: May be taken more than once for credit. BioS/Chm 371 previously or concurrently. Bioscience and Biotechnology 119

Biology Tatic-Lucic, Ph.D. (California Institute of Technology), Electrical and Computer Engineering; Richard P. Vinci, Biology, life science, and related courses at Lehigh Ph.D. (Stanford), Materials Science and Engineering; University are offered in a variety of settings that reflect Arkady S. Voloshin, Ph.D. (Tel-Aviv University, Israel), the various levels of organization in life science and dif- Experimental Mechanics; Marvin H. White, Ph.D. (Ohio ferent orientations relating to areas of application. The State) Electrical Engineering. College of Arts and Sciences offers degree programs in The Bioscience and Biotechnology Program is designed to Applied Life Science, Behavioral Neuroscience, meet the needs of a growing number of students seeking Biochemistry, Biology, Earth and Environmental education at the interface of biological sciences, physical Science, Ecology, Environmental Science, and Molecular sciences, mathematics and engineering. This program is Biology. The P. C. Rossin College of Engineering and developed jointly by The College of Arts and Sciences and Applied Science offers degree programs in the P.C. Rossin College of Engineering and Applied Bioengineering. Refer to the catalog entries below for Science as an intensive interdisciplinary program involving complete descriptions. the participation of the faculty from both colleges. Major and minor programs Students will learn how biological systems work, develop analytical skills and use advanced tools in experimentation, Catalog entry modeling and simulation for problems at the interface of Applied Life Science (BA or BS) Bioscience and biological and non-biological systems. They will apply their Biotechnology knowledge to design, synthesis, manufacturing and business Behavioral Neuroscience (BA or BS) Biological issues in health care, develop strong communication skills, Sciences and bring innovation and creativity to problem solving. Biochemistry (BS only) Biochemistry Three degrees are offered under the Program’s auspices: a Bachelor of Arts in Applied Life Science (Arts and Bioengineering (BS only) Bioscience and Sciences), a Bachelor of Science in Applied Life Science Biotechnology (Arts and Sciences), and a Bachelor of Science in Biology (BA or BS) Biological Sciences Bioengineering (Engineering and Applied Science). Earth and Environmental Science Earth and Applied Life Science Environmental Sciences The Applied Life Science (ALS) program implements the (BA only) College of Arts and Sciences portion of the Bioscience Ecology (BS only) Earth and Environmental and Biotechnology undergraduate curricula. The central Sciences mission of the ALS program is to develop a liberal arts Environmental Science (BS only) Earth and perspective on biotechnology in which history, theory, Environmental Sciences criticism, and practice merge to produce a cadre of tech- nically literate graduates who are prepared for a range of Molecular Biology (BA or BS) Biological Sciences post–Lehigh careers, including graduate and professional Courses related to life science interest can be found school, communication, policy, and business. The educa- under the catalog entries above as well as in other tional goals include the development of critical thinking departments, including Chemical Engineering, and effective communication skills, the mastery of a Chemistry, Mathematics, Physics, Psychology, and body of biotechnology knowledge and skills, and integra- Sociology and Anthropology. tion of multidisciplinary approaches to analyzing biotechnology issues. Bioscience and Biotechnology BA in Applied Life Science The BA in Applied Life Science is intended to provide a Program technical concentration in a liberal arts context. It is Core Professors. Maria Bykhovskaia, Ph.D. (Russian well–suited for students who are interested in, for exam- Academy of Sciences), Biological Sciences; Lynne ple, health professions, medical device or pharmaceutical Cassimeris, Ph.D. (North Carolina), Biological Sciences; marketing or manufacturing management, public health, Manoj Chaudhury, Ph.D. (SUNY Buffalo), Chemical law (particularly intellectual property), policy, journal- Engineering; Volkmar Dierolf, Ph.D. (Utah), Physics; ism, economics, or ethics. The program provides James D. Gunton, Ph.D. (Stanford), Physics; Mitiadis sufficient flexibility for the student to explore a range of Hatalis, Ph.D. (Carnegie Mellon), Electrical Engineering; interests and to pursue a double major or a minor. With Ned Heindel, Ph.D. (University of Delaware), Chemistry; careful planning, the student can prepare for graduate James T. Hsu, Ph.D. (Northwestern), Chemical school but is advised to seek guidance early to ensure Engineering; Mary Katherine Iovine, Ph.D. (Washington, appropriate preparation. St. Louis), Biological Sciences; Himanshu Jain, Eng.Sc.D. University and College requirements (24 to 27 credits) (Columbia), Materials Science and Engineering; Linda Engl 001 and 002 (6 credits) Lowe-Krentz, Ph.D. (Northwestern) Biological Sciences; Choices and Decisions (1 credit) Sudhakar Neti, Ph.D. (Kentucky), Mechanical Engineering and Mechanics; Karl Norian, Ph.D. (Imperial College seminar (1 to 4 credits) College, London), Electrical Engineering; H. Daniel Ou- Social Sciences (at least 8 credits of designated course- Yang, Ph.D. (UCLA) Physics; Theodore K. Ralphs, work) Ph.D. (Cornell); Industrial and Systems Engineering; Eric Humanities (at least 8 credits of designated coursework) P. S alathe, Ph.D. (Brown), Mathematics; Jill Schneider, Ph.D. (Wesleyan), Biological Sciences; Neal G. Simon, Collateral requirements (16 to 17 credits) Ph.D. (Rutgers), Biological Sciences; Robert V. Skibbens Math 021 (4 credits) Ph.D. (North Carolina), Biological Sciences; Svetlana 120 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2003-2004

Chm 021 and 022 or Chm 075 (4 or 5 credits) Chm 075 and 076 (or 021, 022, and 031) (8 credits) BioS 031, 032, 101, and 102 (8 credits) Chm 051, 053, 052, and 058 (8 credits) Major requirements (at least 36 credits) BioS 031, 032, 101, 102 (8 credits) 1. Core Major Requirements (at least 42 credits) BioE 110 (3 credits) 1. Core Applied Bioscience or Bioengineering Physiology or BioE 110 (3 credits) Math/ChE 207 (3 credits) Applied Bioscience or Bioengineering 2. Concentration Physiology or Math/ChE 207 (3 credits) a. At the time of declaring the major, the student 2. Concentration will meet with an adviser in the Applied Life Science program and design a group of courses a. 3 courses from A (life science specialization; to suit the student’s interests. The courses see below) (at least 9 credits) selected must form a cogent grouping to the b. 5 courses from B (complementary specializa- adviser’s satisfaction. The student’s individual- tion; see below) (at least 15 credits) ized program must be drawn up and approved c. 3 courses selected from A and B (selection by the adviser before the 10th day of classes in must be approved by the adviser and consti- the student’s fifth college semester (i.e., with at tute a cogent grouping) (at least 9 credits) least three semesters remaining to be rostered). d. 1 senior seminar (at least 3 credits) b. The concentration must include at least 30 e. Up to 4 credits of adviser–preapproved inde- credits of natural science, mathematics, and pendent work may be included and count engineering beyond the 6 credits required for towards either A or B. the core. At least 20 credits of the concentra- tion must be at the 100 level or above, and at f. BioS 181 may not be used for the major, and least 8 credits of the concentration must be at no more than 3 BioS courses after 101/102 the 300 level. may be included in the major. c. BioS 181 may not be used for the major, and g. The concentration must also include at least no more than 3 BioS courses after 101/102 one of the designated advanced Applied Life may be included in the major. Science seminar courses, which counts toward the credits required at the 300 level. d. Chm 031 (or Chm 076) is strongly recom- mended. 3. Practicum e. The concentration must also include at least The student must complete an experience preap- one of the designated Advanced Applied Life proved by the adviser and relating to the practical Science seminar courses, which counts toward application of methods in applied life science. the credits required at the 300 level. Laboratory or independent work courses or an internship or other work experience may satisfy all f. Up to 4 credits of adviser–preapproved inde- or part of the practicum. The practicum need not pendent work may be included in the major. entail academic credit but must be the equivalent Free electives of at least 4 credits of effort (at least 8 weeks of Sufficient coursework to bring the total to at least 121 full–time employment in a suitable activity). credits. Students are advised to include courses in ethics, Detailed information is available from the adviser. history and philosophy of science, and economics among Free electives their electives. At least 12 credits to bring the total to at least 121 credits BS in Applied Life Science The concentration The BS in Applied Life Science is intended to provide an A. Life Science specialization education similar to that of the BA, but it substitutes The biological basis for the student’s concentration, pro- stronger collateral preparation and greater focus in the vided by advanced courses in Bioengineering, Biological major requirements for the flexibility of the BA. Even so, Sciences, or kindred disciplines (e.g., ecology, biochem- there is still scope for a student to complete a minor, istry). participate in a faculty research project, or prepare for graduate study in a different field (e.g., economics, jour- B. Complementary specialization nalism). The complementary coursework for the student’s con- centration, provided by courses outside the life sciences. University and College Requirements (24 to 27 credits) Concentrations (*denotes required course for the con- Engl 001 and 002 (6 credits) centration) Choices and Decisions (1 credit) 1. Biophysics concentration College seminar (1 to 4 credits) A. Life Science specialization Social Sciences (at least 8 credits of designated course- BioE 120/121, Applied Bioscience, work) Biomedical Instrumentation and Sensors, Humanities (at least 8 credits of designated coursework) Integrated Bioelectronics/Biophotonics Lab, Collateral Requirements (41 credits) Photonics for Biomedical Applications, BioS 345, BioS 353, BioS 367, BioS 371, Math 012, 021 and 022 (12 credits) BioS 372, BioS 381, BioS 384 Phy 011, 012 (5 credits) Bioscience and Biotechnology 121

B. Complementary specialization LIEL facilitates research and direct interaction with ChE 044, ECE 081, ECE 108, ECE 123, industry and clinical partners. The LIEL model gives ECE 125, ECE 212, Math 023*, Math students the flexibility to choose research topics, to expe- 205*, Math 242, Math 320, Math 322, rience practical problems, and to gear their experience Math 323, Mech 002, BioE 120/121, Phy toward specific career goals in medicine, industry, gov- 021/022*, Phy 091, Phy 190, Phy 212, ernment, or academic research. LIEL courses will also Phy 213, Phy 352, Phy 355, Phy 380 ground students in the research planning process, including literature searches, proposal definition, and 2. Mathematical and Computational Life Science proposal development from original ideas. Students will concentration work in teams composed of undergraduate and graduate A. Life Science specialization students supervised by the team co-advisors. The team Applied Bioscience, Bioengineering Physi- project will be integrated from the sophomore to the ology, BioS/EES 152, BioS 317, BioS 324, senior year with two summers of internships and will BioS 328, BioS 337, BioS 345, BioS/EES culminate with an oral presentation and a written report. 351, BioS 353, BioS 356 Lehigh bioengineering students will intern at relevant B. Complementary specialization sites, including regional hospitals and corporate research ChE/Math 207, CSE 010/014 (or Eng laboratories. 001), CSE 017, CSE/Math 261, The courses listed are offered in the program and new CSE/Math 340, CSE 347, Math 023*, ones are currently under development in a number of Math 205*, Math 208, Math 230*, Math subject areas. (Consult the Registrar’s Schedule of classes 231, Math 242, Math 243, Math 301, for specific offerings in any particular semester.) Math 302, Math 309, Math 310, Math For further information, interested students should con- 312, Math 320, Math 322, Math 323, tact the program co-directors, H. Daniel Ou-Yang, Math 334, Math 338, Math 341, Phy 380 professor of physics, 16A Fairchild Laboratory, 610-758- 3. Chemical Biology 3920 ([email protected]) and Marvin H. White, A. Life Science specialization Sherman Fairchild Professor of electrical and computer Applied Bioscience, Biotechnology Prac- engineering, 16 Fairchild Laboratory, 610-758-4421 tice, Bioengineering Physiology, BioS 177, ([email protected]), or the program coordinator, Ms. BioS 324, BioS 328, BioS 345, BioS 346, Elaine Correll at 610-758-4091 ([email protected]). BioS 367, BioS 368, BioS 371, BioS 372, BS in Bioengineering Degree Requirements BioS 377, BioS 381, BioS 382, BioS 384 General Requirements (26 credits) B. Complementary specialization Engl 1 & 2 (6) credits ChE 281, ChE 282, ChE 283, Chm 194*, Chm 332, Chm 336, Chm 338, Phil 116 Bioethics (4) Chm 339, Chm 341, Chm 353, Chm SSP 135 Human Communication (4) 358, Math 023, Math 205 Engr 1 Engineering Computations (3) 4. Decision–Making in Applied Life Science Eco 1 Principles of Economics (4) A. Life Science specialization Free Electives (6) credits Applied Bioscience, Biotechnology Mathematics (51 credits) Practice, BioS 177, BioS 276, BioS 317, BioS 328, BioS 345, BioS 356, BioS 367, Math 21 Calculus I (4) BioS 371, BioS 372, BioS 382, BioS 384 Math 22 Calculus II (4) B. Complementary specialization Math 23 Calculus III (4) Eco 001, Eco 105 or 146, Eco 145 or Math 205 Linear Methods (3) Math 012, Eco 231*, Eco 234, Eco 246, Math 231 Probability and Statistics (3) Eco 315, Eco 323, Eco 333, Eco 357, Chemistry (15 credits) Eco/IE 358, Eco 368, Phil 105, Phil/Rel 116*, Phil 126, Phil 128, Phil 137, SSP Chm 21, 22 Intro. Chemical Principles and 160, SSP 162, SSP 341, SSP 367, STS Laboratory (5) 011*, STS/Jour 124, STS/Hist 145 Chm 31 Chemical Equilibria in Aqueous Bioengineering Systems (3) The BS in Bioengineering degree is comprised of three Chm 51, 53 Organic Chemistry I and Lab (4) tracks. Biopharmaceutical Engineering is for students Chm 187 Physical Chemistry I (3) whose interests lie in genes, proteomics, bioinformatics, Physics (10 credits) recombinant DNA, protein engineering, bioprocess, Phy 11, 12 Intro. Physics I and Lab (5) drug synthesis and delivery. The Bioelectronics/photon- ics track covers education and research dealing with Phy 21, 22 Intro. Physics II and Lab (5) signal processing, biosensors, MEMs, biochips for DNA Biological Sciences (8 credits) sequencing, laser and fiber based optical technology for BioS 31, 32 Intro. Cell and Molecular Biology biomedical applications. Cell and Tissue Engineering and Lab (4) encompasses biomaterials and biomechanics, from cells and tissue to organs and systems. BioS 101, 102 Genetics and Lab (4) An integral part of the BS in Bioengineering program is Longitudinally Integrated Experiential Learning (LIEL). 122 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2003-2004

Engineering (19-21 credits) ChE 388 Polymer Synthesis and ChE 31 Material and Energy Balance (4) Characterization Laboratory (Same as Chm 388, Mat 388) ECE 81 Principles of Electrical Engineering (4) ChE 391 Colloid and Surface Chemistry (3) ME 231 Fluid Mechanics (3) or (Same as Chm 391) ChE 44 Fluid Mechanics (4) or BioS 367 Cell Biology (3) CE 121 Mechanics of Fluids (3) or BioS 371 Elements of Biochemistry (same as Mat 33 Materials (3) Chm 271) (3) Mech 2 Mechanics (3) BioE 2ZX Cell and Tissue Engineering (3) ChE 210 Chemical Engineering BioE 2ZY Biophysics (3) Thermodynamics (4) or Longitudinally Integrated Experiential Learning (11 credits) Mat 205 Thermodynamics and Phase BioE 1 Freshman Seminar I, Introduction Diagrams (3) or to Bioengineering I: Philosophy to ME 104 Thermodynamics I (3) or Practice (1) PHY 340 Thermal Physics (3) BioE 2 Freshman Seminar 2, Introduction Integrated Bioengineering to Bioengineering II: Current Topics (1) Required by all Three Tracks BioE 10 Sophomore Seminar I, Literature Research (1) BioE 110 Elements of Bioengineering (3) BioE 20 Sophomore Seminar 2, Research BioE 2XX Introduction to Bioengineering Proposal (1) Design (3) BioE XX* Summer Internship 1 (0) BioE 2YY Bioengineering Physiology (2) BioE 1XX Junior Research 1, Teamwork Required Courses for Biopharmaceutical Engineering Project (2) Track BioE 1XY Junior Research 2, Teamwork Chem 52 Organic Chemistry II (3) Project (2) BioE 3XX Integrated Biotechnology lab (2) BioE YY* Summer Internship 2 (0) Recommended electives (minimum of two from list) BioE 1XZ Senior Research Teamwork Project (2) BioS 371 Elements of Biochemistry (same as BioE 1ZZ Seminar, Thesis Presentation (1) Chm 371) (3) *Summer Internships not required. Enrollments are limited. ChE 341 Biotechnology I (3) Selection will be based on fellowships available and quality ChE 342 Biotechnology II (3) of research proposal. BioS 345-346 Molecular Genetics and Lab (5) Total needed for BS in Bioengineering: 133-137 credits BioE 2XY Applied Bioscience (3) Typical Four-Year Course Schedule for BS in BioE 2XZ Biotechnology Practice (3) Bioengineering Required Courses for Biolectronics/Biophotonics Track ABiopharmaceutical Engineering Track ECE 108 Signals and Systems (4) BBioelectronic/Biophotonics Track BioE 3XX Integrated C Cell and Tissue Engineering Track Bioelectronics/Biophotonics Lab (2) First Year – Fall Semester Recommended electives (minimum of two from list) BioE 1 Seminar I - Introduction to ECE 123 Electronic Circuits (3) Bioengineering (1) ECE 202 Introduction to Electromagnetics (3) Math 21 Calculus I (4) Phy 212 Electricity and Magnetism I (3) Chm 21,22 Intro. Chemical Principles and Laboratory (5) ECE 333 Medical Electronics (3) Engl 1 Composition and Literature (3) Phy 352 Modern Optics (3) Engr 1 Engineering Computations (3) or BioE 2XX Biomedical Instrumentation and Sensors (3) Phy 11, 12 Introductory Physics I and Lab (5) BioE 3XX Photonics for Biomedical (16-18 Credits) Applications (3) First Year – Spring Semester Required Courses for Cell and Tissue Engineering BioE II Seminar II – Introduction to Track Bioengineering (1) BioE 120,121 Biomechanics and Laboratory (4) BioS 31,32 Intro. Cell/Molecular Biology and BioE 3ZZ Integrated Cell and Tissue Lab (4) Engineering Laboratory (2) Math 22 Calculus II (4) Recommended electives (minimum of two from list) Engl 2 Composition and Literature II (3) BioS 177 Intro. Behavioral Neuroscience (3) Engr 1 Engineering Computations (4) or BioS 277 Experimental Neuroscience Laboratory (4) Business 123

Phy 11, 12 Introductory Physics I and Lab (5) Mat 33 Engineering Materials and Processes (15-17 Credits) (3) A track Sophomore – Fall Semester ECE 108 Signals and Systems (4) B track BioE 10 Bioengineering II – Introduction to BioE Elective (3) C track Bioengineering (1) ChE 44 Fluid Mechanics (4) A track BioS 101,102 Genetics and Lab (4) ME 104 Thermodynamics (3) B track Math 23 Calculus III (4) ECE 81 Principles of Electrical Mechanics Chm 31 Chemical Equilibria in Aqueous (4) C track Systems (3) (18 Credits) ChE 31 Material and Energy Balances of Senior – Fall Semester Chemical Processes (3) A track BioE 1XZ Senior Research 3, Teamwork Chm 51,53 Organic Chemistry I and Lab (4) Project (2) A track BioE Elective (3) A & B tracks Mech 2 Elementary Engineering Mechanics BioE 3XX Integrated Bioelectronics/ (3) B & C tracks Biophotonics Lab (2) B track Mat 33 Engineering Materials and Processes (3) BioE 3XX Integrated Cell and Tissue B & C tracks Engineering (2) C track (18-19 Credits) ChE 210 Chemical Engineering Sophomore – Spring Semester Thermodynamics (4) A track BioE 20 Bioengineering Sophomore Seminar ChE 31 Material and Energy Balances of II (1) Chemical Processes (3) C BioE 110 Elements of Bioengineering (3) Phil 116 Bioethics (4) Phy 21,22 Intro. Physics II and Lab (5) HSS Free Elective (3) Chm 52 Organic Chemistry II (3) A track ME 231 Fluid Mechanics (3) B & C tracks ECE 81 Principles of Electrical Engineering (16-17 Credits) (4) B track Senior – Spring Semester BioE 120,121 Biomechanics and Biomechanics BioE 1ZZ Seminar, Thesis Presentation (1) Lab (4) C track BioE 3XX Integrated Biotechnology Lab Eco 1 Principles of Economics (4) (A & B (2) A track track) BioE Elective (3) SSP 135 Human Communication (4) C track HSS Free Electives (9) (16-17 Credits) (13-15 Credits) Junior – Fall Semester BioE 1. Freshman Seminar 1, Introduction to BioE 225 Junior Research I, Team Project (2) Bioengineering I: Philosophy to Practice (1) fall Math 205 Linear Methods (3) Overview of the bioengineering field, the advancements BioE 2XX Design (3) of related topics in sciences, technology, engineering and Mech 2 Elementary Engineering Mechanics applications for health care and medicine. Humanity and (3) A track ethical issues. Chm 51, 53 Organic Chemistry I and lab (4) B BioE 2. Freshman Seminar 2, Introduction to & C track Bioengineering II: Current Topics (1) spring Overview of a broad spectrum of current topical areas in ECE 81 Principles of Electrical Engineering biotechnology and bioengineering and their applications (4) A track in health care and medicine. ChE 31 Material and Energy Balances of Chemical Processes (3) B track BioE 10. Bioengineering Sophmore Seminar I: Literature Research (1) fall ME 104 Thermodynamics I (3) C track Literature research on current bioengineering and SSP 135 Human Communication (4) biotechnology topics to assemble information for pro- A & B tracks ducing a written research proposal. Eco 1 Principles of Economics (4) C track BioE 20. Bioengineering Sophomore Seminar II: (18-19 Credits) Research Proposal (1) spring Junior – Spring Semester Prepare written research proposals for research projects. Define research topics, objectives of the research, specific BioE 1XY Junior Research 1, Teamwork goals, methodology, research plans and expected impact Project (2) of the research. Math 231 Probability and Statistics ( 3) BioE 110. Elements of Bioengineering (3) spring Chm 187 Physical Chemistry (3) An introduction to the fields of biotechnology and bio- BioE 2YY Physiology (3) medical engineering. The areas include biomechanics, biomaterials, bioinstrumentation, medical imaging, reha- 124 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2003-2004 bilitation engineering, biosensors, biotechnology and tis- base case financial model, and a project and product sue engineering. portfolio. Teams continue to work on industry projects BioE 120/121. Biomechanics and Biomechanics with faculty advisors. Oral presentations and written Laboratory (3/1) spring reports. Prerequisite: Bus 211/Engr 211. Applications of the mechanics to study mechanical behavior of anatomical structures, biological tissues and Business Information Systems systems of the musculoskelital system. Specific topics include: structure and function of biological tissues, Professors. Susan A. Sherer, Ph.D. (Pennsylvania), BIS mechanical properties of biological tissues, and analysis program director and Karan Professor of Information of specific tissues (i.e., bone, muscle, and soft connective Technology Management. tissues). Co- or prerequisite: Mech 2. Associate professor. James A. Hall, Ph.D. (Oklahoma State) Biology courses at Lehigh University are offered in two Assistant professor. Catherine M. Ridings, Ph.D. departments. The Department of Biological Sciences (Drexel); Yuliang Yas, Ph.D. (Maryland) offers molecular, cellular, and organismal biology as well as biochemistry and neuroscience, while the Department Lecturer. Joanne Connors, M.B.A. (LaSalle); Visiting of Earth and Environmental Sciences offers courses in instructor Chitra Nayar, M.B.A. (Univ. of Iowa) ecology and environmental biology. See separate cata- The Business Information Systems program offered logue entries for course listings and more information. through the College of Business and Economics provides an opportunity to prepare students to work with infor- mation technology in today’s business environment. As Business businesses seek to make themselves more productive and The designation of “business” refers to general business competitive, they have become more reliant on informa- courses. tion technology. Students who have a good understanding of information systems can help businesses enhance their Undergraduate Courses use of this technology. The information systems program Bus 1. Introduction to Business (3) is designed to provide requisite technical skills along with An introduction to business, emphasizing critical issues a strong business foundation, developing students’ abilities impacting the business world, such as globalization, to apply information technology to business problems. technology, ethics, and diversity. Provides an overview of Career opportunities include systems analyst/designer, the various functional areas of business and how they fit information systems manager, information systems con- together. Stresses experiential learning and develops sultant, and computer auditor. team-building skills. Strengthens written and oral com- The information systems major requires four courses and munications skills. Provides an introduction to career two electives beyond the core requirements of the opportunities and curriculum choices in business and College of Business and Economics. Students are economics. Course is offered only in the fall and is open required to take BIS 211, Management Information only to College of Business and Economics freshmen. Systems, as part of the business and economics core. Bus 3. Computer Basics I (1) Other courses are as follows: A survey of computer software applications in business Required Courses (4): and economics, including use of operating systems and BIS 120 Business Applications in Java (4) the World Wide Web, presentation software, and or CSE 17 Structured Programming and Data spreadsheets. Bus 3 is a prerequisite for many courses Structures (4) in the CBE. CSE 241 Database Systems (3) Bus 4. Computer Basics II (1) A survey of computer software applications in business or IE 224 Information Systems Analysis and and economics, including use of data base management Design (3) systems and computer programming. Prerequisite: Bus 3. BIS 311 Managing Information Systems Bus 4 is a prerequisite for BIS 211. Development (3) Bus 211. (Engr 211, Des 211) Integrated Product Mgt 311 LUMAC Management Assistance Development (IPD) Projects (3) Counseling (3) Business, engineering and design students work in cross- or BIS 360 Business Information Systems disciplinary teams of 4-6 students on marketing, Practicum (3) financial and economic planning, economics and techni- or BIS 373 Business Information Systems cal feasibility of new product concepts. Team work on Internship (1-3) industrial projects with faculty advisors. Oral presenta- Elective Courses (Choose 2): tions and written reports. Prerequisite: Junior standing in business, economics, arts or engineering. Acct 311 Accounting Information Systems (3) Bus 212. (Engr 212, Des 212) Integrated Product CSE 216 Software Engineering (3) Development (IPD) Projects II (2) fall CSE 262 Programming Languages (3) Business, engineering, and design arts students work in CSE 330 Advanced Software Engineering cross disciplinary teams of 4-6 students on the detailed Tools (3) design, fabrication and testing of a prototype of the new IE 341 Data Communication Systems product designed in Bus 211/Engr 211. Additional Analysis and Design (3) deliverables in planning for production with a detailed Mgt 302 Quantitative Models - Conceptual (3) Business 125

BIS 331 Electronic Commerce and Security (3) Mgt 311. Prerequisites: Junior standing in the College of BIS 342 E-Business Systems (3) (also cross Business and Economics. listed as SCM 342) BIS 371. Directed Readings (1-3) Consult Professor Sherer for other related courses. Readings and research information systems; designed for superior students who have special interest in some Undergraduate Courses topic(s) not covered by the regularly scheduled courses. BIS 120. Business Applications of Java (4) Written term paper(s) required. May be repeated. Business applications and programming in Java. Control Prerequisite: preparation in information systems accept- structures, arrays, object-oriented programming, string able to program coordinator. manipulation, graphics, graphical user interfaces, web- BIS 372. Special Topics (1-3) based applets. Some previous experience with Special problems and issues in information systems for programming helpful but not required. Lectures plus one which no regularly scheduled course work exists. When two-hour computer lab. Prerequisite: Acct 151 previous- offered as group study, coverage varies according to inter- ly or concurrently. ests of the instructor and students. May be repeated. BIS 111. Introduction to Information Systems (3) Prerequisite: preparation in information systems accept- This course examines the fundamental role of informa- able to program coordinator. tion systems in supporting and managing all business BIS 373. Business Information Systems functions and enabling firms to compete effectively. Internship (1-3) Both technical and managerial aspects of information Based upon a student’s work experience, a sponsoring systems are introduced. The course integrates technical faculty member shall direct reading, projects and other infrastructure, database concepts, management decision- assignments - including a “capstone report.” It should be making, and business process issues critical to the noted that the work experience, by itself, is not the basis understanding of operational and strategic information for academic credit. The faculty-directed activity may be systems. It introduces business applications that support provided concurrent with the work or as a follow-up to accounting, finance, supply chain management, and the work experience. In the latter case, arrangements marketing. Prerequisite: Excel competency. must be made in advance of the work engagement so as BIS 311. Managing Information Systems to enhance the follow-up experience (keeping logs, con- Development (3) current reading assignments, etc.) Student effort is Managing the development and implementation of infor- expected to be at least 40 hours per credit. Prerequisites: mation systems for business. Project management for CSc 17, IE 224 or CSc 241, junior standing in the business systems implementation. Business systems analy- College of Business and Economics. sis and design. Implementation of custom-designed as Course descriptions for the College of Business and well as packaged systems. Cost benefit analysis and risk Economics graduate courses can be found in this section management of systems implementation. Prerequisites: (Section V) under the heading of Business and Economics BIS 111 or Acct 311 or consent of instructor. Graduate Courses. BIS 331 (Mkt 331). Electronic Commerce (3) This course covers how businesses, the government and Business and Economics consumers use the Internet to exchange information and initiate transactions. Topics include risks of insecure sys- Graduate Courses tems, Internet security standards and protocols, cryptography, authentication and digital signatures, web- MBA Prerequisites site attestation and assurance, firewalls, electronic cash systems, electronic legal agreements and international GBUS 401. Financial Reporting for Managers and cryptographic restrictions. Students will get hands-on Investors (3) experience designing security- conscious web-sites using Corporate financial reporting under Generally Accepted FrontPage. Prerequisite: BIS 211 or Acct 311, Mkt 211 Accounting Principles. Analysis and interpretation of finan- or consent of instructor. cial statements: accrual accounting, balance sheet valuation, income determination and cash flow analysis. Profit BIS 342 (SCM 342). E-Business Systems (3) manipulation, window dressing and “creative accounting” Introduction to the implications of key information through accounting policy choices. Fraudulent financial technologies used within and across businesses to con- reporting, uses and limitations of accounting information. duct e-business. Includes enterprise resource planning Accounting information as a tool for strategic decision systems, on-line ordering and inventory management making. systems, data warehousing, data mining, intra/extra nets, efficient consumer response systems, and knowledge GECO 401. Basic Statistics for Business and management. Readings and case studies will be utilized. Economics (3) BIS 360. Business Information Systems Practicum (3) Descriptive statistics, probability and probability distri- The business information systems practicum provides an butions, estimation, hypothesis testing, correlation and opportunity for students to work on an intensive con- regression, chi-square analysis and analysis of variance. sulting engagement with a business. Students work with Computer applications. client firms on individual or team projects, which focus MBA Program Core Courses on information systems activities such as developing requirements, designing, and implementing systems. MBA 401. Introduction to the Organization and Students complete written reports and make formal pre- its Environment (1) sentations to clients. May not be taken concurrently with An MBA core course which introduces the entering MBA student to the workings of today’s organization 126 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2003-2004 and how it impacts and is impacted by its environment. which allows students to apply the principles and con- These concepts will be exposed by using the integrated cepts covered in the course. Prerequisite: MBA 401. value chain model and applied through a simulation. MBA 406. Integrative Experience (1-4) MBA 402. Managing Financial and Physical An MBA core course requirement which provides alter- Resources (4) native methods for students to apply the body of An MBA core course designed to integrate financial and knowledge acquired in MBA 401 through MBA 405. managerial concepts into operations decisions. Students will have the choice of taking a case course, Disciplines of accounting, finance and economics are developing and working on a project through their combined to provide substantive foundations for dis- employer or with a corporate partner, an internship or cussing and analyzing data. Implications of analysis are other suitable experiential learning. The preferred option applied to facilitate decision-making in other areas such is an outside project rather than a case course. The aca- as marketing, operations (manufacturing, logistics and demic rigor and time required to complete the project or engineering), human resources, information technology course will determine the number of credits earned. and general management. The major learning objectives Prerequisites: MBA 401, MBA 402, MBA 403, MBA will be applied through a series of “living” cases that are 404, MBA 405 centered on analyzing historical financial performance, Accounting Electives preparing a business plan, and valuing a business. Prerequisites: MBA 401, GBUS 401 or equivalent. GBUS 413. Advanced Management Accounting (3) MBA 403. Managing Information (4) Issues in management accounting including activity- An MBA core course dealing with concepts and methods based costing, activity-based management, strategic cost involved in the collection, organization and dissemina- management, theory of constraints, advanced manufac- tion of information that helps managers make turing technologies, cost of quality and life-cycle costing. operational and strategic decisions. The course also deals Readings and cases. Prerequisite: MBA 403 or a course with attributes of information and examines enterprise- in cost accounting. wide impacts of local decisions. Revenue, cost, time and GBUS 414. Financial Statement Analysis and quality-based information are accorded equal emphasis, Interpretation (3) while students are exposed to alternative evaluation This course focuses on analysis of financial statements. It methods for decisions related to different parts of the develops the skills necessary to interpret and use finan- value chain. Topics include: activity-based costing; activi- cial statement information effectively to assess ty-based management; transaction analysis; operational profitability and risk and is intended for individuals like- and strategic decisions such as outsourcing, design part- ly to become intensive users of financial accounting nerships, etc; investment analysis for short life-cycle information. Requirements include readings, case stud- investments; evaluation of uncertainty, risk and ambigui- ies, presentations, and written analysis of actual financial ty; metrics development; compensation policies; segment statements. Prerequisite: GBUS 401 and MBA 402 or evaluation methods; target costing and functional analy- permission of the instructor. sis; quality function deployment; total cost of ownership; and transfer pricing. In addition, the course deals with: GBUS 437. Federal Taxation and Business information technology enablers which allow firms to Decisions (3) improve value delivered to customers; and evaluation Impact of federal taxation on the structure and timing of and management of emerging forms of cooperation, business decisions. Problem-solving methods and such as joint ventures and project based strategic research techniques from a managerial perspective. alliances. Prerequisites: MBA 401, GBUS 401 and Prerequisite: GBUS 401 or a basic course in accounting. GECO 401 or equivalents. Finance Electives MBA 404. Managing Products and Services (4) GBUS 419. Financial Management (3) An MBA core course focusing on the management of An intermediate level course in corporate finance. products and services within a firm’s value chain. The Coverage includes capital budgeting techniques including course addresses exceeding customer expectations, estab- real options, decision tree analysis, risk analysis, advanced lishing total quality as the core foundation, developing a cost of capital theories, capital structure theory, dividend strong customer focus, creating value through supply policy, working capital management, mergers and acquisi- chain management, developing new products for com- tions, restructuring, and bankruptcies. The course petitive advantage, matching aggregate supply with emphasizes both theory and practice through lectures, customer demand, and designing market channels and cases, and financial modeling exercises. Prerequisite: MBA influencing customers. Prerequisite: MBA 401. 402 or equivalent background. Students not possessing MBA 405. Managing People (4) the relevant prerequisites must obtain waivers from the An MBA core course that examines how effective organi- Designated Finance Faculty representative. zations are created, maintained, and improved. The GBUS 420. Investments (3) course will focus on how good people are attracted to an A survey course in investments. Overview of financial organization and how to make them productive. Topics institutions and markets involved in the issuance and include: organizational design, job design, staffing, train- trading of securities. Emphasis on valuation and risk ing and development, performance, teams, influence, assessment of fixed income and equity securities. diversity, change, ethical decision-making, and current Construction of optimal portfolios and examination of people issues facing today’s organizations. The course performance measures. Prerequisite: MBA 402 or equiva- includes a comprehensive simulation (to be conducted lent background. Students not possessing the relevant on a Saturday during the semester) and a group project prerequisites must obtain waivers from the Designated Finance Faculty Representative. Business 127

GBUS 421. Advanced Investments (3) recommendations. Prerequisites: completion of MBA Advanced topics relating to valuation/security analysis background courses (or equivalent) and permission of and portfolio/risk management. Prerequisties: GBUS the instructor. 419 and GBUS 420 or Designated Finance Faculty GBUS 444. Managerial Communication Skills (3) Representative Approval. Organization, style and strategy of language to inform, GBUS 422. Derivatives and Risk Management (3) direct and persuade. Application of writing, reading, The theory and application of a variety of derivative speaking and listening skills to managerial problems. instruments (options, futures contracts, etc.) used in cor- Case studies. poration finance and the financial services industry. The GBUS 445. Labor-Management Administration (3) focus is on the risk management application vs. a rigor- A study of the U.S. system of industrial relations, including ous development of option pricing theory and similar the evolution and present status of labor law; union organ- topics. Prerequisites: GBUS 419 and GBUS 420, or izing efforts; the strategy of negotiations; the substantive Designated Finance Faculty Representative Approval. provisions of collective bargaining and the administration GBUS 424. Advanced Topics in Financial of collective agreements. Also considered is the role of Management: (descriptor to change each time unions in the implementation of programs for employee course is offered) (3) self-management and other workplace innovations. Advanced topics relating to specific areas of corporate GBUS 446. Commercial Potential Assessment (3) finance such as: theoretical and empirical examination of A study of the process of bringing an invention to market recent developments in financial management; asset val- with emphasis on commercial potential. Industrial analysis, uation and capital budgeting including the role of competitor intelligence and strategic issues will be empha- uncertainty, imprecise forecasts, risk preferences, infla- sized along with the development of market strategy and an tion, market conditions, and the global marketplace; overall business plan. Extensive research including data base working capital management, leasing, mergers, and searches will be included. Instructor permission required. financing. The course content may vary between instruc- tors and over time. Prerequisite: GBUS 419 and GBUS GBUS 447 Negotiation (3 credits) 420 or Finance Faculty Approval. The class examines the behavioral foundations of the negotiation process. Topics include: The negotiation GBUS 425. Real Estate Financing and Investing (3) process, negotiation planning, power in negotiations, An upper-level course in modern real estate financing communications in negotiations, tactics, concepts of win- techniques from the perspectives of both the borrower win and win-lose, social styles, individual and team and the lender. Subject matter encompasses the follow- negotiations, ethical considerations, cultural differences, ing areas: The principles of financing decisions; negotiating in sole source (customer) situations, using financing methods and techniques; institutional sources third parties. The concepts will be exposed through both of funds for real estate; and real estate financing deci- lectures and simulations. sions. Prerequisites: GBUS 419 and GBUS 420, or Designated finance Faculty Representative Approval. Management Electives - Operations Research and GBUS 426. Financial Management of Financial Analytical Management Institutions (3) GBUS 450. Strategic Supply Management (3) Asset and liability management of commercial banks, A survey course designed to introduce the MBA/MSE savings and loan associations, life insurance companies, student to the vital role played by supply management in and pension funds. Short and long-run responses to achieving overall effectiveness for the firm in today’s changes in economic conditions, interest rates and regu- global economy. The course starts by examining the tra- lations. Prerequisite: GBUS 419 and GBUS 420 or ditional purchasing process and then moves on to an Finance Faculty Approval. examination of the evolution of purchasing into supply management and, finally, to the role purchasing plays in GBUS 431. Quantitative Finance (3) improving effectiveness of the entire value chain. Course Relationship of quantitative models to financial theory and consists of lectures, discussion and case analysis. applications. Capital budgeting, portfolio selection, securi- ty evaluation, cash management, inventory policy and GBUS 451. Analytical Methods in Management (3) credit analysis. Prerequisite: GBUS 419 and GBUS 420 or Application of management science methods to industrial Finance Faculty Approval. and commercial problems. Scientific method, decision the- ory, linear programming, inventory control, regression Management Electives - Organizational Behavior analysis, forecasting, simulation, and related areas are GBUS 440. Human Resource Management (3) examined in the context of accounting, finance, marketing A survey of personnel management activities in organiza- and manufacturing. tions. Topics include human resource planning, Marketing Elective recruitment, selection, equal employment opportunity, performance appraisal, compensation, career planning, GBUS 453 Transportation and Logistics safety and health, and quality of work life issues. Course Management(3) consists of lectures, discussion, and case analysis. The control of physical distribution and inventories; the flow of information, products and cash through the inte- GBUS 442. Seminar in Management Consulting (3) grated supply chain. A study of consulting practices in general and their application to small business. Processes include a field GBUS 454 E-Commerce and Marketing study/counseling service to a local business. Emphasis is Strategy (3) on the identification and analysis of multidisciplinary Impact of e-commerce technologies on firm, industries, problems and opportunities and the implementation of and markets. Covers the technologies used in e-com- 128 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2003-2004 merce, changes in organization structure, industry and GBUS 465 Marketing Strategies for New Products behavior, and sales and marketing strategies such as and Services (3) attracting visitors to websites, promotion, distribution, This course focuses on strategies for the development service, pricing, branding, advertising, consumer behav- and marketing of new products and services. Illustrative ior, measuring effectiveness, societal effects, topics covered in the course include diffusion of innova- disintermediation, reintermediation, and strategy imple- tions, new product adoption models, the role of mentation. Prerequisite: MBA 403. marketing research in various stages of new product GBUS 455 E-Business Enterprise Applications (3) development and marketing, product development in Implications of key information technologies used with- technologically intensive environment, and so on. in and across businesses to conduct e-business, including GBUS 466 Marketing Research and Analysis (3) customer relationship management, enterprise resource This course focuses on procedures for collecting and ana- planning, on-line ordering and inventory management, lyzing relevant information for informed decision supply chain management, and e-procurement systems, making by managers. The process of identifying research data warehousing, data mining, intra-extranets, and questions, developing instruments for collecting infor- knowledge management. Prerequisite: MBA 403. mation, appropriate interpretation of information, and GBUS 456 Business Process Redesign with appropriateness of research methods are some of the top- Information Systems (3) ics discussed in this course. The course focuses on the Current topics on the principles, implementation and crit- process of doing marketing research as well as the tech- ical success factors of deploying information systems niques for analyzing information. Discussion of enabled quality management and process innovation with- concepts and cases, developing data collection instru- in organizations. Techniques and tools used in ments, and doing actual marketing research projects will implementing quality and process innovation from a man- form the key elements of this course. agerial and practical perspective. Prerequisite: MBA 403. GBUS 470 Marketing Communications Strategies (3) GBUS 457 Managing the IS Resource (3) This course focuses on how various elements of communi- The issues and management techniques involved in cations are integrated to achieve various organizational administering the information systems/resource activities objectives. In addition to the traditional communication in the organization. Management of IS professionals, media such as advertising and point of purchase media, development and management of project teams, user emphasis will also be placed on new media and strategies client relationships, managing vendors, emerging tech- made possible due to the advances in technology. The nologies and planning processes. Prerequisite: MBA 403. course will involve discussion of concepts, case analysis and discussion, insights from practitioners, and group projects. GBUS 458 Strategic Information Systems (3) Understanding the various types of computer based GBUS 471 Product and Brand Management (3) information systems and developing an ability to identify This course will focus on theories, models, and other and exploit information technologies to gain competitive tools to manage brands, products, and product lines. advantage, at the individual, group and organizational Specific attention will be focused on building, measuring, levels. Prerequisite: MBA 403. and managing brand equity. The course will be a mixture of lectures, discussions, case analyses, and group exercises. GBUS 460 Strategic Marketing Management (3) The course studies the management of contemporary GBUS 472 Strategies for Services Marketing (3) organizations from the perspective of a marketing man- The course focuses on the challenges of marketing and ager. While the course content addresses the activities managing services (whether in a manufacturing or serv- required to maintain a strategic fit between an organiza- ice business) and discusses the development of strategies tion’s environment and its particular set of objectives and for addressing these challenges. The need for cross-func- resources, the central focus is on designing strategic mar- tional integration to provide effective service is stressed. keting actions for various types of organizations. The Illustrative topics include service quality gap analysis, course pedagogy emphasizes the application of marketing relationship between superior service and profitability, and other business principles through either seminars, service encounter analysis, customer lifetime value analy- simulations, or case discussion. sis, services guarantees, and service demand and capacity management. GBUS 461. Advertising and Promotion Management (3) International Business Electives A broad overview of managerial decisions involved in GBUS 473 International Finance (3) developing, planning, presenting, and implementing Consideration of problems arising from the risks associ- advertising and promotional activities for business and ated with international investing and multinational not-for-profit organizations. Analysis of current cam- corporation finance (currency, political, etc.). Focus is on paigns and a term project are semester assignments. (a) investing in international market given the institu- Prerequisite: MBA 404. tional constraints and differences between domestic GBUS 464 Business-to-Business Marketing (3) markets, and (b) managerial issues relating to corpora- This course focuses on marketing strategies and tactics in tions, investors, and financial institutions. Prerequisites: firms whose customers are other institutions, not indi- GBUS 420 and GBUS 419, or Designated Finance viduals. Topics covered include organizational buying Faculty Representative Approval. behavior, managing strategic buyer-seller relationships, GBUS 474. Legal Aspects of International sales force deployment, communication strategies, and so Business (3) on. Specific attention is given to the impact of informa- Various legal problems of engaging in business abroad, tion technology and globalization in the including contracts, technology transfer, property owner- business-to-business context. Business 129 ship, business organizations and labor, using a case and Accounting problem-solving approach. M. S. Core Courses GBUS 475 Global Marketing Strategies (3) MACC 412. Advanced Information Systems and The course is designed to provide a framework within which global marketing operation can be analyzed, IS Auditing (3) understood, and undertaken. The course focuses on the This course deals with advanced topics in systems analy- issues that are being faced by firms in today’s global mar- sis, systems design, systems implementation, internal ketplace, particularly those that are related to strategy controls, and auditing of computer-based information formulation and implementation. The learning experi- systems (CBIS). Students study business process and ence in this course is placed on global business database modeling techniques, including traditional and decision-making, through the use of case studies, proj- REA (Resources, Events, and Agents) modeling. Students ects, and lectures. use a CASE tool to analyze a business problem and forge a solution that meets internal control and auditing stan- GBUS 476. Globalization and Management of dards. Additionally, the risks, controls, and auditing Technology (3) objectives in key IS areas including operating and data Management of science and technology in the context of management systems, revenue and expenditure cycles and international business and the globalization of markets, computer fraud techniques are covered. Students use competition and corporations. Management of global ACL to perform standard audit tests and fraud detection industrial R & D; technology–based global strategic procedures. Prerequisites: A course in accounting infor- alliances; global external technology sourcing, complex mation systems and a course in auditing. human resources and cross-cultural issues; etc. Develops MACC 413. Corporate Financial Reporting: an appreciation of the scientific and technical capabilities available globally and the potential for global cooperative Research, Theory and Practice (3) and/or competition in this regard. This course examines the structure of corporate financial reporting, its role in providing decision-useful informa- Management of Technology Course tion to capital market participants, and theoretical and empirical assessments of its performance. Topics include GBUS 481. Technology, Operations and the FASB’s conceptual framework, efficient markets the- Competitive Strategy (3) ory and research, positive accounting theory, income Develops an understanding and appreciation of the inter- determination theory, recognition versus disclosure, har- relationships among technology, operations and the monization of international accounting principles, and competitive strategy of the firm. Industry analysis and select current reporting issues. Prerequisites: Graduate competitiveness; competitive strategy formulation and standing and at least two semesters of financial account- implementation; value chain analysis; operations strategy ing beyond principles. and technology strategy; operation’s contributions to competitive advantages in cost, quality and variety and MACC 420. Business Consulting: Process and new product introduction. Practice (3) Provides an overview of the consulting process as it GBUS 482. R, D & E Project Management (3) relates to public accounting and other consulting firms. Management of cross-functional project teams for intro- The course also focuses on various aspects of the delivery ducing technological innovations in the manufacturing process such as approaches to gaining and retaining and marketing of new products and services in a variety clients, proposal development, pricing mechanisms, of industries. defining client needs, models and methodologies of con- GBUS 483. R & D Management (3) sulting, diagnosing problems, and recommending and Developing R&D programs to achieve strategic business implementing change. Several types of consulting will be objectives; selecting, staffing and managing R&D projects; addressed including strategic, process, technology, and and transferring research results to commercial functions. organizational change consulting. GBUS 484. Science and Technology Policies and MACC 424. Information Quality Assurance and Institutions (3) Business Risk (3) The science and technology institutional infrastructure Focuses on new products and services offered by inde- and its relationships with management decision-making, pendent assurance and business risk professionals to including private, public (government) and quasi-public improve the quality of management decision making. institutions; R&D, regulatory, and policy institutions; Building on topics in business strategy, information tech- and U.S., foreign and international institutions. nology, operations management, and strategic cost GBUS 485. Diffusion and Implementations of management, this course develops an in-depth under- standing of industry-based business models and the Technology (3) related universal set of processes, integrated risk manage- Classical macro-study of adoption and diffusion of inno- ment, control self-assessment, and normative control vation, and managing the implementation/utilization/ models. Students gain experience with a number of application of new technology in the organization/corpo- information technology-based assurance service tools. rate culture. Prerequisite: MACC 412 or concurrent. GBUS 486. Qualitative Research Methodology (3) MACC 427. Information Analysis for Study of techniques that describe, decode and translate social phenomena. Explores how interpretive researchers Management and Business Solutions (3) plan and conduct studies and present findings. Studies Focuses on information analysis and technology as an investigators’ roles, data sources, observation methods, enabler of business solutions. Besides placing technology data-analysis methods and trustworthiness of findings. A in the context of organizations, this course exposes stu- field research project is required. dents to the interaction of accounting information with 130 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2003-2004 information technology, business models, and analysis to Empirical estimation of demand, production and cost bring about the resolution of complex business prob- functions. Resource allocations and pricing strategies in lems. Topics covered include the impact of technology, various market structures. Decisions under risk and uncer- economic and financial analysis, simulation of the firm, tainty. Government regulations of business. Cases. its functional activities and optimization models. Various Prerequisite: Calculus and GECO 401 or equivalent. issues related to Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP) will GECO 404. Technology, Trade and Economic be addressed utilizing ERP software. Prerequisite: MACC Core. (To be taken during the last semester of Growth (1) (required for MOT and MBA-MOT the program.) students only) Overview of the role of technology in economic systems. MACC 492-10. (GBUS 492-10) Negotiation (3) Productivity and growth effects, relationships to industry A course designed for the graduate student in business structure, impacts on international trade and competi- examining the behavioral foundations of the negotiation tiveness. Prerequisite: intended to be taken concurrently process. These concepts are exposed through both lec- with GECO 402. tures and simulations and include such topics as: planning, tactics, power, integrative and distributive bar- GECO 428. (GBUS 428) Capital and Interest gaining, behavioral styles and individual and team Theory (3) negotiations. In addition, attention is paid to cross-cul- Theories of interest and capital. Annuities; applications tural and individual differences in negotiating styles. of present value theory; investment valuation under uncertainty and risk; term structure of interest rates; the Economics theory of savings, cost of capital and capital formation. M.S. and Ph.D. Core Courses Prerequisite: GBUS 406/MBA 402 or equivalent. ECO 411. History of Economic Thought (3) GECO 429. (GBUS 429) Monetary Theory (3) Selected topics in the history of economic thought, with The role of money in the economy from theoretical and special attention to the origins of modern economic the- empirical perspectives. The influence of money and ory. Prerequisite: a graduate course in economic theory. prices, interest rates, output and employment. Prerequisite: GECO/GBUS 427 or equivalent. ECO 412. Mathematical Economics (3) Applications of various mathematical techniques in the GECO 430. (GBUS 430) Public Finance (3) formation and development of economic concepts and The economics of public spending and taxation; princi- theories. Prerequisite: consent of the chair. ples of government debt management; theories of budgeting and cost-benefit analysis and public choice. ECO 413. Advanced Microeconomics Analysis (3) A survey of methods of decision-making at the micro- GECO 436. Economic History of the United economic level; price theory and econometric States (3) applications. Prerequisite: GECO 402 or equivalent. Analysis of the colonial economy, transition to industri- ECO 414. Advanced Topics in Microeconomics (3) alization, and the role of trade and transportation in America’s development. A consideration of the impor- Resource allocation and price determination. Theories of tance of slavery to the 19th-century American economy choice of consumers, firms and resource owners under and other New World economies. Origin and develop- various market forms. Prerequisites: GECO 401 and ment of banking and financial markets. Prerequisites: GECO 413 or equivalents. GECO 401 and GECO 402 or equivalents. ECO 415. Econometrics I (3) GECO 440. Labor Economics (3) Computer applications of standard econometric tech- The economics of labor markets and various labor-mar- niques using regression analysis in a single-equation ket institutions with emphasis on current theoretical and context. Discussion of problems of multicollinearity, het- empirical research. Prerequisites: GECO 401 and GECO eroscedasticity and autocorrelation. An introduction to 402 or equivalents. simultaneous equation models, identification and estima- tion problems. Prerequisite: GECO 401 or equivalent. GECO 447. Economic Analysis of Market ECO 416. Econometric Theory (3) Competition (3) Mathematical and statistical specification of economic Mathematical models based on game theory and indus- models. Statistical estimation and tests of parameters in trial organization. Cases are used to analyze the strategic single and multiple equation models. Prediction and tests interaction of firms and governments as competitors of structural changes. Prerequisites: GECO 401 (or equiva- and partners. lent) and calculus. GECO 451. Urban Economics (3) ECO 417. Advanced Macroeconomics Analysis (3) The application of traditional and spatial economics to Macroeconomic theory and policy. Emphasis on theoret- the location of economic activity focusing on the urban ical models and policy implications. Prerequisite: GECO economic problems of business location, housing, land 403 or equivalent. value, land use and intra-urban transportation. ECO 418. Advanced Topics in Macroeconomics (3) GECO 453. Government Regulation of Business (3) Models of employment, income and growth in monetary Analysis of the economic justification for government economies. Policies for economic stability and growth. regulation of private enterprise. Topics include antitrust Prerequisite: GECO 417 or equivalent. policy, utilities, and health, safety and environmental regulation. Prerequisite: GECO 402 or equivalent. Economics Electives GECO 454. Economics of Environmental GECO 402. Managerial Economics (3) Management (3) Application of economic and statistical analysis to manage- Economic theory of natural resources. Optimal policies rial decision-making. Business and economics forecasting. for the development of renewable and nonrenewable Chemical Engineering 131 resources and environmental quality. Prerequisite: Eco. 490 Master’s Thesis GECO 402 or equivalent. Eco. 499 Dissertation GECO 455. Health Economics (3) GECO 471. International Economic Development Economic theory of health care delivery systems. Financing health care services. Case studies of specific economic- (3) financing problems and/or international comparisons of An introduction to the basic theoretical concepts in health care delivery. Prerequisite: GECO 401 or GECO international economic development and an evaluation 402 or equivalents or permission of the instructor. of their application by means of a representative sample of the literature. GECO 456. Industrial Organization (3) The goal of the course is to review theoretical and GECO 472. International Trade Theory (3) empirical attempts by economists to understand market Theories of comparative advantage, factor price equaliza- structures lying between the extremes of perfect competi- tion, trade and welfare, tariffs, trade and factor movements. tion and monopoly. The course will focus first on Prerequisite: GECO 413 or consent of the chair. describing the current U.S. industrial structure and GECO 473. International Monetary Economics (3) reviewing models of imperfect competition. The course Theory of the balance of payments, the microeconomics then shifts to a closer study of individual firm behavior. of international finance, various approaches to balance- The final segment of the course is an overview of two of-payments adjustments, theories of foreign significant relationships between government and indus- exchange-rate determination and macroeconomic policy try caused by the existence of imperfect competition. under fixed and flexible exchange rates. Prerequisite: ECO 460. Time Series Analysis (3) GECO 417 or consent of the chair. Classical decomposition of time series, trend analysis, GECO 480. Economics of Technological Change (3) exponential smoothing, spectral analysis and Box-Jenkins Explores theoretical models and empirical evidence on autoregressive and moving average methods. the economics of innovation and technical change. ECO 461. Forecasting (3) Includes examination of: the role of technology in com- Methods of economic and business forecasting. petitiveness, industrial structure and economic growth; alternative models of the innovative process; incentives ECO 462. Advanced Statistics for Business and for and other conditions affecting research and develop- Economics (3) ment; the evaluation of the justifications for government An expanded development of statistical concepts necessary support of R&D. Prerequisite: GECO 402 or equivalent. for business and economic research. Topics include proba- bility theory, sets, density functions and distributions, sampling distributions, point estimation, moment generat- Chemical Engineering ing functions, maximum likelihood, classical statistical Professors. Philip A. Blythe, Ph.D. (Manchester, inference, power functions, likelihood ratio tests and non- England); Hugo S. Caram, Ph.D. (Minnesota); Marvin parametric tests. Prerequisite: calculus. Charles, Ph.D. (Brooklyn Polytechnic); Manoj K. ECO 463 (IE 458). Topics in Game Theory (3) Chaudhury, Ph.D. (SUNY-Buffalo); John C. Chen, A mathematical analysis of how people interact in strategic Ph.D. (Michigan), Carl R. Anderson Professor; Mohamed situations. Topics include normal-form and extensive-form S. El-Aasser, Ph.D. (McGill), Dean of RCEAS; Gregory representations of games, various types of equilibrium C. Farrington, Ph.D. (Harvard), President; James T. requirements, the existence and characterization of equi- Hsu, Ph.D. (Northwestern); Andrew Klein, Ph.D. libria, and mechanism design. The analysis is applied to (North Carolina State); William L. Luyben, Ph.D. micro-economic problems including industrial organiza- (Delaware); Anthony J. McHugh, Ph.D. (Delaware), tion, inter-national trade, and finance. Prerequisites: Two Chair; William E. Schiesser, Ph.D. (Princeton), McCann semesters of calculus, GECO 414 and GECO 412 , or Professor; Arup K. Sengupta, Ph.D. (Houston); Cesar A. permission of the instructor. Silebi, Ph.D. (Lehigh); Harvey G. Stenger, Jr., Sc.D. Eco. 465 Advanced Numerical Methods (3) (M.I.T.); Israel E. Wachs, Ph.D. (Stanford). Course description: This course focuses on techniques Assistant professor. Mayuresh V. Kothare, Ph.D. that apply directly to economic analyses. A particular (California Institute of Technology). emphasis is on problems in finance. The course teaches Professor of Practice. Shivaji Sircar, Ph.D. students how to use EXCEL macros and advanced VBA (Pennsylvania); Kemal Tuzla, Ph.D. (Istanbul Technical (the industry standard). It is designed for decision mak- University), Associate chair ing in business settings. Prerequisite: Fin. 420. Adjunct professors. William R. Hencke, M.S.E. in ChE Eco. 466 Real Options (3) (Michigan); Peter G. Simpkins, Ph.D. (Imperial College Course description: This is an introductory graduate level of Science and Technology). course in financial economics. It is intended for students Principal research scientist.Eric S. Daniels, Ph.D. with strong technical backgrounds who are comfortable (Lehigh); E. David Sudol, Ph.D. (Lehigh). with mathematical arguments. The course is divided into Emeritus professors. Curtis W. Clump, Ph.D. three main parts: deterministic finance, single-period (Carnegie-Mellon); Arthur E. Humphrey, Ph.D. uncertainty finance, and options theory and its applica- (Columbia); provost emeritus; Leslie H. Sperling, Ph.D. tions. Prerequisite: Fin. 420. (Duke); Fred P. Stein, Ph.D. (Michigan); Leonard A. Eco. 472 Special Topics in Economics (1-3) Wenzel, Ph.D. (Michigan). Extended Study of an approved topic not covered in The mission of the undergraduate program is “to educate scheduled courses. May be repeated for credit. students in the scientific principles of chemical engineer- 132 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2003-2004 ing and provide opportunities to explore their applications rate planning, technical sales, and market analysis. in the context of a humanistic education that prepares The industries that produce chemical and/or certain them to address technological and societal challenges.” physical changes in fluids, including petroleum and Chemical engineers serve a wide variety of technical and petrochemicals, rubbers and polymers, pharmaceuticals, managerial functions within the chemical processing metals, industrial and fine chemicals, foods, and indus- industry. For a lifetime of effectiveness they need a sound trial gases, have found chemical engineers to be vital to background in the fundamental sciences of chemistry and their success. Chemical engineers are also important par- physics; a working capability with mathematics, numeri- ticipants in pollution abatement, energy resources, cal methods, and application of computer solutions; and national defense programs, and more recently in the a broad education in humanities, social sciences, and manufacture of microelectronic devices and integrated managerial techniques. These bases are applied in a circuits. sequence of chemical engineering courses in which logic and mathematical manipulation are applied to chemical Special Programs and Opportunities processing problems. With the resulting habits of precise Co-op Program: The department, in conjunction with the thought coupled to a broad base in scientific and general College of Engineering and Applied Science, operates a education, Lehigh graduates have been effective through- cooperative program that is optional for specially selected out industry and in advanced professional education. No students who are entering their junior year. This program effort is made toward any specific industry, but adapta- affords early exposure to industry and an opportunity to tion is rapid and the fundamental understanding forms integrate an academic background with significant periods the base for an expanding career. of engineering practice. Our program is unique in offering two work experiences and still allowing the co-op students The program is also designed to prepare a student for to graduate in four years with their class. graduate study in chemical engineering. Further study at the graduate level leading to advanced degrees is highly OSI Program: The Opportunities for Student desirable if an individual wishes to participate in the tech- Innovation (OSI) program seeks to develop students’ nical development of the field. The increasing complexity propensities for critical assessment and innovative solu- of modern manufacturing methods requires superior edu- tion of meaningful problems. The OSI program affords cation for men and women working in research, selected seniors an opportunity to experience team development, and the design fields or for teaching. research leading toward technological benefits. Each project is hosted by a company and carried out under Minor in Biotechnology the supervision of a Lehigh faculty member. The department of Chemical Engineering encourages Minors and Specializations: Technical minors are avail- engineering students to broaden their education by tak- able in biotechnology, computer science, environmental ing a minor. In this regard, a Biotechnology Minor is engineering, manufacturing systems, materials science offered to Chemical Engineering or other RCEAS stu- and engineering, and polymer science and engineering. dents. The Biotechnology minor requires 15 credit Chemical Engineering also offers specialization certifi- hours. A detailed listing of the required courses for the cates in polymer science, biotechnology, and process Biotechnology Minor can be obtained from the Chemi- modeling and control. cal Engineering Department. Overseas: Study abroad is available in exchange pro- Physical Facilities grams that have been established by the department for The chemical engineering department is the only engi- the junior year at the University of Nottingham (United neering department located on Lehigh’s 780-acre Kingdom) and for the summer following the junior year Mountaintop Campus. Here the department occupies at the University of Dortmund (Germany). approximately one-third of Iacocca Hall, the 200,000- Requirements of the Major - 133 credit hours are square-foot flagship building that contains offices, required for graduation with the degree of bachelor of classrooms, and laboratories. Additional plant facilities, science in chemical engineering. and the undergraduate chemical processing laboratory freshman year (see Recommended Freshman Year) occupy approximately 10,000-square-feet in the nearby Imbt building. sophomore year, first semester (18 credit hours) These facilities provide excellent support for a wide ChE 31 Material and Energy Balances of range of general laboratory equipment for undergraduate Chemical Processes (3) study of the behavior of typical chemical processing Chm 31 Chemical Equilibria in Aqueous Systems (3) units; special equipment for biochemical engineering and Phy 21 Introductory Physics II (4) for the study of polymers; digital computation for process dynamics study; and special equipment for the Phy 22 Introductory Physics Laboratory II (1) study of thermodynamics, kinetics, heat transfer, and Math 23 Calculus III (4) mass transfer. elective (3) The chemical engineering department has established a sophomore year, second semester (18 credit hours) senior design laboratory in Iacocca Hall featuring 20 ChE 44 Fluid Mechanics (4) Pentium PCs. In addition, a 10-PC university-maintained computing laboratory is available nearby. ChE 210 Chemical Engineering Thermodynamics (4) Career Opportunities ChE 179 Professional Development (1) Chemical engineers play important roles in all activities Chm 187 Physical Chemistry I (3) bearing on the chemical process industry. These include Math 205 Linear Methods (3) the functions of research, development, design, plant elective (3) construction, plant operation and management, corpo- Chemical Engineering 133 junior year, first semester (18 credit hours) fluidized beds. Mixing and agitation. Filtration and sedi- ChE 151 Introduction to Heat Transfer (3) mentation. (ES 3), (ED 1) ChE 201 Methods of Analysis in Chemical ChE 60. Unit Operations Survey (3) spring Engineering (3) The theory of heat, mass and momentum transport. Chm 51 Organic Chemistry I (3) Laminar and turbulent flow of real fluids. Heat transfer by conduction, convection, and radiation. Application to Chm 53 Organic Chemistry Laboratory I (1) a wide range of operations in the chemical and metallur- Chm 192 Physical Chemistry Laboratory (2) gical process industries. (ES 2), (ED 1) electives (6) ChE 151. Introduction to Heat Transfer (3) fall junior year, second semester (18 credit hours) Fundamental principles of heat transfer. Fourier’s law. ChE 242 Introduction to Process Control and Conduction, convection and radiation. Analysis of steady and unsteady state heat transfer. Evaporation and Simulation (3) condensation. Applications to the analysis and design of ChE 244 Mass Transfer and Separation Processes (3) chemical processing units involving heat transfer. ChE 211 Chemical Reactor Design (3) Prerequisite: ChE 44. (ES 2), (ED 1) Chm 52 Organic Chemistry II (3) ChE 179. Professional Development (1) spring Elements of professional growth, registration, ethics, and electives (6) the responsibilities of engineers both as employees and as senior year, first semester (16 credit hours) independent practitioners. Proprietary information and Chm 189 Physical Chemistry II (3) its handling. Patents and their importance. Discussions ChE 202 Chemical Engineering Laboratory I (2) with the staff and with visiting lecturers. A few plant trips. (ES 0), (ES 0) ChE 233 Process Design I (3) ChE 185. Undergraduate Research I (3) electives (8) Independent study of a problem involving laboratory senior year, second semester (15 credit hours) investigation, design, or theoretical studies under the ChE 203 Chemical Engineering Laboratory II (2) guidance of a senior faculty member. (ES 3), (ED 0) ECE 81 Principles of Electrical Engineering (4) ChE 186. Undergraduate Research II (3) ChE 234 Process Design II (3) A continuation of the project begun under ChE 185. Prerequisite: ChE 185 or consent of the department electives (6) chair. (ES 2), (ED 1) There are five types of electives: ChE 201. Methods of Analysis in Chemical (1) Humanities/Social Sciences: See the requirements set Engineering (3) fall by the College of Engineering and Applied Science Analytical and numerical methods of solution applied to (Section 3). Note that Eco 1 is required, as well as dynamic, discrete and continuous chemical engineering Freshman English. processes. Laplace Transforms. Methods of analysis (2) Three credit hours from approved courses in other applied to equilibrium, characteristic value and non-lin- engineering departments (CEE, EECS, IMSE, MEM, ear chemical engin-eering problems. Prerequisite: Math MSE). 23 and ChE 44. (ES 2), (ED 0) (3) Chemistry: 3 credit hours of 300-level or higher. ChE 202. Chemical Engineering Laboratory I (2) (4) Chemical Engineering: A total of 3 credit hours is fall required from among ChE 186, or 3xy, or 4xy. ChE 185 The laboratory study of chemical engineering unit oper- does not qualify. ations and the reporting of technical results. One (5) Free electives: 6 credit hours in any subject area. three-hour laboratory and one lecture period per week. Or, if a Technical Minor in RCEAS is completed: Independent study and both group and individual reporting. Prerequisite: ChE 151. (ES 1), (ED 1) (1) Humanities/Social Sciences as above. ChE 203. Chemical Engineering Laboratory II (2) (2) 15 or 16 credit hours presented for a Technical Minor in RCEAS. spring Laboratory experience with more complex chemical pro- Undergraduate Courses cessing situations including processes involving chemical ChE 31. Material and Energy Balances of reactions and those controlled automatically. Prerequisite: ChE 244 and ChE 210. (ES 1), (ED 1) Chemical Processes (3) fall Material and energy balances with and without chemical ChE 207. (Math 207) Introduction to Biomedical reaction. Introduction to phase equilibrium calculations. Engineering and Mathematical Physiology (3) fall Applications in chemical process calculations and in Topics in human physiology and mathematical analysis design of staged separations: binary distillation, liquid-liq- of physiological phenomena, including the cardiovascu- uid extraction. Plant trips and special lectures introducing lar and respiratory systems, biomechanics, and renal the profession. Prerequisite: Chem 21 or equivalent and physiology; broad survey of bioengineering. Independent Eng 1 previously or concurrently. (ES 2), (ED 1) study projects. Prerequisites: Math 205. (ES 2), (ED 1) ChE 44. Fluid Mechanics (4) spring ChE 210. Chemical Engineering Thermodynamics Fluid mechanics and its applications to chemical process- (4) spring es. Momentum and energy balances in fluid flow. Energy relations and their application to chemical engi- Dimensional analysis. Fluid flow in pipes, packed and neering. Consideration of flow and nonflow processes. 134 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2003-2004

Evaluation of the effects of temperature and pressure on ChE 283. Chemical Engineering Fundamentals III the thermodynamic properties of fluids. Heat effects (4) fall accompanying phase changes and chemical reactions. Fundamentals of thermodynamics, reaction kinetics and Determination of chemical and physical equilibrium. reactor analysis, and applied mathematics. Prerequisites: Prerequisite: ChE 31. (ES 3), (ED 1) ChE 281 and 282 and department permission. ChE 211. Chemical Reactor Design (3) spring For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduate The application of chemical kinetics to the design and Students operation of chemical reactors. Plug flow and continuous stirred tank reactors. Homogeneous and heterogeneous ChE 276 (CE 276). Environmental Engineering reaction kinetics. Design of isothermal and adiabatic Processes (3) spring reactors. Prerequisite: ChE 151, ChE 210 or equivalent. Processes applied in environmental engineering for air (ES 1), (ED 2) pollution control, treatment of drinking water, munici- ChE 233. Process Design I (3) fall pal wastewater, industrial wastes, hazardous/toxic wastes, Design of chemical plants incorporating traditional ele- and environmental remediation. Kinetics, reactor theory, ments of engineering economics and synthesis of mass balances, application of fundamental physical, steady-state flowsheets with (1) both heuristic and rigor- chemical and biological principles to analysis and design. ous optimization methods and (2) consideration of ChE 301. Process Design (3) dynamic controllability of the process. Economic princi- Study of the strategy of chemical process design with ples involved in the selection of process alternatives and emphasis on optimum order of steps, flow diagrams, determination of process capital, operating costs, and energy balances, recycle ratios and their effect on the venture profitability. Energy conservation, pinch tech- economics of the operation. Survey of methods for niques, heat-exchanger networks, and separation ordering equations. Discussion of process optimization sequences. Considerations of market limitations, envi- for non-linear systems. Effects of uncertainty in process ronmental and regulatory restrictions, and process safety. design. (ES 0), (ED 3) Use of modern computer-aided software for steady-state and dynamic simulation and optimization. Group design ChE 312. (Chm 312, Mat 312) Fundamentals of projects. Prerequisites: ChE 211, ChE 242 and ChE Corrosion (3) 244. (ES 0), (ED 3) Corrosion phenomena and definitions. Electrochemical aspects including reaction mechanisms, thermodynamics, ChE 234. Process Design II (3) spring Pourbaix diagrams, kinetics of corrosion processes, polar- Continuation of ChE 233. Prerequisite ChE 233. (ES ization, and passivity. Non-electrochemical corrosion 0),(ED 3) including mechanisms, theories, and quantitative ChE 242. Introduction to Process Control and descriptions of atmospheric corrosion. Corrosion of met- Simulation (3) spring als under stress. Cathodic and anodic protection, Dynamic simulation of chemical processes. Transfer coatings, alloys, inhibitors, and passivators. Prerequisite: functions and block diagrams. Introduction to process Mat 205, Chm 187, or equivalent. (ES 3), (ED 0) control equipment. Open-loop and closed-loop stability ChE 373 (CE 373). Fundamentals of Air analysis using root locus and Nyquist techniques. Design Pollution (3) of control systems. Prerequisites: ChE 201, ChE 151, Introduction to the problems of air pollution including and Engr 1. (ES 1), (ED 2) such topics as: sources and dispersion of pollutants; sam- ChE 244. Mass Transfer and Separation Processes pling and analysis; technology of economics and control (3) spring processes; legislation and standards. Prerequisite: senior Diffusion, fluxes, and component conservation equa- standing in the College of Engineering and Applied tions. Fick’s law. Unsteady state diffusion. Convective Science. (ES 1),(ED 2) mass transfer. Interphase mass transport coefficients. ChE 331. Separation Processes (3) fall, every other Design of multicomponent-distillation, absorption, year extraction, and fixed-bed processes. Prerequisites: ChE Industrial separation chemistry and processes. Computer 31 and ChE 44. (ES 1), (ED 2) solutions for simple and complex multicomponent distil- ChE 281. Chemical Engineering Fundamentals I lation columns. Azeotropic and extractive distillation. (4) fall Adsorption, ion exchange and chromatography in packed Fundamentals of material balances, fluid mechanics and beds, moving beds and cyclic operation. Synthesis of heat transfer. Prerequisites: Undergraduate degree in a polymer membrane and its applications to industrial sep- scientific or engineering discipline or one semester aration processes. (ES 1), (ED 2) undergraduate level general chemistry, one semester ChE 334. (Mat 334, EES 338) Electron undergraduate level physics (statics and dynamics), and Microscopy and Microanalysis (4) fall two semesters undergraduate calculus and department Fundamentals and experimental methods in electron permission. optical techniques including scanning electron ChE 282. Chemical Engineering Fundamentals II microscopy (SEM) conventional transmission (TEM) (4) spring and scanning transmission (STEM) electron microscopy. Fundamentals of heat and mass transfer, process energy Specific topics covered will include electron optics, elec- balances and unit operations. Prerequisites: ChE 281, or tron beam interactions with solids, electron diffraction equivalent, and department permission. and chemical microanalysis. Applications to the study of the structure of materials are given. Prerequisite: consent of the department chair. (ES 4), (ED 0) Chemical Engineering 135

ChE 335. (Mat 335) Principles of Semiconductor thermal spraying and diffusion. Characterization of thin Materials Processing (3) films and coatings will be done with the use of sophisti- Description and analysis of the processing steps involved cated analytical instrumentation, including spectroscopic in microelectronic material fabrication. Emphasis will be methods, microscopy and diffraction techniques. placed on the chemistry of the fabrication steps, mathe- Characterization methods are explored in conjunction matical modeling of the transport and chemical reaction with processing techniques and film/coating properties phenomena, and interpretation of experimental methods via class assignments that are designed to introduce stu- and data. Prerequisites: a course in thermodynamics, and dents to the archival scientific literature. Prerequisite: senior standing. (ES 3), (ED 0) Senior standing in chemical engineering or materials sci- ence and engineering, or permission of the instructor(s). ChE 341. Biotechnology I (3) fall (ES 1.5), (ED 1.5) Applications of material and energy balances; heat, mass, and momentum transfer; enzyme and microbial kinetics; ChE 370. Process Safety and Hazard Analysis (3) and mathematical modeling to the engineering design A study of the methodology now available for analyzing and scale-up of bio-reactor systems. Prerequisites: Math hazard frequency and level in chemical processes. 22, Phys 11, and Chm 187 or the equivalent of each; Applications to real process examples using hazard and senior standing; and the consent of the instructor. Closed operability analysis, fault tree and event tree analysis, to students who have taken ChE 441. “what if” analysis, and preliminary hazard analysis. Also includes a survey of the field of industrial safety. (ES ChE 342. Biotechnology II (3) spring 1.5), (ED 1.5) Engineering design and analysis of the unit operations used in the recovery and purification of products manufactured by the ChE 380. Design Projects (1-6) fall-spring biotechnology industries. Requirements for product finishing Design project work as a member of a team preferably and waste handling will be addressed. Prerequisite: ChE 341 including students from different disciplines. The project or equivalent. Closed to students who have taken ChE 442. attacks a problem which, when possible, involves one of the local communities or industries. Specific projects are ChE 346. Biochemical Engineering Laboratory (3) normally guided by faculty from several departments spring with consultants from off-campus. The course may be Laboratory and pilot-scale experiments in fermentation repeated for credit. (ED all) and enzyme technology, tissue culture, and separations techniques. Prerequisites: Che 341 and either ChE 444 ChE 386. Process Control (3) fall or ChE 342, previously or concurrently. Closed to stu- Open-loop and closed-loop stability analysis using root dents who have taken ChE 446. locus and Nyquist techniques, design of feedback con- trollers with time and frequency domain specifications. ChE 350. Special Topics (1-3) Experimental process identification. Control of multi- A study of areas in chemical engineering not covered in variable processes. Introduction to sampled-data courses presently listed in the catalog. May be repeated control theory. Prerequisite: ChE 242 or equivalent. for credit if different material is presented. (ES 1), (ED 2) ChE 360. (ME 360) Nuclear Reactor Engineering (3) ChE 387. (ECE 387, ME 387) Digital Control (3) A consideration of the engineering problems related to spring nuclear reactor design and operation. Topics include fun- Sampled-data systems; z-transforms; pulse transfer func- damental properties of atomic and nuclear radiation, tions; stability in the z-plane; root locus and frequency reactor fuels and materials, reactor design and operation, response design methods; minimal prototype design; dig- thermal aspects, safety and shielding, instrumentation ital control hardware; discrete state variables; state and control. Course includes several design projects transition matrix; Liapunov stability state feedback con- stressing the major topics in the course. Prerequisite: trol (2 lectures and one laboratory per week). Senior standing in engineering or physical science. (ES Prerequisite: ChE 386 or ECE 212 or ME 343 or con- 2), (ED 1) sent of instructor. (ES 1.5), (ED 1.5) ChE 364. Numerical Methods in Engineering (3) ChE 388. (Chem 388, Mat 388) Polymer Survey of the principal numerical algorithms for: (1) Synthesis and Characterization Laboratory (3) functional approximation, (2) linear and nonlinear alge- braic equations, (3) initial and boundary-value ordinary spring differential equations and (4) elliptic, hyperbolic and Techniques include: free radical and condensation poly- parabolic partial differential equations. Analysis of the merization; molecular weight distribution by gel computational characteristics of numerical algorithms, chromatography; crystallinity and order by differential including algorithm structure, accuracy, convergence, scanning calorimetry; pyrolysis and gas chromatography; stability and the effect of computer characteristics, e.g., dynamic mechanical and dielectric behavior; morphology the machine epsilon and dynamic range. Applications of and microscopy; surface properties. Prerequisite: senior mathematical software in science and engineering. level standing in Ch.E., Chm or Mat, or permission of the instructor. (ES 2), (ED 1) ChE 367. (MAT 367) Metal Films and Coatings Processing, Structure, and Properties (3) ChE 389. (ECE 389, ME 389) Control Systems Focus will be on the processing, structure, and properties Lab (2) spring of metal films and coatings. Processing methods will Experiments on a variety of mechanical, electrical and include evaporation, sputtering, chemical vapor deposi- chemical dynamic control systems. Exposure to state-of- tion (CVD), plasma-assisted CVD, ion implantation, the-art control instrumentation: sensors, transmitters, electrodeposition, metal bath solidification, weld overlay, control valves, analog and digital controllers. Emphasis on comparison of theoretical computer simulation pre- dictions with actual experimental data. Lab teams will be 136 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2003-2004 interdisciplinary. Prerequisite: ChE 386, ECE 212, or tinuing liaisons with Emulsion Polymers Institute, ME 343. (ES 1), (ED 1) Process Modeling and Control Research Center, ChE 391. (Chem 391) Colloid and Surface Biopharmaceutical Technology Institute, Institute for Thermo Fluid Engineering and Science, Materials Chemistry (3) Research Center, Polymer Interfaces Center, and Physical chemistry of everyday phenomena. Zettlemoyer Center for Surface Studies. Intermolecular forces and electrostatic phenomena at interfaces, boundary tensions and films at interfaces, In addition to interacting with the centers, the depart- mass and charge transport in colloidal suspensions, elec- ment originates and encourages programs that range from trostatic and London forces in disperse systems, gas those that are classical chemical engineering to those that adsorption and heterogeneous catalysis. Prerequisite: are distinctly interdisciplinary. The department offers Chm 187 or equivalent. (ES 3), (ED 0) active and growing programs in adhesion and tribology; emulsion polymerization and latex technology; bulk poly- ChE 392. (Chm 392) Introduction to Polymer mer systems; process control; process improvement Science (3) fall studies; rheology; computer applications; environmental Introduction to concepts of polymer science. Kinetics engineering; thermodynamics; kinetics and catalysis; and mechanism of polymerization, synthesis and process- enzyme technology; and biochemical engineering. ing of polymers, characterization. Relationship of molecular conformation, structure and morphology to Career Opportunities physical and mechanical properties. Prerequisite: Chm Master of science, master of engineering, and doctor of 187 or equivalent. (ES 1.5), (ED 1.5) philosophy graduates in the chemical engineering area are sought by industry for activities in the more techni- ChE 393. (Chm 393, Mat 393) Physical Polymer cal aspects of their operations, especially design, process Science (3) fall and product development, and research. Many of these Structural and physical aspects of polymers (organic, graduates also find opportunities in research or project inorganic, natural). Molecular and atomic basis for poly- work in government agencies and in university teaching mer properties and behavior. Characteristics of glassy, and research. crystalline, and paracrystal-line states (including vis- coelastic and relaxation behavior) for single-and Physical Facilities multi-component systems. Thermodynamics and kinetics The department is well equipped for research in colloids of transition phenomena. Structure, morphology, and and surface science, adhesion and tribology, polymer sci- behavior. Prerequisite: senior level standing in Ch.E., ence and engineering, catalysis and reaction kinetics, Chem, or Mat, or permission of the instructor. (ES 1.5), thermodynamic property studies, fluid dynamics, heat (ED 1.5) and mass transfer, process dynamics and control, and ChE 394. (Chm 394) Organic Polymer Science I enzyme engineering and biochemical engineering. (3) spring The departmental and university computing facilities Organic chemistry of synthetic high polymers. Polymer include Pentium-based PCs and SGI workstations, con- nomenclature, properties, and applications. Functionality nected by a university-wide high speed network, which in and reactivity or monomers and polymers. Mechanism and turn provides worldwide networking via the kinetics of step-growth and chain-growth polymerization Internet/WWW. The central computer for this network is in homogenous and heterogenous media. Brief description a 16-processor SGI server that is available for compute- of emulsion polymerization, ionic polymerization, and intensive applications. copolymerization. Prerequisites: one year of physical chem- All of these facilities can access a wide variety of general- istry and one year of organic chemistry. (NS) purpose, and scientific and engineering software via the Graduate Programs university and local networks, including software specifi- The department of chemical engineering offers graduate cally for the steady state and dynamic simulation of programs leading to the master of science, master of engi- chemical engineering systems. The networks are extended neering, and doctor of philosophy degrees. The programs as needed to ensure the chemical engineering department are all custom tailored for individual student needs and has access to the latest computing technology. professional goals. These individual programs are made Special Programs possible by a diversity of faculty interests that are broad- Polymer Science and Engineering. The polymers activi- ened and reinforced by cooperation between the ty includes work done in the Department of Chemical department and several research centers on the campus. Engineering as well as the Departments of Chemistry, A free flow of personnel and ideas between the centers Materials Science, and Physics, the Materials Research and academic departments ensures that the student will Center, the Center for Polymer Science and Engineering, have the widest choice of research activities. The student the Emulsion Polymers Institute, and the Polymer Inter- is also exposed to a wide range of ideas and information faces Center. More than 20 faculty members from these through courses and seminars to which both faculty and organizations or areas have major interests in polymers center personnel contribute. In addition, strong relation- and cooperate on a wide range of research projects. For ships with industry are maintained by the department students with deep interest in the area, degree programs and the research centers, some of which operate industri- are available leading to the master of science, master of ally-sponsored liaison programs whereby fundamental engineering, and doctor of philosophy degrees in poly- nonproprietary research is performed in areas of specific mer science and engineering. interest to participating sponsors. There are three major polymer research thrusts in which While the department has interacted with most of the chemical engineering students and faculty are involved. centers on campus, it has had unusually strong and con- These are polymer colloids (latexes), polymer interfaces, Chemical Engineering 137 and polymer materials. The Emulsion Polymers Institute, ChE 413. Heterogeneous Catalysis and Surface with strong industrial support, sponsors projects in the Characterization (3) fall, every other year preparation of monosize polymer particles, in mecha- History and concepts of heterogeneous catalysis. Surface nisms and kinetics of emulsion, miniemulsion and characterization techniques, and atomic structure of sur- dispersion polymerization, in latex particle morphology faces and adsorbed monolayers. Kinetics of elementary and film-formation, and in rheological properties of steps (adsorption, desorption, and surface reaction) and latexes and thickeners. The Polymer Interfaces Center overall reactions. Catalysis by metals, metal oxides, and has programs in adsorption/characterization, sulfides. Industrial applications of catalysis: selective oxi- wetting/adhesion, and mechanical behavior. The dation, pollution control, ammonia synthesis, Engineering Polymers Laboratory investigates the behav- hydrogenation of carbon monoxide to synthetic fuels ior of bulk polymer materials, focusing on and chemicals, polymerization, hydrotreating, and crack- multicomponent polymers and composites. ing. Wachs Distance Education ChE 415. Transport Processes (4) spring The Department offers some of its regular credit courses A combined study of the fundamentals of momentum each semester via satellite and the World Wide Web for transport, energy transport and mass transport and the engineers in industry and government. These offerings, analogies between them. Evaluation of transport coeffi- which are administered by the Distance Education cients for single and multicomponent systems. Analysis Office, can lead to the Master of Engineering degree. of transport phenomena through the equations of conti- nuity, motion, and energy. Prerequisite: ChE 461 or Major Requirements equivalent. Silebi, Caram All candidates for the Master of Science degree are required to complete a research report or thesis for which ChE 419. (Mech 419) Asymptotic Methods in the six hours of graduate credit are earned. Course selection Engineering Sciences (3) is done individually for each student, although ChE 400, Introductory level course with emphasis on practical ChE 410, ChE 415 and ChE 461 are required. applications. Material covered includes: Asymptotic expansions. Regular and singular perturbations; algebraic Candidates for the Master of Engineering degree do not problems. Asymptotic matching. Boundary value prob- do research; all 30 credit hours are fulfilled by course lems; distinguished limits. Multiple scale expansion. work. There are no required core courses for those who W.K.B. Theory. Non-linear wave equations. Blythe enter the program with a bachelor’s degree in chemical engineering. Course selection is done individually for ChE 421. Heat Transfer (3) each student within the University requirements for a Analysis of steady and unsteady state transfer. master’s degree, but no more than six credit hours from Convection, conduction, and radiation. Vaporization the College of Business and Economics may be presented and condensation. Heat transfer in high velocity flow in for the degree. rarified gases. Applications. In addition to an approved course and thesis program, the ChE 427. (ME 427) Multiphase Flow and Heat Ph.D. student must pass a qualification examination given Transfer (3) during the second year of residence. Heat transfer and fluid dynamics of multiphase systems. Subcooled, nucleate, and film boiling; bubble nucleation; Advanced Courses in Chemical dynamics of bubble growth and collapse; vapor-liquid Engineering cocurrent flow regimes; two-phase pressure drop and ChE 400. Chemical Engineering Thermodynamics momentum exchange, low instabilities; convective-flow (3) fall boiling; simultaneous heat and mass transfer. Prerequisite: Applications of thermodynamics in chemical engineer- ChE 421 or ME 321, or courses in the area of transport ing. Topics include energy and entropy, heat effects phenomena. Chen accompanying solution, flow of compressible fluids, ChE 428. Rheology (3) refrigeration including solution cycles, vaporization and An intensive study of momentum transfer in elastic vis- condensation processes, and chemical equilibria. cous liquids. Rheological behavior of solution and bulk Prerequisite: an introductory course in thermodynamics. phase polymers with emphasis on the effect of molecular ChE 401. Chemical Engineering Thermodynamics weight, molecular weight distribution and branching. II (3) Derivation of constitutive equations based on both spring, every other year molecular theories and continuum mechanics principles. A detailed study of the uses of thermodynamics in pre- Application of the momentum equation and selected dicting phase equilibria in solid, liquid, and gaseous constitutive equations to geometries associated with vis- systems. Fugacities of gas mixtures, liquid mixtures, and cometric flows. Silebi solids. Solution theories; uses of equations of state; high- ChE 430. Mass Transfer (3) fall, every other year pressure equilibria. Theory and developments of the basic diffusion and ChE 410. Chemical Reaction Engineering (3) mass transfer equations and transfer coefficients includ- spring ing simultaneous heat and mass transfer, chemical The application of chemical kinetics to the engineering reaction and dispersion effects. Applications to various design and operation of reactors. Non-isothermal and industrially important operations including continuous adiabatic reactions. Homogeneous and heterogeneous contact mass transfer, absorption, humidification, etc. catalysis. Residence time distribution in reactors. Brief coverage of equilibrium stage operations as applied Prerequisite: ChE 211. Hsu to absorption and to binary and multicomponent distil- lation. Caram, Silebi 138 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2003-2004

ChE 433. (ECE 433, ME 433) State Space Control tional, more advanced term project, as defined by the (3) fall instructor at the beginning of the course. Closed to stu- State-space methods of feedback control system design dents who have taken ChE 341. and design optimization for invariant and time-varying ChE 444. Bioseparations (3) deterministic, continuous systems; pole positioning, Separation techniques for biomolecule isolation and observability, controllability, modal control, observer purification. Theory and problems of bioaffinity chro- design, the theory of optimal processes and Pontryagin’s matography, electromigration processes, and aqueous Maximum Principle, the linear quadratic optimal regula- two-phase polymer extraction systems. Engineering prin- tor problem, Lyapunov functions and stability theorems, ciples for scaling-up bioseparation processes. Prerequisite: linear optimal open-loop control; introduction to the Consent of the instructor. calculus of variations; introduction to the control of dis- tributed parameter systems. Intended for engineers with ChE 445. Enzyme Engineering (3) a variety of backgrounds. Examples will be drawn from Enzyme characteristics including nomenclature, physical mechanical, electrical and chemical engineering applica- properties, kinetics, and assay methods with emphasis on tions. Prerequisite: ME 343 or ECE 212 or ChE 386 or practical application at commercial scale. Methods of consent of instructor. Johnson enzyme production and purification. Design and analysis of industrial-scale reactors employing soluble and immo- ChE 434. (ECE 434, ME 434) Multivariable bilized enzymes. Prerequisite: Consent of the instructor. Process Control (3) A state-of-the-art review of multivariable methods of ChE 446. Biochemical Engineering Laboratory (3) interest to process control applications. Design tech- Laboratory and pilot-scale experiments in fermentation niques examined include loop interaction analysis, and enzyme technology, tissue culture, and separations frequency domain methods (Inverse Nyquist Array, techniques. Prerequisites: ChE 341 and ChE 444 or Characteristic Loci and Singular Value Decomposition) ChE 342 previously or concurrently. Closed to students feed forward control, internal model control and dynam- who have taken ChE 346. ic matrix control. Special attention is placed on the ChE 448. Topics in Biochemical Engineering (3) interaction of process design and process control. Most Analysis, discussion, and review of current literature for a of the above methods are used to compare the relative topical area of biotechnology. Course may be repeated performance of intensive and extensive variable control for credit with the consent of the instructor. Prerequisite: structures. Prerequisite: Ch.E. 433 or ME 433 or ECE Consent of the instructor. 433 or consent of instructor. Kothare ChE 450. Special Topics (1-12) ChE 436. (ECE 436, ME 436) Systems An intensive study of some field of chemical engineering Identification (3) not covered in the more general courses. Credit above The determination of model parameters from time-history three hours is granted only when different material is and frequency response data by graphical, deterministic covered. and stochastic methods. Examples and exercises taken ChE 451. Problems in Research (1) from process industries, communications and aerospace Study and discussion of optimal planning of experiments testing. Regression, quasilinearization and invariant- and analysis of experimental data. Discussion of more imbedding techniques for nonlinear system parameter common and more difficult techniques in the execution identification included. Prerequisite: Ch.E. 433 or ME of chemical engineering research. 433 or ECE.433 or consent of instructor. Johnson ChE 455. Seminar (1-3) fall-spring ChE 437. (ECE 437, ME 437) Stochastic Control (3) Critical discussion of recent advances in chemical engi- Linear and nonlinear models for stochastic systems. neering. Credit above one hour is granted only when Controllability and observability. Minimum variance different material is covered. state estimation. Linear quadratic Gausian control prob- lem. Computational considerations. Nonlinear control ChE 460. Chemical Engineering Project (1-6) problem in stochastic systems. Prerequisite: Ch.E. 433 or An intensive study of one or more areas of chemical ME 433 or ECE 433 or consent of instructor. engin-eering, with emphasis on engineering design and applications. A written report is required. May be repeat- ChE 438. Process Modeling and Control Seminar ed for credit. (1) fall-spring Presentations and discussions on current methods, ChE 461. Mathematical Methods in Chemical approaches, and applications. Credit cannot be used for Engineering (3) fall the M.S. degree. Solution of chemical engineering problems with empha- sis on chemical reactions and transport phenomena. CHE 440. Chemical Engineering in the Life Specific topics include Linear Vector Spaces; Eigenvalues, Sciences (3) Eigenvectors and Eigenfunctions; First and Higher Introduction of important topics in life sciences to Order Linear Differential Equations; Bessel and chemical engineers. Topics include protein and biomol- Legendre Functions; Green’s Functions, Sturm-Louisville ecule structures and characterization, recombinant Problems, Qualitative and Quantitative Methods for DNA technology, immunoaffinity technology, combi- Nonlinear Ordinary Differential Equations; Phase Plane; natorial chemistry, metabolic engineering, Separation of Variables; Fourier Transform Methods; bioinformatics. Prerequisite: Bachelor’s degree in sci- Method of Characteristics. Example problems from the ence or engineering. Hsu chemical engineering literature. ChE 441. biotechnology I (3) fall ChE 464. Numerical Methods in Engineering (3) See the course description listed for ChE 341. In order See the course description listed for ChE 364. In order to receive 400-level credits, the student must do an addi- to receive 400-level credits the student must do an addi- Chemistry 139 tional, more advanced term project, as defined by the of adsorbed polymer chains. Diffusion and adhesion at instructor at the beginning of the course. Schiesser. polymer-polymer interfaces, especially as related to ChE 473. (CE 473) Environmental Separation and mechanical properties such as fracture and toughness will be described. Prerequisite: Introductory polymer course. Control (3) Theory and application of adsorption, ion exchange, ChE 492. (Chm 492) Topics in Polymer Science (3) reverse osmosis, air stripping and chemical oxidation in Intensive study of topic selected from areas of current water and wastewater treatment. Modeling engineered research interest such as morphology and mechanical treatment processes. Prerequisite: CE 470 or consent of behavior, thermodynamics and kinetics of crystallization, the instructor. new analytical techniques, molecular weight distribution, non-Newtonian flow behavior, second-order transition ChE 480. Research (3) phenomena, novel polymer structures. Credit above Investigation of a problem in chemical engineering. three hours is granted only when different material is ChE 481. Research (3) covered. Prerequisite: Chem 392 or equivalent. Continuation of ChE 480. ChE 482. (Chm 482, Mat 482) Engineering Chemistry Behavior of Polymers (3) A treatment of the mechanical behavior of polymers. Professors. Robert A. Flowers, II, Ph.D. (Lehigh); chair; Characterization of experimentally observed viscoelastic Jack A. Alhadeff, Ph.D. (Oregon Medical School); Ned response of polymeric solids with the aid of mechanical D. Heindel, Ph.D. (Delaware), Howard S. Bunn Professor model analogs. Topics include time-temperature superposi- of Chemistry; Kamil Klier, Ph.D. (Czechoslovak Academy tion, experimental characterization of large deformation and of Science, Prague), University Distinguished Professor ; fracture processes, polymer adhesion, and the effects of fillers, Steven L. Regen, Ph.D. (M.I.T.), University plasticizers, moisture and aging on mechanical behavior. Distinguished Professor; Keith J. Schray, Ph.D. (Penn State); Gary W. Simmons, Ph.D. (Virginia); Daniel ChE 483. (Chm 483) Emulsion Polymers (3) fall Zeroka, Ph.D. (Pennsylvania). Examination of fundamental concepts important in the manufacture, characterization, and application of poly- Associate professors. Gregory S. Ferguson, Ph.D. mer latexes. Topics to be covered will include colloidal (Cornell); Natalie Foster, Ph.D. (Lehigh); James E. stability, polymerization mechanisms and kinetics, reac- Roberts, Ph.D. (Northwestern), associate chair. tor design, characterization of particle surfaces, latex Assistant professors. Li Jia, Ph.D. (Northwestern); rheology, morphology considerations, polymerization Marie C. Messmer, Ph.D. (California-San Diego). with functional groups, film formation and various CESAR fellows. Theodore N. Mellin, Ph.D. (Purdue), application problems. director; James J. Bohning, Ph.D. (Northeastern); ChE 484. (Chm 484) Crystalline Polymers (3) Thomas B. Lloyd, Ph.D. (Western Reserve); Richard F. Morphology and behavior of both polymer single crys- Merritt, Ph.D. (M.I.T.); Robert D. Rapp, Ph.D. tals and bulk crystallized systems. Relationship between (Lehigh); Dennis R. Patterson, Ph.D. (Chicago); Alberta basic crystal physics, thermal and annealing history, ori- Albrecht-Siemiatoski, Ph.D. (Rutgers); Tibor Sipos, Ph. entation and resulting properties. Thermodynamics and D. (Lehigh). kinetics of transition phenomena and a brief treatment Adjunct professors. Jeanne R. Berk, Ph.D. (Seaton of hydrodynamic properties and their relationship to Hall); Francis J. Waller, Ph.D. (Vermont). crystallization and processing properties. Prerequisite: Active emeriti. Charles S. Kraihanzel, Ph.D. (Wisconsin- ChE 392 or ChE 393 or equivalent. Madison); John W. Larsen, Ph.D. (Purdue); James E. ChE 485. (Chm 485, MAT 485) Polymer Blends Sturm, Ph.D. (Notre Dame). and Composites (3) spring, every other year Chemistry is a versatile subject area and the pursuit of a Synthesis, morphology, and mechanical behavior of poly- career in chemistry can be a most intellectually satisfying mer blends and composites. Mechanical blends, block experience. No other basic science touches and shapes as and graft copolymers, interpenetrating polymer net- many aspects of modern society as does chemistry. The works, polymer impregnated concrete, and fiber and study of chemistry has provided solutions to complex particulate reinforced polymers are emphasized. problems and has improved the quality of all phases of Prerequisite: any introductory course in polymers. human life from soft contact lenses and synthetic blood to ChE 486. Polymer Processing (3) longer-lasting paint and alternative fuels. A particular Application of fundamental principles of mechanics, strength of this department is in surface and interface fluid dynamics and heat transfer to the analysis of a wide chemistry, which bridges many areas of modern science variety of polymer flow processes. A brief survey of the and technology. rheological behavior of polymers is also included. Topics Chemists at all levels of education find a market for their include pressurization, pumping, die forming, calender- skills and knowledge in many employment areas . ing, coating, molding, fiber spinning and elastic Chemists provide the technical backbone for the manu- phenomena. Prerequisite: ChE 392 or equivalent. facturing industries (pharmaceuticals, plastics, paper, semiconductor electronics technology, and agriculture), ChE 487. Polymer Interfaces (3) spring, every for service industries (clinical and forensic laboratories, other year academe, environmental protection, and information sci- An intensive study of polymer surfaces and interfaces, ence) and for governmental positions in regulatory with special emphasis on thermodynamics, kinetics, and agencies and in science policy analyses. Many chemists techniques for characterization. Chemistry and physics are employed in nontraditional areas, such as patent law, 140 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2003-2004 insurance underwriting, sales, product management, the department offers a B.A. chemistry program in the journalism, and even banking. College of Arts and Sciences. The B.S. chemistry pro- The alluring challenge of chemistry inspires many bachelor grams in the two colleges are identical in their chemistry degree recipients to study for advanced degrees within the and collateral science requirements and are pre-profession- discipline of chemistry and in other areas, as well. al in nature. Students planning to attend graduate school Chemistry or biochemistry is the strongest preparation for in chemistry or an allied science should elect the B.S. pro- graduate studies or for professional school in the health- gram in whichever college to which they have been related disciplines (medicine, pharmacology, and admitted. The B.A. program in the College of Arts and biochemistry), and for other science programs (materials Sciences is not a pre-professional program and may be science, polymers, biotechnology, environmental studies, elected by students who do not plan to do graduate work and mineralogy). in chemistry or allied science but wish a stronger back- ground in chemistry than is provided in the chemistry The study of chemistry opens doors to satisfying careers, minor program. The B.A. program also affords a useful to a stimulating view of the world, and to a professional tie-in with health-related chemistry, environmental chem- life in which one’s natural tendency to ask “Why?” can istry, geochemistry or chemistry management options (see lead to personally rewarding endeavors. The undergradu- above). Students may transfer from the B.S. to B.A. pro- ate curriculum in chemistry contains many of the grams or vice-versa as late as the junior year, since basic prerequisites for biology, earth and environmental sci- requirements are the same for the two. Students who are ences, materials science, molecular biology, physics, and in the B.A. program and make a late decision to attend chemical engineering, allowing students to transfer the graduate school in chemistry or allied science will have majority of credits through the sophomore year. minimal chemistry preparation for this by electing Chem- Chemistry students have the opportunity to design their istry 307, Advanced Inorganic Chemistry. undergraduate curricula for specialization in a variety of fields: Department Modern Language and Literature Requirement. health-related chemistry (including premedical The modern foreign language requirement is met by one students) of three options: 1. Completion of the second semester suggested biological sciences electives: 31, 32, 101, 102, of a modern foreign language; 2. Certification of lan- 324, 345, 353, 367. guage equivalent to this level taken in high school; 3. Substitution of six credits of science electives. If science suggested chemistry electives: 336, 371, 372, 377, 378. electives are chosen, non-science distribution require- chemistry of materials (polymers, solid state, sur- ment must still be met. faces) B.S. Degree in Chemistry, College of Arts & suggested physics electives: 31, 363. Sciences suggested chemistry electives: 312, 388, 391, 392, 393, Summary of Requirements 394, 396. I. College and University (26 credits) environmental chemistry a. Arts 1 1 credit suggested earth and environmental sciences: 31, 351 b. English 1, 2 6 credits suggested biological sciences electives: 31, 32, 101, 102. c. College Seminar 3 credits suggested chemical engineering electives: 320, 321. d. College distribution 16 credits suggested chemistry elective: 391. II. Collateral Sciences 28 credits) suggested civil engineering electives: 170, 274. a. Physics 11, 12, 21, 22 10 credits geochemistry b. Math 21, 22, 23, 205 15 credits suggested earth and environmental sciences electives: c. Engr 1 or CSc 10, 13 3 credits 21, 131. III. Chemistry Courses (47 credits) suggested chemistry electives: 337, 396. a. Introductory Chemistry chemistry management Chm 75, 76 8 credits suggested accounting electives: 151, 152, 324. [Chm 21, 22, 31 sequence may be substituted.] suggested law elective: 201. b. Organic Chemistry Chm 51, 52, 53, 58, 353 10 credits suggested management electives: 280, 302, 321 or 333. c. Inorganic Chemistry suggested economics electives: 105, 119, 145. Chm 205, 307 5 credits suggested marketing electives: 211, 312. d. Physical Chemistry suggested finance electives: 225, 330. Chm 187, 192, 341 9 credits Some of the above courses can be used to waive required e. Analytical Chemistry graduate courses for the M.B.A. at Lehigh. Chm 332, 338, 339 7 credits B.S. and B.A. Degrees in Chemistry f. Biochemistry The Department of Chemistry offers B.S. chemistry pro- Chm 371 3 credits grams in both the College of Arts and Sciences and the College of Engineering and Applied Science. In addition, g. Technical Writing Chm 201 (W-I course) 2 credits Chemical Engineering 141 h. Advanced Chemistry Elective 3 credits Advanced Chemistry Elective Requirement [See list of choices which appears below.] One 3-credit course selected from the following: IV. Free Electives (20 credits) Chm 358 Advanced Organic Chemistry Total Credits (121 credits) Chm 372 Elements of Biochemistry II Model Roster Chm 376 Advanced Chemistry Research Lab freshman year, first semester (15 credits) Chm 381 Radiation and Structure Arts 1 Choices and Decisions (1) Chm 382 Spectroscopy and Photochemical Engl 1 Composition and Literature I (3) Kinetics Chm 75 Concepts, Models, and Experiments I (4) Chm 391 Colloid and Surface Chemistry Math 21 Calculus I (4) Chm 392 Introduction to Polymer Science College Seminar (3) Chm 393 Physical Polymer Science freshman year, second semester (16 credits) Chm 394 Organic Polymer Science Engl 2 Composition and Literature II (3) Phy 363 Physics of Solids Phy 11, 12 Introductory Physics I and Students are encouraged to take any second course that Laboratory (5) sequences the first by means of a free elective. Math 22 Calculus II (4) B.A. Degree in Chemistry, College of Arts and Chm 76 Concepts, Models, and Experiments II (4) Sciences sophomore year, first semester (16 credits) Summary of Requirements Chm 51 Organic Chemistry I (3) I. College and University (26 credits) Chm 53 Organic Lab I (1) a. Arts 1 1 credit Phy 21 Introductory Phys. II (4) b. English 1, 2 6 credits Phy 22 Introductory Phys. II Lab (1) c. College Seminar 3 credits Math 23 Calculus III (4) d. College distribution 16 credits Engr 1 or CSc 10,13 Computer Programming (3) II. Collateral Sciences 22 credits sophomore year, second semester (16 credits) a. Physics 11, 12, 13, 14 9 credits Chm 52 Organic Chemistry II (3) b. Math 51, 52, 205 10 credits Chm 58 Organic Chemistry Lab II (1) Chm 187 Physical Chem. I (3) c. Engr 1 or CSc 10, 13 3 credits Math 205 Linear Methods (3) III. Chemistry Courses (35-36 credits) distribution requirement — free elective (6) a. Introductory Chemistry Chm 75, 76 8 credits junior year, first semester (15 credits) [Chm 21, 22, 31 sequence may be substituted.] Chm 192 Physical Chemistry Lab (2) b. Organic Chemistry Chm 332 Analytical Chemistry (3) Chm 51, 52, 53, 58 8 credits Chm 341 Chem. Physics and Bonding (4) c. Inorganic Chemistry Chm 205 Main Group Elements (2) Chm (205 or 307) 2-3 credits modern foreign language requirement (4) d. Physical Chemistry junior year, second semester (15-16 credits) Chm (187 or 194), 192 5 credits Chm 201 Technical Writing (2) or e. Analytical Chemistry approved writing intensive course(3) Chm 332 3 credits Chm 307 Advanced Inorganic Chem. (3) f. Chem./Chem. Related Courses 7 credits Chm 338 Instrumental Analysis Lab (2) [At least one course must be a chemistry laboratory Chm 339 Instrumental Analysis (2) numbered 300 or higher. As many as two credits of Chm 353 Organic Analysis Laboratory (2) research (Chm 375) may be used toward meeting the modern foreign language requirement (4) total of seven credits.] senior year, first semester (14 credits) g. Technical Writing Chm 371 Elements of Biochemistry I (3) Chm 201 (W-I course) 2 credits advanced chemistry elective (3)* IV. Free Electives (38 credits) distribution requirements — free electives (8) Total Credits (121 credits) senior year, second semester (14 credits) Model Roster advanced chemistry elective (3)*,** freshman year (30 credits) distribution requirements — free electives (11) Arts 1 Choices and Decisions (1) * See list of choices which appears below. College Seminar (3) **This becomes a free elective if the advanced chemistry Chm 75 Concepts, Models and Experiments I (4) elective was taken in the fall semester of the senior year. 142 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2003-2004

Chm 76 Concepts, Models, and Experiments II (4) Model Roster Engl 1 Composition and Literature I (3) freshman year (30-31 credits) Engl 2 Composition and literature II (fiction, A student should follow the normal freshman year in the poetry, drama) (3) College of Engineering and Applied Science and observe Math 51 Survey of Calculus I (4) the following note. Math 52 Survey of Calculus II (3) Note: It is recommended that, where possible, students planning to major in chemistry take Chemistry 75 in the Phy 11 Intro. Phys. I (4) fall semester and Chemistry 76 in the spring semester of Phy 12 Intro. Phys. Lab I (1) the freshman year. For such students the elective in the sophomore year (30 credits) spring semester is displaced to a subsequent semester. The Chemistry 21/22/31 sequence may be substituted. Chm 51 Organic Chemistry I (3) sophomore year, first semester (17 credits) Chm 52 Organic Chemistry II (3) Chm 51 Organic Chemistry I (3) Chm 53 Organic Chemistry Lab I (1) Chm 53 Organic Chemistry Laboratory I (1) Chm 58 Organic Chemistry Lab II (1) Phy 21 Introductory Physics II (4) Phy 13 General Phys. (3) Phy 22 Introductory Physics Laboratory II (1) Phy 14 General Phys. Lab (1) Math 23 Calculus III (4) Math 205 Linear Methods (3) modern foreign language requirement (4)* Engr 1 or CSc 10,13 Computer Programming (3) (See details above) distribution requirements — free electives (12) *Chm. 31 Chemical Equilibria will displace this modern junior year (30-32 credits) foreign language requirement to a subsequent semester if Chm. 31 was not taken in the freshman year. Chm 187 Physical Chemistry I (3) or sophomore year, second semester (17 credits) Chm 194 Phys. Chem. for Biol. Sci. (3) Chm 52 Organic Chemistry II (3) Chm 192 Physical Chemistry Lab (2) Chm 58 Organic Chemistry Laboratory II (1) Chm 201 Technical Writing (2) (W-I course) or Chm 187 Physical Chemistry I (3) approved writing-intensive course (3) Math 205 Linear Methods (3) Chm 205 Main Group Elements (2) or modern foreign language requirement (4) Chm 307 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry (3) (See details above) Chm 332 Analytical Chemistry (3) Humanities/Social Science requirement (3) modern foreign language requirement I (4) junior year, first semester (15 credits) modern foreign language requirement II (4) Chm 192 Physical Chemistry Laboratory (2) distribution requirements — free electives (10) Chm 205 Main Group Elements (2) senior year (31 credits) Chm 332 Analytical Chemistry (3) chem./chem. related courses (7) * Chm 341 Chemical Physics and Bonding (4) distribution requirements — free electives (24) Eco 1 Economics (4) * At least one course out of the seven credits required in this junior year, second semester (17-18 credits) category must be a chemistry laboratory numbered 300 or Chm 201 Technical Writing (2) or higher. As many as two credits of research (Chm 375) may approved writing-intensive course (3) be used toward meeting the total of seven credits. Courses in Chm 307 Advanced Inorganic Chem. (3) this category can be selected from the following suggested tracks but the student in the B.A. degree program need not Chm 338 Instrumental Analysis Lab (2) follow any of these tracks ... the suggested tracks are meant Chm 339 Instrumental Analysis (2) for guidance only: Chm 353 Organic Analysis Laboratory (2) Environmental/Analytical: Chm 338, 339, 353 Humanities/Social Science requirement (3) Health Related/Biochemistry/Organic: Chm 353, 358, free elective (3) 371, 372, 377 senior year, first semester (14 credits) Materials/Physical/Inorganic: Chm 307, 312, 341, 381, Chm 371 Elements of Biochemistry I (3) 391 advanced chemistry elective (3) Polymer: Chm 388, 392, 393, 394 Humanities/Social Science requirement (3) B.S. Degree in Chemistry, College of Engr. & free electives (5) Applied Science senior year, second semester (13 credits) Summary of Requirements advanced chemistry elective (3)*,** I. College distribution 24 credits free electives (10) II. Physics, math, and computing 28 credits *See list of choices for the advanced chemistry elective III. Chemistry 47 credits requirement under the B.S. degree in chemistry/College of Arts and Sciences. IV. Unrestricted electives 24 credits **This becomes a free elective if the advanced chemistry Total credits 123 credits elective requirement was taken in the fall of the senior year. Chemistry 143

Five-Year Bachelor’s/Master’s Programs Chm 363 Distribution requirement/elective (3) Five-year programs may be arranged for students to junior year, second semester (15-16 credits) receive B.S. or B.A. degrees and the M.S. degrees in Chm 201 Technical Writing (2) or chemistry with a concentration in one of several fields of chemistry (inorganic, organic, analytical, physical, poly- approved writing-intensive course (3) mers, biochemistry, or materials chemistry). A specific Chm 307 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry (3) program offered by the Department of Chemistry is the Chm 338 Instrumental Analysis Laboratory (2) five-year B.S./M.S. program, which focuses on materials education from a chemistry perspective. Students are Chm 339 Instrumental Analysis (2) awarded B.S. and M.S. degrees in chemistry upon com- Chm 363 Science Seminar (1) pletion of all requirements. Specific features of the *Distribution requirements (3) program include participation in a weekly seminar dur- ** Program related electives (2) ing the academic year for credit, and summer internships for credit in university, industrial, government, or summer III national laboratories. Materials-related electives are Off-campus experience in an industrial, national or gov- selected from suggested lists of courses in materials sci- ernment laboratory ence, polymers, solid-state chemistry and physics. senior year, first semester (16 credits) Additional information may be obtained from Professor Kraihanzel or Professor Klier. Chm 363 Science Seminar (1) Advanced Chemistry Elective (3) Five-Year B.S./M.S. Program in Chemistry of Materials *Distribution requirement (3) **/*** Program related electives (9) Model Roster senior year, second semester (16 credits) freshman year (30-31 credits) Chm 363 Science Seminar (1) A student should follow the normal B.S. in chemistry freshman year for the college in which the student is *Electives (6) enrolled and should observe the following note. **/*** Program related electives (9) Note: It is recommended that, where possible, students fifth year leading to MS degree planning to major in chemistry take Chemistry 75 in the summer IV fall semester and Chemistry 76 in the spring semester of the freshman year. For such students the elective in the Chm 421 Chemistry Research (3) spring semester is displaced to a subsequent semester. fifth year, fall semester (10 credits) The Chemistry 21/22/31 sequence may be substituted. Chm 402 Physical Inorganic Chemistry (3) summer I Chm 421 Chemistry Research (3) Chm 163 Chemistry of Materials I (4) *** Program related electives (4) sophomore year, first semester (17-18 credits) fifth year, spring semester (10 credits) Chm 51 Organic Chemistry I (3) Chm 443 Solid State Chemistry (3) Chm 53 Organic Chemistry Laboratory I (1) Chm 481 Graduate Seminar (1) Math 23 Calculus III (4) *** Program related electives (6) Phy 21 Introductory Physics II (4) * Courses which meet college distribution requirements. Phy 22 Introductory Physics Lab II (1) ** Some appropriate program related electives are: *Elective, Engr 1, CSc 10,13 or Phy 362 Atomic and Molecular Physics(3) Modern Foreign Language (3-4) Phy 363 Solid State Physics (3) Chm 363 Science Seminar (1) Mat 10 Materials Laboratory (1) sophomore year, second semester (17 credits) Mat 33 Engineering Materials and Processes (3) Chm 52 Organic Chemistry II (3) Mat 201 Physical Properties of Materials (3) Chm 58 Organic Chemistry Laboratory II (1) Mat 203 Structure Characterization Materials (3) Chm 187 Physical Chemistry I (3) Mat 204 Processing/Properties - Polymeric Math 205 Linear Methods (3) Materials (3) *Elective, Engr 1, CSc 10,13 or Mat 214 Processing/Properties of Ceramic Modern Foreign Language (6) Materials (3) Chm 363 Science Seminar (1) Mat 216 Diffusion and Phase Transformations (3) summer II Mat 302 Electronic Properties of Materials (3) Chm 263 Chemistry of Materials II (4) Chm 312/Mat 312 Fundamentals of Corrosion (3) junior year, first semester (14 credits) Mat 317 Imperfections in Crystals (3) Chm 192 Physical Chemistry Laboratory (2) Mat 334 Electron Microscopy, Microanalysis(4) Chm 205 Main Group Elements (2) Mat 343/Chm 393 Physical Polymer Science (3) Chm 332 Analytical Chemistry (3) Chm 353 Organic Analysis Laboratory (3) Chm 341 Chemical Physics and Bonding (4) Chm 375 Research Chemistry Laboratory (1-3) 144 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2003-2004

Chm 376 Advanced Research Chemistry Lab (1-6) Chm 22. Chemical Principles Laboratory (1) fall- Chm 394/ChE 394 Organic Polymer Sciences (3) spring ***Graduate level course in chemistry, physics or materials A laboratory course to be taken concurrently with Chm science. 21. One three-hour laboratory period per week. (NS) B.S. in Biochemistry Chm 31. Chemical Equilibria in Aqueous Systems Interdepartmental B.S. biochemistry majors are offered in (3) fall-spring both the College of Arts and Sciences and the College of A study of the theoretical basis and practical applications Engineering and Applied Science. Faculty currently serv- of equilibria in aqueous solutions, including acid-base, ing as advisors with whom a major can be declared are precipitation-solubility, metal-ligand, oxidation-reduc- Linda Lowe-Krentz in biological sciences and Keith tion and distribution equilibria. Introduction to Schray in chemistry. Please see the section on biochem- chemical thermodynamics, spectrophotometry, poten- istry for details on each major. tiometry and chromatography. The laboratory work emphasizes the qualitative and quantitative analysis of Minor in Chemistry equilibria in aqueous media. Prerequisite: Chm 21, Math A minor in chemistry may be achieved by completing 21, 31 or 51. Two lectures and one three-hour laboratory the following requirements: period. (NS) Chm 31 Chemical Equilibria in Aqueous Chm 51. Organic Chemistry I (3) fall Systems (3) Systematic survey of the typical compounds of carbon, Chm 51 Organic Chemistry I (3) their classification, and general relations; study of synthet- ic reactions. Prerequisite: Chm 21 or 75. (NS) Chm 53 Organic Chemistry Laboratory I (1) Chm 187 Physical Chemistry I (3) Chm 52. Organic Chemistry II (3) spring Continuation of Chm 51. Prerequisite: Chm 51. (NS) Chm 192 Physical Chemistry Laboratory (2) Chm 332 Analytical Chemistry (3) Chm 53. Organic Chemistry Laboratory I (1) fall Preparation of pure organic compounds. Modern tech- Total Credits (15 credits) niques of characterization. Prerequisite: Chm 51 Necessary pre- or co-requisites for the above would be previously or concurrently. (NS) Chm 21 and 22, Math 21 and Phy 11. Chm 58. Organic Chemistry Laboratory II (1) Students who wish to minor in chemistry but whose spring major program requires any of the above courses may Continuation of Organic Chemistry Laboratory I. achieve the minor with substitutions approved by the Prerequisite: Chm 53 previously; Chm 52 previously or department chair. concurrently. (NS) CESAR Chm 75. Concepts, Models and Experiments I (4) The Center for Emeritus Scientists in Academic fall Research (CESAR) was established in 1999 and provides A first-semester course in chemistry for students planning to a unique opportunity for Chemistry or Biology majors major in chemistry, biochemistry, chemical engineering, to partner with retired scientists who have a desire to materials science, or other chemistry-related fields. Chemical continue their industrial research. Through the program, and physical properties, structures, bonding concepts, and CESAR Fellows mentor students, enhance student quantitative analysis. Laboratory includes synthesis, separa- opportunities to conduct research, and provide singular tion and analysis procedures; computer applications to insight into the world of industrial chemistry. In return, chemistry. Three lectures, one laboratory. (NS) Lehigh University provides administrative support, research Chm 76. Concepts, Models and Experiments II laboratories and equipment to specially selected retired scien- (4) spring tists from industry. Further details can be found at the web Continuation of Chemistry 75. Three lectures, one labora- site: http://www.lehigh.edu/~inche/CESAR.html . tory. Prerequisite: Chm 75 or departmental consent. (NS) Undergraduate Courses in Chemistry Chm 163. Chemistry of Materials I (4) summer Chm 5. Chemistry and National Issues (3) spring Research laboratory for students enrolled in the five-year For majors other than science and engineering. B.S./M.S. chemistry of materials program. (NS) Chemistry and current controversies. The atmosphere: Chm 177. Introduction to Research (1-2) fall- global warming, ozone depletion, pollution. Water pollu- tion and treatment. Energy generation and side effects. spring For advanced freshmen and sophomore chemistry Health: chemicals of life, drugs, carcinogens, personal majors. May be repeated for credit. Prerequisite: Consent care. Materials: natural and synthetic. Food: production of department chair. (NS) and preservation. Chemistry: benefits and liabilities. Chm 22 may be taken concurrently for laboratory credit. (NS) Chm 187. Physical Chemistry I (3) spring Chm 21. Introductory Chemical Principles (4) Development of the principles of thermodynamics and their application to systems in which composition is of fall-spring major concern: solutions, chemical and phase equilibria. An introduction to important topics in chemistry. These Elements of chemical reaction kinetics. Prerequisite: include atomic structure, bonding in inorganic and Chm 31 or 76, and Math 21, 31 or 51 previously or organic compounds, states of matter, chemical equilibri- concurrently. (NS) um, acid-base theories and electrochemistry. Three lectures, one recitation. (NS) Chm 189. Physical Chemistry II (3) fall A continuation of Chemistry 187. Kinetic theory of gases, statistical thermodynamics, electrolytes in solution, Chemical Engineering 145 electrochemistry, corrosion, colloid and surface chemistry application of selected optical and electrical instruments and the solid state. Prerequisites: Chm 187, Math 23, in analytical chemistry; interpretation of numerical data, Phy 21. (NS) design of experiments, solute distribution in separation Chm 192. Physical Chemistry Laboratory (2) methods. Prerequisites: Chm 31 and 51. (NS) Laboratory studies that illustrate the various fields of Chm 336. Clinical Chemistry (3) spring study in experimental physical chemistry. Prerequisite: Applications of analytical chemistry to clinical problems. Chm 187. (NS) Discussion of methods in common use and the bio- Chm 194. Physical Chemistry for Biological chemical-medical significance of the results. Prerequisites: Chm 332 and 52. Schray. (NS) Sciences (3) fall The principles and applications of physical chemical Chm 337. (Mat 333) X-ray Diffraction of concepts to systems of biological interest, including the Materials (3) fall gas laws, thermodynamics of metabolic reactions, colliga- Introduction to crystal symmetry, point groups, and space tive properties, electrochemical equilibria, reaction groups. Emphasis on materials characterization by X-ray kinetics and enzyme catalysis, and transport of macro- diffraction and electron diffraction. Specific topics include molecules and viruses. Prerequisite: Chm 21 or 75. (NS) crystallographic notation, stereographic projections, orien- Chm 201. Technical Writing (2) tation of single crystals, textures, phase identification, Principal types of written communications used by profes- quantitative analysis, stress measurement, electron diffrac- sional chemists including informative abstracts, research tion, ring and spot patterns, convergent beam electron proposals, progress reports, executive summaries for non- diffraction (CBED), and space group determination. chemist decision makers and proper written experimental Applications in mineralogy, metallurgy, ceramics, micro- procedures, tables, schemes and figures. Prerequisite: jun- electronics, polymers, and catalysts. Lectures and ior standing in chemistry major or consent of the laboratory work. Prerequisite: Mat 203 or EES 131 or department chair. (ND) senior standing in chemistry. Lyman, Chan. (NS) Chm 205. Main Group Elements (2) fall Chm 338. Instrumental Analysis Laboratory (2) Chemistry of the main group elements. Prerequisite: spring Chm 31 or 76. (NS) Laboratory studies of modern methods of instrumental analysis emphasizing function and characteristics of instru- Chm 209. Chemistry of Organic and Inorganic mentation, data, processing, and experimental design. Materials (3) fall Prerequisites: Chm 339 previously or concurrently. (NS) A systematic study of the most important organic and inor- ganic structures, covering synthesis, nomenclature, Chm 339. Instrumental Analysis (2) spring reactions, and properties. Grouping of elements with similar Principles and applications of modern methods of ana- properties within the periodic table is stressed. The nature lytical analysis including optical spectroscopy, nuclear of the covalent bond will be developed. Reactions involving magnetic resonance spectroscopy, mass spectrometry, alkenes (especially vinyls), hydroxyl, amine, oxirane, and electrochemical methods, chromatography, thermal halogen groups will be emphasized. Crystal structures and methods, and surface characterization. Prerequisite: Chm physical properties. Prerequisite: Chm. 21 or 75. (NS) 332 .(NS) Chm 250. Special Topics (1-3) Chm 341. Chemical Physics and Bonding (4) fall Selected topics in chemistry. May be repeated for credit Development of ideas relating to the nature of the chem- when different topics are offered. (NS) ical bond. Emphasis placed on the quantum chemistry of atoms and molecules. Statistical thermodynamics of Chm 263. Chemistry of Materials II (4) summer gaseous and solid systems. Diffraction effects in crys- Research laboratory for students enrolled in the five-year talline solids. Elements of point group theory. B.S./M.S. chemistry of materials program. (NS) Prerequisites: Chm 187, Math 205, Phy 21. (NS) Chm 307. Advanced Inorganic Chemistry (3) Chm 350. Special Topics (1-3) spring Selected advanced topics in chemistry. May be repeated Introduction to transition metal complexes; theories of for credit when different topics are offered. (NS) bonding; kinetics and mechanisms of transition metal Chm 353. Organic Analysis Laboratory (2) spring complex reactions; selected aspects of organometallic Identification of organic compounds as single compo- chemistry; bioinorganic chemistry. Prerequisite: Chm nents and mixtures. Application of combined chemical 341. (NS) and spectral assay techniques. Use and interpretation of Chm 312. (ChE 312, Mat 312) Fundamentals of data from nuclear magnetic resonance, infrared, and Corrosion (3) fall mass spectroscopic examinations. Separation techniques Corrosion phenomena and definitions. Electrochemical for mixtures. Prerequisites: Chm 52 and 58. (NS) aspects including reaction mechanisms, thermodynamics, Chm 358. Advanced Organic Chemistry (3) fall Pourbaix diagrams, kinetics of corrosion processes, polar- Reaction mechanism types and supporting physical- ization and passivity. Non-electrochemical corrosion chemical data. Classes of mechanisms include including mechanisms, theories and quantitative descrip- elimination, substitution, rearrangement, oxidation- tions of atmospheric corrosion. Corrosion of metals reduction, enolate alkylations, and others. Prerequisite: under stress. Cathodic and anodic protection, coatings one year of organic chemistry. (NS) alloys, inhibitors, and passivators. Prerequisite: Mat 205 or Chm 187. (NS) Chm 363. Science Seminar (1) fall-spring Discussion of current research in materials chemistry. For Chm 332. Analytical Chemistry (3) fall students enrolled in the five-year B.S./M.S. chemistry of Theory and practice of chemical analysis. Principles of materials program. May be repeated for credit. (NS) quantitative separations and determinations; theory and 146 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2003-2004

Chm 368. Advanced Organic Laboratory (2) solventless inks and specialty inks. Prerequisite: Chm The synthesis and study of organic compounds illustrating 187 or equivalent. (NS) the important techniques and special pieces of apparatus Chm 388. (ChE 388) Polymer Synthesis and commonly used in organic chemical research. Prerequisite: one year of organic chemistry and laboratory. (NS) Characterization Laboratory (3) spring Techniques include: free radical and condensation poly- Chm 371. (BioS 371) Elements of Biochemistry I merization; molecular weight distribution by gel (3) fall chromatography; crystallinity and order by differential A general study of carbohydrates, proteins, lipids, nucleic scanning calorimetry; pyrolysis and gas chromatography; acids, and other biological substances and their importance dynamic mechanical and dielectric behavior; morpholo- in life processes. Protein and enzyme chemistry are empha- gy and microscopy; surface properties. Prerequisites: sized. Prerequisite: one year of organic chemistry. (NS) Chm 187, 189 or 341 and 51. El-Aasser. (NS) Chm 372. (BioS 372) Elements of Biochemistry II Chm 391. (ChE 391) Colloid and Surface (3) spring Chemistry (3) fall Dynamic aspects of biochemistry: enzyme reactions Physical chemistry of everyday phenomena. Intermolecular including energetics, kinetics and mechanisms, metabo- forces and electrostatic phenomena at interfaces, boundary lism of carbohydrates, lipids, proteins and nucleic acids, tensions and films at interfaces, mass and charge transport photosynthesis, electron transport mechanisms, coupled in colloidal suspensions, electrostatic and London forces in reactions, phosphorylations, and the synthesis of biologi- disperse systems, gas adsorption and heterogeneous cataly- cal macromolecules. Prerequisite: Chm 371. (NS) sis. Prerequisite: Chm 187 or equivalent. Chaudhury. (NS) Chm 375. Research Chemistry Laboratory (1-3) Chm 392. (ChE 392) Introduction to Polymer fall-spring Science (3) spring An introduction to independent study or laboratory Introduction to concepts of polymer science. Kinetics investigation under faculty guidance. Prerequisite: con- and mechanisms of polymerization; synthesis and pro- sent of faculty research supervisor. (NS) cessing of polymers, characterization. Relationship of Chm 376. Advanced Research Chemistry molecular conformation, structure and morphology to physical and mechanical properties. Prerequisite: Chm Laboratory (1-6) fall-spring 187 or equivalent. Sperling. (NS) Advanced independent study or laboratory investigation under faculty guidance. Prerequisite: 3 credits of Chm Chm 393. (ChE 393, Mat 393) Physical Polymer 375. Consent of faculty research supervisor. May be Science (3) fall repeated for credit. (NS) Structural and physical aspects of polymers (organic, Chm 377. (BioS 377) Biochemistry Laboratory inorganic, natural). Molecular and atomic basis for poly- mer properties and behavior. Characteristics of glassy, (3) fall crystalline and paracrystalline states (including viscoelas- Laboratory studies of the properties of chemicals of bio- tic and relaxation behavior) for single- and logical origin and the influence of chemical and physical multi-component systems. Thermodynamics and kinet- factors on these properties. Laboratory techniques used ics of transition phenomena. Structure, morphology and for the isolation and identification of biochemicals. behavior. Prerequisite: one year of physical chemistry. Prerequisite: Chm 371, previously or concurrently. (NS) Sperling. (NS) Chm 378. (BioS 378) Biochemical Preparations Chm 394. (ChE 394) Organic Polymer Science I (1-3) spring (3) spring A laboratory course involving the preparation or isola- Organic chemistry of synthetic high polymers. Polymer tion, purification and identification of chemicals of nomenclature, properties, and applications. Functionality biological origin. Prerequisites: Chm 377 and 372, previ- and reactivity or monomers and polymers. Mechanism and ously or concurrently. (NS) kinetics of step-growth and chain-growth polymerization Chm 381. Radiation and Structure (3) in homogenous and heterogenous media. Brief description Quantum chemistry and group theory applied to molec- of emulsion polymerization, ionic polymerization, and ular orbital theory of bonding, structure, and copolymerization. Prerequisites: one year of physical chem- spectroscopy. Study of selection rules for chemical and istry and one year of organic chemistry. (NS) photochemical reactions. Prerequisites: Chm 341 and Chm 396. (Mat 396) Chemistry of Nonmetallic Math 205. (NS) Solids (3) spring Chm 382. Spectroscopy and Photochemical Chemistry of ionic and electronic defects in nonmetallic Kinetics (3) spring solids and their influence on chemical and physical prop- Applications of electronic, infrared, and microwave spec- erties. Intrinsic and impurity controlled defects troscopy to the study of molecular structure. Chemical nonstoichiometric compounds, defect interactions. consequences of intramolecular excitation; quantum effi- Properties to be discussed include: diffusion, sintering, ciencies and reaction mechanisms; pulse excitation and ionic and electronic conductivity, solid-state reactions, dynamics of elementary processes. Prerequisite: Chm and photoconductivity. Prerequisite: Chm 187 or Mat 341. (NS) 205 or equivalent. (NS) Chm 385. Physical Chemistry of Printing Inks (3) Graduate Programs in Chemistry fall The department of chemistry offers graduate studies Physical chemical mechanisms of printing processes; leading to several advanced degrees. These include mas- composition, dispersion processes for pigments, rheology ter of science and doctor of philosophy degrees in and printability of inks; color-matching; development of chemistry, a doctor of arts in chemistry, master of science Chemistry 147 and doctor of philosophy degrees in pharmaceutical 300-400 level course will be considered equivalent to chemistry and a master of science in clinical chemistry. passing the proficiency examination in that area. Courses Master of science and doctor of philosophy degrees in taken as a means of demonstrating proficiency will be chemistry may be obtained by study and research in any acceptable on the M.S. or Ph.D. graduate program. appropriate area of chemistry. Additional information The Master of Science in Chemistry degree requires a concerning the pharmaceutical chemistry and clinical total of 30 credits, and may be obtained by one of three chemistry programs may be obtained from Section IV of options: 1) a minimum of 30 course credits, 2) a mini- this catalog. The doctor of arts degree includes broad mum of 27 course credits and a 3 credit literature review course work in many of the major subdisciplines of paper (taken under Chm 421, Chemistry Research), or chemistry and requires two areas of specialization. A lab- 3) a minimum of 24 course credits and 6 credits of oratory problem in chemistry (at the M.S. level) and a experimental research (Chm 421). Each option requires chemical education project (at the doctoral level) are a minimum of 18 credits at the 400 level (15 of which required. A teaching internship (Chm 411) and an must be in chemistry) and one credit of Chm 481 industrial externship are part of the degree program a (Seminar). There are no other specifically required program which is particularly intended to upgrade col- courses for the M.S. degree, allowing each student to lege teachers presently employed in academia but not design a curriculum that fits their needs and interests. holding the doctorate. Normally, work for the master’s degree can be completed The chemistry department also admits students to the in 18 calendar months of full-time study. master of science and doctor of philosophy degree pro- Completion of a doctor of philosophy degree program nor- grams in polymer science and engineering. These are mally requires a minimum of four years full-time work interdisciplinary programs which are described in Section after entrance with a bachelor’s degree. There are few spe- IV of this catalog and are not administered by the chem- cific course credit requirements for the Ph.D.; however, istry department. The following information on approved degree programs generally have at least 24 hours admissions, proficiency examinations and other policies of course work (including any applied toward a master’s applies to all of the programs listed above but not to the degree) and 6 credits of research. Thus, the program con- interdisciplinary polymer science and engineering program. sists of approximately one-third formal course work and Admission to graduate study in chemistry assumes that a two-thirds independent study and research. There is a student has met, or is willing to meet though further two-credit seminar requirement (Chm 481). After Ph.D. study, minimum undergraduate requirements for a bach- proficiency has been established and the research advisor elor’s degree in chemistry. This would include (beyond selected (this must be done by the end of the first year in two semesters of introductory chemistry) two semesters residence), the major hurdles are the doctoral examinations of organic chemistry, two semesters of physical chem- (both written and oral) in the student’s area of concentra- istry, two semesters of analytical chemistry and one tion which must be passed by the end of 2? years of semester of inorganic chemistry. A promising student residence. If this hurdle is surmounted, the remaining time whose degree is in a field related to chemistry (e.g., biol- is spent completing (and ultimately defending) the disser- ogy, chemical engineering) may be admitted to graduate tation research under the guidance of the research adviser study in chemistry provided that any deficiencies in basic and the dissertation committee. chemistry preparation are made up in the first year of Most of the chemistry facilities are housed in the 90,000- graduate study, noting that some of the courses required square-foot chemistry complex, first occupied in 1975. for this may not carry graduate credit. The seven-story Seeley G. Mudd Building affords labora- The chemistry department will administer proficiency tory space of modern design; the top three floors are examinations at the advanced undergraduate level in devoted to research laboratories. Biochemistry research is analytical, biochemistry, inorganic, organic and physical located in Iacocca Hall of the Mountaintop Campus. chemistry to all regular graduate students at the time of Pharmaceutical chemistry research is located in the Seeley matriculation. Each student is required to take three G. Mudd Building. Solid-state chemical research is locat- examinations. Information regarding material to be cov- ed in the Sherman Fairchild Laboratory, in Whitaker ered on these examinations will be sent to each student Laboratory, and in the Seeley G. Mudd Building. several months in advance of matriculation. It is expect- Polymer chemistry research laboratories are located in ed that each student will prepare diligently for these Whitaker Laboratory, Iacocca Hall on the Mountaintop tests. A student who performs well on one or more of Campus, and the Seeley G. Mudd Building. these tests has an opportunity to take advanced level and special topics courses at an earlier than normal time and Current Research Projects may in fact begin graduate research during the first year. Current research projects of interest are listed below. A Ph.D. candidate must show proficiency in three areas Analytical Chemistry. NMR studies of organic solids and and an M.S. candidate in two areas within the first year polymers; electrochemical reduction and oxidation mecha- in residence. A student who fails one or more of the pro- nisms of organic compounds; clinical-biomedical ficiency examinations will meet with Professor Roberts, applications, mechanisms of electrode processes, adsorption. faculty graduate coordinator, to determine an appropri- Biochemistry. Characterization of lysosomal glycosidases ate course of action in light of the exam performance, and glycosyl transferases; functional role of carbohydrates projected major and degree aspiration. Two optional in glycoproteins; abnormal glycoprotein metabolism in routes are available for demonstration of proficiency. (1) human diseases; development of in vitro evaluation tech- The student through self-study and auditing of appropri- niques for prescreening candidate pharmaceuticals; ate courses may prepare for a retaking of a proficiency structural dynamics and molecular associations of biolog- examination at the beginning of the second semester in ically significant molecules. residence. (2) Alternatively, the student may enroll in Inorganic Chemistry. Synthesis, characterization and appropriate 300 or 400 level courses during the first year catalytic chemistry of transition metal organometallic in residence. A grade of B- or better in an appropriate complexes; applications of molecular mechanics and 148 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2003-2004 molecular orbital theories in studies of inorganic and fluorescent and photographic capabilities, liquid scintilla- organic derivatives of the representative main group ele- tion equipment. Catalysis facility—fully automated high ments and transition metals; synthesis of solid catalysts pressure reactors with on-line gas chromatographs. Coal including oxides, sulfides, zeolites and supported metals; research and analysis facility—complete with ultracen- use of organometallic and coordination chemistry in the trifuge, gas chromatographs, gel permeation synthesis of thin-film materials, and as a guiding princi- chromatograph, vapor pressure osmometer, dry boxes. ple in adhesion. Use of organometallic chemistry as a Electron optical facilities—transmission electron vehicle for various catalytic transformations including microscopy with x-ray fluorescence analysis capability, polymerization and small molecule synthesis. scanning electron microscope, and scanning electron Materials and Polymer Chemistry. Inorganic and microprobe. Gas chromatographs, including a PE sigma organometallic chemistry in the synthesis of thin-film 3 for inverse gas chromatography. Liquid chro- materials; synthesis at and dynamics of polymer inter- matographs—high performance for analytical and faces; polymerization catalysis; synthesis, structure, preparative work. NMR spectrometers—300 MHZ solid conformation and properties of high polymers; tech- state, 360 MHZ for solutions and imaging, 500 MHZ niques and kinetics of emulsion polymerization and film spectrometer for solutions. Photochemistry equipment— formation; acoustic, optical, permeability, dielectric and lamps and filters for selected wavelength work. mechanical behavior of thin films, coatings and bulk Polarographs, chronopotentiometers, electrophoresis polymers; molecular structure, relaxation behavior and apparatus, electrochemical impedance, electrochemical energetics of fracture; elastic and viscoelastic behavior of scanning tunneling microscope, potentiostats, and rotat- interpenetrating and rubbery networks; effects of order- ing disk electrode. Titration equipment (automated and ing in the glassy state and crystallization on physical computer interfaced), portable data interface (8-channel properties; crystallization under the influence of shear 50 KHz), digital readout polarimeter, Vibron elastovis- gradients; physical chemistry of polymer composites such cometers, radio-tracer equipment, including a gamma as polymer-concrete and filled polymers; interfacial char- counter, differential refractometer, rheometer. acteristics and interactions in polymer-inorganic systems; Spectrometers—uv/visible double beam automated, NMR studies of polymers in aqueous solutions and gels; uv/visible/nearir, Fourier transform ir with diffuse ionic motion through polymer films. reflectance, photoacoustic and attenuated total reflectance capability, laser Raman, GC mass spectrome- Organic Chemistry. Synthesis of medicinal agents, correla- ters, time-of-flight (TOF) mass spectrometer with 252Cf tion of molecular structure with pharmacological behavior; desorption source. Mössbauer spectrometer, positron chemical models for biochemical reactions; biosynthesis annihilation spectrometer. Surface analysis facilities— involving indole intermediates; chemistry of monolayers rotating anode high-sensitivity high-energy resolution and organized molecule assemblages; coal chemistry. ESCA with imaging capability (ESCA is equipped with Physical Chemistry. Chemistry at surfaces and interfaces automated angular data acquisition). Surface science of catalysts, coatings, structural alloys and microelectron- facility—Auger electron spectroscopy, low energy elec- ics using an array of surface sensitive methods; nonlinear tron diffraction (LEED), high resolution electron energy spectroscopy of dynamics of l-l, s-l, s-g, and polymer loss spectroscopy (HREELS), photocorrelation spec- interfaces; NMR and XPS imaging, ARXPS and ARUPS, troscopy for submicron particle analysis. Ellipsometer, surface diffraction methods including XPD, surface contact angle capabilities, gas adsorption apparatus dynamics in nano, meso and macroscopic dimensions, (BET), temperature programmed desorption (TPD), STM/AFM in UHV and “real” environments, theory atomic force microscope, instructional scanning tunnel- including ab initio FLAPW-DFT for periodic systems for ing microscope, and light scattering. Microcalorimeter interpretation of XPS, UPS, optical, QNMR, FTIR and (flowing with uv and refractive index detectors), differen- Raman spectra, as well as transition states both in thermal tial scanning calorimeter (DSC). and photochemical reactions; NMR studies of polymer The NMR Laboratory is jointly operated with Air adsorption and polymer miscibility; the macromolecular Products and Chemicals and the ESCA Laboratory is structure of kerogens; mineral matter catalyzed reactions jointly operated with AT&T. A microcomputer laborato- in petroleum formation; carbon catalyzed reactions; ry consisting of 18 pentium-based personal computers applications of electronic structure theory to spectral sim- and a computer laboratory with five SGI Octane work ulation, reactivity, transition states, and excited states; stations are jointly operated with LUIR. statistical mechanics of order-disorder transitions. Graduate Courses in Chemistry Major Instrumentation Chm 400. Laboratory Safety (0) fall Chemistry research spans all areas: analytical, biochem- Accident prevention; emergency response; government istry, inorganic, organic, physical, and polymer. Special regulations; facilities for handling and storage disposal of equipment available for graduate research in chemistry is hazardous materials; emergency facilities; liabilities. as follows. Lectures, multi-media presentations, hands-on training Biochemistry research facilities—HPLCs, GCs, FPLC, by practitioners. ultracentrifuges, DNA synthesizer, scintillation and gamma counters, cold rooms, cell disintegrator, zone and Chm 402. Physical Inorganic Chemistry (3) disc electrophoresis apparatus, column chromatograph, alternate years autoclave, ultra-low temperature freezers (–90° and Aufbau principle and coupling of angular momenta is –135°C), rotary vaporator, Milli-Q water purification used to describe atomic and molecular term states. system, shaking heated water baths, spectropolarimeter Group theoretical principles will be utilized in studies of with circular dichroism capability. Cell culture facili- molecular orbital and ligand field theories of bonding. ties— complete with optical microscopes having Prerequisite: Chm 341 or equivalent. Klier Chemistry 149

Chm 403. Advanced Topics in Inorganic Chm 432. Chemometrics (3) fall, alternate years Chemistry (1-3) alternate years Mathematical and statistical methods for experimental Topics of contemporary interest in inorganic chemistry. design, calibration, signal resolution, and instrument This course may be repeated when a different topic is control and optimization. offered. Prerequisite: Chm 307 or equivalent. Chm 433. Electroanalytical Chemistry (3) Chm 405. Organometallic Chemistry (3) alternate years alternate years Theory and applications of selected electrochemical tech- The chemistry of compounds containing carbon to niques; solutions to mass transport problems, treatment metal bonds. Among topics covered are the following: of electron transfer kinetics and kinetics of associated organic compounds of the representative elements from chemical reactions, and critical evaluation of adsorption Group I to IV; the chemistry of ferrocene and related pi- and other factors associated with electrochemical bonded organometallic complexes; metal carbonyl and processes. Prerequisite: Chm 332 or equivalent. nitrosyl complexes; dioxygen and dinitrogen complexes; Chm 434. Advanced Topics in Spectroscopy (3) organic synthesis utilizing organometallic catalysts. fall, alternate years Chm 411. Teaching Internship (3-6) fall-spring Fundamentals of interactions of electromagnetic radia- The preparation, teaching and grading of one or two tion with matter: electronic, vibrational, scattering based undergraduate lecture courses with appropriate supervi- spectroscopies, instrumentation and signal processing. sion by senior faculty members. Observation and Advanced applications to the analysis of molecular struc- evaluation of the intern is effected by classroom visits ture and chemical processes including surface analysis, and videotape review. Prerequisite: candidacy in the doc- time-resolved spectroscopies, and ultrasensitive spectro- tor of arts program or permission of the department scopic techniques. Messmer chair. May be repeated for credit. Chm 435. Advanced Topics in Clinical Chemistry (3) Chm 421. Chemistry Research (1-6) Selected areas of clinical chemistry such as chemical toxi- Research in one of the following fields of chemistry: ana- cology, pathogenic microbial biochemistry in vivo lytical, inorganic, organic, physical, polymer, diagnostic methodology, therapeutic drug monitoring, or biochemistry. other advanced topics. May be repeated for credit when Chm 423. Bio-organic Chemistry (3) alternate a different topic is offered. years Chm 436. Special Topics in Analytical Chemistry An examination of biochemistry on the basis of organic (1-3) chemical principles. Emphasis on reaction mechanisms Topics of contemporary interest in analytical chemistry. of biochemical transformations and methods for elucida- May be repeated for credit when a different topic is tion of these mechanisms, i.e., kinetics, isotope effects, offered. exchange techniques, inhibition studies, substrate analog Chm 437. (BioS 437) Pathophysiological effects and organic model studies. Prerequisite: Chm 358. Schray Chemistry (3) spring Biochemical basis of human diseases involving abnormal Chm 424. Medicinal and Pharmaceutical metabolism of proteins, nucleic acids, carbohydrates, and Chemistry (3) alternate years lipids. Emphasis on the correlation of the clinical presen- Principles of drug design, structure-activity relationships tation of disease processes seen as physiological in antibacterial, antimalarial, anti-inflammatory and psy- dysfunctions with clinical laboratory methods. Lectures, choactive drugs; synthesis and modes of action of student presentations, and clinical case discussions. pharmacologically active agents radioactive pharmaceuti- Prerequisite: consent of the department chair. Alhadeff cals. Prerequisite: one year of organic chemistry. Heindel Chm 438. Advanced Topics in NMR (3) spring, Chm 430. Chemical and Biochemical Separations alternate years (3) spring, alternate years Fundamental aspects of NMR analysis; instrumental Theory and applications of equilibrium and nonequilib- design; data acquisition and processing parameters; nuclear rium separation techniques at both the analytical and spin relaxation; theory of spin dynamics; product operator preparative levels. Solvent and buffer extractions, chro- formalism; density matrix theory; multidimensional meth- matographic separations (e.g., thin layer, partition, gas ods; analysis strategies. Roberts liquid, gel filtration, ion exchange, affinity, supercritical Chm 441. Chemical Kinetics (3) alternate years fluid), electrophoretic separations (e.g., gel, capillary, iso- A study of kinetic processes. Phenomenological chemical electric focusing, immunoelectrophoresis), centrifugal kinetics; order, mechanism effect of external variables on separations (e.g., differential, velocity sedimentation, rate. Theories of the rate constant. Relation between density gradient) and other separation methods (e.g., thermodynamics and kinetics. Applications to selected dialysis, ultrafiltration). Examples will focus on biologi- systems such as unimolecular decompositions, molecular cal applications. Alhadeff beams and diffusion-limited processes. Prerequisite: one Chm 431. Contemporary Topics in Analytical year of physical chemistry. Chemistry (1) Chm 443. (Mat 443) Solid-State Chemistry (3) Discussion of the current literature in analytical chem- alternate years istry, including spectroscopy, separations, and Crystal structure, diffraction in crystals and on surfaces, electrochemistry. Students find current papers and lead bonding and energy spectra in solids dielectrics, surface discussions. May be repeated for credit. states and surface fields in crystals. Prerequisite: one course in linear algebra and one course in quantum mechanics. Klier 150 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2003-2004

Chm 445. Elements of Physical Chemistry (4) time dependent structural fluctuations, and prediction of Quantum chemistry of simple systems, molecular structure protein structure from sequence information. and spectroscopy, statistical and classical thermodynamics. Prerequisites: one year of biochemistry and one year of Prerequisite: Chm 341 or its equivalent. physical chemistry or permission of the department Chm 451. Physical Organic Chemistry (3) chair. Behe alternate years Chm 469. (BioS 469) Biochemical Problem An introduction to quantitative organic chemistry Solving I (1) fall including relationships between structure and reactivity, Applications of material covered in BioS/Chm 371 medium effects on reactions, introduction to orbital including techniques used in research. Prerequisite: symmetry effects in organic reactions, and reaction BioS/Chm 371 previously or concurrently. mechanisms. Prerequisite: Chm 358 or consent of Chm 470. (BioS 470) Biochemical Problem department chair. Solving II (1) spring Chm 453. Heterocyclic Compounds (3) Applications of concepts covered in BioS/Chm 372 alternate years including techniques used in research. Prerequisite: An intensive study of the syntheses, reactions and prop- BioS/Chm 372 previously or concurrently. erties of heteroaromatic compounds including derivatives Chm 471. (BioS 471) Eucaryotic Biochemistry (3) of thiophene, pyrrole, furan, indole, pyridine, quinoline, the azoles and the diazines — all considered from the alternate years viewpoint of modern theories of structure and reaction Biochemistry of selected eucaryotic processes including mechanisms. Prerequisite: Chm 358. hormone chemistry, blood clotting, immunochemistry, vision chemistry, muscle chemistry and photosynthesis. Chm 455. Organic Reactions (3) alternate years The second part of the course will involve presentation Intensive survey of modern synthetic organic chemistry and discussion of the current literature by class partici- from a mechanistic standpoint. Classical Name-reac- pants. Prerequisite: BioS/Chm 372 or consent of tions, olefin synthesis, organometallic reagents in department chair. Lowe-Krentz synthesis, Woodward-Hoffmann rules, electrocyclic processes, enolate chemistry, and related reactions. Chm 472. (BioS 472) Lipids and Membranes (3) Prerequisite: Chm 358. alternate years Structure, physical properties and functions of lipids and Chm 456. Spectral Analysis (3) fall their biological aggregates. Techniques for studying lipid Use of data from nuclear magnetic resonance, infrared, assemblies, enzymes which act on lipids, membrane pro- ultraviolet, and mass spectrometric techniques for the teins and lipoproteins will also be discussed. Prerequisite: determination of structure of organic compounds. BioS/Chm 372 or consent of department chair. Lowe- Emphasis on information from one- and two-dimension- Krentz al proton and carbon NMR, and a mechanistic interpretation of data from mass spectrometry. Foster Chm 473. (BioS 473) Biochemistry of Complex Carbohydrates (3) alternate years Chm 457. Organic Reaction Mechanisms (3) Consideration of the structure, function and metabolism Intensive in-class problem solving that involves the for- of complex carbohydrates (glycolipids, glycoproteins and mulation of reasonable reaction mechanisms for complex proteoglycans) with particular emphasis on glycopro- multistep pathways, i.e. organic transformations that teins. The first part of the course will consist of lectures proceed via highly energetic intermediates such as carbo- to familiarize the student with basic terms, concepts and cations, carbanions, free radicals, carbenes, and nitrenes. processes. The second part will involve critical readings, Chm 458. Topics in Organic Chemistry (1-3) presentation and discussion of the current primary An intensive study of limited areas in organic chemistry. research literature by class participants. Alhadeff May be repeated when a different topic is offered. Chm 475. Advanced Topics in Chemistry (1) Chm 466. Advanced Organic Preparations (2-3) Audiovisual courses in topics such as acid-base theory, A laboratory course of instruction in advanced tech- NMR, chromatography, electroanalytical chemistry and niques of the preparation of organic compounds. mass-spectroscopy interpretation; course material obtained from the American Chemical Society. May be Chm 467. (BioS 467) Principles of Nucleic Acid repeated for credit. Structure (3) alternate years An examination of the principles underlying nucleic acid Chm 477. (BioS 477) Topics in Biochemistry (1-3) structure including stereochemistry, electrostatics, hydra- Selected areas of biochemistry, such as mechanisms of tion, torsional constraints, sequence specific effects, and enzyme action, new developments in the chemistry of interaction with nuclear proteins. Special emphasis will lipids, nucleic acids, carbohydrates and proteins. May be be placed on DNA structure. Prerequisite: one year of repeated for credit when different topics are offered. biochemistry and one year of physical chemistry or per- Prerequisite: consent of the department chair. mission of the department chair. Behe Chm 479. (BioS 479) Biochemical Techniques (3) Chm 468. (BioS 468) Principles of Protein Laboratory studies of the techniques and principles Structure (3) alternate years involved in the isolation, identification, and biochemical An examination of the principles underlying protein transformation of carbohydrates, lipids, nucleic acids and structure including stereochemistry, preferred tertiary proteins. Prerequisite: Chm 371 or its equivalent previ- structures, protein homology, excluded volume effects, ously or concurrently. Chemistry 151

Chm 480. (BioS 480) Advanced Biochemical Chm 489. Organic Polymer Science II (3) Preparations (1-3) alternate years An advanced laboratory course in the preparation, isola- Continuation of Chm 394. Theory and mechanism of tion, purification, and identification of biochemically ionic vinyl-addition chain-growth polymerization. Chain produced materials. Emphasis is placed on materials and copolymerization by radical and ionic mechanism. procedures of current interest in biochemistry. Mechanism of ring-opening polymerization, stereochem- Prerequisite: consent of the department chair. istry of polymerization including ionic, coordination, Chm 481. Chemistry Seminar (1) and Ziegler-Natta mechanisms. Reactions of polymers, Student presentations on current research topics in the including crosslinking, reaction of functional groups, student’s discipline but not on subjects close to the the- graft and block copolymers, and polymer carriers and sis. A one-hour presentation and attendance at other supports. Prerequisite: Chm 394 or equivalent. presentations are required for credit. May be repeated for Chm 491. Physical Chemistry of Organic Polymer credit, up to six times. Coatings (3) alternate years Chm 482. (ChE 482, Mat 482) Engineering Pigment/bonder geometry. Oil absorption of pigments. Behavior of Polymers (3) spring Critical Pigment Volume Concentration concept. Mechanical behavior of polymers. Characterization of Pigment dispersion including surface tension, capillarity, experimentally observed viscoelastic response of polymer- works of dispersion, transfer and flocculation, and dis- ic solids with the aid of mechanical model analogs. persing-mixing equipment. Solubility parameter concept. Topics include time-temperature superposition, experi- Coating viscosity and viscometers. Evaporation of sol- mental characterization of large deformation and fracture vents including water. Coating rheology, mill base processes, polymer adhesion, and the effects of fillers, letdown, and pigment settling. Film application includ- plasticizer, moisture, and aging on mechanical behavior. ing leveling, sagging, slumping and draining. Prerequisite: Chm 393 or 394 or equivalent. Chm 483. (ChE 483) Emulsion Polymers (3) fall Fundamental concepts important in manufacture, charac- Chm 492. (ChE 492) Topics in Polymer Science (3) terization, and application of polymer latexes. Topics Intensive study of topics selected from areas of current include colloidal stability, polymerization mechanisms and research interest such as morphology and mechanical kinetics, reactor design, characterization of particle sur- behavior, thermodynamics and kinetics of crystallization, faces, latex rheology, morphology considerations, new analytical techniques, molecular weight distribution, polymerization with functional groups, film formation non-Newtonian flow behavior, second-order transition and various application problems. Prerequisite: previous phe-nomena, novel polymer structures. Credit above course in polymers. three hours is granted only when different material is covered. Prerequisite: Chm 392 or equivalent Chm 484. (ChE 484) Crystalline Polymers (3) Chm 493. Organic Chemistry of Organic Polymer spring Coatings (3) alternate years Morphology and behavior of both polymer single crys- Film information from solution and dispersion, and tals and bulk crystallized system. Relationship between application of coatings. Mechanism and kinetics of cur- basic crystal physics, thermal and annealing history, ori- ing glyceride oils, varnishes and alkyd resins, unsaturated entation and resulting properties. Thermodynamics and polyesters, thermoplastics cellulose, acrylic and vinyl kinetics of transition phenomena and a brief treatment resins, epoxy resins, polyurethanes, amine- and phenol- of hydrodynamic properties and their relationship to formaldehyde resins, thermosetting vinyl and acrylic crystallization and processing properties. copolymers, water-based systems, natural and synthetic Chm 485. (ChE 485, Mat 485) Polymer Blends rubber, and silicone resins. New solutions coatings. and Composites (3) fall Prerequisite: Chm 393 and 394 or equivalent. Synthesis, morphology and mechanical behavior of poly- Chm 494. Quantum Chemistry (3) alternate years mer blends and composites. Mechanical blends block Principles and applications of quantum mechanics to and graft copolymers, interpenetrating polymer net- chemical problems. Applications to chemical bonding, works, polymer impregnated solids and fiber and molecular structure, reactivity and spectroscopy. particulate-reinforce polymers are emphasized. Prerequisite: Chm 445 or consent of the department chair. Prerequisite: any introductory course in polymers. Chm 495. Statistical Thermodynamics (3) Chm 487. Topics in Colloid and Surface alternate years Chemistry (3) Principles and applications of statistical mechanics to Applications of colloid chemistry; special topics in sur- chemical problems. A study of the techniques for evaluat- face chemistry. Lectures and seminar. May be repeated ing the properties of matter in bulk from the properties for credit as different topics are covered. Prerequisite: of molecules and their interactions. Prerequisite: Chm Chm 391. 445 or consent of the department chair. Chm 488. Advanced Topics in Physical Chemistry (1-3) Civil and Environmental Advanced topics in physical chemistry, such as photochem- istry and molecular beam dynamics, Fourier transform Engineering spectroscopy, kinetics of rapid reactions, theory of magnet- ic resonance, liquids and solutions. May be repeated for Professors. Arup K. SenGupta, Ph.D. (Houston), chair; credit when different topics are offered. Gerard P. Lennon, Ph.D. (Cornell), associate chair; John L. Wilson, Ph.D. (Pittsburgh), graduate officer; Richard Sause, Ph.D. (U.C. Berkeley), director, Center for 152 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2003-2004

Advanced Technology for Large Structural Systems; Le-Wu management and organizational structure, and presenta- Lu, Ph.D. (Lehigh), Bruce G. Johnston Professor; James tion of real-life engineering experiences in the M. Ricles, Ph.D. (U.C. Berkeley); Robert M. Sorensen, curriculum. (6) Provide opportunities for our students to Ph.D. (U.C. Berkeley); Richard N. Weisman, Ph.D. develop and exhibit team building, leadership, and con- (Cornell). tinued education/learning skills. (7) Provide Associate professors. Horace Moo-Young, Ph.D. (RPI); opportunities for our students to develop and use com- Peter Mueller, Dr. sc. techn. (ETH, Zurich); Sibel munication skills. (8) Develop opportunities, both inside Pamukcu, Ph.D. (L.S.U.); Stephen P. Pessiki, Ph.D. and outside of the classroom, for understanding profes- (Cornell), Weixian Zhang, Ph.D. (Johns Hopkins). sional practice issues which include ethical responsibilities, political, international, historical, cultur- Assistant professors. Derick Brown, Ph.D. (Princeton); al, societal, and diversity issues. The Environmental Kristen L. Jellison, Sc.D. (M.I.T.); Clay Naito Ph.D. Engineering Bachelor of Science degree program objec- (U.C. Berkeley); Yunfeng Zhang Ph.D. (Cal. Tech.). tives are: (1) Provide our students with an education in Active emeriti. Lynn S. Beedle, Ph.D. (Lehigh); John W. the fundamental principles and scientific methods essen- Fisher, Ph.D. (Lehigh); Alexis Ostapenko, Sc.D. tial to contemporary environmental engineering. (2) (M.I.T.); David A. VanHorn, Ph.D. (Iowa State); Ben- Provide our students the opportunity to study broad Tseng Yen, Ph.D. (Lehigh). topics of environmental engineering. (3) Develop our Civil engineering occupies a prominent position as one students to be knowledgeable of introductory level fun- of the major fields in the engineering profession. Civil damentals in eight environmental engineering focus engineers are concerned with all aspects of the concep- areas: water supply and resources, environmental chem- tion, planning, design, construction, operation, and istry, hazardous waster management, environmental maintenance of major physical works and facilities that system modeling, wastewater management, solid waste are essential to modern life. Civil engineering projects management, atmospheric system and air pollution con- are typically characterized by extreme size, complexity, trol, and environmental and occupational health. (4) durability, and cost. Examples include bridges, buildings, Develop our students to be proficient in advanced prin- transportation facilities, tunnels, coastal facilities, dams, ciples in three environmental engineering focus areas: foundations, and waterways. water supply and resources, environmental chemistry, hazardous waster management. (5) Provide broad career Environmental Engineering is a relatively young inter- opportunities for our students by integrating planning, disciplinary branch of the engineering profession that economics, finance, probability and statistics, manage- has emerged from the societal needs to educate engineers ment and organizational structure and presentation of in the causes, control, and prevention of environmental real-life engineering experiences in the curriculum. (6) pollution while maintaining industrial and economic Provide opportunities for our students to develop and growth. Traditionally, environmental engineers were exhibit team building, leadership, and continued educa- involved in designing and constructing drinking water tion/learning skills. (7) Provide opportunities in most treatment plants, sewage treatment facilities and water required courses for our students to develop and use distribution networks. More recently, the environmental communication skills. (8) Develop opportunities, both engineering profession has greatly expanded and the inside and outside of the classroom, for understanding activities include: detection and modeling fate and trans- professional practice issues which include ethical respon- port of contaminants in both natural and engineered sibilities, political, international, historical, cultural, environments; applying technology-based solutions for societal, and diversity issues. restoring environmental quality; developing and/or mod- ifying industrial processes for ecological preservation and A technical minor in Environmental Engineering, avail- enhanced sustainability. Previously, environmental engi- able for students outside the department, consists of a neering was included as part of the civil engineering prerequisite (Chem 31), three courses chosen from CEE program. Starting in Fall, 2002, it can also be pursued as 170, CEE 274, CEE 373 (ChE 373), and CEE 276 (CHE a separate B.S. degree that will be considered for accredi- 276), and one from CEE 222, CEE 323 (EES 323), CEE tation at the next college review in 2006-2007. 327 (EES 327), CEE 345, CEE 274, CEE 276, ChE 321, ChE 331, ChE 370, EES 353, and EES 376. At least two Our Departmental Mission is to educate students in the of the courses must be from the CEE department. principles and methods essential to the practice and advancement of civil and environmental engineering. Both undergraduate programs include a strong base of Our students are prepared to apply and continually culti- mathematics, including calculus and probability and sta- vate knowledge that will enable them to become tistics, and the physical sciences, followed by a course in successful practitioners, innovators and leaders in serving planning and engineering economics and a broad range the needs of a complex society. The accredited Civil of required and elective courses in engineering science, Engineering Bachelor of Science degree program objec- analysis and design in the areas listed above in each set of tives are: (1) Provide our students with an education in program objectives. In addition, the civil engineering pro- the fundamental principles and scientific methods essen- gram has an engineering science and a surveying tial to contemporary civil engineering. (2) Provide our requirement and the environmental engineering program students the opportunity to study broad topics of civil has a course in risks, regulations, and policy. Both pro- engineering. (3) Develop our students to be proficient in grams are enriched with a series of required and elective four areas of civil engineering: environmental, hydraulic, courses in the humanities and social sciences. Elective geotechnical, and structural engineering. (4) Provide our courses in both programs extend across the areas of struc- students the opportunity to study advanced topics in one tural, geotechnical, hydraulic, environmental, construction or more areas of civil engineering. (5) Provide broad and project management, and transportation engineering. career opportunities for our students by integrating plan- Additional elective courses in the environmental program ning, economics, finance, probability and statistics, are available from chemical engineering, chemistry, and Civil and Environmental Engineering 153 earth and environmental science. In each curriculum, CEE 242 Principles and Practices of Geotechnical emphasis is placed on the development of a solid knowl- Engineering (3) edge of civil or environmental engineering fundamentals. Concomitantly, the program is threaded with instruction HSS Humanities/Social Sciences Elec. (4) and opportunities in computer applications. CEE **Approved Elective (3) The civil and environmental engineering programs pre- senior year, first semester (17 credit hours) pare individuals for entry into the engineering profession CEE 202 CE Planning and Engineering or for entry into high-quality programs of graduate study. With proper selection of electives, students may Economics (3) also prepare for entrance into schools of law or medicine, CEE 203 Professional Development (2) or into master’s-level programs in engineering manage- ment or business administration. The civil engineering HSS Humanities/Social Sciences Elec. (3) program is fully accredited, and application for accredita- CEE **Approved Electives (6) tion of the new environmental engineering will be Free Elective (3) sought at the first opportunity, e.g. after graduation of the first class of students. senior year, second semester (17 credit hours) Five-year programs are available for students interested in CEE 290 Capstone Design (3) a second bachelor’s degree in a major in the College of HSS Humanities/Social Science Elective (3) Arts and Sciences (see listings under Arts-Engineering; CEE **Approved Electives (8) Civil Engineering and Earth and Environmental Sciences). Free Elective (3) Recommended Sequence of Courses, B.S. in Civil *Mech 102, ME 104, or ECE 81. Engineering **Seventeen CEE elective credits approved by the CEE The normal freshman engineering year is 30 credits (see department chairperson; list on department web site. Section III). The required HSS Advanced Requirement Elective opportunities total 42 credit hours. The selection of 13 credits shown below to be three 3-credit courses of elective courses is to be in consultation with student’s and one 4-credit course. Other options are possible. academic adviser in the Department of Civil and sophomore year, first semester (17 credit hours) Environmental Engineering. A total of 134 credit hours is required for the bachelor’s degree in civil engineering. Math 23 Analytic Geometry and Calculus III (4) Recommended Sequence of Courses, B.S. in Mech 2 Elementary Engineering Mechanics (3) Environmental Engineering CEE 10 Engineering/Architectural Graphics and The normal freshman engineering year is 30 credits (see Design (3) Section III). Using the 4 credits of PolS 111 leaves 9 CEE 11 Surveying (1) credits to complete required HSS Advanced CEE 12 Civil Engineering Statistics (2) Requirement of 13 credits, shown below to be three 3- credit courses. Eco 1 Principles of Economics (4) sophomore year, first semester (16 credit hours) sophomore year, second semester (18 credit hours) Math 23 Calculus III (4) Math 205 Linear Methods (3) Chem 51 Organic Chemistry I (3) Mech 12 Strength of Materials (3) Mech 2 Elementary Engineering Mechanics (3) CEE 170 Introduction to Environmental CEE 12 Civil Engr. Statistics (2) Engineering (4) Eco 1 Principles of Economics (4) Phys 21 Introductory Physics II (4) sophomore year, second semester (18 credit hours) Phys 22 Introductory Physics Lab II (1) Math 205 Linear Methods (3) HSS Humanities/Social Sciences Elec. (3) PHY 21 Intro Physics II (4) junior year, first semester (17 credit hours) PHY 22 Intro Physics II Laboratory (1) Mat 33 Engineering Materials and Processes (3) CEE 170 Intro. Environmental Engr (4) CEE 121 Mechanics of Fluids (3) CEE 272 Env. Risks, Regulations and Policy (2) CEE 123 Civil Engineering Materials (1) PolS 111 Politics of Environment (4) CEE 142 Fundamentals of Soil Mechanics (3) junior year, first semester (16 credit hours) CEE 159 Structural Analysis I (4) CEE 121 Mechanics of Fluids (3) *Engineering Science Elective (3) CEE 142 Fund. Soil Mechanics (3) junior year, second semester (18 credit hours) CEE 276 Env. Engr. Processes (3) CEE 117 Numerical Methods in Civil ChE 31 Matl. & Energy Bal. of ChE Process (3) EES 31 Intro. Env./Organismal Biology (4) Engineering (2) junior year, second semester (17 credit hours) CEE 262 Fund. of Structural Steel Design (3) or CEE 264 Fund. of Structural Concrete Design (3) CEE 222 Hydraulic Engineering (3) CEE 222 Hydraulic Engineering (3) CEE 274 Environmental Water Chemistry (3) 154 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2003-2004

TE* Technical Elective (3) CEE 117. Numerical Methods in Civil ChE 60 Unit Ops Survey (3) Engineering (2) spring CEE 275 Enviro-Geo-Hydraulics Lab (2) Techniques for computer solution of linear and non-lin- ear simultaneous equations; eigenvalue analysis; finite HSS Humanities/Soc. Sciences Elective (3) differences; numerical integration; numerical solutions to senior year, first semester (18 credit hours) ordinary differential equations. Case studies in the vari- CEE 203 Professional Development (2) ous branches of civil engineering. Prerequisites: Engineering 1, Math 205. (ES 2, ED 0) CEE 378 Solid & Haz. Waste Management (3) CEE 379 Environmental Case Studies (3) CEE 121. Mechanics of Fluids (3) fall Fluid properties and statics; concepts and basic equations TE* Technical Elective (3) for fluid dynamics. Forces caused by flowing fluids and FE Free Elective (3) energy required to transport fluids. Dynamics similitude EES 21 Introduction to Planet Earth (4) and modeling of fluid flows. Includes laboratory experi- ments to demonstrate basic concepts. Prerequisite: Mech senior year, second semester (19 credit hours) 2. (ES 3, ED 0) CEE 290** Environmental Engr. Project (3) CEE 123. Civil Engineering Materials (1) spring CEE 373 Fundamentals of Air Pollution (3) Properties of commonly used civil engineering materials TE* Technical Electives (7) focusing on concrete. Concrete coverage includes cement HSS Humanities/Social Sci. Elective (6) chemistry and manufacture; cement hydration and microstructure; mixture design; mechanical properties; *13 technical (approved) elective credits approved by the admixtures; in-service performance and deterioration academic advisor to satisfy proficiency in three focus areas of mechanisms. Includes some laboratory work. (ES 1) water supply and resources, environmental chemistry, and hazardous waste management; approved list available from CEE 142. Fundamentals of Soil Mechanics (3) Fall CEEE department. Fundamental principles of physical index properties of soils, water flow through soils, stress and deformation **CEE 377 acceptable substitute when offered as a multi- phenomena in soils and strength parameters of soils. disciplinary course that includes environmental engineering Weight-volume relationships, consistency, gradation, and as a major focus classification. Soil mineralogy, composition, and fabric; Undergraduate Courses clay-water electrolyte system. Geological processes, and engineering properties of rocks. Soil compaction, consol- CEE 10. (Arch 10). Engineering/Architectural idation, shear strength, stress-strain, Mohr-Coulomb Graphics and Design (3) fall failure analysis. Laboratory experiments to measure phys- Graphical communication of civil engineering and archi- ical and mechanical properties of soils. Prerequisite: tectural projects using manual techniques and Mech 2. (ES 2, ED 1) commercial state-of-the-art computer software. Topics include visualization and sketching; orthographic, iso- CEE 159. Structural Analysis I (4) fall metric and other drawings; points, lines and planes in Elastic analysis of statically determinate beams, frames, descriptive geometry; site design; overview of geographi- and trusses; deflections by the methods of virtual work cal information systems and 3-D applications. Teamwork and moment area; influence lines for determinate struc- on design projects with oral and graphical presentations. tures; modeling for structural analysis; flexibility, stiffness, Not available to students who have taken ME 10. and approximate methods of analysis of indeterminate structures. Prerequisite: Mech 12. (ES 4, ED 0) CEE 11. Surveying (1) fall Theory and practice of basic engineering surveying CEE 170. Introduction to Environmental measurements and analysis. Topics to include field note Engineering (4) spring taking, datums and measurement precision, equipment Characterization and evaluation of natural water and techniques for measuring distance, elevation and resources. Principles of basic water chemistry. Water and angles, electronic distance measurement, topographic wastewater treatment processes. Sludge treatment, air surveys, GPS and hydrographic surveys. Hands on expe- pollution and multi-media transport. Pollutants mass rience with the use of survey levels, transits/theodolites balance and oxygen transfer. Field trips to water and and a total station will be provided. (ED 1) wastewater process facilities. Laboratory experiments on water and wastewater characterization. Prerequisites: CEE 12. Civil Engineering Statistics (2) fall Chem 21. (ES 3, Other 1). Basic engineering statistics with a civil engineering orien- tation. Topics to include: random variables and CEE 202. CEE Planning and Engineering histograms; central tendency, dispersion and skew; prob- Economics (3) fall ability density functions and cumulative distribution The planning and management of civil engineering proj- functions, basic probability concepts and selected proba- ects. Modeling and optimization methods, project bility models, return period analysis, linear regression management techniques. Financial decision-making and least squares, correlation analysis, propagation of among alternatives. Present value and discounted cash errors. (ES 1, ED 1) flow analysis; incremental analysis and rate-of-return cri- CEE 104. Readings in Civil Engineering (1-4) teria. (ES 1, ED 2) Study of selected technical papers, with abstracts and CEE 203. Professional Development (2) fall reports. May be repeated for credit. Prerequisite: consent Elements of professionalism; professional ethics; engi- of the department chair. neering registration; continuing education; responsibilities of an engineer in industry, government, Civil and Environmental Engineering 155 private practice; role of professional and technical soci- ed to axial tension, axial compression, flexure and com- eties. (ES 0, ED0, Other 2) bined compression and flexure. Basic methods of joining CEE 205. Design Problems (1-6) members to form a structural system. Use of design speci- Supervised individual design problems, with report. fications. Prerequisite: CEE 159. (ES 1, ED 2). Prerequisite: consent of the department chair. (ED 1-6) CEE 264. Fundamentals of Structural Concrete CEE 207. Transportation Engineering (3) spring Design (3) spring Principles of the design of transportation facilities with Analysis, design, and detailing of reinforced concrete emphasis on highways and airports in the areas of geo- members and simple systems for strength and servicea- metric, drainage, and pavement design. Design problems. bility requirements, including beams, columns, and Prerequisites: CEE 11 or CEE 14. (ES 0, ED 3) slabs. Introduction to prestressed concrete. Prerequisite: CEE 159. (ES 1, ED 2) CEE 211. Research Problems (1-6) Supervised individual research problems, with report. CEE 266. Project Management (3) spring Prerequisite: consent of the department chair. An overview of the management and control of engi- neering ventures and projects. Emphasis on systems CEE 222. Hydraulic Engineering (3) spring theory, life-cycle approach, resource management, finan- Pipe and pump hydraulics, engineering hydrology, cial controls, contracts, labor relations and organizational ground water hydraulics, and open channel hydraulics. forms. Case studies and lecturers from industry. Laboratory experiments in applied hydraulics. Prerequisite: CEE 202 or consent of the department Prerequisite CEE 121, ME 231, or equivalent. (ES 1, chair. (ES 1, ED 2) ED 2) CEE 272. Environmental Risks, Regulations and CEE 242. Principles and Practices of Geotechnical Policy (2) Engineering (3) spring Assessment of voluntary and involuntary risks. Risk reduc- The principles related to evaluation of the interactions tion through regulations and environmental policy. Role between the soil environment and man-made facilities. of life cycle analysis of products and engineered systems in Site exploration and in-situ soil characterization. risk allocation and risk reduction. (ES 1, Other 1) Construction use of soils, soil-like materials, and geosyn- thetics in civil engineering facilities. Ground CEE 274. Environmental Water Chemistry (3) improvement techniques. One and two-dimensional spring flow, flow nets, uplift pressures on structures, and lique- Chemical principles and applications of those principles faction. Failure theories, stress paths, settlement. Stability to the analysis and understanding of aqueous environ- of earth slopes, dams and levees. Lateral earth pressures mental chemistry in natural waters and wastewaters. The and retaining walls. Bearing capacity of soils for shallow chemistry of ionic equilibria, redox reactions, precipita- foundations. Prerequisite: CEE 142. (ES 2, ED 1) tion/dissolution, acid-base concepts, buffer capacity, complexation, hydrolysis and biological reactions. CEE 244. Foundation Engineering (3) fall Prerequisite: Chem 31 or CEE 170. (ES 2, Other 1) Application of theories and principles of soil mechanics to foundation design of constructed facilities. In-situ soil CEE 275. Environmental, Geotechnics and test and measurement, subsurface exploration and soil Hydraulics Laboratory (2) sampling. Bearing capacity, settlement, lateral earth pres- Applying fundamentals of soil properties, hydraulics and sure principles. Design of shallow foundations: spread environmental science through appropriate laboratory footings, beams on elastic foundations, mat foundations. experiments for solution of environmental engineering Design of retaining walls: mechanically stabilized earth, problems. Experiments will include solute transport in concrete and sheet pile walls, walls for excavations. surface and subsurface medium; characterization of soils, Design of deep foundations: single piles, pile founda- sludges and water; treatment of water and wastewater tions, drilled piers and caissons. Prerequisite: CEE 242 including biological processes. Illustration of techniques (ES 1.5, ED 1.5) to generate design parameters for scale-up. Prerequisite: CEE 170, previously or concurrently. (ES 1, ED 1) CEE 258. Structural Laboratory (3) spring Experimental study of behavior of members and struc- CEE 276. (ChE 276). Environmental Engineering tures. Planning, executing, and reporting experimental Processes (3) spring studies. Introduction to instrumentation and data acqui- Processes applied in environmental engineering for air sition. Nondestructive testing of civil engineering pollution control, treatment of drinking water, munici- structures. Steel, rein-forced concrete, and other materi- pal wastewater, industrial wastes, hazardous/toxic wastes, als. Prerequisite: CEE 262 and CEE 264. (ES 2, ED 1) and environmental remediation. Kinetics, reactor theory, CEE 259. Structural Analysis II (3) spring mass balances, application of fundamental physical, Analysis of statically indeterminate structures, methods chemical and biological principles to analysis and design. of slope deflection and moment distribution; considera- Prerequisite: CEE 170 or equivalent. (ES 2, ED 1). tion of side-sway and nonprismatic members. Influence CEE 279. (BioS 259, EES 259) Microbial Ecology (4) lines for determinate and indeterminate structures. The role of microorganisms in the environment. Topics Flexibility and stiffness matrix methods for computerized include: Survey of microbial classification, structure, and analysis. Use of computer library programs. Prerequisite: metabolism; study of microbes at population, community, CEE 159. (ES 3, ED 0) and ecosystem levels of organization; the role of microbes CEE 262 Fundamentals of Structural Steel Design in biogeochemical cycles; application of microbes to biore- mediation and resource recovery problems. Prerequisite: (3) spring EES 31 and EES 152, or consent of instructor. Introduction to steel structures. Behavior, strength and design of structural members, including members subject- 156 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2003-2004

CEE 281. Special Topics (1-6) and sediment transport; interaction of littoral processes A study of selected topics in civil and environmental with structures. Prerequisite: CEE 121. (ES 2, ED 1) engineering not included in other formal courses. A CEE 341. Ground Improvement Engineering (3) design project or an interdisciplinary study of a problem related to civil or environmental engineering may be spring included. Civil and environmental engineering students The mechanisms of soil stabilization; principles and working on design projects involving students from techniques; grouting and injection methods; reinforced other departments or colleges working in cross-discipli- earth methods, dynamic consolidation; deep com- nary teams may be included. A report is required. paction; sand drains; laboratory and field studies; Prerequisite: consent of the department chair. geotextiles and geomembranes. Prerequisite: CEE 242 or equivalent. (ES 1.5, ED 1.5) CEE 290. CEE Design Project (3) spring Supervised design projects applying the fundamentals of CEE 342. Experimental Geotechnical Engineering engineering science and the concepts of planning and (3) fall systems analysis in the design of practical engineering Experimental studies dealing with the measurement of works. The scope includes needs analysis, formulation of soil properties in the laboratory and in situ; application the design problem statement and evaluative criteria; of these properties to design; consolidation; strength of analysis of alternative solutions and the generation of soils in triaxial compression, tensile strength, and other specifications. Economic, social, environmental, aesthetic shear tests, including measurement of pore water pres- and safety constraints are considered. Practicing profes- sures; model design and analysis; dynamic tests; field sional engineers are invited to serve as consultants. measurement of in situ soil properties; laboratory and Written and oral reports are required. Prerequisite: field instrumentation. Prerequisites: CEE 242 and senior Senior standing. (ES 0, ED 3) standing. (ES 1.5, ED 1.5) CEE 316 (EES 316). Hydrogeology (4) CEE 344. Behavior of Soils as Engineering Interrelationships of geologic materials and processes Materials (3) spring with water; entry, storage, interaction, and flow of water Soil mineralogy, bondage, crystal structure and surface through permeable earth materials; evaluation, develop- characteristics; clay-water electrolyte system; soil fabric and ment, and management of ground-water resources. its measurement; soil structure and physical property rela- Lectures and recitation/laboratory. Prerequisites: EES 21 tionships; soil depositional and compositional or EES 101. (ES 4) characteristics; engineering properties of soils as they relate to soil mineralogy, fabric and composition: volume change CEE 320 (EES 320). Engineering Hydrology (3) behavior, intergranular stresses, shear strength and defor- fall mation behavior, conduction behavior, coupled and direct Rainfall-runoff analysis, overland flow, hydrograph theo- flow phenomena. Prerequisite: CEE 242. (ES 3, ED 0) ries, modeling. Frequency analysis of extreme events. Flood routing. Design storms. Floodplain hydraulics, flood- CEE 345. Geo-Environmental Engineering (3) fall plain delineation. Prerequisite: CEE 222. (ES 2, ED 1) Principles of interaction of soil and rock with various envi- ronmental cycles. Physical and chemical properties of soil. CEE 321. Open Channel Hydraulics (3) fall Environmental site characterization: drilling technology, Energy and momentum concepts, frictional resistance in geotechnical and geophysical methods, monitoring well open channels. Rapidly and gradually varied flow in design and construction, groundwater, soil and gas sam- open channels; unsteady flow in open channels; channel pling procedures, sensor technologies. Contaminant and culvert design. Prerequisite: CEE 222. (ES 2, ED 1) transport, detection and containment. Principles of con- CEE 323 (EES 323). Environmental Groundwater tainment facilities: landfills, leachate collection, cut-off Hydrology (3) spring walls, permeable barriers, stability analysis. Soil and The study of subsurface water, its environment, distribu- groundwater restoration stabilization, bioremediation, tion, and movement. Included are flow patterns, well washing, electrotechnologies, soil vapor technologies. hydraulics, and an introduction to the movement of Prerequisite: CEE 242. (ES 2.5, ED 0.5) contaminants. Design problems are included to simulate CEE 346. Fundamentals of Designing with flow with analytical and numerical models, and contami- Geosynthetics (3) spring nant migration using analytical models. Prerequisites: Fundamental and current theories of designing soil CEE 121, CEE/EES 316 or permission of instructor. structures with geosynthetics. Roads and highway appli- (ES 2, ED 1) cations; reinforced embankments; slope stabilization; CEE 327 (EES 327). Surface Water Quality waste containment systems; erosion control; filtration Modeling (3) spring and drainage. Prerequisite: CEE 242. (ES 1.5, ED 1.5) Fundamentals of modeling water quality parameters in CEE 352. Structural Dynamics (3) spring receiving water bodies, including rivers, lakes, and estu- Analysis of linear structural systems to time-dependent aries. Modeling of dissolved oxygen, nutrients, loads. Free and forced vibration. Classical and numerical temperature, and toxic substances. Emphasis on water methods of solution. Lumped-mass techniques, energy quality control decisions as well as mechanics and model methods, and introduction to matrix formulation of building. Prerequisites: CEE 121, CEE 222 and CEE dynamic problems. Application to design. Prerequisites: 170 or permission of instructor. (ES 3, ED 0) Math 205, CEE 159, and Mech 102. (ES 3, ED 0) CEE 335. Coastal Engineering (3) fall CEE 361. Bridge Systems Design (3) Linear wave theory and wave characteristics; survey of non- Introduction to bridge structural systems in steel and linear theories; tides, tsunamis, storm surge and basin concrete. Loads and specifications. Design and analysis resonance; wind-generated wave spectra, statistics and fore- of bridge structural components. Prerequisites or co-req- casting; wave-structure interaction; nearshore circulation uisites: CEE 259, CEE 262, CEE 264. (ES 1, ED 2) Civil and Environmental Engineering 157

CEE 363. Building Systems Design (3) spring include simulation models. Prerequisite: CEE 170 and Building structural systems in steel, reinforced concrete and CEE 276 (Che 276). (ES 0, ED 3) composite steel and concrete. Design loads (dead, live and CEE 378. Solid and Hazardous Waste environmental) and methodologies. Structural systems behavior and design. Design of floor systems, beam- Management (3) columns, connections, walls, and overall frames. Final Regulations for collection, transportation, disposal and design. Prerequisites or co-requisites: CEE 259, CEE 262, storage of hazardous wastes. Containment systems, moni- and CEE 264. (ES 1, ED 2) toring, new and available technologies to minimize, transform, destroy, detoxify and eliminate the hazardous CEE 365. Prestressed Concrete (3) fall components of the wastes. Environmentally benign Principles of prestressing. Analysis and design of basic processes and life cycle analysis. CEE 478 is a graduate flexural members. Instantaneous and time-dependent version of this course. Prerequisite: CEE 276 (ChE 276). properties of materials. Prestress losses. Additional topics (ES 1, ED 2) may include continuity, partial prestressing, compression members, circular prestressing, etc. Prerequisite: CEE CEE 379. (EES 379). Environmental Case Studies. 264 or consent of the department chair. (ES 2, ED 1) (3 to 4) Supervised multidisciplinary team projects investigating CEE 366. Finite Element Method in Structural site characterization and environmental remediation Engineering (3) spring design and environmental policy and financial implica- The finite element method: fundamental concepts, theo- tions of environmental projects. OHSA approved Health ry, modeling, and computation for the analysis of and Safety training provided. Prerequisites: EES 21, EES structures. One, two, and three-dimensional finite ele- 31 plus 5 EES courses or permission of the instructor ments. Isoparametric formulation and implementation (CEE prerequisites: CEE 274 and CEE 276 and ChE for various kinds of elements. Applications to problems 276). Staff in the behavior of structural elements and systems including analysis of trusses, beams, plates, and frames CEE 381. Special Topics (1-3) and bridge systems. Extensions to nonlinear analysis and A study of selected topics in civil engineering, not included advanced topics. Use of contemporary commercial soft- in other formal courses. A report is required. Prerequisite: ware. Prerequisites: CEE 259. (ES 3, ED 0) consent of the department chair. CEE 371. Reaction Kinetics in Environmental CEE 385. Research Procedures Seminar (1) fall Planning and execution of research projects, survey of Engineering (3) current research, elements of proposals and budgets. Theory of reaction kinetics and its application to the Literature search procedures. Presentation of data, and of design and operation of chemical, physico-chemical and written and oral reports. Guidelines for visual aids. biological reactions in water, wastewater, and hazardous waste treatment. Basic design equations for various types Graduate Programs of reactors and migration of pollutants in the environ- Graduate studies in civil and environmental engineering ment. CEE 471 is a graduate version of this course. enable the student to build upon the broad background Prerequisite: CEE 276 (ChE 276). (ES 2, Other 1) of undergraduate education in preparation for profes- CEE 373. (ChE 373). Fundamentals of Air sional practice at an advanced level, for research and development, or for teaching. Pollution (3) Introduction to the problems of air pollution including The selection of graduate courses and research opportu- such topics as: sources and dispersion of pollutants, sam- nities offered in the department permits the pling and analysis; technology of economics and control development of individual program objectives that may processes; legislation and standards. Prerequisite senior be concentrated in one of the technical specialty areas, standing in the College of Engineering and Applied or, alternatively, may extend over the broad field of civil Science. (ES 2, ED 1) engineering. The department offers advanced work in the specialty areas of structural engineering, geotechnical CEE 376. Environmental Biotechnology (3) engineering, hydraulic engineering, hydrology, coastal Fundamentals of microbiology and biochemistry applied engineering, and environmental engineering, leading to to natural and engineered environmental systems. the degrees of master of science, master of engineering, Systems ecology, energetics and kinetics of microbial and doctor of philosophy in civil engineering or environ- growth, nutrition and toxicology, use of microorganisms mental engineering. for pollution monitoring and control. Pathogenicity and disease transmission, water quality using biological A graduate program leading to the M.S. normally is con- indices. Prerequisites: CEE 276 (ChE 276) and EES 31. centrated in one, or possibly two, of the technical (ES 2, ED 1) specialty areas, and consists of a number of courses designed to fulfill the individual student’s program CEE 377. Environmental Engineering Design (3) objectives. Each candidate for the M.S. is required to spring submit a thesis representing three to six credit hours Team-oriented course to develop design skills in the area (CEE 491, listed below), or alternatively, a report based of environmental engineering. Project components typi- on a research course of at least three credits (CEE cally include: air pollution, drinking water, municipal 429,439,449,469,479 or 481). The balance of the pro- wastewater, industrial wastes, hazardous/toxic wastes, and gram will consist of courses in the specialty area(s). environmental remediation. Project work typically A graduate program leading to the M.Eng. degree includes: a background report, a design report , and an stresses engineering applications and design. The cours- oral presentation. Tools used in the design process may es may extend across the various specialty areas in civil engineering. Each candidate for the M.Eng. may 158 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2003-2004 choose to complete an individual engineering project various fields of civil engineering. Solutions of well-and representing three to six credits (CEE 480) in place of ill-conditioned linear and nonlinear systems. Eigenvalue the thesis or research report required for the M.S. or to formulation of stability and dynamic problems. take a minimum of 30 course credits without a research Reduction techniques, integration schemes for large or design project. structural systems. Optimal design by linear program- The doctoral program, which leads to the Ph.D., nor- ming. Introduction to problem-oriented languages and mally includes courses in the major field, courses in computerized design. Prerequisite: CEE 405 minor fields, and a dissertation presenting results of orig- CEE 409. Finite Element Method in Structural inal research. Holders of master’s degrees planning to Mechanics (3) spring become candidates for the Ph.D. take a qualifying exam- Basic principles and equations governing the finite ele- ination at the first opportunity following one semester in ment method. Analysis of planar, axisymmetric, plate residence. After qualification, the candidate, the candi- and articulated structures, with emphasis on analytical date’s departmental Ph.D. committee, and the modeling. Accuracy and convergence studies, utilizing department chair formulate the program of work. different discretizations and various types of elements. The laboratories of the department are located in the Case studies include application and extension to materi- Fritz Engineering Laboratory. The laboratory offers out- al nonlinearities, bridges, containment vessels, and standing facilities for research and instruction in soil-structure interaction. Prerequisites: CEE 405 and structural engineering, geotechnical engineering, CEE 413 or equivalent. hydraulic engineering, hydrology, coastal engineering, CEE 412. Methodologies of Structural Design (2) environmental engineering, and related fields. In particu- Probabilistic analysis of uncertainties associated with lar, the structural testing equipment includes dynamic structural design. Characterization of loads including testing machines, a five-million-pound universal dead and live loads, wind, earthquake, and vehicular hydraulic testing machine, and other special loading loads. Variability of structural resistance based on apparatus. Included in the latter are the facilities of the strength limit states as well as serviceability. Assessment Center for Advanced Technology for Large Structural of safety and reliability. Deterministic and probabilistic Systems (ATLSS center) located on the mountaintop sec- methodologies of design. Prerequisite: CEE 215 or per- tion of the campus. These include the largest mission of instructor. 3-dimensional test bed in the U.S.A. and specialized earthquake testing facilities. The hydraulic facilities CEE 413. Mechanics and Behavior of Structural include a wave tank, several flumes, a 10-cfs recirculating Members (3) fall flow system, and two multipurpose tanks for model Behavior of structural members, under a variety of load- studies. Brochures describing the research facilities and ing conditions in the elastic and inelastic range. programs are available on request. Introduction to the theory of elasticity and plasticity. In addition to departmental courses, a number of courses Basics of linear elastic fracture mechanics and fatigue. offered by the departments of mechanical engineering Analysis of structural member behavior in axial, bend- and mechanics, chemistry, chemical engineering, materi- ings, shear, and torsion. Stability analysis of als science and engineering, earth and environmental beam-columns. Beams on elastic foundations. Energy sciences, and biology may also be considered a part of the concepts and their use in structural analysis. major field in civil and environmental engineering. A list Prerequisites: CEE 259 or equivalent. of such courses is available through the department chair. CEE 414. Analysis and Design of Steel and A number of research assistantships and teaching assistant- Composite Structural Members (3) ships are available to provide financial aid to students of Fundamentals of limit state design. Ultimate strength outstanding promise. The half-time research or teaching analysis of steel and steel-and-concrete composite columns, activities required of holders of assistantships provides a beams, beam-columns, and members subjected to torsion valuable educational experience that supplements the for- and combined torsion and bending. Flexural and torsional mal course offerings. The graduate course offerings of the instability. Background and requirements of current design department are programmed to fit the schedule of half- codes. Prerequisites: CEE 261 or equivalent. time assistants, and to accommodate part-time students. A CEE 415. Analysis and Design of Ductile Steel very limited number of scholarships and fellowships are available to provide financial aid for full-time study. Structural Systems (3) Inelastic behavior of steel and steel structural members. Graduate Courses in Civil Engineering Plastic limit strength analysis of continuous beams and CEE 405. Analytical and Numerical Methods I (3) frames. Effect of variable repeated loading. Methodology Analytical and numerical methods used in Civil and code requirements for design based on plastic strength. Engineering, with emphasis on ordinary and partial dif- Applications to seismic-resistant building structures. ferential equations. Analytical and numerical solutions of Current research. Prerequisites: CEE 261 or equivalent. ordinary and partial differential equations. Initial and CEE 420. Surface Wave Mechanics (3) boundary value problems. Numerical integration, numer- Elements of hydrodynamics and wave boundary condi- ical error, and approximations of functions and data tions; linear wave theory and wave characteristics; points. Finite differences, solution of systems of linear nonlinear wave theories and application; wind wave gen- equations, eigenvalue problems, and solution of nonlinear eration, analysis and prediction; long waves; design wave equations. Prerequisite: Math 205 or equivalent. determination; laboratory investigation of surface waves. CEE 408. Computer Methods in Civil Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Engineering (3) CEE 424. Surface Water Hydrology (3) Numerical and computer-oriented methods especially Advanced analysis and methods in surface water hydrolo- applicable to the solution of complex problems arising in gy. Linear and non-linear hydrograph methods. Kinematic Civil and Environmental Engineering 159 wave and other hydraulic routing techniques. Advanced CEE 445. Advanced Foundation Engineering (3) techniques for evaporation, infiltration, and snow melt. fall Prerequisite: CEE 320 (EES 320) or equivalent. Current theory and practice relating to the design of CEE 425. Hydraulics of Sediment Transport (3) foundations for buildings and other structures. Analysis Hydrodynamic forces on particles, settling velocity. and limitation of settlements; bearing capacity analyses Sediment transport in open channel: tractive force theory, of shallow and deep foundations; flexible and rigid bed load and suspension theory, total load and wash load. retaining structure design; dynamic effects; anchor and Bedform mechanics, cohesive channel hydraulics. Sediment other special foundations; site investigations; design cri- transport in closed conduits. Shore processes and coastline teria for foundations; load and environmental factors. hydraulics. Prerequisite: CEE 321 or equivalent. Prerequisite: a course in soil mechanics. CEE 427. Transport of Contaminants in CEE 447. Advanced Topics in Geotechnical Groundwater (3) Engineering (1-3) Theory of groundwater flow and transport of contami- Advanced studies in selected subjects related to geotech- nants in the groundwater system. State-of-the-art nical engineering. The general areas may include: groundwater flow and contaminant transport models stress-strain-time relationships of soils, colloidal phenom- used to solve governing equations of groundwater flow ena in soils, ground water flow and see page, soil and transport of chemically reactive solutes. Selected case dynamics, soil plasticity, numerical methods applied to studies will be analyzed. Prerequisite: CEE 323 (EES soil mechanics, earth dam design, theories of layered sys- 323) or permission of instructor. tems and their application to pavement design, rock mechanics. The studies specifically undertaken in any CEE 428. Advanced Topics in Hydraulics (1-3) particular semester depend on the availability of staff and Recent developments in hydromechanics and hydraulics. the interest of students. Prerequisite: consent of the Topics to be selected from: wave mechanics, theory of department chair. May be repeated for credit. flow through porous media, dispersion, hydrodynamic forces on structures, potential flow, free streamline theory, CEE 448. Plasticity and Limit Equilibrium in open channel hydraulics, computer methods. Geotechnical Engineering (3) spring Prerequisites: CEE 321 and consent of the department Application of plasticity in soil mechanics, new concepts chair. May be repeated for credit. and theories and the requirements for modeling of actual test performance of soils, limit yield/failure criteria, con- CEE 429. Hydraulic Research (1-6) stitutive relations of stress-strain-time, concepts of Individual research problems with reports. May be critical state soil mechanics, rheological performance, repeated for credit. application to problems of stability of slopes, bearing CEE 436. Advanced Topics in Coastal Engineering capacity of foundations and active/passive earth pres- (1-3) sures. Prerequisite: CEE 244, or consent of the Advanced study of selected topics in coastal engineering department chair. such as: non-linear wave theory, design of coastal struc- CEE 449. Geotechnical Research (1-6) tures, shore protection and stabilization, numerical Individual research problems relating to soil engineering, solution of coastal hydrodynamics. Selection of topics with report. Prerequisite: a course in soil mechanics. will depend on particular qualifications of staff, as well as on the interests of the students. Prerequisite: CEE 335. CEE 450. Advanced Structural Analysis I (3) May be repeated for credit. Theory and methods of linear and second order structur- al analysis. Linear theory and stiffness properties of CEE 439. Coastal Engineering Research (1-6) structural members and linear transformations of struc- Individual research problems with reports. May be tural analysis. Application of virtual work principles and repeated for credit. development of displacement (stiffness) method of analy- CEE 441. Soil Dynamics (3) fall sis in matrix form. Introduction to second order theory Vibration of elementary systems, wave propagation, of structural members and second order equations of dynamic soil properties, vibration of soils, foundation structural analysis. Prerequisite: CEE 259 or equivalent. vibrations, dynamic bearing capacity, dynamic earth CEE 451. Advanced Structural Theory (3) fall pressure problem and retaining wall, liquefaction of soils, Specialized methods of analysis; moment distribution. earthquake problems. Prerequisite: CEE 244 or consent General treatment of deformation methods using matrix of the department chair. algebra. Selected topics in structural theory: influence CEE 443. Advanced Soil Mechanics I (3) fall lines, multi-story building frames, space structures. The origin, composition, and physico-chemical proper- Introduction to finite element method; nonlinear prob- ties of soils and their influence on the engineering lems. Prerequisite: CEE 450. properties and behavior of soils; transmission of water in CEE 452. Fatigue and Fracture of Structures - An saturated and unsaturated soils; advanced theory of com- Interdisciplinary View (3) paction; compression and consolidation; theories of shear This course examines the fatigue and fracture character- strength. Prerequisite: a course in soil mechanics. istics of steel structures from metallurgical, mechanical CEE 444. Advanced Soil Mechanics II (3) spring and structural engineering views. Both theory and exper- Fundamental and advanced theories of soil mechanics imental background are provided and applied to case applicable to earth structures and foundation design; studies and code development. stresses in homogeneous and layered systems for ideal CEE 454. Plate and Shell Structures (3) elastic, plastic and viscoelastic soils; lateral earth pres- Plates and slabs loaded transversely in their plane. Buckling sures, thermo-geotechnics. Prerequisite: CEE 443. and postbuckling behavior of elastic and inelastic plates. 160 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2003-2004

Membrane and bending analysis of cylindrical, rotational, CEE 462. Stability of Structural Systems (3) and hyperbolic-paraboloidal shells. Emphasis on engineer- Stability analysis of structures systems, including moment- ing methods. Design considerations. Prerequisites: CEE resisting and braced frames, trusses, and plate and box 405 and consent of the department chair. girders. Bracing requirements. Elastic and inelastic second- CEE 455. Advanced Structural Dynamics (3) order analysis. Design considerations. Special topics. Analysis and design of structures to resist wind, earth- Prerequisites: CEE 413 or equivalent. quake, and blast loading. Matrix methods and computer CEE 463. Advanced Mechanics of Reinforced applications. Non-linear and elasto-plastic response. Concrete (3) Damping characteristics of structures and structural Consistent mechanics for the design of reinforced con- components, spectral analysis, dynamic instability. crete with or without prestress. Limit theorems of the Characteristics of aerodynamic and seismic forces and theory of plasticity and their application to beams, slabs, explosions. Introduction to vibration of three-dimen- and disturbed regions. Applications may include beams sional structural systems. Prerequisites: CEE 352 or in flexure and combined flexure, axial load, and torsion; Mech 406, CEE 405 and CEE 450 or equivalent. slabs (strip method, yield line analysis); corbels, deep CEE 456. Behavior and Design of Earthquake beams, and other disturbed regions (truss models, strut- Resistant Structures (3) and-tie models, and associated failure mechanisms). Characteristics of earthquakes, effects of earthquakes on Prerequisites: CEE 263 or equivalent. structures. Response of linear elastic structures to earth- CEE 464. (Mech 416) Analysis of Plates and quakes. Response of inelastic structures to earthquakes. Shells (3) Behavior of structural components under cyclic loading. Bending of rectangular and circular plates, plates under Principles of earthquake-resistant design. Seismic design lateral loads, plates with thermal and inelastic strains, procedures and their implementation in codes. effect of in-plane forces, large deflections, buckling of Prerequisite: CEE 352 or equivalent. plates. Geometry and governing equations of shells, CEE 457. Theory and Design of Steel Structures (3) shells of revolution, membrane states, edge solutions, Analysis and design of steel structures; structural connec- solution by numerical integration, nonsymmetrical prob- tions; composite steel-concrete systems and other lems, buckling of shells, applications to pressure vessels. components. Consideration of residual stress; brittle frac- Prerequisites: Math 205; Mech 305 or equivalent course ture; fatigue strength; fastener systems. Study of current in advanced mechanics of materials. research and application to design practice. CEE 466. Concrete Shell Structures (3) CEE 458. Repair and Retrofit of Steel Structures (3) Analysis and design of concrete shell structures. Folded Various types of construction problems experienced dur- plates, cylindrical shells, and shells of double curvature. ing the fabrication, erection, and service of steel structures Typical practical problems. Prerequisites: CEE 405 and are examined. Problems include material related defects, consent of the department chair. repair of welds, mix matches, stability and erection related CEE 467. Advanced Topics in Structural deformation. Case studies of failures and serious construc- Engineering (1-3) tion deficiencies are reviewed and evaluated. Advanced study of selected topics in structural mechan- CEE 459. Advanced Topics in Plastic Theory (3) ics and engineering, such as: finite element methods, fall suspension system; space frames; stability of nonlinear Fundamentals of the mathematical theory of plasticity; systems; coldformed and lightweight construction; opti- the general theorems of limit analysis and their applica- mization and reliability; second-order phenomena in tions to beams under combined loading, arches, space structures; interaction of structures with the environ- frames, plates and shells. Limit analysis of two- and ment; structural use of plastics; composite construction, three-dimensional problems in soil, concrete, rock, and etc. Selection of topics will depend on particular qualifi- metal. Current developments. Prerequisite: CEE 359. cations of the staff, as well as on the interests of the students. Prerequisite: consent of the department chair. CEE 460. Experimental Methods in Structural May be repeated for credit. Engineering (3) Study of methods and equipment used in a modern CEE 468. (Mech 415) Stability of Elastic structural engineering research laboratory. Topics Structures (3) include small-scale modeling theory; operational and Basic concepts of instability of a structure; bifurcation, performance characteristics of transducers; detailed energy increment, snap-through, dynamic instability. examination of specific transducers for measurement of Analytical and numerical methods of finding buckling strain, force, displacement, velocity, acceleration, and loads of columns. Postbuckling deformations of can- temperature; loading systems and controls; data acqui- tilever column. Dynamic buckling with nonconservative sition and signal conditioning; introduction to forces. Effects of initial imperfections. Inelastic buckling. nondestructive testing of structures. Buckling by torsion and flexure. Variational methods. Buckling of frames. Instability problems of thin plates CEE 461. Advanced Bridge Engineering (3) and shells. Prerequisite: Math 205. Students in CEE 461 cover the same topics described under CEE 360, but in more depth. In addition each CEE 469. Structural Research (1-6) student conducts an intensive study of a bridge-related Individual research with reports. May be repeated for topic of his or her choice. A short written technical credit. report on the findings of this study is required. Prerequisites: CEE 262 and CEE 264. Civil and Environmental Engineering 161

CEE 470. Reaction Kinetics in Environmental CEE 478. Toxic and Hazardous Wastes (3) Engineering (2) Regulations for collection, transportation, disposal and Theory of reaction kinetics and its application to the design storage of hazardous wastes. Containment systems, mon- and operation of chemical, physico-chemical and biological itoring, types of liners, new and available technologies to reactors in water and wastewater treatment. Basic design eliminate or recover the hazardous components of the equations for various types of reactors and migration of pol- wastes. Prerequisite: CEE 274 or CEE 276 (ChE 276). lutants in the environment. CEE 479. Environmental Engineering Research CEE 471. Water Treatment Facilities (3) (1-6) Theory and design of water treatment system components. Individual research problems in environmental engineer- Emphasis on coagulation, flocculation, sedimentation, fil- ing with report. May be repeated for credit. tration, and disinfection. Estimation of design parameters CEE 480. Civil Engineering Project (1-6) from laboratory experiments. Prerequisite: CEE 276 (ChE An intensive study of one or more areas of civil engineer- 276) or equivalent. ing, with emphasis on engineering design and CEE 472. Waste Water Treatment Facilities (3) applications. A written report is required. May be repeat- Theory and design of water pollution control systems. ed for credit. Emphasis on film flow and suspended growth biological CEE 481. Special Problems (1-6) reactors for organic and nutrient removal. Sludge pro- An intensive study, with report, of a special field of civil duction, stabilization, dewatering and ultimate disposal. engineering, which is not covered in the other courses. A Prerequisite: CEE 276 (ChE 276) or equivalent. design project or an interdisciplinary study of a problem CEE 473. (ChE 473). Environmental Separation related to civil engineering may also be included. May be and Control repeated for credit. Theory and application of adsorption, ion exchange, CEE 483. Graduate Seminar (1-3) reverse osmosis, air stripping and chemical oxidation in Study of current topics in civil engineering. water and wastewater treatment. Modeling engineered treatment processes. Prerequisite: CEE 470 or consent of CEE 491. Thesis (1-6) the instructor. CEE 499. Dissertation (1-15) CEE 474. Aquatic Chemistry (3) Applying basic principles of aqueous chemistry for quan- Civil and Environmental tifying complex, environmental systems. Specific examples of air-water-soil interactions and consequent Engineering and Earth and effects. Heterogeneous equilibria with more than one solid phase. Kinetics and thermodynamics of some Environmental Sciences important ionic and biological reactions. Prerequisite: This program is designed for students interested in com- CEE 274. bining programs in two departments: civil & CEE 475. Advanced Topics in Environmental environmental engineering and earth & environmental Engineering (1-3) science, leading to two bachelor of science degrees, one Advanced concentrated study of a selected topic in envi- of the engineering B.S. degrees (civil engineering or ronmental engineering such as non-point source environmental engineering) and one of the science B.S. pollution control, water reuse systems, new concepts in degrees in earth and environmental sciences (environ- treatment technology, toxic substance control, etc. The mental sciences, geological sciences or ecology). Both instructor and student select topic. Courses may include degrees would be awarded at the end of the fifth year. specialized laboratory research, literature review, and spe- This program is one of the dual degree programs men- cialty conference attendance. Prerequisite: Department tioned in the Five-Year Programs section. The student chair approval. will have a primary advisor in the P.C. Rossin College of Engineering and Applied Sciences and a secondary advi- CEE 476. Environmental Engineering sor in the Arts and Sciences College. The program Microbiology (3) provides alternatives for students who may decide not to Fundamentals of microbiology and biochemistry applied complete the two-degree program. Students who make to environmental systems and water quality control. this decision prior to the beginning of the fourth year Systems ecology, energetics and kinetics of microbial may qualify at the end of that year for the bachelor of growth, nutrition and toxicology, use of microorganisms science in civil engineering, as well as a minor in earth for pollution monitoring and control. Pathogenicity and and environmental sciences. Also, if a student decides disease transmission, water quality using biological after two years to pursue only a bachelor of science indices. Prerequisite: CEE 276 (ChE 276) or a suitable degree in the EES department, it is possible to complete course in biology. the requirements in four years. If the decision to work CEE 477. Transport of Pollutants in Surface toward this degree is made during the fourth year, at Waters (2) least one additional semester is required to qualify for either B.S. degree. Interested students should consult Fundamental models of pollution migration in streams, with the respective departmental advisors to create a estuaries and oceans. Diffusion, mass transport, disper- schedule of courses to resolve conflicts or if a specified sion, biological, physical, and chemical interactions. course is not offered that semester. Required courses and Effects on water quality especially oxygen nutrient and major electives for the different EES B.S. degree pro- toxics levels. Prerequisites: CEE 470, 471, 472. grams are listed in the catalog entry for EES; note that the exact number of required EES courses varies slightly among the three B.S. programs (with required credits in 162 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2003-2004 required major courses ranging from 52 to 56), as do the CEE 159 Structural Analysis I (4) courses and numbers of credits in the math and collater- EES Course 100 to 300 levels (4) al sciences. Cross-listed EES/CEE courses used to satisfy Civil Engineering Approved Electives can reduce the EES Course 100 to 300 levels (4) individual semester and total program credits when cho- EES Course 100 to 300 levels (4) sen to satisfy EES program requirements. Additional fourth year, second semester ( 19 credit hours) useful information can be found on the web sites CEE 262 Fundamentals of Structural Steel (http:/www.lehigh.edu/~ incee/incee.html and Design (3) http://www.ees.lehigh.edu ). or CEE 264 Fundamentals of Structural Suggested outline of courses for B.S. in Concrete Design (3) Environmental Science and B.S. in Civil CEE Course **Civil Engineering Approved Engineering Elective (3) The freshman engineering year (see Section III) is often Engr. Course *Engineering Science Elective (3) 30 credits. HSS Advanced Requirement elective of 13 EES Course 100 to 300 levels (4) credits, shown below to be three 3-credit courses and one 4-credit course. Other options to complete this HSS Humanities/Social Sciences AR requirement are possible. Electives (6) A total of 160-175 credit hours is needed for both year 4/5 summer (0-8 credit hours) degrees depending on how many credits in the EES are Select 0, 1, or 2 courses from satisfied by taking CEE Approved Electives that are EES Course 100 to 300 levels (4) cross-listed with EES courses**. EES Course 100 to 300 levels (4) second year, first semester (17 credit hours) fifth year, first semester (11-19 credit hours) Math 23 Analytic Geometry and Calculus III (4) CEE 202 Civil Engineering Planning and Mech 2 Elementary Engineering Mechanics (3) Engineering Economics (3) Chm 31 **Chemical Equilibria in Aqueous CEE 203 Professional Development (2) Systems (3) CEE Course **Civil Engineering Approved EES 21 Introduction to Planet Earth (4) Electives (3) CEE 11 Surveying (1) HSS Humanities/Social Sciences AR CEE 12 Civil Engineering Statistics (2) Elective (3) second year, second semester (18 credit hours) Select 0, 1, or 2 courses from below so the total here and Phy 21 Introductory Physics II (4) year 4/5 summer is 8 credits of Tier 3 courses: Phy 22 Introductory Physics Laboratory II (1) EES Course 100 to 300 levels, possibly senior Mech 12 Strength of Materials (3) seminar (4) EES 31 Introduction to EES Course 100 to 300 levels, possibly senior seminar (4) Environmental/Organismal Biology (4) fifth year, second semester (19 credit hours) Math 205 Linear Methods (3) CEE **Civil Engineering Approved Mat 33 Engineering Materials and Processes (3) Electives (8) third year, first semester ( 17 credit hours) CEE 290 Civil Engineering Capstone Design CEE 121 Mechanics of Fluids (3) Project (3) CEE 142 Soil Mechanics (3) H/SS Humanities/Social Sciences AR EES Course suggested as only 100 and 200 Electives (4) level (4) EES Course 100 to 300 levels, possibly senior EES Course suggested as only 100 and 200 seminar (4) level (4) *Mech 102, ME 104, or ECE 81. CEE 10 Architectural/Engineering Graphics and **Chem 31 plus fourteen additional credits of CEE Design (3) Approved Electives are required; see list on CEE web-site third year, second semester ( 18 credit hours) that includes five CEE/EES cross-listed courses: CEE 279 CEE 242 Principles and Practices of Geotechnical (EES 259), CEE 316 (EES 316), CEE 320 (EES 320), Engineering (3) CEE 323 (EES 323), CEE 327 (EES 327), and CEE 379 (EES 379). CEE 222 Hydraulic Engineering (3) CEE 170 Introduction to Environmental Suggested outline of courses for B.S. in Engineering (4) Environmental Science and B.S. in EES Course suggested as only 100 and 200 Environmental Engineering level (4) The freshman engineering year (see Section III) is often ECO 1 Principles of Economics (4) 30 credits. HSS Advanced Requirement elective of 13 credits shown below to be three 3-credit courses and one fourth year, first semester (18 credit hours) 4-credit course. Other options to complete this require- CEE 117 Numerical Methods in Civil ment are possible. Engineering (2) Classical Studies 163

A total of 168 credit hours is needed for both degrees, Select 0, 1, or 2 courses from below so the total here and unless some EES requirements are simultaneously satis- year 4/5 summer is 8 credits of Tier 3 courses: fied by taking Environmental Engineering Technical EES Course 100 to 300 levels, possibly senior Electives that are cross-listed between CEE and EES. seminar (4) second year, first semester (17 credit hours) EES Course 100 to 300 levels, possibly senior Math 23 Calculus III (4) seminar (4) Mech 2 Elementary Engineering Mechanics (3) fifth year, second semester (16 credit hours) Chem 51 Organic Chem I (3) CEE 290 Environmental Engineering EES 21 Introduction to Planet Earth (4) Design** (3) HSS Humanities/Social Sciences AR Elective (3) HSS Humanities/Social Sciences AR Elective (3) second year, second semester (16 credit hours) Technical elective* (10) Math 205 Linear Methods (3) *13 technical (approved) elective credits approved by the Phy 21 Introductory Physics II (4) academic advisor to satisfy proficiency in three focus areas of Phy 22 Introductory Physics Lab II (1) water supply and resources, environmental chemistry, and CEE 170 Introduction to Environmental hazardous waste management; approved list available from Engineering (4) CEE department. EES 31 Introduction to **Must include environmental engineering as a major com- Environmental/Organismal Biology (4) ponent CEE 377 acceptable substitute when offered as a multidisciplinary course that includes environmental engi- third year, first semester (19 credit hours) neering as a major focus. CEE 12 Civil Engineering Statistics (2) CEE 276 Env. Engineering Processes (3) Classical Studies EES Course suggested as only 100 and 200 level (4) EES Course suggested as only 100 and 200 level (4) Professors. Charles Robert Phillips, III, Ph.D. (Brown); David B. Small, Ph.D. (Cambridge) HSS Humanities/Social Science Elective (3) Associate professor. Barbara Pavlock, Ph.D. (Cornell), ChE 31 Mat. & Energy Bal. Of ChE Process (3) head of program. third year, second semester (18 credit hours) The study of classics examines first the origins and CEE 274 Environmental Water Chemistry (3) growth of Greek and Roman culture in the ChE 60 Unit Ops Survey (3) Mediterranean area and second its impact on that area (and others) until the present. This study is by nature Eco 1 Principles of Economics (4) interdisciplinary: the study of language and literature, EES Course suggested as only 100 and 200 history, philosophy and religion, archaeology, economics level (4) and science all contribute to an appreciation of Greco- EES Course 100 to 300 levels (4) Roman civilization. fourth year, first semester (17 credit hours) Students in either major or minor programs may concen- CEE 121 Mechanics of Fluids (3) trate in various combinations of these and other disciplines as they relate to ancient civilization. The diver- CEE 142 Fundamentals of Soil Mechanics (3) sity of the program should encourage the student to CEE 378 Solid & Haz. Waste Management (3) follow her or his special interests while simultaneously EES Course 100 to 300 levels (4) gaining an overview of classical civilization. EES Course 100 to 300 levels (4) Courses in ancient Greek and Latin lead to proficiency in language while introducing the student to major liter- fourth year, second semester (18 credit hours) ary texts. The Joseph A. Maurer Classics Prize is awarded CEE 222 Hydraulic Engineering (3) yearly, at the discretion of the program, to the senior(s) CEE 272 Env. Risks, Regulations, and Policy (2) who has demonstrated outstanding achievement in clas- CEE 275 Enviro-Geo-Hydraulics Lab (2) sics (ancient Greek or Latin) and/or classical civilization. Courses in classical civilization require no knowledge of CEE 373 the ancient languages; they offer introductions to various (ChE 373) Fund. Of Air Pollution (3) disciplines of classics with frequent reference to modern EES Course 100 to 300 levels (4) perspectives. Upper-level courses tend to be small, foster- HSS PolyS 111 Politics of the ing closeness between faculty and students. Environment (4) Petitions are required for freshmen to take 100-level or year 4/5 summer (0-8 credit hours) higher courses and for sophomores to take 200-level or higher courses. Select 0, 1, or 2 courses from Major Programs. Students may major either in classical EES Course 100 to 300 levels (4) civilization or in classics. The classics major offers a com- EES Course 100 to 300 levels (4) prehensive view of language and culture; it is possible to fifth year, first semester (9-17 credit hours) begin an ancient language at Lehigh and to complete the major program successfully. Depending on interests and CEE 203 Professional Development (2) preparation, the student should derive equal educational CEE 379 (EES 379) Env. Case Studies (4) benefit from either major program. The program wel- Technical electives* (3) 164 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2003-2004 comes double majors and the educational perspectives to Three advanced courses in the major language minimum be derived from combining ancient and modern studies. any two ancient history courses Classics as a major has stood the test of time, offering At least two electives from the remaining program offerings helpful preparation for careers in widely diverse fields in the professions, business, and public service. Lehigh clas- Courses in Classical Civilization (Clss) sics majors have gone on to law school, the ministry, Clss 21. (Hist 21) Greek History (3) fall business school, with appropriate science courses to med- The development of civilization from palaeolithic times ical school, graduate work in classics, and to all kinds of to the world empire of Alexander the Great. The social, entry-level employment. economic, religious, philosophic, artistic and literary Departmental Honors. A student may be recommended development of the ancient world; the origin of political for program honors by vote of the program based on the institutions. Phillips (SS) student’s course work. Clss 22. (Hist 22) Roman History (3) spring Minor Program. The minor in classical civilization or Rome from its origins to A.D. 476. Political, social and classics consists of a minimum of 15 credit hours. religious developments. Transformation of the late Students may focus on any aspect of classical studies, Roman Empire to the early medieval period. Phillips (SS) either singly or in combination. The program can arrange individual courses of study. Clss 121/Anth 121 Clss 50. Mythology (3) fall may not be counted toward the minor in classical civi- Introductory study of the myth-making process, both lization. ancient and modern; emphasis on Greek myth. (SS) Study Abroad. Lehigh University is a cooperating insti- Clss 52. (Engl 52) Classical Epic (3) tution of the Intercollegiate Center for Classical Studies Study of major epic poems from Greece and Rome. at Rome. Lehigh students are eligible for tuition grants Works include Homer’s Iliad and Odyssey, Apollonius’ at Athens and Rome. Argonautica, Vergil’s Aeneid, and Ovid’s Metamorphoses. Pavlock (HU) Major in Classical Civilization Clss 54. (Engl 54, Thtr 54) Greek Tragedy (3) This major allows the student to gain an overview of Aspects of Greek theater and plays of Aeschylus, Greco-Roman culture through the literature, archaeolo- Sophocles, and Euripides in their social and intellectual gy, and history along with basic language study. A contexts. Pavlock (HU) minimum of 30 to 33 credit hours, depending upon pre- vious preparation in language study, is required for this Clss 56. (Engl 56) Topics in Greek and Roman major. Literature (3) Any four of the following: Classical literature in translation, including themes or spe- cific periods in Greek or Roman literature. May be Clss 52 (Engl 52) Classical Epic (3) repeated for credit, as topics vary. Pavlock (HU) Clss 54 (Engl 54, Thtr 54) Greek Tragedy (3) Clss 56 (Engl 56) Topics in Greek and Roman Clss 58. (Engl 58, Thtr 58) Greek and Roman Literature (3) Comedy (3) Clss 58 (Engl 58, Thtr 58) Greek and Roman Study of comedy as a social form through plays of Comedy (3) Aristophanes, Menander, Plautus, and Terence. Clss 174 (Anth 174, Art 174, Arch 174) Greek Pavlock (HU) Archaeology (3) Clss 91. Independent Study (1-4) Clss 176 (Anth 176, Art 176, Arch 176) Roman Archaeology (3) Clss 108. Ancient Technology (3) spring Any two courses in ancient history Technology and technique from the stone ages to the beginning of the industrial age; their effects on society. Any two electives from the remaining program offerings Attitudes to technology in ancient myth literature, phi- (Anth 178 may be included) losophy, and religion. (SS) One course in either Latin or Greek on the intermediate Clss 112. (Anth 112) Doing Archaeology (4) level (or Lat/Grk 1, 2, 11, or 12, depending on previous Principles of archaeological method and theory. background) Excavation and survey methods, artifact analysis, dating Major in Classics techniques, and cultural reconstruction. Course includes This major allows the student to concentrate in ancient field project. Prerequisite: Anth 1 or department permis- Greek, Latin or both. Specific programs for this major sion. Small (SS) are worked out for each student with due consideration Clss 114 (Rel 114) Christian Origins: New for the individual’s particular previous study of the lan- Testament and the Beginnings of Christianity (4) guage(s). Thus a student may begin ancient Greek or Early Christianity from its beginnings until the end of the Latin at Lehigh and successfully complete a major in it. second century. Coverage includes the Jewish and A minimum of 30 to 33 credit hours, depending upon Hellenistic matrices of Christianity, traditions about the previous language study, is required for this major. life of Jesus and his significance, and the variety of belief Required Major Courses and practice of early Christians. Emphasis on encounter- ing primary texts. Wright. (HU) Latin 1 and 2 or Greek 1 and 2, depending on prior preparation Clss 121. (Anth 121) Environment and Culture (4) Impact of environment upon cultural variability and Latin 11 and 12, or Greek 11 and 12, depending on change. Comparative study of modern and past cultures prior preparation and their environments as well as current theories of Classical Studies 165 human/ environmental interaction. Prerequisite: Anth 1 Empiricus, Plotinus, etc.) or the classical treatment of a or department permission. Small (SS) particular theme (e.g. “human nature,” “the good life,” Clss 127. (Anth 127) Early Civilizations (4) ethical or political theory, etc.) . Content varies. May be Introduction to early civilizations in the Near East, repeated more than once for credit. (HU) Mediterranean, Africa, Europe, and the New World. Clss 251. (Rel 251) Classical Mythology (3) Similarities and differences in economics, politics, social Myth, religion, and ritual in ancient Greece and Rome. organization, and religion. Prerequisite: Anth 1 or Emphasis on primary sources; introduction to ancient and department permission. Small (SS) modern theories of religion. Cross-cultural material. (SS) Clss 131. (Phil 131) Ancient Philosophy (4) fall Clss 281. Readings (3) fall Historical survey of selected texts and issues in the classi- Advanced study of a historical period or theme. cal world, from the pre-Socratics through Aristotle, with Emphasis on primary sources. Prerequisites: Clss 21 or emphasis on the origins of the western philosophical tra- 22 and consent of the program head. (ND) ditions in ethics, metaphysics, and epistemology. (HU) Clss 282. Readings (3) spring Clss 132. (Phil 132) Hellenistic Philosophy (4) Advanced study of a historical period or theme. Historical survey of selected texts and issues in Post- Emphasis on primary sources. Prerequisites: Clss 21 or Aristotelian Greek and Roman philosophy from the 22 and consent of the program head. (ND) fourth century B.C. to the third century A.D. Areas of Clss 291. Independent Study (1-4) focus may include epicureanism, stoicism, academic and pyrrohnian scepticism, and neoplatonism. (HU) Clss 311 (Hist 311) Twins and Sins: The Rise of Clss 152. (Hist 152, WS 152) Women in Antiquity Rome (3-4) Rome from its origins to the mid-third century B.C. (4) Emphasis on foundation legends, the power of the monar- Interdisciplinary study of women in Greece and Rome. chy, and development of Roman political and religious Literary, archaeological and historical evidence and institutions. Papers, quizzes, discussions. (SS) Phillips approaches. Cross-cultural material. (SS) Clss 312. (Hist 312) Decline and Fall of the Clss 161. (Hist 161) Roman Law (4) Examination of Roman legal systems from the Twelve Roman Empire (3-4) Tables to the Digest of Justinian. Emphasis on development Political, social, and economic history of the Roman of legal concepts and their historical context. Readings in Empire, A.D. 117-A.D. 565. Romanization of the primary sources; lectures; discussion. Phillips (SS) provinces, diffusion of Christianity, and special attention to transformation to medieval period. Includes readings Clss 171. Independent Study (1-4) in translation of primary sources. Phillips (SS) Clss 174. (Anth 174, Art 174, Arch 174) Greek Clss 313. (Hist 313) Golden Age of Greek Archaeology (3) Democracy (3-4) Ancient Greek culture from the neolithic to Hellenistic Greek history of the seventh through fifth centuries B.C. periods. Reconstructions of Greek social dynamics from Emphasis on the contrasting political and social systems the study of artifacts. Small (SS) of Athens and Sparta with consideration of related eco- Clss 176. (Anth 176, Art 176, Arch 176) Roman nomic and military history. Attention to art, gender, Archaeology (3) literature, religion. Discussion and lectures; papers. Cultures of the Roman Empire. Reconstructions of Phillips (SS) social, political, and economic dynamics of the imperial Class 314. (Hist 314) Age of Caesar and Christ system from the study of artifacts. Small (SS) (3-4) spring Clss 180. (Anth 180) Cultures of the Greeks and Roman history of the first century A.D. political, cultur- Romans (4) al, and socio-economic changes; special attention to the Analysis of Greek and Roman cultures. Focus on kin- evolution of absolute power. Lectures, discussions, ship, political and economic organization, sexual papers. Phillips (SS) practices, burial practices, gender construction, religions, Clss 345. (Anth 345) Evolution of the State (4) art, literature and warfare. Small (SS) Theories of state formation. Comparison of evolutionary Clss 204. (Arch 204) Ancient City and Society (3) trajectories of early states in the Near East, Ancient theories of city and city planning; attitudes to Mediterranean, and the New World. Prerequisite: Anth life in the city; rise of urban civilization from Neolithic 1 or department permission. Small (SS) prototypes through the Near East, Egypt, Greece, Rome, Courses in Ancient Greek and New World; insights applicable to current urban problems. Small Grk 1. Elementary Ancient Greek I (3) fall Fundamentals of the Greek language. Grammatical exer- Clss 213. (Rel 213) Ancient Roman Religion (4) cises and short passages of easy prose. Staff (HU) Religious experience of the Roman people from prehisto- ry to end of the empire. Nature of polytheism and its Grk 2. Elementary Ancient Greek II (3) spring interactions with monotheism (Christianity, Judaism). Continued work in Greek vocabulary, forms, and syntax. Theories of religion. Emphasis on primary source mate- Selected readings in Greek. Prerequisite: Grk 1. Staff (HU) rials. Phillips (SS) Grk 11. Intermediate Ancient Greek (3) fall Clss 231. (Phil 231) Figures/Themes in Ancient Readings in Herodotus, Homer, or Xenophon. Grammar review. Students should have completed two semesters of Philosophy (4) elementary ancient Greek or the equivalent. (HU) This seminar course will involve in-depth focus upon a major ancient thinker (e.g. Plato, Aristotle, Sextus 166 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2003-2004

Grk 12. Intermediate Ancient Greek (3) spring Lat 114. Livy (3) Plato: Euthyphro, Apology and Crito, or other dialogues. Selections from the early books of Livy’s histories focus- Students should have completed two semesters of elemen- ing on his creation of a Roman mythos. Style. tary Greek or the equivalent. (HU) Prerequisite: Lat 12 or consent of the program head. Grk 91. Independent Study (1-4) (HU) Grk 111. Greek Drama (3) Lat 115. Ovid (3) Representative plays of Sophocles, Euripides and May include selections from the Ars Amatoria, Fasti, and Aristophanes. Literary study of the drama. Prerequisite: the Metamorphoses, with attention to the problem of Grk 12. (HU) the ideology of Augustean Rome. May be repeated for credit. Prerequisite: Lat 12 or consent of the program Grk 112. Readings in Ancient Greek (3) head. (HU) Readings of Greek prose and poetry, authors will vary. May be repeated for credit. . Prerequisite: Grk 12. (HU) Lat 116. Petronius (3) Selections from the Satyricon, focusing on language Grk 113. Greek Historians (3) usage and epic parody. Prerequisite: Lat 12 or consent of Selections from Herodotus, Thucydides or Xenophon. the program head. (HU) Study of Greek historiography. Prerequisite: Grk 12. (HU) Lat. 171. Independent Study (1-4) Grk 171. Independent Study (1-4) Lat 211. Readings (3) fall Grk 271. Readings (3) fall Intensive readings in one author or in a selected genre. Intensive readings in one author or in a selected genre. Prerequisites: six hours of courses at the 100 level and Prerequisites: six credit hours at the 100 level and con- consent of the program head. (HU) sent of the program head. (HU) Lat 212. Readings (3) spring Grk 272. Readings (3) spring Intensive reading in one author or in a selected genre. Intensive readings in one author or in a selected genre. Prerequisites: six hours of courses at the 100 level and Prerequisites: six credit hours of courses at the 100 level consent of the program head. (HU) and consent of the program head. (HU) Lat 291. Independent Study (1-4) Grk 291. Independent Study (1-4) Courses in Latin Cognitive Science Lat 1. Elementary Latin I (3) fall Mark H. Bickhard, Ph.D. (U. of Chicago), Director, Fundamentals of grammar and syntax. Emphasis on lan- Cognitive Science Program. 610-758-3633; guage structure and vocabulary building. (HU) [email protected] Lat 2. Elementary Latin II (3) spring Cognitive science is the interdisciplinary study of how Continuation of grammar, easy Latin prose and poetry. humans think and how machines think: How can our Students should have completed one semester of elemen- understanding of the way humans think improve the tary Latin or the equivalent. (HU) performance of machines that are meant to behave intel- Lat 11. Intermediate Latin (3) fall ligently? How can our understanding of the ways to Readings in Latin prose or poetry. Consolidation of make machines behave intelligently improve our under- reading ability; introduction to literary analysis. Students standing of the way humans think? The disciplines most should have completed two semesters of elementary commonly involved in cognitive science studies are psy- Latin or the equivalent. (HU) chology, computer science, philosophy, linguistics, neuroscience, and anthropology. Lat 12. Intermediate Latin (3) spring Readings in Latin prose or poetry. Consolidation of The College of Arts and Sciences offers an undergradu- reading ability; introduction to literary analysis. Students ate major and minor in cognitive science, as well as a should have completed two semesters of elementary graduate minor. Because of its broad interdisciplinary Latin or the equivalent. (HU) character, a cognitive science major prepares a student for a wide variety of careers or graduate study programs. Lat 91. Independent Study (1-4) The courses required for the major also readily lend Lat 111. Catullus and Horace (3) themselves to a double major for those students in the Translation and analysis of selected lyrics, focusing on humanities, natural sciences, social sciences, or computer imagery systems. Introduction to metrics. May be repeat- science who have overlapping interests in cognitive science. ed for credit. Prerequisite: Lat 12 or consent of the The B. A. with a major in cognitive science requires a program head. (HU) minimum of 13 courses: 11 within the major itself and Lat 112. Latin Prose (3) two in collateral areas. All majors are required to take Readings from Latin prose literature of the late republic Cognitive Science 7, an introduction to cognitive sci- and early empire; selections may include Cicero’s letters, ence. The remainder of the major is built around a core Sallust, Pliny’s letters. May be repeated for credit as con- of four introductory courses, one from each of four dis- tent changes. Prerequisite: Latin 12 or consent of the ciplines central to cognitive science: cognitive program head. (HU) psychology, artificial intelligence, philosophy, and lin- guistics. In addition, majors must complete five elective Lat 113. Vergil (3) courses, five in three topical areas related to cognitive sci- Selections from the Aeneid. Vergil’s creation of a Latin ence (with no more than two in one area). The final epic and its ambiguities. Metrics. May be repeated for integration of coursework occurs in the required senior credit. Prerequisite: Lat 12 or consent of the program seminar, CogS 301, in which students focus on a topic head. (HU) of their choice from a branch of cognitive science. Cognitive Science 167

The collateral course requirements are Math 9, Neuroscience: Introduction to Finite Mathematics (Fall) or Math 21, Calculus I, and CSc 10 and 14, Introduction to Psyc 176 Mind and Brain Computing. Students who take CSc 261 to satisfy the Psyc 177 Introduction to Physiological major electives requirement should choose Math 21 (a Psychology prerequisite of CSc 261) rather than Math 9. Additional Psyc 373 Sensation and Perception coursework in mathematics is strongly recommended, as are: Psyc 375 Neuroanatomy of Behavior Psychology 1, Biology 21 and 22, and Anthropology 12. Senior Seminar (4 hours) Required Introductory Course After completing the sophomore introductory sequence CogS 7 Introduction to Cognitive Science and the four core courses, students pursue their own (4 hours, Spring) interests in their selections of major electives. The Collateral Requirements required senior seminar brings classmates together so that they can teach each other what they have learned Math 9 Introduction to Finite Mathematics in their respective concentrations. This integrates the or Math 21 Calculus I material in the program and provides students the CSc 12, 15 Introduction to Computing opportunity to undertake independent projects. Disciplinary Core Courses Recommended Timing of Courses Freshman Sophomore CSc 327 Artificial Intelligence Theory and Applications CogS 7 (spring) 2 Core Courses Phil 250 The Minds of Robots, and Other Csc 10, 14 People Math 9 Psyc 117 Cognitive Psychology Junior Senior CogS 140 Introduction to Linguistics 2 Core Courses Major electives Major Electives Major electives CogS 301 (spring) After completing the introductory sequence and the four Minor in Cognitive Science core courses, students must complete a minimum of five The minor in Cognitive Science requires the following courses from three of the following groups with no more courses: than two courses from any one group. Cogs 7 Introduction to Cognitive Science Artificial Intelligence and Expert Systems: Math 9 Introduction to Finite Mathematics or CSc 17 Structured Programming and Data CSc 261 Discrete Structures Structures CSc 327 Artificial Intelligence Theory and CSc 262 Programming Languages Applications CSc 365 Natural Language Understanding Phil 250 The Minds of Robots, and Other CSc 368 Artificial Intelligence People Students who qualify may take: Psyc 117 Cognitive Psychology CSc 413 Robotics and Intelligent Machines, or CogS 140 Introduction to Linguistics CSc 414 Expert Systems Course Descriptions Formal Models: CogS 7 Introduction to Cognitive Science (4) spring Phil 114 Foundations of Logic What is a mind? How is the mind related to the brain? Phil 214 Logical Theory Could we make an artificial mind? Issues concerning CSc 261 Discrete Structures knowledge representation and intelligence in minds and CSc 318 Automata and Formal Grammars computers as investigated by psychologists, philosophers, linguists, neuroscientists, and researchers in artificial Philosophy: intelligence. (SS) Phil 139 Contemporary Philosophy CogS 140 (MLL 140; Psyc 140; Anth 140) Phil 220 Knowledge and Justification Introduction to Linguistics (4). Relationship between language and mind; formal proper- Phil 260 Philosophy of Language ties of language; language and society; how languages Cognitive Psychology: change over time. No pass/fail option. (SS) Psyc 307 Seminar in Cognition CogS 161 Supervised Research (2-4) (ND) Psyc 320 Psycholinguistics CogS 301 Senior Seminar in Cognitive Science (4) Psyc 351 Cognitive Development in Childhood spring Integration of the material from cognitive science via Sociocultural Influences on Cognition: topics chosen by the students. (ND) SPsy 135 Human Communication CogS 361 Independent Research (2-4) (ND) SPsy 314 Attitudes, Attributions, and Actions CogS 399 Thesis (2-4) (ND) Anth 376 Culture and the Individual 168 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2003-2004

CogS 478 (Psyc 478) Ontological Psychology. Psyc 480 Seminar in Cognitive Development Principles and constraints for modeling psychological Psyc 478 (CogS 478): Ontological Psychology phenomena. Representation, perception, memory, know- ing, learning, emotions, consciousness, language, Education: rationality. Educ 430 Advanced Topics in Reading CogS 423 (Psyc 423). Foundations of Cognitive Edt 405 Hypermedia Theory and Application. Science. Survey of fundamental theory and methodologies from Philosophy: (Note: 200-level courses may be taken artificial intelligence, linguistics, cognitive psychology, by graduate students if the courses are not the stu- philosophy, and neuroscience, as well as salient research dent’s major.) problems such as knowledge acquisition and representa- Phil 250 The Minds of Robots, and Other tion, natural language processing, skill acquisition, People perception and action, and the philosophical question of intentionality. Anthropology/Social Relations: Graduate Minor in Cognitive Science Anth 376 Culture and the Individual The graduate minor or concentration in cognitive sci- Industrial Engineering: ence is available to graduate students (primarily doctoral) majoring in psychology or computer science. It gives stu- IE 405 Introduction to Neural Networks dents an opportunity to develop expertise in the interdisciplinary study of information processing by Co llege Scholar Program, Roy humans as well as intelligent machines. Graduate stu- s dents investigating mental processes such as language Eckardt processing, reading, perception and action, planning, problem-solving, learning, category formation, or appli- Director. Ian Duffy, professor of history. cations such as artificial intelligence or educational Advisory Council. Mark Bickhard, professor of psychology; technology are encouraged to participate, with the Gary DeLeo, professor of physics; Robin Dillon, professor approval of an advisor in their major program, by con- of philosophy; Elizabeth Fifer, professor of English; Lucy tacting the director of the Cognitive Science Supervisory Gans, professor of art and architecture; Norman Girardot, Committee. On completion of the program, the director professor of religion studies; Michael Kuchka, professor of of the cognitive science program will issue a letter to the biological sciences. student certifying that he or she has met the require- ments of the minor. For program requirements, see College Scholar Program, section III. The minor requires five graduate level courses: four elec- tives from the list below, plus Cogs 423, a graduate 389. Honors Project for College Scholars (1-8) seminar. At least two of the four electives must be taken Opportunity for college scholars to pursue an extended outside the student’s home department. Special topics project for senior honors. May be repeated for credit up courses with a cognitive science emphasis may also count to a maximum toward the minor, with the approval of the Cognitive 12 credit hours. Transcript will identify department in Science Supervisory Committee. Courses taken toward the which project was completed. Prerequisite: consent of minor may also fulfill requirements of the student’s major department chair. program, with the approval of the major department. CS 281-284. College Scholar Seminar (4) Computer Science: Seminars for college scholars. May be repeated for credit. Prerequisite: consent of program director. (HU) CSc 413 Robotics and Intelligent Machines CSc 414 Expert Systems CSc 416 Advanced Issues in Knowledge- Communication based Systems See listings under Minor Programs in the College of Arts CSc 465 Seminar in Natural Language and Sciences and under Journalism and Processing Communication. CSc 463 Advanced Issues in Natural Language Processing Computer Science and Business CSc 327 Artificial Intelligence Theory and Applications Program CSc 368 Artificial Intelligence Programming Program Directors. James A. Hall, Ph.D. (Oklahoma Psychology: State University) associate professor of accounting and information systems; Edwin Kay, Ph.D. (Lehigh Psyc 402 Developmental Psychology University) professor of computer science and engineering. Psyc 403 Cognitive Psychology The computer science and business (CSB) program is Psyc 448 Seminar in Psychology of Language or offered jointly by the College of Business and Economics Psyc 320 Psycholinguistics and the Computer Science and Engineering department Psyc 476 Seminar in Cognition Computer Science and Business 169 in the P.C. Rossin College of Engineering and Applied Eco 129 Money and Banking (3) Science. This carefully crafted 135 credit hour program Junior year, first semester (18 credit hours) integrates technology skills in software development with a solid background in business and economics. Deep CSE 262 Programming Languages (3) immersion in both of these areas distinguishes CSB from CSE 342 Fundamentals of Internetworking (3) programs offered by other universities. At the same time Fin 225 Business Finance (3) it is well balanced with approximately one third of the CSB 324 Computer Based Business courses in liberal arts, one-third in computer science, Solutions(3) and one-third in business. Eco 146 Applied Microeconomics (3) Students enrolled in the CSB program obtain the skills and training needed to understand business functions CSB Professional Elective (3)* and business related problems, to analyze business-user Junior year, second semester (18 credit hours) information needs, to design computer based informa- CSE 340 Design and Analysis of Algorithms (3) tion systems, and to implement systems solutions within business organizations. Graduates of the program will be CSE 216 Software Engineering (3) ideal candidates for placement within large consulting ECE 201 Computer Architecture (3) firms, small consulting teams, and startup companies. Mkt 211 Principles of Marketing (3) This program also prepares students to become the Chief Information Officers, decision makers, and general man- HSS Humanities/Social Sciences elective(3)** agers of information age corporations. CSB 351 New Integrated Project Class (3) After four years the program leads to a degree in Senior year, first semester (18 credit hours) Computer Science and in Business, which is jointly CSE 303 Operating System Design (3) awarded by the College of Business and Economics and CSB 352 New Integrated Project Class (2) the P.C. Rossin College of Engineering and Applied Science. The CSB major is designed to meet the accredi- Mgt 280 Management of People and tation requirements for Computer Science (CSAB) and Operations (4) is accredited in Business (AACSB). Law 201 Legal Environment for Business (3) Degree Requirements: (HSS CSAB) CSB Professional Elective (3) * The required courses for the CSB degree constitute the fundamentals of structured programming, discrete math- HSS Humanities/Social Sciences elective(3)** ematics, algorithms, computer architectures, Senior year, second semester (15 credit hours) programming languages, software engineering, account- Mgt 301 Business Management Policies (3) ing, finance, marketing, management and economics. None of the program requirements for the CSB major CSB Professional Electives (6) * may be taken pass/fail. The recommended sequence of HSS Humanities/Social Sciences electives(6)** courses is presented below: *One CSB Professional Elective must be a course in the sci- Freshman year, first semester (18 credit hours) ences. Engl 1 Composition and Literature I(3) ** At least 6 hours of HSS electives must be in humanities Eco 1 Principles of Economics (4) (HU). Math 21 Calculus I (4) CSB Tracks Bus 1 Intro to Business (3) Students can use their CSB professional electives to develop areas of concentrations or tracks from courses CSE 10 & CSE 14 (4) offered within the CSE department or CBE. In certain Freshman year, second semester (16 credit hours) cases, the student’s advisor may also approve courses Engl 2 Composition and Literature II (3) from other departments. Some examples of CSB tracks are presented below: Math 22 Calculus II (4) Accounting Phy 11,12 Intro to Physics I and Lab (5) Acct 315 Financial Accounting I CSE 17 Structured Programming and Data Structures (4) Acct 324 Cost Accounting Sophomore year, first semester (17 credit hours) Acct 320 Auditing Phy 21 Intro to Physics II (4) Business Economics Consulting ECE 33 Intro to Computer Engineering (4) Eco 322 Competitor and Market Analysis Math 205 Linear Methods (3) Eco 333 Economics of Business Decisions Acct 151 Intro to Financial Accounting. (3) Eco 357 Econometrics CSE 261 Discrete Structures (3) Finance Sophomore year, second semester (15 credit hours) Fin 323 Investments CSE 109 Systems Programming (3) Fin 328 Corporate Finance CSE 241 Data Base systems (3) Fin 334 Derivatives Acct 152 Intro to Managerial Accounting (3) Computer Science Graduate School Math 231 Probability and Statistics (3) CSE 302 Compiler Design 170 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2003-2004

CSE 318 Automata and Formal Grammars bachelor of science in Computer Science and Business, CSE 392 Independent Research jointly supported by the P.C. Rossin College of Engineering and Applied Science and the College of Corporate IT Development Business and Economics. A minor in computer science is CSE 271 Programming in C and Unix available except to students majoring in computer or CSE 313 Computer Graphics electrical engineering. Graduate study in the department leads to the degrees of master of science and doctor of CSE 332 Multimedia Design and philosophy (Ph.D.) in computer science. In conjunction Development with the department of Electrical and Computer Software Development Engineering (ECE), a bachelor of science degree in com- CSE271 Programming in C and Unix puter engineering and the master of science and Ph.D. SE 302 Compiler Design degrees in computer engineering are also offered in the P.C. Rossin College of Engineering and Applied Science. CSE 330 Advances Software Engineering In conjunction with the College of Business and Tools Economics, the CSE department also takes part in the masters of business and engineering (MB&E) program Computer Science and and in the integrated business and engineering major. The undergraduate programs emphasize the fundamental Engineering aspects of their respective areas, with extensive hands-on experiences for the students. Electives permit students to Professors. Henry F. Korth, Ph.D. (Princeton), chair; tailor their programs according to their interests and Edwin J. Kay, Ph.D. (Lehigh), associate chair; Samuel L. goals, whether they be in preparation for graduate study Gulden, M.A. (Princeton); Donald J. Hillman, Ph.D. or entry into industry. The programs have electives that (Cambridge, England); Roger N. Nagel, Ph.D. allow students to select courses offered by other depart- (Maryland), Harvey E. Wagner professor of manufacturing ments. This can help prepare them for activities that systems engineering. straddle departmental boundaries or for entry into profes- Associate professors. Glenn D. Blank, Ph.D. sional schools such as medicine or management. Students (Wisconsin-Madison); Daniel P. Lopresti, Ph.D. have the opportunity to synthesize and apply their knowl- (Princeton). edge in a senior design project. Students are encouraged Assistant professors. Mark Arnold, Ph.D. (U. of to become involved in the many research projects within Manchester Inst. of Science and Tech.); Liang Cheng, the department, and may use independent study courses Ph.D. (Rutgers University); Brian D. Davison, Ph.D. and their senior project as a way to participate while (Rutgers University); Jeff Heflin, Ph.D. (U. Maryland); receiving course credit. Christine Hofmeister, Ph.D. (U. Maryland); G. Drew The graduate programs allow students to deepen their Kessler, Ph.D. (Georgia Inst. of Technology); Hector professional knowledge, understanding, and capability Munoz-Avila, Ph.D. (University of Kaiserslautern, within their subspecialties. Each graduate student devel- Germany); William M. Pottenger, Ph.D. (U. Illinois); ops a program of study in consultation with his or her John R. Spletzer, Ph.D. (U. of Pennsylvania). graduate advisor. Key thrust areas in the department Adjunct lecturer. Stephen G. Corbesero, M.S. (Lehigh). include: The department of computer science and engineering Computer System Engineering: computer architecture, (CSE) offers undergraduate and graduate programs of computer arithmetic, DSP systems, sensor networks, study in computer science and computer engineering, robotics, mobile and wearable computing, and networking. along with research opportunities in these fields. Software Systems Engineering: software architectures, Computer science is the study of computer algorithms, parallel and distributed computing, object-oriented soft- software systems, and the effective use of computers to ware, middleware, Web-based systems and networked solve real-world problems and to develop new applica- software systems. tions. Computer engineering is the study of how to Information Systems Engineering: database, data min- develop new computer systems and how to integrate ing, bioinformatics, computer graphics and virtual computers with electronic devices. Lehigh’s majors pre- environments, optimization, multimedia systems, expert pare students for graduate school or for any of the systems, artificial intelligence and computer vision. different careers in computer science, computer engi- neering or computer systems analysis. Computer science Both graduate and undergraduate research are encour- and computer engineering and their related careers repre- aged. sent, in the US workplace, the largest field of The department maintains a number of computer labo- engineering - larger than all others, including electrical ratories in support of computer science and computer engineering, combined. More discussion on the career engineering and the ECE department maintains addi- potential, as well as the most up to date course offerings tional laboratories supporting the hardware aspects of can be found on our departmental web site, computer engineering. The department has research lab- www.cse.lehigh.edu. oratories in vision and software technology, parallel and Lehigh University offers a bachelor of science degree in distributed computing, graphics and virtual environ- computer science from the P. C. Rossin College of ments, computer architecture and arithmetics, and Engineering and Applied Science. It also offers the bach- software architecture. These laboratories and their associ- elor of science degree in computer science, and the ated research activities are described more completely in bachelor of arts degree with a major in computer science, the departmental web site (www.cse.lehigh.edu). While from the College of Arts and Sciences. It also offers a these laboratories are research oriented, they are also used for undergraduate projects. In conjunction with the ECE department, the CSE department maintains public labo- Computer and Science Engineering 171 ratories of Sun workstations and PCs for class assign- •To provide students with the foundation and desire ments and projects. for advanced education or graduate study, to instill an Computer laboratory usage is an essential part of the stu- awareness of continual changes in their profession in a dent’s education. The primary department resources global context, and to instill the desire for continued include a network of more than 60 Sun workstations, file life-long learning. servers, and compute servers running the Unix operating •To instill responsible professional attitudes and ethics, system. These systems provide an array of software tools to develop skills in communicating effectively, and in for our students and researchers including programming working productively in a multidisciplinary team languages (C, C++, Java, Smalltalk, Perl, etc.), software environment. development tools, software and hardware simulators, •To provide an environment which enables and computer-aided design packages. In addition to the students to pursue their individual goals in workstations, the department maintains a collection of a program that is flexible, challenging and PC-compatible computers for CSE students, including a supportive. set of machines that can be dedicated to hardware/soft- ware projects. Many of the these machines are running Bachelor of Science in Computer Linux or FreeBSD. The department also provides various Science application-specific systems, including multimedia sta- Bachelor of Science in Computer Science degree pro- tions with sound and video capture and generation grams are available to students through either the capabilities, workstations for image processing and visu- College of Arts and Sciences or the P. C. Rossin College alization, virtual environment tracking and of Engineering and Applied Science. The program head-mounted display systems, and wearable computers. offered by the P. C. Rossin College of Engineering and The department’s computers are connected via multiple Applied Science is accredited by the Computer Science high-speed Ethernet, fiber optic, wireless, and ATM net- Accreditation Board, Inc. The two programs are identical works, which are in turn connected to the university’s in the fundamental requirements in mathematics and backbone network. The university is connected through computer science, and the programs are appropriate for multiple T1 connections to the internet. Students are entry into management or industrial positions. They are not required by the department nor the university to also appropriate for continued graduate study, though own a personal computer, but many find such a tool a students considering graduate study are strongly encour- valuable asset. In addition to the departmental resources, aged to consider taking part in a research project during the university, as distinct from the department, provides their junior year. The two BS programs differ in their a distributed network of about 75 high-performance non-computer science content in that the students must workstations and over 300 PC-compatible computers in fulfill the distribution requirements of the respective col- public sites throughout the campus. leges. The result of this difference is that the Arts and A detailed description of the curricular programs follows Sciences program requires 127 credit hours, whereas the with a listing of the required courses and with a listing of P. C. Rossin College of Engineering and Applied Science the departmental course offerings. The departmental program requires 134 credit hours. Students with inter- courses carry the prefixes CSE for computer science and ests in management, finance, data processing, and ECE for electrical and computer engineering. The stu- information handling may find the Arts and Science dent is urged to search in both listings for courses College program more appropriate and students with appropriate to his/her career goal. interests in engineering and science applications may find the Engineering and Applied Science College pro- Undergraduate Programs gram more appropriate. Mission Statement for the Computer Science and The required courses for the degrees contain the funda- Engineering Programs mentals of discrete mathematics, structured programming, algorithms, computer architectures, com- The mission of the computer science and computer engi- piler design, operating systems, and programming neering programs is to prepare computer scientists and languages. A strong foundation in mathematics is computer engineers to meet the challenges of the future; required. The recommended sequence of courses is as to promote a sense of scholarship, leadership and service follows: among our graduates; to instill in the students the desire to create, develop, and disseminate new knowledge; and P. C. Rossin College of Engineering and Applied to provide international leadership to the computer sci- Science: ence and engineering professions. Program Educational Objectives in Computer Bachelor of Science in Computer Science and Engineering Science See freshman year requirements, section III. •To provide students with the fundamental knowledge for the practice of computer science and computer sophomore year, first semester (17 credit hours) engineering, and to develop their ability to formulate, Math 23 Analytic Geometry and Calculus III (4) analyze and solve computer science and computer Phy 21, 22 Introductory Physics II and Laboratory(5) engineering problems in practice by applying the fun- CSE 17 Structured Programming and Data damental knowledge of mathematics, science, and Structures (4) engineering. ECE 33 Introduction to Computer Engineering (4) •To provide the broad education necessary to under- stand the impact of computer science and computer sophomore year, second semester (16 credit hours) engineering solutions in a global, societal, and envi- CSE 109 Systems Programming (3) ronmental context. CSE 262 Programming Languages (3) 172 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2003-2004

Eco 1 Principles of Economics (4) College of Arts and Sciences: Math 205 Linear Methods (3) Bachelor of Science in Computer approved technical elective *#(3) Science junior year, first semester (18 credit hours) See the distribution requirements of the College of Arts CSE 261 Discrete Structures (3) and Sciences, section III. Math 231 Probability and Statistics (3) freshman year, first semester (17 credit hours) or Math 309 Theory of Probability (3) Engl 1 Composition and Literature (3) HSS electives ## (6) Math 21Analytic Geometry and Calculus I (4) approved technical elective* (3) CSE 15 Introduction to Computing (4) approved professional elective** (3) distribution (6) junior year, second semester (18 credit hours) freshman year, second semester (17 credit hours) CSE 340 Design and Analysis of Algorithms (3) Engl 2 Composition and Literature: ECE 201 Computer Architecture (3) Fiction, Drama, Poetry (3) CSE 216 Software Engineering (3) Math 22 Analytic Geometry and Calculus II (4) CSE 252 Computers, the Internet, and Society (3) CSE 17 Structured Programming and Data HSS electives ## (3) Structures (4) free elective (3) distribution (6) senior year, first semester (18 credit hours) sophomore year, first semester (17 credit hours) CSE 303 Operating System Design (3) Math 23 Analytic Geometry and Calculus III (4) CSE 318 Automatic & Formal Grammars (3) ECE 33 Introduction to Computer Engineering (4) ECE 111 Proseminar (1) distribution (9) ECE 251 Senior Project I (2) sophomore year, second semester (15 credit hours) Math 230 Numerical Methods (3) CSE 109 Systems Programming (3) HSS elective ## (3) CSE 262 Programming Languages (3) free elective (3) Math 205 Linear Methods (3) senior year, second semester (17 credit hours) approved technical elective* (3) CSE 302 Compiler Design (3) distribution (3) HSS electives ## (5) junior year, first semester (15 credit hours) approved technical electives* (6) CSE 261 Discrete Structures (3) approved professional elective** (3) Math 231 Probability and Statistics (3) *Approved technical electives (12 credits) are subjects in the area of science and technology. They are not restrict- approved technical elective* (3) ed to courses in the department of Computer Science approved professional elective** (3) and Engineering. They are chosen by the student, with free elective (3) the approval of the major advisor. One of these electives junior year, second semester (15 credit hours) must be a hardware-oriented elective. Hardware-oriented courses include ECE 81, ECE 316, ECE 138, ECE 319, CSE 340 Design and Analysis of Algorithms (3) ECE 320, CSE 209, or any other hardware-oriented ECE 201 Computer Architecture (3) course approved by the advisor. CSE 252 is not an CSE 216 Software Engineering (3) approved technical elective. distribution (3) **Approved professional electives(6 credits) are chosen by the student, with the approval of the major advisor, to support approved technical elective* (3) the professional objectives of the student. These may include senior year, first semester (15 credit hours) technical, business, or non-technical courses. CSE 252 is CSE 303 Operating System Design (3) not an approved professional elective. CSE 318 Automata & Formal Grammars (3) #Computer Science students should be aware that many Math 230 Numerical Methods (3) ECE courses require ECE 81. Taking ECE 81 as an approved technical elective before the junior year will afford free elective (3) greater flexibility in choosing ECE electives. distribution (3) ## Computer science students are required to have at least senior year, second semester (15 credit hours) 27 credits of HSS electives to fulfill graduation require- CSE 302 Compiler Design (3) ments, and to satisfy the “depth and breadth” requirement for the college. approved technical elective* (3) approved professional electives ** (6) distribution (3) Computer and Science Engineering 173

*Approved technical electives (12 credits) are subjects in the junior year, second semester (15 credit hours) area of science (12 credits) and technology. They are not CSE 262 Programming Languages (3) restricted to courses in the department of Computer Science and Engineering. They are chosen by the student, with the free elective approval of the major advisor. One of these electives must be or hardware-oriented elective *(3) a hardware-oriented elective. Hardware-oriented courses distribution (6) include ECE 81, ECE 316, ECE 138, ECE 319, ECE free elective (3) 320, CSE 209, or any other hardware-oriented course approved by the advisor. To satisfy the A&S College distri- senior year, first semester (16 credit hours) bution requirements, the approved elective choices must CSE 303 Operating System Design (3) include a science course with an attached laboratory. CSE CSE 318 Automata and Formal Grammars (3) 252 is not an approved technical elective. distribution (3) **Approved professional electives (9 credits) are chosen by the student, with the approval of the major advisor, to sup- free electives (7) port the professional objectives of the student. These may senior year, second semester (16 credit hours) include technical, business, or non-technical courses. CSE CSE 302 Compiler Design (3) 252 is not an approved professional elective. distribution (6) College of Arts and Sciences: free electives (7) Bachelor of Arts in Computer Science * The student’s program must contain at least one hard- ware-oriented elective course. Hardware-oriented courses This program of 121 credit hours is intended for students include ECE 81, ECE 316, ECE 138, ECE 319, ECE who desire a strong liberal arts program with a concentra- 320, CSE 209, or any other hardware-oriented course tion in computer science. The program contains the approved by the advisor. fundamentals of computer science, including discrete mathematics, structured programming, data structures, Minor in Computer Science programming languages, computer organization, compiler The minor in computer science provides a basic familiar- design, and operating systems. The recommended course ity with software development and programming, and sequence is as follows: computer organization, and essential elements of com- See the distribution requirements of the College of Arts puter science. This minor is not available to students of and Sciences, section III. the CSE or ECE departments. Engineering students should note that Engr 1 plus CSE 16 is a substitute for freshman year, first semester (14 credit hours) CSE 15. The minor requires 18 credit hours, consisting Engl 1 Composition and Literature (3) of the following: Math 21 Analytic Geometry and Calculus I (4) CSE 15 Introduction to Computing (4) CSE 15 Introduction to Computing (4) CSE 17 Structured Programming and Data distribution (3) Structures (4) freshman year, second semester (14 credit hours) ECE 33 Introduction to Computer Engineering (4) Engl 2 Composition and Literature: and two CSE electives from the following list: Fiction, Drama, Poetry (3) CSE 109 Systems Programming (3) Math 22 Analytic Geometry and Calculus II (4) CSE 216 Software Engineering (3) CSE 17 Structured Programming and Data CSE 241 Data Base Systems (3) Structures (4) CSE 261 Discrete Structures (3) distribution (3) CSE 271 Programming in C and the Unix sophomore year, first semester (16 credit hours) Environment (3) CSE 261 Discrete Structures (3) CSE 262 Programming Languages (3) or Math 243 Algebra (3) CSE 327 Artificial Intelligence Theory and ECE 33 Introduction to Computer Practice (3) Engineering (4) CSE 340 Design and Analysis of Algorithms (3) distribution (9) P. C. Rossin College of Engineering and Applied sophomore year, second semester (15 credit hours) Science Math 43BMSS Linear Algebra (3) CSE 109 Systems Programming (3) Bachelor of Science in Computer Engineering ECE 201 Computer Architecture (3) The required courses for this degree contain the funda- distribution (6) mentals of electronic circuits, signal theory, logic design, junior year, first semester (15 credit hours) computer architecture, structured programming, data hardware-oriented elective structures, software engineering, discrete mathematics, and or free elective *(3) numerical analysis. A strong foundation in the physical sciences and in mathematics is required. Approved techni- distribution (6) free elective (6) 174 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2003-2004 cal electives, chosen with the advisor’s consent, are selected Graduate Programs in preparation for graduate study or entry into industry Graduate programs of study provide a balance between according to individual interests. The program totals 136 formal classroom instruction and research and are tai- credit hours and is offered jointly with the ECE depart- lored to the individual student’s professional goals. The ment. The recommended sequence of courses follows: programs appeal to individuals with backgrounds in See freshman year requirements, section III. computer or information science, in computer engineer- ing, in electrical engineering, in mathematics, or in the sophomore year, first semester (17 credit hours) physical sciences. Research is an essential part of the ECE 81 Introduction to Electrical graduate program. The research topics were listed earlier Engineering (4) in the departmental description. ECE 33 Introduction to Computer Engineering (4) The Master of Science degree requires the completion of Phy 21, 22 Introductory Physics II and 30 credit hours of work and may include a six credit hours Laboratory II (5) thesis for Computer Engineering degrees and a three cred- it hour thesis for the Computer Science degree. A Math 23 Analytic Geometry and Calculus III (4) program of study must be submitted in compliance with sophomore year, second semester (19 credit hours) the graduate school regulations. An oral presentation of CSE 17 Structured Programming and Data the thesis is required. Structures (4) The Master of Engineering degree requires the comple- ECE 82 Sophomore Laboratory (1) tion of 30 credit hours of work, which includes ECE 108 Signals and Systems (4) design-oriented courses and an engineering project. A program of study must be submitted in compliance Eco 1 Principles of Economics (4) with the college rules. An oral presentation of the proj- Math 205 Linear Methods (3) ect is required. HSS elective (3) The Ph.D. degree in computer science or computer junior year, first semester (17 credit hours) engineering requires the completion of 42 credit hours of work (including the dissertation) beyond the master’s ECE 121 Electronic Circuits Laboratory (2) degree (48 hours if the master’s degree is not from ECE 123 Electronic Circuits (3) Lehigh), the passing of a departmental qualifying exami- CSE 109 Systems Programming (3) nation appropriate to each degree within one year after entrance into the degree program, the passing of a gener- Math 231 Probability and Statistics (3) al examination in the candidate’s area of specialization, or Math 309 Theory of Probability (3) the admission into candidacy, and the writing and approved technical elective* (3) defense of a dissertation. Competence in a foreign lan- free elective (3) guage is not required. junior year, second semester (17 credit hours) The CSE department has a core curriculum require- ment for graduate students in each of the degree CSE 216 Software Engineering (3) programs. The purpose of this requirement is to guaran- ECE 138 Digital Systems Laboratory (2) tee that all students pursuing graduate studies in the ECE 201 Computer Architecture (3) department acquire an appropriate breadth of knowl- edge of their discipline. CSE 261 Discrete Structures (3) Computer Science: To satisfy the comprehensives/ free elective (3) core, students need to complete at least two (2) courses HSS elective (3) in each of the following areas, with at least one (1) 400 senior year, first semester (18 credit hours) level course in three (3) of the four areas: Systems; ECE 257 Senior Lab Project I (3) Compilers/Languages/Software Systems; Theory; and Computer Applications. For details on these require- ECE 319 Digital System Design (3) ments, see the department’s web site www.cse.lehigh.edu. CSE 303 Operating System Design (3) Computer Engineering: To satisfy the core curriculum HSS elective (6) requirements in Computer Engineering, students need free elective (3) to complete at least two courses in the computer hard- ware/architecture area, at least two courses in a second senior year, second semester (17 credit hours) area, and at least one course in a third area. In each of ECE 258 Senior Lab Project II (2) the three areas at least one course must be at the 400 approved technical electives* (9) level. The areas are: computer software systems, signal processing and communications, computer software HSS elective (3) applications, and circuits and systems. See free elective (3) www.cse.lehigh.edu for details about these areas. *Approved technical electives (15 credits) are subjects in the Courses from other universities or undergraduate studies area of science and technology. They are not restricted to may be used to satisfy these requirements, by petition, at offerings in the department of Computer Science and Engi- the discretion of the department faculty. Additional gradu- neering. One elective must be an engineering science elective ate program information may be obtained from the from another department. CSE 252 is not an approved department’s graduate coordinator. technical elective. Engineering and Applied Science 175

Departmental Courses 17 or consent of instructor. Not available to students Departmental courses are listed under the prefix CSE. who have credit for IE 224. Students should also consult the ECE department listing CSE 252. (STS 252) Computers, the Internet, and because computer engineering courses are found under Society (3) either prefix, and because electives can be chosen from An interactive exploration of the current and future role of either department. The reader should consult both listings. computers, the Internet, and related technologies in Computer Science (CSE) changing the standard of living, work environments, socie- ty and its ethical values. Privacy, security, For Undergraduate Students depersonalization, responsibility, and professional ethics; the role of computer and Internet technologies in chang- CSE 12. Survey of Computer Science (3) ing education, business modalities, collaboration Topics in computer science, Java programming and web mechanisms, and everyday life. (SS) page design. Includes multimedia laboratory. Not avail- able to students who have taken CSE 15, 16, or Engr 1. CSE 261. (Math 261) Discrete Structures (3) fall and spring CSE 15. Introduction to Computer Science (4) Topics in discrete structures chosen for their applicability to Introduction to topics in computer science and program- computer science and engineering. Sets, propositions, induc- ming skills in Java and C++. Prerequisite for CSE 17. tion, recursion; combinatorics; binary relations and Includes multimedia laboratory. No prerequisites. Not functions; ordering, lattices and Boolean algebra; graphs and available to students who have taken CSE 12, 16, or trees; groups and homomorphisms. Various applications. Engr 1. Prerequisites: Math 21. CSE 16. Multimedia laboratory of Computer CSE 262. Programming Languages (3) Science (1) Use, structure and implementation of several program- Survey of topics in computer science. Multimedia labo- ming languages. Prerequisite: CSE 17. ratory only. No prerequisites. Not available to students who have taken CSE 12 or 15. CSE 271. Programming in C and the Unix Environment (3) CSE 17. Structured Programming and Data C language syntax and structure. C programming tech- Structures (4) niques. Emphasis on structured design for medium to Algorithmic design and implementation in a high level, large programs. Unix operating system fundamentals. object-oriented language such as C++. Recursion, lexical Unix utilities for program development, text processing, programs, pointers, data structures, and their applica- and communications. Prerequisite: CSE 17. tions. Prerequisites: CSE 15, or Engr 1, or permission of the instructor. CSE 302. Compiler Design (3) spring Principles of artificial language description and design. CSE 109. Systems Software (3) Sentence parsing techniques, including operator prece- Advanced programming and data structures, including dence, bounded-context, and syntax-directed recognizer dynamic structures, memory allocation, data organiza- schemes. The semantic problem as it relates to inter- tion, symbol tables, hash tables, B-trees, data files. preters and compilers. Dynamic storage allocation, table Object-oriented design and implementation of simple grammars, code optimization, compiler-writing lan- assemblers, loaders, interpreters, compilers, and transla- guages. Prerequisites: CSE 109 and CSE 318. tors. Practical methods for implementing medium-scale programs. Prerequisite: CSE 17. CSE 303. Operating System Design (3) fall Assemblers, executive systems, multiprogramming, time CSE 190. Special Topics (1-3) sharing. Concurrent tasks, deadlocks, resource sharing. Supervised reading and research. Prerequisite: consent of Construction of a small operating system. Prerequisites: the department head. ECE 201 and CSE 109. CSE 209. Assembly Language Programming (3) CSE 313. Computer Graphics (3) fall General principles; algorithms; display devices and Design and development of assembly language programs organization; methods of interaction; design of visual for computer systems. Interactive input-output, handling interactive systems. Prerequisite: CSE 109. interrupts, system architecture, hardware-software tradeoffs. Evaluation of program efficiency. Prerequisite: CSE 109. CSE 318. Automata and Formal Grammars (3) fall Formal languages, finite automata, context-free gram- CSE 216. Software Engineering (3) spring mars, Turing machines, complexity theory, The software life-cycle; life-cycle models; software plan- undecidability. Prerequisite: CSE 261. ning; testing; specification methods; maintenance. Emphasis on team work and large-scale software systems, CSE 327. Artificial Intelligence Theory and including oral presentations and written reports. Practice (3) Prerequisite: CSE 109. Introduction to the field of artificial intelligence: Problem solving, knowledge representation, reasoning, CSE 241. Data Base Systems (3) planning and machine learning. Use of AI systems or Data modeling; database design; normalization; query languages. Advanced topics such as natural language pro- languages; client-server database systems; enterprise sys- tems; Internet applications. Prerequisite: CSE 14 or CSE 176 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2003-2004 cessing, vision, robotics, and uncertainty. Prerequisite: ects. Prerequisites: Either CSE 17 and Math 231, or BIS CSE 12 or 15. 120 and ECO 145. CSE 330. Advanced Software Engineering Tools (3) CSE 350. Special Topics (3) CASE tools; portability and reusability of software; Selected topics in the field of computer science not experimental methods in software engineering; automat- included in other courses. May be repeated for credit. ic programming. Prerequisite: CSE 216. CSE 352. E-commerce Applications Technology CSE 331. User Interface Systems and Techniques(3) and Strategy (3) Principles and practice of creating effective human-com- E-commerce applications for business: enterprise puter interfaces. Design and user evaluation of user resource planning, (ERP); customer relationship man- interfaces; design and use of interface building tools. agement (CRM) and supply chain management (SCM); Programming projects using a variety of interface build- information innovation strategies and their dependence ing tools to construct and evaluate interfaces. on a common technology architecture; technical, logisti- Prerequisite: CSE 109 or consent of the instructor. cal and cultural implications of building and operation CSE 332. Multimedia Design and Development (3) information integration systems applications. Consent Analysis, design and implementation of multimedia soft- of instructor. ware, primarily for computer-based training. Projects CSE 365. Natural Language Processing (3) emphasize user interface design, content design with sto- Computer analysis of human languages, such as English. ryboards or scripts, creation of graphics, animation, Syntactic parsing and semantic interpretation of sen- audio and video materials, and software development tences; morphological recognition of words and idioms. using high level authoring tools. Prerequisite: CSE 14 or Applications of natural language processing such as data- CSE 17. Blank. (ES 0), (ED 3) base queries. Prerequisite: CSE 262 or equivalent CSE 335. Topics on Intelligent Decision Support familiarity with Prolog, Lisp. Systems (3) CSE 366. Object-Oriented Programming (3) Topics on intelligent decision support systems (IDSSs). The implementation of object orientation in languages The course will be self-contained and study some of the such as Smalltalk and Java. Objects, classes, inheritance, AI techniques that are used to build IDSSs including: graphical interfaces, applets, exception-handling, and case-based reasoning, decision trees and knowledge rep- multi-threading. Prerequisite: CSE 17. resentation. Several application areas of these techniques CSE 368. Artificial Intelligence Programming (3) will be covered including: help-desk systems, e-com- The use of LISP and related languages to simulate intel- merce, and knowledge management. Credit will not be ligence on computers. Prerequisite: CSE 262 or approval given for both CSE 335 and CSE 435. Prerequisite: CSE of the department head. 327 or CSE 340 or consent of the instructor. CSE 375. Hardware & Software Topics in Parallel CSE 340. (Math 340) Design and Analysis of Computing (3) Algorithms (3) spring Introduction to parallel computing, covering both hard- Algorithms for searching, sorting, counting, graph and ware and software topics such as interconnection tree manipulation, matrix multiplication, scheduling, networks, SIMD, MIMD, and hybrid parallel architec- pattern matching, fast Fourier transform. Minimum tures, parallel languages, parallelizing compiler techniques time and space requirements are established, leading to and operating systems for parallel computers. the notion of abstract complexity measures and the Prerequisites: ECE 201 and CSE 303 previously or con- intrinsic complexity of algorithms and problems, in currently, or consent of the instructor. terms of asymptotic behavior. The question of the cor- rectness of algorithms is also treated. Prerequisites: Math CSE 376. Parallel Algorithms (3) 22 and CSE 261 (Math 261). Parallel algorithms for searching, sorting, matrix process- ing, network optimization, and selected graph problems. CSE 342. Fundamentals of Internetworking (3) Implementation and efficiency measures of parallel algo- Architecture and protocols of computer networks. rithms also considered. Prerequisite: CSE 375 or CSE Protocol layers; network topology; data-communication 340 or consent of instructor. principles, including circuit seitching, packet switching and error control techniques; sliding window protocols, CSE 392. Independent Study (1-3) protocol analysis and verification; routing and flow con- An intensive study, with report, of a topic in computer trol; local and wide area networks; network science which is not treated in other courses. May be interconnection; client-server interaction; emerging net- repeated for credit. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. working trends and technologies; topics in security and privacy. Prerequisite: CSE 109. For Graduate Students CSE 347. Data Mining (3) CSE 403. Theory of Operating Systems (3) Overview of modern data mining techniques: data clean- Principles of operating systems with emphasis on hard- ing; attribute and subset selection; model construction, ware and software requirements and design evaluation and application. Fundamental mathematics methodologies for multi-programming systems. Global and algorithms for decision trees, covering algorithms, topics include the related areas of process management, association mining, statistical modeling, linear models, resource management, and file systems. Prerequisite: neural networks, instance-based learning and clustering CSE 303 or equivalent. covered. Practical design, implementation, application and evaluation of data mining techniques in class proj- Engineering and Applied Science 177

CSE 404. (ECE 404) Computer Networks (3) CSE 429. Virtual Environments (3) Study of architecture and protocols of computer networks. Software and technology of virtual environment systems. The ISO model; network topology; data- Current research in virtual environments. User tracking, communication principles, including circuit switching, display, and view rendering hardware. VE application packet switching and error control techniques; sliding win- programming libraries, real-time rendering techniques, dow protocols, protocol analysis and verification; routing 3D model representations, networking systems for dis- and flow control; local area networks; network interconnec- tributed and multi-user environments, 3D user tion; topics in security and privacy. interaction techniques. (ES 1.5) (ED 1.5) CSE 409. Theory of Automata and Formal CSE 430. Textual Data Mining (3) Grammars (3) Theory and algorithms for topics in textual data mining Finite automata. Pushdown automata. Relationship to and statistical natural language processing (NLP). definition and parsing of formal grammars. Prerequisite: Fundamental mathematics and linguistics of statistical CSE 318. NLP; probability theory and information theory. Text mining algorithms and applications. Practical design, CSE 411. Advanced Programming Techniques (3) implementation, application and evaluation of statistical Deeper study of programming techniques, data struc- NLP and textual data mining techniques in class proj- tures, backtracking, recursion. Applications of basic ects. Prerequisite: CSE 347 (ES 1.5) (ED 1.5) theoretical disciplines such as automata theory and for- mal language theory. Assignments using a contemporary CSE 432. Object-Oriented Software Engineering (3) programming language. Prerequisite: CSE 17 or consent Design and construction of modular, reusable, extensible of department head. and portable software using statically typed object-oriented programming languages (Eiffel, C++, Objective C). CSE 412. Object-Oriented Programming (3) Abstract data types; genericity; multiple inheritance; use Objects, messages, classes and inheritance; the model-view- and design of soft-ware libraries; persistence and object-ori- controller paradigm. Prototyping the user interface. Kay ented databases; impact of object-oriented programming on CSE 413. Robotics and Intelligent Machines (3) the software life cycle. Software aspects of robot and intelligent machine con- CSE 435. Topics on Intelligent Decision Support trols. Fundamental control issues through language and artificial intelligence implementations. Systems (3) AI techniques used to build IDSSs: case-based reasoning, CSE 414. Expert Systems (3) decision trees and knowledge representation. The design and development of knowledge-based expert Applications: help-desk systems, e-commerce, and systems. Rule-based protocols. Knowledge engineering. knowledge management. This course, a version of 335 Programming application. Prerequisite: CSE 368. for graduate students, requires research projects and CSE 415. Database Topics (3) advanced assignments. Credit will not be given for both Design issues in integrated database systems. Database CSE 335 and CSE 435. entities and their relationships. Prerequisite: CSE 241 or CSE 437. Program Semantics (3) equivalent. Theories and techniques of program semantics and pro- CSE 416. Advanced Issues in Knowledge-based gram verification. Topics may be chosen from Systems (3) denotational semantics, operational semantics, Floyd- Hoare semantics, temporal logic, dynamic logic, Advanced techniques and current applications of knowl- algebraic semantics, continuous semantics, recursive edge-based systems. Emphasis on knowledge engineering function theory or a current semantic theory. Gulden techniques through the development of a substantial sys- tem. Prerequisite: CSE 414. Hillman and Blank CSE 438. Software Architecture (3) CSE 417. Topics in Information Retrieval (3) Design and description of software architecture for large systems. Current research topics in software architecture. Selected topics in the design of advanced retrieval sys- Individual projects are a significant part of this course. tems. Prerequisite: CSE 241 or equivalent. Projects may include the design of a new architecture, CSE 422. Advanced Topics in Compining (3) reverse engineering the architecture of an existing sys- Topics from general parsers, attributed translation, tem, or investigation of a research topic in software attribute grammars, two-level grammars, expression opti- architecture. Prerequisite: CSE 216 or CSE 432 or con- mization, data flow, code optimization, compiler sent of the instructor. compilers, implementation languages, multi-tasking lan- CSE 440. Graph Theory and Application (3) guages. Prerequisite: CSE 302 or consent of the Fundamental concepts of and algorithms for graphs, department head. including: connectivity, planarity, network flows, match- ings, colorings, traversals, duality, intractability and applications. Prerequisite: CSE 340 or consent of instructor. 178 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2003-2004

CSE 450. Special Topics (3) CSE 491. Research Seminar (1-3) Selected topics in computer science not included in Regular meetings focused on specific topics related to the other courses. May be repeated for credit. research interests of department faculty. Current research CSE 463. Advanced Issues in Natural Language will be discussed. Students may be required to present and review relevant publications. May be repeated for Processing (3) credit up to a maximum of three (3) credits. Prerequisite: Advanced techniques and current applications of natural Consent of instructor. language systems. Complex syntax and semantics, dis- course coherence and planning, natural language CSE 492. Independent Study (1-3) interfaces and other applications. Prerequisite: CSE 365 An intensive study, with report of a topic in computer or CSE 465. Blank science that is not treated in other courses. May be repeated for credit. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. CSE 465. Seminar in Natural Language Processing (3) Writing and presenting reviews of research issues in nat- ural language, knowledge representation, speech processing and other applications. Requires concurrent attendance in CSE 365, Natural Language Processing. Design Arts 179 Cooperative Graduate The student must register for a full semester of courses in the summer prior to the first work assignment. When Education on a cooperative assignment, the student must roster Engr 200, to maintain full-time student status, and must The P.C. Rossin College of Engineering and Applied complete all required university procedures. The univer- Science permits graduate students to spend part of their sity treasurer establishes the fee for Engr 200. research experience in industry, business, or a govern- Participation in a cooperative education program does ment agency. In general, the external research experience not relieve the student from any regular requirement for should be complementary to their graduate studies at the academic curriculum in which he or she is enrolled. Lehigh University and can count towards their degree program through Engr 400 (Engineering Co-op for 200. Cooperative Undergraduate Education (3-6) Graduate Students) and through thesis/dissertation cred- Supervised cooperative work assignment to obtain prac- its (see below). tical experience. Prerequisite: acceptance into the program. Pass/fail grading only. Subject to university/federal regulations, when enrolled in courses at Lehigh University, a student can work for a maximum of 20 hours at the company/laboratory (co-op Counseling partner). If not enrolled in courses other than Engr 400 and for thesis (490) dissertation or (499) credits, a student See listings under Education. will be permitted to work full time at the co-op partner. Full time employment over the summer will also be per- Design Arts mitted. Maintenance of full-time status, however, requires that during the semester students must be registered for The Design Arts program engages the undergraduate lib- the minimum number of credit hours as listed in R&P. eral arts student in creative work that focuses on visual communication design with an emphasis on digital MS/MEng Co-op programs media. The program emphasizes the creation of art and •Engr 400 can be taken for a maximum of 6 credits, design using digital technology instead of a pottery with at most 3 credits in any registration period. wheel or an easel. •A further 6 credits for thesis/project/independent Design Arts is a multidisciplinary major emphasizing the study can be part of the industrial experience. intersection of design with the fields of art, architecture, applied art, industrial art, and all their related fields. •Minimum of 18 course credit hours, excluding Engr Design affects all of our lives, and design is an aspect of all 400 and Thesis (490) must be obtained through creative human endeavors. Therefore, the programmatic Lehigh University emphasis is on establishing a broad spectrum of inter-relat- Ph.D. program ed courses within the major so as to address the myriad •Beyond the master’s program, Engr 400 can be taken issues confronting the modern designer. for a maximum of 9 credits, with at most 3 credits in The major is designed to provide a firm foundation in any registration period. traditional studio work. The foundation courses enhance •In addition to Engr 400 credits, a maximum of 9 dis- all areas of the design concentration and provide a com- sertation credits ( 499) can also be obtained as part of mon background of experience and knowledge. The the co-op experience. program also contains a wide range of intellectual bases in theory and history in order to afford each individual Engr 400. Engineering Co-op for Graduate student a broad perspective. This will equip design stu- Students dents to develop their personal interests in design. Supervised cooperative work assignment to obtain prac- Indeed, design relies on the same skill set and knowledge tical experience in field of study. Requires consent of base that the fine artist must have, but as practical art, department chairperson. When on a cooperative assign- design applies those skills and knowledge to the creation ment, the student must register for this course to of objects that are primarily useful. maintain continuous student status. Limit to at most 3 Design Arts courses introduce students to the fields of credits per registration period. No more than 6 credits design (graphic, product, and computer generated). can be applied towards a master’s degree and no more Those students interested in pursuing a major will be than an additional 9 credits towards a Ph.D. The credits prepared to advance to graduate training or entry level must be taken P/F. positions in design. In addition to a General Studies option, which offers a broad topical approach to the Cooperative (Undergraduate) expansive field of design, students may choose one of three more focused concentrations. (1) Graphic Design Education will prepare students for entry-level positions in design- The P.C. Rossin College of Engineering and Applied ing for advertising, logos, multimedia applications, web Science offers opportunities to students for cooperative packages, publications, and illustration. Graphic design- work assignments with industrial or business firms and ers work in a wide range of fields, including the printing government agencies. In all cases, cooperative work industry, web based media, exhibition design, publishing assignments are optional on the part of the student and advertising, and posters, or they may enter graduate pro- there is no obligation for the student to accept perma- grams and pursue MFA degrees. (2) Product Design nent employment nor for the cooperating organization students will engage in the study and application of cre- to offer permanent employment. ating objects for use in, for example, industrial applications, art objects, furniture, toys, exhibit and trade design, electronic products, household items, and 180 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2003-2004

recreational equipment. The industrial designer works Phil 250 The Minds of Robots and Other closely with engineers, marketers, and ergonomists to People (4) create products. (3) Students studying Digital Imaging Phil 123 Aesthetics (4) will learn the production of computer-generated imagery for the information and entertainment fields. Digital Psyc 140 Introduction to Linguistics (4) imagists produce animation, special effects, and interac- SSP 135 Human Communication (4) tive media and create for films, games, special effects, SSP 327 Mass Communication and Society (4) motion graphics and other fields. Mkt 313 Marketing Communication (3) The program also offers minors in Graphic Design, Arts 250 Communication: Cultures, Behaviors, Product Design, Digital Imaging, and Web Design. Attitudes (3) Students interested in the Design Arts program may con- tact Prof. Drew Francis (Theatre Department, Thtr 129 History of Fashion and Style (4) [email protected]) for more information. 4. Design Sequences for Major Concentrations (21 Credits, minimum) Design Arts Major The student must complete Foundation Design I, Founda- 1. Media Skills Sequence (12-13 credit hours) tion Design II, and Digital Foundation prior to a. Des 3 Foundation Design I (3) completing the Design Sequence. It is strongly recom- b. Des 4 Foundation Design II (3) mended that the three foundation courses be completed prior to beginning the major concentration. c. Des 10 Digital Foundation (3) a. General Studies d. Choose one of the following (in consultation with the major advisor): Select at least 21 credits of coursework from the available courses in Design Arts and Art, Architecture and Design Art 11 Drawing I (3) in consultation with the Design Arts major advisor. Art 35 Painting I (3) b. Graphic Design concentration Art 13 Sculpture I (3) Required concentration courses (12 credits) Art 15 Figure (3) Des 53 Graphic Design I (3) Thtr 87 Design for the Theatre (4) Des 153 Graphic Design II (3) 2. Theory Sequence (minimum 6 credits) Des 253 Graphic Design III (3) a. Des 60 Design Process (3) Art 77 Photography I (3) b. Choose one from the following (in consultation Select at least 9 credits from the following: with the major advisor): Des 75 Web Design I (3) Des 68 Color Theory (3) Des 175 Web Design II (3) Des 164 Ergonomics (3) Des 55 Computer Imaging I (3) 3. History and Intellectual Context Sequence (9 cred- its, minimum) Des 45 Product Design I (3) Choose at least one of the following Design Des 211 IPD Projects (3) courses: Des 212 IPD Projects II (2) Des 66 Design History (3) Des 260 Exhibit Design (3) Des 208 History of Contemporary Design (3) Des 375 Design Internship (1-4) Des 302 Case Studies in Design History (3) Arch 10 (3) Other courses that may be used in addition to at Art 11 Drawing I (3) least one of the above: Art 35 Painting I (3) Art 275 Museography and Museology (3) Anth 376 Culture and the Individual (4) Des 268 Advanced Design Project (1-4) Art 1 Art History: Ancient and Medieval (3) Des 370 Special Topics in Design (1-4) Art 2 Art History: Renaissance to Present (3) Thtr 250 Lighting Design (4) Arch 1 Architectural History I (3) Thtr 251 Scene Design (4) Arch 2 Architectural History II (3) CSE 12 Survey of Computer Science (3) Hum 126 Professional Ethics (4) CSE 332 Multimedia Design and IR 23 Alternative World Views (4) Development (3) Art 179 History of Photography (1) c. Product Design concentration Art 206 Medieval Art and Architecture (3) Required concentration courses (12 credits) Art 207 Renaissance Art and Architecture (3) Des 45 Product Design I (3) Arch 209 Architecture and Ideas (3) Des 145 Product Design II (3) Arch 210 20th-Century Architecture (3) Des 245 Product Design III (3) Art 220 20th-Century Art (3) Des 135 Furniture Design I (3) CSE 252 Computers, the Internet, and Select at least 9 credits from the following: Society (3) Des 55 Computer Imaging I (3) Design Arts 181

Des 75 Web Design I (3) Des 68 Color Theory (3) Des 53 Graphic Design I (3) Des 208 History of Contemporary Design (3) Des 260 Exhibit Design (3) Des 164 Ergonomics (3) Des 211 IPD Projects (3) Des 302 Case Studies in Design History (3) Des 212 IPD Projects II (2) c. Concentration (9 to 10 credits): Des 375 Design Internship (1-4) Des 53 Graphic Design I (3) Des 235 Furniture Design II (3) Des 153 Graphic Design II (3) Art 11 Drawing I (3) Elective in Design (to be chosen in consultation Art 35 Painting I (3) with advisor) Arch 10 (3) 2. Product Design minor (total 18 to 20 credits) Art 77 Photography I (3) a. Foundation (6 credits); choose two from the following: Art 175 Museum Work (3) Des 3 Foundation Design I (3) Art 275 Museography and Museology (3) Des 4 Foundation Design II (3) Des 268 Advanced Design Project (1-4) Des 10 Digital Foundation (3) Des 370 Special Topics in Design (1-4) b. Theory and History (3 to 4 credits); choose one Thtr 251 Scene Design (4) of the following: Thtr 252 Costume Design (4) Des 60 Design Process (3) Thtr 250 Lighting Design (4) Des 68 Color Theory (3) d. Digital Imaging concentration Des 208 History of Contemporary Design (3) Required concentration courses (12 credits) Des 164 Ergonomics (3) Des 55 Computer Imaging I (3) Des 302 Case Studies in Design History (3) Des 155 Computer Imaging II (3) c. Concentration (9 to 10 credits): Des 255 Computer Imaging III (3) Des 160 Prototyping (3) Des 53 Graphic Design I (3) Des 45 Product Design I (3) Select at least 9 credits from the following: Elective in Design (to be chosen in consultation Des 75 Web Design I (3) with advisor) Des 175 Web Design II (3) 3. Digital Imaging minor (total 18 to 20 credits) Des 135 Furniture Design I (3) a. Foundation (6 credits); choose two from the Des 211 IPD Projects (3) following: Des 212 IPD Projects II (2) Des 3 Foundation Design I (3) Des 375 Design Internship (1-4) Des 4 Foundation Design II (3) Art 11 Drawing I (3) Des 10 Digital Foundation (3) Art 35 Painting I (3) b. Theory and History (3 to 4 credits); choose one of the following: Art 77 Photography I (3) Des 60 Design Process (3) Art 175 Museum Work (3) Des 68 Color Theory (3) Arch 10 (3) Des 208 History of Contemporary Design (3) Des 268 Advanced Design Project (1-4) Des 164 Ergonomics (3) Des 370 Special Topics in Design (1-4) Des 302 Case Studies in Design History (3) Thtr 251 Scene Design (4) c. Concentration (9 to 10 credits): Thtr 252 Costume Design (4) Des 55 Computer Imaging I (3) CSE 12 Survey of Computer Science (3) Des 155 Computer Imaging II (3) CSE 332 Multimedia Design and Elective in Design (to be chosen in consultation Development (3) with advisor) Design Arts Minors 4. Web Design minor (total 18 to 20 credits) 1. Graphic Design minor (total 18 to 20 credits) a. Foundation (6 credits); choose two from the following: a. Foundation (6 credits); choose two from the Des 3 Foundation Design I (3) following: Des 4 Foundation Design II (3) Des 3 Foundation Design I (3) Des 10 Digital Foundation (3) Des 4 Foundation Design II (3) b. Theory and History (3 to 4 credits); choose one Des 10 Digital Foundation (3) of the following: b. Theory and History (3 to 4 credits); choose one Des 60 Design Process (3) of the following: Des 68 Color Theory (3) Des 60 Design Process (3) Des 208 History of Contemporary Design (3) 182 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2003-2004

Des 164 Ergonomics (3) Des 68. Color Theory (3) Des 302 Case Studies in Design History (3) Application of color in design. Color in graphics, product, digital imaging, and all related fields of design. (HU) c. Concentration (9 to 10 credits): Des 75 Web Design I (3) Des 75. Web Design I (3) Introduction to the design and fabrication of web pages. Des 175 Web Design II (3) Students will learn how to create pages using HTML Elective in Design (to be chosen in consultation and web fabrication software, with an emphasis on aes- with advisor) thetic and structure. Prerequisite: Des 53. (ND) Undergraduate courses Des 135. Furniture Design I (3) Design methodology, fabrication techniques, and methods Des 3. (Art 3) Foundation Design I (3) of design presentation. Prerequisite: Art 4. (HU) An introduction to the basic elements and principles of Des 145. Product Design II (3) design. Course involves use of various materials to solve 2- Introduction to manufacturing and materials for the D design problems in studio and computer lab. Required industrial/product designer. Model-making and investi- for all majors in department. Staff (HU) gating the interaction of the product and the application. Des 4. (Art 4) Foundation Design II (3) The emphasis is on user-centered design. Students will An introduction to the basic elements and principles of create original product designs, developing proficiency in design. Course involves use of various materials to solve various traditional and virtual visualization techniques and 3-D design problems in studio and computer lab. learn about product styling. Prerequisite: Des 45. (ND) Problem solving in variety of materials for 3-D design Des 153 (Art 153). Graphic Design II (3) including assemblages, models, constructions, and con- Aspects of design are inter-related in function, concept ceptual forms. Required for all majors in department. or planning processes. Students focus on a variety of Staff (HU) contemporary design problems. Team exercises include a series of informative posters, identify systems, publica- Des 10. Digital Foundation (3) tion, and advertising design. Computer graphics and Introduction to a variety of 2-D and 3-D software applica- Macintosh lab are employed as integral design tools in tions for digital design. Students will acquire a basic graphic design. Prerequisite: Art/Des 53 (HU) understanding of digital image manipulation, graphic layout Des 155. Computer Imaging II (3) tools, 2-D CAD techniques, and 3-D rendering. (ND) Creation of original 3-D models, renderings, and anima- Des 45. Product Design I (3) tions, while learning advanced modeling techniques, Introduction to the field of Industrial Design. Through character animation, particles, and compositing. the reverse engineering of existing products and analysis Prerequisite: Des 55. (ND) of these artifacts with drawing and modeling, students Des 160. Prototyping (3) will acquire an understanding of the various aesthetic, Survey of the different ways designers express their ideas technological, and business issues a designer must con- in 3D through sketch modeling, prototyping, and pro- sider when creating a product. Computer modeling duction of one-of-a-kind products. Development of milling to rapid prototype, three-dimensional design basic skills required to work with a variety of prototyp- projects. Prerequisite: Des 3. (HU) ing materials. Studio. (HU) Des 162. Advanced Sketching and Rendering (3) Des 53. (Art 53) Graphic Design I (3) Continuation of Des 62, introducing advanced tech- Design principles are explored with emphasis on visual niques to generate realistic computer models, renderings, communication. Students learn basic concepts for and animations. Prerequisite: Des 62. Department per- design and typography including the vocabulary and his- mission required. (HU) torical precedence of graphic design and computer Des 164. Ergonomics (3) graphics. Prerequisite: Art/Des 3. (HU) Introduction to physical, emotional, and psychological Des 55. Computer Imaging I (3) ways design interacts with people. Analyze real design Introduction to 3-D computer modeling, animation, and problems and create solutions. (HU) rendering, commonly used in the entertainment industry. Des 175. Web Design II (3) Students create and edit an original 3-D animated movie. Creation of dynamic content in web design. Various 2-D Students will also learn about 2-D and 3-D visualization animation software applications and simple scripting will techniques, used in the creation of storyboards and the nar- be explored. Prerequisite: Des 75. (ND) rative of the movie. Prerequisite: Des 3. Des 208. History of Contemporary Design (3) Des 60. Design Process (3) History of modern design from mid-19th century to the Students will study how an idea becomes a final product present. Studies and discussion of contemporary issues by analyzing their own actions and role industrial and technology in Design Arts. Topics will include green designers play in the development of products. (HU) design, digital technology, current legal and ethical prin- Des 62. Sketching and Rendering (3) ciples, and other issues. (HU) Introduction to 3-D computer modeling, animation, Des 211. (Bus 211, Engr 211) Integrated Product and rendering commonly used in the computer industry. Development (IPD) Projects (3) Students will study 2-D and 3-D visualization tech- Business, engineering, and design students work in cross- niques to create an original computer animation. disciplinary teams of 4-6 students on marketing, Department permission. (HU) financial and economic planning, economics and techni- Des 66. Design History (3) cal feasibility of new product concepts. Team work on History of product design in the context of a product’s artis- industrial projects with faculty advisers. Oral presenta- tic, cultural, technological, and business context. (HU) tions and written reports. Prerequisite: junior standing in business, economics, arts, design or engineering. (ND) Earth and Environmental Science 183

Des 212. (Bus 212, Engr 212) Integrated Product Adjunct professor. Daniel E. Lawson, Ph.D. (Illinois). Development (IPD) Projects II (2) Research scientists. Bruce D. Idleman, Ph.D. (SUNY, Business, engineering, and design arts students work in Albany); Robert E. Moeller, Ph.D. (Cornell). cross-disciplinary teams of 4-6 students on the detailed Emeritus professors. Paul B. Myers, Jr., Ph.D. (Lehigh); design, fabrication and testing of a prototype of a new Dale R. Simpson, Ph.D. (Caltech); Bobb Carson, Ph.D. product designed in Des 211. Additional deliverables in (Washington). planning for production with a detailed base case finan- cial model, and a project and product portfolio. Teams The Department of Earth and Environmental Sciences continue to work on industry projects with faculty advis- (EES) is Lehigh’s home for teaching and research in the ers. Prerequisite: Bus/Des/Engr 211. (ND) areas of ecology, environmental science, and geology. Matters of environmental quality and natural resources Des 235. Furniture Design II (3) will increasingly impact people and society in the years Advanced fabrication. Contemporary art issues and fur- to come, and the EES department offers a range of niture history. Prerequisite Art 135. (HU) undergraduate and graduate programs that provide stu- Des 245. Product Design III (3) dents with an understanding of Earth’s biosphere, Development of products with emphasis on innovative atmosphere, lithosphere, and hydrosphere, with an ways of understanding the role of the object in people’s emphasis on how these components function as an inte- lives. Prerequisite: Des: 145. (ND) grated Earth system. Training in Earth and Environmental Sciences can lead to technical and scien- Des 255. Computer Imaging III (3) tific careers in research, environmental consulting, Advanced animation with emphasis on experimental government agencies, and the petroleum industry, and techniques and new technologies in animation and can also serve as an excellent liberal arts degree that pro- motion graphics. Emphasis on effects, compositing, and vides context and preparation for careers in areas such as the use of digital technology in the post-production law, policy, journalism and economics. process. Students will work on various assignments to gain a first-hand understanding of how various tools and Faculty in the EES department have a wide range of techniques are used to create realistic effects. Prerequisite: interests and strong reputations in the fields of geology, Des 155. (ND) ecology, and environmental sciences. In instruction at all levels, the department emphasizes field experiences and Des 260. Exhibit Design (3) experiential learning, as well as the development of Team projects in development of exhibits for museums, quantitative and communication skills. The EES depart- conferences, or educational centers. Project work is sup- ment maintains a relaxed and personal atmosphere in plemented by lectures and demonstrations. Teams will which students can interact with faculty in many ways, produce real and virtual exhibit prototypes and will including seminars, special symposia on topics of the design and maintain an exhibit website. (HU) students’ choice, field research, departmental field trips Des 302. Case Studies in Design History (3) and social events like picnics, canoe trips, softball games, History of design. Study of specific products in context and fishing expeditions. with regard to their impact on art, culture, and At the undergraduate level, students may choose from a technology. (HU) number of degree programs, including a B.A. in Earth Des 370. Special Topics in Design (1-4) and Environmental Sciences and separate B.S. degree Current topics in design, with selected readings, discus- programs in Environmental Sciences, Ecology, and sions, and studio work as required. May be repeated for Geological Sciences. The flexible B.A. program provides credit. Prerequisite: two 100-level Design courses. students an opportunity to acquire breadth, design a spe- Department permission. (ND) cialized program, or find room for a double major. This degree is well suited to students with career aspirations in Des 375. Design Internship (1-4) areas such as engineering, environmental law, journalism, Practical experience following apprenticeship model. economics, government, among many other possibilities. Requires approval of instructor and host prior to begin- The B.S. degrees, while still offering considerable flexibil- ning of the term, with a memorandum of understanding ity, provide the more in-depth technical training required outlining student work responsibilities and educational for graduate school and scientific careers, and are well objectives for the experience. (ND) suited for students seeking employment as professionals in the earth and environmental sciences. Earth and Environmental An accessible minor program is available for students wishing to add insight into earth and environmental sci- Sciences ences to any number of other technical or non-technical Professors. Gray E. Bebout, Ph.D. (U.C., Los Angeles); degree programs, helping student distinguish themselves Edward B. Evenson, Ph.D. (Michigan); Kenneth P. as they prepare to enter today’s fast-evolving job markets Kodama, Ph.D. (Stanford); Anne S. Meltzer, Ph.D. and graduate programs. The department also offers a five- (Rice); Craig E. Williamson, Ph.D. (Dartmouth); Peter year program which combines a B.A. or B.S. degree with K. Zeitler, Ph.D. (Dartmouth). an M.S. degree in earth and environmental sciences. Associate professors. David J. Anastasio, Ph.D. (Johns For students with strong interests in areas such as Hopkins); Bruce R. Hargreaves, Ph.D. (U.C., Berkeley); hydrology, water and soil remediation, hazards and asso- Donald P. Morris, Ph.D. (Colorado); Carl O. Moses, ciated engineering and construction strategies, EES, in Ph.D. (Virginia), associate dean of the College of Arts conjunction with the Department of Civil and and Sciences; Frank J. Pazzaglia, Ph.D. (Penn State). Environmental Engineering (CEE), offers a five-year program leading to dual B.S. degrees in EES and CEE Assistant professors. Lisa Windham, Ph.D. (Rutgers); (students having these interests may also want to see the Zicheng Yu (Toronto); Steve Peters Ph.D. (Michigan). 184 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2003-2004

description of the B.S. in Environmental Engineering in opment or career enhancement. the catalog entry for the Department of Civil and The Earth & Environmental Sciences minor program Environmental Engineering). consists of any 4 EES courses, for a minimum of 15 EES offers graduate training leading to either the M.S. credits, approved by an EES advisor. Natural science or Ph.D. in Earth and Environmental Sciences. The EES (NS) designated EES College seminars (EES 90) may be graduate program is marked by close faculty-student col- used to meet minor requirements. Ideally, a minor laboration. Graduate students can take advantage of should focus on a particular area of Earth or strong externally funded faculty research programs and Environmental Sciences, For example, any four courses the extensive analytical and computing facilities available from the following foci: in the department; these facilities and specific EES Aquatic Sciences (EES 21, 31, 257, 316, 351, 376, 386) research programs are described in some detail on the EES departmental web page at www.ees.lehigh.edu. Ecology (EES 31, 152, 253, 255, 351, 357, 384) Environmental Science (EES 3, 11, 21, 31, 183, 282,385) Field Work and Experiential Learning Geochemistry (EES 21, 131, 273, 334, 376) The EES department offers its students diverse and abundant field experiences. Supervised internships coor- Geology (EES 21, 41, 131, 213, 223, 341) dinated by the Lehigh Earth Observatory (LEO) allow Geophysics (EES 21, 201, 204, 223, 303, 305, 309) students at all levels to become engaged in projects Surficial Processes (EES 11, 21, 41, 112, 213, 316, 357) involving cross-disciplinary research, assessment, and consulting work. An 8-credit, 6-week field geology camp Degree Requirements for a B.A. in Earth conducted each summer in the Rocky Mountains, (EES and Environmental Sciences 341), and a parallel program in the Rockies available to The B.A. degree is designed with flexibility in mind , introductory-level students (EES 41) provides field-based and is recommended for students interested in a sound training. Students can participate in the department’s liberal arts degree that will permit them to bring a scien- long-standing research programs in limnological and tific perspective to a wide variety of careers. The degree ecological research in the Pocono Lakes region, and par- also permits students to take a double major, or design a ticipate in a summer course in lake ecosystems offered in specialized program tailored to specific topics in the the Poconos. Undergraduate students can also become earth and environmental sciences. Students who choose involved in forefront research programs in recent years, the B.A. but are interested in attending graduate school students have played a role in research in the Himalaya, should talk to their faculty advisor and consult the B.S. Alaska, California, Idaho, Argentina, and Italy, in addi- program descriptions to see the type of requirements that tion to more nearby sites in Pennsylvania, West Virginia, may be required for graduate admission. New York, and New Jersey. Most EES undergraduate and graduate level courses include field experiences in University and College requirements (at least 26 the form of one-day or weekend-long field trips, and the credits) department sponsors an annual field trip, for all interest- Arts and Science 1 (1) ed EES members (past destinations have included Puerto College Seminar (3) Rico, Iceland, Scotland, Newfoundland, Argentina, and the Grand Canyon). English Composition (2 courses for 6 credits) The following descriptions of programs in the Distribution requirements (at least 2 humanities courses Department of Earth and Environmental Sciences are for at least 8 credits and at least 2 social science courses organized as follows: for at least 8 credits) Minor in Earth and Environmental Sciences Junior Writing Requirement: Bachelor of Arts Degree in Earth and Environmental The ability to express oneself clearly in writing is a criti- Sciences cal skill for success in any chosen career. It is also integral Bachelor of Sciences Degrees: to the learning experience. Students are encouraged to take courses that help develop written skills in their Environmental Sciences major. To help ensure this, the College of Arts and Sci- Ecology ences requires each student to complete at least one Geological Sciences writing intensive course and receive certification from the instructor of that course. EES 213 Process Sedimentology, Combined B.A. or B.S. and M.S. Programs in Earth and Stratigraphy, and Surficial Processes; EES 255 Ecological Environmental Sciences Field Methods and EES 257 Methods in Water Quality Department Honors in Earth and Environmental Analysis are designated as writing intensive in EES and Sciences fulfill the junior writing requirement. Students may also Civil and Environmental Engineering and Earth fulfill this requirement by taking writing intensive courses and Environmental Sciences (Dual B.S. Degrees in other departments (although this is not encouraged). Program) Math and Collateral Science Requirements (at Graduate Studies least 8 credits) Requirements for a Minor in Earth and 1 semester of math equivalent to Math 12 or above for Environmental Sciences at least 4 credits A minor is designed for students wishing to explore an 1 additional course from Chemistry, Math, or Physics, area of Earth or Environmental Sciences in conjunction for at least 4 credits. with a major program in another field for personal devel- Earth and Environmental Sciences 185

Students interested in scientific careers or pursuing grad- Math 12 Basic Statistics (4) or other approved statistics uate education in the sciences are recommended to take course at least two additional math and collateral science cours- Chem 21 and Chem 22 Introduction to Chemical es chosen in consultation with an advisor. Principles Lecture and Lab (5) and Required courses for the major (at least 32 credits) Chem 31 Chemical Equilibria in Aqueous Solutions (3) or Required Core (8 credits) Chem 75 Concepts, Models, and Experiments I (4) and EES 21 Introduction to Planet Earth (4) Chem 76 Concepts, Models, and Experiments II (4) EES 31 Introduction to Environmental and Physics 10 General Physics I (4) or Organismal Biology (4) Physics 11 Introductory Physics (4) and Major electives (24 credits) Physics 12 Introductory Physics Laboratory (1) 6 other EES courses at the 100 level or above for at least 24 credits. One of these courses must be designated as Math and collateral science elective for at least 3 an EES senior seminar (EES 303, 326, 359, 379, 385). credits (3) May include up to 2 Biosciences courses including Bios Be advised that many graduate programs in science and 31/32. College seminar (EES 90), Supervised Internship many employment opportunities require additional (EES 293) and Supervised Research (EES 393) credits courses in math and collateral sciences. Talk with an do not count towards the 32 credit major requirement. advisor about career objectives and recommended math Free electives and collateral science skills. Courses chosen from anywhere in the University’s cur- Required courses for the major (at least 55 credits) riculum, sufficient credits to bring the total to a Required Core (32) minimum of 121 credits. EES 21 Introduction to Planet Earth (4) (Note: Degree Requirements for Bachelor of possible substitution by EES 41) Sciences Degree Programs in EES EES 31 Introduction to Environmental and The Department of Earth and Environmental Sciences Organismal Biology (4) offers three B.S. programs, in Environmental Sciences, EES 112 Geomorphology (4) Geological Sciences, and Ecology, for which the specific EES 131 Introduction to Rocks and Minerals (4) requirements are itemized below. For all three of the B.S. degree programs, the following courses are required (in EES 152 Ecology (4) addition to the requirements specific to the three B.S. EES 282 Climate, Geosphere, and Biosphere (4) programs and listed in the next sections): EES 273 Environmental Thermodynamics (4) University and College requirements (at least 26 One of the following senior seminars credits) EES 379 Environmental Case Studies (4) Arts and Science 1 (1) EES 385 Human Impact on Natural College Seminar (3) Environment (4) English Composition (2 courses for 6 credits) Major Electives: 6 courses for at least 23 credits Distribution requirements (at least 2 humanities courses with at least 1 course from each of the following 4 for at least 8 credits and at least 2 social science courses categories for at least 8 credits) At least one of the following in Water Resources Junior Writing Requirement: EES 257 Methods in Water Quality Analysis The ability to express oneself clearly in writing is a critical (4)-Junior writing skill for success in any chosen career. It is also integral to EES 316 Hydrogeology (4) the learning experience. Students are encouraged to take courses that help develop written skills in their major. To EES 351 Limnology (4)-senior seminar help ensure this, the College of Arts and Sciences requires EES 376 Geochemistry of Natural Waters (4) each student to complete at least one writing intensive CE 274 Environmental Water Chemistry (3) course and receive certification from the instructor of that course. EES 213 Process Sedimentology, Stratigraphy, and CE 320 Flood Hydrology and Hydraulics (3) Surficial Processes; 255 Ecological Field Methods; and CE 326 Engineering Groundwater Hydrology (3) EES 257 Methods in Water Quality Analysis are designat- CE 327 Surface Water Quality Modeling (3) ed as writing intensive in EES and fulfill the junior writing requirement. Students may also fulfill this require- At least one of the following in Environmental Biology ment by taking writing intensive courses in other EES 253 Plants and Plant Communities (4) departments although this is not encouraged. EES 259 Microbial Ecology (4) B.S. in Environmental Sciences EES 357 Paleoecology and Landscape History (4) Math and Collateral Science Requirements (24 EES 386 Wetlands (4) credits) EES 265 Environmental Animal Physiology (4) Math 21 Calculus I (4) or Math 51 Survey of CE 376 Environmental Biotechnology (3) Calculus I (4) At least one of the following in Environmental Methods and Systems 186 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2003-2004

EES 109 Geographic analysis of our changing Physics 10 General Physics I (4) or Physics 11 world (4) Introductory Physics (4) EES 113 Life, Climate, and the Rock Record (4) Physics 12 Introductory Physics Laboratory (1) EES 183 Environmental Instruments and Data (4) Bios 31 Introduction to Cell and Molecular EES 204 Environmental Geophysics (4) Biology (3) EES 255 Ecological Field Methods (4)-Junior Bios 32 Introduction to Cell and Molecular Biology writing Lab (1) EES 287 Introduction to Environmental Bios 101 Genetics (3), Isotopes (2) Required courses for the major (at least 52 credits) EES 319 GIS and Computational Analysis in Required Core (32 credits) Geomorphology (4) EES 21 Introduction to Planet Earth (4) (Note: EES 341 Field Geology (8)-Field experience possible substitution by EES 41) EES 384 Lake Ecosystems (4)-Field experience EES 31 Introduction to Environmental and CE 170 Introduction to Environmental Organismal Biology (4) Engineering (3) EES 152 Ecology (4) At least one of the following in Landscape Materials and EES 253 Plants and Plant Communities (4) Processes EES 259 Microbial Ecology (4) EES 213 Process Sedimentology, Stratigraphy, EES 265 Environmental Animal Physiology (4) and Surface Processes (4) -Junior writing EES 282 Climate, Geosphere, and Biosphere (4) EES 223 Structural Geology and Tectonics (4) EES 359 Case Studies in Ecosystem Ecology (4)- senior seminar EES 303 Active Tectonics (4) One of the following in Earth’s Surface Processes EES 309 Mineral Magnetism and Earth Processes (4) EES 112 Geomorphology (4) CE 142 Fundamentals of Soil Mechanics (3) EES 213 Process Sedimentology, Stratigraphy, and Surface Processes (4)-Junior writing CE 143 Soil Mechanics (3) EES 316 Hydrogeology (4) Note: EES 393 (Supervised Research in EES) and EES 293 (Supervised Internship in EES) (1-4) may be applied EES 376 Geochemistry of Natural Waters towards the major elective requirement at the advisor’s Two of the following in Ecological Processes discretion. A maximum of 2 credits of EES 293 may be EES 255 Ecological Field Methods (4)-Junior applied towards the degree; a maximum of 4 credits of writing EES 393 may be applied towards the degree. EES 351 Limnology (4)-senior seminar Free electives: EES 357 Paleoecology and Landscape History (4) courses chosen from anywhere in the University’s cur- EES 384 Lake Ecosystems (4)-Field experience riculum, sufficient credits to bring the total to a minimum of 121. EES 386 Wetlands (4) Major electives chosen from the following list for at least 8 Field experience: credits course, internship, or employment preapproved by the advi- EES 109 Geographic Analysis of our Changing sor to meet the EES field experience requirement. Course World (4) credit is not required to fulfill this requirement, however, EES 41, 341, and 384 will satisfy this requirement. EES 112 Geomorphology (4) EES 113 Life, Climate, and the Rock Record (4) B.S. in Ecology EES 183 Environmental Instruments and Data (4) Math and Collateral Science Requirements (at EES 213 Process Sedimentology, Stratigraphy, least 31 credits) and Surficial Processes (4)-Junior Math 21 Calculus I (4) (can be replaced by Math 75 (2) writing and Math 76 (2)) and Math 22 Calculus II (4) or EES 255 Ecological Field Methods (4)-Junior Math 51 Survey of Calculus I (4) and Math 52 Survey writing of Calculus II (3) EES 257 Methods in Water Quality Analysis (4)- Math 12 Basic Statistics (4) or another approved statis- Junior writing tics course EES 287 Introduction to Environmental Isotopes(2) Chem 21 and Chem 22 Introduction to Chemical EES 316 Hydrogeology (4) Principles Lecture and Lab (5) and EES 351 Limnology (4)-senior seminar Chem 31 Chemical Equilibria in Aqueous EES 357 Paleoecology and Landscape History (4) Solutions (3), or EES 376 Geochemistry of Natural Waters Chem 75 Concepts, Models, and Experiments I (4) and Chem 76 Concepts, Models, and EES 384 Lake Ecosystems (4)-Field experience Experiments II (4) Earth and Environmental Sciences 187

EES 386 Wetlands (4) EES 131 Introduction to Rocks and Minerals (4) Bios 133 Invertebrate Zoology (4) EES 213 Process Sedimentology, Stratigraphy, and Bios 241 Vertebrate Natural History (4) Surface Processes (4)-Junior writing Bios 317 Evolution (3) EES 223 Structural Geology and Tectonics (4) Bios 324 Bacteriology (3) EES 341 Field Geology (8)-Field experience Bios 325 Bacteriology Lab (2) One of the following in Surface Processes Bios 329 Herpetology (3) EES 112 Geomorphology (4) Bios 335 Animal Behavior (3) EES 316 Hydrogeology (4) Bios 336 Animal Behavior Laboratory (3) One of the following in Geophysics Bios 337 Behavioral Ecology (3) EES 201 Seismology, (4) Note: EES 293 (Supervised Research in EES) and EES EES 305 Geodynamics (4) 293 (Supervised Internship in EES) (1-4) may be applied EES 309 Mineral Magnetism and Earth towards the major elective requirement at the advisor’s Processes (4) discretion. A maximum of 2 credits of EES 293 may be One of the following in Geochemistry or Petrology applied towards the degree; a maximum of 4 credits of EES 393 may be applied towards the degree. EES 334 Petrology of the Crust and Mantle (4) EES 376 Geochemistry of Natural Waters (4) Field Experience: One of the following senior seminars course, internship, or employment preapproved by the advisor to meet the EES field experience requirement in EES 303 Active Tectonics (4) field-oriented ecology. Course credit is not required to EES 326 Geologic Evolution of North America (4) fulfill this requirement, however, EES 384 will satisfy Major electives chosen from the following list for at least 8 this requirement. credits Free Electives: EES 112 Geomorphology (4) courses chosen from anywhere in the University’s cur- EES 201 Seismology (4) riculum, sufficient credits to bring the total to a EES 273 Environmental Thermodynamics (4) minimum of 121. EES 282 Climate, Geosphere, Biosphere (4) B.S. in Geological Sciences EES 287 Introduction to Environmental Math and Collateral Science Requirements (at Isotopes (2) least 24 credits) EES 303 Active Tectonics (4) Senior seminar Math 21 Calculus I (4) (can be replaced by Math 75 (2) EES 305 Geodynamics (4) and Math 76 (2)) and Math 22 Calculus II (4), EES 309 Mineral Magnetism and Earth or Processes (4) Math 51 Survey of Calculus I (4) and Math 52 Survey EES 316 Hydrogeology (4) of Calculus II (3) EES 319 Computational Geomorphology (4) Chem 21 and Chem 22 Introduction to Chemical EES 326 Geological Evolution of North America Principles Lecture and Lab (5) and Chem 31 Chemical (4)-senior seminar Equilibria in Aqueous Solutions (3) EES 334 Petrology of the Crust and Mantle (4) or EES 357 Paleoecology and Landscape History (4) Chem 75 Concepts, Models, and Experiments I (4) and EES 376 Geochemistry of Natural Waters (4) Chem 76 Concepts, Models, and Experiments II (4) EES 386 Wetlands (4) Physics 10 General Physics I (4) and Physics 12 Introductory Physics Laboratory I (1) and Physics 13 Note: EES 393 (Supervised Research in EES) and EES General Physics and Physics 14 General Physics 293 (Supervised Internship in EES) (1-4) may be Laboratory applied towards the major elective requirement at the advisor’s discretion. A maximum of 2 credits of EES 293 or may be applied towards the degree; a maximum of 4 Physics 11 Introductory Physics I (4) and Physics 12 credits of EES 393 may be applied towards the degree. Introductory Physics Laboratory I (1) and Free electives: Physics 21 Introductory Physics II (4) and Physics 22 courses chosen from anywhere in the University’s cur- Introductory Physics Laboratory II (1) riculum, sufficient credits to bring the total to a Required Courses for the Major (at least 56 credits) minimum of 121. Required Core (32) Combined B.A. or B.S. and M.S. EES 21 Introduction to Planet Earth (4) (Note: possi- Program in Earth and Environmental ble substitution by EES 41) Sciences EES 31 Introduction to The Department of Earth and Environmental Sciences Environmental/Organismal Biology (4) offers a five-year combined B.A. or B.S. and M.S. pro- EES 113 Life, Climate, and the Rock Record (4) gram. The department offers an M.S. degree in Earth and Environmental Science (refer to the description of 188 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2003-2004

Graduate Programs in EES following the listing of a secondary advisor in the Arts and Sciences College. undergraduate course descriptions). Students working The program provides alternatives for students who may toward the BA or B.S. degrees who are enrolled in this decide not to complete the two-degree program. program complete the full requirements for both degrees Students who make this decision prior to the beginning and apply some 300- and 400-level course credit taken of the fourth year may qualify at the end of that year for as an undergraduate towards the M.S. degree without the bachelor of science in civil engineering, as well as a additional undergraduate tuition cost. The program is minor in earth and environmental sciences. Also, if a designed for those students who (1) will have at least student decides after two years to pursue only a bachelor nine credits of appropriate M.S. course credits in excess of science degree in the EES department, it is possible to of undergraduate requirements completed by the end of complete the requirements in four years. If the decision the senior year, including one EES graduate core course to work toward this degree is made during the fourth (EES 415, 426, or 484), (2) have completed a minimum year, at least one additional semester is required to quali- of three credits of EES 393 (Supervised Research) as part fy for either B.S. degree. Interested students should of the baccalaureate program, and (3) have demonstrated consult with the respective departmental advisors to cre- superior academic achievement. ate a schedule of courses to resolve conflicts or if a Application for admission to the program should be made specified course is not offered that semester. Required no later than the beginning of the first semester of the courses and major electives for the different EES B.S. senior year and must be approved by the department’s degree programs are listed in the catalog entry for EES; Graduate Instruction Committee. The application must note that the exact number of required EES courses include (1) a current baccalaureate degree audit, (2) the varies slightly among the three B.S. programs (with proposed M.S. course program, and (3) a letter of recom- required credits in required major courses ranging from mendation from the proposed M.S. thesis adviser. 52 to 56), as do the courses and numbers of credits in Students enrolled in this program should make applica- the math and collateral sciences. Cross-listed EES/CEE tion for admission to full-time graduate status during the courses used to satisfy Civil Engineering Approved first semester of the senior year. Electives can reduce the individual semester and total program credits when chosen to satisfy EES program After receiving the bachelor’s degree and becoming requirements. Additional useful information can be enrolled in the graduate program students in the dual- found on the web sites (www.lehigh.edu/~ degree program become eligible for financial aid incee/incee.html and www.ees.lehigh.edu). including appointment to a teaching or research assist- antship or graduate fellowship. Admission to the Suggested outline of courses program does not guarantee financial aid. The freshman engineering year (see Section III) is often Department Honors in Earth and 31 credits by choosing a freshman H/SS Advanced Environmental Sciences Requirement elective of 3 credits, leaving 10 credits to be taken in subsequent years to complete the requirement of Students in either the B.A. or B.S. degree programs may 13 credits, shown below to be two 3-credit courses and undertake a program that leads to graduation with one 4-credit course. Other options to complete this department honors. To participate, the student must (1) requirement are possible. have a minimum major GPA of 3.25 and an overall second year, first semester (17 credit hours) cumulative GPA of 3.0, (2) file a written request with the EES undergraduate instruction coordinator to receive Math 23 Analytic Geometry and Calculus III (4) honors no later than the beginning of the senior year Mech 2 Elementary Engineering Mechanics (3) (preferably during the junior year), and (3) complete at Chm 31 **Chemical Equilibria in Aqueous least four credits of EES 393 (Supervised Research in Systems (3) Earth and Environmental Sciences) resulting in a written honors thesis. An advisory committee of two EES faculty EES 21 Introduction to Planet Earth (4) plus the student’s research supervisor must be constituted CE 11 Surveying (1) to supervise and guide the research and to approve the CE 12 Civil Engineering Statistics (2) required honors thesis. For the thesis to qualify for department honors, the student must give an oral pres- second year, second semester (18 credit hours) entation of its results and conclusions at a department Phy 21 Introductory Physics II (4) seminar before the last day of classes in the second Phy 22 Introductory Physics Laboratory II (1) semester of the senior year. Mech 12 Strength of Materials (3) Civil and Environmental Engineering EES 31 Introduction to Environmental and and Earth and Environmental Sciences Organismal Biology (4) This program is designed for students interested in com- Math 205 Linear Methods (3) bining programs in two departments: civil & Mat 33 Engineering Materials and Processes (3) environmental engineering and earth & environmental science, leading to two bachelor of science degrees, civil third year, first semester (17 credit hours) engineering and one of the B.S. degrees in earth and CE 121 Mechanics of Fluids (3) environmental sciences (the EES department awards B.S. CE 142 Soil Mechanics (3) degrees in Environmental Sciences, Geological Sciences, EES Course(4) suggested as only 100 and 200 level and Ecology). Both degrees would be awarded at the end of the fifth year. This program is one of the dual degree EES Course(4) suggested as only 100 and 200 level programs mentioned in the Five-Year Programs section. CE 10 Architectural/Engineering Graphics The student will have a primary advisor in the P.C. and Design (3) Rossin College of Engineering and Applied Sciences and Earth and Environmental Sciences 189 third year, second semester (18 credit hours) ***Usually CE 290, but can be a multidisciplinary team- CE 242 Principles and Practices of ing version of CE 205, CE 328, CE 336, CE 347, CE Geotechnical Engineering (3) 360, CE 377 or CE 381 CE 222 Hydraulic Engineering (3) A total of 159 to 174 credit hours is needed for both degrees depending on how many credits in the EES are CE 170 Introduction to Environmental satisfied by taking CEE Approved Electives that are Engineering (4) cross-listed with EES courses**. EES Course(4) suggested as only 100 and 200 level Undergraduate Courses ECO 1 Principles of Economics (4) EES 3. Global Environmental Change (4) fourth year, first semester (18 credit hours) Review of the environmental systems that carry out the CE 117 Numerical Methods in Civil exchange of energy and matter between the solid earth, Engineering (2) the oceans, the atmosphere, and the biosphere. CE 159 Structural Analysis I (4) Examination of the global environmental change that EES Course (4) 100 to 300 levels has been a fact of life on Earth for several billion years, the role of humans in causing global environmental EES Course (4) 100 to 300 levels change, and the potential impact of such change on EES Course (4) 100 to 300 levels humans; debate over what course of actions is required fourth year, second semester (18 credit hours) to ensure the continued habitability of this planet. The course is intended for non-science majors wishing to CE 262 Fundamentals of Structural Steel learn more about the science behind current environ- Design (3) or mental issues, and fulfills a distribution requirement in CE 264 Fundamentals of Structural Concrete science. Lectures, class discussions, debates, and group Design (3) projects. Zeitler. (NS) CE **Civil Engineering Approved Elective (4) EES 7. Introduction to environmental Science (3-4) Engineering Course * Engineering Science Elective (3) Natural science cursee quivalent to success demonstrated EES Course (4) 100 to 300 levels with a score of 4 or 5 on the environmental science advanced placement exam of the College Testing Service. H/SS Humanities/Social Sciences AR 4th credit and laboratory experience awarded to students Elective (4) who demonstrate sufficient laboratory experience in their year 4/5 summer (0-8 credit hours) high school AP class. (NS) Select 0, 1, or 2 courses from EES 11. Environmental Geology (3) EES Course (4) 100 to 300 levels Analysis of the dynamic interaction of geologic processes EES Course (4) 100 to 300 levels and human activities. Catastrophic geologic processes (earthquakes, volcanoes, landslides), pollution of geolog- fifth year, first semester (11-19 credit hours) ic systems, and engineering case studies. Evenson (NS) CE 202 Civil Engineering Planning and Engineering Economics (3) EES 21. Introduction to Planet Earth (4) Processes within the Earth and dynamic interactions CE 203 Professional Development (2) among the solid earth, the atmosphere, and the oceans. CE **Civil Engineering Approved Lectures, laboratories, and field trips. Anastasio, Electives (3) Kodama (NS) H/SS Humanities/Social Sciences AR EES 31. Introduction to Environmental and Elective (3) Organismal Biology (4) Select 0, 1, or 2 courses from below so the total here and Introduction to the structure, function, and evolution of year 4/5 summer is 8 credits: living systems, with emphasis at the levels of organism, EES Course (4) 100 to 300 levels, possibly senior seminar population, community, and ecosystem. Lectures and laboratories. Morris, Windham (NS) EES Course (4) 100 to 300 levels, possibly senior seminar EES 41. Physical Geology and Geomorphology in fifth year, second semester (18 credit hours) the Rocky Mountains (8) summer Geology of Wyoming and Idaho. Six weeks of morning CE **Civil Engineering Approved Electives (8) lectures and afternoon field exercises conducted in field CE ***Civil Engineering Capstone Design settings in South Dakota, Wyoming, and Idaho during Project Elective (3) the summer session. See EES 341 description for loca- H/SS Humanities/Social Sciences AR Electives (3) tion details. May substitute for EES 21 and EES 112 (see EES 21 and 112 descriptions for content); see EES Course (4) 100 to 300 levels, possibly Introductory Sequence section of EES program descrip- senior seminar tion for restrictions on overlapping credit. Prerequisite: *Mech 102, ME 104, or ECE 81. consent of Field Camp Director Evenson (students must **Chem 31 plus fifteen additional credits of CEE Approved apply through the Lehigh Field Camp Program). Electives are required; see list on CEE web-site that includes Evenson (NS) five CEE/EES cross-listed courses: CE 279 (EES 259), CE EES 90. College Seminar (3) 316 (EES 316), CE 320 (EES 320), CE 323 (EES 323), CE 327 (EES 327), and CE 379 (EES 379). 190 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2003-2004

EES 93. Freshman Supervised Internship in Earth EES 152. (BioS 152) Ecology (4) and Environmental Sciences (1-2) Basic principles and applications of ecological interrelation- Experiential learning opportunities supervised by EES ships. Examination of ecological phenomena at the faculty, including fieldwork, data collection or analysis, individual, population, community, and ecosystem levels. literature review, and information management. A maxi- Impact of human activities on global ecosystems. mum of two credits is allowed. Prerequisite, consent of Prerequisite: EES 31. Williamson (NS) supervising faculty. (ND) EES 183. Environmental Instruments and Data (4) EES 105. (Astr 105, Phy 105) Planetary Obtaining quality data from sensors and instruments Astronomy (4) requires an understanding of their properties including Structure and dynamics of planetary interiors, surfaces inherent limitations, sensitivity, and calibration. Large data and atmospheres. Models for the formation of the solar sets generated by electronic instruments require careful system and planetary evolution. Internal structure, sur- management to retain full information content. Activities face topology, and composition of planets and other include sensor and instrument use, team projects, multime- bodies in our solar system. Comparative study of plane- dia presentations, and extensive use of relational databases. tary atmospheres. Organic materials in the solar system. 3 lecture/demonstration periods per week and one labora- Properties of the interplanetary medium, including dust tory period. A weekend trip to calibrate research and meteoroids. Orbital dynamics. Planets orbiting other instruments and deploy team projects. Prerequisites: EES stars. Prerequisite: (NS) 21, EES 31, or consent of instructor. Hargreaves (NS) EES 109. Geographic Analysis of our Changing EES 201. Seismology: Images and dynamics of the World (4) Earth’s interior (4) This course will introduce students to maps, spatial data, An examination of how earthquakes and active source and electronic tools for geographic analysis. Fundamental seismology are used to image subsurface structure and geographic and database concepts will include map types, stratigraphy and to understand tectonic processes. spatial referencing systems, map projection systems, map Fundamentals of seismic wave propagation in the Earth. scale, and database characteristics. Tools including ArcGIS Study of earthquakes, reflection, and refraction tech- Desktop software and Global Positioning System receivers niques at crustal, lithospheric, and whole Earth scales. will be used to acquire and analyze spatially referenced Practical applications, experiment design, data collection, data sets drawn from diverse sources and disciplines relat- processing, analysis, and interpretation. Field and labora- ing to the environment. Students will use their new skills tory projects. Prerequisites: EES 21. Meltzer (NS) in geographic analysis to develop an electronic portfolio, EES 204 (PHY 204). Environmental Geophyics including a question-based map project. This course will A field based survey course reviewing the major geophys- prepare students for more advanced geographic analysis ical techniques as applied to subsurface environmental within the arts, humanities, social sciences, natural sci- problems including: seismic, ground penetrating radar, ences, or engineering. Lecture-demonstrations and gravity, magnetics, and electrical resistivity. Course recitation. Hargreaves (NS) includes reviews of theory, experiment design, data col- EES 112. Geomorphology (4) lection, data reduction, data analysis, and technical Systematic study of the origin, evolution, and distribu- report writing. Lectures and laboratory. Prerequisites: tion of the Earth’s topographic features; land forms EES 21. Meltzer and Kodama (NS). analyzed in terms of chemical and physical processes EES 213. Process Sedimentology, Stratigraphy, responsible for their development. Lectures and required and Surficial Processes (4) 3-day field trip. Prerequisites: EES 11, 21, or 101. A process-based, field-oriented introduction to sedimen- Evenson (NS) tary rocks, stratigraphy, and surficial processes. Labs and EES 113. Life, Climate, and the Rock Record (4) lectures are integrated in a problem-oriented approach. Interactions of the biosphere with the solid Earth. Students will be asked to evaluate sedimentary rocks in Formation and evolution of the physical Earth. How we local field settings as a backdrop to understanding know that the Earth is old. The rise of life, its evolution, stratigraphy, facies, and the surficial processes responsible extinctions, and preservation in the rock record. The for erosion, transportation, and deposition of earth sur- Earth’s circulatory system and biogeochemical cycles. The face materials. Course requires one or more weekend geologic record of past climate change at geologic and field trips. Prerequisite: EES 21 or consent of the human dimensions. Lectures, discussions, lab, field trips to instructor. Pazzaglia (NS) collect fossils. Prerequisites or concurrent: EES 21, EES 31. EES 223. Structural Geology and Tectonics (4) Zeitler (NS) Application of basic concepts of stress, strain, and mate- EES 131. Introduction to Rocks and Minerals (4) rial properties to the study of folds, faults, and rock Hand-specimen identification of the major mineral fabrics. Plate tectonic processes and plate margin defor- groups and rock types. Atomic structure of minerals; mation. Introduction to map and field techniques. relationship of mineral structure to chemical and physi- Lectures, laboratories, and two all-day field trips. cal properties. Placement of igneous, sedimentary, and Prerequisite: EES 21. Anastasio (NS) metamorphic rocks into a plate tectonics context. EES 253. (BioS 253) Plants and Plant Introduction to optical mineralogy and x-ray diffraction Communities (4) techniques. Lectures, laboratories, field trips. Structure and function of plants and plant communities. Prerequisite: EES 21 or EES 41 or consent of instructor. Discussion of plant physiology and environmental fac- Bebout (NS) tors controlling plant distribution; structural and physiological adaptations of plants to their environment; the role of the physical environment, competition, her- bivory, and disturbance in structuring plant Earth and Environmental Sciences 191 communities; the evolution of plants and communities. EES 293. Supervised Internship in Earth and Prerequisite: EES 31. Windham (NS) Environmental Sciences (1-4) EES 255. (BioS 255) Ecological Field Methods (4) Experiential learning opportunities supervised by EES An intensive field course designed to familiarize students faculty, including data collection or analysis, literature with field sampling techniques, data analysis, and report review, information management. A maximum of two writing related to field-based ecological research. Includes credits of EES 293 and no more than four credits com- description and mapping of plant and animal communi- bined from EES 293 and 393 may be applied to EES ties, population dynamics, and plant-animal interactions B.S. degrees (additional credits apply to free electives). in both terrestrial and aquatic habitats. Weekend field trip Prerequisite: consent of supervising faculty. to Lacawac Sanctuary. Pre- or co-requisite: EES 152. Advanced Undergraduates and Graduate Students Williamson (NS) EES 303. Active Tectonics (4) EES 257. Methods in Water Quality Analysis (4) An integrative look at how internal and external processes Survey of methods used in water quality analysis. The shape the Earth. Review of the observations and evidence course will include: (1) theory and application of stan- leading to a unified understanding of how physical dard techniques and instrumentation, (2) quantitative processes in the Earth’s interior shape the external surface analysis or modeling of existing or acquired data sets, and on which we roam. Topics include issues in continental (3) data presentation and scientific report writing. Fulfills dynamics such as mountain building, basin formation, college writing intensive course requirements. Includes and the interplay between tectonics and climate. Lectures, both lectures and laboratories. Prerequisite: Chem 21/22. problem sets, modeling exercises, student projects and pre- Morris (NS). sentations. Prerequisite: EES 21, EES 31, plus 5 EES 259. (BioS 259, CE 279) Microbial Ecology(4) additional EES courses. Meltzer, Pazzaglia (NS) The role of microorganisms in the environment. Topics EES 305. Geodynamics (4) include: Survey of microbial classification, structure, and An introduction to the basic physics of important geo- metabolism; study of microbes at population, communi- logical processes including: plate tectonics, plate tectonic ty, and ecosystem levels of organization; the role of driving mechanisms, flexure of the lithosphere, heat flow microbes in biogeochemical cycles; application of from the Earth, cooling of the oceanic lithosphere, subsi- microbes to bioremediation and resource recovery prob- dence of sedimentary basins, the globel gravity field, lems. Fall (alternate (even) years). Prerequisite: EES 31 isostasy, the geoid, the Earth’s moments of inertia, rock and EES 152, or consent of instructor. Morris (NS) rheology, mantle convection and cooling of the Earth, EES 265. (BioS 265) Environmental Animal and the mechanics of faulting. Geodynamic modeling Physiology (4) will also be covered. Prerequisite: one year of calculus. Kodama (NS) Response of animals to their environment, including adaptations for stressful habitats and homeostatic mecha- EES 309. Mineral Magnetism and Earth nisms. Levels of response and adaptation range from cells Processes (4) and tissues to organ systems and whole organisms. The use of earth material magnetic properties to study Lecture and recitation. Prerequisites: EES 31 and Bios environmental and geologic systems and processes. 31. Hargreaves (NS) Techniques of magnetic measurements, characteristics of EES 273. Environmental Thermodynamics (4) the Earth’s magnetic field, and mineral magnetism. Development of fundamental macroscopic thermody- Prerequisites: EES 21, Phys 11/12. Kodama (NS) namic principles with applications to geochemical, EES 316. (CE 316) Hydrogeology (4) atmospheric, and aquatic systems. Topics include the Water plays a critical role in the physical, chemical, and laws of thermodynamics, thermodynamic relationships, biological processes that occur at the Earth’s surface. This phase transitions, aerologic diagrams, chemical equilib- course is an introduction to surface and groundwater ria, chemical potential diagrams, and stability in hydrology in natural systems, providing fundamental different systems. Lectures and recitation. Prerequisites: concepts and a process-level understanding using the two semesters of calculus, one semester each of chemistry hydrologic cycle as a framework. Geochemistry will be and physics; EES 21 and 31. Moses (NS) integrated to address natural variations and the human EES 282. Climate, Geosphere, and Biosphere (4) impact on the environment. Topics covered include: Interactions of Earth-surface fluids (air and water) with watershed hydrology, regional and local groundwater the organic and inorganic components of the Earth sys- flow, water chemistry, and management of water tem, as expressed through climate, landscape evolution, resources. Lectures and recitation/laboratory. biogeography, and biogeochemical cycles. Modern Prerequisite: EES 21. Peters (NS) processes and historical perspective on environmental EES 319. GIS and Computational Analyses in change. Lectures, discussion, and laboratory. Geomorphology (4) [3 for graduate registration] Prerequisites: EES 21 and 31. Yu (NS) Introduction of various computational approaches to EES 287. Introduction to Environmental Isotopes (2) advanced geomorphology, hydrology, and environmental Survey of applications of stable isotopes and radioiso- science. The course uses DEM topographic data as a topes toward understanding of Earth’s environment, keystone in introducing the UNIX operating system, the considering both inorganic and organic processes, and SGI platform, FORTRAN programming, cartographic with some emphasis on the use of isotopes in hydrologic and modeling applications such as GMT, and GIS appli- studies. This course involves both field sampling and lab- cations such as ARC/INFO. Students will be responsible oratory analytical experiences in a group project utilizing for the development of at least one new computation stable isotopes. Prerequisite: EES 21 or EES 31. Bebout approach to their respective thesis/research projects. (NS) Prerequisite: EES 21, 31, 109, 112, or permission of the instructor. Pazzaglia. 192 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2003-2004

EES 320. (CE 320) Flood Hydrology and EES 357. Paleoecology and Landscape History (4) Hydraulics (3) Principle and methodology of paleoecology, with Rainfall-runoff analysis, overland flow, hydrograph emphasis on palynology. Applications of paleo-records theories, modeling. Frequency analysis of extreme in tracing flora, vegetation, climate and landscape his- events. Flood routing. Design storms. Floodplain tory. Long-term ecological interactions and ecosystem hydraulics, floodplain delineation. Prerequisite: CE responses to past environmental change. Field and lab- 222. (ES 2), (ED 1) oratory experiences in collecting and characterizing sediments and in processing and interpreting fossil EES 323. (CE 323) Environmental Groundwater pollen and other proxy data (including stable isotopes). Hydrology (3) spring Emphasis on the Holocene and late glacial period. The study of subsurface water, its environment, distri- Students will explore the regional vegetation, climate bution, and movement. Included are flow patterns, and landscape history by coring and analyzing a lake. well hydraulics, and an introduction to the movement Course requires one or more weekend day-long field of contaminants. Design problems are included to sim- trips. Spring in odd years. Prerequisite: EES 253 or ulate flow with analytical and numerical models, and EES 213 or consent of course instructor. Yu (NS). contaminant migration using analytical models. Prerequisites: CE 121 or CE/EES 316 or permission of EES 359. Case Studies in Ecosystem Ecology (4) instructor. (ES 2, ED 1) This course serves as a senior capstone seminar for stu- dents with an interest in ecology. Students will use a EES 326. Geologic Evolution of North America (4) multidisciplinary approach to analyze and interpret A senior seminar on the lithologic, tectonic, and mor- data related to cutting-edge research in the field of phologic evolution of North America; developed ecosystem ecology. Prerequisite: EES 21, EES 31, plus within the framework of the plate tectonic theory. 5 additional EES courses. Hargreaves (NS). Prerequisite: EES 21, EES 31, plus 5 additional EES courses. Anastasio (NS) EES 376. Geochemistry of Natural Waters (4) Introduction to aqueous geochemistry. Applications of EES 327. (CE 327) Surface Water Quality thermodynamics, mass balance, systems science, and Modeling (3) spring kinetics to understanding mineral-water interactions in Fundamentals of modeling water quality parameters in natural aquatic systems on a variety of spatial and tempo- receiving water bodies, including rivers, lakes, and estu- ral scales. Laboratories emphasize analytical and aries. Modeling of dissolved oxygen, nutrients, computer methods. Lectures, discussion, student presen- temperature, and toxic substances. Emphasis on water tations, and recitation/laboratory. Prerequisites: EES 21 quality control decisions as well as mechanics and or EES 31; Chm 21 or 75; one semester of calculus; EES model building. Prerequisites: CE 121, CE 222 and 131 recommended. Peters (NS). CE 270. (ES 3), (ED 3) EES 379. (CE 379) Environmental Case Studies EES 334. Petrology of the Crust and Mantle (4) (3 to 4) Crust and mantle evolution as recorded by the miner- Supervised multidisciplinary team projects investigat- alogy, texture, and geochemistry of igneous, ing site characterization and environmental sedimentary, and metamorphic rock. Origin of the remediation design and environmental policy and three rock types in various plate tectonic settings. Mass financial implications of environmental projects. and energy transfer among the crust, mantle, hydros- OHSA approved Health and Safety training provided. phere, biosphere, and atmosphere through time. Prerequisites: EES 21, EES 31 plus 5 EES courses or Petrographic study of selected rock suites and introduc- permission of the instructor (CE prerequisites: CE tion to other modern analytical techniques used in 274, CE 276). Staff petrology/geochemistry. Lectures, laboratories, field trips. Prerequisite: EES 131 or consent of instructor. EES 384. Lake Ecosystems (4) Bebout (NS) Advanced concepts and methods in lake ecosystem ecology. The course provides a theoretical framework EES 341. Field Geology (8) summer but emphasizes hands-on laboratory and field tech- Field study and geologic mapping of sedimentary, niques for measurement of physical, chemical, and igneous, metamorphic, and glacial deposits in the biological properties of aquatic ecosystems. This three Rocky Mountains of northwestern Wyoming and week residential field course is offered at the Lacawac southeastern Idaho. Additional short studies in the Sanctuary field station in the Pocono Mountains of Badlands and Black Hills of South Dakota, the Grand Pennsylvania. The course typically begins during the Tetons, Yellowstone Park, Craters of the Moon Park, last week of May. Prerequisite: EES 31 and EES 152 or and other areas in the Rocky Mountain region. Six consent of instructors. Limited enrollment. Hargreaves, weeks in the field; summer session. Prerequisite: con- Morris, and others. (NS) sent of Field Camp Director Evenson (students must apply through the Lehigh Field Camp Program); major EES 385. Human Impact on the Natural in EES, EES 21 and 131 (EES 112, 113, 223 recom- Environment (4) mended). Evenson, Anastasio, Bebout, Pazzaglia (NS) Review of major environmental systems and the human impacts on those systems. Integrates under- EES 351. (BioS 351) Limnology (4) standing from previous coursework in environmental Physical, chemical, and biological aspects of freshwater science and engineering. Seminar format with student environments, including cyclic and seasonal changes. presentations. Prerequisites: junior standing and five Major groups of organisms and their interactions. EES previous courses in environmental science or environ- 21, EES 31 plus 5 EES courses or permission of the mental engineering. Moses instructor. Williamson (NS) Earth and Environmental Sciences 193

EES 386. Wetlands (4) • Complete petrographic microscopy facilities, rock- Lecture/lab on wetland structure and function. Course crusher, ball mill, rock saws, and will survey such topics as wetland development, classifi- cathodoluminescence and camera lucida digitizing cation, hydrology, plants, animals, soils, biogeochemistry, capabilities delineation, mitigation and management. Lecture and • Complete laboratory for Ar-Ar, U-Th/He, and fis- laboratory components will include mandatory field sion-track geochronology including dual UV and trips, exposure to sampling equipment and methods, and CO2 lasers, VG 3600 noble-gas mass spectrometer, participation in a team project on wetland restoration. Balzers quadrupole mass spectrometer, dedicated He Prerequisites: EES 21, 31, 282, or permission of the and Ar extraction lines with low-blank furnaces, all instructor. Windham under full LabVIEW automation; EES 393. Supervised Research in Earth and •A stable isotope geochemistry laboratory equipped Environmental Sciences (1-4) with a Finnigan MAT model 252 mass spectrometer Research opportunities supervised by EES faculty, with vacuum extraction lines for O, H, C, S, and N including exposure to problem definition, selection of isotope analyses research approach, and communication of results. A •Downhole geochemical sampling equipment maximum of two credits of EES 293 and no more than four credits combined from EES 293 and 393 may be •A microbial ecology laboratory. applied to EES B.S. degrees (additional credits apply to •A newly renovated UV exposure laboratory with auto- free electives). Prerequisite: consent of supervising faculty. mated phototron. Graduate Studies •A plant ecology and wetlands research laboratory. The Department of Earth & Environmental Sciences •A water quality and UV-research laboratory equipped offers graduate programs leading to the M.S. and Ph.D. with vacuum extraction lines, a spectrophotometer, in Earth and Environmental Science. We offer one and field PUV meters. degree to emphasize and reinforce what we feel is an • An aqueous geochemistry laboratory with a Waters important and growing trend in ecology, environmental computer-assisted ion chromatograph, an ARL 34000 science, and geology, namely the blending of expertise inductively-coupled plasma atomic emission spec- and perspectives from many disciplines. Research is an trometer, a Netzsch DTA/TGA instrument, and a integral component of all EES graduate programs and high-pressure core-holder/column reactor for flow- leads to an M.S. thesis or Ph.D. dissertation prepared through experiments under a research supervisory committee and chaired by a •A sedimentation and soils analysis laboratory includ- departmental faculty research advisor. An advising com- ing equipment for particle size analysis. mitment by one or more faculty members is required for •A paleomagnetism laboratory with a magnetically graduate admission. shielded room, a 2G superconducting magnetometer The University has outlined the general academic and built-in af demagnetizer, Molspin spinner magne- requirements for M.S. and Ph.D. students in its tometer, a Schonstedt AF demagnetizer modified to Graduate Student Handbook, and EES has additional apply pARMs, and an ASC thermal demagnetizer, Departmental requirements that must also be fulfilled. It and a KLY-3S Kappabridge magnetic susceptibility is the student’s responsibility to insure that all graduation system, and an ASC impulse magnetizer requirements are met. All graduate students work with •A reflection seismology laboratory has equipment an advisor who chairs the student’s broader supervisory including broadband seismometer linked to global committee. Graduate students make annual presenta- networks; computer workstations for seismic process- tions of their research to the Department. All graduate ing, Bison DIFP multi-channel seismograph, various students are required to take two of the Department’s seismic energy sources, and ground-penetrating radar. three graduate core courses (EES 415, 426, and 484). M.S. students complete 30 credits of coursework and •Field geophysical equipment includes a Bison shal- thesis research and orally present a written thesis that low resistivity apparatus, a Worden Master encompasses the findings and conclusions of their gravimeter, and a Geometrics portable proton pre- research. Candidates for the Ph.D. must pass a qualify- cession magnetometer ing examination prior to the end of the first semester in •Geomorphology lab including a Sokkia total station, residence and a general examination (candidacy examina- flow gages, an ISCO water and flow rate sampler, tion) prior to the end of the third semester in residence. LASCI digitizer, complete airphotot analysis facility, Both examinations are administered by a committee and a flume facility in the CEE hydraulics lab. We assembled by the student in consultation with the advi- also maintain several PC and UNIX computer labs sor. Ph.D. candidates must also defend their written devoted to GIS (ArcGIS) and large spatial digital dissertation at a public oral presentation. For more details topographic databases. beyond this brief summary, please see the graduate handbook •Equipment to conduct research in environmental on line at: www.ees.lehigh.edu/graduate/grad_handbook. biology includes microscopes, environmental cham- html#masters. bers, centrifuges, sampling nets, current meters, Research Facilities incubators, and autoclaves. A remotely operated vehi- cle (ROV) fitted with a video camera can be used to Our Department is well equipped for a broad range of monitor plankton behavior and dynamics in aqueous field and laboratory investigations in the Environmental, environments. Ecological, and Geological Sciences. Our laboratories and equipment include: •A floating plankton laboratory to integrate ecosystem studies of modern water-column and sediment com- 194 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2003-2004

munities with historical studies of sediment deposi- addressing future climate change issues. Prerequisite: tion. graduate standing in EES, or consent of course instruc- •A sediment-coring and -analysis facilities, tree ring tor. Yu. lab, and pollen extraction lab with complimentary EES 418. Advanced Quaternary Geology (3) equipment for research in paleoclimatology. Lecture, seminar, lab, and field-based investigations of • EES is also home to the Pocono Comparative Lakes topics in Quaternary geology including glacial geology, Program (PCLP), an interactive research and educa- geomorphology, soil geomorphology, biogeomorphology, tional program that supports multidisciplinary and Quaternary geochronology. Quaternary field meth- research of lake systems and focuses on three ‘core’ ods are a common themes to all topics. Field exercises lakes that serve as model systems for experimental will expose students to methods in the mapping of surfi- and comparative studies of aquatic communities and cial deposits. Includes several weekend field trips. ecosystems. The program’s field station is at the Prerequisite: EES 21, 31,112, or consent of instructor. Lacawac Sanctuary in the Pocono Mountains. Pazzaglia, Evenson. Graduate Courses EES 426. Tectonic Processes (3) Current models of tectonic processes in intraplate set- EES 405. Paleo- and Environmental Magnetism (3) tings and at plate boundaries. Critical evaluations by the Topics in paleomagnetism and environmental magnet- class of the geological, geochemical and geophysical data ism. Class will design and conduct a research project, sets which gave rise to these models. Prerequisites: gradu- read the relevant literature and write a research paper. ate standing in EES, or consent of department May be repeated for credit. Prerequisite: EES 309 or chairperson. Staff consent of course instructor. Kodama EES 427. Orogenic Belts (3) EES 407. Seismology (3) Geometry, kinematics, and mechanics of compressional Seminar on advanced topics in seismology, review of orogenic belts. Course will emphasize deformational, classic and current literature. Topics include but are depositional, and metamorphic processes in forearc and not limited to: wave propagation in ideal media and backarc regions. Lectures, seminars, and field trips. earth materials, seismic imaging of complex structures, Prerequisites: EES 131, EES 213, EES 223, or their tomography, modeling, and high-resolution seismic equivalents. Anastasio imaging. May be repeated for credit. Prerequisite: an introductory geophysics course. Meltzer EES 428. Stress and Strain in Rocks (3) Theory of continuum mechanics and application to ana- EES 412. Advanced Fluvial and Tectonic lytical methods of geological strain analysis; rock Geomorphology (3) material properties and micro-mechanisms of rock defor- Lecture, seminar, lab, and field-based investigation of mation; tectonic fabric development; kinematic analysis. the classic and contemporary geomorphologic literature Lectures and laboratories. Prerequisite: EES 223 or using the processes and evolution of a watershed and equivalent. Anastasio its dynamic interaction with tectonics as a integrative common theme. Topics change according to student EES 429. Methods and Applications of interest but typically include hillslope hydrology, chan- Geochronology (3) nel hydraulic geometry, landscape response to climate, Examination of isotopic techniques used to measure geo- and biogeomorphology. Course is designed to expose logic time, and their applications. Lectures, laboratories, students to graduate-level research problems and pro- research projects, field trips. Prerequisite: graduate stand- vide guidance on how to transform those problems ing in EES. May be repeated for credit. Zeitler into proposal-quality research topics and/or publishable EES 438. Petrogenetic Processes (3) manuscripts. Includes several weekend field trips and a Metamorphism, melting, and magmatism in the Earth’s practicum using the hydraulics lab flume facility. crust and mantle. Tectonic evolution, crust-mantle heat Prerequisite: EES 21,31,112, or consent of instructor. and mass transfer, fluid-rock interactions, and rate process- Pazzaglia. es. Varying combinations of lecture and seminar formats. EES 414. Glacial and Quaternary Geology (3) May be repeated for credit when topics differ. May include Study of the origin, distribution, and movement of laboratory and field experience and computational exercis- present and past glaciers. Special emphasis on glacial es. Prerequisite: consent of course instructor. Bebout land forms and deposits, Quaternary stratigraphy and EES 451. Advanced Limnology and dating techniques, periglacial phenomena, and Paleolimnology (3) Pleistocene environments. Lectures and required field In-depth discussion of current issues in the fields of lim- trips. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. Evenson nology and paleolimnology. Consideration of both the EES 415. Paleoclimatology (3) modern behavior of lake ecosystems, as well as lacustrine Principles of physical climatology: climate system, dynamics in the past based on interpretation of the fossil energy budget, atmospheric and ocean circulations, record. Topics may range from the interaction of lakes and their interactions. Earth’s climate history, with with their watersheds and the atmosphere to the dynam- emphasis on the Quaternary. Records and mechanisms ics of algal communities. Prerequisite: EES 351 or of past climate variations at various (from orbital to equivalent. interannual) time scales. Causes of climate variations EES 453. Advanced Microbial Ecology (3) linking to tectonic processes, variations in Earth’s orbit Lectures and seminars will focus on topics of current and solar insolation, atmospheric composition and bio- interest in the microbial ecology of pelagic (freshwater geochemical cycles, and atmosphere-ocean-ice sheet and marine), sediment, and/or soil environments. interactions. Biosphere responses to past climatic Emphasis will be placed on the role of microbes in changes. Approaches to studying paleoclimate. ecosystems level processes such as energy transformations Paleoclimate simulations and paleo-perspectives in Earth and Environmental Sciences 195 and elemental cycling. May include laboratory and EES 485. Advanced Topics in Geophysics (1-6) field exercises. Prerequisite: graduate standing or con- Intensive study of topics in geophysics not covered in sent of course instructor. Morris more general courses. May be repeated for credit. EES 455. Advanced Plants and Ecosystems (3) Prerequisites: Math 21, EES 21, or permission of the Intensive study of current issues in plant and terrestrial instructor. ecosystem processes. Core curriculum will focus on EES 487. Advanced Bio-Optics (3) interactions of plant physiology with terrestrial biogeo- Bio-optics includes the ecosystem role and fate of solar chemistry (water, energy, elemental fluxes). Seminar radiation and the optical properties of biotic and abiot- discussions will focus on current topics in plant func- ic components of ecosystems. This course will explore tions at community and ecosystem scales, from advanced topics through selected readings, data analy- historical and future perspectives. Windham. sis, and modeling. Topics will emphasize aquatic EES 458. Global Change Ecology (3) ecosystems and may include optical models, atmos- Lectures, seminars, writing, and instruction in quanti- pheric factors, inherent and apparent optical tative approaches to the ecology of climate change and properties, algal fluorescence, photoadaptation and UV radiation from an ecological perspective. Emphasis photodamage, ultraviolet radiation, and optical stratifi- will be on the interactive effects of climate change and cation. Prerequisite: EES 484 or consent of course UV on other ecological processes at the individual, instructor. Hargreaves population, community, and ecosystem levels involving EES 490. Thesis Research (1-6) both plants and animals. Instruction in writing of sci- Masters’ thesis research directed by research committee. entific proposals that could be submitted to national 3-6 credits required for EES M.S. programs. May be funding agencies will be a core learning tool in this repeated for credit. Prerequisite: Permission of research course. All students will write a proposal related to the adviser. ecology of climate change and UV on a topic approved EES 491. Investigations in Earth and by their advisor. Prerequisite: EES 152 or equivalent (Williamson). Environmental Sciences (1-6) Research on a special problem; field, laboratory, or EES 459. Reconstructing Environmental library study; report required. Credit above three hours Change(3) granted only when a different problem is undertaken. Lectures, seminars, and in-depth discussion on current EES 492. Advanced Topics in Modern and issues and selected topics in Quaternary paleoecology and paleoclimatology. Survey of techniques in studying Quaternary Processes (1-6) and reconstructing environmental changes and biologi- Intensive study of topics in Modern and Quaternary cal responses. Use of multiple proxy data from geology not covered in more general courses. May be paleo-archives (e.g., ice cores, lake sediments) to repeated for credit. address nature of past climate variability. Quantitative EES 493. Advanced Topics in Tectonics (1-6) analyses of paleo-records to test paleoecological Intensive study of tectonic processes and products not cov- hypothesis (e.g., multivariate analysis) and to infer pos- ered in more general courses. May be repeated for credit. sible causes and forcing mechanisms of past climate change (e.g., time series analysis). May include field EES 494. Advanced Topics in Aquatic and laboratory exercises. Prerequisite: EES 415, or Ecosystems (1-6) consent of course instructor. Yu. Intensive study of aquatic ecosystems not covered in more general courses. May be repeated for credit. EES 471. Stable Isotope Chemistry - Theory, Techniques, and Applications in the Earth and EES 499. Dissertation Research (1-15) Ph.D. dissertation research directed by research com- Environmental Sciences (3) mittee. May be repeated for credit. Prerequisite: Distributions of stable isotopes (primarily of O, H, C, Permission of research adviser. S, and N) in the lithosphere, hydrosphere, biosphere, and atmosphere. Topics include mechanisms of frac- tionation and mixing, advancements in techniques for Economics extractions and mass spectrometry, and recent applica- tions of stable isotopes in the earth and environmental Professors. J. Richard Aronson, Ph.D. (Clark); James sciences. Lectures, seminars, laboratory sessions. Dearden, Ph.D. (Penn State); Thomas J. Hyclak, Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Bebout Ph.D. (Notre Dame), chair, department of economics; Arthur E. King, Ph.D. (Ohio State); Vincent G. EES 473. Aqueous Geochemistry (3) Munley, Ph.D. (S.U.N.Y.); Anthony P. O’Brien, Ph.D. Advanced study of physical and inorganic aqueous (Berkeley); Larry W. Taylor, Ph.D. (North Carolina); geochemistry, including homogeneous and heteroge- Robert J. Thornton, Ph.D. (Illinois). neous equilibria, kinetics, and surface processes in Associate professors. Mary E. Deily, Ph.D. (Harvard); water-rock systems. Computational modeling of water- Frank R. Gunter, Ph.D. (Johns Hopkins); Judith A. rock systems. Prerequisites: computer programming McDonald, Ph.D. (Princeton); Todd Watkins, Ph.D. (C, Pascal, or Fortran), and consent of instructor. (Harvard). Moses Assistant professors. Shin-Yi Chou, Ph.D. (Duke), EES 484. Aquatic Ecosystems (3) Neville Francis, Ph.D. (U.C. San Diego); Wenlong Theoretical and experimental approaches to under- Weng, Ph.D. (Stanford). standing physical and chemical influences in aquatic Active emeriti. Nicholas W. Balabkins, Ph.D. environments on organisms and their community, (Rutgers); Alvin Cohen, Ph.D. (Florida); Jon T. Innes, population, and systems ecology. Field trip. Ph.D. (Oregon); John R. McNamara, Ph.D. Prerequisite: graduate standing in EES. Staff (Rensselaer); Eli Schwartz, Ph.D. (Brown). 196 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2003-2004

Though economics is variously defined, modern-day def- College of Arts and Sciences initions generally suggest that it is the study of the principles that govern the efficient allocation of Major in Economics resources. One of the greatest of the 19th century econo- The B.A. major in economics is designed to prepare mists who did much to uncover these principles students for graduate study in economics or law, and suggested a broader definition. Alfred Marshall described for entry into careers in business, government or service economics as “a study of mankind in the ordinary busi- organizations. The requirements for the economics ness of life . . . a part of the study of man.” This dual major are: nature of economics, technical and humanistic, is reflect- ed in the fact that at Lehigh the economics major is 1. The economics core (16 credits): Eco1, Eco 105 or available to students in the College of Arts and Sciences 146, Eco 119, Eco 129 as well as in the College of Business and Economics. 2. Collateral calculus courses (7 or 8 credits): Math 51 As the description below suggests, the economics pro- and 52: These are terminal math classes for students gram is exceptionally flexible once one moves beyond the planning on careers in fields that are primarily non- sophomore year. This flexibility allows the major to be quantitative, or Math 21 and 22, or Math 75 and adapted easily to the needs of students with widely vary- 76: For students considering careers or graduate pro- ing goals. Although many students choose the economics grams that require a stronger math background. major in order to secure a firm foundation in economics and finance before entering the business world, many 3. Five elective courses in economics at the 200 or 300 others choose it in preparation for law school or as a level (15 credits). Students may count only two 200 complement to majors in political science, history, inter- level courses toward the completion of the econom- national relations, journalism, mathematics, urban ics major. studies or other disciplines. Naturally, many students Students are free to select any five economics courses to who major in economics do so with the intent of pursu- meet their elective requirements. However, the faculty of ing graduate work at the master’s or doctor of the economics department has developed recommended philosophy levels; others simply want to become “eco- course clusters to meet the differing needs of students. nomically literate” in a world where such literacy is These include course recommendations for those inter- increasingly in demand. ested in: At the same time that the program provides flexibility, it Graduate study in economics also consists of a substantial core of economic theory and Careers in consulting and financial services related courses. This assures that the student who is uncertain concerning career goals will obtain a broad International economics and global markets education in economics and business no matter what Political economy and public policy upper-level courses are chosen. Interested students are encouraged to consult with the Students who are interested in designing a major pro- major advisors in the economics departments to select gram in economics suitable to their needs should consult elective courses that match their needs and interests. with the major advisor. Honors in Economics College of Business and Economics Economics majors who wish to be considered for depart- mental honors must consult with their major advisor and Major in Economics request such consideration by the beginning of their sen- Students in the College of Business and Economics elect- ior year. The criteria for departmental honors are: ing to major in economics must take the college core 1. Completion of the major program with at least 33 courses listed in the College of Business and Economics credits of economics and a grade point average in section of this catalog. They must also take Eco 119 and those courses of 3.5 or better. at least 12 credit hours of 200 and 300-level economics courses beyond the core requirements. These courses 2. Submission of an acceptable research paper to the may be chosen so as to form an area of specialization or Departmental Honors committee. To qualify a can- to provide a broad exposure to the various aspects of the didate for honors this paper must report on original discipline. In any case, students should consult with the research conducted solely by the student as part of major advisor in forming their programs. an economics course. The student should consult with the instructor of that course for suggestions for Major in Business Economics improving the paper prior to submitting it to the The business economics major prepares students for committee. The committee will notify students of careers as business consultants or analysts by teaching the submission deadlines and other requirements for sat- application of microeconomic theory to the analysis of isfying this criterion. critical business issues. The emphasis is on rigorous, quantitative business analysis through the use of theoreti- Minor in Economics cal and mathematical models and econometric analysis A minor in economics consists of 12 credit hours beyond of data. Students electing the major in business econom- Eco 1. Required courses in the minor are: Eco 105 or ics must take the college core courses, Eco 322, Eco 333, 146, 119 or 129 and two elective courses. Elective cours- Eco 357, two elective courses from an approved list, and es must be chosen from among the 200 and 300-level a course involving student research on a problem identi- economics offerings with at least one 300-level elective. fied by an external client. Students should consult with Eco 371 does not count towards the minor. This minor the major advisor in forming their program. is available only to students in the College of Arts and Science and in the College of Engineering and Applied Science. Interested students should contact the minor advisor. Economics 197

Undergraduate Courses Eco 138. Athletic Complex Design (3) Eco 1. Principles of Economics (4) This course is for students to participate in cross disci- pline Integrated Learning Experience (ILE) research A one-semester course in the principles of economics. projects. The twin purposes of the course are to pro- General topics covered are: supply and demand; pric- vide real-world, team-oriented learning experiences and ing and production decisions of firms; the role of to apply economic analysis in evaluating the costs and government in the economy; the determination of benefits of newly proposed, or renovations and expan- national income; money and banking; monetary and sions of existing, athletic facilities. Prerequisite: Eco fiscal policy; and government finance. (SS) 105 or Eco 146. (SS) Eco 64 (AAS 64, Hist 64). Plantation to Ghetto (2) Examination of topics in the economic history of Eco 145. Statistical Methods (3) Descriptive statistics, probability and probability distri- African Americans from the 1500s to the present. butions, sampling, estimation, hypothesis testing, Explores the slave trade, slavery, the post-Civil War chi-squared tests, simple regression and correlation. South, the black family, migration, urbanization, and (ND) Note: Students may not receive credit for both race and poverty. Prerequisites: Eco 1 recommended. Math 12 and Eco 145. O’Brien, Scott. (SS) Eco 105. Intermediate Microeconomic Analysis (3) Eco 146. Applied Microeconomic Analysis (3) The application of economic analysis to managerial Determination of prices in terms of the equilibrium of and public policy decision-making. Prerequisites: Eco the business enterprise and consumer choice in mar- 1, 145 or equivalent course. Not available for credit to kets of varying degrees of competition; analysis of students who have taken Eco 105. (SS) market structures; determination of wages, rent, inter- est and profits. Prerequisite: Eco 1. Not available for Eco 158. LUCORPS Projects (3) credit to students who have taken Eco 146. (SS) This course involves teams of students in community- Eco 119. Intermediate Macroeconomic Analysis (3) oriented research projects. The twin purposes of the course are to provide real-world, team-oriented learn- Macroeconomic measurement, theory and policy. The ing experiences and to provide a resource for local use of alternative macroeconomic models to analyze governments and community organizations that would the level of national income, inflation, unemployment, allow them to draw upon the expertise of our students economic growth; the balance of payments, and as consultants in analyzing problems and formulating exchange rate determination. Prerequisite: Eco 1. (SS) policy. Prerequisite: Eco 1. Hyclak, Munley and Eco 129. Money, Banking, and Financial Watkins (SS) Markets (3) The nature and functions of money. Global money For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduate and financial markets. The role of commercial and Students central banks. Effects of the interest rate, exchange Eco 209. Comparative Economic Systems (3) rate, and the money supply on the economy. An analysis of the micro- and macro-economic, institu- Examination and evaluation of current and past mone- tional and political dimensions of various economic tary policies. Prerequisite: Eco 1. (SS) systems, with particular emphasis on former centrally Eco 130. (WS 130) Economics of Race and planned economies in their transition to a market ori- Gender (2) entation. Prerequisite: Eco 1. King (SS) The question of the role of race and gender in eco- Eco 210. Economic Evolution (3) nomic decision-making is explored. Various sorts of Structural changes, social transformation, and sources discrimination are discussed in an economic frame- of the long-term growth of the U.S. economy. work and possible remedies are evaluated. The Prerequisite: Eco 1. O’Brien (SS) historical role of race and gender in the economy is also discussed. Prerequisite: Eco 1. (SS) Eco 231. Business History (3) The historical context of the development of the mod- Eco 131. The Canadian Economy (2) ern business firm in the United States. The roles of This course analyzes the economic challenges facing entrepreneurship, economic structure, technology, and the Canadian economy. Some of the issues include: government policy in the shaping of current business Canada’s record on inflation and unemployment; the practices. Prerequisite: Eco 1. O’Brien (SS) distribution of income; the role of natural resources; and Canada’s health-care and educational systems. Eco 234. Labor-Management Relations (3) Canada’s monetary and fiscal policies, and Canada’s An analytical study of the U.S. system of industrial performance in the international economy will also be relations, including the evolution of the labor move- examined. Prerequisite: Eco 1. McDonald (SS) ment, worker choice on the issue of union representation, the process of collective bargaining and Eco 134. Evolution of the Automobile Industry (2) the impact of collective bargaining on the management This course traces the development of the automobile of the firm. Prerequisite: Eco 1. Hyclak (SS) industry from its origin at the turn of the century to the present. Topics include: the Model T and mass Eco 235. Labor Economics (3) production; the development of installment purchases; The economic analysis of labor markets, with emphasis dealer-company relations; worker-company relations; on labor supply and demand, wage and employment the rise of imports; and the decline of traditional mass theory, and the economics of unionism and other labor production. Prerequisite: Eco 1. King, O’Brien (SS) market institutions. Prerequisite: Eco 1. Thornton (SS) 198 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2003-2004

Eco 237. Transportation Economics (3) dynamics of monopoly and oligopoly pricing. Prerequisite: The principles of transportation in theory and practice. Eco 105 or 146. (SS) Transport models and their relationship to economic Eco 322. Competitor and Market Analysis (3) activity. Analysis and evaluation of transportation poli- Competitors, partners, and firms and governments cies, industry structure and performance. Prerequisite: strategically interact. This course uses game theory to Eco 1. Barsness (SS) analyze issues like pricing by competitors, vertical inte- Eco 240. Ireland’s Public Sector gration and contracting issues in supplier-buyer This course focuses on public sector programs—and the relationships, collective actions and joint ventures, and method used to finance them—in Ireland and compares research and development program. Students use both their structure to that found in both the United States and mathematical models and cases to analyze these interac- other countries of Western Europe. Topics include: the tions. Prerequisites: Eco 105 or Eco 146, Eco 145 and policy of neutrality and military (peace-keeing) operations, Math 21, 31 or 51. Deily, Dearden (SS) environmental protection, social welfare programs, health Eco 323. Evolution of Business Strategy (3) care, education at the primary, secondary and tertiary lev- Analyzes how business firms have adapted to changes in els, and key infrastructure areas such as urban planning technology, relative factor prices, globalization, and the and transportation systems. Special attention is devoted to extent of government intervention in the market. Material how membership in the European Union has impacted will be presented through discussion of case studies from the evolution of these programs in Ireland. Prerequisite: the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. Prerequisite: Eco Eco 1. Munley (offered only through Lehigh in Ireland 1. O’Brien (SS) Study Abroad Program) (SS) Eco 324. The Economics of the Sports Industry (3) Eco 246. Business Cycles and Forecasting (3) This course analyzes the role of basic economic forces in A study of short-term business fluctuations, growth, shaping today’s sports industry. Topics include: competi- forecasting and stabilization. Prerequisites: Eco 1 and a tion in the market for professional franchises; public course in statistics. (ND) subsidies for stadiums and arenas, compensation of pro- Eco 303. Economic Development (3) fessional athletes, the NCAA as an economic enterprise, Economic development, economic growth and their polit- and the impact of athletics on a university’s budget. ical environment are discussed in detail. The principal Prerequisite: Eco 105 or Eco 146. Munley, Sterrett (SS) economic development theories are examined. These theo- Eco 325 (Mkt 325). Quantitative Marketing ries are used to examine a variety of development issues including planning, poverty, rural-urban relationships, Analysis (3) physical and human capital accumulation, international This course explores economics and management science trade, and the environment. Emphasis on institutions and approaches to improve marketing decision making and development policy. Prerequisite: Eco 105 or 146. Gunter marketing interactions in such areas as strategic market- (SS) ing, e-marketing, advertising, pricing, sales force management, sales promotions, new products, and direct Eco 311. Environmental Economics (3) marketing. The development, implementation, and use Resource allocation implications of environmental degra- of quantitative models are emphasized. Cases are used to dation. Analysis of the benefits and costs associated with illustrate how these models can be applied. Students have alternative pollution control programs and strategies. the opportunity to learn how to use and evaluate models Prerequisite: Eco 105 or 146. Munley (SS) through spreadsheet-based assignments. Prerequisites: Eco 312. Urban Economics (3) Mkt 111, Eco 145, Eco 146, and Math 21, 31 or 51. The analysis of economic problems related to urban Dearden (SS) areas; the nature and function of cities; the economic Eco 327. Real Options and Investment Strategy (3) and spatial characteristics of urban activity. Prerequisite: This is an introductory course in financial economics. It Eco 105 or 146. Hyclak (SS) focuses on the principles underlying financial decision Eco 313. History of Economic Thought (3) making, with applications to stocks, bonds, and real A survey of the important historical writings that form estate. It is intended for students with strong technical the foundation of today’s mainstream economic theory. backgrounds who are comfortable with mathematical Emphasis is on the period from 1750 to 1950 and on arguments. The course is divided into three main parts: such notable economists as Smith, Ricardo, Walras, deterministic finance, single-period uncertainty finance, Marshall and Keynes. Prerequisite: Eco 105 or 146 or and options theory. Prerequisite: Fin 323 Weng (ND) 119. (SS) Eco 332. (Fin 332) Monetary-Fiscal Policy (3) Eco 314. Energy Economics (3) Monetary, credit and fiscal policies of governments and The economic theory of natural resource allocation over central banks with particular reference to the policies of time. Economics of exhaustible and renewable resources. the United States Treasury and the Federal Reserve Environmental effects of energy production and consump- System. Prerequisite: Eco 119 or 129. (SS) tion. Government regulation of the energy industry. Eco 333. The Economics of Business Decisions (3) Computer models for energy system forecasting and plan- Students analyze business problems using economic logic ning. Prerequisite: Eco 105 or 146. (SS) and techniques like mathematical programming, margin- Eco 315. Industrial Organization (3) al analysis and decision making under risk and Structure of American industry. Development of econom- uncertainty. New topics like asymmetric information and ic models to describe behavior in markets with varying the analysis of organizations are introduced. Case studies degrees of competition. Technological innovation, rela- are emphasized. Prerequisites: Eco 105 or 146, Eco 145, tionship between industry concentration and rates of and Math 21, 31 or 51. (SS) return on capital, role of information and advertising, Economics 199

Eco 336. Business and Government (3) Eco 354. Public Finance: State and Local (3) Analysis of government involvement in the private sec- A course dealing with the expenditures and revenues of tor. The problems of monopoly, oligopoly, and state and local governments. Major topics include the externalities in production and consumption. Optimum theory of fiscal federalism, intergovernmental fiscal responses to market failure and analysis of the perform- transfers, the design of state and local tax structures, cap- ance of actual government policies. Prerequisite: Eco 105 ital budgeting and debt finance, pension funds and or 146. Deily (SS) school finance. Prerequisite: Eco 105 or 146. Aronson, Eco 339. International Trade (3) Munley (SS) The theory of international trade; the theory of tariffs; Eco 357. Econometrics (3) United States commercial policies; the impact of growth Problems in construction, evaluation and use of econo- and development of the world economy. Prerequisite: metric models. Applications based on research and case Eco 105 or 146. McDonald (SS) studies. Prerequisites: Eco 105 or 146 or 119 and a course Eco 340. International Finance (3) in statistics. King, Taylor, Francis (ND) Analysis of balance of payments and disturbances and Eco 358 (IE 358). Game Theory (3) adjustment in the international economy; international A mathematical analysis of how people interact in strategic monetary policies. Prerequisite: Eco 119 or 129. situations. Applications include strategic pricing, negotia- McDonald, (SS) tions, voting, contracts and economic incentives, and Eco 342. Economic Development in China (3) environmental issues. Prerequisites: Eco 105 or 146 and An examination of the economic, political and social Math 21, 31 or 51. Dearden (SS) forces at work in the development process in China since Eco 362. Martindale Research Seminar (1-3) 1949. Special emphasis on post-1978 market reforms, the This course prepares students to undertake research on rural-urban divergence, the role of foreign trade and various topics in business and/or economics. Admission investment, the accumulation of human capital, and the to this course is limited to student associates of the deterioration of the physical environment. Course con- Martindale Center for the Study of Private Enterprise. cludes with a detailed discussion of possible futures of the Consent of the instructor is required. Course may be Chinese economy. Prerequisite: Eco 303. Gunter (SS) repeated for credit up to a maximum total number of 3 Eco 343. European Economic Integration (3) hours credit. (ND) Study of the problems of economic integration through- Eco 368. Health Economics (3) out Europe, especially in the Post-Cold War era among Supply and demand in the health service markets for the Western, Central and Eastern European nations. U.S. and Canada. Unique features of health care which Prerequisite: Eco 209 (may be taken concurrently with interfere with competitive market allocation and pricing. permission of instructor). King (SS) Overview of insurance systems and other payment meth- Eco 346. Numerical Methods for Business ods. Prerequisites: Eco 105 or 146 and a course in statistics. Chou, King (SS) Decisions (3) This course provides a connection between textbook eco- Eco 371. Special Topics in Economics (3) nomics/finance and the problems of real world business. Study in various fields of economics, designed for the It emphasizes practical numerical methods rather than student who has a special interest in a subject not mathematical proofs. Problems in finance are empha- included in the regular course schedule or for the stu- sized. The course teaches students how to use EXCEL dent interested in pursuing a significant supervised macros and advanced VBA (the industry standard) pro- research project in economics. Students interested in gramming techniques to model and manipulate financial enrolling in this course must submit a written proposal data. Prerequisite: Fin 323. Weng (ND) to a member of the faculty with expertise in the pro- posed subject area and to the department chair prior to Eco 351. Introduction to Mathematical the registration period for the relevant semester. Economics (3) Prerequisite: Eco 105 or 146 or 119. This course may Application of mathematical techniques to economic count towards the Eco major only once; it does not problems of optimization and to economic models. count towards the Eco minor. (ND) Prerequisites: Eco 105 or 146 and 119 and Math 21, 31 or 51. (ND) Eco 402. Managerial Economics (3) Application of economic and statistical analysis to mana- Eco 352. Advanced Statistical Methods (3) gerial decision-making. Business and economics Advanced probability theory, probability and sampling forecasting. Empirical estimation of demand, production distributions, and classical statistical inference. Index and cost functions. Resource allocations and pricing numbers, multiple regression, correlation, and analysis of strategies in various market structures. Decisions under variance. Spectral analysis, Box-Jenkins auto-regressive risk and uncertainty. Government regulations of business. and moving average stochastic processes. Prerequisites: Cases. Prerequisite: Calculus and Eco 401 or equivalent. Eco 105 or 146 and a course in statistics. Taylor (ND) Eco 404. Technology, Trade and Growth (1) Eco 353. Public Finance: Federal (3) Overview of the role of technology in economic systems. A course dealing with the expenditures and revenues of Productivity and growth effects, relationships to industry the federal government. Major topics include public structure, impacts on international trade and competi- choice theory, benefit-cost analysis, the theory of public tiveness. Prerequisite: intended to be taken concurrently goods, the economics of taxation and the design of tax with Eco 402. structures. Prerequisite: Eco 105 or 146. Aronson (SS) Eco 411. History of Economic Thought (3) Selected topics in the history of economic thought, with special attention to the origins of modern economic 200 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2003-2004

theory. Prerequisite: a graduate course in economic Eco 430. (GBUS 430) Public Finance (3) theory. The economics of public spending and taxation; princi- Eco 412. Mathematical Economics (3) ples of government debt management; theories of Applications of various mathematical techniques in the budgeting and cost-benefit analysis and public choice. formation and development of economic concepts and Eco 436. Economic History of the United States (3) theories. Prerequisite: consent of the instructor. Analysis of the colonial economy, transition to indus- Eco 413. Advanced Microeconomics Analysis (3) trialization, and the role of trade and transportation in A survey of methods of decision-making at the micro- America’s development. A consideration of the impor- economic level; price theory and econometric tance of slavery to the 19th-century American applications. Prerequisite: Eco 402 or equivalent. economy and other New World economies. Origin and development of banking and financial markets. Eco 414. Advanced Topics in Microeconomics (3) Prerequisites: Eco 401 and Eco 402 or equivalents. Resource allocation and price determination. Theories of choice of consumers, firms and resource owners under Eco 440. Labor Economics (3) various market forms. Prerequisites: Eco 401 and Eco The economics of labor markets and various labor- 413 or equivalents. market institutions with emphasis on current theoretical and empirical research. Prerequisites: Eco Eco 415. Econometrics (3) 401 and Eco 402 or equivalents. Computer applications of standard econometric tech- niques using regression analysis in a single-equation Eco 447. Economic Analysis of Market context. Discussion of problems of multicollinearity, het- Competition (3) eroscedasticity and autocorrelation. An introduction to Mathematical models based on game theory and indus- simultaneous equation models, identification and estima- trial organization. Cases are used to analyze the tion problems. Prerequisite: Eco 401 or equivalent. strategic interaction of firms and governments as com- petitors and partners. Eco 416. Econometric Theory (3) Mathematical and statistical specification of economic Eco 451. Urban Economics (3) models. Statistical estimation and tests of parameters in The application of traditional and spatial economics to single and multiple equation models. Prediction and the location of economic activity focusing on the tests of structural changes. Prerequisites: Eco 401 (or urban economic problems of business location, hous- equivalent) and calculus. ing, land value, land use and intra-urban transportation. Eco 417. Advanced Macroeconomics Analysis (3) Macroeconomic theory and policy. Emphasis on theoret- Eco 453. Government Regulation of Business (3) ical models and policy implications. Analysis of the economic justification for government regulation of private enterprise. Topics include antitrust Eco 418. Advanced Topics in Macroeconomics (3) policy, utilities, and health, safety and environmental Models of employment, income and growth in monetary regulation. Prerequisite: Eco 402 or equivalent. economies. Policies for economic stability and growth. Prerequisite: Eco 417 or equivalent. Eco 454. Economics of Environmental Management (3) Eco 423. Real Options Economic theory of natural resources. Optimal policies This is an introductory graduate level course in financial for the development of renewable and nonrenewable economics. It is intended for students with strong tech- resources and environmental quality. Prerequisite: Eco nical backgrounds who are comfortable with 402 or equivalent. mathematical arguments. The course is divided into three major parts: deterministic finance, single-period Eco 455. Health Economics (3) uncertainty finance, and options theory and its applica- Economic theory of health care delivery systems. tions. Prerequisite: GBUS 420 Financing health care services. Case studies of specific economic-financing problems and/or international Eco 424. Advanced Numerical Methods comparisons of health care delivery. Prerequisite: Eco This course focuses on techniques that apply directly to 401 or Eco 402 or equivalents or permission of the economic analyses. A particular emphasis on problems in instructor. finance. The course teaches students how to use EXCEL macros and advanced VBA (the industry standard). It is Eco 456. Industrial Organization (3) designed for decision making in business settings. The goal of the course is to review theoretical and Prerequisite: GBUS 420. empirical attempts by economists to understand mar- ket structures lying between the extremes of perfect Eco 428. (GBUS 428) Capital and Interest competition and monopoly. The course will focus first Theory (3) on describing the current U.S. industrial structure and Theories of interest and capital. Annuities; applications reviewing models of imperfect competition. The course of present value theory; investment valuation under then shifts to a closer study of individual firm behavior. uncertainty and risk; term structure of interest rates; the The final segment of the course is an overview of two theory of savings, cost of capital and capital formation. significant relationships between government and indus- Prerequisite: GBUS 406/MBA 402 or equivalent. try caused by the existence of imperfect competition. Eco 429. (GBUS 429) Monetary Theory (3) Eco 460. Time Series Analysis (3) The role of money in the economy from theoretical and Classical decomposition of time series, trend analysis, empirical perspectives. The influence of money and exponential smoothing, spectral analysis and Box- prices, interest rates, output and employment. Jenkins autoregressive and moving average methods. Education, College of 201

Eco 461. Forecasting (3) Department of Education and Human Methods of economic and business forecasting. Services Eco 462. Advanced Statistics for Business and Professors. Sally A. White, Ph.D. (Univ. of New Economics (3) Mexico), dean; Raymond Bell, Ed.D. (Lehigh), associate An expanded development of statistical concepts neces- dean; Edward S. Shapiro, Ph.D. (Pittsburgh), sary for business and economic research. Topics include chairperson, Iacocca Professor of Education; Linda M. probability theory, sets, density functions and distribu- Bambara, Ed.D. (Vanderbilt); Ward M. Cates, Ed.D. tions, sampling distributions, point estimation, moment (Duke); Christine L. Cole, Ph.D. (Wisconsin-Madison); generating functions, maximum likelihood, classical sta- George J. DuPaul, Ph.D. (Rhode Island); Asha K. tistical inference, power functions, likelihood ratio tests Jitendra, Ph.D. (Oregon); J. Gary Lutz, Ed.D. (Lehigh); and non-parametric tests. Prerequisite: calculus. Arnold R. Spokane, Ph.D. (Ohio State); LeRoy J. Eco 463 (IE 458). Topics in Game Theory (3) Tuscher, Ph.D. (Florida State); Perry A. Zirkel, J.D., A mathematical analysis of how people interact in strate- Ph.D. (Connecticut), LL.M. (Yale). gic situations. Topics include normal-form and Associate professors. H. Lynn Columba, Ed.D. extensive-form representations of games, various types of (Louisville); Michael P. George, Ed.D. (Missouri- equilibrium requirements, the existence and characteriza- Columbia); Warren R. Heydenberk, Ed.D. (Colorado); tion of equilibria, and mechanism design. The analysis is Lee Kern, Ph.D. (Univ. of South Florida); Nicholas applied to micro-economic problems including industrial Ladany, Ph.D. (SUNY-Albany); April E. Metzler, Ph.D. organization, inter-national trade, and finance. (Florida); Tina Q. Richardson, Ph.D. (Maryland); Karen Prerequisites: Two semesters of calculus, Eco 414 and E. Stout, Ph.D. (Univ. of Minnesota); Bruce M. Taggart, Eco 412 , or permission of the instructor. Ph.D. (Connecticut); George P. White, Ed.D. (Vanderbilt). Eco 471. International Economic Development (3) An introduction to the basic theoretical concepts in Assistant professors. Mary Jean Bishop, Ed.D. (Lehigh); international economic development and an evaluation Jennifer M. Brill (Georgia); Alec M. Bodzin, Ph.D. of their application by means of a representative sample (North Carolina State); Kathryn Ann DiPietro, Ph.D. of the literature. (Tennessee); Lana L. Edwards, Ph.D. (Oregon); Daphne Pappas Hobson, Ed.D. (Columbia University Teacher’s Eco 472. International Trade Theory (3) College); Arpana G. Inman, Ph.D. (Temple); Patricia H. Theories of comparative advantage, factor price equaliza- Manz, Ph.D. (Univ. of Philadelphia); C. Russell Mayo, tion, trade and welfare, tariffs, trade and factor Ed.D. (Univ. of Virginia); Andrew E. Walker (Utah movements. Prerequisite: Eco 413 or consent of the State). chair. Professor of Practice. David N. Miller, Ph.D. (Lehigh); Eco 473. International Monetary Economics (3) Barbara A. Wilson, Ed.D. (Lehigh). Theory of the balance of payments, the microeconomics Adjunct faculty. Lisa Andrejko, Ed.D. (Lehigh); Ann P. of international finance, various approaches to balance- Monroe-Baillargeon, Ph.D. (Syracuse); M. Kristine of-pay-ments adjustments, theories of foreign Bronson, Ph.D. (SUNY-Albany); John F. Campion, exchange-rate determination and macroeconomic policy Ed.D. (Nova Southeastern); Joseph P. Carney, Ph.D. (St. under fixed and flexible exchange rates. Prerequisite: Eco John’s); Lila U. Carrick, Ed.D. (Lehigh); Richard O. 417 or consent of the chair. Coe, Ed.D. (Temple); Alvin L. Crawley, Ed.D. Eco 475. Special Topics in Economics (1-3) (Massachusetts-Amherst); Brad K. Cressman, Ed.D. Extended Study of an approved topic not covered in (Lehigh); Patricia T. Doloughty, Ed.D. (Lehigh); Louise scheduled courses. May be repeated for credit. E. Donohue, Ed.D. (Lehigh); Lisa Ann Smitreski Draper, Ph.D. (Pennsylvania State); Robert H. Egolf, Eco 480. Economics of Technological Change (3) Ph.D. (Lehigh); F. Laird Evans, Ed.D. (Lehigh); David Explores theoretical models and empirical evidence on L. Fallinger, Ed.D. (Pennsylvania State); Scott R. the economics of innovation and technical change. Garrigan, Ed.D. (Lehigh); Nancy L. George, Ed.D. Includes examination of: the role of technology in com- (Univ. of Missouri-Columbia); Ronald Goldberg, Ph.D. petitiveness, industrial structure and economic growth; (Lehigh); Mary Rita Goodman, Ed.D. (Lehigh); Jackie alternative models of the innovative process; incentives L. Gower, M.Ed. (Lehigh); Scott C. Greenwood, Ed.D. for and other conditions affecting research and develop- (Lehigh); Roberta A. Heydenberk, M.Ed. (Lehigh); ment; the evaluation of the justifications for government Jessica A. Blom-Hoffman, M.Ed. (Lehigh); Claire Smith support of R&D. Prerequisite: Eco 402 or equivalent. Hornung, M.Ed. (Smith College); Joel B. Ingersoll, Eco 491. Master’s Thesis Ph.D. (Fairleigh Dickinson); Kevin Kelly, Ph.D. Eco 499. Dissertation (Lehigh); Joseph P. Kender, Ed.D. (Univ. of Pennsylvania); Kelley R. Kenney, Ed.D. (George Washington); Mark E. Kenney, M.Ed. (Kutztown); Education, College of Clark M. Kirkpatrick, Ph.D. (Alabama); Freya Koger, Ph.D. (Lehigh); Ochan Kusuma-Powell, Ed.D. The College of Education has one academic department, (Columbia); Laura L. Lansing, M.S. (Lehigh); Robert L. the Department of Education and Human Services. The Leight, Ed.D. (Lehigh); James LoGiudice, M.Ed. department faculty and program offerings are listed (Webster); Ronald J. Marino, Ph.D. (Michigan State); below followed by descriptions of course offerings. More Michael McAllister, Ph.D. (Oregon); Gary P. details on specific degree requirements and on university McCartney, Ed.D. (Temple); Kevin J. McHugh, Ed.D. graduate school regulations can be found in the section (Lehigh); Marilyn B. Miller, Ed.D. (Univ. of Advanced Study and Research. Pennsylvania); Philip B. Monteith, Ed.D. (Vanderbilt); 202 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2003-2004

Michael J. Murphy, Ph.D. (Pennsylvania State); James R. critical reviews of research reports representing various Newcomer, Ed.D. (Lehigh); Rosalyn P. Pitts, M.Ed. methodologies. Research report required. (Lehigh); Thomas J. Power, Ph.D. (Univ. of Educ 408. Introduction to Statistics (3) Pennsylvania); Eve Proffitt, Ed.D. (Kentucky); Carol M. Organization and description of data. Principles of statis- Richman, Ph.D., (Virginia Commonwealth); Laura R. tical inference including hypothesis testing, interval Roberts, Ph.D. (Pennsylvania State); Stephanie A. estimation, and inferential error control. Emphasis on Romano, Ed.D. (Lehigh); Kristin D. Arndt-Sawka, application. Ph.D. (Lehigh); Bruce S. Sharkin, Ph.D. (Univ. of Maryland); Anita Sharma, Psy.D. (George Washington); Educ 409. Analysis of Experimental Data (3) Timothy J. Silvestri, Ph.D. (Lehigh); David R. Snyder, Emphasis on analysis of variance designs including one- Ed.D. (Lehigh); Sheryl S. Solow, Ed.D. (Lehigh); Eileen way, factorial, nested, and repeated measures designs. M. Steele, Ph.D. (Hofstra); Thomas D. Sugalski, Ph.D. Introduction to multiple regression and the analysis of (Farleigh Dickinson); Connie Titone, Ed.D. (Harvard); covariance. Prerequisite: Educ 408 or consent of instruc- Neil Toporski, Ed.D. (Lehigh); Jeffrey S. VanLone, tor. Ph.D. (West Virginia); Susan Van Zant, Ed.D. (United Educ 410. Univariate Statistical Models (3) States International); David R. Weiskotten, Ph.D. The univariate general linear model. Principles of (Lehigh); Daniel F. Werner, Psy.D. (Illinois School of expressing models and hypotheses about those models. Professional Psychology - Meadows). Emphasis on similarity among the analysis of variance, Affiliated faculty. Susan Barrett (Psychology); Mark H. multiple regression, and the analysis of covariance. Bickhard (Psychology); Ian T. Birky (Counseling Examples of non-standard models and generalization to Services); Marvin Charles (Chemical Engineering); Beth complex designs. Prerequisite: Educ 409 or consent of R. Golden (Counseling Services); Roy C. Herrenkohl the instructor. (Sociology and Anthropology); Diane T. Hyland (Psychology); Vincent G. Munley (Economics); William Educ 411. Multivariate Statistical Models (3) The multivariate general linear model. Principles of Newman (Psychology); Ageliki Nicolopoulou expressing multivariate models and hypotheses about (Psychology); John Nyby (Biological Sciences); Padraig those models. Emphasis on similarity among the multi- G. O’Seaghdha (Psychology); Neal G. Simon (Biological variate analysis of variance, multiple regression, and the Sciences). analysis of covariance. Examples of non-standard models The department offers master’s degrees and/or profes- and generalization to complex designs. Prerequisite: sional certification in counseling and human services, Educ 410 or consent of the instructor. educational technology, educational leadership, elemen- tary and secondary education, school counseling, and Educ 412. Advanced Applications of Psychometric special education as well as the Ed.S. degree and profes- Principles (3) sional certification in school psychology and special Conceptual examination of exploratory and confirmatory education. Ed.D. degree programs are offered in cur- factor analysis, cluster analysis, latent-trait modeling, and riculum and instruction, educational leadership, other advanced psychometric topics. Prerequisites: Educ 409 educational technology, and elementary education. or equivalent or SchP/CPsy 427. Ph.D. degrees are offered in counseling psychology, Educ 416. (SR 416) Quasi-Experimentation and school psychology, and special education. While general Program Evaluation (3) courses are listed separately, the courses pertinent to each Social science research methods for non-laboratory set- program are listed below. tings. Detailed examination of a dozen Education quasi-experimental research designs, three dozen threats to validity, possible controls, and uses in social program Educ 383. Supervised Research in Applied evaluation. Nonmathematical presentation. Psychology (1-3) Provides undergraduate junior and senior psychology Educ 451. Applied Principles of Cognitive majors a formal supervised research experience in applied Psychology (3) psychology. Students are assigned for the semester to a Basic principles and contemporary theories of cognitive research team led by a participating faculty member in psychology will be covered, especially regarding the appli- the counseling psychology or school psychology pro- cation of these principles to education. Experimental grams in the College of Education. (Repeatable up to 6 research relevant to contemporary theories of cognitive credits.) psychology and the application of these theories in educa- tional settings will be reviewed. Educ 388. Statistical Computing (3) Use of one or more major statistical software packages. Educ 461. Single-Subject Research Design (3) Principles of data coding, editing, integrity checking, Experimental designs for use with small N’s. Topics and management. Emphasis on link between personal include design theory and application, experimental valid- computers, mainframes, and other software. Prerequisite: ity (internal, external, statistical conclusions and construct Educ 408 or consent of instructor. validity) and an overview of data analysis procedures. Educ 402. Developmental Psychology (3) Educ 471. (CPsy 471) Multicultural Issues (3) Survey of theories and research concerning perceptual, Examination of the influence of culture, gender, and dis- cognitive, social, and personality development through abilities on behavior and attitudes. Historical and current infancy and childhood. Prerequisite: Graduate standing perspectives on race, culture, gender, and minority group or consent of instructor. issues in education and psychology. Lecture/small group discussion. Course is restricted to graduate students in the Educ 403. Research (3) College of Education only. Basic principles of research; techniques of gathering and analyzing data; design of studies in education. Emphasis on Education, College of 203

Educ 473. (SR 473) Social Basis of Human CPsy 436. Culture-Centered Career Intervention (3) Behavior (3) Examination of the career development process and Development of human behavior from a social psycholog- interventions for children, adolescents, and adults with a ical perspective. Emphasis placed on the impact of society culture-centered perspective. Study of theorists, voca- upon school-age children and adolescents. tional assessment process, and occupational and psychological information systems. Educ 486. Doctoral Qualifying Research Project (1-3) CPsy 439. Theory and Practice of Group Design and implement research project under faculty Counseling (3) supervision to meet requirements for doctoral programs. Introduction to the process of group counseling and May be repeated for credit. therapy. Selection of group members; group rules; group procedures with children, adolescents and adults; ethical Educ 491. Advanced Seminars: (with subtitle) (1-6) considerations with groups. Study of research on group Intensive study and discussion of a specialized area. Title processes, group therapy, and group leadership. will vary. May be repeated for credit as title varies. Prerequisites: permission of the program coordinator Educ 493. Internship in: (with subtitle) (1-6) required. Opportunity for students to apply theory to practice in a CPsy 440. Introduction to Family Counseling (3) variety of educational settings. Students will be super- Research and current trends in the practice of family vised in the field and participate in seminars dedicated to counseling. Overview and analysis of major theoretical addressing specific concerns and issues encountered dur- approaches of family therapy. ing their experience. Prerequisite: consent of the program director. CPsy 442. Counseling and Therapeutic Educ 494. Field Work in: (with subtitle) (3) Approaches (3) Identification of significant problems in an educational Theory, research, and technique of counseling within a environment, review of the literature, and development cultural context. Prerequisites: Admission to CPsy mas- of appropriate research plans. ter’s program or permission of counseling psychology program coordinator. Educ 495. Independent Study in: (with subtitle) CPsy 443. Counseling and Therapeutic (1-6) Individual or small group study in the field of specializa- Approaches Laboratory (1) tion. Approved and supervised by the major adviser. May One-credit laboratory will cover counseling skills used in be repeated. diverse theoretical approaches. Must take along with CPsy 442. Educ 496. Doctoral Research Seminar (3) For doctoral students. Research design and application to CPsy 445. Elementary School Counseling and various kinds of educational problems; data collection Guidance (3) and analysis. Criticism and evaluation of student propos- Emphasizes professional concerns of the elementary als. May be repeated for a maximum of nine credits. school counselor in working with teachers, parents, administrators, and other specialists. Policies, practices, Counseling Psychology and curriculum concerns, as they affect the development CPsy 427. (SchP 427) Standardized Tests, of the child. Prerequisite: CPsy 430. Measurement and Appraisal (3) CPsy 448. Secondary School Counseling and Principles of psychological measurement (e.g., tests con- Guidance (3) struction, technology, validity, reliability, functional Establishing an effective secondary counseling and guid- utility). Ethical, legal, and cultural issues in the adminis- ance program within the framework of the school setting. tration and interpretation of psychological tests. Case Policies, procedures, and curriculum concerns as they conceptualization, reporting and presentation. affect the student. Professional approaches to involve stu- CPsy 429. Diagnostic Interview Laboratory (1) dents, teachers, administrators, and parents in the counseling and guidance activities of the secondary school. Principles of psychological measurement (e.g., tests con- Prerequisite: CPsy 430. struction, technology, validity, reliability, functional utility). Ethical, legal, and cultural issues in the adminis- CPsy 460. (Psyc 475) Theories of Psychological tration and interpretation of psychological tests. Case Counseling (3) conceptualization, reporting and presentation. One-credit Analysis and synthesis of concepts drawn from counseling diagnostic laboratory is mandatory for counseling majors theorists. Research and current trends in counseling con- but optional for students from other programs. Lab covers cerning educational, social and vocational problems. diagnostic interviewing and systems for the identification Prerequisites: admission to the Ph.D. program in counsel- and classification of behavioral and psychological disor- ing psychology or permission of the counseling ders. psychology program coordinator. CPsy 430. Professional Seminar (4) CPsy 461. Assessment of Adult Intellectual Professional, ethical, and legal issues in counseling. Functioning (3) Management and delivery of counseling services in a cul- Administration and interpretation of individual tests/bat- turally diverse society. Professional development, teries of adult intelligence and neuropsychological certification, licensure, and role identification. A functioning. Consideration of psychological and cross- required one-credit laboratory extends counseling skill cultural issues in intellectual assessment. Preparation of acquisition and examines ethical and legal issues in coun- psychological reports. Prerequisite: CPsy 427 and per- seling cases. mission of the instructor. 204 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2003-2004

CPsy 462. Assessment of Personality (3) CPsy 485. Advanced Psychopathology (3) Consideration of issues and methods of personality This class will cover etiology, assessment, interviewing tech- assessment, including ethical and legal issues, and cross- niques, establishing a therapeutic alliance, and treatment cultural issues. Practice in the administration of planning in adult mental disorders. In depth coverage will instruments used for personality assessment. Supervised be given to Axis II disorders. The diagnosis and classifica- experience and report writing. Prerequisites: CPsy 427 and tion of abnormal behavior using DSM-IV-R medical model admission to the Ph.D. program in counseling psychology. will be emphasized. Alternate theories of abnormal psychol- CPsy 466. Current Issues in Counseling and ogy will also be discussed. Prerequisite: Psyc 435, Abnormal Psychology. Therapy (1-6) Examination of an area of counseling or therapy that is CPsy 486. Family Counseling Clinic (3-6) of topical interest to students and faculty. Permission of Supervised practicum training for advanced graduate stu- program director required. May be repeated for credit. dents in family counseling and therapy. Techniques and methods of conducting family counseling and therapy. CPsy 470. Independent Study and Research (1-6) Prerequisites: CPsy 480 and CPsy 440. Individual or small group study in the field of counsel- ing. Approved and supervised by the major adviser. May CPsy 487. Advanced Doctoral Practicum I (4) be repeated for credit. Supervised clinical experience for entry-level doctoral stu- dents with emphasis on the development of intake skills, CPsy 471. (Educ 471) Multicultural Issues (3) assessment procedures and intervention skills. Audio and Examination of the influence of culture, gender, and dis- video recording, individual and group supervision. abilities on behavior and attitudes. Historical and current Prerequisite: Admission to the doctoral program in coun- perspectives on race, culture, gender, and minority group seling psychology and permission of the counseling issues in education and psychology. Lecture/small group psychology practicum coordinator. discussion. Course is restricted to graduate students in the College of Education only. CPsy 488. Advanced Doctoral Practicum II (4) Supervised clinical experience with emphasis on advanced CPsy 472. Human Development Across the skills in interpretation, case conceptualization from a theo- Lifespan (3) retical perspective, termination and referral, and in the An examination of prevailing theories of human growth broad array of professional activities normally conducted and development across the lifespan. Examination of the by a counseling psychologist. Audio and video recording, interactive effect of various age groups upon one another. individual and group supervision. Prerequisites: CPsy 487 Particular emphasis on the helping relationships. and permission of the counseling psychology practicum CPsy 473. (SchP 473) Advanced Research coordinator. Methods in Applied Psychology (1-3) CPsy 489. Advanced Doctoral Practicum III (1) For doctoral students in applied psychology. Issues and Supervised field experience in counseling and therapeutic methods of research design, data collection and data settings for doctoral students with specific populations. analysis. Advanced discussion of quantitative, qualitative In consultation with on-site supervisor, the student will and single-case research design. Admission to the Ph.D. develop an area of focus for this practicum that will program in counseling psychology or school psychology include therapy experience, training and additional or permission of the instructor. assessment skills as needed. Repeatable for a total of 3 CPsy 476. Supervision of Counseling (1-6) credits. Prerequisites: CPsy 488 and permission of the For candidates for supervisor’s certificate or doctorate in counseling psychology practicum coordinator. counseling. Observation and supervision of counseling CPsy 491. Advanced Doctoral Practicum IV (1) practicum students. Prerequisites: CPsy 480 and permis- Supervised field experience in counseling and therapeutic sion of instructor. settings for doctoral students with specific populations. CPsy 480. Practicum (1-4) In consultation with on-site supervisor, the student will Twenty hours of weekly supervised practicum training for develop an area of focus for this practicum that will advanced graduate students in individual, group, and fam- include therapy experience, training and additional ily counseling and therapy. Prerequisites: CPsy 442 and assessment skills as needed. Repeatable for a total of 3 permission of instructor. May be repeated for credit. credits. Prerequisites: CPsy 489 and permission of the counseling psychology practicum coordinator. CPsy 481. Advanced Multicultural Counseling (3) This seminar covers models and theories of multicultural CPsy 492. Advanced Field Placement (1) counseling and intervention. Students should be actively Students perform counseling in university and commu- engaging in practice with multicultural clients in a nity agencies under the supervision of the Ph.D. practicum or field site, and these cases will form part of psychologists at the field placement. Open only to stu- the basis of course discussions. Prerequisites: CPsy 471, dents in counseling psychology. This course does not admission to the doctoral program in counseling psy- meet the requirements for CPsy 466. Course may be chology, and permission of the counseling psychology repeated for up to 2 credits. Prerequisites: CPsy 491 and program coordinator. permission of the counseling psychology practicum coor- dinator. CPsy 483. Field Work in Counseling (3-6) Twenty hours of weekly supervised professional practice CPsy 498. Counseling Psychology Doctoral in a school or agency setting as an extension of CPsy Internship (1) 480, Practicum. On-site supervision, audio and/or video A one year full-time or two year half-time supervised recordings and case presentations required. Prerequisites: internship in professional psychology. Student functions CPsy 480 and permission of the counseling psychology as regular staff member. Regular contact with academic program coordinator. advisor required in addition to end-of-semester evalua- Education, College of 205 tion by the internship site and the student. EdL 430. Development and Administration of Prerequisite: CPsy 491 and permission of the counsel- Special Education Programs (3) ing psychology program coordinator. (Repeatable for a Exploration of the research and practice of an effective total of 3 credits). special education program. Emphasis on curriculum Educational Leadership development, field-based research, and data-based deci- sion making program design and evaluation, and the EdL 400. Introduction to Organizational relationship of the special education program to the Leadership: Theory and Practice (3) pupil services program and the regular curriculum. Development of theories of administration and appli- EdL 432. Special Education Law (3) cations in educational institutions. Administrative An overview of the relevant legislation, regulations, and behavior in organizational settings; administrator’s case law concerning the education of students with dis- leadership role in decision-making, evaluation, and abilities in pre-k through secondary school. conflict resolution. EdL 434. Leadership and Management of EdL 405. The Principalship (3) Special Education Programs (3) Major problems of organization and administration of Introduction to the management practices related to schools, types of organization, pupil promotion, pro- effective leadership of special education programs gram of studies, teaching staff, pupil personnel, including budget development and management, contract management, time allotment, plant and staffing, instructional practices, student assessment equipment, and community relations. Prerequisite: practices, and parent involvement. EdL 400. EdL 438. Practicum in Supervision of Special EdL 406. School Principals Clinic (3-6) Simulated materials workshop on administrative deci- Education and Pupil Services Programs I (2) sion-making open to practicing and prospective Supervised field experience in all aspects of district- elementary and secondary school administrators. wide special education programs. Requires monthly seminar meetings. EdL 407. Development and Leadership of EdL 439. Practicum in Supervision of Special Middle Level Programs (3) Exploration of the design of programs to meet the Education and Pupil Services Programs II (2) needs of the pre and early adolescent learners with a Supervised field experience in all aspects of district- focus on organizational structure, instructional prac- wide special education programs. Requires monthly tices, curriculum design, staffing, student assessment, seminar meetings. Pre-requisite: EdL 438. and community involvement. EdL 440. Development and Administration of EdL 420. Leading and Managing Curriculum Pupil Services Programs (3) and Instruction Programs (3) Exploration of the research and practice of an effective Exploration of the theory, research and practice associ- comprehensive pupil services program. Emphasis on ated with an effective curriculum and instruction involvement of community agencies, field-based program. Topics include program planning, implemen- research, and data-based decision-making, program tation and evaluation, legal issues, contract design and evaluation, and the relationship of the pupil management, and budgetary considerations. Emphasis services program to the regular and special education on field-based research and data-based decision making curriculum. in program design and evaluation. EdL 442. Leadership and Management of Pupil EdL 422. Curriculum Management for the Services Programs (3) School Executive (3) Overview of the management practices related to effec- A survey of the methods used to facilitate a curriculum tive leadership of pupil services programs, including development process based on the theories and find- budget development and management, staffing, ings from research and practice. Application of instructional practices, community agency partner- concepts to practical problems in curriculum leader- ships, student assessment, legal issues, and parent ship to acquire skills in the change process for involvement. instruction innovation. Emphasis on current theory EdL 450. Curriculum Design in a Global Society (3) and research in standards, technology, and curriculum Exploration of global issues and their effects on what is integration. taught in schools, specifically in international schools. EdL 428. Practicum in Supervision of Emphasis on the analysis of curriculum and the influ- ence that culture plays in decision making. Curriculum and Instruction I (2) Supervised field experience in all aspects of district- EdL 452. Comparative Education (3) wide curriculum and instructional activities. Requires Survey of education practices abroad. Systems of artic- monthly seminar meetings. ulation, social and legal foundations, and structure in government. Emphasis on the nature and purpose EdL 429. Practicum in Supervision of schools in various cultural contexts and the major Curriculum and Instruction II (2) problems and trends occurring throughout the world. Advanced supervised field experience in all aspects of district-wide curriculum and instructional activities. EdL 466. Supervision of Instruction (3) Requires monthly seminar meetings. Pre-requisite: Analysis of the principles underlying the organization EdL 428. and supervision of instruction; application to specific teaching situations K-12. 206 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2003-2004

EdL 467. Supervision and Professional human resources manager, instructional leader, financial Development (3) manager, and director of community relations. Emphasis on establishing skills in human resource man- EdL 488. Program Evaluation (3) agement and supervision, including staff selection, The historical background, theory, methodology, and cur- supervision models, assessment and feedback methods, rent practices of program evaluation in the human services managing a diverse workforce, and adult development area. Emphasis on conducting evaluations of educational related to professional growth options. This course is programs and gathering data to make effective program designed specifically for individuals enrolled in a supervi- decisions. Participants are required to design a program sory certification program. evaluation research plan. EdL 468. Applied Learning Theory for School EdL 489. Doctoral Seminar in School Leadership (3) Administration (3) Overview of the foundations, principles, and theories of Analysis of the theoretical, empirical, and conceptual curriculum, teaching, and learning. Emphasis on histori- aspects of contemporary issues in educational adminis- cal perspectives, teaching and learning for tration and their implications for policy formulation and understanding, and schools as professional organizations. implementation in educational institutions. Prerequisite: The purpose is to provide prospective administrators Official standing as a doctoral student in educational with the background for developing a balanced and chal- leadership. lenging school-wide curriculum, for supervising instruction, and for supporting school improvement. Educational Technology EdL 469. Advanced Instructional Supervision (3) EdT 401. (TBTE 401) Technology-Based Teaching A staff development approach to supervision designed to and Learning 1: Foundations and Issues (3) extend the supervisor’s knowledge of and skills in apply- Historical, philosophical, psychological, and curricular ing clinical techniques to instructional supervision. foundations of teaching and learning with technology. EdL 470. Special Topics in Educational All students will acquire technical skills for use in this Leadership: (with subtitle) (1-6) and subsequence courses. (Must be taken in sequence with EdT 402/TBTE 402 Technology-Based Teaching Intensive study and discussion of a specialized area. Title and Learning 2: Methods & Assessment). will vary. May be repeated for credit as title varies. EdL 473. Human Resources Management (3) EdT 402. (TBTE 402) Technology-Based Teaching Overview of the effective utilization of the human and Learning 2: Methods and Assessment (3) resources of educational organizations. Trends in human Second course in a two-course sequence, this course resource planning, recruitment, selection, development, explores ways to determine the effectiveness of technolo- evaluation, compensation and contract administration. gy-based teaching and learning methods and products. Emphasis on identifying best practices in the use of tech- EdL 476. School Financial Management (3) nology. Has a strong research component. (Must be Theoretical and practical foundation in financial man- taken in sequence with EdT 401/TBTE 401 agement emphasizing the economics of education, Technology-Based Teaching and Learning 1: financing and distribution of funds, and the manage- Foundations & Issues). ment of funds at the school and district level. EdT 404. Interactive Multimedia Programming (3) EdL 477. Seminar in School-Community Introduction to programming interactive multimedia Relations (3) applications in education and training. Emphasis on cre- Analysis and development of the communication and ating applications utilizing sound, video, graphics and public relations skills needed by educators in dealing other digital resources. with the public. EdT 405. Website and Resource Development (3) EdL 479. School Law (3) Introduction to resource development and HTML edit- Effect of school law on administration of public school ing tools used in the creation of eLearning Websites. systems; analysis and synthesis of judicial interpretations Covers fundamentals of: HTML and commercial Web- of the constitutions, statutes, rules, regulations, and creation software packages; scanners and digital video common law relating to educational issues. cameras; and use of digital resource creation-and-manip- EdL 481. Policy and Politics in Public Education (3) ulation programs. Analysis of the forces, factors, agencies, formal govern- EdT 406. Advanced Multimedia Programming (3) mental systems and informal subsystems that influence Advanced programming techniques applied to the devel- educational policy in local districts and state and nation- opment of technology-based instruction using al governments. commercial programming tools. Prerequisite: EdT 404 EdL 485. The Superintendency (3) or consent of instructor. A theoretical and historical examination of superintend- EdT 407. Advanced Website and Resource ents’ leadership, school board/superintendent relations, Development (3) and the array of duties and demands upon the superin- Focus on using more sophisticated Website and digital tendency. resource development-and-manipulation tools to create EdL 486. Superintendency Clinic (3) multimedia learning materials. Prerequisite: EdT 405 or Practical experiences in meeting the challenges inherent consent of instructor. in the position of superintendent and associated central EdT 418. Desktop Publishing (3) office positions. Emphasis on the five basic functional This course emphasizes the application of visual design roles of the superintendent: CEO to school board, technologies required to create and publish electronically Education, College of 207 prepared documents. The creation of high quality text and development and management, staff development, and special graphics effects will be examined. Advanced tech- proposal preparation. nologies related to desktop publishing such as optical EdT 477. Research Topics in Educational character recognition, color printing theory and digital video will be included. Technology (3) Current issues and practices related to the use or adop- EdT 420. Media Production for Instructional tion of educational technology. Topics will vary (for Programming (3) example, The Role of Educational Technology in Applications in the design, production, editing, and eval- Teaching Persons with Special Needs; Educational uation of educational video tapes. Students will gain Technology in the Workplace; Educational Technology hands-on experience designing, filming, editing, and and School Restructuring). May be repeated for credit as producing educational learning materials in a studio pro- topic varies. duction center. EdT 478. Applied Research in Educational EdT 428. Advanced Interactive Computing and Technology (4) Telecommunications (4) Approaches and techniques applicable to empirical Integration of object-oriented programming and emerg- research studies in educational technology, both quanti- ing telecommunication networks for interactive tative and qualitative. Students design and carry out distributed learning. Conceptual orientation, policy small-scale investigations of research questions and issues, and emphasizing interactive instruction and train- hypotheses related to educational technology and write ing delivered over enterprise and wide area networks. up research reports of their findings and conclusions. Special attention to the construction of applications for Prerequisite: Educ 403. satellite delivery, the Internet, and desktop-conferencing systems. Prerequisite: EdT 404 or consent of instructor. School Psychology EdT 433. Instructional Design (3) SchP 402. (SpEd 402) Applied Behavior Analysis (3) In-depth exploration of instructional design models and Theory and application of behavior modification meth- philosophies and their implications for teaching and ods in classroom and clinical settings. Topics include learning using technology. Systematic application of behavior analysis, outcome research, task utilization, and design approaches and procedures used in education and single case research. industry. SchP 404. Historical and Contemporary Issues in EdT 443. Principles of Interface Design (3) School Psychology (3) Design principles applied to the creation of technology- History of psychology, education, and school psychology. based interfaces. Special emphasis on graphical user Roles and function of school psychologist; legal and ethi- interfaces in education and training, although concepts cal aspects of school psychology. covered apply to all interfaces. SchP 412. Consultation Procedures (2) EdT 453. Advanced Instructional Design (3) Observational methodology utilized in consultation; Advanced instructional design and interface issues. rationale, theory and methods of consultation; individ- Design of instructional environments, selection of ual, group and parent consulting. Study of research on instructional metaphors, impact of the interface on the the consultation process. Students must also register for user, and demands of designing for newer learning tech- one credit of SchP 431. nologies. Prerequisite: EdT 433 or consent of instructor. SchP 422. Assessment of Intelligence (3) EdT 455. Vygotsky’s Theories Applied to Administration and interpretation of individual tests of Educational Technology (3) intelligence used in school evaluation and preparation of Advanced seminar examining historical and theoretical psychological reports. Prerequisite: permission of instructor. issues related to Vygotsky’s theories of socio-historical psy- SchP 423. Behavioral Assessment (3) chology. Vygotsky’s theories applied specifically to the Techniques of behavioral assessment including direct design and use of technology-based instructional materials. observation, interviews, checklists, rating scales, self- EdT 458. Integrating Experience in Educational monitoring and role-play tests. Prerequisite: permission Technology (3-8) of instructor. Pursuit of independent topics of interest through direct- SchP 425. Assessment and Intervention in ed research, participation in internal or external project Educational Consultation (3) work or internships, or development of portfolio materi- Collection and use of data in designing classroom inter- als. Individual or team work under the direction of a ventions. Curriculum based assessment, direct behavioral faculty member. May be repeated for up to 8 hours of assessment, and structured interviews, and the interrela- credit. Prerequisites: Educ 403, EdT 404, EdT 405, EdT tionship with diagnoses are emphasized within the 407, and EdT 433. behavioral consultation model. Utilization of data from EdT 470. Technology Across the Curriculum (3) actual case studies. Prerequisites: SchP 402, SchP 423. Curricular issues related to using technology in various SchP 426. Advanced School and Family school settings. Technology’s varying roles in schools. Interventions (3) Emphasis on instructional and curricular concerns and Overview of school-based and family-based intervention how technology affects educational decisions. strategies for children and adolescents presenting inter- EdT 471. Planning for Implementing Technology personal, emotional, developmental or behavioral in School Settings (3) challenges. Examples of topics covered include crisis Logistics of implementing technology in educational set- intervention, peer-mediated interventions, self-manage- tings. Covers staffing, budgeting, and facilities ment interventions, behavioral parent training, 208 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2003-2004

interventions for child abuse/neglect and computer- SchP 440. Applications of Pediatric School assisted instruction. Prerequisite: SchP 402 or permission Psychology of instructor. Focus on further development of students’ knowledge SchP 427. (CPsy 427) Standardized Tests, and application of pediatric school psychology. The etiol- Measurement and Appraisal (3) ogy and developmental course of pediatric medical Principles of psychological measurement (e.g., tests con- conditions will be examined, emphasizing the impact on struction, technology, validity, reliability, functional utility). school, family and community environments. Ethical, legal, and cultural issues in the administration and Prerequisite: SchP 438 or SchP 439 or permission of interpretation of psychological tests. Case conceptualization, instructor. reporting and presentation. SchP 442. Doctoral Practicum in School SchP 429. Special Topics in School Psychology Psychology (1-6) (with subtitle) (1-3) Field-based experience in providing psychological services in school and/or clinical settings. Prerequisite: admission SchP 431. Practicum in Consultation Procedures to doctoral program. May be repeated for credit. (1-3) SchP 443. Certification Internship (1-6) Supervised experience in conducting school-based con- Full-time experience in clinical/educational settings. sultations. Co-requisite, SchP 412. Student must complete a minimum of 1,200 clock hours SchP 432. Practicum in Assessment of Intelligence under joint supervision of faculty and field supervisor. (1-3) May be repeated for credit. Supervised experience in the administration and inter- SchP 444. Doctoral Internship (1-6) pretation of intelligence tests. Co-requisite, SchP 422. Full-time experience in clinical/educational settings. SchP 433. Practicum in Behavioral Assessment (1-3) Student must complete a minimum of 1,500 clock hours Supervised experience in conducting behavioral assess- under joint supervision of faculty and field supervisor. ments in school settings. Co-requisite, SchP 423. May be repeated for credit. SchP 434. (SpEd 434) Applied Research SchP 473. (CPsy 473) Advanced Research Practicum (1-3) Methods in Applied Psychology (1-3) Designing and conducting research projects in applied For doctoral students in applied psychology. Issues and settings. methods of research design, data collection and data analysis. Advanced discussion of quantitative, qualitative SchP 435. Practicum in Assessment & and single-case research design. Admission to the Ph.D. Intervention in Educational Consultation (1-3) program in counseling psychology or school psychology Supervised experience in conducting curriculum-based or permission of the instructor. assessments and designing intervention strategies for educational problems. Co-requisite, SchP 425. SchP 496. Doctoral Seminar in School Psychology (with subtitle) (3) SchP 436. Specialized Practicum in School Selected topics in school psychology (titles will vary) Psychology (with subtitle) (1-3) including professional issues, assessment and interven- Supervised field experience in school psychology with a tion in school settings, and supervision of school specific population or setting. May be repeated for cred- psychology services. May be repeated for credit. it. Permission of instructor required. Prerequisite: admission to doctoral program. SchP 437. Advanced Child Psychopathology (3) Special Education Advanced training in the definition, classification, etiolo- gy, long-term outcome, and treatment of children and SpEd 330. Special Topics in Special Education: adolescents with various psychopathological disorders. (with subtitle)(1-3) Emphasis is placed upon the assessment and treatment Current issues in the education of individuals with special of child and adolescent psychopathology in school set- needs. Titles vary. May be repeated for credit as title varies. tings. Prerequisites: admission to doctoral program or by permission of instructor. SpEd 332. Education and Inclusion for Individuals with Special Needs (3) SchP 438. Health/Pediatric Psychology (3) Legal, educational and social issues related to the special Introduction to training in the definition, etiology and education of individuals with mental retardation, physi- behavioral/academic characteristics of children and ado- cal disabilities, emotional/behavioral disorders, learning lescents with medical disorders. Emphasis is placed on disabilities, visual and hearing impairments, health the assessment and treatment of educational and behav- impairments and those who are intellectually gifted. ioral sequelae of medical disorders in both school and Emphasis will be on meeting the diverse needs of stu- health settings. Prerequisites: admission to doctoral pro- dents in general education classrooms and settings. gram in school psychology or permission of instructor. SpEd 338. (Psyc 338) Emotional and Behavioral SchP 439. Comprehensive School Health Disorders of Children (3) Programs (3) Definition, classification, etiology, treatment, and histor- Examination of school-wide programs designed to ical perspective of children and adolescent disorders. address health care needs of children and adolescents in school settings. Focus is on development of primary pre- SpEd 402. (SchP 402) Applied Behavior Analysis (3) vention and integration of educational, medical, social Theory and application of behavior modification meth- and community resources. Permission of instructor ods in classroom and clinical settings. Topics include required. behavior analysis, outcome research, task utilization, and single case research. Education, College of 209

SpEd 418. Life Skills and Transition Strategies (3) SpEd 444. Classroom Management (3) Curriculum and methods for teaching skills of daily liv- Introduction to positive behavior support strategies to ing and preparing students with disabilities for transition improve student behavior. Topics include school-wide to adult living. Includes vocational training, community and class-wide interventions and functional assessment skills, home and daily living, self-care, leisure, communi- to develop individualized behavior support plans. cation and functional academics. Emphasis on transition Prerequisite: Enrollment in special education program. planning for students with physical disabilities, emotion- SpEd 446. Practicum/Seminar in Academic al disturbance, learning disabilities, developmental disabilities, traumatic brain injury, autism, severe disabil- Interventions (3) ities and related challenges. Supervised field work with emphasis on designing and implementing academic interventions. Emphasis on col- SpEd 419. Academic and Curricular Strategies for laboration with general education teachers and parents. Individuals with Disabilities (3) Requires one-hour monthly seminar meetings. This Methods course designed to increase knowledge of course is restricted to students enrolled in the Academic instruction of reading, language arts, mathematics and Intervention Specialist program. content area skills. Emphasis on instructional design and SpEd 448. Practicum/Seminar in Positive strategies, evaluation of commercial textbooks and possi- ble modifications needed for use with individuals with Behavior Specialist 1 (3) disabilities. Introductory supervised field work with emphasis on conducting functional assessments, designing positive SpEd 420. Intern Teaching: Certification (2-3) behavior support plans, and teaming with families and Competency-based practice in application of procedures professionals. Requires one-hour weekly meetings with for teaching a broad spectrum of individuals with special faculty and other practicum students. This course is needs in preparation for Level I Certification as a restricted to students enrolled in the Positive Behavior Teacher of the Mentally or Physically Handicapped. Specialist program. Prerequisite: consent of program coordinator one semes- ter before registering for this course. SpEd 450. Practicum/Seminar in Positive Behavior Specialist 2 (3) SpEd 428. Positive Behavior Support (3) Advanced field work with emphasis on resolving difficult The design of comprehensive, multicomponent behavior case problems in positive behavior support. Requires support plans for individuals with disabilities who one-hour weekly meetings with faculty and other engage in challenging behaviors. Topics include func- practicum students. This course is restricted to students tional assessment strategies, antecedent and setting event enrolled in the Positive Behavior Specialist program. interventions, alternative skill training, consequence strategies, lifestyle interventions and teaming strategies. SpEd 452. Assessment and Planning for Taught from a noncategorical perspective. Prerequisite: Individuals with Disabilities (3) SpEd 402 or permission of the instructor. Educational assessment procedures for individuals with special needs. Understanding and applying formal and SpEd 429. Professional Seminar (3) informal assessments. Emphasis on curriculum-based Master’s seminar on current issues in the area of special assessment for placement and monitoring student education and research design. Prerequisite is 18 gradu- progress in instructional materials. Translating assess- ate credits in special education. ment information to develop an individualized SpEd 430. Advanced Seminar in Special instructional plan for a student with a disability. Education (3) SpEd 465. Advanced Methods for Inclusion (3) Advanced issues relating to the field of special education. Advanced techniques for educating students with disabil- Titles will vary. ities in general education based on current research and SpEd 434. (SchP 434) Applied Research practice. Accommodations and planning for physical Practicum (1-3) inclusion. Instructional inclusion through embedded Designing and conducting research projects in applied instruction, adaptations, and curriculum overlapping. settings. Decision hierarchies for level of instructional adaptation. Social inclusion methods through methods of social facil- SpEd 440. Early Academic Intervention (3) itation. Taught from a noncategorical perspective and Explores the potential effectiveness of interventions to addresses students with all levels of disability (e.g., mild prevent academic failure of children at risk for learning and severe). Prerequisite: SpEd 332, admission to the spe- difficulties. Emphasis on research-based interventions in cial education program, or permission of instructor. the areas of beginning reading, language and vocabulary, writing and spelling, awareness of print and exposure to SpEd 490. Doctoral Seminar in Special Education (3) print, and mathematics (number sense). Advanced knowledge of issues and research in the educa- tion of individuals with special needs. Topics will vary. SpEd 442. Learning Disabilities: Inclusion and May be repeated for credit. Prerequisite: admitted for Issues (3) doctoral studies. Explores major topics, issues, and trends in the area of learning disabilities. An overview of historical founda- Technology-Based Teacher Education tions of learning disabilities, theoretical perspectives and TBTE 312. Classroom Practice (1-3) medical aspects, definition, etiology, characteristics, Experience in elementary and secondary classrooms as assessment, service delivery models, educational related to theories of child and adolescent development, approaches, and instructional design. Emphasis on inclu- classroom didactics, and philosophies of education. sion strategies for adjusting and adapting to the Problem-centered discussion and observations. May mainstream settings in preschool, school, and post be repeated for credit. Prerequisite: consent of the pro- school environments. gram director. 210 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2003-2004

TBTE 314. Seminar in Elementary and Secondary methods, testing and evaluation, and innovations for Education (3) social studies at the elementary, middle, and high school Critical analysis and discussion of classroom instruction- levels. Attention will be given to examining textbooks, al practices based on experiences of participants as they courses of study, and teacher-made materials. engage in teaching experiences. Prerequisite: consent of TBTE 420. Reading in Elementary Education (3) the program director. Principles of teaching reading in elementary schools. TBTE 391. Workshops (1-3) Selection of appropriate materials, methods, and tech- Cooperative study of current educational problems. niques. Beginning reading instruction and the Provides elementary, secondary, and special education development of strategies for teaching vocabulary and teachers an opportunity to work at their own teaching comprehension in narrative and expository texts. levels and in their own fields. Limited to six credits dur- TBTE 422. Language Arts in Elementary ing a summer session but the student may register for Education (3) more than one workshop provided there is no duplica- Principles of language learning and the development of tion in subject matter. communication skills in elementary schools. Methods of TBTE 394. Special Topics in Education: (with teaching listening, speaking, handwriting, spelling, punc- subtitle) (1-3) tuation, and grammar. Selection of appropriate materials Examination of a topic of research or professional inter- and textbooks. est in education. Subtitle will vary. May be repeated for TBTE 424. Children’s Literature in Elementary credit as subtitle varies. Education (3) TBTE 401. (EdT 401) Technology-Based Teaching Role of literature in the instructional program of the ele- and Learning 1: Foundations and Issues (3) mentary schools. Use of trade books for individualized Historical, philosophical, psychological, and curricular instruction in reading, language arts, mathematics, sci- foundations of teaching and learning with technology. ence, and social studies. All students will acquire technical skills for use in this TBTE 426. Science in Elementary Education (3) and subsequence courses. (Must be taken in sequence Principles of the elementary science program. with EdT 402/TBTE 402 Technology-Based Teaching Demonstrations and discussions of appropriate materials and Learning 2: Methods & Assessment). and techniques for teaching science concepts to elementary TBTE 402. (EdT 402) Technology-Based Teaching school students. Enrollment limited to available lab space. and Learning 2: Methods and Assessment (3) TBTE 428. Mathematics in Elementary Second course in a two-course sequence, this course Education (3) explores ways to determine the effectiveness of technolo- Mathematical skills and concepts for the elementary gy-based teaching and learning methods and products. school program. Sets, systems of numeration, experience Emphasis on identifying best practices in the use of tech- with numbers, operations with numbers, number con- nology. Has a strong research component. (Must be cepts and numerals, and elements of geometry. taken in sequence with EdT 401/TBTE 401 Technology-Based Teaching and Learning 1: TBTE 440. Reading and Critical Thinking in Foundations & Issues). Middle Level and High School Education (3) Focuses on expository reading development in content TBTE 403. Child Development (3) areas such as language arts, mathematics, science and A study of physical, intellectual, emotional and social social studies. Practical teaching strategies in critical aspects of child development as they relate to the ele- areas, such as comprehension and study skills. Review of mentary schools. research and methods for improving the reading develop- TBTE 404. Youth in Society (3) ment of students. Social development, characteristics, and problems of TBTE 442. English in Middle Level and High adolescents and young adults. Impact of relationships with sibling, peers, adults, subcultures, in the context of School Education (3) changing institutions and values. Curricula, philosophy, methods, strategies, and materials in the teaching of English. Literature, genres, and the TBTE 405. Introduction to Testing and nature of text and text differences. Critical analysis and Evaluation (3) drawing inferences from narrative text and poetry. Construction and evaluation of the teacher-made test. Applications of technology and assessment principles. Selection of published tests and interpretation of individ- TBTE 446. Science in Middle Level and High ual and group results. Use and misuse of tests in assessing achievement. School Education (3) Curricula, philosophy, methodology, strategies and safety TBTE 410. The Writing Process (3) in the teaching of middle and high school science. Developmental characteristics of children’s writing and Emphasis on laboratory and instructional technology, at- relationships among writing, spelling and reading. risk and underrepresented students and current models of Predictors of writing achievement, teaching strategies science education. Permission of the instructor. and activities, and evaluation schemes will be empha- Enrollment limited to available lab space. sized, K-12. TBTE 448. Mathematics in Middle Level and TBTE 412. Curriculum and Instruction in Social High School Education (3) Studies (3) Curricula, instructional activities, and manipulative aids Curriculum, content, teaching strategies, and instruc- applicable to mathematics courses in middle level and tional materials of the social studies field. Emphasis will high schools. Teaching strategies and materials appropri- be placed on organizing content, using appropriate ate for teaching mathematics will be emphasized. Electrical and Computer Engineering 211

TBTE 461. Participation in Teaching (3) study along with supporting research for students inter- Study, directed observation of, and initial practice in the ested in the field of electrical engineering. It also jointly various phases of teaching in a laboratory-demonstration supports undergraduate and graduate programs in com- school or in area elementary and secondary schools. puter engineering, and computer science with the Prerequisite: consent of the program director. computer science and engineering (CSE) department. TBTE 463. Intern Teaching (2-3) Graduate study leads to the degrees master of science, master of engineering, and doctor of philosophy in elec- Intensive practice in the application of principles of trical engineering, and the master of science and doctor teaching. Supervision is provided by the cooperating of philosophy in computer engineering. school and by the university. Prerequisite: consent of the program director. The undergraduate programs emphasize the fundamental aspects of their respective areas. Engineering design con- TBTE 464. Intern Teaching Seminar (3) cepts are introduced early in the curriculum, and Critical analysis and discussion of classroom instructional required instructional laboratories introduce design as a practices. Discussion and illustration based on experience hands-on activity. Electives permit students to tailor of participants as they engage in intern teaching. their programs according to their interests and goals, Prerequisite: consent of the program director. whether they be in preparation for graduate study or TBTE 466. Programs for Gifted and Talented (3) entry into industry. Students are free to select courses Characteristics of gifted children; teaching gifted chil- offered by other departments and are encouraged to do dren; programs for the gifted in elementary and so when appropriate. In this way they can prepare them- secondary schools. selves for activities which straddle departmental boundaries or for entry into professional schools such as TBTE 471. School Curriculum (3) medicine or management. Students have the opportunity Curricular innovations. Applications of curricular designs to synthesize and apply their knowledge in a senior K-12. Subject matter and course design. Integration and design project. Students may use the senior design proj- importance of the fine arts and physical education in the ect as a way to participate in the various research projects curriculum. in the department. TBTE 473. Curriculum Construction (3) The department maintains a number of laboratories in Theoretical models of curriculum design and evalua- support of its curricular programs. These laboratories tion. Scope, sequence, articulation, continuity, and include the sophomore laboratory, junior electronic cir- balance in designs. Organizing for curriculum plan- cuits laboratory, microcomputer laboratory, ning, development, implementation and change. K-12. electromechanics laboratory, lightwave laboratory, digital TBTE 480. Advanced Doctoral Seminar in signal processing laboratory, and the digital systems labo- Curriculum and Instruction (with subtitle) (3) ratory. The department has research laboratories in Seminar on special topics such as curriculum manage- computer architectures, wireless communications, opto- ment, integration of curriculum, middle school electronics, compound semiconductors, electron device curriculum, etc. May be repeated for credit. For doctoral physics, microelectronics fabrication, signal processing, students or with the consent of the instructor. and communications. These laboratories are described more completely in the departmental graduate brochure. These laboratories, among others, are available for Electrical and Computer undergraduate projects. Engineering The graduate programs allow students to deepen their professional knowledge, understanding, and capability Professors. Donald Bolle, Ph.D. (Purdue) interim chair; within their subspecialties. Each graduate student devel- Rick S. Blum, Ph.D. (Pennsylvania); D. Richard Decker, ops a program of study in consultation with his or her Ph.D. (Lehigh); Douglas R. Frey, Ph.D. (Lehigh); Bruce graduate advisor. Key research thrust areas in the depart- D. Fritchman, Ph.D. (Lehigh); Miltiadis Hatalis, Ph.D. ment include: (Carnegie Mellon); Carl S. Holzinger, Ph.D. (Lehigh); James C. M. Hwang, Ph.D. (Cornell); Thomas L. Koch, 1. Microelectronics and Nanotechnology. Ph.D. (Cal Tech), Director of the Center for Optical 2. Wireless Communications and Networking. Technologies; Alastair D. McAulay, Ph.D. (Carnegie 3. Optoelectronics. Mellon); Kenneth K. Tzeng, Ph.D. (Illinois); Marvin H. Graduate research is encouraged in these and other areas. White, Ph.D. (Ohio State), Sherman Fairchild professor of electrical engineering. Computers and computer usage are an essential part of the student’s environment. The university provides a dis- Associate professors. Yujie Ding, Ph.D. (Johns tributed network of about 75 high-performance Hopkins); Karl H. Norian, Ph.D. (Imperial College, workstations and over 300 PC-compatible microcom- London; Boon Ooi, Ph.D. (Glasgow, UK); Meghanad puters in public sites throughout the campus. The ECE D. Wagh, Ph.D. (I.I.T., Bombay). department, in conjunction with the CSE department, Assistant Professors: Tiffany Jing Li, Pd.D. (Texas has state-of-the-art systems to augment and extend the A&M); Shalinee Kishore, Ph.D. (Princeton); Nelson generally available university systems. A primary resource Tansu, Ph.d. (Winconsin-Madison); Zhiyan Yan, Ph.D. is a network of more than 60 Sun workstations, file (Illinois Urbana-Champaign); Svetlana Tatic-Lucic, servers, and compute servers, running the Unix operat- Ph.D. (Cal Tech.) ing system. With over 60 gigabytes of storage, Professor of Practice: William Haller, M.S. (Lehigh). CD-ROM drives, tape drives, and accelerated graphics, The department of electrical and computer engineering these systems provide an array of software tools for stu- (ECE) offers undergraduate and graduate programs of dents and researchers including programming languages (C, C++, Pascal, FORTRAN, etc.), software develop- 212 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2003-2004

ment tools, software and hardware simulators, and elec- Bachelor of Science in Electrical tronic computer-aided design packages. In addition to Engineering the workstations, the department maintains a collection of PC-compatible microcomputers for ECE students, The required courses for this degree contain the funda- including a set of machines which can be dedicated to mentals of linear circuits, systems and control theory, hardware/software projects. The workstations and micro- electronic circuits, signal theory, physical electronics, elec- computers are connected via multiple high-speed tromagnetic theory, energy conversion, digital systems, and ethernet, fiber optic, and ATM networks, which are in computing techniques. A strong foundation in the physical turn connected to the university’s backbone network, sciences and in mathematics is required. Approved elec- and to the external world through Internet 2. Students tives, chosen with the advisor’s consent, are selected in are not required by the department nor the university to preparation for graduate study or entry into industry own a personal computer, but many find such a tool a according to individual interests. The program totals 136 valuable asset. credit hours. The recommended sequence of courses follows: A detailed description of the curricular programs follows See freshman year requirements, section III. with a listing of the required courses and with a listing of sophomore year, first semester (17 credit hours) the departmental course offerings. The departmental courses carry the prefix ECE for electrical and computer ECE 33 Introduction to Computer engineering. Courses given by the Computer Science Engineering (4) and Engineering department have the prefix CSE . A ECE 81 Principles of Electrical Engineering (4) listing can be found in the CSE department listing in Phy 21, 22 Introductory Physics II and Laboratory this catalog. Students are urged to search both listings for II (5) courses appropriate to their career goals. Math 23 Analytic Geometry and Calculus III (4) Undergraduate Programs sophomore year, second semester (18 credit hours) Mission Statement for the Electrical Engineering ECE 82 Sophomore Laboratory (1) and Computer Engineering Programs ECE 108 Signals and Systems (4) The mission of the electrical engineering and computer ECE 126 Fundamentals of Semiconductor engineering programs is to prepare engineers to meet the Devices (3) challenges of the future, to promote a sense of scholar- Math 205 Linear Methods (3) ship, leadership, and service among our graduates, to instill in the students the desire to create, develop, and Eco 1 Principles of Economics (4) disseminate new knowledge, and to provide international HSS elective (3) leadership to the electrical engineering and computer junior year, first semester (17 credit hours) engineering professions. ECE 121 Electronic Circuits Laboratory (2) Program Educational Objectives in Electrical ECE 123 Electronic Circuits (3) Engineering and Computer Engineering ECE 202 Introduction to Electromagnetics (3) 1. To provide students with the fundamental knowl- Math 208 Complex Variables (3) edge for the practice of electrical and computer engineering, and to develop their ability to formu- HSS elective (3) late, analyze and solve electrical and computer free elective (3) engineering problems in practice by applying the junior year, second semester (17 credit hours) fundamental knowledge of mathematics, science, ECE 125 Circuits and Systems (3) and engineering. ECE 138 Digital Systems Laboratory (2) 2. To provide the broad education necessary to under- stand the impact of electrical and computer ECE 203 Introduction to Electromagnetic Waves (3) engineering solutions in a global, societal, and envi- Math 231 Probability and Statistics (3) ronmental context. approved technical elective* (3) 3. To provide students with the foundation and desire free elective (3) for advanced education or graduate study, to instill an awareness of continual changes in their profession senior year, first semester (18 credit hours) in a global context, and to instill the desire for con- ECE 136 Electromechanics (3) tinued life-long learning. ECE 257 Senior Lab I (3) 4. To instill responsible professional attitudes and HSS elective (3) ethics and to develop skills in communicating effec- tively in working productively in a multidisciplinary approved technical electives* (6) team environment. free elective (3) 5. To provide an environment which enables students senior year, second semester (17 credit hours) to pursue their individual goals in a program which ECE 258 Senior Lab II (2) is flexible, challenging and supportive. approved technical electives* (9) HSS elective (3) free elective (3) Electrical and Computer Engineering 213

*Approved technical electives are subjects in the area of sci- Bachelor of Science in Computer ence and technology. Students must select a minimum of Engineering four courses from the ECE or CSE course listings, with a minimum of two courses in one of the technical areas The required courses for this degree contain the funda- described in the following list. Students must also choose at mentals of electronic circuits, signal theory, logic design, least one engineering elective in either materials, mechanics, computer architecture, structured programming, data thermodynamics, fluid mechanics or physical chemistry, and structures, software engineering, discrete mathematics, at least one science elective in physics, chemistry or biology. and numerical analysis. A strong foundation in the phys- For students interested in solid-state electronics, quantum ical sciences and in mathematics is required. Approved mechanics is recommended for the science elective. technical electives, chosen with the advisor’s consent, are selected in preparation for graduate study or entry into Approved Technical Electives for Electrical industry according to individual interests. The program Engineering totals 136 credit hours. The recommended sequence of courses follows: Breadth Requirement: Minimum of 4 ECE or CSE elec- tive courses. See freshman year requirements, section III. Depth Requirement: Minimum of 2 courses in one of sophomore year, first semester (17 credit hours) the technical areas described below. ECE 81 Introduction to Electrical Engineering (4) A. Solid-State Circuits ECE 33 Introduction to Computer Engineering(4) ECE 308 Physics and Models of Electronic Phy 21, 22 Introductory Physics II and Devices (3) Laboratory II (5) ECE 332 Design of Linear Electronic Circuits (3) Math 23 Analytic Geometry and Calculus III (4) ECE 333 Medical Electronics (3) sophomore year, second semester (19 credit hours) ECE 351 Microelectronics Technology (3) CSE 17 Structured Programming and Data ECE 355 Applied Integrated Circuits (3) Structures (4) ECE 361 Introduction to VLSI Circuits (3) ECE 82 Sophomore Laboratory (1) ECE 362 Introduction to VLSI System Design (3) ECE 108 Signals and Systems (4) B. Signal Processing and Communications Eco 1 Principles of Economics (4) ECE 212 Control Theory (3) Math 205 Linear Methods (3) ECE 339 Graphical Signal Processing (3) HSS elective (3) ECE 340 Adaptive Signal Processing (3) junior year, first semester (17 credit hours) ECE 342 Communication Theory (3) ECE 121 Electronic Circuits Laboratory (2) ECE 343 Digital Signal Processing (3) ECE 123 Electronic Circuits (3) ECE 344 Statistical Signal Processing (3) CSE 109 Systems Programming (3) ECE 345 Speech Synthesis and Recognition (3) Math 231 Probability and Statistics (3) or ECE 375 Computer Vision (3) Math 309 Theory of Probability (3) ECE 387 Digital Control (3) approved technical elective* (3) ECE 389 Control Systems Laboratory (2) free elective (3) ME 342 Control Systems (3) junior year, second semester (17 credit hours) C. Microwaves and Lightwaves CSE 216 Software Engineering (3) ECE 254 Microwave-Lightwave Laboratory (2) ECE 138 Digital Systems Laboratory (2) ECE 346 Microwave Circuits and Techniques (3) ECE 201 Computer Architecture (3) ECE 347 Introduction to Integrated Optics (3) CSE 261 Discrete Structures (3) ECE 348 Lightwave Technology (3) free elective (3) ECE 371 Optical Information Processing (3) HSS elective (3) ECE 372 Optical Networks (3) senior year, first semester (18 credit hours) D. Computers ECE 257 Senior Lab I (3) CSE *** Any CSE course except CSE 12, CSE ECE 319 Digital System Design (3) 15, or CSE 252 CSE 303 Operating System Design (3) ECE 201 Computer Architecture (3) HSS elective (6) ECE 316 Microcomputer System Design (3) free elective (3) ECE 319 Digital System Design (3) senior year, second semester (17 credit hours) ECE 320 Logic Design (3) ECE 258 Senior Lab II (2) Note: ECE 350 Special Topics (3) (The area of each approved technical electives* (9) course must be evaluated individually) HSS elective (3) free elective (3) *Approved technical electives (15 credits) are subjects in the area of science and technology. They are not restricted to 214 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2003-2004

offerings in the electrical engineering department and the Electrical Engineering: To satisfy the core curriculum computer science and engineering department. One elec- requirements in Electrical Engineering, students must tive must be an engineering science elective from another select three (3) courses from the following five (5) differ- department. ent areas: ECE 343 Digital Signal Processing; ECE 401 Advanced Computer Architecture; ECE 402 Advanced Graduate Programs Electromagnetic Theory; ECE 420 Advanced Circuits Graduate programs of study provide a balance between and Systems; ECE 451 Physics of Semiconductor formal classroom instruction and research and are tai- Devices. lored to the individual student’s professional goals. The Computer Engineering: To satisfy the core curriculum programs appeal to individuals with backgrounds in elec- requirements in Computer Engineering, students must trical or computer engineering, mathematics, or the take the following three (3) courses: CSE 403 Theory of physical sciences. Research is an essential part of the Operating Systems; ECE 319 Digital System Design; graduate program. Major research areas include: ECE 401 Advanced Computer Architecture. Wireless Communications and Networking Courses from other universities or undergraduate studies Signal design (CDMA, OFDM, etc), near-far communi- may be used to satisfy these requirements, by petition, at cation strategies, space-time diversity coding, channel the discretion of the department faculty. Additional gradu- and interference modeling, digital audio and video com- ate program information may be obtained from the pression, digital signal processing, novel devices, department’s graduate coordinator. communication networks, image processing, data fusion, and compound semiconductor devices. M.S. in Photonics The Masters of Science degree in Photonics is an inter- Microelectronics Devices, Integrated Circuits, disciplinary degree that is designed to provide students VLSI Design with a broad training experience in the various aspects of Mixed Signal design, Silicon integrated circuit technolo- photonics, including topics in Physics, Electrical gy, processing, fabrication and testing. Semiconductor Engineering and Materials Science and Engineering. It device physics, nano scale devices, CMOS VLSI logic covers both theoretical and practical topics in areas such design and verification, computer-aided design (CAD), as fiber optics, integrated optics, lasers, nonlinear optics VLSI chip architectures, computer architecture including and optical materials to prepare the students to work in embedded systems and systems-on-a-chip. New sensors, industry directly after graduation. The program is also actuators and novel microsystems, ranging from micro- designed so as to make it possible for students who wish electromechanical-systems (MEMS) to chemical to continue on for a PhD, to still satisfy the require- microreactors and Biochips. ments of their individual departments for the more advanced degree. For details on this program, see the Optoelectronics and Photonics separate catalog section under Interdisciplinary Graduate Fiber optic communications and networks, nonlinear Study and Research. optics and solitons, optical switching, novel devices, and optical computing. Free-space optical communication Departmental Courses systems. Courses are listed under the prefixes ECE and CSE. The Master of Science degree requires the completion of Generally, electrical engineering courses carry the ECE 30 credit hours of work that may include a six credit prefix and appear in the following listing. Computer sci- hours thesis for the EE and CompE degrees. A program ence courses carry the CSE prefix. Computer of study must be submitted in compliance with the grad- engineering courses are found under either prefix. The uate school regulations. An oral presentation of the thesis CSE courses are listed in the Computer Science and is required. Engineering department section in this catalog. The reader should consult both listings. The Master of Engineering degree requires the comple- tion of 30 credit hours of work, which includes Electrical and Computer Engineering (ECE) design-oriented courses and an engineering project. A program of study must be submitted in compliance with For Undergraduate Students the college rules. An oral presentation of the project is ECE 33. Introduction to Computer Engineering required. (4) fall The Ph.D. degree in electrical engineering requires the Analysis, design and implementation of small digital cir- completion of 42 credit hours of work (including the cuits. Boolean algebra. Minimization techniques, dissertation) beyond the master’s degree (48 hours if the synchronous sequential circuit design, number systems master’s degree is non-Lehigh), the passing of a depart- and arithmetic. Microcomputer architecture and assem- mental qualifying examination appropriate to each bly level programming. Prerequisite: Engr 1 or CSE 17. degree within one year after entrance into the degree program, the passing of a general examination in the ECE 81. Principles of Electrical Engineering (4) candidate’s area of specialization, the admission into can- fall and spring didacy, and the writing and defense of a dissertation. Circuit elements and laws. Behavior of simple linear net- Competence in a foreign language is not required. works. Characteristics of electronic devices and device models. Introduction to functional circuits, such as oper- The ECE Department has a core curriculum require- ational amplifier and logic devices. Principles of ment for graduate students in each of the degree electromechanical energy conversion and power systems. programs. The purpose of this requirement is to guaran- Includes a weekly session for review and discussion. tee that all students pursuing graduate studies in the Prerequisite: Math 22. Co-requisite: Phys 21. department acquire an appropriate breadth of knowledge of their discipline. Electrical and Computer Engineering 215

ECE 82. Sophomore Lab (1) spring for students not majoring in electrical or computer engi- An introduction to the fundamental laboratory instru- neering. Prerequisite: ECE 81. mentation and measurement techniques of electrical and ECE 201. Computer Architecture (3) spring computer engineering. Five or six experiments based on Structure and function of digital computers. Computer the fundamental concepts discussed in the prerequisite components and their operations. Computer interconnec- courses. Introduction to PSPICE and application of vari- tion structures. Memory system and cache memory. ous computer aids to design and documentation. Interrupt driven input/output and direct memory access. Discussions of electrical components and laboratory safe- Instruction sets and addressing modes. Instruction ty. Use of an engineering notebook and report writing. pipelining. Floating-point representation and arithmetic. One three-hour laboratory per week. Prerequisites: ECE Alternative architectures: RISC vs. CISC and introduction 33 and ECE 81, previously. to parallel architectures. Prerequisite: ECE 33. ECE 108. Signals and Systems (4) spring ECE 202. Introduction to Electromagnetics (3) Continuous and discrete signal and system descriptions using signal space and transform representations. fall Includes Fourier series, continuous and discrete Fourier Elements of vector analysis, Coulomb’s law, Biot-Savart’s transforms, Laplace transforms, and z-transforms. and Ampere’s laws, Lorentz Forces, Laplace’s, and Introduction to sampling. Prerequisite: ECE 81. Maxwell’s equations, boundary conditions, methods of solution in static electric and magnetic fields, including ECE 121. Electronic Circuits Laboratory (2) fall finite element numerical approach. Quasistationary One lecture and one laboratory per week. Experiments fields, inductance. Prerequisites: Math 205, Phys. 21. illustrating the principles of operation of electronic devices and their circuit applications. Basic electronic ECE 203. Introduction to Electromagnetic Waves instrumentation and measurement techniques. Co-requi- (3) spring site: ECE 123. Uniform plane waves in free space and in materials, skin effect. Waves in transmission lines and waveguides, ECE 123. Electronic Circuits (3) fall including optical fibers. Energy and power flow, Methods for analyzing and designing circuits containing Poynting’s theorem. Reflection and refraction. Resonators. electronic devices. Topics include device models, basic Radiation and diffraction. Prerequisite: ECE 202. amplifier configurations, operating point stabilization, frequency response analysis, and computer-aided analysis ECE 212. Control Theory (3) of active circuits. Prerequisite: ECE 108. Introduction to feedback control. Dynamic analysis of linear feedback systems in the time and frequency ECE 125. Circuits and Systems (3) spring domain, with emphasis on stability and steady-state Formulation of linear circuit equations in the time and accuracy. Major analytical tools: signal-flow graphs, root- frequency domain. Complete solutions of difference and locus methods. Nyquist plot, Bode analysis. Cascade differential equations. Network theorems. Basic stability compensation techniques. Prerequisite: ECE 125. and feedback concepts. Modulation theory, sampling theory and basic digital signal processing ideas. ECE 254. Microwave-Lightwave Laboratory (2) Prerequisite: ECE 108. Basic microwave and optical measurement techniques, design procedures and practical concepts. Practical ECE 126. Fundamentals of Semiconductor aspects of fiber optics, optical transmission, and modula- Devices (3) spring tion. Two three-hour sessions per week. Co-requisite: Introduction to the physics of semiconductors in terms ECE 346. of atomic bonding and electron energy bands in solids. Charge carriers in semiconductors and carrier concentra- ECE 256. Honors Project (1) spring tion at thermal equilibrium. Principles of electron and Open by invitation only to students who have complet- hole transport, drift and diffusion currents, generation ed ECE 251, Senior Project. Selection is based upon the and recombination processes, continuity. Treatment of quality of the senior project with regard to ingenuity, semiconductor devices including p-n junctions, bipolar design approach and completeness. The objective of this junction transistors and field effect transistors. course is to carry the successful senior projects forward Prerequisite: ECE 81. to completion of a technical paper suitable for publica- tion or submission to a technical conference. A written ECE 136. Electromechanics (3) fall paper and oral presentation are required by mid-semes- Two lectures and one laboratory per week. An experi- ter. Oral presentations will be made before an mental introduction to electromechanical energy appropriate public forum. Enrollment limited. conversion. Basic concepts of magnetic fields and forces and their application to electrical apparatus including ECE 257. Senior Lab I (3) electromechanical transducers, transformers, AC and DC With ECE 258, provides a complete design experience machines. Prerequisite: ECE 81. for Electrical and Computer Engineers. Research, plan- ning, and completion of the initial design for a project ECE 138. Digital Systems Laboratory (2) spring involving hardware and/or software, integrating the Implementation issues and techniques for digital logic many facets of their undergraduate program. Instruction design. Combinational and sequential logic design using in technical writing, product development, ethics and standard integrated circuits. I/O and interrupt process- professional engineering, and presentation of design and ing. Design and implementation of real-time complex research. Two three hour sessions and one additional two digital logic using microprocessor systems. Prerequisite: hour session per week. ECE 33. ECE 258. Senior Lab II (2) ECE 162. Electrical Laboratory (1) spring Continuation of ECE 257. Complete design, construc- Experiments on circuits, machines, and electronic tion, and testing of projects selected and developed in devices. Elementary network theory. Survey laboratory ECE 257. Present final design reviews and project pre- 216 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2003-2004

sentations. Submit a final written report. Discuss devel- Squares, and RLS algorithms. Kalman filtering is intro- opment issues, including manufacturability, patents, and duced with some applications. Some programming will ethics. Two three-hour sessions per week. Prerequisite: be required, using preferably Maple or Matlab. ECE 257 or departmental approval. Prerequisites: ECE 125 and Math 231 or Math 309. ECE 308. Physics and Models of Electronic Frey. Devices (3) ECE 341 Fundamentals of Wireless Physics of metal-semiconductor junction, p-n junctions, Communications (3) and MOS capacitors. Models of Schottky barrier and p- Overview of wireless communication systems basics. n junction diodes, JFET, MOSFET, and bipolar Cellular concept and other wireless systems. System design transistors. Prerequisite: ECE 126. Hatalis or White. fundamentals. Mobile Radio Propagation Modeling: Flat, ECE 316. Microcomputer System Design (3) Frequency Selective, Fast, Slow fading channels, Path Loss Models. Multiple access. Modulation Techniques for wire- spring less. Introduction to wireless networking. Wireless systems Content is primarily hardware oriented, but software and standards. Future wireless systems. Prerequisite: ECE issues are covered where required. Includes performance 108 or permission of instructor. characteristics of the more popular devices on the market today. Specific topics include: basic microcomputer ECE 342. Communication Theory (3) structure, bus interconnections, memory systems, serial Theory and application of analog and digital modula- and parallel interfacing, CRT controllers, interrupt struc- tion. Sampling theory with application to tures, DMA. Prerequisite: ECE 33. Holzinger. analog-to-digital and digital-to-analog conversion tech- niques. Time and frequency division multiplexing. ECE 319. Digital System Design (3) fall Introduction to random processes including filtering and Design techniques at the register transfer level. Control noise problems. Introduction to statistical communica- strategies for hardware architectures. Implementation of tion theory with primary emphasis on optimum receiver microprogramming, intersystem communication and principles. Prerequisites: ECE 125 and Math 309 or peripheral interfacing. Hardware design languages and Math 231. their use in design specification, verification and simula- tion. Prerequisite: ECE 138. ECE 343. Digital Signal Processing (3) Study of orthogonal signal expansions and their discrete ECE 320. Logic Design (3) representations, including the Discrete Fourier Review of basic switching theory, vector boolean algebra, Transform and Walsh-Hadamard Transform. canonical implementations of medium size circuits, Development of fast algorithms to compute these, with threshold logic, fault detection in combinational and applications to speech processing and communication. sequential logic, Multivalued and Fuzzy logic, regular Introduction to the z-transform representation of numer- expressions, nondeterministic sequential machines. ical sequences with applications to input/output analysis Prerequisite: ECE 33. of discrete systems and the design of digital filters. ECE 332. Design of Linear Electronic Circuits (3) Analysis of the internal behavior of discrete systems Introduction to a variety of linear design concepts and using state variables for the study of stability, observabili- topologies, with contemporary audio networks providing ty and controllability. Prerequisite: ECE 108. many of the concrete examples. Topics include low- and ECE 344. Statistical Signal Processing (3) high-level preamps; equalizers and filters; mixers; volt- Introduction to random processes, covariance and spec- age-controlled amplifiers; input and output stage tral density, time average, stationarity, and ergodicity. modifications; power amplifiers; analog switching and Response of systems to random inputs. Sampling and digital interface circuitry. Prerequisites: ECE 123 and quantization of random signals. Optimum filtering, esti- ECE 125. Frey. mation, and hypothesis testing. Prerequisites: Math 231 ECE 333. Medical Electronics (3) or Math 309, and ECE 108. Blum. Bioelectric events and electrical methods used to study ECE 345. Speech Synthesis and Recognition (3) and influence them in medicine, electrically excitable Application of digital technology to generation and membranes, action potentials, electrical activity of mus- recognition of speech by machines. The analytical tools cle, the heart and brain, bioamplifiers, pulse circuits and required for digitizing and encoding speech signals; the their applications. Prerequisite: ECE 123 or equivalent. methods currently used for synthesizing and recognizing Norian. speech; various hardware products available to perform ECE 339. Graphical Signal Processing (3) these tasks. Prerequisite: ECE 108. Holzinger. Application of graphical programming to mathematical ECE 346. Microwave Circuits and Techniques (3) principles in data analysis and signal processing. Review of Impedance transformation along waveguides. Matching digital signal processing, use of structures, arrays, charts, techniques. Applications of Smith Chart. Resonators as building virtual instruments, graphical programming for circuit elements. Scattering and transfer matrices. S- linear algebra, curve fitting, solving differential and differ- parameter design of transistor amplifiers. Stability. Noise. ence equations, signal generation, DFT and FFT analysis, Reflection type amplifiers. Prerequisite: ECE 203 or windowing and filtering. Prerequisite: ECE 108. equivalent. ECE 340. Adaptive Signal Processing (3) ECE 347. Introduction to Integrated Optics (3) Introduction to the uses and practice of modern adaptive Theory of dielectric waveguides (ray and wave signal processing. Theory and design of discrete-time approach). Modes in planar slab optical guides and in optimum linear filters and adaptive filters. AR, MA, and waveguides with graded index profiles. Coupled-mode ARMA processes are introduced. Common adaptive fil- formalism and periodic structures. Coupling of optical tering algorithms are derived and discussed for beams to planar structures. Switching and modulation of transversal and ladder structures, including, LMS, Least Electrical and Computer Engineering 217 light in dielectric guides: phase, frequency and polariza- tions, and optical computing. Construction and applica- tion modulators; electro-optic, acousto-optic and tion of holograms for optical memory and magneto-optic modulators. Semiconductor lasers. interconnections. Prerequisite: ECE 108. McAulay. Fabrication of semiconductor components. Recent ECE 372. Optical Networks (3) advances. Prerequisites: ECE 202 and ECE 203. Study the design of optical fiber local, metropolitan, and ECE 348. Lightwave Technology (3) wide area networks. Topics include: passive and active Overview of optical fiber communications. Optical photonic components for optical switching, tuning, fibers, structures and waveguiding fundamentals. Signal modulation and amplification; optical interconnection degradation in fibers arising from attenuation, switches and buffering; hardware and software architec- intramodal and intermodal dispersion. Optical sources, tures for packet switching and wavelength division semiconductor lasers and LEDs. Rate equations and fre- multiaccess systems. The class is supported with a labora- quency characteristics of a semiconductor laser. Coupling tory. Prerequisite ECE 81. McAulay. efficiency of laser diodes and LEDs to single-mode and ECE 373. Optical Communications Laboratory (2) multimode fibers. PIN and avalanche photodetectors. Fundamental optical instrumentation used for test and Optical receiver design. Transmission link analysis. measurement in optical communications. The theoretical Prerequisite: ECE 203. principles of operation of the instruments and the signifi- ECE 350. Special Topics (3) cance of the parameters measured in optical Selected topics in the field of electrical and computer communications will be covered. Fields of measurement engineering not included in other courses. May be include: optical power, optical spectrum analysis, wave- repeated for credit. length measurement, laser diode characterization, ECE 351. Microelectronics Technology (3) polarization analysis, modulation analysis, insertion loss Technology of semiconductor devices and of integrated measurements, optical reflectometry for component char- circuits, including crystal growth and doping, phase dia- acterization, optical time domain reflectometry and grams, diffusion, epitaxy, thermal oxidation and oxide backscatter measurements, dispersion measurement, and masking, lithography. The major emphasis will be on sil- characterization of fiber amplifiers. Prerequisite: ECE 347 icon technology, with additional lectures on GaAs or ECE 348 or ECE 371 or ECE 372, or equivalent. technology. Prerequisite: ECE 126. ECE 375. Computer Vision (3) ECE 355. Applied Integrated Circuits (3) Acquisition and processing of digital images. Emphasis on understanding of terminal characteristics of Interpretation of vision modalities. Intermediate level integrated circuits with excursion into internal structure vision, including segmentation, texture, and shape repre- only as necessary to assure proper utilization in system sentation. Three-dimensional scene understanding from design. Classes of devices studied include operational stereo, texture, shading and photometric stereo. Basics of amplifiers, digital-to-analog and analog-to-digital con- high level vision. Prerequisite: ECE 108 or equivalent or verters, linear multipliers, modulators, and phase-locked consent of instructor. loops. Prerequisites: ECE 108 and 123. Holzinger. ECE 387. (ChE 387, ME 387) Digital Control (3) ECE 361. Introduction to VLSI Circuits (3) Sampled-data systems; z-transforms; pulse transfer func- The design of Very Large Scale Integrated (VLSI) tions; stability in the z-plane; root locus and frequency Circuits, with emphasis on CMOS Standard Cell design. response design methods; minimal prototype design; dig- Topics include MOS transistor physics, device behavior ital control hardware; discrete state variables; state and device modeling, MOS technology and physical lay- transition matrix; Liapunov stability; state feedback con- out, design of combinational and sequential circuits, trol. Prerequisite: ChE 386 or ECE 212 or ME 342 or static and dynamic memories, and VLSI chip organiza- consent of instructor. tion. The course includes a design project using CAE ECE 389. (ChE 389, ME 389) Control Systems tools for layout, design rule checking, parameter extrac- Laboratory (2) tion, and SPICE simulations for performance prediction. Experiments on a variety of mechanical, electrical and Two one-hour lectures and three hours of laboratory per chemical dynamic control systems. Exposure to state-of-the week. Prerequisite: ECE 123. art control instrumentation: sensors, transmitters, control ECE 362. Introduction to VLSI System Design (3) valves, analog and digital controllers. Emphasis on compar- Structured hierarchical approach to the design of digital ison of theoretical computer simulation predictions with VLSI circuits and systems. Use of CAE tools for design actual experimental data. Lab teams will be interdiscipli- and verification. Topics include: systems aspects of VLSI nary. Prerequisites: ChE 386, ME 343, ECE 212. design, design methodologies, schematic capture, func- ECE 392. Independent Study (1-3) tional verification, timing simulation, use of a CMOS An intensive study, with report of a topic in electrical standard cell library and of a silicon compiler. The course and computer engineering which is not treated in other includes a semester-long design project, with the design to courses. May be repeated for credit. Prerequisite: be fabricated by a foundry. Two one-hour lectures and Consent of instructor. three hours of design laboratory per week. Prerequisite: ECE 138. For Graduate Students ECE 371. Optical Information Processing (3) ECE 401. Advanced Computer Architecture (3) Introduction to optical information processing and Design, analysis and performance of computer architec- applications. Interference and diffraction of optical tures; high-speed memory systems; cache design and waves. 2D optical matched filters that use lenses for analysis; modeling cache performance; principle of Fourier transforms. Methods and devices for modulating pipeline processing, performance of pipelined comput- light beams for information processing, communica- ers; scheduling and control of a pipeline; classification of parallel architectures; systolic and data flow architectures; 218 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2003-2004

multiprocessor performance; multiprocessor interconnec- locally optimum detection schemes for Gaussian and tions and cache coherence. Prerequisite: ECE 201 or non-Gaussian noise. Estimation of unknown signal equivalent. parameters. Topics of current interest including, distrib- ECE 402. Advanced Electromagnetics (3) uted signal detection, robust signal detections and Maxwell’s equations for various media and boundary quantization for detection as time permits. Prerequisites: geometries. Electromagnetic wave propagation through ECE 108 and Math 231 or Math 309. Blum anisotropic and nonlinear media. Guided waves, layered ECE 415. Numerical Processors (3) media and resonators. Radiation, antennas, strong and Design strategies for numerical processors, cellular array weak scattering. Scalar and vector diffraction, and peri- adders and multipliers, conditional sum and carry-save odic structures. Numerical solutions for boundary value asynchronous processors, data recoding and Booth’s algo- problems. Prerequisites: ECE 202 and ECE 203. rithms, use of alternate numerical bases, CORDIC ECE 404. (CSE 404) Computer Networks (3) trigonometric calculator, accumulator orientations, bit Study of architecture and protocols of computer net- slice and bit-sequential processors, pipelining and paral- works. The ISO model; network topology; lel processing considerations. Prerequisite: ECE 201. data-communication principles, including circuit switch- Wagh ing, packet switching and error control techniques; ECE 416. VLSI Signal Processing (3) sliding window protocols, protocol analysis and verifica- The fundamentals of performance-driven VLSI systems tion; routing and flow control; local area networks; for signal processing. Analysis of signal processing algo- network interconnection; topics in security and privacy. rithms and architectures in terms of VLSI ECE 407. Linear and Nonlinear Optics (3) implementation. VLSI design methodology. Includes a Diffraction theory, Gaussian beams. Optical resonators design project which requires use of a set of tools and waveguides. Crystal optics, second harmonic genera- installed on SUN workstations for behavioral simulation, tion, parametric amplification. Third order nonlinearities structural simulation, circuit simulation, layout, func- and associated phenomena such as phase conjugation, tional simulation, timing and critical path analysis, optical bistability, self-focusing, optical switching, solu- functional testing, and performance measurement. tions, etc. Photorefractive effect. Brillouin and Raman Prerequisite: ECE 361, ECE 343, or equivalent. scattering. ECE 417. Pattern Recognition (3) ECE 410. Digital Communication Systems (3) Decision-theoretic, structural, and neural network Unified description of digital communication systems approaches to pattern recognition. Pattern vectors and based on signal space concepts. Analysis of system per- feature extraction. Classifiers, decision regions, bound- formance in the presence of channel noise and aries and discriminant functions. Clustering and data bandwidth limitations. Comparison of many different analysis. Statistical pattern recognition, parametric and types of digital-modulation techniques, combined with nonparametric approaches. Syntactic pattern recognition. error correction, against theoretical limits. Both bandpass Introduction to neural networks, with examples of back and baseband systems are considered. Optimum meth- propagation and self-organization algorithms. ods of detection are considered for all systems. Prerequisites: Math 205 and Math 231, or equivalent. Suboptimum techniques such as adaptive equalization ECE 420. Advanced Circuits and Systems (3) are considered for baseband systems. Basic spread-spec- Review of the fundamentals of Circuits and Systems theo- trum concepts are introduced. Prerequisites: ECE 108 ry, including the time and frequency domain response of and either Math 231 or Math 309 or equivalents. linear time-invariant circuits. Equation formulation for ECE 411. Information Theory (3) general lumped circuits, including node voltage and loop Introduction to information theory. Topics covered current analysis. Basic graph theoretic properties of circuits include: development of information measures for dis- including Tellegen’s Theorem. Discussion of passivity and crete and continuous spaces study of discrete-stochastic reciprocity including multiport network properties. State information courses, derivation of noiseless coding theo- space formulation and solution of general circuits (and sys- rems, investigation of discrete and continuous tems). Modern filter concepts, including synthesis memoryless channels, development of noisy channel techniques for active filters and externally linear filters, coding theorems. Fritchman such as Log Domain filters. Techniques for the analysis of weakly nonlinear systems, as time permits. Prerequisites: ECE 412. Advanced Digital Signal Processing (3) Graduate standing, ECE 125 or equivalent. Design and analysis of signal processing algorithms, number theoretic foundations of algorithm design, bilin- ECE 423. Digital Image Processing (3) ear algorithms, computational techniques for digital Fundamentals of imaging acquisition and geometry. filtering and convolution, Fourier transform and its algo- Fourier, Hadamard, Walsh and Wavelet Transforms and rithms, number theoretic transforms and applications to their usage in image segmentation and understanding. digital filtering, general and special purpose signal High-pass and low-pass filtering in frequency and spatial processor designs, application specific techniques in sig- domains. Multiresolution analysis and spatial scale filter- nal processing. Prerequisite: ECE 343 or consent of the ing. Shape and texture representation and recognition. department chairman. Wagh Prerequisite: ECE 343 or equivalent. ECE 414. Signal Detection and Estimation (3) ECE 431. Topics in Switching Theory (3) Brief review of probability and random process theory. Emphasis on structural concepts motivated by recent Hypothesis Testing as applied to signal detection. advances in integrated circuit technology. Major topics Various optimality criterion including Bayes and include: logical completeness, decomposition techniques, Neyman-Pearson and their applications in digital com- synthesis with assumed network forms, systolic architec- munications, radar, and sonar systems. Optimum and tures, systolic lemma and its applications, bit serial architectures. Prerequisite: ECE 320 or equivalent. Wagh Electrical and Computer Engineering 219

ECE 433. (ChE 433, ME 433) State Space tion modulators; electro-optic, acousto-optic and magne- Control (3) to-optic modulators. Semiconductor lasers. Fabrication State-space methods of feedback control system design of semiconductor components. Recent advances. The and design optimization for invariant and time-varying course is an extension of ECE 347 for graduate students deterministic, continuous systems; pole positioning, and it will include research projects and advanced assign- observability, controllability, modal control, observer ments. Prerequisites: ECE 202 and ECE 203. design, the theory of optimal processes and Pontryagin’s ECE 448. Lightwave Technology (3) Maximum Principle, the linear quadratic optimal regula- Overview of optical fiber communications. Optical tor problem, Lyapunov functions and stability theorems, fibers, structures and waveguiding fundamentals. Signal linear optimal open loop control; introduction to the degradation in fibers arising from attenuation, calculus of variations; introduction to the control of dis- intramodal and intermodal dispersion. Optical sources, tributed parameter systems. Intended for engineers with semiconductor lasers and LEDs. Rate equations and fre- a variety of backgrounds. Examples will be drawn from quency characteristics of a semiconductor laser. Coupling mechanic-al, electrical and chemical engineering applica- efficiency of laser diodes and LEDs to single-mode and tions. Prerequisite: ME 343 or ECE 212 or ChE 386 or multimode fibers. PIN and avalanche photodetectors. consent of instructor. Optical receiver design. Transmission link analysis. The ECE 434. (ChE 434, ME 434) Multivariable course is an extension of ECE 348 for graduate students Process Control (3) and it will include research projects and advanced assign- A state-of-the-art review of multivariable methods of ments. Prerequisite: ECE 203. interest to process control applications. Design tech- ECE 450. Special Topics (3) niques examined include loop interaction analysis, Selected topics in electrical and computer engineering frequency domain methods (Inverse Nyquist Array, not covered in other courses. May be repeated for credit. Characteristic Loci and Singular Value Decomposition) feed forward control, internal model control and dynam- ECE 451. Physics of Semiconductor Devices (3) ic matrix control. Special attention is placed on the Crystal structure and space lattices, crystal binding, lat- interaction of process design and process control. Most tice waves and vibrations, electrons and atoms in crystal of the above methods are used to compare the relative lattices. Quantum mechanics and energy band theory, performance of intensive and extensive variable control carrier statistics, Boltzmann transport theory, interaction structures. Prerequisite: ChE 433 or ME 433 or ECE of carriers with scattering centers, electronic and thermal 433 or consent of instructor. conduction. Magnetic effects. Generation and recombi- nation theory. Application to p-n junctions. Prerequisite: ECE 435. Error-Correcting Codes (3) ECE 126 or equivalent. Decker, Hatalis or White Error-correcting codes for digital computer and commu- nication systems. Review of modern algebra ECE 452. Advanced Semiconductor Diode and concentrating on groups and finite fields. Structure and Transport Theory(3) properties of linear and cyclic codes for random or burst Properties of metal-semiconductor contacts, Schottky error correction covering Hamming, Golay, Reed-Muller, barriers, ohmic contacts, hot electrons, intervalley scat- BCH and Reed-Solomon codes. Decoding algorithms tering, velocity saturation, secondary ionization, and implementation of decoders. Prerequisite: CSE 261 avalanche breakdown. Applications to microwave devices or equivalent. Tzeng such as avalanche and Gunn diodes, Schottky barrier diodes, tunnel diodes and PIN diodes. Prerequisite: ECE ECE 436. (ChE 436, ME 436) Systems 451. Decker Identification (3) The determination of model parameters from time-his- ECE 455. Theory of Metal Semiconductor and tory and frequency response data by graphical, Heterojunction Transistors (3) deterministic and stochastic methods. Examples and Physics of metal semiconductor and heterojunction field exercises taken from process industries, communications effect transistors (MESFET and HEMT). Theory of and aerospace testing. Regression, quasilinearization and semiconductor heterojunctions. Properties of heterojunc- invariant-imbedding techniques for nonlinear system tion bipolar transistors (HBT): Equivalent circuits, parameter identification included. Prerequisite: ChE 433 applications to microwave amplifiers, oscillators, and or ME 433 or ECE 433 or consent of instructor. switching circuits. Prerequisite: ECE 451. Decker ECE 437. (ChE 437, ME 437) Stochastic ECE 460. Engineering Project (3-6) Control (3) Project work in an area of student and faculty interest. Linear and nonlinear models for stochastic systems. Selection and direction of the project may involve inter- Controllability and observability. Minimum variance action with industry. Prerequisite: consent of department state estimation. Linear quadratic Gaussian control prob- chairperson. lem. Computational considerations. Nonlinear control ECE 461. Theory of Electrical Noise (3) problem in stochastic systems. Prerequisite: ChE 433 or Definitions: noise temperature, spectral density. Noise ME 433 or ECE 433 or consent of instructor. sources: quantum, thermal, shot, generation-recombina- ECE 447. Introduction to Integrated Optics (3) tion, flicker noise. Representation and optimization of Theory of dielectric waveguides (ray and wave noisy networks. Prerequisites: Phys 31 and ECE 126. approach). Modes in planar slab optical guides and in Decker waveguides with graded index profiles. Coupled-mode ECE 463. Design of Microwave Solid State formalism and periodic structures. Coupling of optical Circuits (3) beams to planar structures. Switching and modulation of Equivalent circuit modeling and characterization of light in dielectric guides: phase, frequency and polariza- microwave semiconductor devices, principles of imped- 220 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2003-2004

ance matching, noise properties and circuit interaction, ECE 474. Analog CMOS VLSI Design (3) introduction to the design of high power and non-linear The fundamentals of analog circuit design with CMOS circuits. Decker linear IC techniques. Discrete Analog Signal Processing ECE 467. Semiconductor Material and Device (DASP) is accomplished with switched-capacitor CMOS circuits. Analog building blocks include operational Characterization (3) amplifiers, S/H circuits, comparators and voltage refer- This course covers the main characterization techniques ences, oscillators, filters, modulators, phase used in semiconductor industry. Emphasis is given to the detectors/shifters, charge transfer devices, etc. Analog electrical characterization methods although some opti- sub-system applications are phase-locked loops (PLL’s), cal, and physical analytical techniques are reviewed. The A/D and D/A converters, modems, sensors, adaptive fil- principles and the experimental set up for measuring the ters and equalizers, etc. The emphasis is on the physical following parameters are covered: resistivity; carrier and operation of analog CMOS integration circuits and the doping concentration; contact resistance and Schottky design process. Prerequisite: ECE 355 or equivalent. barrier height; device series resistance; MOSFET’s chan- White nel length and threshold voltage; carrier mobility; oxide and interface trapped charge; and carrier lifetime. ECE 476. Analysis and Design of Analog Laboratory sessions provide hands-on experience on Integrated Circuits (3) some of the above methods. Prerequisites: ECE 126 and Device and circuit models of bipolar and field effect ECE 308, or equivalent. Hatalis transistors; bipolar and MOS integrated circuit technolo- ECE 469. Process Modeling for Semiconductor gy; passive components; parasitic and distributed elements; amplifier gain stages; subthreshold gain stages; Devices (3) current sources and active loads; temperature and supply Students will design and “manufacture” a Si or GaAs independent biasing; output stage design; frequency transistor through process simulation of ion implanta- response and slew rate limitation; operational amplifier tion, epitaxial growth, diffusion and contact formation, and analog multiplier design. Circuit simulation using etc. I-V characteristics and small signal parameters, suit- SPICE. Prerequisite: ECE 308 or equivalent. able for digital and microwave circuit simulation programs, will be derived. Complementary to ECE 463 ECE 478. Analysis and Design of Digital and 471. Prerequisite: ECE 308 or 351. Hwang Integrated Circuits (3) ECE 471. Optical Information Processing (3) Large signal models and transient behavior of MOS and Introduction to optical information processing and bipolar transistors. Basic inverter and logic gate circuits. applications. Interference and diffraction of optical Noise margins, operating speed, and power consump- waves. 2D optical matched filters that use lenses for tion of various logic families, including MOS, CMOS, Fourier transforms. Methods and devices for modulating saturated logic TTL, ECL, and IIL. Regenerative logic light beams for information processing, communica- circuits and digital memories. Circuit design and com- tions, and optical computing. Construction and puter-aided circuit analysis for LSI and VLSI circuits. application of holograms for optical memory and inter- Prerequisite: ECE 308 or equivalent. connections. The course is an extension of ECE 371 for ECE 479. Advanced MOS VLSI Design (3) graduate students and it will include research projects The design of very large scale NMOS and CMOS inte- and advanced assignments. Prerequisite: ECE 108. grated circuits. Strong emphasis on device physics, and ECE 472. Optical Networks (3) on novel circuit design approaches for VLSI implemen- Study the design of optical fiber local, metropolitan, and tation. Examination of second-order effects involved in wide area networks. Topics include: passive and active designing high performance MOS digital integrated cir- photonic components for optical switching, tuning, cuits, with the goal of pushing the design process to the modulation and amplification; optical interconnection limits determined by our current understanding of semi- switches and buffering; hardware and software architec- conductor device physics and of the currently available tures for packet switching and wavelength division technologies. The topics include device physics (sub- multiaccess systems. This class is supported with a labo- threshold conduction, short channel effects), important ratory. The course is an extension of ECE 372 for circuit innovations (substrate bias generators, sense graduate students and it will include research projects amplifiers), systems aspects (clocking, timing, array and advanced assignments. Prerequisite: ECE 81. structures), as well as static and dynamic circuit imple- mentations. Design project, using VLSI design ECE 473. Optical Communications Laboratory (2) automation tools. Prerequisites: ECE 308 (or equivalent) Fundamental optical instrumentation used for test and and ECE 361. measurement in optical communications. The theoretical principles of operation of the instruments and the signifi- ECE 483. Advanced Semiconductor Devices for cance of the parameters measured in optical VLSI Circuits (3) communications will be covered. Fields of measurement Theory of small geometry devices for VLSI circuits. include: optical power, optical spectrum analysis, wave- Emphasis of MOS bipolar device static and dynamic elec- length measurement, laser diode characterization, trical characteristics. Carrier injection, transport, storage, polarization analysis, modulation analysis, insertion loss and detection in bulk and interfacial regions. Limitations measurements, optical reflectometry for component char- of physical scaling theory for VLSI submicron device acterization, optical time domain reflectometry and structures. MOS physics and technology, test pattern backscatter measurements, dispersion measurement, and device structures, charge-coupled devices, MNOS non- characterization of fiber amplifiers. Prerequisite: ECE 347 volatile memory devices, and measurement techniques for or ECE 348 or ECE 371 or ECE 372, or equivalent. device and process characterization. The influence of defects on device electrical properties. Prerequisite: ECE 451. White Engineering 221

ECE 485. Heterojunction Materials and Devices (3) the requirements for that degree at the end of the ninth Material properties of compound semiconductor hetero- semester. It is possible for a student to earn the electrical junctions, quantum wells and superlattices. Strained engineering degree at the end of the eighth semester by layer epitaxy and band-gap engineering. Theory and per- accumulating the extra credit hour through advanced formance of novel devices such as quantum well lasers, placement and/or overload credits. resonant tunneling diodes, high electron mobility tran- In the alternate course sequence in the column on the sistors, and heterojunction bipolar transistors. right, the student completes 132 credit hours by the end Complementary to ECE 452. Prerequisite: ECE 451. of the fourth year, including all the required physics Hwang courses, and the rest of the 163 credits at the end of the ECE 486. Integrated Solid-State Sensors (3) fifth year. Since 131 credit hours are required for the The physical operation of sensor-based, custom integrat- engineering physics degree, the student will complete the ed circuits. Emphasis on the integration of sensors, requirements for that degree at the end of the fourth analog, and digital circuits on a silicon chip with CMOS year, and the requirements for the electrical engineering technology. Sensors include photocells, electrochemical degree at the end of the fifth year. transducers, strain gauges, temperature detectors, vibra- Students interested in a dual-degree program combining tion and velocity sensors, etc. Analysis of sensor-circuit physics (rather than engineering physics) and electrical performance limits including signal-to-noise, frequency engineering should consult the Physics section of this response, temperature sensitivity, etc. Examples of sen- catalog. That program allows the student to earn the sor-based, custom I.C.’s are discussed and analyzed with B.S. in physics and the B.S. in electrical engineering. CAD modeling and layout. Prerequisite: ECE 451. Students interested in either dual-degree program should White contact Prof. G. J. Borse, department of physics. ECE 491. Research Seminar (1-3) The recommended sequences of courses for the two dif- Regular meetings focused on specific topics related to the ferent EEEP sequences are: research interests of department faculty. Current research Freshman year (see Section III) will be discussed. Students may be required to present and review relevant publications. May be repeated for EE-EP EP-EE credit up to a maximum of three (3) credits. Prerequisite: Sophomore year, first semester Consent of instructor. Phy 21 (4) Phy 21 (4) ECE 492. Independent Study (1-3) Phy 22 (1) Phy 22 (1) An intensive study, with report, of a topic in electrical and computer engineering which is not treated in other ECE 33 (4) ECE 33 (4) courses. May be repeated for credit. Prerequisite: ECE 81 (4) ECE 81 (4) Consent of instructor. Math 23 (4) Math 23 (4) ECE 493. Solid-State Electronics Seminar (3) [17] [17] Discussion of current topics in solid-state electronics. Sophomore year, second semester Topics selected depend upon the interests of the staff and students and are allied to the research programs of the Phy 31 (3) Phy 31 (3) Sherman Fairchild Laboratory for Solid State Studies. ECE 108 (4) ECE 108 (4) Student participation via presentation of current research ECE 82 (1) ECE 82 (1) papers and experimental work. Prerequisite: consent of Math 205 (3) Math 205 (3) instructor. May be repeated for credit. Math 208 (3) Math 208 (3) Electrical Engineering Eco 1 (4) Eco 1 (4) [18] [18] See listings under Electrical and Computer Engineering Junior year, first semester Electrical Engineering and ECE 121 (2) ECE 121 (2) ECE 123 (3) ECE 123 (3) Engineering Physics ECE 125 (3) Phy 212 (3) This dual-degree curriculum is particularly well suited Math 322 (3) EP Appr. Elec. (3) for students seeking thorough preparation in the field of Phy 212 (3) Math 322 (3) electronic device physics. It is a combination of the basic HSS (3) HSS (3) electrical engineering and engineering physics curricu- lums and requires 162 credit hours, distributed over five [17] [17] years. The student will earn two degrees: B.S. in electri- Junior year, second semester cal engineering and B.S. in engineering physics. ECE 126 (3) Phy 213 (3) Two alternative course sequences are listed below. Students ECE 138 (2) Phy 262 (2) who follow the course sequence in the column on the left will complete 135 credit hours, including all of the Phy 213 (3) Phy 362 (3) required electrical engineering courses, by the end of the Phy 362 (3) ECE 126 (3) fourth year and the rest of 163 credit hours at the end of ECE 125 (3) HSS (3) the fifth year. Since the electrical engineering degree requires 136 credit hours, students normally will complete HSS (3) ECE 125 (3) [17] [17] 222 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2003-2004

Senior year, first semester Engr 5. Introduction to Engineering Practice (3) Phys 340 ECE 257 (3) First year practical engineering experience; introduction or ME104 (3) to concepts, methods and principles of engineering prac- tice. Problem solving, design, project planning, ECE approved Phy 363 (3) communication, teamwork, ethics and professionalism; elective (3) Phy 215 (4) innovative solution development and implementation. Phy 215 (4) EP approved Introduction to various engineering disciplines and Phy 363 (3) elective* (3) degree programs. HSS (3) HSS (3) Engr 160. Engineering Internship (1-3) [16] [16] This course offers students who have attained at least Jr2 standing an opportunity to complement coursework Senior year, second semester with a work experience. Detailed rules for this course can ECE 136 (3) EP appr. Elec. (5) be obtained from the Associate Dean of Engineering. ECE approved ECE 138 (2) Report required. P/F grading. electives (9) HSS (3) Engr 200. Engineering Co-op (3) HSS (3) Electives (6) Undergraduate students who are officially enrolled in the Elective (3) college’s co-op program are eligible for 1-6 credits of free electives. These credits will be taken P/F. Typically, stu- [18] [16] dents will take 3 credits of Engr 200 for the fall semester Fifth year, first semester of junior year work experience and another 3 credits the Phy 340 or following summer. ME 104 (3) ECE 257 (3) Engr 211. (BUS 211, DES 24) Integrated Product EP appr. elective (6) ECE appr. elective (3) Development (IPD) Projects I (3) spring Business, engineering, and design students work in cross Electives (6) Math 231 (3) disciplinary teams of 4-6 students on marketing, finan- Elective (6) cial and economic planning, economic and technical [15] [15] feasibility of new product concepts. Team work on Fifth year, second semester industrial projects with faculty advisors. Oral presenta- tions and written reports. Prerequisite: junior standing in Phy 262 (2) ECE 136 (3) business, economics, arts or engineering, Mechanical EP appr. electives (6) ECE appr. elecs. (9) Engineering students must register for ME 211. Electives (6) Electives (3) Engr 212. Integrated Product Development (IPD) [14] [15] Projects II (2) fall Total Credits 163 Total Credits 163 Business, engineering and design arts students work in cross disciplinary teams of 4-6 students on the detailed Credits in 4 years 135 Credits in 4 years 132 design, fabrication and testing of a prototype of the new Req. for EE degree 135 Req. for EP degree 131 product designed in Engr 211. Additional deliverables in planning for production with a detailed base case finan- *EP approved electives** cial model, and a project and product portfolio. Teams fall spring continue to work on industry projects with faculty advi- Phy 369 Phy 273 sors. Oral presentations and written reports. Prerequisite: Engr 211 or Bus 211. ECE 257 ECE 258 ECE 351 ECE 316 Engr 250. Computer Modeling of Scientific and Engineering Systems (3) fall ECE 361 ECE 320 Introduction to the mathematical modeling of scientific ECE 355 ECE 332 engineering systems, with emphasis on higher-order non- Phy 382 ECE 348 linear models for which analytical methods are ECE 308 precluded. Solution of the model equations by comput- er-based numerical algorithms. Introduction to Phy 380 numerical methods for linear and nonlinear algebraic ** Must include ECE 257 or 258 or Phy 273 systems, ordinary and partial differential equations, error analysis and control, stability and convergence in numer- ical calculations. Prerequisites: Engr 1; Math 205, Engineering previously or concurrently. (ES 1) (ED 1) Engr 1 and Engr 5 are required of all engineering and Engr 400. Engineering Co-op for Graduate applied science majors and are taken in the recommend- Students (3) ed freshman year. Supervised cooperative work assignment to obtain practi- Engr 1. Engineering Computations (3) fall-spring cal experience in field of study. Requires consent of An introductory survey of computing for students in department chairperson. When on a cooperative assign- engineering and the sciences. The course covers basic ment, the student must register for this course to maintain programming concepts, structures and algorithms. continuous student status. Limit to at most three credits Applications to solving scientific problems. Case studies per registration period. No more than six credits can be from utilization of computers in various engineering dis- applied towards a master’s degree and no more than an ciplines. Prerequisite: none. ES (1) additional nine credits towards a Ph.D. The credits must be taken P/F. English 223

Engr 452. Mathematical Methods in Associate professors. Scott Paul Gordon, Ph.D. Engineering (3) fall (Harvard); David Hawkes, Ph.D. (Columbia); Edward Analytical techniques are developed for the solution of E. Lotto, Ph.D. (Indiana) director, Center for Writing, engineering problems described by algebraic systems, Math and Study Skills; Barbara Pavlock, Ph.D. and by ordinary and partial differential equations. (Cornell). Topics covered include: linear vector spaces; eigenval- Assistant professors. Beth Dolan, Ph.D. (North ues, eigenvectors, and eigenfunctions. First and Carolina);Dawn Keetley, Ph.D. (Wisconsin); Seth higher-order linear differential equations with initial Moglen, Ph.D. (U.C. Berkeley); Amardeep Singh, Ph.D. and boundary conditions; Sturm-Louiville problems; (Duke); Stephanie Watts, Ph.D. (Missouri) Green’s functions. Special functions; Bessel, etc. Qualitative and quantitative methods for nonlinear Undergraduate Major in English ordinary differential equations; phase plane. Solutions The major in English is designed to give students experi- of classical partial differential equations from the phys- ence in reading, analyzing, and formulating thoughts ical sciences; transform techniques; method of about people and ideas that matter; an understanding of characteristics. how literary artists find the appropriate words to express Engr 475. Research (1) their thoughts and feelings; and a basic knowledge of the Projects conducted under the supervision of a faculty historical development of British, American and world advisor. Includes analytical, computational or experi- literature. mental work, literature searches, assigned readings. Students who major in English go on to careers in teach- Regular meetings with the advisor to consider progress ing, writing, law, business, science, medicine, made and future direction are required. The course is engineering—and many others. The analytical and com- open only to graduate students and may be repeated munication skills acquired in the study of literature and for credit. Prerequisite: Graduate standing and depart- writing will be of use in almost any profession or human mental approval. activity. Depending on their interests, abilities, and career plans, students who major in English are encour- aged to consider double majors or one or two minors in Engineering Mathematics other fields. The major in English is flexible enough to Professors. Philip A. Blythe, Ph.D. (Manchester, allow cross-disciplinary study with ease. England); Terry J. Delph, Ph.D. (Stanford); D. Gary The student majoring in English chooses from an exten- Harlow, Ph.D. (Cornell) chair: Stanley H. Johnson, sive list of courses. To ensure breadth of coverage each Ph.D. (Berkeley); Arturs Kalnins, Ph.D. (Michigan); English major is required to take the following courses: Jacob Y. Kazakia, Ph.D. (Lehigh); Alistair K. English 100 Working with Texts (4) Macpherson, Ph.D. (Sydney); Herman F. Nied (Lehigh); Kenneth N. Sawyers, Ph.D. (Brown); Eric English 290 Senior Seminar (4) Varley, Ph.D. (Brown); J. David A. Walker, Ph.D. Four 300-level courses distributed over the following (Western Ontario). periods (British or American survey may substitute for Associate professor. Alparslan Öztekin (Illinois). one 300 level course): Emeritus professors. Dominic G.B. Edelen, Ph.D. •British to 1660 (Engl. 125, 327, 328, 360, 362, 364) (Johns Hopkins); Fazil Erdogan, Ph.D. (Lehigh); •British 1660-1900 (Engl. 125,126, 331, 366, 367, Ronald S. Rivlin, Sc.D. (Cambridge); Gerald F. Smith, 369, 371, 372) Ph.D. (Brown). • American to 1900 (Engl. 123,376,377,378) The Division of Engineering Mathematics was estab- • 20th C American, British, World, Film, Popular lished within the Department of Mechanical Culture (Engl124, 126, 379, 380, 383,3 84, 385, Engineering and Mechanics to foster interdisciplinary 386, 387) research in the application of mathematics to the engi- In addition, each English major elects at least three more neering and physical sciences. Interaction with courses in literature or film with the following qualifica- industry is actively encouraged, and appropriate pro- tions: grams are designed for part-time students. Program content for all students is developed through close con- • at least one at the 300-level if a survey fulfills one of sultation with division faculty. the period requirements For a description of the graduate programs in applied These nine courses are the minimum for the major. Many mathematics see the discussion under Interdisciplinary of our students will elect to take more, depending on their Graduate Programs. Engineering mathematics courses career plans, their other majors and minors, their plans to are listed under mechanical engineering and mechanics. study abroad, and so on. Each major has a departmental advisor to assist in selecting courses and to offer counsel English about career plans. The department strongly recommends that any student Professors. Barry M. Kroll, Ph.D. (Michigan), Robert contemplating the possibility of advanced study of litera- D. Rodale Professor of Writing, chairperson;Peter G. ture at the graduate level should work toward Beidler, Ph.D. (Lehigh), Lucy G. Moses Distinguished departmental honors. Professor; Addison C. Bross, Ph.D. (Louisiana State); Alexander M. Doty, Ph.D. (Illinois); Jan S. Fergus, Departmental Honors in English Ph.D. (C.U.N.Y.); Elizabeth N. Fifer, Ph.D. In order to receive departmental honors the English (Michigan); Edward J. Gallagher, Ph.D. (Notre major must attain a 3.5 grade-point average in courses Dame); Rosemary J. Mundhenk, Ph.D. (U.C.L.A.), presented for the major and must complete at least 44 Barbara H. Traister, Ph.D. (Yale) 224 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2003-2004

credit hours of course work in English (beyond English 1 The Doctor of Philosophy Program and 2). For the additional credits beyond the 36 required The department admits to its doctoral program only stu- of all English majors, honors students must take the fol- dents of proven competence and scholarly promise. An lowing courses: average of 3.5 in M.A. course work and strong endorse- Engl 309 Interpretation: Critical Theory & Practice, or ments from graduate instructors are minimum Engl 312 Studies in Literary and Cultural Theory requirements for acceptance. and Doctoral candidates with a Lehigh master’s degree are required to take eight courses and register for 42 credit Engl 307 Thesis Proposal, and hours beyond the M.A. Those entering the doctoral pro- Engl 308 Thesis gram with a master’s from another institution are Because most graduate schools require language exami- required to take nine courses and register for 48 credit nations, the department also strongly recommends that hours. students going for honors achieve at least second-year Candidates must also demonstrate a reading knowledge of college competency in at least one foreign language. one or two foreign languages after having agreed on choic- Students who complete the courses required for depart- es with the director of graduate studies. mental honors but who do not achieve the necessary No later than six months after completing their course grade-point average will receive the bachelor of arts work, candidates will take written and oral examinations in degree with a major in English. one major field and two minor fields. Presidential Scholars Candidates write their dissertations after having their Students who anticipate becoming Presidential Scholars dissertation proposals approved by the department and should speak to the Director of Graduate Studies in their being admitted to candidacy by the appropriate college. junior year. Freshman Composition Requirement Minors in English With the two exceptions noted below, all undergraduate The Department of English offers two minors, each students take six credit hours of freshman English cours- requiring 16 hours of course work beyond English 1 and es: English 1 and English 2 (or one of the alternatives to 2. Students’ major advisors monitor the minor programs, Engl 2 such as 4, 6, 8 or 10. The exceptions are: but students should consult the minor advisor in the •Students who receive Advanced Placement or Department of English when setting up a minor program. received 700 or higher on SAT II, please see page X. To minor in English students take 4 courses in literature •Students with English as a Second Language. or film, one at the 300 level. Categories include students on non-immigrant To minor in writing, students take Engl 171, Engl 173, visas, students on immigrant visas, registered or Engl 174 and Engl 201, Engl 347 or Engl 373. They aliens, and citizens either by birth or by natural- must also take two more courses chosen from Engl 171, ization. 173, 174, 201, 281, 347, 373 Journ 11, 111, 123, 212. Students in all these categories for whom English is not the first language may petition for special instruction Graduate Work in English through the program in English as a Second Language. We prepare our students to meet contemporary At matriculation, all foreign students take an English demands for faculty who value excellence in teaching language competence test to determine the kind of and scholarship. instruction best suited to their needs. Matriculating The Master of Arts Program freshmen judged to be qualified will roster Engl 1, fol- Applicants for the M.A. program should have an under- lowed by Engl 2, 4, 6, 8, or 10. Others will be enrolled graduate English major. Students who did not major in in Engl 3, followed by Engl 5 (or 2, 4, 6, 8, or 10). English may be admitted but will need to supplement Students enrolled in the English as a Second Language their undergraduate training in English. program are expected to reach a level of competence Candidates for the master’s degree must complete at comparable to those in the usual freshman program. The least 30 credit hours. Students take at least seven of the form of instruction, however, will differ in the ESL pro- required courses (including “thesis papers”) at the 400 gram by taking into account the special language and level but may select the balance of their curricula from cultural needs of non-native speakers. 300-level course offerings. Course work for the M.A. Matriculating students in all the above categories who must include two courses in literature before 1660; two are entering at a level above the freshman year, but who courses in the period between 1660 and 1900; two need composition credit, should consult the department courses from 1900 to the present; and one course in lit- for advice. erary theory. At least two of these courses must be in Freshman Courses American literature and at least four in British literature. Up to six hours of collateral work in other departments Engl 1. Composition and Literature (3) fall may be included in a master’s program. Emphasis on the writing process, especially on revising Instead of writing the traditional “thesis,” M.A. candi- for cogency and clarity. Topics drawn mainly from every- dates write two or three shorter “thesis papers,” certified day life and culture. Students must receive a grade of C- by faculty advisors as ready for submission to a session or higher to advance to English 2. organizer as a conference presentation or to a profession- Engl 2. Composition and Literature II (3) spring al journal for possible publication. Continuation of Engl 1. Emphasis on making informed, thoughtful, and well-supported claims about issues of English 225 broad public concern. Topics vary by section. Texts man English. Thus, students may roster English 126 include both expository and literary selections, as well as whether or not they have had, or ever plan to take, films and other media. Prerequisite: a grade of C- or English 125. For all courses above 200, it is understood higher in Engl 1. that students will have completed six hours of freshman Engl 3. Composition and Literature I for ESL English, even though that is not specified in the course description. Writers (3) fall Idiomatic English both oral and written, with a strong Engl 38. (AAS 38) Introduction to African emphasis on producing well-organized, coherent essays. Literature (3) Enrollment limited to non-native speakers; placement is Sub-Saharan African literary themes and styles; historical determined by placement testing or ESL director’s rec- and social contexts, African folktales, oral poetry, colo- ommendation. nial protest literature, postcolonial writing, and films on Engl 4. Composition and Literature II: Special contemporary Africa. (HU) Topic A (3) spring Engl 52. (Clss 52) Classical Epic (3) Continuation of Engl I. Similar to Engl 2, except that Study of major epic poems from Greece and Rome. the topic will be announced in advance. Topics vary Works include Homer’s Illiad and Odyssey, Apollonius’ from year to year. Students must register through the Argonautica, Vergil’s Aeneid, and Ovid’s Metamorphoses. English department. Prerequisites: Engl 1 and consent of (HU) department. Engl 54. (Clss 54, Thtr 54) Greek Tragedy (3) Engl 5. Composition and Literature II for ESL Aspects of Greek theater and plays of Aechylus, Writers (3) spring Sophocles, and Euripides in their social and intellectual Continuation of English 3. contexts. (HU) Engl 6. Composition and Literature: Special Topic Engl 56. (Clss 56) The Ancient Novel (3) B (3) spring Examination of the origins of the novel in Greece and Continuation of Engl I. Similar to Engl 2, except that Rome. Includes the picaresque novel. (HU) the topic will be announced in advance. Topics vary Engl 58. (Clss 58, Thtr 58) Greek and Roman from year to year. Students must register through the Comedy (3) English department. Prerequisites: Engl 1 and consent of Study of comedy as a social form through plays of department. Aristophanes, Menander, Plautus, and Terence. (HU) Engl 8. Composition and Literature: Special Topic Engl 60. (Thtr 60) Dramatic Action (4) C (3) spring How plays are put together; how they work and what Continuation of Engl I. Similar to Engl 2, except that they accomplish. Examination of how plot, character, the topic will be announced in advance. Topics vary aural and visual elements of production combine to form from year to year. Students must register through the a unified work across genre, styles and periods. English department. Prerequisites: Engl 1 and consent of Recommended as a foundation for further studies in department. design, literature of performance. (HU) Engl 10. Composition and Literature: Special Engl 91. Special Topics (1-4) Topic D (3) spring A topic, genre, or approach in literature or writing not Continuation of Engl I. Similar to Engl 2, except that covered in other courses. (HU) the topic will be announced in advance. Topics vary Engl 100. Working with Texts (4) from year to year. Students must register through the A course to help students to become, through intense English department. Prerequisites: Engl 1 and consent of practice, independent readers of literary and other kinds department. of texts; to discern and describe the devices and process Engl 11. Literature Seminar for Freshmen (3) fall by which texts establish meaning; to gain an awareness Alternative to Composition and Literature for freshmen of the various methods and strategies for reading and who have earned exemption from English 1 and qualify interpreting texts; to construct and argue original inter- for a seminar in literature. Recommended especially for pretations; to examine and judge the interpretations of qualified students who are considering a major in the other readers; to write the interpretive essay that sup- humanities. Topics vary by section. Prerequisite: score of ports a distinct position on some literary topic of 4 or higher on Advanced Placement Test in English or importance; and to learn to find and assimilate into their 700 or higher on the SAT II Subject Test in Writing. own writing appropriate information from university library resources. To be rostered as early as possible in Undergraduate Courses the English major’s program. Departmental approval English 52, 54, 56, and 58 are open to all undergradu- required. (HU) ates, including first-year students also taking freshman English. Courses numbered at the 100-level are open to Engl 120. Literature from Developing Nations (4) students who have completed or who are exempt from Contemporary literature from Africa, Central and South the required six hours of freshman English. First-year America, and Asia. Prerequisite: six hours of freshman students who have completed English 1 with a grade of English. (HU) Cannot be taken pass/fail. A or A– may roster one of the 100-level courses as a sec- Engl 122. Speculative Fiction (4) ond English course to be taken concurrently with the The study of “hard” science fiction and mythic fantasy second-semester English composition requirement. from philosophical and scientific as well as aesthetic and Prerequisites: Each course is a self-contained unit. None literary perspectives. Prerequisite: six hours of freshman has any other prerequisite than two semesters of fresh- English. (HU) Cannot be taken pass/fail. 226 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2003-2004

Engl 123. American Literature I (4) Engl 175. Individual Authors (4) American literary works through the mid-19th century. Intensive study of the works of one or more literary Prerequisite: six hours of freshman English. (HU) artists, such as Austen, Hemingway, and Kerouac. May Cannot be taken pass/fail. be repeated for credit as artists and works vary. Engl 124. American Literature II (4) Prerequisite: six hours of freshman English. (HU) American literature from the middle of the 19th century Cannot be taken pass/fail. to the present. Prerequisite: six hours of freshman Engl 177. Individual Works (4) English. (HU) Cannot be taken pass/fail. Intensive study of one or more literary works, such as Engl 125. British Literature I (4) Moby Dick and Stories of John Cheever. May be repeated British literature and literary history from Beowulf for credit as works vary. Prerequisite: six hours of fresh- through the Pre-Romantics. Prerequisite: six hours of man English. (HU) Cannot be taken pass/fail. freshman English. (HU) Cannot be taken pass/fail. Engl 183. Independent Study (1-4) Engl 126. British Literature II (4) Individually supervised study of a topic in literature, British literature and literary history from the Romantic film, or writing not covered in regularly listed courses. period into the 20th century. Prerequisite: six hours of Prerequisite: consent of the department chairperson. (HU) freshman English. (HU) Cannot be taken pass/fail. Engl 187. Themes in Literature (4) Engl 127. (Thtr 127) The Development of Theatre Study of a theme as it appears in several works of litera- ture, such as Utopia and the quest. May be repeated for and Drama I (4) credit as titles and themes vary. Prerequisite: six hours of Historical survey of western theatre and dramatic litera- freshman English. (HU) Cannot be taken pass/fail. ture from their origins to the Renaissance. (HU) Engl 189. Popular Literature (4) Engl 128. (Thtr 128) The Development of Theatre The form of literature that has been designated in one and Drama II (4) way or another as “popular,” such as folklore and detec- Historical survey of western theatre and dramatic literature tive fiction. May be repeated for credit as titles vary. from the Renaissance to the modern era. (HU) Prerequisite: six hours of freshman English. (HU) Engl 155. The Novel (4) Cannot be taken pass/fail. Selected novels, with attention to such matters as narra- Engl 191. Special Topics (1-4) tive, characterization, and cultural context. Prerequisite: A topic, genre, or approach in literature or writing not six hours of freshman English. (HU) Cannot be taken covered in other courses. Prerequisite: six hours of fresh- pass/fail. man English. (HU) Engl 157. Poetry (4) Engl 201. Special Topics in Writing (1-4) Selected traditional and modern poetry, with attention to Approaches not covered in other writing courses. voice, form, and cultural context. Prerequisite: six hours Individual projects. May be repeated for credit. (ND) of freshman English. (HU) Cannot be taken pass/fail. Engl 281. Writing Internship (1-4) Engl 163. Topics in Film Studies (4) Projects on- or off-campus in professional, governmental, History and aesthetics of narrative film. May be repeated or service organizations. Experience must include exten- for credit as subject varies. Prerequisite: six hours of sive writing that can be submitted for review. Enrollment freshman English. (HU) Cannot be taken pass/fail. limited to juniors or seniors with a major or minor in Engl 170. Amaranth (1) English. May be repeated for credit. Prerequisite: Amaranth editorial staff. Students can earn one credit by approval of department internship adviser or department serving as editors (literary, production, or art) of Lehigh’s chair. (ND) literary magazine. Work includes soliciting and reviewing Engl. 282. Professional Internship (2-4) manuscripts, planning a winter supplement and spring Supervised projects, on- or off-campus, in professional, issue, and guiding the magazine through all phases of government, or service organizations. An interested stu- production. Editors attend weekly meetings with the fac- dent must submit a proposal, demonstrating the project’s ulty advisor. Prerequisite: consent of the department relevance to the study of language, texts, or communica- chairperson. May be repeated for credit. (ND) tion, to the department’s internship adviser. May be Engl 171. Writing for Audiences (4) repeated for a maximum of 4 credits. Internship credits Practice in writing in a variety of discourse modes for do not count toward major in English. Prerequisite: jun- different audiences. Consideration of the role of style, ior or senior standing and approval by department clarity, and careful observation in writing. Prerequisite: internship adviser. (ND) six hours of freshman English. (ND) Engl 290. Senior Seminar (4) Engl 173. Personal Writing (4) In-depth study of a problem, issue, question, or contro- Practice in writing from immediate experience, with versy. Enrollment limited to 15 students. Required emphasis on accurate, persuasive descriptive writing. writing intensive course for English majors. May be Prerequisite: six hours of freshman English. (ND) repeated for credit, space permitting, as title varies. Department Approval Required. Prerequisite: senior Engl 174. Creative Writing Workshop (4) English major standing. (HU Practice in and classroom criticism of creative writing done by students taking the course. Title may vary: Engl 291. Special Topics (1-4) Short Story; Drama; Poetry; etc. May be repeated for A topic, genre, or approach in literature or writing not credit. Prerequisite: six hours of freshman English. (ND) covered in other courses. (HU) English 227

Graduate Students taking 300-level courses receive Engl 328. (Thtr 328) Shakespeare (4) 3 credits; undergraduates receive 4 credits. An introduction to Shakespearean drama including comedies, histories, tragedies, and romances. Emphasis Engl 301. Topics in Literature (4) on textual study, cultural contexts, and performance A theme, topic, or genre in literature, such as autobiog- strategies. (HU) raphy as literature and the gothic novel. May be repeated for credit as titles vary. (HU) Engl 331. Milton (4) The poetry and prose of John Milton in the context of Engl 307. Undergraduate Thesis Proposal (1) the English Revolution. Particular attention to the inter- Course to be enrolled by senior honors students prepar- section of theology and philosophy, and of the personal ing to write honors thesis. Course requirements include with the political. (HU) conducting preliminary research for the thesis and writ- ing a detailed thesis proposal and bibliography. May not Engl 347. The Essay (4) be rostered concurrently with English 308. (HU) Practice of the essay, including such forms as the personal, academic, or argumentative essay. Emphasis on developing Engl 308. Undergraduate Thesis (3) a strong personal voice and learning to use other voices. Open to advanced undergraduates who wish to submit Intensive revision. Prerequisite: Engl 171,173, or 174, or theses in English. Prerequisite: consent of department permission of writing minor advisor. (ND) chairperson. (HU) Engl 360. Middle English Literature (4) Engl 309. Interpretation: Critical Theory and Major literary works of the Middle English period by Practice (4) authors other than Chaucer. Emphasis on Piers Introduction to recent literary and cultural theory, such Plowman, the Gawain/ Pearl Poet, and the metrical as New Criticism, Structuralism, Marxism, romances. (HU) Psychoanalytic approaches, Reader-response Criticism, Deconstruction, Feminist Theory, New Historicism, and Engl 362. The Sixteenth Century (4) Cultural Criticism. (HU) Humanist, Petrarchan and dramatic traditions in the lit- erature of renaissance England. Readings from such Engl 310. Introduction to Methods of English as a authors as Erasmus, More, Wyatt, Sidney, Spenser, and Second Language Instruction (4) Marlowe. (HU) An introduction to teaching English as a second lan- Engl 364. The Seventeenth Century (4) guage including the theory and principles of second Literature of the seventeenth century, by such writers as language acquisition, ESL methods, materials, and cur- Donne, Herbert, Jonson, Browne, Burton, Milton, rent trends such as computer assisted language Hobbes, Bunyan, and Locke, chronicling the unprece- instruction. With sufficient effort, students will learn to dented variety of aesthetic, political, and social plan and teach an ESL/EFL class in the four areas of innovations in this “century of revolution.” (HU) Writing, Reading, Speaking and Listening, choose appro- priate materials for varying age and proficiency levels, Engl 366. The Restoration and Early Eighteenth and most importantly, have a concrete approach to Century (4) teaching ESL/EFL. Required classroom observing and Restoration and early eighteenth-century literature, with tutoring hours that can be completed in Lehigh’s ESL attention to the cultural forces that shaped the writers classes, in Lehigh’s ELLC language lab, or in the local and their works. Readings will include Dryden, Behn, public school ESL classes. Course restricted to upperclass Rochester, Wycherley, Congreve, Swift, Finch, Pope, and graduate students. Addison and Steele. (HU) Engl 311. (WS 311) Literature of Women (4) Engl 367. The Eighteenth Century (4) Women’s works about women. Besides re-reading famil- Poetry, drama and prose of the eighteenth century, with iar feminists’ fiction, drama, and poems, an introduction attention to cultural forces that shaped the writers, their to contemporary and often experimental works by less works, and their position in the canon. Readings of famous writers. (HU) Montagu, Burney, Wollstonecraft, Austen, Fielding, Engl 312. Studies in Literary and Cultural Theory (4) Richardson, Johnson, Sheridan, Sterne, in addition to a Study of a particular contemporary theoretical approach few earlier writers. (HU) to literature, film, or other cultural texts. May be repeated Engl 369. British Romantic Literature (4) for credit as the topic changes. (HU) Poetry and prose of Wordsworth, Coleridge, Byron, Engl 316. Native American Literature (4) Shelley, and Keats within the contemporary, political, Fiction by modern American Indian writers like N. Scott religious, and social context. (HU) Momaday, Leslie Marmon Silko, James Welch, Michael Engl 371. British Victorian Literature: Prose and Dorris, and Louise Erdrich. Some attention given to the Poetry (4) history of the relationships and conflicts between Native Poetry and prose of Tennyson, Browning, Arnold, Americans and the federal government, white agricultur- Swinburne, Carlyle, Mill, Newman, and Ruskin within al and business interests, and educational and religious the contemporary political, religious, and social contexts. interests. (HU) (HU) Engl 327. Chaucer (4) Engl 372. British Victorian Literature: Fiction (4) The Canterbury Tales, with some attention to other Major fiction of the Victorian era by such writers as Chaucerian works and other works that may have pro- Dickens, Eliot, Thackeray, and Hardy within historical, vided source-materials for Chaucer’s tales. Chaucer’s social, and aesthetic contexts. (HU) language and the literary, intellectual, social, and histori- cal backgrounds to his work. (HU) 228 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2003-2004

Engl 373. Advanced Creative Writing Workshop (4) Engl 388. Independent Study (1-4) Advanced practice in and classroom criticism of creative Individually supervised study of a topic in literature, film, writing done by students taking the course. Emphasis or writing not covered in regularly listed courses. may vary among: fiction, poetry, creative essay, drama, Prerequisite: consent of department chairperson. (HU) etc. May be repeated for credit. Prerequisite: English Engl 391. Special Topics (1-4) 174, or permission of writing minor advisor. (ND) A topic, genre, or approach in literature or writing not Engl 375. Major Authors (1-4) covered in other courses. (HU) The works of one or more major literary figures studied in depth. May be repeated for credit as titles and authors Graduate Courses in English vary. (HU) The following courses are seminars, ordinarily limited to no more than twelve graduate students, but undergradu- Engl 376. Early American Literature (4) ate English majors who are planning to go on to graduate The literature of New England, the Middle Colonies, the school in English and who have shown proficiency in the South, and the Southwest from Columbus to the close of study of literature may petition to take one of these semi- the eighteenth century, emphasizing our cultural and nars in their senior year. artistic diversity. (HU) Engl 400. Supervised Teaching (1) Engl 377. American Romanticism (4) Practical experience in teaching through assisting a facul- Emerson, Thoreau, Whitman, Hawthorne, Melville, ty teacher in conduct of a regularly scheduled Dickinson, Poe, and their contemporaries. Philosophical, undergraduate course. Open only to graduate students historical, and social background, as well as the aesthetic with at least one semester of graduate course work at study of romantic literary works. (HU) Lehigh University and a GPA of at least 3.5 Usually ros- Engl 378. American Realism (4) tered in conjunction with 485. Prerequisite: Consent of Theory and practice of realistic and naturalistic fiction the department chairperson. from the Civil War to the early twentieth-century: Engl 421. History of the English Language (3) Twain, Howells, James, Norris, Crane, Dreiser, Wharton, The phonology, grammar, and lexicon of English from and regionalists. (HU) the beginnings to the present. Engl 379. Twentieth-Century American Engl 423. Anglo-Saxon Language and Literature (3) Literature (4) An introductory study of the Anglo -Saxon culture American literature before World War II. Lectures and through its language and literature. Special attention class discussion of major fiction and poetry. (HU) given to translation and interpretation of the epic poem Engl 380. Contemporary American Literature (4) Beowulf. American literature since World War II. Lectures and Engl 433. Middle English Literature (3) class discussions of new writers and of recent works of Course may be repeated for credit as title varies. Possible established writers. (HU) offerings: Arthurian Romance and History: An inquiry Engl 382. Themes in American Literature (4) into medieval Arthurian literature from Celtic traditions Intensive study of one topic in American literature. to Malory’s Morte D’Arthur. Focus given to the conflu- Readings from the colonial period to the present. May ences these texts craft between fantasy and politics, and be repeated for credit as title varies. (HU) the problems of a literary history that understands “romance” and “history” as opposing terms. Engl 383. Modernism and Post-Modernism in Chaucer: A study of selected works by Geoffrey Chaucer, Fiction (4) with attention to his language, his sources, his cultural The “anti-realistic’ novel; time/space, point of view, nar- backgrounds that inform his poetry, and trends in mod- rative voice, structure as meaning. Kafka, Woolf, Beckett, ern criticism of his works. Nabokov, Robbe-Grillet, Faulkner, Borges, Hawkes, Insular Literary Cultures: A study of selected “British” Stein. (HU) works from a variety of cultures (Scots, Irish, Welsh, Engl 384. Twentieth-Century World Literature (4) Middle-English, Anglo-Norman, Monastic, Lollard, etc.) World literature (Europe, Asia, South America, Africa) written (or popular) from 1300-1500. Careful attention from 1900 to present. (HU) given to reading texts in a larger cultural (and “multi- cultural”) context. Engl 385. Modern British and Continental Origins of British Drama: A study of several medieval Literature (4) plays, like Everyman, the Second Shepherds’ Play, and World English literature and continental literature before selected plays in one of the mystery play cycles. Brief World War II. Lectures and class discussion of major fic- consideration of the dramatic techniques of Chaucer’s tion. (HU) poetic fiction as a precursor to the drama that was to Engl 386. Contemporary British and Continental flourish centuries later. Literature (4) Engl 439. Sixteenth-Century British Literature (3) World English literature and continental literature after Course may be repeated for credit as title varies. Possible World War II. (HU) offerings: Renaissance Love Poetry: Study of the sixteenth century Engl 387. Film History, Theory, and Criticism (4) sonnet sequence, epyllion, and Ovidian lyric. Works by Study of film with the focus on particular genres, direc- Wyatt, Surrey, Marlowe, Sidney, Fulke Greville, Spenser, tors, theories, periods, or topics. Weekly film screenings. and Shakespeare. May be repeated for credit as title varies. (HU) Cannot City and Court under Elizabeth and James: Study of be taken pass/fail. how the City (London) and the Court under each monarch are represented in contemporary texts—in drama, poetry, letters, sermons, and prose tracts. English 229

Engl 441. Seventeenth-Century British depth study of Franklin’s work, life, and career, as well as Literature (3) study of his influence and reputation through works Course may be repeated for credit as title varies. Possible written about him—some loving, some vicious—from offerings: John Adams to John Updike. Literature of the English Revolution: Examination of the Early American Literature: A broad survey of literature causes, circumstances, and consequences of the English from Columbus to the end of the eighteenth century, Revolution as expressed from 1640-1670. Readings in: focusing on important writers, geographical and cultural Hobbes, Harrington, Lilburne, Milton, Marvell, and diversity, and diverse literary forms (history, sermon, poet- Bunyan. ry, autobiography, novel, travel narrative, political essay). Theology and Interpretation in the Renaissance: Engl 473. Nineteenth-Century American Drawing on the hermeneutics of Luther and Calvin, the Literature (3) course will focus on how English writers of the sixteenth Course may be repeated as title varies. Possible offerings: and seventeenth centuries elaborated a distinctively Emerson, Dickinson, Frost: Emerson’s philosophy, liter- Protestant mode of signification. Writers studied will ary theory, and poetry as the context in which we include Jonson, Donne, Herbert, Traherne, Browne, and consider the poetry of Dickinson and Frost. Bunyan. Literary Watersheds: Close reading, critical reputation, Engl 442. Restoration and Early Eighteenth- and contemporary approaches to four works that trans- Century British Literature (3) formed and invented our national literature: Moby Dick, Course may be repeated for credit as title varies. Possible Uncle Tom’s Cabin, Walden, and Leaves of Grass.. offerings: Henry James: Close Examination of the works of The Restoration and Early Eighteenth-Century Drama: Master: short stories, novellas, and major novels. Varied Examination of the drama written between 1660 and critical approaches. 1720 and of the culture shaping it and shaped by it. Literary Realism and Naturalism: Selected fiction by Cavendish, Philips, Dryden, Behn, Wycherley, Etherege, one or more of the following pioneers in American liter- Congreve, Shadwell, Steele will be among the writers we ary realism and literary naturalism: Henry James, Mark study. Twain, Stephen Crane, William Dean Howells, Frank Tory Feminist? Close investigation of the complex posi- Norris, and Theodore Dreiser. tion of early modern women writers (including Engl 477. Modern American Literature (3) Cavendish, Philips, Behn, Pix, Centlivre, Finch, Course may be repeated for credit as topic varies. Montagu); consideration of the conditions of authorship, Possible offerings: for men and women, in late seventeenth-century Britain. Ernest Hemingway: Heightened “New Critical” Frances Burney and Jane Austen: Major novels of Burney approaches to the short stories and major novels of and the novels and juvenilia of Austen in their social and Ernest Hemingway. literary contexts. Examination of what it means to be a Modern American Fiction: Heightened “New Critical” professional woman writer between 1770-1820. approaches to one or more major fiction writers from Literature in the Marketplace: Study of the eighteenth- 1900 to 1950: Hemingway, Faulkner, Fitzgerald, Dos century marketplace through examining “canonical” Passos, West, Porter. works in relation to the print culture that engendered Modern Southern Writers: Major Southern writers since and then imitated them. Sources for this examination 1920 from all regions including Styron, O’Connor, include periodical literature, children’s books, “minor” Williams, Faulkner, Welty, Percy, Porter, Ransom, Tate, fiction, and booksellers’ records. and Warren. All genres, and some sub-genres like Engl 445. Nineteenth-Century British Literature (3) “Southern Gothic,” will be studied, along with social Course may be repeated as title varies. Possible offerings: and philosophical influences. The Victorian Novel and Poststructural Theory: Intensive Modern American Poetry: The significant poets from study of three or four Victorian novels, by writers such as 1900 to 1960. The major emphasis falls upon Eliot, Dickens, Eliot, Bronte, and Thackeray, through the lens of Pound, Stevens, and Williams, but other poets could Feminist, Marxist, Psychoanalytical, Deconstructive, and include cummings, Frost, Stein, Hughes, Lowell, Plath, Cultural theory. Moore, Dickey, Roethke, and Warren. The Problem of Knowledge in the Victorian Age: Given Contemporary American Poetry: Poets from the 1960’s the new kinds of knowledge emerging in their time, such to the present. Such poets as Creeley, Ginsberg, Levine, writers as Dickens, Carlyle, Mill, Marx, Eliot, Tennyson, Rich, Plath, Lorde, Lowell, Kinnell, Baraka. Browning, Arnold, Ruskin, and Newman had to ponder Contemporary American Drama: Drama from the the question: What notions—religious doctrines, for 1950’s to the 1990’s. Such playwrights as Mamet, example, or scientific observations—should be considered Shepard, Fornes, Wilson, Norman, Howe, Wasserstein, “knowledge”? Durang and others. Contemporary Native American Fiction: Short stories Engl 449. Twentieth-Century British Literature (3) and novels by American Indian writers since the mid- Course may be repeated as title varies. Possible offerings: 1960’s, including Momaday, Silko, Welch, Dorris, and James Joyce: Close examination of the works of James Erdrich. There will be special focus on the novels of Joyce, with special attention to style, narrative voices, Louise Erdrich. and thematic complexity. Modern British Fiction: Concentration on one or more Engl 480. Composition and Rhetoric (3) major figures: Joyce, Conrad, Shaw, Forster, Woolf, Basic theories and works in composition and rhetoric, with Lawrence, Beckett. Revitalized “New Critical” approaches. some attention to classical rhetoric, but with primary emphasis on modern rhetoric and discourse theory, includ- Engl 471. Early American Literature (3) ing Burke, Kinneavy, Moffett, and Britton, as well as Course may be repeated as title varies. Possible offerings: theories of the writing process. Consideration of linguistics Benjamin Franklin and the American Character: In- 230 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2003-2004

as it applies to teaching writing, and the history of teaching Engl 493. Graduate Seminar (3) writing in America. Intensive study of the works of one or more authors, or Engl 481. Theory and Criticism (3) of a type of literature. May be repeated for credit as title Course may be repeated for credit as title varies. Possible varies. offerings: Engl 495. Independent Study (3) Theories of Authorship in Literature and Film: Material Individually supervised course in an area of literature, film from Western Romanticism through theorists such as or writing not covered in regularly listed courses. Derrida, Barthes, and Foucault. Focus on film auteurism Prerequisite: consent of the graduate program coordinator. and structuralist, post-structuralist, and feminist, Engl 499. Dissertation (1-9) Marxist, and gay/lesbian challenges to and reconceptual- Research and study for comprehension exams. ization of notions of authorship. The Ideology of the Aesthetic: Consideration of the aes- thetic impulse and its relationship to rhetoric and English as a Second Language literary criticism. Readings from Lentricchia, Eagleton, the Frankfurt School, Jameson, Burke, Bakhtin, and Program Director. Timothy Bonner Bourdieu. Credit Instruction: English as a Second Language (ESL) Feminist Theory and Speculative Fiction: How woman’s credit courses are offered to both undergraduates and concerns find expression in non-realistic fiction by Le graduates who wish to increase English proficiency in the Guin, Russ, McKillip, Tepper, Elgin, Slonczewski, and areas of writing, reading, speaking, and presentation Tiptree. Collateral readings in feminist theory. skills. All credit courses are at an advanced level of Advanced Critical Theory: Study of several important English study. For undergraduates, these courses are and influential recent theoretical texts. Emphasis on designed to supplement English department required “pure” rather than “applied” theory: readings from courses, such as courses towards the freshman writing Macherey, Derrida, Baudrillard, Kristeva, and Jameson. requirement. Graduate students should contact their Feminist Theory: Culture, Gender, and Agency: A study departments regarding acceptance of credit towards resi- of selected works of feminist theory with special empha- dency requirements. ESLP courses may be repeated for sis on the interventions gender theorists have made into credit with a maximum of three repetitions. ESL credit discourses of culture and agency. Readings from Irigaray, courses are open to regularly enrolled students or Kristeva, Rubin, deBeauvoir, Hooks, Spillars, Abel, General College Division students with placement or Alarcon, Harraway, Butler , and others. permission by ESL Director. Engl 485. Introduction to Writing Theory (2) STEP/UP English Language Intensive Program. A non- Survey of major approaches and theoretical issues in the credit intensive ESL program called STEP/UP is offered field of composition and rhetoric. Required of all new to intermediate to advanced ESL students who wish to teaching assistants in the department. Usually rostered in study university/academic English in a challenging envi- conjunction with 400 or 486. ronment. This program is open to the general public. Contact the ESL program for information and a Engl 486. Teaching Composition: A Practicum (1) brochure or refer to our website, www.lehigh.edu/~inesl. Introduction to teaching writing at Lehigh. Bi-weekly discussions of practical issues and problems in the teach- English Testing. English language proficiency testing is ing of freshman composition. Required of all new required for all incoming undergraduate and graduate teaching assistants in the department. Usually rostered in students whose first language is not English during stu- conjunction with English 485. dent orientations in August and January. Placement in courses will be determined based on the results. New Engl 487. Teaching with Technology: A Practicum (1) Teaching Assistants must take the SPEAK test prior to Hands-on introduction to the tools and skills necessary the beginning of the semester. Students who do not pass to teach with the computer, along with some attention the SPEAK are not eligible for a TA position. Contact to appropriate pedagogy. Prerequisite: consent of gradu- the ESL Office for an appointment upon arrival on cam- ate program coordinator. pus. Refer to our website for additional information. Engl 488. Teaching English as a Second Language: The Freshman Composition Requirement. The courses A Practicum (1) English 3 and English 5 (Composition and Literature for Companion course to English 310 (Intro to Methods of ESL Writers I and II,) may be applied towards the com- English as a Second Language). This course will include position requirement for undergraduates. See the English class meetings that focus on guided discussions of the department course listings for additional information. practical application of principles and practices of ESL ESL Teacher Training. ESL in conjunction with the pedagogy in a real-world environment. Supervised ESL English Department offers English 310 (Introduction to classroom student teaching/tutoring required. Theories and Methods of ESL Instruction) and English Prerequisite: English 310. 488 (ESL Teaching Practicum). See the English Engl 490. Master’s Thesis (3) Department course listings for description. Writing master’s thesis papers. For more information about English as a Second Engl 491. Special Topics (1-3) Language at Lehigh, refer to our web site at A topic, genre, or approach in literature or writing not www.lehigh.edu/~inesl covered in other courses. May be repeated for credit as Courses: title varies. Prerequisite: consent of the graduate program coordinator. ESLP 1 ESL Academic Writing and Grammar (1) Instruction in understanding and using advanced English sentence structures in writing and speaking. Advanced aca- Environment and Society 231 demic vocabulary and grammar development to improve the Consumer Society. They must also take at least eight writing sophistication and accuracy. Required for graduate credits from the list of “core” courses (i.e., courses in students who score below 73 on the Michigan Test and/or which 75%-100% of the subject matter concerns envi- for students needing additional writing proficiency. 4 hours ronment and society issues). The remaining four credits per week. may be taken from either the “core” or “elective” lists of ESLP 2 ESL Academic Writing and Reading (1) courses. The writing process and composing skills, editing skills, For further information, please contact the program vocabulary development and reading fluency for ESL director, Sharon M. Friedman, Department of students. Required for graduate students who score Journalism and Communication, 209 Coppee Hall below 73 on the Michigan Test and/or for students need- (758-4179). ing additional writing proficiency. Undergraduates may Required Course: E&S 1 Environment and the enroll after or concurrent with English 3. 4 hours per week. Consumer Society (4) offered spring semester. ESLP 3 ESL Clear Speech and Conversation (1) Core Courses (minimum of 8 credits) Conversational English, colloquial language and idioms, Anth 12 Human Evolution and Prehistory (4) pronunciation and accent reduction and practice in basic listening skills for an academic setting. 4 hours per week. Anth/Clss 121 Environment and Culture (4) ESLP 4 ESL Academic Speaking (1) Anth 305 Anthropology of Fishing (4) Correct use of grammatical structures in oral English and Eco 311 Environmental Economics (3) practice in accurate pronunciation. ESL students will E&S 181 Independent Study (1-4) explore the functions of American English in an academ- E&S 371 Special Topics (1-4) ic setting. 4 hours per week. Hist 315 American Environmental History (4) ESLP 11 ESL Technical Writing and Composition Jour 125 Environment, the Public, and the (1) Mass Media (4) Formal composition and technical writing including gen- eral technical vocabulary, technical sentence structure, and Jour /STS 323 Controversies in Science, Health research skills for the advanced ESL student. Prerequisite: and the Environment (4) successful completion of ESLP 2 (ESL Academic Writing PolS 111The Politics of the Environment (4) and Reading) or ENGL 5, or with permission of ESL PolS 328U.S. Politics and the Environment (4) Director. 4 hours per week. PolsS 375 Seminar: Green Polity (4) ESLP 12 ESL Advanced Speech and Presentation PolS 382 Paving Paradise? (Sub)Urban Sprawl Skills (1) and the Public Interest (4) Development of advanced speaking skills and presenta- tion techniques through a study of formal spoken Elective Courses rhetoric, accent improvement, and platform skills. For Anth 1 Introduction to Anthropology (4) the undergraduate or graduate student seeking formal speech skills and/or for teaching assistants. (Required for Anth/Clss 345 Evolution of the State (3) TAs with SPEAK scores 200 - 225.) Prerequisite: suc- Jour/STS 124 Politics of Science (4) cessful completion of ESLP 3 or 4 , or SPEAK score Jour 313 Special Topics in Science 180+, or permission of ESL Director. 4 hours per week. Writing (1-4) PolS 115 Technology as Politics (4) Environment and Society PolS 277 Urban Politics (4) This program, based principally in the College of Arts Rel 6 Religion and the Ecological Crisis (4) and Sciences, is designed for students interested in how Rel/Asia 254 Buddhism and Ecology (4) people both create and respond to environmental prob- lems, issues, and constraints. By emphasizing the SSP 165 Contemporary Social Problems (4) interrelation between human social systems and environ- [16 credits are required for the environment and society mental circumstances, the minor complements Lehigh’s minor] programs in environmental science and engineering and should be especially attractive to students in those Environment and Society Courses majors. E&S 1. Environment and the Consumer Society (4) Many of the minor’s approved courses focus on the pub- Is there such a thing as sustainable consumption, or will lic policies and discourse associated with current life on Earth become increasingly imbalanced? Will our environmental issues; others focus on the longer-term grandchildren accuse us of “devouring” their future? This adaptations of social systems to changing environmental multidisciplinary course investigates these issues, both situations. Only a few of the courses in the minor have locally and globally from the perspectives of anthropolo- specific prerequisites, so students can easily select a gy, history, communication and politics. Topics include minor program to suit their personal tastes and interests, cultural causes of and responses to past environmental especially if the minor is declared by the end of the disasters; biological and cultural limits to growth; over- sophomore year. fishing the commons; resource and land use issues; communication in a consumer culture; and politics and Each student’s minor program consists of courses total- govern-mental regulations. Team projects researching the ing 16 credits chosen in consultation with the program environmental impacts of campus consumption will be director. Students must take E&S 1—Environment and included. (SS) 232 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2003-2004

E&S 181. Independent Study (1-4) 2-Course Breadth Requirement E&S 371. Special Topics (1-4) Choose 2 breadth electives within one of the following four breadth tracks. Environmental Science Track 1: Financial Analysis Acct 315 Financial Accounting I See listings under Earth and Environmental Sciences Acct 316 Financial Accounting II Acct 398 Financial Statement Analysis Environmental Writing Track 2: Financial Engineering See listings under Journalism and Communication Eco 357 Econometrics Eco 358 Game Theory Finance Eco 395 Numerical Methods for Business Decisions Professors. Stephen G. Buell, Ph.D. (Lehigh); Richard J. Kish, Ph.D. (Florida), chairman, department of finance Eco 395 Real Options and law; Nandu Nayar, Ph.D. (Iowa), Hans Baer Chair Track 3: Financial Marketing in International Finance. Mkt 319 Development and Marketing of New Associate professors. James A. Greenleaf, Ph.D. Products (N.Y.U.); Stephen F. Thode, D.B.A. (Indiana); Geraldo Mkt 320 Global Marketing M. Vasconcellos, Ph.D. (Illinois); Samuel C. Weaver, Ph.D. (Lehigh) Mkt 325/Eco 325 Quantitative Marketing Analysis Assistant professors. Anne-Marie Anderson, Ph.D. (U of Track 4: Financial Mathematics Arizona); David H. Myers, Ph.D. (U of Washington). Math 205 Linear Methods Adjunct professors. David L. Muething, Ph.D. (M.I.T.); Math 231 Probability and Statistics Timothy J. Timura, M.B.A. (Wisconsin). Math 242 Linear Algebra In the era of a growing competitive global economy, Math 309 Theory of Probability finance has become increasingly important and complex. This has led to an expansion of career opportunities Math 334 Mathematical Statistics within corporations, investment firms, and financial Math 338 Regression Analysis institutions worldwide. These opportunities are varied Math 467 Financial Calculus I and often overlap with other disciplines such as account- ing, information systems, and marketing. It is also Undergraduate Courses important that students engage in extracurricular activi- For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduate ties that might complement their academic studies. Students The domestic financial services industry has been at the Courses numbered 200 and above in the College of Business forefront of global finance and will remain as one of our and Economics are open to sophomores only on petition. relative strengths within a global economy. Lehigh, in turn, enjoys a relative advantage in this regard as Lehigh Fin 225. Introduction to Finance (3) alumni are well respected in all areas of finance. Our An introductory finance course stressing the links program has also been able to take advantage of our between corporate finance and investments. Major topic proximity to many financial institutions. areas will include financial statement analysis , time The finance major offered by the Department of Finance value of money, risk and return valuation of stocks and and Law requires 18 credit hours beyond the core bonds, capital budgeting, and cost of capital. requirements. Each finance major must successfully com- Prerequisites: Eco 129, Eco 145, Math 51, Acct 151. plete the 2-course foundation requirement; the 2-course Finance Foundation Courses: depth requirement; and the 2-course breadth require- ment as outlined below. Fin 323. Investments (3) The nature of risk and the form of returns on financial 2-Course Foundation Requirement assets from the viewpoint of various constituents. Fin 323 Investments Investor objectives, attitudes, and constraints are consid- ered within the risk-return matrix within the context of Fin 328 Corporate Financial Policy valuation. Prerequisites: Fin 225, Acct 152, and Eco 146. 2-Course Depth Requirement Fin 328. Corporate Financial Policy (3) Choose 2 depth electives from the following list of finance The study of management issues related to capital budget- offerings. ing, working capital, leasing, mergers, and financing. Fin 324 Security Analysis and Portfolio Prerequisites: Fin 225, Acct 152, and Eco 146. Management Finance Depth Requirement Courses: Fin 330 Financial Markets and Institutions Fin 324. Security Analysis and Portfolio Fin 333 Global Finance Management (3) Fin 334 Derivatives and Management of Risk Valuation of equity and debt instruments factoring in the Fin 335 Advanced Topics-Financial Management influence earnings forecasts and expectations, uncertainty, required returns, supply and demand for securities and Fin 336 Real Estate Finance funds, and investor attitudes. Portfolio management con- Finance 233 cepts include the implications of market factors, technical Fin 273. Finance Internship I (1 credit) analysis, timing, and screening of securities. Prerequisites: Based on a student’s work experience, a sponsoring facul- Fin 323 and Fin 328. ty member shall direct readings, projects, and other Fin 330. Financial Markets and Institutions (3) assignments—including a “capstone report.” It should be Functions and portfolios of financial intermediaries. noted that the work experience (at least 80 hours), by Sectional demand and supply of funds, nature and role itself, is not the basis for academic credit. The faculty of interest rates, term structure and forecasting, impact directed activity must be provided concurrent with the of inflation and regulation on financial intermediaries work. Course registration and related arrangements must and markets, and current developments in the financial be made in advance of the work engagement. This system. Management of assets and liabilities within the course must be taken Pass/Fail and cannot be used to U.S. financial institution’s legal and economic con- satisfy finance major requirements. Prerequisites: Eco straints. Prerequisites: Fin 323 and Fin 328. 129, Eco 145, Math 51, Acct 151, declaration of a finance major, and department approval. Fin 333. Global Finance (3) Issues that underlie the investment, financing, and divi- Fin 373. Finance Internship II (1 credit) dend decisions of multinational firms from both the Based on a student’s work experience, a sponsoring facul- buyer’s and seller’s viewpoints. Current transactions in ty member shall direct readings, projects, and other foreign currencies, direct and portfolio investment and assignments—including a “capstone report.” It should be associated risk management when dealing in foreign noted that the work experience (at least 80 hours), by countries. Prerequisite: Fin 323 and Fin 328. itself, is not the basis for academic credit. The faculty directed activity must be provided concurrent with the Fin 334. Derivatives and Management of Risk (3) work. Course content and work experience should have Theoretical and practical aspects of various instruments added rigor from Finance Internship I due to the satis- and markets that involve financial derivative instru- factory completion of the finance core (Fin 323 and Fin ments. Emphasis on the management of risk for 328). Course registration and related arrangements must corporate managers and portfolio managers. Prerequisite: be made in advance of the work engagement. This Fin 323 and Fin 328. course must be taken Pass/Fail and cannot be used to Fin 335. Advanced Topics – Financial satisfy finance major requirements. Prerequisites: Fin Management (3) 323, Fin 328, declaration of a finance major, and depart- Advanced topics relating to specific areas of corporate ment approval. finance such as: bond refunding, asset valuation and cap- Fin 374. Portfolio Management Practicum (1-3) ital budgeting including the role of uncertainty, Readings, projects and papers designed to complement imprecise forecasts, risk preferences, inflation, market the leadership and analytical activities associated with the conditions, and the global marketplace; working capital management of the Student Investment Club or management, leasing, mergers, and financing. The Thompson portfolios and similar activities. May be course content may vary between instructors and over repeated. Prerequisites: Fin 323 and permission of time, therefore, the course descriptor is subject to change instructor. each time the course is offered. May be repeated. Prerequisite: Fin 323 and Fin 328. Fine Arts Fin 336. Real Estate Finance (3) An advanced survey of modern residential and commer- See listings under Art and Architecture. cial real estate financing techniques from the perspective of the borrower and the lender. Topics include: the prin- Five-Year Programs ciples of financing decisions; financing methods and techniques, institutional sources of funds for real estate, Several ways exist for students to obtain two degrees in and real estate financing decision-making. The course five years of study. See listings under Arts-Engineering; includes lectures, demonstrations, spreadsheet software Arts-Master of Business Administration; Civil exercises, and guest speakers. Prerequisite: Fin 323 and Engineering and Earth and Environmental Sciences; Fin 328. Electrical Engineering and Engineering Physics; and Engineering-Master of Business Administration. Additional finance offerings that cannot be used to fulfill the finance depth requirement: Foreign Culture and Fin 371. Directed Readings (3) Readings in various fields of finance designed for the stu- Civilization dent with a special interest in some field of finance not See listings under Modern Languages and Literature. covered in scheduled courses. May be repeated. Prerequisite: consent of sponsoring instructor. Foreign Literature Fin 372. Special Topics (1-3) Special problems and issues in finance for which no reg- See listings under Classics and under Modern Languages ularly scheduled course work exists. When offered as and Literature. group study, coverage varies according to interests of instructor and students. May be repeated. Prerequisite: French consent of sponsoring instructor. See listings under Modern Languages and Literature. 234 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2003-2004

Geology major in history take Math 12, Basic Statistics, to fulfill their college math requirement. See listings under Earth and Environmental Sciences Department Major Requirements A history major consists of 35 hours, normally nine German courses, as follows: See listings under Modern Languages and Literature. Hist 11, Survey of Europe to 1648. Hist 12, Survey of Europe Since 1648. Government Hist 201, Historical Perspectives, or Hist. 202, Historical Research See listings under Political Science One course in the history of Asia, Africa, or Latin America: Hist 5, 49, 50, 75, 76, 177, 340, 341, 342, Greek 359, 368. See listings under Classics. Hist 104, 300, 303, 371, 391, 392, or provisional cours- es may be used to fulfill this requirement in accordance with their contents and emphases. Hebrew Minimum of 12 hours of courses numbered 303 or Modern Hebrew is taught in the Department of Modern higher (except Hist 306). Languages and Literature. Biblical Hebrew is taught in To graduate with a history major, a minimum 24 hours the Department of Religion Studies. must be graded course work taken at Lehigh. Requirements for Honors History Students wishing to graduate with honors must have a Professors. Jean R. Soderlund, Ph.D. (Temple), chairper- minimum GPA of 3.25 in history, 39 credits and must son; Michael G. Baylor, Ph.D. (Stanford); Stephen H. have completed History 391. Cutcliffe, Ph.D. (Lehigh), History and STS; Ian P.H. History Minor Requirements Duffy, D.Phil. (Oxford, England); Steven L. Goldman, Each student’s minor program is prepared in consulta- Ph.D. (Boston), Andrew W. Mellon Distinguished Professor tion with the advisor of minors in the history in the Humanities; Tom F. Peters, Dr. Sc. (Swiss Federal department. Advanced placement credit may not be used Institute of Technology, ETH Zurich); C. Robert for the minor program. Phillips, Ph.D. (Brown), Classics and Ancient History; • 15 credits James S. Saeger, Ph.D. (Ohio State); William R. Scott, Ph.D. (Princeton); Roger D. Simon, Ph.D. (Wisconsin). • at least 4 credits at 200 or 300 level Associate professors. Gail A. Cooper, Ph.D. (U.C., • maximum of one course (4 credits) of transfer or Santa Barbara); John Pettegrew, Ph.D. (Wisconsin); John cross-listed courses may count toward minor. K. Smith, Ph.D. (Delaware). Concentration in Public History Assistant professors. Monica Najar, Ph.D. (Wisconsin); History majors may earn a concentration in Public His- John Savage, Ph.D. (N.Y.U.). tory by completing a total of 16 hours in the following Professor of Practice. Kimberley Carrell-Smith, Ph.D. courses: (Delaware). Hist 305 Public History (4), required The history major introduces students to the study of Hist 306 Internship in Public History (4), required the causes and consequences of change through an exam- Art 175, 275, 370, or 375 Museology (3) ination of political, economic, social, cultural, and intellectual developments and institutions over time. The EdT 405 Website and Resource Development (3) (sen- department’s goal is to train its majors to think critically iors by petition) about the events and forces that have shaped the modern Hist 336 Bethlehem and the Lehigh Valley (4) world, to analyze and interpret sources and evidence, and Hist 338 Techniques in Public History (2 credits, may be to view issues from a variety of perspectives. Those skills repeated for up to 8 credits) have served students well in a wide range of careers. Lehigh history majors have frequently gone on to law Hist 339 Managing Nonprofit Organizations (4) school or to work in various areas of education, journal- Hist/Anth 370 Historical Archeology (4) ism, public affairs, and business. The major also provides Undergraduate Courses in History an excellent basis for graduate training in a wide range of Petitions are required for first-year students to take 100- public policy fields. The department offers a program of level or higher courses, and for sophomores to take independent research under the direction of an individual 200-level or higher courses. HU - fills humanities distri- faculty member (History 391, 392). A maximum of six bution requirements; SS - fills social science credits may be used toward this project. Normally students requirements; ND - not designated. pursue their research in the second semester of the junior year and the first semester of their senior year; the project Hist 5. (AAS 5) African Civilization (4) may also be undertaken during the senior year. Students Sub-Saharan Africa through the millennia of the ancient who do well on their research project will graduate with world to the present. Human origins, state and non-state department honors. The writing intensive requirement systems, the external slave trade, colonialism, resistance must be filled by a course in the history department. For to European rule, independence movements, and neo- advanced placement, please see page xx. colonialism. (SS) Keim, Scott The department recommends that students intending to History 235

Hist 7. Technology in America’s Industrial Age (4) and social upheavals; new forms of cultural expression; Traces the development of American technology from feminism; rise of neo-conservatism. (HU) Pettegrew, the pre-industrial colonial era until America’s emergence Simon, Smith as the world’s leading industrial power. The interactions Hist 49. History of Latin America (4) between technology and culture, society, politics, and the Spanish and Portuguese colonization of America and the economy will also be addressed. (SS) Smith struggles for independence, preceded by a brief view of Hist 8. Technology in Modern America (4) the ancient American civilizations and Iberian back- Traces the evolution of modern American technology, grounds. (SS) Saeger including automobiles, aircraft, computers, nuclear Hist 50. History of Latin America (4) weapons, television, space, pharmaceuticals, and biotech- Continuation of Hist 49. The development of the Latin nology. Includes critiques of technology such as American nations in the 19th and 20th centuries. (SS) environmentalism. The interactions of technology and Saeger culture, society, politics, and the economy will also be addressed. (SS) Smith Hist 64. (AAS 64, Eco 64) Plantation to Ghetto (2) Examination of topics in the economic history of Hist 11. Survey of Europe to 1648 (4) African Americans from the 1500s to the present. Development of European history from Rome to the Explores the slave trade, slavery, post-Civil War South, 17th century. End of the ancient world, origins and the black family, migration, urbanization, and race and growth of medieval civilization, the Renaissance and poverty. (SS) O’Brien, Scott Reformation. (HU) Baylor Hist 75. (MLL 75, Asia 75) Chinese Civilization (4) Hist 12. Survey of Europe Since 1648 (4) The development of traditional Chinese thought, beliefs, The rise of modern nation states; the scientific and technology, and institutions from a historical perspective, industrial revolutions; social movements and the French from earliest times to China’s encounter with the West. and Russian revolutions; impact of Enlightenment phi- (HU or SS) Pankenier losophy, nationalism, liberalism, imperialism and fascism; the development of modern class structure and Hist 76 (Asia 76, MLL 76) Understanding transformations in gender relations, art, popular culture Contemporary China (4) and society. (HU) Savage An overview of recent history, politics, economy, reli- Hist 15. English History (4) gion, problems of modernization, popular culture, and The history of England to 1688. The origins of represen- attitudes. Contemporary Chinese society viewed against tative government, the development of English social the backdrop of tradition and the tumultuous history of institutions, the unification of England, and the twentieth-century China. (SS) Renaissance and Reformation in England. (HU) Duffy Hist 90. First-Year Seminar in History (3) Hist 16. English History (4) Seminar for first-year students on a particular theme or English political and social institutions from 1688 to the topic. (HU or SS depending on topic of seminar). present. The evolution of parliamentary government, the Hist 104. Themes in History (2 - 4) rise of modern parties, the industrial revolution, and Seminar on a particular theme or topic not covered by a recent social philosophies. (HU) Duffy currently listed offering. (HU or SS depending on topic Hist 21. (Clss 21) Greek History (3) of seminar). The development of civilization from paleolithic times to Hist 105 Sports in Modern America (4) the world empire of Alexander the Great. The social, Surveys the social, cultural, and political role of sports in economic, religious, philosophic, artistic, and literary America since the Civil War. By addressing the develop- development of the ancient world; the origin of political ment of sports and its relationship with race, class, institutions. (SS) Phillips ethnicity, gender, the media, popular culture, and gov- Hist 22. (Clss 22) Roman History (3) ernment, this class will examine the impact of sports in Rome from its origins to A.D. 476. Political, social and making the America and Americans of the twentieth religious developments. Transformation of the late century. (HU) Roman Empire to the early medieval period. (SS) Hist 107. Technology and World History (4) Phillips Development of technology and its relationship to polit- Hist 41. United States to 1865 (4) ical, economic, military and cultural aspects of world Native American cultures; European settlement; develop- civilization from pyramids to the present. (SS) Smith ment of slavery and free labor systems; the Revolution; Hist 110. American Military History (4) founding of the new nation; 19th century social, eco- The American military tradition from colonial times to nomic, cultural, and political development; Civil War. the present. America’s wars and the development and (SS) Najar, Soderlund operation of military institutions within the political, Hist 42. United States, 1865-1941 (4) economic, ideological, and technological milieu of America’s transformation into an industrial and global American society. (SS) Saeger power from Reconstruction after the Civil War to the Hist 111. Engineering in the Modern World (4) Great Depression; includes social, political, and cultural Roles played by engineers and engineering in the mod- developments. (SS) Cooper, Simon, Smith ern world, focusing on major achievements and failures, Hist 43. United States Since 1939 (4) prominent engineers, and evolution of the profession. World War II; Cold War at home and abroad; Civil (SS) Smith Rights movement; the 1960s: Vietnam, the welfare state 236 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2003-2004

Hist 117. (STS 117/WS117) Women, Science and Hist 153. (WS 153) Women in European History, Technology (4) 1500-Present (4) Explores the impact of technology and science on Examines the position of women in Europe since the women’s social roles and the contribution of women Renaissance. Particular attention is given to changing con- engineers and scientists to their disciplines. Will focus on ceptions of women and their roles in society, the evolution the American experience. Among the topics discussed are of women’s work, the origins, growth and impact of femi- invention, design, laboratory research, education, engi- nism, and gender distinctions as reflected in law, politics, neering, professionalism, labor force participation, office popular culture and leisure. (SS) mechanization, household appliances, virtual spaces, Hist 154. (Rel 154) The Holocaust: History and childcare and reproduction. (SS) Cooper Meaning (4) Hist 120. Revolutionary America (4) The Nazi Holocaust in its historical, political and reli- Origins and development of the American republic from gious setting. Emphasis upon the moral, cultural and 1750 through the adoption of the Federal Constitution. theological issues raised by the Holocaust. (HU) (SS) Najar, Soderlund Hist 156. The Late Middle Ages and the Hist 124. (WS 124) Women in America (4) Renaissance (4) Roles of women in American society from colonial to The transition from medieval to early modern society present times: attitudes toward women, female sexuality, from the fourteenth to the early sixteenth centuries. The women’s work, and feminism. (SS) Cooper, Najar general crisis of European civilization in the late Middle Hist 129. (AAS 129) Black Political Thought in Ages; the rise and development of the Italian America (4) Renaissance; the spread of Renaissance culture from Italy Black leadership, organizations, and philosophy in to northern Europe. (HU) Baylor America from Reconstruction to the Civil Rights Era; Hist 157. (Rel 157) Europe in the Age of the ideas and programs of Booker T. Washington, W.E.B. Reformation (4) DuBois, Marcus Garvey, Malcolm X and Martin Luther The breakup of the religious culture of medieval King, Jr. (SS) Scott Christian Europe in the reformation movements of the Hist 130. (AAS 130) African American History (4) sixteenth century. The origins and varieties of Blacks in America from the first importation of Africans Protestantism; the intersection of religious ideas and pol- to the implementation of civil rights laws. West African itics in Germany, Switzerland, Britain, France, and the origins, slave trade, slavery, free blacks and emancipation Netherlands; the “wars of religion” and the emergence of and study of Reconstruction, segregation, urbanization, the European state system. (HU) Baylor and the struggle for racial equality. (SS) Scott Hist 158. Europe in the 17th and 18th Hist 132. An Introduction to Canada (2) Centuries (4) A brief overview of major themes in Canadian history Transformation of European civilization from the 30 with emphasis on economic and political developments Years War to the outbreak of the French Revolution. in the 19th and 20th centuries. (SS) Simon Origins and development of the European state system; absolutism; commercial expansion and competition for Hist 135. Era of Jefferson and Jackson (4) empire; science; the Enlightenment and its impact on Colonial beginnings; the Articles of Confederation and European culture and politics. (HU) Baylor the Constitution; the creation of a new nation; the development of American political parties; the antebel- Hist 159. Revolutionary Europe, 1789-1870 (4) lum American state. (SS) Najar Revolutions and reactions; the rise and spread of liberal- ism, nationalism, and socialism. (HU) Duffy Hist 136. Era of the Civil War and Reconstruction (4) Hist 160. Europe in the Age of Total War, 1870- American abolitionism and the origins of the Civil War; 1945 (4) the Second American Revolution; Reconstruction and its Origins of two world wars; revolutionary governments in sequel. (SS) Najar Germany, Italy, and Russia. (HU) Duffy Hist 145. (STS 145) Introduction to the History Hist 161. (Clss 161) Roman Law (4) of Science (4) Examination of Roman legal systems from the Twelve The history of modern science, primarily physical and Tables to the Digest of Justinian. Emphasis on develop- biological, with emphasis on the development of major ment of legal concepts and their historical context. theoretical models since the 17th century. (SS) Goldman Readings in primary sources; lectures; discussion. (SS) Phillips Hist 150. Medieval Civilization (4) Formation and development of western culture to about Hist 162. Contemporary Europe (4) 1400. Rise of universities and towns, legal development Development of European States since 1945; European and origins of representative government, origins of Community; Soviet influence and collapse. (HU) Savage nation-states, scholasticism and decline of the medieval Hist 163. France Since 1789 (4) church. (HU) Savage France’s tumultuous transformation from an absolutist Hist 152. (Clss 152/WS 152) Women in monarchy to a modern democratic republic. Explores Antiquity (4) major cultural, social and economic changes, with partic- Interdisciplinary study of women in Greece and Rome. ular attention given to industrialization and Literary, archaeological and historical evidence and urbanization, gender and class, church and state rela- approaches. Cross-cultural material. (SS) Phillips tions, the French Left and France’s unique contribution to modern philosophy, art and culture. (SS) Savage History 237

Hist 177. (Asia 177, MLL 177) China Enters the provinces, diffusion of Christianity, and special attention Modern Age (4) to transformation to medieval period. Includes readings The collapse of the imperial order and China’s agonizing in translation of primary sources. (SS) Phillips transformation into a modern nation over the past 150 Hist 313. (Clss 313) Golden Age of Greek years. The impact of imperialism, war, radical social Democracy (3-4) change, and protracted revolution on Chinese beliefs, Greek history of the seventh through fifth centuries B.C. values, and institutions. (HU or SS) Pankenier Emphasis on the contrasting political and social systems Hist 180. (Rel 180) Religion and the American of Athens and Sparta with consideration of related eco- Experience (4) nomic and military history. Attention to art, gender, The historical development of major religious groups in literature, religion. Discussion and lectures; papers. (SS) this country from colonial times to the present. Their Phillips place in social and political life, and the impact of the Hist 314. (Clss 314) Age of Caesar and Christ (3-4) national experience upon them. Emphasis on religious Roman history of the first century A.D. Political, cultur- freedom and pluralism, and the church-state relation- al, and socio-economic changes; special attention to the ship. (HU) evolution of absolute power. Lectures, discussions, For Advanced Undergraduates And papers. (SS) Phillips Graduate Students Hist 315. American Environmental History (3-4) Graduate students may take 300 level courses, for which Relationship between Americans and their natural envi- they receive 3 credits. ronment from the colonial period to the present: impact Hist 201. Historical Perspectives (4) of European settlement, attitudes toward wilderness, role of technological development, rise of preservation and Methodologies and interpretations of Western historians conservation movements, establishment of national from ancient times to the present. (HU) Baylor parks, recent environmental protection legislation. (SS) Hist 202. Historical Research (4) Cutcliffe An introduction to historical interpretation, research design, and methodology. Students will research and Hist. 318 History of North American Indians (3-4) The history of American Indians from before European write a paper on a historical topic using secondary and contact to the present. Emphasis will be placed on the primary sources. (SS) diversity of native peoples of eastern North America and Hist 303. Topics in History (2 - 4) how patterns of interaction between native Americans Intensive study in a particular area of history for and Euro-Americans have changed over time. Discussion advanced students. Topics may vary; may be repeated for format, research paper. (SS) Soderlund credit with consent of advisor. (HU or SS depending on topic of seminar) Hist 319. Colonial America (3-4) Founding and growth of colonies in North America Hist 305. Public History (3-4) through 1763. Emphasis on motives for settlement, An examination of the public role of history in modern Native American-European relations, and the economic, society, with focus on issues facing historians in muse- social, and political development of the British West ums, historical societies, archives, historic preservation, Indies and mainland provinces. (SS) Soderlund the federal government, and other organizations in the public sphere. (SS) Hist 323. American Cultural History Since 1900 (3-4) Hist 306. Internship in Public History (2-4) Development of American popular culture and media: Professionally supervised work in a museum, historical popular press, Hollywood, radio, television, sports, and society, archive, or other historical agency. Written jour- advertising, and the meanings these institutions have cre- nal or report evaluating the experience is required. ated in 20th-century United States. (HU) Pettegrew Permission of department chair required. May be repeat- ed for a maximum of six credits. May not be counted Hist 325. (SSP 325, WS 325) History of Sexuality toward the major requirement of 12 hours of courses and the Family in the U.S. (3-4) numbered 303 or higher. (ND) Changing conceptions of sexuality and the role of women, men, and children in the family and society Hist 308. Industrial America Since 1945 (3-4) from the colonial to the post-World War II era. Explores efforts to achieve both prosperity and security Emphasis on the significance of socio-economic class in the postwar era. Among the topics discussed: new and cultural background. Topics include family struc- technologies, consumer culture, disposable products, ture, birth control, legal constraints, marriage, divorce, advertising, defense spending, technical assistance, and and prostitution. (SS) Najar multinational corporations. (SS) Cooper Hist 326. (SSP 326) Social Class in American Hist. 311 (Clss 311) Twins and Sins: The Rise of History (3-4) Rome (3-4) Emphasis on the 19th and 20th century, focusing on: Rome from its origins to the mid-third century B.C. emergence of a white-collar middle class; condition and Emphasis on foundation legends, the power of the monar- treatment of the poor and growth of the welfare state; chy, and development of Roman political and religious conditions of industrial workers, struggle to organize institutions. Papers, quizzes, discussions. (SS) Phillips unions and their later decline; indicators of social status Hist 312. (Clss 312) Decline and Fall of the and exclusion among the rich; changing distribution of Roman Empire (3-4) income and wealth over time and extent of social Political, social, and economic history of the Roman mobility. (SS) Simon Empire, A.D. 117-A.D. 565. Romanization of the 238 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2003-2004

Hist 328. American Intellectual History Since and the rise of social, political, and economic institutions 1900 (3-4) which support industrial growth. (SS) Cooper Social, literary, and political thought in the 20th-century Hist 341. Mexico and Central America (3-4) with emphasis on pragmatism and progressivism, matu- Emphasis on Mexico and Guatemala from the era of the ration of American literary culture, ideas of American Aztec through the wars of independence to the 20th cen- exceptionalism at mid-century, civil rights movement tury revolutions. (SS) Saeger and feminism, neo-conservatism and recent trends. (HU) Pettegrew Hist 342. Argentina, Brazil and Chile (3-4) Eighteenth-century Spanish imperial readjustments, Hist 331. (AAS 331) United States and Africa (3-4) independence, the emergence of new societies, 20th-cen- Reciprocal relationships between North America and the tury extremist movements, and the problems of African continent from the slave trade in the 17th centu- developing nations. (SS) Saeger ry to the 20th century Afrocentric movement; impact of Americans on the shaping of modern Africa, Pan-African Hist 345. Victorian Britain (3-4) relations; influence of African Americans on US policies Development of democracy, liberalism, religious ferment, toward Africa. (SS) Scott industrialization, class conflict, socialism, and empire in Victorian Britain. (HU) Duffy Hist 332. (AAS 332) Slavery and the American South (3-4) Hist 346. Great Britain in the 20th Century (3-4) The emergence and demise of the “peculiar institution” Effects of world wars, loss of great power status, econom- of African American slavery in British North America ic decline, social conflict, welfare state, modern political and the Old South. African background; colonial begin- parties, Irish problem in 20th century Britain. (HU) nings; 19th century slave community; the ruling race Duffy and proslavery ideology; the death of slavery and its Hist 347. Russia to 1855 (3-4) aftermath; slavery and freedom in a comparative context. Emergence of Russian autocracy; impact of the Mongol (SS) invasions; Westernization and transformation of society Hist 333. American City to 1900 (3-4) and culture; economic development toward emancipa- Settlement and planning of colonial towns; role of towns tion of the serfs. (HU) in the revolutionary era; industrialization and relation- Hist 348. Russia Since 1855 (3-4) ship of economic and technological change to Russia in the context of European history: emancipation urbanization; establishment of urban institutions; Irish of the serfs and impact upon political, social, economic and German immigration; beginnings of suburbaniza- development; reasons for the growth of revolutionary tion; downtowns and the creation of a civic culture. pressure; collapse of autocracy; the revolutions of 1917; Required field trip. (SS) Simon the Soviet era and the collapse of the Soviet Union. (HU) Hist 334. American City in the Twentieth Century Hist 349. Revolutions in Modern European (3-4) History (3-4) Immigration; Progressive “reforms;” urban planning and Explores the origins, meanings, and impact of European zoning; impact of automobile and suburbanization; revolutions from a theoretical and comparative perspec- Depression and New Deal; public housing and racial tive. Focuses on the English (1642-1660), the French ghettoes; urban decline and “renewal.” Required field (1789-1799), and the Russian Revolution (1917-1929), trip. (SS) Simon and how they reflected and shaped new ideologies and Hist 336 Bethlehem and the Lehigh Valley (3-4) policies related to human rights, economic development, Local history focusing on Native American communities, popular sovereignty, nationalism, class and gender poli- Moravian settlement, natural resources, industrial firms, tics, and State and society relations. (SS) Savage immigration and ethnic communities, organized labor, Hist 356. European Cultural History (3-4) housing patterns and urban sprawl, high-tech industry, Transformation of European culture from the 18th cen- and tourism. Includes an analysis of techniques used in tury to the present. The Enlightenment, cultural impact presenting these topics to the public. (SS) of the French and industrial revolutions, romanticism Hist 338 Techniques in Public History (2) and ideologies of the 19th century, contemporary Designed to introduce students to a variety of public his- European thought. (HU) Savage tory techniques. Instructor will focus on one of the Hist 357. Early Modern Germany, 1500-1850 (3-4) following topics each term: archives, documentary film, The emphasis will be on one or more of the following exhibit design, historical editing, material culture, oral topics: the Reformation, the Thirty Years’ War and its history. May be repeated to a maximum of 8 credits. impact, absolutism, the rise of Prussia, the failure of (HU) German liberalism. (HU) Baylor Hist 339. Managing Nonprofit Organizations (3-4) Hist 358. Modern Germany, 1850 to Present (3-4) Addresses the effective management of nonprofit organi- Focus on one or more of the following topics: national- zations, focusing on operations, administration, legal, ism and unification, the Second Empire, World War I, marketing, finance and accounting issues in the nonprof- the Weimar republic, the Nazi movement, the Third it environment and emphasizing organizations such as Reich, and post-war Germany. (HU) Baylor museums and preservation organizations. (SS) Hist 359. (AAS 359) History of South Africa (3-4) Hist 340. (Asia 340) History of Japanese South Africa’s history from its earliest human settlement to Industrialization since 1800 (3-4) its emergence as a racist political order and transition to a The late Tokugawa economic development, rise of an non-racial democratic state. Includes comparisons with entrepreneurial class, importation of western technology, political thought and practices in the U.S. (SS) Scott History 239

Hist 360. American Legal History (3-4) which sponsors yearly symposia and provides research The interrelationship between law and social develop- support for both faculty and students. The history of ment with emphasis on modern period. Founding of technology program is closely tied to Lehigh’s Science, constitutional government and balance of power within Technology, and Society program. the federal system, the problem of slavery, legal support Lehigh’s libraries are especially rich in materials for grad- and regulation of business, and the use of law in various uate research in history, particularly in the fields listed reform and civil rights movements. (SS) Pettegrew above. It has an extensive collection of scholarly periodi- Hist 361. (Arch 361) Evolution of Highrise cals and monographs. Graduate programs provide Building Construction (3) intensive and specialized study, and the policy of limited The new materials iron and concrete led to new ways of enrollment permits close relations between faculty and thinking about building. The Industrial Revolution initi- students. ated the development of our modern culture of building Admission to graduate study in history is competitive and our current urban society. (HU) Peters and dependent upon the applicant’s undergraduate Hist 363. (Arch 363) Evolution of Long-Span preparation and record, recommendations, and Graduate Record Examination scores. Besides general requirements Bridge Building (3) for College of Arts and Sciences graduate programs, the New materials, forms of education and technology con- following special requirements apply to graduate study in tributed to advance structural understanding. history. Specialization and the rise of technological thinking led to new bridge types and increasing span size. (HU) Peters Master of Arts Hist 365. (Arch 365) Evolution of the Modern There are two masters programs. Under Plan I, a candi- Building Process (3) date may earn the degree by successfully completing 27 The criteria of trade—time and money—entered the hours of approved course work and submitting a thesis world of building in the 19th century. The unplanned of the length and quality that would make it suitable for interlude between the design and the inauguration of a publication as a scholarly article. The paper may build building became a new professional field: the building on work presented in a graduate research seminar in the process. (HU) Peters program. Candidates continuing toward a doctorate should select Plan I. Candidates declaring Plan II take Hist 368. Seminar in Latin American History (3-4) 30 hours of approved course work and pass examinations Readings and individual investigation of selected topics. in two fields chosen from American, British, European, (SS) Saeger and Latin American history, and History of Technology. Hist 370. (Anth 370) Historical Archeology (3-4) Candidates in either plan are required to maintain a 3.0 This course examines the unique nature of historical average in all graduate work and to take History 401 and archaeology of post-contact America. Topics include History 404 or 405. reconstructing the past through the archaeological and M.A. in History with Concentration in Public historical record, exhibiting past culture, and capturing History the real or imagined past. Course includes fieldwork and visits to famous archaeological sites. (SS) Small Students may earn through either Plan I or Plan II (see above), an M.A. in History with a concentration in Pub- Hist 371. Independent Study (1-4) lic History by completing a total of 36 hours of Directed readings in a topic or area of history not cov- approved course work, including a minimum of 10 cred- ered by current course offerings. For students of its and maximum of 12 credits in approved Public demonstrated ability and adequate preparation. History courses. Prerequisite: consent of department chair. May be Hist 305 Public History (3), required repeated for credit with permission up to a maximum of six credits. (ND) Hist 306 Internship in Public History (3), required but may be waived for Hist 391. Honors Thesis in History (4) equivalent experience Opportunity for undergraduate majors in history to pur- sue an extended project for senior honors. By invitation Art 370 Special Topics in Museum Studies (1-4) and department permission only. (ND) EdT 405 Website and Resource Development (3) Hist 392. Honors Thesis in History (2) Continuation of History 391 available under exceptional Hist 336 Bethlehem and the Lehigh Valley (3) circumstances where additional credit for honors project Hist 339 Managing Nonprofit Organizations(3) is warranted. Department permission only. (ND) Hist/Anth 370 Historical Archeology (3) Graduate Work in History Hist 438 Techniques in Public History (2 Lehigh University has been granting advanced degrees in credits, may be repeated for up to 8 history for more than seventy years. Its graduates have credits) become university and college professors, secondary Doctor of Philosophy school teachers and administrators, museum directors, Students in the Ph.D. program in history must maintain and public servants. The graduate program focuses pri- a 3.25 average. During the second semester, doctoral stu- marily on the areas in which the department is dents select one major and three minor fields in which particularly strong in faculty and resources, notably to take comprehensive written and oral examinations. Colonial America and the history of technology and sci- The dissertation will be in the major field. The disserta- ence. The department works closely with the Lawrence tion advisor will chair a special committee that will Henry Gipson Institute for Eighteenth Century Studies oversee the student’s graduate program. The other mem- 240 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2003-2004

bers of the special committee will be those faculty who Hist 407. Seminar in the History of American are examiners in the selected fields and one professor Industrial Technology (3) from another department relevant to the candidate’s Origin and evolution of American technology and indus- major field. No professor may direct more than one try from the 19th century to the present. Investigates field, but the direction of a field may involve two profes- dynamics of major industries in national and interna- sors. An original dissertation is required and may be tional context. Not open to students who have taken written only in the major field. It must be successfully Hist 307. Smith defended to the examining committee. Hist 438. Techniques in Public History (2) All Ph.D. students must spend at least one year in resi- Designed to introduce students to a variety of public his- dency as a full time student at Lehigh. They must take tory techniques. Instructor will focus on one of the Historical Research (401) or, if they completed Hist 401 following topics each term: archives, documentary film, or its equivalent at the M.A. level, a 450-series research exhibit design, historical editing, material culture, oral seminar. Students who enter the Ph.D. program with an history. May be repeated to a maximum of 8 credits. M.A. from another university must also take either Readings in the History of the Atlantic World (404) or Hist 440. Readings in Colonial American Readings in the History of Industrial America (405). History (3) Students are encouraged to take both seminars if appro- Study in small groups under the guidance of a faculty priate to their course of study. All Ph.D. students must member of the literature of the 17th and 18th centuries. take at least 18 hours of directed readings courses (440 May be repeated for credit with the permission of the series or equivalent) beyond the M.A., and Hist. 481, faculty advisor. Teaching History. Hist 441. Readings in Nineteenth Century Major Fields. Major fields are Technology, Modern Britain, American History (3) Colonial America, Nineteenth Century United States, Study in small groups under the guidance of a faculty Twentieth Century United States. (The Nineteenth and member of the literature of the 19th century. May be Twentieth century fields may be divided topically rather repeated for credit with the permission of the faculty than chronologically; for example, a student may be exam- advisor. ined in labor/social history 1800-present, and in political history 1800-present.) Hist 442. Readings in Twentieth Century American History (3) Minor Fields. Any of the major fields listed above may Study in small groups under the guidance of a faculty also be minor fields. Examples of other minor fields are member of the literature of the 20th century. May be American Studies; Ancient History; Early Modern repeated for credit with permission of the faculty advisor. Europe; Modern Europe; Latin America; Environmental History; Japan; Public History; Science, Technology and Hist 443. Readings in English History (3) Society studies. Study in small groups, under the guidance of a faculty Language Requirements. The student’s special commit- member, of the literature of a particular period, problem, tee deter-mines whether proficiency in a foreign or area of English history. May be repeated for credit language or proficiency in statistical methods will be with permission of the faculty advisor. required for the doctoral degree. Hist 444. Readings in Latin American History (3) More detailed regulations are given in the Handbook for Study in small groups, under the guidance of a faculty Graduate Work in History, available in the history depart- member, of the literature of a particular period, problem, or ment office. area of Latin American history. May be repeated for credit with permission of the faculty advisor. Graduate Courses in History Hist 445. Readings in the History of Science (3) Hist 401. Historical Research (3) Study in small groups under the guidance of a faculty Techniques of research in history: training in the critical member on the history of science. May be repeated for handling of documentary materials, in measuring the credit with permission of the faculty advisor. value of evidence, and in formal presentation of the results of research. Students will write an original Hist 446. Readings in the History of Technology (3) research paper using primary materials. Required of all Study in small groups under the guidance of a faculty graduate students in history. member of the history of technology. May be repeated for credit with the permission of the faculty advisor. Hist 404. Readings in the History of the Atlantic World, 1500-1900 (3) Hist 447. Readings in European History (3) Core readings offering a comparative and integrative Study in small groups, under the guidance of a faculty approach to studying the development of nations, eco- member, of the literature of a particular period, problem nomic systems and trade, colonization, and cultural or aspect of European history. May be repeated for credit encounters among the people of Europe, Africa, and the with permission of the faculty advisor. Americas. Hist 452. Research in American History (3) Hist 405. Readings in the History of Industrial An intensive research seminar on a phase of American history. May be repeated for credit with permission of America (3) the department chair. Core readings in the history of technology and the larger framework of intellectual, social, economic, and political Hist 453. Research in English History (3) history. Includes comparative studies in the history of An intensive research seminar on a phase of English his- industrializing Europe and Japan. tory. May be repeated for credit with permission of the department chair. Humanities 241

Hist 454. Research in Latin American History (3) tration: between the power of an analysis which excludes An intensive research seminar on a phase of Latin every concern and every method of investigation save American history. May be repeated for credit with per- one and the power of an analysis which reveals the amaz- mission of the department chair. ing ways an inert site of investigation can be aroused by Hist 455. Research in History of Science and bringing out the myriad connections that reach out from that site in all directions at once. Divided by department Technology (3) and by college, by discipline and sub-discipline, universi- An intensive research seminar on a phase or aspect of the ties are disposed to accentuate the centripetal powers of history of science and technology. May be repeated for concentration at the expense of the centrifugal powers of credit with permission of the department chair. connection. It is important, therefore, that there be ele- Hist 457. Research in European History (3) ments within the university that draw people and An intensive research seminar on a phase of European disciplines out of the center of their fields. This is the history. May be repeated for credit with permission of eccentral mission of the Humanities Program. the department chair. Humanities Minor Programs Hist 471. Special Topics in History (1-3) The Humanities Minor Programs provide homes for the Individual study under the direction of a faculty member homeless interdisciplinary areas of concentration that do of a topic in history. May be repeated for credit. not have official departmental or interdepartmental Hist 472. Special Topics in History (1-3) homes. There are currently two minors in the humani- Individual study under the direction of a faculty member ties, and there may be more in the future. of a topic in history. May be repeated for credit. a) Medieval Studies Minor in Humanities Hist 473. Special Topics in History (1-3) Advisor, Patricia C. Ingham, Associate Professor of Individual study under the direction of a faculty member English. of a topic in history. May be repeated for credit. The in Medieval Studies Minor requires that a student Hist 481. Teaching History (1) take 4 courses (16 credits) from the following list. At the Focuses on the practical aspects of college teaching, discretion of the Advisor for the in Medieval Studies including teaching methods, preparation of syllabi and Minor, a student may count any other course (not on exams, grading papers and exams, and dealing with this list) towards the minor. problems such as plagiarism. Required for teaching assis- Art 1 Art History: Ancient and tants, teaching fellows, and Ph.D. students in the Medieval Department of History. Art 206/ARCH 206 Medieval Art and Architecture Humanities Clss 52 Classical Epic Lat 113 Virgil Eccentral Committee: Lat 115 Ovid Gordon C.F. Bearn, Ph.D. (Yale), Philosophy and direc- tor Humanities Center; Scott P. Gordon Ph.D. Engl 327 Chaucer (Harvard), English and co-director Gipson Institute for Engl 360 Middle English Literature th 18 Century Studies; English and director Women’s Hist 15 English History to 1688 Studies; Mary A. Nicholas Ph.D. (Pennsylvania), Russian Studies and chair Modern Languages and Literature; Hist 150 Medieval Civilization Seth Moglen, Ph.D. (UC Berkeley), English; Michael L. Fren 302 Medieval French Stories Raposa, Ph.D. (Pennsylvania), Religion Studies. Fren 303 Arthurian Romances The Humanities Program is devoted to freeing faculty Mus 233 Medieval and Renaissance Music and students from the discipline of the disciplines, to Phil 133 Medieval Philosophy finding a way to the space between the disciplines, the space where the sparks of intellectual excitement fly, Phil 233 Figures and Themes in Medieval sparks that ignite the pleasures and passions that charac- Philosophy terize the best of university life. Anth 312 The Anthropological Signature of The humanities are construed so broadly that they will the Past include any aspect of intellectual investigation which is Thtr 127 The Development of Theatre and relevant to understanding whatever humans are or have Drama from Ritual to been, whatever humans have produced or are producing. Renaissance. It remains an open question whether any discipline at all is irrelevant to the understanding of human life and b) Ethics Minor in Humanities work. Even such apparently far-flung investigations as Advisors. Lloyd H. Steffen, Professor of Religion Studies the thermodynamics of far from equilibrium systems are and Gordon C.F. Bearn, Professor of Philosophy. already being used to understand the evolution of forms The Ethics Minor construes ethics more broadly than as of human society, and both Goedel’s work on the foun- the subject of philosophical treatises. The Ethics Minor dations of mathematical logic and Bohm’s ontological is especially concerned with the way ethical challenges interpretation of quantum mechanics have already been arise outside the semi-technical philosophical field of used at some distance from their original homes. ethics itself, that is, in the pursuit of the various profes- Although “humanities” is the name of this program, sions and in the conduct of life, generally. “inclusion” is its watchword. The Ethics Minor consists of 4 courses (16 credits) from Intellectual work always faces a trade-off between the the following list. At least one course must come from intensities of connection and the intensities of concen- 242 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2003-2004

the first five italicized members of the list. At the discre- Rel. 158 (Ws 158) Sex and Gender in Judaism: tion of an Advisor for the Ethics Minor, a student my The Feminist Critique count any other course (not on this list) towards the Rel 167 Engaged Buddhism minor. Rel 184 (Ws184) Religion, Gender, and Power Phil 105 Ethics Phil 116 Bioethics Rel. 225 Topics in Religion and Ethics Rel 3 Religion Ethics and Society Sts 11 Technology and Human Values Hum 126 Professional Ethics Hum 137 Ethics in Practice Honors in Humanities The honors program in Humanities is designed to facili- Aas 103 (Ssp 103) Sociological Perspectives on tate research beyond the disciplinary frame of a student’s Racial and Ethnic major. In order to earn Honors in Humanities students Communities must (1) have a GPA of at least 3.5 and (2) apply to the Aas 166 (Ssp 166) Who Gets What?: The Social director of the Humanities Center detailing how they Problems of Wealth and intend to complete the rest of these requirements, name- Inequality ly, (3) completing 3 courses (9-12 credits) from at least 2 Aas 310 (Ssp 310/WS 310) Gender, Race and different departments that have been selected with the Sexuality: The Social help of the director so as to prepare the student to (4) Construction of Differences complete a year long thesis under the guidance of two Aas 379 (Ssp 379) Race and Class in America faculty members representing two different departments. Eco 130 (WS 130) Economics of Race and Gender Successful completion of the honors thesis in humanities will be decided by two faculty advisors for the thesis. Eco 368 Health Economics The thesis will count for honors in the two home E & S 1 Environment and the departments of the advisors only if the home depart- Consumer Society ments also certify that the thesis has been satisfactorily Hist 154 (Rel. 154) The Holocaust: History and completed. Meaning Applications to the director should be completed by the Hum 126 Professional Ethics beginning of the second semester of the student’s Junior year. The application should describe the anticipated Hum 137 Ethics in Practice project and show how the three preparatory courses con- Hum 373 Independent Ethics Project. stitute appropriate preparation for the thesis. If the final IR 23 Alternative World Futures thesis does not meet with the approval of the two advi- sors then the student will not receive honors in Jour 122. Media Ethics and Law humanities but he or she will receive grades and credit Comm 252 Interpersonal Relationships for the courses taken and the thesis written. Private and Public Phil 1 The Examined Life Course Offerings Phil 3 (Rel 3) Religion Ethics and Society Hum 126. (Phil 126, Rel 126) Professional Ethics (4) Phil 105 Ethics An examination of the moral rules and action guides Phil 116 Bioethics that govern various professions. Professions to be exam- Phil 122 Philosophy of Law ined will include health (physician and nursing); legal; Phil 124 (Rel 124) Reason and Religious Experience counseling and psychiatry; engineering; military; clergy; teaching. Attention will be given to modes of ethical rea- Phil 127 Existentialism soning and how those modes are practically applied in Phil 140 (AS 140) Eastern Philosophy professional life and activity. Among issues to be dis- Phil 205 Contemporary Ethics cussed will be the limits of confidentiality; employer authority; power relationships; obligations to the public; Phil 240 (AS 240) Figures and Themes in Eastern professional rights; sexual boundaries; whistle-blowing; Philosophy safety and risk; computer ethics; weapons development; Phil 364 (Pol S 364) Issues in Contemporary discrimination; professional review of ethical infractions. Political Thought Course will include guest lectures and case studies. PolS 111 The Politics of the Steffen. (HU) Environment Hum 137. (Phil 137, Rel 137) Ethics in Practice PolS 179 (Ws 179) Politics of Women (1-4) PolS 329 Propaganda, Media, and A variable content course focusing on ethical issues aris- American Politics ing in a particular profession, such as law health, PolS 330 Movements and Legacies of the business, engineering, military. Variable credit. May be 1960’s taken more than once. Steffen. (HU) Psyc 314 (Ssp) Social Cognition and Social Hum 150. Humanities Seminar (4) Action Variable Content. An opportunity for humanities faculty Rel 6 Religion and the Ecological to involve students in the exciting and accessible aspects Crisis of their research. May be taken more than once for Rel 68 Practical Justice: From Social credit. Staff systems to Responsible Community Industrial and Systems Engineering 243

Hum 250. Intermediate Humanities Seminar. (4) partnership. Our ultimate mission is to produce leaders Interdisciplinary Seminar. Normally a team taught semi- who have learned to think critically and analytically, have nar bringing various disciplines to bear on a specific the skills and techniques to comprehend and create new topic which will change from semester to semester. May knowledge, and are willing to serve and inspire others. be taken more than once for credit. Staff. Physical Facilities Hum 350. Advanced Humanities Seminar. (4) The industrial and systems engineering department is Interdisciplinary Seminar. Normally a team taught semi- located in the Harold S. Mohler Laboratory at 200 West nar bringing various disciplines to bear on a specific Packer Avenue at the northwest corner of the Lehigh topic which will change from semester to semester. May University Asa Packer campus. The Mohler Lab building be taken more than once for credit. Staff. contains the classrooms, laboratories, and faculty offices Hum 373. (Phil 373, Rel 373) Independent Ethics of the department. Labs in the Mohler Laboratory build- Project (4) ing include: Supervised ethics research into a topic approved by the Computer Integrated Manufacturing (CIM) Laboratory. advisor for the Humanities Minor in Ethics. An option The CIM lab contains a variety of computer systems and for completing the ethics minor. For ethics minors only. software that includes computer-aided design and engi- (HU) neering (CAD and CAE), numerical control part Hum 390. Humanities Honors Thesis, first programming, discrete event simulation, facilities design, semester (4) process design, and process control. An opportunity for students admitted to the humani- Manufacturing Technology Laboratory (MTL). The MTL ties honors program to pursue independent research contains equipment for instruction and research in manu- under the guidance of two faculty members represent- facturing processes, numerical control (NC), NC part ing two different departments. If the student’s work programming, material handling and storage, industrial does not satisfy the two advisors, the student will receive control systems, and metrology. a grade for the course but will not receive honors. Automation and Robotics Laboratory. This lab contains Hum 391. Humanities Honors Thesis, second a variety of industrial robots and other automated sys- semester (4) tems to provide students with hands-on experience in Continuation of Hum 390. If the student’s work does not the planning and use of this kind of equipment. satisfy the two advisors, the student will receive a grade for Electronics Manufacturing Laboratory (EML). The EML the course but will not receive honors. contains equipment for instruction and research in elec- tronics assembly, soldering, screen printing, wire bonding, inspection, and other processes associated with Industrial and Systems printed circuit card fabrication and assembly. Engineering Work Systems Laboratory. This classroom-laboratory affords the opportunity for undergraduate students to Professors. Keith M. Gardiner, Ph.D. (Manchester); analyze and plan human work activities for individual Mikell P. Groover, Ph.D. (Lehigh); Nicholas G. Odrey, workstations and worker team situations. A full-scale Ph.D. (Penn State); Robert H. Storer, Ph.D. (Georgia manual assembly line is available for study. Tech); S. David Wu, Ph.D. (Penn State) chair; Emory W. Zimmers, Jr., Ph.D. (Lehigh). Considerable use is made of university computer facili- ties in IE coursework. An IE/computing center PC Associate professors. Joseph C. Hartman, Ph.D. laboratory containing 16 PCs is located in the Mohler (Georgia Tech); Louis J. Plebani, Ph.D. (Lehigh); Laboratory building. Gregory L. Tonkay, Ph.D. (Penn State) associate chair; George R. Wilson, Ph.D. (Penn State). B.S. in Industrial Engineering Assistant professors. Rosemary T. Berger, Ph.D. Industrial Engineering (IE) is concerned with the analy- (Northwestern); Jeffrey T. Linderoth, Ph.D. (Georgia sis, design, and implementation of integrated systems of Tech); Eugene Perevalov, Ph.D. (Texas-Austin) ; people, materials, information, and equipment to Theodore K. Ralphs, Ph.D. (Cornell); Andrew M. Ross, accomplish useful work. The discipline of industrial Ph.D. (California-Berkeley); Lawrence V. Snyder engineering is applicable in nearly all industries, whether (Northwestern). the industry involves manufacturing of a product or Emeritus professor. John W. Adams, Ph.D. (North delivery of a service. Job functions performed by IEs Carolina). include: systems analysis, cost estimation, capital equip- ment selection, engineering economy, facilities planning, Mission Statement production planning and scheduling, inventory control, To pursue excellence and national prominence in the quality control, information systems, project manage- areas of manufacturing, operations research, information ment, operations management, engineering technology and related fields of industrial engineering management, as well as methods analysis and work through innovative teaching, distinguished research and measurement. Manufacturing systems engineering scholarship, and active professional leadership. Building (MSE) is a specialty field associated with industrial engi- on its unique strength and national reputation in under- neering that emphasizes functions and technologies such graduate education and industrial research, the as process planning, plant layout design, manufacturing department strives for leadership in educational innova- resource planning, production management, production tion, multidisciplinary research, and industrial line design, automation, robotics, flexible manufacturing systems, and computer integrated manufacturing. 244 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2003-2004

Career Opportunities management, organization planning and control, statisti- IE graduates are sought by nearly all industrial corpora- cal quality control, database design, web technologies, tions as well as government agencies and other service and data communications technologies. Electives related institutions. Major employers of our graduates include to manufacturing systems engineering include: computer management consulting firms, manufacturing compa- integrated manufacturing, industrial robotics, facilities nies, banks, hospitals, railroads, the postal service, and planning and material handling, production engineering, transportation/logistics services. A typical career path and metal machining analysis. The IE degree requires a of an industrial engineer is to start in an entry-level minimum of 133 credit hours. engineering position or as a technical analyst and to Specialty Areas in Industrial Engineering progress through various management positions in the The industrial engineering curriculum emphasizes four firm or institution. Significant numbers of industrial specialty areas: (1) manufacturing systems and processes, engineers ultimately become chief executive officers, (2) operations research, (3) information and systems chief operating officers, and chief technology officers in engineering, and (4) production and operations manage- their respective organizations. ment. The IE curriculum includes 18 credit hours of Program Educational Objectives advanced (300 IE level) courses plus 3 credit hours of IE graduates should: engineering elective and 6 credit hours of free elective. Students can emphasize one of these areas if they choose, 1. have a broad knowledge of mathematics, science or select courses from several areas to design their own and general engineering. Furthermore, this knowl- individual programs. Listed below are the advanced edge can be applied to Industrial Engineering courses associated with the four specialty areas (including related problems courses in other departments). 2. have a fundamental grounding in the fields of sta- Manufacturing Systems and Processes. Students inter- tistics, manufacturing, operations research, ested in this area should select courses from the information technology, production analysis and following list: control, and operations management that reflect current needs and trends IE 300-level electives: IE 319, IE 324, IE 332, IE 340, IE 342, IE 344 (cross-listed with Mat 344), IE 345, IE 347 3. have the detailed and relevant knowledge and abil- ity to perform design and solve problems related to Engr or free electives: Mat 309, Mat 314, Mat 335, Mat integrated systems that include people, materials, 342, Mat 367 information, equipment, and energy Operations Research. Students interested in this area 4. have the ability to design, conduct, and analyze should select courses from the following list: experiments in laboratories, companies, and on IE 300-level electives: IE 316, IE 332, IE 339, IE 372 systems models Engr or free electives: IE 170, CSE 327, CSE 340, ME 340 5. have the ability to form, lead, and participate on Free electives: Eco 358, Math 312, Math 338, Math 341 multi-disciplinary teams that solve problems in engineering and business Information and Systems Engineering. Students inter- ested in this area should select courses from the 6. have an awareness of global, societal, and disci- following list: pline specific issues necessary to identify, formulate and solve problems IE 300-level electives: IE 307, IE 309, IE 310, IE 316, IE 339, IE 341, IE 342, IE 345, IE 372 7. be aware of the NSPE professional code of ethics and have an appreciation of social and legal Engr or free electives: IE 170, IE 275, CSE 327, CSE concerns 340, CSE 368, ECE 319, ECE 320, ECE 345 8. have the ability to seek out, understand and apply Production and Operations Management. Students new information and procedures to their profes- interested in this area should select courses from the fol- sional development, thus giving them an lowing list: appreciation for life-long learning IE 300-level electives: IE 319, IE 324, IE 332, IE 334, 9. communicate effectively through oral and written IE 340, presentations using appropriate technologies IE 342 IE Curriculum Free electives: Mgt 309, Mgt 331, Mgt 333 The IE curriculum is designed to provide graduates IE Major Requirements with the skills and knowledge that employers expect of See freshman year requirements, section III. young industrial engineers beginning their professional sophomore year, first semester (16 credit hours) careers, and to instill the ability for life-time learning. It includes the basic mathematical, physical, and social IE 111 Engineering Probability and sciences, together with the principles and methods of Statistics (3) engineering analysis and design that are specific to IE 112 Computer Graphics (1) industrial engineering. These principles and methods Math 23 Calculus III (4) include probability and statistics, engineering economy, cost accounting, operations research, computer simula- Phy 21, 22 Introductory Physics II and tion, work methods and measurement, manufacturing Laboratory (5) processes, production and inventory control, and infor- Mat 33 Engineering Materials and mation technology. Processes (3) Specialized industrial engineering electives in the senior year include: advanced operations research, operations Industrial and Systems Engineering 245 sophomore year, second semester (17-18 credit hours) Technical Minor. Technical minors such as materials sci- IE 121 Applied Engineering Statistics (3) ence, environmental engineering, and computer science are available through other departments in the P. C. Rossin IE 131 Work Systems and Facilities Planning (3) College of Engineering and Applied Science. Consult the IE 132 Work Systems Laboratory (1) specific department for more details. ME 104 Thermodynamics I (3) Graduate Courses. Seniors in industrial and systems Acct 108 Fundamentals of Accounting (3) engineering can petition to take up to two graduate IE courses (400-level) to satisfy two of their five 300-level HSS Humanities/Social Sciences elective (3-4)* elective IE course requirements. The petitioning senior junior year, first semester (17-18 credit hours) must have a good scholastic record (generally above a 3.0 IE 215 Fundamentals of Modern GPA). Manufacturing (3) Senior Thesis Option. Students interested in continuing IE 216 Manufacturing Laboratory (1) on to graduate school or performing research are encour- HSS Humanities/Social Science Elective (3-4)* aged to take the senior thesis option. In this option a student takes IE 155 as an engineering or free elective. Math 205 Linear Methods (3) After IE 155, IE 156 is taken as the thesis is written. Mech 2 Elementary Engineering Mechanics (3) The sequence of these 2 courses can replace IE 154. Eco 1 Principles of Economics (4) Technical Minor in Manufacturing junior year, second semester (16 credit hours) Systems Engineering IE 122 Software Tools (1) The minor in manufacturing systems engineering pro- IE 226 Engineering Economy (3) vides a concentration of courses in the manufacturing IE 220 Introduction to Operations Research (3) and production areas. This minor is not available to stu- dents majoring in industrial engineering. It requires 16 IE 224 Information Systems Analysis and credits. Design (3) ECE 81 Principles of Electrical Engineering (4) 5th Year Master of Management Science IE elective (3)** Option Students enrolled in the IE or ISE curricula can pursue a summer fifth-year Master of Management Science program. IE 100 Industrial Employment (0) Students in the management science program take a senior year, first semester (18-19 credit hours) mixture of engineering and business courses. Admission IE 251 Production and Inventory Control (3) is not guaranteed. For details see the management sci- ence section of the catalog or contact the ISE IEOR OR elective (IE 316 or IE 339) (3)*** department. IE elective (3)** 5th Year Master of Information and HSS Humanities/Social Sciences elective (6-7)* Systems Engineering Option FE free elective (3) Students enrolled in the IE or ISE curricula can pursue a senior year, second semester (18 credit hours) fifth year Master of Information and Systems IE 154 Senior Project (3) Engineering program. Students in the Master of I&SE IE 305 Simulation (3) program take a mixture of engineering, computer sci- ence, and business courses. Admission is not guaranteed. IE elective (3)** For details see the M.S. and M.Eng. of Information and IE elective (3)** Systems Engineering section of the catalog or contact the ENGR engineering elective (3)**** ISE department. FE free elective (3) Undergraduate Courses Notes: IE 100. Industrial Employment (0) *HSS elective credit totals must satisfy the college HSS program Usually following the junior year, students in the industri- al engineering curriculum are required to do a minimum **IE elective courses are chosen from the current offering of of eight weeks of practical work, preferably in the field 300-level IE courses they plan to follow after graduation. A report is required. ***IEOR elective is either IE 316 or IE 339 (could be fall Prerequisite: Sophomore standing. or spring). IE 111. Engineering Probability and Statistics (3) ****Engineering elective is any course offered in the CEAS fall that IE undergraduates are eligible to take, including IE Random variables, probability models and functions, 300-level courses. and expected values. Statistical inference, estimation, Special Opportunities for IE students hypothesis testing, and goodness of fit. Prerequisite: The following special opportunities are available to Math 22. majors in industrial engineering and information & sys- IE 112. Computer Graphics (1) fall tems engineering: Introduction to interactive graphics and construction of Nontechnical Minor. Students may choose to pursue a multi-view representations in two- and three-dimension- nontechnical minor in an area of the humanities and al space. Applications in industrial engineering. social sciences. The minors program section of this cata- Prerequisites: Sophomore standing in industrial engi- log should be consulted for details. neering, Engr. 1. 246 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2003-2004

IE 121. Applied Engineering Statistics (3) spring IE 171. Algorithms in Systems Engineering The application of statistical techniques to solve industri- Laboratory (1) al problems. Regression and correlation, analysis of Laboratory exercises and projects in the design and variance, quality control, and reliability. Prerequisite: IE implementation of algorithms for systems modeling, sys- 111 or Math 231. tems design, systems analysis, and systems optimization. IE 122. Software Tools (1) spring Co-requisite: IE 170. Introduction to application software tools used to solve IE 185. ISELP Honors Seminar (1) stochastic and deterministic problems. Problem design Study of problem solving, principles of enterprise sys- and solution will be drawn from IE 220. Co-requisite: tems, and creative use of information technology in IE 220. controlled environments. Emphasis on teamwork, self- IE 131 Work Systems and Facilities Planning (3) knowledge, and communication skills. Department spring permission required. May be repeated for credit. Techniques of methods analysis, work design and meas- For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduate urement, and facilities design. Operations analysis, Students workplace ergonomics, worker-machine systems, assem- bly systems, time study, predetermined time systems, IE 215. Fundamentals of Modern Manufacturing work sampling, incentive systems, and plant layout (3) fall design. Prerequisite: IE 111 or equivalent, either previ- Study of modern production methods. Machining, bulk ously or concurrently. and sheet metal working processes, and electronics man- IE 132. Work Systems and Facilities Planning ufacturing. Introduction to automation, numerical Laboratory (1) spring control, and industrial robots. Prerequisite: Mat 33. Laboratory exercises and projects in methods analysis, IE 216. Manufacturing Laboratory (1) fall operations analysis, plant layout, and related topics. Co- Laboratory exercises and experiments in manufacturing requisite: IE 131. processes and systems. pre-requisite or concurrent: IE 215. IE 154. Senior Project (3) fall and spring IE 220. Introduction to Operations Research (3) The use of industrial engineering techniques to solve a spring major problem in either a manufacturing or service envi- Introduction to deterministic and stochastic methods in ronment. Problems are sufficiently broad to require the operations research. Mathematical programming, queu- design of a system. Human factors in system design. ing theory, and other modeling techniques. Emphasis on Laboratory. Prerequisite: Senior standing in industrial formulation, analysis and solution of operations prob- engineering. lems. Prerequisites: IE 111 or Math 231. IE 155. Senior Thesis I (3) IE 224. Information Systems Analysis and Design In depth study of a research topic in industrial engineering (3) spring supervised by an ISE department faculty member. An introduction to the technological as well as method- Requires completion of a formal research proposal and a ological aspects of computer information systems. public presentation of the proposal at the end of the Content of the course stresses basic knowledge in data- semester. Prerequisite: Senior standing. base systems. Database design and evaluation, query IE 156. Senior Thesis II (3) languages and software implementation. Students that Continued in depth study of a research topic in industri- take CSE 241 cannot receive credit for this course. al engineering supervised by an ISE department faculty IE 226. Engineering Economy and Decision member. Requires a formal thesis and public presenta- Analysis (3) spring tion of the results. IE 156 can be substituted for IE 154 Economic analysis of engineering projects; interest rate in the IE curriculum when taken in sequence after IE factors, methods of evaluation, depreciation, replace- 155. Prerequisite: IE 155. ment, break-even analysis, after-tax analysis. IE 168. Production Analysis (3) spring Decision-making under certainty and risk. Prerequisite: A course for students not majoring in industrial engi- IE 111 or Math 231, either previously or concurrently. neering. Engineering economy; application of IE 251. Production and Inventory Control (3) fall quantitative methods to facilities analysis and planning, Techniques used in the planning and control of produc- operations planning and control, work measurement, tion and inventory systems. Forecasting, inventory and scheduling. Prerequisites: Math 21 or 51. models, operations planning, and scheduling. IE 170. Algorithms in Systems Engineering (3) Prerequisites: IE 121 and IE 220. Introduction to the use of computers to solve problems IE 275. Fundamentals of Web Applications (3) arising in systems engineering. Focus on the design and Introduction to web technologies required to support the implementation of algorithms for systems modeling, sys- development of client side and server side components of tems design, systems analysis, and systems optimization. Internet based applications. Students will be exposed to Fundamentals of computer systems, basic data structures, the problems of design, implementation, and manage- the design and implementation of efficient algorithms, ment by way of assigned readings, class discussion, and and application of algorithms to the design and opti- project implementation. Term project. Prerequisites: mization of complex systems such as those arising in either IE 224 or CSE 241 previously or concurrently. transportation, telecommunications, and manufacturing. Prerequisites: ENGR 1, CSE 17. IE 305. Simulation (3) Applications of discrete and continuous simulation tech- niques in modeling industrial systems. Simulation using Industrial and Systems Engineering 247 a high-level simulation language. Design of simulation of resources planning and control, including introduc- experiments. Prerequisites: IE 121 and IE 220. tion of change in man-machine systems; manpower IE 307. Advanced Systems Analysis and Design management and wage administration. Prerequisite: Junior Standing. (3) spring Study of advanced techniques and their application in IE 339. Stochastic Models and Applications (3) the analysis and design of information systems. Emphasis Introduction to stochastic process modeling and analysis is placed on tools and techniques used for structured techniques and applications. Generalizations of the analysis and design, and on prototyping of systems. Poisson process; renewal theory and applications to Prerequisite: IE 224 or equivalent. inventory theory, queueing, and reliability; Brownian motion and stationary processes. Prerequisite: IE 220 or IE 309. Introduction to Information Systems (3) equivalent. fall Study of information systems analysis and design with IE 340. Production Engineering (3) fall emphasis on management issues. Interfaces between Develop plans of manufacturing for discrete parts. information systems and databases and data communica- Product design analysis and engineering materials utiliza- tions are examined. Effects of information systems on tion. Economic analysis of process design alternatives. organizational relationships are considered. Example Introduction to mechanization, automation, and flexible information system will be designed and implemented. manufacturing systems. Term project. Laboratory. Prerequisite: IE 224 or equivalent. Prerequisite: IE 215. IE 310. Database Analysis and Design (3) spring IE 341. Data Communication Systems Analysis Conceptual analysis of data is considered through data and Design (3) structures and models. Logical design of databases is An introduction to the hardware as well as performance studied in the context of the relational model of data. evaluation of data communication networks. Emphasis Prerequisite: IE 224 or equivalent. on data transmission, encoding, data link control, com- munication networking techniques, and IE 316. Optimization Models and Applications (3) queuing/simulation analysis of network performance. Modeling and analysis of operations research problems Prerequisite: IE 224 and IE 220 or equivalent. using techniques from mathematical programming. Linear programming, integer programming, multi-crite- IE 342. Computer Integrated Manufacturing (3) ria optimization, stochastic programming, and nonlinear spring programming using an algebraic modeling language. Analysis and design of manufacturing systems. Principal Prerequisite: IE 220 or equivalent. topics: computer-based techniques, decision support sys- IE 319. Material Handling and Facilities tems, applications of information technology to enterprise systems, value stream mapping. Introduction to: Planning (3) high performance work systems, manufacturing manage- Material handling systems, storage systems and automat- ment measurement techniques, optimization strategies for ic identification. Facilities planning including layout discrete parts manufacturing, lean and agile manufacturing planning and facility location. Prerequisite: IE 131 or methods. Term project. Prerequisite: IE 224, IE 215 or consent of department chair. equivalent. IE 321. Experimental Industrial Engineering (1-3) IE 344. (Mat 344) Metal Machining Analysis (3) Experimental projects in selected fields of industrial engineering, approved by the instructor. A written spring report is required. May be repeated for academic credit. Intensive study of metal cutting emphasizing forces, energy, temperature, tool materials, tool life, and surface IE 324. Industrial Automation and Robotics (3) integrity. Abrasive processes. Laboratory and project Introduction to robotics technology and applications. work. Prerequisite: IE 215 or ME 240 or Mat 206. Robot anatomy, controls, sensors, programming, work cell design, part handling, welding, and assembly. IE 345. Manufacturing Information Systems (3) Laboratory exercises. Prerequisites: Mech 2, Math 205. A study of contemporary Information Technology solu- tions used to support the manufacturing function from IE 328. Engineering Statistics (3) product concept and design through production plan- Random variables, probability functions, expected val- ning, manufacture, and delivery. Emphasis will be placed ues, statistical inference, hypothesis testing, regression on information exchange protocol standards used to and correlation, analysis of variance, introduction to improve the overall integration of manufacturing sys- design of experiments, and fundamentals of quality con- tems. Prerequisites: IE275. trol. Prerequisite: Math 23 or equivalent. This course cannot be taken by IE undergraduates. IE 347. Electronics Manufacturing (3) Manufacturing processes required in electronics assembly, IE 332. Product Quality (3) through-hole printed circuit cards, surface-mount printed Introduction to engineering methods for monitoring, circuit boards, and thick film hybrids. Testing and inspec- control, and improvement of quality. Statistical models tion procedures. Includes laboratory. Prerequisite: senior of quality measurements, statistical process control, standing in engineering. acceptance sampling, and quality management princi- ples. Some laboratory exercises. Prerequisite: IE 121. IE 358 (Eco 358). Game Theory (3) A mathematical analysis of how people interact in strategic IE 334. Organizational Planning and Control (3) situations. Applications include strategic pricing, negotia- fall tions, voting, contracts and economic incentives, and Design of organization and procedures for managing environmental issues. Prerequisites: Eco 105 or 115 and functions of industrial engineering. Analysis and design Math 21, 31 or 51. 248 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2003-2004

IE 372. Systems Engineering Design (3) project. See separate catalog listing under Information Analysis, design, and implementation of solutions to and Systems Engineering. problems in manufacturing and service sectors using information technology. Emphasis on problem identifi- M.Eng. in Information and Systems Engineering cation and the evaluation of proposed solutions and The master of engineering program in I&SE requires a implementations. Term Project. Prerequisites: IE 220, minimum of 30 credit hours of approved coursework. 275. See separate catalog listing under Information and Sys- tems Engineering. IE 385. ISELP Honors Project Seminar (1) Application of problem solving to real enterprise systems M.S. in Management Science projects. Emphasis on leadership, teamwork, design, and This program requires a minimum of 30 credit hours of communication skills. Requires a written honors project approved coursework. The program leads to the master report. Department permission required. Senior standing. of science degree in management science. See separate May be repeated for credit. catalog listing under Management Science. Graduate Programs M.S. in Manufacturing Systems Engineering Several programs leading to master’s and doctoral degrees This is an interdisciplinary graduate program leading to are offered by the Department of Industrial and Systems the master of science degree in manufacturing systems Engineering. All graduate students in the M.S. IE, engineering. See separate catalog listing under Manufac- M.Eng. IE and Ph.D. IE programs are required to satisfy turing Systems Engineering. core requirements in manufacturing and operations research. To satisfy the core requirement in manufactur- M.S. in Quality Engineering ing, the student must complete either IE 340 or IE 342. This is a specialized graduate program offered by the To satisfy the core requirement in operations research, Department of Industrial and Manufacturing Systems the student must complete either IE 305 or IE 316. Engineering leading to the master of science degree in Core requirements may also be satisfied by previous quality engineering. See separate catalog listing under coursework. In this case, the student must petition the Quality Engineering. ISE graduate committee to wave the core requirement in Ph.D. in Industrial Engineering the relevant area. All core course prerequisites must also The graduate program leading to the doctor of philosophy be satisfied. Prerequisites may be satisfied by (1) previous (Ph.D.) degree is organized to meet the individual goals course work, (2) completing the prerequisite course and interests of graduate students whose professional plans without graduate credit, or (3) passing the final examina- include teaching, consulting, or research in an education- tion of the prerequisite course with a grade of B or al, governmental, or industrial environment. Each better. doctoral candidate is required to demonstrate: (1) a high A Ph.D. student is required to complete core require- level of proficiency in one or more fields of industrial and ments with grades of B or better before being formally manufacturing systems engineering, and (2) a capacity for admitted to Ph.D. candidacy. independent research through the preparation of a disser- Further information about graduate programs is con- tation related to his/her field of specialization. tained in an ISE graduate brochure available from the Areas of Graduate Study department. In addition, several documents are available from the department that describe the requirements for The areas of graduate study emphasized in the each of our graduate programs. Department of Industrial and Systems Engineering are as follows: M.S. in Industrial Engineering Manufacturing Systems and Processes. Graduate study in The minimum program for the master of science degree manufacturing involves coursework and research in any of in IE consists of 24 credit hours of approved coursework a variety of subjects, including manufacturing processes, and completion of a satisfactory thesis. Courses in other automation, robotics, numerical control, computer inte- departments for which the student has the prerequisites grated manufacturing, process control, material handling, may be integrated into the MSIE program. Subject to and production scheduling. In manufacturing processes, advisor approval, up to nine credit hours of 300 and the department specializes in the material removal process- 400-level courses from other departments may be includ- es, such as machining (e.g., turning, milling, drilling, ed in the IE masters program. The other department grinding) and nontraditional processes (e.g., water jet cut- courses usually include other engineering disciplines, math- ting, electrochemical machining). Additional ematics, computer science, and business and economics. manufacturing process technologies are covered in other M.Eng. in Industrial Engineering departments in the P. C. Rossin College of Engineering and Applied Science, in particular, the materials science This program of study is for those students whose inter- and engineering department. ests are toward engineering design rather than research. The program provides opportunity to gain breadth of Operations Research. The operations research graduate field by required coursework in all areas of study within area is intended to prepare students to analyze, formu- the department. In addition, an engineering project late, and solve problems using analytical methods and must be completed under the supervision of the faculty. computational techniques. Topics emphasized in the department include mathematical programming, combi- M.S. in Information and Systems Engineering natorial optimization, queuing theory, neural networks, The master of science program in I&SE requires a mini- and stochastic processes. There are many settings in mum of 24 credit hours of approved coursework and which operations research problems are encountered, but completion of a satisfactory thesis or 27 credit hours of those which arise in the context of manufacturing are of approved coursework and completion of a 3 credit hour particular interest to the Department of Industrial and Industrial and Systems Engineering 249

Systems Engineering. Students can expect to study chal- Hamiltonian walks and various applications of network lenging problems at both the master’s and doctoral levels. models. Prerequisite: IE 406 or equivalent. Information Technology. Graduate study in information IE 412. Quantitative Models of Supply Chain systems covers the methodological and technological Management (3) development of computer information systems. Of par- Analytical models for logistics and supply chain coordi- ticular interest at Lehigh are the systems needed to drive nation. Modeling, analysis, and computational issues of integrated manufacturing and service industries. Such production, transportation, and other planning and deci- systems are becoming increasingly important in the sion models. Logistics network configuration, risk trend toward real-time planning and control, with pooling, stochastic decision-making, information propa- embedded decision making capabilities. Topics include gation, supply chain contracting, and electronic data communication, telecommunication and computer commerce implication. Prerequisite: IE 316 or IE 406 or networks, database processing systems, artificial intelli- equivalent; knowledge of mathematical programming. gence and expert systems, object-oriented technology, and computer-based production planning and inventory IE 413. Advanced Engineering Economy and control. The information systems area is further supple- Replacement Analysis (3) mented by courses offered by the Department of Measuring economic worth, economic optimization Electrical Engineering and Computer Science. under constraints, analysis of economic risk and uncer- tainty. Emphasis on analytical methods to evaluate the IE 404. Simulation (3) economic desirability of replacement and retirement Applications of discrete and continuous simulation tech- options in capital investment. Prerequisites: IE 220 and niques in modeling industrial systems. Simulation using IE 226 or equivalents. a high-level simulation language. Design of simulation experiments. This course is a version of IE 305 for grad- IE 414. Heuristic Methods in Combinatorial uate students, with research projects and advanced Optimization (3) assignments. Prerequisites: IE 121 or IE 328 and IE 220 Heuristic methods for solving combinatorial and discrete or equivalent. optimization problems such as routing, scheduling, par- IE 405. Special Topics in Industrial Engineering (3) titioning and layout. Introduction to NP-completeness theory, exact and inexact methods, performance analysis, An intensive study of some field of industrial engineering. fast and greedy heuristics, Lagrangean heuristics, and IE 406. Introduction to Mathematical various search techniques including simulated annealing, Programming (3) genetic algorithms, Tabu search and iterative constructive Techniques for the solution and analysis of deterministic heuristics. linear models used in operations research. Linear pro- IE 415. Manufacturing Management (3) gramming, network flow, and integer linear Analysis of the factors entering into the development of programming. Emphasis on modeling techniques, alge- manufacturing management philosophy; decision-making braic modeling languages and commercial solvers. process in areas of organization, planning, operation, and IE 408. Management of Information Systems (3) control of manufacturing. Influence of the social, techni- Philosophies and methods for systematic planning, cal, and economic environment upon manufacturing development, and implementation of management infor- management decisions. mation systems. Concepts of information resource IE 416. Dynamic Programming (3) management, and strategic and long-range planning of The principle of optimality and recursive solution struc- information systems and services. Prerequisite: IE 224 or ture; multidimensional problems; reduction of Acct 311 or equivalent. dimensionality and approximation; stochastic control; IE 409. Time Series Analysis (3) non-serial systems; relationship to calculus of variation; Theory and applications of an approach to process mod- applications. Prerequisite: IE 316 or equivalent. eling, analysis, prediction, and control based on an IE 417. Nonlinear Programming (3) ordered sequence of observed data. Single or multiple Advanced topics in mathematical programming with time series are used to obtain scalar or vector differ- emphasis on modeling and analysis of non-linear opti- ence/differential equations describing a variety of mization problems. Convex analysis, unconstrained and physical and economic systems. Prerequisite: IE 121 or constrained optimization, duality theory, Lagrangian equivalent. relaxation, and methods for solving non-linear pro- IE 410. Design of Experiments (3) grams, including descent methods, Newton methods, Experimental procedures for sorting out important conjugate gradient methods, and penalty and barrier causal variables, finding optimum conditions, continu- methods. Prerequisite: IE 406 or equivalent. ously improving processes, and trouble shooting. IE 418. Integer Programming (3) Applications to laboratory, pilot plant and factory. Advanced topics in mathematical programming with Prerequisite: Some statistical background and experimen- emphasis on modeling and analysis of optimization tation in prospect, IE 121 or equivalent. problems with integer variables. Polyhedral theory, theo- IE 411. Networks and Graphs (3) ry of valid inequalities, duality and relaxation, This course examines the theory and applications of net- computational complexity, and methods for solving inte- works and graphs. Content of the course stresses on the ger programs, such as branch and bound. Prerequisite: modeling, analysis and computational issues of network IE 406 or equivalent. and graph algorithms. Complexity theory, trees and IE 419. Sequencing and Scheduling (3) arborescences, path algorithms, network flows, matching Systematic analysis of models for production planning and and assignment, primal-dual algorithms, Eulerian and scheduling. Resource planning techniques, hierarchical 250 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2003-2004

planning, static and dynamic scheduling of production improvement; Malcolm Baldrige and other awards, ISO resources, and resource constrained project scheduling. 9000, case studies. Prerequisites: IE 251 or equivalent. IE 443. (MSE 427) Automation and Production IE 422. Measurement and Inspection Systems (3) Systems (3) Study of measurement instruments and sensors for man- Principles and analysis of manual and automated produc- ufactured products. Metrology standards, performance tion systems for discrete parts and products. Cellular characteristics of measuring devices, calibration, error manufacturing, flexible manufacturing systems, transfer analysis, and gaging. Mechanical, optical, and other lines, manual and automated assembly systems, and quali- techniques. On-line monitoring and control for product ty control systems. Prerequisite: IE 215 or equivalent. quality, and sensor integration and fusion. Prerequisite: IE 328 or equivalent. IE 445. Assembly Processes and Systems (3) Joining processes including welding, brazing, soldering, IE 424. Robotic Systems and Applications (3) and adhesive bonding. Mechanical assembly methods. Detailed analysis for robotic systems in manufacturing Manual assembly lines and line balancing. Automated and service industries. Task planning and decomposition, assembly. Product design considerations including motion trajectory analysis, conveyor tracking, error Design for Assembly. Prerequisite: IE 215 or equivalent. detection and recovery, end effector design, and systems integration. Prerequisite: IE 324 or consent of instructor. IE 446. Discrete Event Dynamic Systems (3) Modeling of Discrete Event Dynamic systems (DEDS) IE 425. (MSE 425) Production Planning and particularly as applied to industrial systems. Modeling Resource Allocation (3) procedures with focus on Petri Nets. Hierarchical Petri Advanced study of heuristic, algorithmic, and analytical Net modeling, performance analysis, behavioral and methods for production planning, scheduling, and distri- structural properties, and various synthesis and analytical bution models and systems. Forecasting, job shop and techniques. Relationships to state space concepts, simula- just-in-time scheduling, single stage and multi-echelon tion, and finite state automata are introduced. Emphasis inventory control, and facility location. Prerequisites: IE on use of such nets for the control of industrial systems. 121 or IE 328 and IE 220 or equivalent, or consent of Prerequisites: Permission of instructor. instructor. IE 448. Industrial Control Systems for IE 430. Management Science Project (3) Manufacturing (3) Analysis of a management problem and design of its solu- Techniques used to control manufacturing systems: tion incorporating management science techniques. An numerical control, digital control, programmable logic individual written report is required. Recommended to be controllers, and sensors. taken in the last semester of the program. IE 449. Advanced Computer-Aided IE 431. Operations Research Seminar (3) Manufacturing (3) Extensive study of selected topics in techniques and Numerical control in manufacturing; CAD/CAM sys- models of operations research. tems; computer monitoring and control of manufacturing IE 433. Manufacturing Engineering Seminar (3) operations; adaptive control of manufacturing operations. Extensive study of selected topics in the research and devel- Manufacturing resource planning, computer-aided process opment of manufacturing engineering techniques. planning, and shop floor control. Prerequisite: IE 342 or consent of the department chair. IE 437. Advanced Database Analysis and Design (3) Intensive treatment of design and application of modern IE 451. Intelligent Manufacturing Systems (3) database technology, including information modeling Informational and control structures, architectures, and and logical design of databases. Emphasis on applications analysis techniques for autonomous and semi- to the manufacturing environment. Prerequisite: IE 310 autonomous manufacturing systems. System or equivalent. architectures and techniques, knowledge based systems in production, and techniques based on fuzzy systems IE 438. Advanced Data Communication Systems and neural networks. Applications in manufacturing sys- Analysis and Design (3) tems control, process planning, and design and Study of technological development, operational algo- management problems in newly developing manufactur- rithms and performance analysis in data networks. ing and production systems. Prerequisite: Permission of Emphasis on recent developments in communication instructor. technologies, modeling and simulation of large-scale net- works, routing models and algorithms, and flow control IE 458 (ECO 463). Topics in Game Theory (3) issues. Prerequisite: IE 341 and IE 316, or equivalents. A mathematical analysis of how people interact in strate- gic situations. Topics include normal-form and IE 439. Queueing Systems (3) extensive-form representations of games, various types of Queueing theory and analysis of manufacturing, distri- equilibrium requirements, the existence and characteriza- bution, telecommunications, and other systems subject tion of equilibria, and mechanism design. The analysis is to congestion. Design and analysis of queueing net- applied to microeconomic problems including industrial works; approximation methods such as mean value organization, international trade, and finance. analysis, uniformization, fluid and diffusion interpreta- Prerequisites: Two semesters of calculus, ECO 412 and tions; numerical solution approaches. Prerequisite: IE ECO 414, or permission of the instructor. 339 or instructor permission. IE 460. Engineering Project (1-3) IE 442. Total Quality Management (3) Intensive study of an area of industrial engineering with Principles and techniques of TQM; principles of emphasis upon design and application. A written report Deming, Juran, Taguchi, and others; standards, metrics, is required. costs, benchmarking, quality circles, and continuous Information and Systems Engineering 251

IE 461. Readings (1-3) Acct 108 Fundamentals of Accounting (3) Intensive study of some area of industrial engineering ECE 81 Principles of Electrical Engineering (4) that is not covered in general courses. junior year, first semester (17 credit hours) IE 490. Thesis (1-6) IE 122 Software Tools (1) IE 499. Dissertation (1-15) IE 220 Introduction to Operations Research (3) IE 224 Information Systems Analysis and Information and Systems Design (3) Engineering BIS 211 Management Information Systems (3) Eco 1 Principles of Economics (4) B.S. in Information and Systems Mech 2, ME 104, Elementary Engineering Engineering Mechanics (3), Thermodynamics I (3), Information and systems engineering (I&SE) is a bach- or Mat 33 or Engineering Materials and Processes (3) elor of science degree program that produces graduates junior year, second semester (18-19 credit hours) who understand the complex facets of modern informa- tion systems, and the integration of these systems in IE 226 Engineering Economy (3) industrial, service and financial organization. The degree IE 275 Fundamentals of Web Applications (3) program, offered through the Department of Industrial IE 305 Simulation (3) and Systems Engineering, constitutes a broad based cur- riculum focusing on three core areas: (1) Information HSS Humanities/Social Science Elective (6-7)* Economics, (2) Quantitative Systems Analysis, and (3) FE free elective (3) Information Technology. The core areas are coupled with summer general engineering and business background courses. Information economics studies the formulation, struc- IE 100 Industrial Employment (0) ture, and operational dynamics of information-centric senior year, first semester (15-16 credit hours) systems in the context of industrial organizations, service IE 316 Advanced Operations Research sector economics, and financial institutions. Topic areas Techniques (3) range from fundamental theory and methodologies in IE 345 Manufacturing Information Systems (3) systems science and engineering, to issues in complex supply networks, e-Business, electronic marketplaces, IE 372 Systems Engineering Design (3) and financial engineering. Quantitative systems analysis TE Technical Elective (3)** studies operations research and computational tools for HSS Humanities/Social Sciences elective (3-4)* analyzing complex systems and their information com- ponents. Topic areas include mathematical senior year, second semester (18 credit hours) programming, optimization, decision analysis, large-scale IE 154 Senior Project (3) modeling and simulation, decentralized decision process- IE 339 Stochastic Models es, stochastic processes, sequencing and scheduling, IE341 Data Communication Systems Analysis and parallel and distributed algorithms, and algorithm Design (3) design. Information technology and applications studies computer and communication technologies needed to TE Technical Elective (3)** design and implement information system applications. HSS Humanities/Social Sciences elective (3)* Topic areas include the applications of information tech- FE free elective (3) nology in manufacturing and business environments, including electronic commerce, supply chain and enter- Notes: prise information systems, manufacturing information *HSS elective credit totals must satisfy the college HSS systems, and intelligent manufacturing control. The program I&SE degree requires 132 credit hours. **Technical Electives from approved list I&SE Major Requirements Information and Systems Engineering See freshman year requirements, section III. Leadership Program sophomore year, first semester (16 credit hours) The Information and Systems Engineering Leadership IE 111 Engineering Probability and Statistics (3) Program (ISELP) is an honors program linked to the Math 23 Calculus III (4) Information and Systems Engineering degree offered by the Department of Industrial and Systems Engineering. Phy 21, 22 Introductory Physics II and The program builds on the industry-based capstone Laboratory (5) design model used in the department for over 30 years. CSE 17 Structured Programming and Data Students in this program have close interaction with Structures (4) industry for mentoring and project work beginning in sophomore year, second semester (17 credit hours) the freshman year and carrying through the entire degree program. Students will progress in leadership roles until IE 121 Applied Engineering Statistics (3) as seniors they are leading projects for the underclass- IE 170 Algorithms in Systems Engineering (3) men. Close interaction with industrial mentors and IE 171 Algorithms in Systems Engineering industrial projects in systems engineering and informa- Laboratory (1) tion technology will insure that students can apply what Math 205 Linear Methods (3) they learn in the classroom to real-world problems. 252 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2003-2004

Projects will be developed primarily through Lehigh’s 5th Year Master of Information and Enterprise Systems Center (ESC). Systems Engineering Option Participants in this program will graduate with these Students enrolled in the ISE curricula can pursue a fifth highly valued leadership skills and competencies: year Master of Information and Systems Engineering •Self-knowledge and the ability to work well with others; program. Students in the Master of I&SE program take • Confidence to lead change; a mixture of engineering, computer science, and business courses. Admission is not guaranteed. For details see the •Ability to identify and solve unstructured M.S. and M.Eng. of Information and Systems problems; Engineering section of the catalog or contact the ISE •Proven ability to design, build and implement high department. value-added systems. Master Programs in Information and Students are offered admission to the program during the matriculation process. In addition, students that Systems Engineering select the I&SE degree and maintain a high cumulative The goal of the M.S. in Information and Systems GPA at the end of the freshman year will be eligible to Engineering (I&SE) program is to provide advanced edu- join the program. cational and research opportunities related to operations Students in the ISELP must satisfy all degree require- research, quantitative and computational analysis, large ments for the I&SE degree. In addition, both semester scale optimization, system simulation, information-centric of the sophomore and junior years and the first semester systems, and the integration of information systems in of the senior year the student registers for IE 185 ISELP industrial, service and financial organizations. The pro- Honors Seminar. In the last semester of the senior year gram will emphasize three core areas: (1) Information the student registers for IE 385 ISELP Honors Project Economics, (2) Quantitative Systems Analysis, and (3) Seminar. IE 385 requires a written honors project report. Information Technology. Graduates of the program will be The additional 6 credits of seminar are above the degree operations research analysts, systems engineers and infor- requirements for the I&SE degree and may not be used mation technology specialists who are employed by as Free Elective credits in that program. virtually all organizations, especially in consulting, multi- national operations, transportation, logistics, financial Special Opportunities for I&SE institutions, and telecommunications. students New communications technologies, the web, and recent The following special opportunities are available to advances in computing are profoundly changing the majors in information systems and engineering: operations of business and industry. The increasingly Nontechnical Minor. Students may choose to pursue a complex intertwining of organizations coupled with con- nontechnical minor in an area of the humanities and tinued automation of business processes creates new and social sciences. The minors program section of this cata- complex large-scale systems of enterprises, people, capital log should be consulted for details. equipment, and information. With these changes comes the need for engineers capable of understanding and Technical Minor. Technical minors such as materials sci- integrating these emerging systems. The needs extend far ence, environmental engineering, and computer science are beyond the micro level details of computer hardware and available through other departments in the P. C. Rossin software, instead requiring systems integration, large- College of Engineering and Applied Science. Consult the scale optimization and control, and knowledge of the specific department for more details. operations of industry. It is the combination of the sys- Graduate Courses. Seniors in industrial and manufactur- tems perspective, the analytical focus, and development ing systems engineering can petition to take up to two of computing skills that sets the I&SE education apart. graduate IE courses (400-level) to satisfy two of their five The program will be comprised of three core areas: 300-level elective IE course requirements. The petition- Information Economics: The formulation, structure, ing senior must have a good scholastic record (generally and operational dynamics of information-centric systems above a 3.0 GPA). in the context of industrial organizations, service sector Senior Thesis Option. Students interested in continuing economics, and financial institutions. Topic areas range on to graduate school or performing research are encour- from fundamental theory and methodologies in systems aged to take the senior thesis option. In this option a science and engineering, to issues in complex supply net- student takes IE 155 as an engineering or free elective. works, e-Business, electronic marketplaces, and financial After IE 155, IE 156 is taken as the thesis is written. The engineering. This area of concentration is based on the sequence of these 2 courses can replace IE 154. solid foundations of science and economics through which we envision the long-term development of mod- 5th Year Master of Management Science ern information systems. Option Quantitative Systems Analysis: Operations research and Students enrolled in the ISE curricula can pursue a fifth- computational tools for analyzing complex systems and year Master of Management Science program. Students their information components. Topic areas include mathe- in the management science program take a mixture of matical programming, optimization, decision analysis, engineering and business courses. Admission is not guar- large-scale modeling and simulation, decentralized decision anteed. For details see the management science section of processes, stochastic processes, sequencing and scheduling, the catalog or contact the ISE department. parallel and distributed algorithms, and algorithm design. This area of concentration forms the methodological base for the design, integration, implementation, and manage- ment of information systems in large-scale organizations. Humanities 253

Information Technology and Applications: Computer IE 334 Organizational Planning and Control (3) and communication technologies needed to design and IE 442 Total Quality Management (3) implement information system applications. Of specif- ic focus will be the applications of information 2. Quantitative Systems Analysis technology in manufacturing and business environ- IE 328 Engineering Statistics (3) ments, including electronic commerce, supply chain and enterprise information systems, manufacturing IE 339 Stochastic Processes (3) information systems, and intelligent manufacturing IE 406 Introduction to Mathematical control. This area concentrates on the technological Programming aspects of modern information systems such as data- IE 409 Time Series Analysis (3) base systems, software development, and web-based IE 410 Design of Experiments (3) systems. IE 411 Networks and Graphs (3) Program Requirements IE 413 Advanced Engineering Economy and M.S. in Information and Systems Engineering Replacement Analysis (3) The master of science program in I&SE requires a IE 414 Heuristic Methods in Combinatorial minimum of 24 credit hours of approved coursework Optimization (3) and completion of a satisfactory thesis or 27 credit IE 416 Dynamic Programming (3) hours of approved coursework and completion of a 3 IE 417 Nonlinear Programming (3) credit hour project. Four core courses are required: IE IE 418 Integer Programming (3) 316, IE 341, IE 404, and IE 412. In addition, 4 cours- es are chosen from a list of approved courses that IE 419 Sequencing and Scheduling (3) covers the areas of information economics, quantitative IE 439 Queueing Systems (3) systems analysis, and information technology and IE 446 Discrete Event Dynamic Systems (3) applications. IE 458 (Eco 463) Game Theory (3) M.Eng. in Information and Systems Engineering 3. Information Technology and Applications The master of engineering program in I&SE requires a minimum of 30 credit hours of approved coursework. CSE 313 Computer Graphics (3)* No thesis or project is required. Four core courses are CSE 330 Advanced Software Engineering Tools (3)* required: IE 316, IE 341, IE 404, and IE 412. In addi- CSE 340 Design and Analysis of Algorithms (3)* tion, 4 courses are chosen from a list of approved courses that covers the areas of information economics, CSE 366 Object-Oriented Programming (3) quantitative systems analysis, and information technol- CSE 403 Theory of Operating Systems (3)* ogy and applications. CSE 411 Advanced Programming Techniques (3) Program Prerequisites: CSE 412 Object-Oriented Programming (3) (1) A candidate embarking on the master’s program CSE 414 Expert Systems (3)* must possess a Bachelors degree in engineering or the CSE 415 Database Topics (3)* mathematical or physical sciences. (2) The candidate CSE 416 Advanced Issues in Knowledge-based must satisfy the following incoming course prerequi- Systems (3)* sites: CSc 17, IE 220, and IE 224, or equivalents. CSE 432 Object-Oriented Software Engineering (3) Core Courses (Four courses required of all I&SE ECE 401 Advanced Computer Architecture (3)* students): ECE 404 Computer Networks (3) IE 316 Advanced Operations Research IE 307 Advanced Systems Analysis and Design (3) Techniques (3) IE 309 Introduction to Information Systems (3) IE 341 Data Communication Systems Analysis and Design (3) IE 310 Database Analysis and Design (3) IE 404 Simulation (3) IE 324 Industrial Automation and Robotics (3) IE 412 Quantitative Models of Supply Chain IE 332 Quality Control (3) Management (3) IE 342 Computer Integrated Manufacturing (3) ISE Electives (select at least four from the following IE 345 Manufacturing Information Technology (3) courses, organized into three groups corresponding to IE 424 Robotic Systems and Applications (3) the three information and systems engineering areas identified above.): IE 437 Advanced Database Analysis and Design (3) 1. Information Economics IE 438 Advanced Data Communication Systems BIS 311 Managing Information Systems Analysis and Design (3) Development (3)* IE 443 Automation and Production Systems (3) BIS 331 Electronic Commerce and Security (3)* IE 449 Advanced Computer-Aided ECO 412 Mathematical Economics (3) Manufacturing (3) ECO 413 Advanced Microeconomic Analysis (3) IE 451 Intelligent Manufacturing Systems (3) ECO 415 Econometrics (3) * Prerequisites may pose difficulties. ECO 447 Economic Analysis of Market Free Electives (for M.Eng. select any two graduate Competition (3) courses subject to approval of graduate coordinator). 254 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2003-2004

Integrated Business and explosive rate, and, as it does, commerce and technology become ever more intertwined. A fundamental under- Engineering Honors Program standing of business, technology, and how they fit together, will be a prerequisite for success in the future Program directors. Stephen G. Buell, Ph.D. (Lehigh), global economy. The IBE Honors Program is designed to professor of finance; Robert H. Storer, Ph.D. (Georgia provide students with this essential perspective. Tech), professor of industrial and systems engineering. Graduates of this integrated program will possess a The Integrated Business and Engineering Honors unique set of skills and competencies. In addition to the Program (IBE) is offered jointly by the College of mastery of the concepts and procedures taught in indi- Business and Economics and the P. C. Rossin College of vidual courses in each college, the IBE Honors Program Engineering and Applied Science. The program recog- develops competencies that require an integrated knowl- nizes the need for today’s leaders in business and edge from both engineering and business. These industry to have a sound foundation in both commerce competencies will be developed through courses, integra- and technology. tive elements and program experience (such as field Since the beginning of the Industrial Revolution, technol- visits, guest lectures and internships). ogy has had a profound and ever increasing effect on the The state-of-the-art honors program leads to the Bachelor products businesses offer, and the processes by which they of Science in Business and Engineering. The very are produced. More recently however, technology has demanding 137 credit IBE program is a carefully planned begun to effect the manner in which business is conduct- integration of courses in business and engineering with ed. Information Age technology is driving new business additional requirements in mathematics, the sciences, concepts including e-commerce, virtual enterprises, and English and the humanities. mass customization. Technological growth continues at an

Degree Requirements: Area Credits Details English Composition (6) Engl 1 and 2 Composition and Literature I and II and Literature

Humanities and Social (10) Must include Comm 130 Public Speaking or SSP 135 Science Human Communication Computing (3) Engr 1 Engr Computations or CSc 11 Intro to Computing

Math and Science Core (30) Math 21, 22, 23 and 231 Calculus I, II and III and Probability and Statistics; Physics 11, 12, 21 and 22 Introductory Physics I and II; Chem 21 and 22 Introductory Chemical Principles

Engineering Core (20) Set of engineering courses developed for each particular major

Business and Economics (32) Acct 151 and 152 Introduction Core to Financial and Managerial Accounting I and II, BIS 111 MIS; Eco 1, 146 and 129 Principles, Applied Micro Analysis and Money and Banking; Fin 225 Business Finance; Law 201 Legal Environment of Business; Mgt 280 Management of People and Operations; Mkt 211 Contemporary Marketing Major (18) Specific major in either business or engineering Integrated IBE Courses (12) Freshman year courses (4 credits); Sophomore and junior year semi nars (2 credits); Senior year capstone course (6 credits) Free electives (6) May be taken from any department in the University Summer internships (0) At least one industrial internship is required. International internships are encouraged. TOTAL (137) International Relations 255

In addition to the above requirements, the IBE Honors relief, and pollution; the politics of global economic rela- Program has a foreign language proficiency requirement tions; and the role of international organizations such as which can be satisfied in a number of ways: by achieving the United Nations, the International Monetary Fund, a score of 5 on a foreign language AP exam; by entering and the World Bank. As should be apparent from this Lehigh with at least a B+ average in fours years of a sin- list, international relations is a multi-disciplinary field gle foreign language in high school; by demonstrating and draws upon concepts and theories from political sci- proficiency through a standardized test administered by ence, history, economics, anthropology, sociology, the Department of Modern Languages and Literature; or philosophy, religion studies, and psychology. Majors are by passing the second intermediate level course in a for- encouraged to take courses in these disciplines. eign language at Lehigh (e.g., Spanish 12). International The Curriculum: Students considering course work in students with both English proficiency and fluency in international relations are strongly encouraged to visit any second language other than English or English the International Relations web site dialects will satisfy the language requirement. Students (www.lehigh.edu/~ininr/ininr.html). Prospective with some language background in high school will be International Relations majors should enroll in IR 10 assigned to the appropriate starting course at Lehigh fol- and Eco 1 as early as possible. IR majors should fulfill lowing testing by the Department of Modern Languages the mathematics portion of their college distribution and Literature. Students with no previous experience in a requirements with Math 12 (Basic Statistics). second language may need to take 16 foreign language credits (4 courses, each at 4 credits). Students may Major in International Relations devote six credits of humanities and social science elec- The major consists of ten courses for a total of 39-40 tives, and 6 credits of free electives to language courses. credits. The courses required are: Thus, students with absolutely no foreign language back- Gateway courses (two courses) ground may need an additional four credits above the 137 required for graduation. IR 10 Introduction to World Politics (4) Eco 1 or 11 or 12 (3-4) Interdisciplinary Technology Functional core (three courses). See listings under Science, Technology and Society. IR 56 European International Relations (4) IR 125 International Political Economy (4) International Relations IR 205 Theories of International Relations (4) Professor and Chair. Henri J. Barkey, Ph.D. Area studies focus (two courses) (Pennsylvania), Bernard L. and Bertha F. Cohen Professor Any two IR courses that focus on a region of the world Professors. Rajan Menon, Ph.D. (Illinois), Monroe J. other than North America. Certain courses offered by Rathbone Professor; Bruce E. Moon, Ph.D. (Ohio State); other departments may also qualify. See the International Oles M. Smolansky, Ph.D. (Columbia), University Relations department for a complete list. Professor; Raymond F. Wylie, Ph.D. (London-England). Advanced courses (two courses) Associate professor. Chaim D. Kaufmann, Ph.D. Any two courses numbered 300-387 and 393. However, (Columbia). the same course may not be counted towards both the area Assistant professor. Janice Bially Mattern studies and advanced course requirements. Emeritus professor. Zdenek J. Slouka, Ph.D. Free elective. (Columbia). Any 4-credit IR course other than IR 90. The Field of International Relations: The reality of an Departmental Honors interdependent world is brought home to us every day. To graduate with honors, a major in international rela- Fast-flying, highly accurate nuclear weapons have tions must breached the state’s ability to protect its citizens as never before. National economies are so sensitive to the trade (a.) attain an average of at least 3.5 in the courses con- and monetary policies and instability of other countries stituting the major program; and that governments are forced to recognize the limitations (b.) complete a two-semester honors thesis in the senior of purely national economic policies in a highly interde- year. pendent world. Resource depletion, pollution, refugee Minor in International Relations relief, the indebtedness of developing countries, and The minor consists of four 4-credit courses, for a total of nuclear proliferation are truly global problems beyond 16 credits: IR 10, one advanced IR elective numbered the ability of any one state, no matter how powerful, to 300-387 and 393, and two free IR electives other than address alone. IR 90. The Department of International Relations seeks to pro- Beyond the Curriculum: In close cooperation with the vide students with a systematic understanding of world international education office, the department assists stu- politics. The questions that preoccupy scholars of inter- dents interested in study abroad programs. In addition, national relations are too numerous to list here, but Lehigh has an array of summer programs, which involve students who major in international relations can expect course work and/or internships in such countries as to acquire a detailed knowledge of topics such as: con- China, the Czech Republic and the United Kingdom. tending theories of world politics; the foreign policies of the major powers; the international relations of major Every semester speakers with expertise on various aspects regions; international security and arms control; regional of world affairs visit Lehigh. The department arranges the conflicts; global problems such as terrorism, refugee annual Cohen International Relations Lecture Series, 256 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2003-2004

which has featured speakers such as Anthony Zinni, democratization; emancipation of women. The law of Gareth Evans, Strobe Talbott, Randall Robinson, Robert war, and the impact of war on soldiers and civilians. The McNamara, Valery Giscard d’Estaing, Vaclav Havel, Hans American Civil War, the World Wars, and Vietnam; Dietrich Genscher, Kim Campbell, Oscar Arias, Wole guerrilla wars and ethnic wars; the nuclear revolution Soyinka, Andrei Kozyrev, Anthony Lake, and George and the electronic revolution; the status of the military Mitchell in 21st century society. Usually includes 1-day field study The student-run World Affairs Club sponsors a number of Gettysburg. Kaufmann (SS) of activities each year, including student-faculty socials, IR 56. European International Relations (4) guest speakers and related programs. It organizes the Survey of European international relations since the Model United Nations program to which Lehigh sends a French Revolution with an emphasis on the rise and delegation each year. Another delegation is sent annually decline of the major powers. Among the topics discussed to the European Union Simulation in Washington, D.C. will be nationalism, imperialism, the causes of war, and From time to time, delegations are also sent to other stu- attempted peace settlements. After 1945, the focus will dent conferences, including West Point and the U.S. be on the effects of the Cold War, the emergence of the Naval Academy. European Union, and the impact of the collapse of the The department has an active program in conjunction USSR on the political and strategic structure of Europe. with Career Services to help place students in intern- Smolansky. (SS) ships. We strongly encourage students to obtain an IR 57. The European Union (2) internship. Most of these internships are likely to be in Introduction to the history, institutions and policies of the New York or Washington, D.C. European Union. Focus on the individual member states Upon Graduating: While a degree in international rela- and on the issues of enlargement and further integration. tions does not lead to a specific career in the way that, A half-semester course. Wylie (SS) for example, accounting or engineering does, a major in IR 61. (ASIA 61) Pacific Asian International international relations, by emphasizing clarity in speech and writing, analytical skills, and a detailed knowledge of Relations (4) world politics prepares students for careers in govern- Introduction to Pacific Asian international relations, ment, journalism, law, international business, and with emphasis on post-1945 period: historical back- teaching and research. Recent IR graduates currently ground; Cold War conflicts; China’s rise to power; work in all of these fields. Some have gone directly into Japan’s growing role; Korea and the NIC’s; Southeast careers upon graduating; others have enrolled in graduate Asia; U.S. and Russian policies; current and future school prior to employment. issues. Wylie (SS) IR 72. The United States in the Global Economy (4) Undergraduate Courses Political problems and policy issues arising out of the IR 1. Current Issues in World Affairs (3) economic relations between the U.S. and the rest of the This is a survey course designed primarily for non-IR world. U.S. foreign economic policy. Decision-making majors or minors. The purpose is to acquaint students processes and political influences on policy. Economic with some of the concepts and historical facts behind diplomacy. Declining U.S. economic pre-eminence. current global issues. The content of this course will, in Moon. (SS) part, be dictated by international events as they unfold. Barkey. (SS) IR 74. United States Foreign Policy (4) Major themes and trends in U.S. foreign policy, with IR 10. Introduction to World Politics (4) attention to both the historical evolution of contempo- Introduction to the major principles, concepts, and theo- rary policy and key current problems. Emphasis is on ries of international relations, along with a historical critical examination of the interests and values that background focusing on the 19th and 20th centuries. underlie the goals of policy and the theories that shape Topics to be covered include the nature of power, bal- perceptions of how they can be met. Sources of U.S. pol- ance of power theories, national interest, icy, including decision-making structures, policy decision-making in foreign policy, theories of war and processes, and the role of the public and media. expansion, patterns of cooperation, and international Kaufmann, Moon. (SS) political economy. Menon. (SS) IR 75. Canada-United States Relations (2) IR 23. Alternative World Futures (4) Introduction to Canada’s relations with the United After a survey of the major political, military, economic, States, with emphasis on the post-1945 period. Coverage and social trends of the 20th century, the course will of political, economic and security issues in the bilateral examine the challenges that are likely to confront the relationship and the broader international scene. A half- world in the 21st century. Topics to be explored include semester course. Wylie. (SS) environmental and population problems, the changing nature of war, ethnic conflict and nationalism, and the IR 81. Middle East in World Affairs to 1945 (4) emerging balance of global economic and military Political, economic, and social forces behind the rise of power. Menon. (SS) modern states in the Middle East; area’s role in interna- tional politics from Napoleon’s invasion of Egypt to the IR 34. Society, Technology and War since the end of World War II. Smolansky. (SS) Renaissance (4) IR 82. Middle East in World Affairs Since 1945 (4) The effects of social, economic, and technological Rise of Turkish, Iranian, and Arab nationalism; creation change on how wars are fought and on the purposes for of Israel; decline of British and French power; growth of which they can be fought. The impact of changes in war U.S. and Soviet influence; Middle East as the world’s and military mobilization needs on the political and eco- major oil producer. Smolansky. (SS) nomic organization of societies; nationalism; International Relations 257

IR 119. Issues in International Relations (1-4) IR 167. Diplomacy of Russia to 1917 (4) Readings on selected themes in world politics, with Expansion of the Russian Empire; principles of Russian theme to change each semester. Offered on an occasional foreign policy and their specific applications under the basis only. Staff. (SS) Tsarist governments, treated partially as background of IR 120. Globalization and World Politics (4) Soviet policy; interaction between Russian domestic and An exploration of the economic, political, cultural, and foreign affairs. Smolansky. (SS) military manifestations of globalization and the effects IR 168. Diplomacy of the USSR, 1917-1991 (4) on the internal order of states and the relations among Topical and chronological survey of Soviet foreign rela- them. Prerequisite: IR 10. Menon, Moon. (SS) tions; Soviet efforts to survive in a hostile capitalist IR 125. (PolS 125) International Political environment; consolidation of gains made during World War II; origins of Cold War; frictions within the Economy (4) Communist Bloc (Eastern Europe, China); nuclear arms Principles governing the interaction between the eco- race; striving for detente; activity in the Third World; nomic and political components of international Gorbachev and collapse. Smolansky. (SS) phenomena. Political causes and consequences of trade and investment. Foreign economic policy and its rela- IR 169. International Relations of Russia and tionship to domestic economic policy and other aspects Eastern Europe (4) of foreign policy. Determinants of foreign economic pol- The Soviet collapse and the emergence of Russia. Russia’s icy. Prerequisites: Economics 1, 11 or 12; and IR 10. relations with the other newly-independent states that Moon. (SS) emerged following the disintegration of the Soviet Union. IR 127. Research in International Relations (4) The international relations of Eastern Europe (including Research skills in international relations. The role of the- the Balkans). Menon. (SS) ory, models and evidence in the explanation of IR 177. International Relations of Latin international phenomena. Literature review; problem America (4) formulation; theory construction; research design, meth- Survey of major international and domestic crises facing ods and measures; collection, analysis and interpretation Central and South America. Examines factors affecting of data; principles of hypothesis testing. Professional Latin American system of states such as international writing, either through individual research projects debt, involvement of foreign powers, and social and under faculty supervision or an apprenticeship in ongo- political instabilities. Barkey. (SS) ing faculty research projects. Prerequisite: Consent of the instructor. Moon (SS) IR 205. Theories of International Relations (4) The role of theory in historical explanation, prediction, IR 132. Nationalism and Ethnic Conflict (4) and policy. Issues of theory design and testing. In the last decade, violent ethnic and religious civil wars Important theoretical approaches to international rela- have seemed to grow increasingly common and increas- tions, including Realism; the Democratic Peace; the ingly vicious. Why has the West done so little to stop the domestic politics of foreign policy; history and myth- killing? Can anything be done? At what price? This making; psychological explanations. Prerequisites: IR 10 course examines the nationalist ideal and the sources of and 56. Bially Mattern (SS) national identity; the political uses of nationalism and how identities are manipulated; sources of ethnic con- IR 246. (Jour 246) International Communication (4) flict, war, and genocide; proposals for managing ethnic Role of international news media in world affairs. Global conflict. India, Bosnia, Kosovo, Macedonia, and other theories of the press; process and influence of U.S. current cases; future prospects. Kaufmann (SS) reporting of international affairs; survey of global media systems; global communication controversies. Lule. (SS) IR 161. (ASIA 161) China in World Affairs (4) China in world affairs, emphasizing role in Pacific Rim: IR 302. Rise and Decline of Empires (4) historical background; domestic politics; foreign and An overview of the expansion, over-extension, and col- security policies; relations with regional and global pow- lapse of empires. Focus on alternative theories of empires ers; policies toward Asia and Third World; current and as well as historical cases. Prerequisites: IR 10 and 56. future issues. Wylie. (SS) Menon. (SS) IR 163. (ASIA 163) Japan in World Affairs (4) IR 321. Economic Relations of Advanced Japan in world affairs, emphasizing role in Pacific Rim: Industrial Societies (4) historical background; domestic politics; foreign and Foreign economic policies of advanced industrial security policies; relations with regional and global pow- nations. Bilateral and multilateral economic relations; ers; policies toward Asia and Third World; current and international economic regimes and institutions; interde- future issues. Wylie. (SS) pendence and cooperation; managing conflict. Prerequisite: IR 125. Moon. (SS) IR 164. (ASIA 164, Rel 164) Japan’s Response to the West (4) IR 322. Political Economy of North-South A survey of Japanese history and culture from 1500 to Relations (4) the present, following the theme of Japan’s contact with Political economy of relations between developed and the West. What enabled Japan to modernize and less developed countries. Explanations for choices of Westernize so successfully? Topics covered include: the development policy, especially issues of trade, foreign expulsion of Christianity, the first samurai mission to the aid, and foreign direct investment. Consequences of U.S., the postwar American occupation, and contempo- North-South transactions. Controversies over system rary issues. Readings include Japanese novels and short structure and international institutions. Prerequisite: IR stories (in translation). Kraft. (SS) 125. Moon. (SS) 258 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2003-2004

IR 323. Political Economy of Newly subject matter. Offered by faculty on rotating basis. May Industrializing Countries (4) be repeated for credit. Senior standing and departmental Issues of development, debt and adjustment in newly permission required. Staff. (SS) industrializing countries. Analysis of the differences IR 394. Special Topics in International Relations between the development strategies adopted in Latin (1-4) America and East Asia. Explanations for patterns of suc- Intensive, research-oriented study for students with a cess and failure. Origins of underdevelopment; the special competence or interest in fields of international politics of failed development strategies; the challenge of relations not fully covered by regular course offerings. the increasingly competitive world economy and rela- May be repeated for credit. Departmental permission tions with the U.S. and other developed nations. required. Staff. (SS) Prerequisite: IR 125. Barkey. (SS) IR 332. Role of Force in International Relations (4) Japanese Why states go to war with each other; the uses of mili- tary force and military threats; economic sanctions and See Listings under Modern Languages and Literature. other alternatives to force. Security dilemmas and arms races; alliances; nationalism. Nuclear weapons, arms con- trol, proliferation, and the debate over the future of Jewish Studies strategic defenses. The changing usefulness of force in The Jewish studies minor, coordinated by the Philip and the 21st century. Prerequisite: IR 10. Kaufmann. (SS) Muriel Berman Center for Jewish Studies, provides stu- IR 344. International Politics of Oil (4) dents with the opportunity to explore the history, Historical influence of oil in international politics and literature, religion, and social institutions of the Jewish the role it plays today. Focus on differing views of pro- people from its inception to the present. The diverse ducers, such as Middle Eastern and Latin American selection of courses highlights the interaction of Judaism states, and consuming nations, largely the economically with other cultures and societies in Europe, the Middle developed Western states. Barkey. (SS) East, and the United States. The program is designed to appeal to students with varied interests and fields of con- IR 354. International Relations of the Middle centration. Students of psychology and sociology often East (4) discover that courses in Jewish studies enhance their Importance of the Middle East in contemporary world understanding of such topics as individual and group politics; strategic location and natural resources as factors identity, prejudice and anti-Semitism, assimilation, and affecting interests of the great powers. Interplay of interna- religious-cultural pluralism. Students of history will find tional, regional and internal forces. Prerequisite: IR 81 or that the study of Jewish society and culture enhances 82. Smolansky. (SS) their understanding of European and American culture. IR 364. (ASIA 364) International Relations of Through the study of Jewish religion and philosophy, stu- Pacific Asia (4) dents engage such issues as God, religious faith and doubt, Research-oriented seminar on contemporary internation- spirituality, moral responsibility, evil, and human suffer- al relations of Pacific Asia. Special emphasis on China, ing. By studying Judaism comparatively with another Japan and regional and global powers. Substantial religious tradition, students heighten their understanding research paper on topic of student’s own choice is of each tradition. Studying Jewish literature introduces required. Prerequisite: IR 61 or 161 or 163 or 164. students to a broad spectrum of literary forms and themes Wylie. (SS) from diverse periods and cultural settings. IR 367. Seminar in the International Relations of The Berman Center for Jewish Studies supplements for- Russia and other Post-Soviet states (4) mal course offerings through an extensive program of Analysis of foreign relations of Russia and the other four- lectures, colloquia, films, field trips, and other cultural teen states that emerged after the collapse of the USSR. events. The Center offers financial awards for students Smolansky (SS) who wish to study at the Hebrew University in Jerusalem or Tel Aviv University. Lehigh professors also conduct a IR 388. Honors Thesis in International Relations (4) “Lehigh in Israel” summer program, conditions permit- Honors thesis in international relations for majors with ting. Students seeking further information on programs senior standing and with a 3.5 GPA who wish to engage in Israel and available financial awards may contact in an intensive, two-semester research project under the Shirley Ratushny at the Berman Center. Students should direct guidance of a faculty member in the student’s spe- coordinate their minor program in Jewish studies with cial area of interest. Departmental permission required. the director of the Center, Dr. Laurence J. Silberstein, May be repeated for credit. Staff. (SS) Maginnes Hall. IR 390. Readings in International Relations (1-4) Students pursuing a minor in Jewish studies must fulfill Directed course of readings intended for students with 16 credit hours from the following courses. (A maximum special competence or interest in fields of international of eight credit hours of Hebrew may be counted.) relations not fully covered by regular course offerings. Updated lists of courses are available from the Berman May be repeated for credit. Departmental permission Center, Maginnes 324. required. Staff. (SS) Hebr 1 Elementary Modern Hebrew I (4) IR 391. Internship in International Relations (1-4) Hebr 2 Elementary Modern Hebrew II (4) Internship in public or private agency. May be repeated Hebr 11 Intermediate Modern Hebrew I (4) for credit. Departmental permission required. Staff. (SS) Hebr 12 Intermediate Modern Hebrew II (4) IR 393. Seminar in International Relations (4) Advanced seminar focusing on discussion and research IR 81 Middle East in World Affairs to on specialized subjects in international relations. Variable 1945 (4) Journalism and Communication 259

IR 82 Middle East in World Affairs Since The purpose of the journalism program is to provide 1945 (4) students with the knowledge and skills to fulfill such Phil/Rel 129 Jewish Philosophy (4) roles. The program emphasizes research, writing, editing, and critical thinking and analysis. Students integrate Phil 133 Medieval Philosophy (4) online technology with legal and ethical thinking and a Rel 73 The Jewish Tradition (4) global perspective that will prepare them for numerous Rel 111 Jewish Scriptures/Old Testament (4) opportunities in and out of journalism. Rel 112 The Beginnings of Judaism and In the journalism major, students take courses in news Jewish Origins: Jewish Diversity in and feature writing, editing and design, a professional the Greco-Roman World (4) internship, and varied courses in online journalism. Supported by the endowed Rodale Online Rel 121 Sources for the Life of Jesus: Jewish Communication Program, the department has a national and Christian Context (4) reputation in online journalism. All courses have online Rel 132 Hasidic Tales (4) research and writing components. Rel/WS 138 Women in Jewish History (4) A second major program available to students is the science Rel/Anth 139 Jewish Folklore (4) writing major. Students learn to write about pure and Rel 150 Judaism in the Modern World (4) applied scientific research, technology, engineering, the environment and medicine and health for a variety of audi- Rel 152 American Judaism (4) ences ranging from the general public to scientists and Rel 153 The Spiritual Quest in engineers in industry and government. Students can also Contemporary Jewish Life (4) gain experience in the science writing field research pro- Rel/Hist 154 The Holocaust: History and gram. A minor in science writing is available that may be Meaning (4) valuable for students with majors in science or engineering. Rel 155 Jewish Responses to the Holocaust (4) In the public relations minor, students take courses in public relations principles, writing, case studies, applied Rel 156 Israel, Zionism, and the Renewal of public relations and a practicum. Students learn to apply Judaism (4) public relations in specialties such as public affairs, hos- Rel/WS 158 Sex and Gender in Judaism: The pital, health care and corporate communication. Feminist Critique (4) An interdisciplinary minor in communication is offered Rel 174 Contemporary Theology (4) for students interested in developing oral communica- Rel 186 Judaism in Israel and the United tion skills and a better understanding of how people States (4) share meaning through persuasive use of rhetoric, logic Rel 230 The Mystical Tradition: Judaism (4) and symbols in public, one-to-one and small group com- munication. Rel 371 Directed Readings (1-4) Career opportunities are numerous for graduates of the US 85 American Jews: Politics and department. Culture (3) Students find work in traditional journalism organiza- tions, such as newspapers, wire services, magazines, cable, Journalism and Communication television and radio stations, and other media outlets. Students find work too in new media, such as web sites Professor. Sharon M. Friedman, M.A. (Penn State), and other digital production activities. director of science writing program; Carole M. Gorney, M.S.J. (Northwestern), APR, Fellow (PRSA) director of Students also find work in public relations positions, with public relations minor; Jack Lule, Ph.D. (Georgia) responsibilities in government, corporations, hospitals, health care organizations, universities, sports information, Associate professor. Walter W. Trimble, M.A. (Ohio nonprofit agencies and other groups. State) chair A background in journalism, with its emphasis on Assistant professor. Kathy Olson, Ph.D. (University of research and writing, also proves to be excellent prepara- North Carolina) tion for many other fields and provides a fine basis for Lecturer. Nancy S. Ross, M.A.T. (Cincinnati). the study and practice of law, graduate study in a variety Adjunct professors: Kenneth Friedman, Ph.D. (Penn of disciplines, government service, teaching and business State); Glenn Kranzley, B.A. (Penn State); Robert management. Rosenwein, Ph.D. (Michigan); William White, M.A. Students in science writing can expect to pursue careers (Ohio State); Dina Wills, Ph.D. (Oregon), director of in science, health and environmental journalism in both communication minor. the traditional and online media; public relations for sci- The Department of Journalism and Communication entific societies, government agencies, universities or offers major and minor programs in journalism and sci- hospitals; technical writing for industry and government ence writing, a minor in public relations, and an agencies, and other areas, such as management, adminis- interdisciplinary communication minor. tration and teaching. The program also prepares students Journalism is crucial to the public life of a democracy. At for graduate study in science writing, journalism and its best, journalism serves as a watchdog to government, other disciplines. offers a voice for the powerless at home and abroad, The interdisciplinary minor in communication will be entertains and instructs the public, represents the views useful to students interested in organizational and written of varied constituencies, monitors and protects the envi- communication, law, business, philosophy, government, ronment and public resources, and provides a common marketing, teaching, telecommunication or other careers memory for a people. where successful communication is important. 260 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2003-2004

Required Math Course. Understanding statistical infor- Collateral Requirements mation has become extremely important in modern Students must also complete 16 credits in science for the society. Math 12, Basic Statistics, is required for students journalism/science writing major. taking a journalism or science writing major. Students should take Math 12 to fulfill the college’s distribution Required science courses. A minimum of 16 credits in the requirement. Eco 145, Statistical Methods, is an accept- physical, biological, environmental or social sciences or able alternative. For science/science writing double majors, engineering is required. These hours can be concentrated calculus will be considered as a substitute for statistics. in any one area or distributed among all five areas, although an area concentration is recommended. Dual Journalism Major majors in journalism/science writing and a science are encouraged. Science courses should be chosen in consulta- Core Courses tion with the major adviser. Jour 1 Brown & White (1) Science writing field research program. Available to sci- Jour 2 Brown & White (1) ence, environmental and technical writing students at the Jour 3 Brown & White (1) junior or senior level, this program provides practical experience in scientific research and science writing for Jour 4 Brown & White (1) students who work on and write about research projects Jour 11 News Writing (4) directed by university scientists and engineers. Another Jour 13 Editing & Design (4) segment of the program allows students to attend major scientific meetings as fully accredited science reporters. Jour 122 Media Ethics & Law (4) Students observe professional science writers in action and Advanced Courses write their own stories about the scientific sessions and press conferences held at the meetings. Jour 211 Reporting (4) * Jour 361 Internship (4) Journalism Minor Senior Seminar Journalism or Communication course at Students who wish to declare a minor program in jour- 300 level (4) nalism must be majors in another discipline and take the following: * (Jour 211 fulfills junior writing intensive requirement) Jour 1-2 Brown & White (2) Required Electives Jour 11 News Writing (4) Two additional Journalism or Communication courses; Jour 13 Editing & Design (4) one of them at the 200 level or above (8) Jour 212Feature Writing (4) Total credits: (36) One other Journalism course at or above the 100 Collateral Requirements level (4) Students must also complete an academic minor or another major with a minimum of 16 credits Total credits: (18) Journalism/Science Writing Major Public Relations Minor Jour 127 Public Relations Principles (4) Core Courses Jour 228 Writing for Public Relations (4) Jour 1 Brown and White (1) Jour 229 Public Relations Case Studies (4) Jour 2 Brown and White (1) or Jour 233 Public Relations Practicum (1-4)** Jour 231 Science Writing Practicum (1) Jour 306 Applied Public Relations (4) or a jour- Jour 123 or 311Basic Science and Technical nalism or communication course at or above the 300 Writing (4) or level, or a seminar course in a related field at or above Jour 11 News Writing (4) the 300 level, to be chosen with consent of adviser (3-4). Jour 13 Editing and Design (4) Total credits: (17-18) Jour 211 Reporting (4) ** A minimum of two semesters of one-credit public rela- Advanced Courses tions practicum are required. The practicum projects provide students with experience in public relations activities and Jour/STS 124 Politics of Science (4) campaigns conducted on campus, or in regional and nation- Jour 125 Environment, the Public and the al student competitions. Projects will be assigned by the Mass Media (4) instructor, in consultation with the student. Jour/STS 323 Controversies in Science, Health Science Writing Minor and the Environment (4) Jour 1 Brown and White (1) or Jour 361 Internship (4) Jour 231 Science Writing Practicum (1) Required Electives Jour 11 News Writing (4) or One additional Journalism or Communication Jour 123 Basic Science and Technical Writing (4) course. (4) Jour 124 Politics of Science (4) Total credits: (34) Jour 125 Environment, the Public and the Mass Media (4) Journalism and Communication 261

Jour 323 Controversies in Science, Health and the Jour 127 Public Relations Principles (4) Environment (4) Jour 141 Photojournalism (4) Total credits: (17) Jour 229 Public Relations Case Studies (4) Communication Minor Jour 240 Writing for Broadcasting (4) Jour 323 Controversies in Science, Health, and Purpose: This interdisciplinary minor guides students to a the Environment (4) better understanding of how people share meaning through interpersonal, group and organizational commu- Jour 366 Online Journalism nication as well as mass media and new media. Students Mkt 313Integrated Marketing Communications (3) take courses in public speaking, group process, interper- PolsS 229 Propaganda, Media, and American sonal communication, persuasion, marketing, advertising, Politics (4) mass communication, and online communication. Psych 301 Industrial Psychology (4) The minor requires 15-16 credit hours, with a minimum of four courses. The required course is Comm 130, SSP 302 The Sociology of Cyberspace (4) Public Speaking. A second course should be chosen from Prerequisites for Journalism Courses the Communication Core courses, section one. A third course should be taken from the Communication NOTE: Journalism and Communication courses build Choice courses, section two. The fourth course may on one another. Some courses thus require prerequisites come from either section. At least one course must be before students can register for the class. Check the 200-level or above. course schedule each semester. Courses may be taken in any order. That is, Comm 130 Media Internships does not need to be taken first in the sequence. A student All majors in journalism and journalism/science writing may count one course for both a major and a minor. take professional internships during their senior year or With the consent of a participating instructor and the the preceding summer. The internships provide real- director of the minor, a student may elect to take Comm world experience with newspapers, magazines, cable, 325, Special Topics in Communication, as one of the television or radio stations, web sites or in public rela- courses for the minor. This is not a regular course, but a tions settings. Science writing minors may take an project designed by the student, with the help of an internship instead of working on The Brown and White. instructor. Course Listings Courses in the minor may have prerequisites. Please check the catalog. To declare this minor, contact Dina Jour 1. Brown and White (1) every semester Wills, in the Department of Journalism and This course is a student’s first semester on the staff of the Communication. semi-weekly undergraduate newspaper. Students register for this course, attend a meeting on the first Wednesday Communication Core Courses Section 1 of the semester, and are placed on the staff. Because this is an introductory training class, Jour 1 is for students SSP 125 Small Groups (4) with freshman or sophomore standing; juniors only with SSP 135 Human Communication (4) consent of department chair. Lule/Trimble. (ND) SSP 312 Communication in Groups (4) Jour 2-8. Brown and White (1) every semester SSP/Jour 327 Mass Communication and Society (4) Enrollment constitutes continued membership on the staff Comm 130 Public Speaking (4) (required) of the semi-weekly undergraduate newspaper. These courses are taken consecutively after a student has com- Comm 143 Persuasion and Influence (4) pleted Jour 1. For a second semester on the newspaper, a Comm 252 Interpersonal Relationships: Private and student registers for Jour 2. For a third semester, Jour 3. Public (4) For a fourth semester, Jour 4. And so on. Prerequisite: Comm 331 Business and Professional Speaking (4) Jour 1. Lule/Trimble. (ND) Jour/IR 246 International Communication (4) Jour 10 Brown and White (1-2) every semester Enrollment constitutes an editorial position on the staff Communication Choice Courses of the semi-weekly undergraduate newspaper. Editors are Section 2 chosen by the instructors and the newspaper’s editorial A&S 250 Communication: Cultures, Behaviors, board. May be repeated for a maximum of eight credits. Attitudes (3) Prerequisites: Jour 1 and permission of the department chair. Lule/Trimble Art 77 Photography (3) Art 53 Graphic Communication I (3) Jour 11. News Writing (4) every semester Preparation and practice in gathering and writing news; Comm 325 Special Topics in definition and components of news; structure and style Communication (1-4) of the news story; introduction to interviewing and edit- Engl 171 Writing for Audiences (4) ing. (ND) Jour 101 Media, Sports, and Society (4) Jour 13. Editing and Design (4) every semester Jour 102 How to Watch TV (4) Study of and practice in editing and rewriting stories for Jour 122 Media Ethics and Law (4) newspapers and magazines; headline writing; techniques of newspaper and magazine design, including typogra- Jour 123 Basic Science and Technical Writing (4) phy, grids, and use of photographs and other artwork; Jour 125 Environment, the Public, and the microcomputer-based desktop publishing. Prerequisite: Mass Media (4) Jour 11 or Jour 123. Trimble, Olson. (ND) 262 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2003-2004

Jour 101. Media, Sports and Society (4) summer tions and case studies of scientific controversies. S. Analysis of social, political and economic implications of Friedman (SS) media sports coverage; emphasis placed on media cover- Jour 125. Environment, the Public and the Mass age of events of international scope, such as the World Cup, World Series and the Olympics; special attention Media (4) every semester paid to the role of the sports press in coverage of issues Extensive exploration of local, national and international such as AIDS, racism, sexism, drug use and terrorism. environmental problems and their social, political and Lule. (SS) economic impacts. Analysis of mass media coverage of complex environmental issues and the media’s effects on Jour 102. How to Watch TV (4) summer public opinion and government environmental policies. Analysis and discussion of television programming from Examination of environmental journalism principles and the standpoint of its potential effects on audience per- practices in the United States and around the world. S. ceptions, public opinion, social issues and values, Friedman (SS) individual learning, and behavior. Programming viewed both inside and outside the classroom includes news pro- Jour 127. Public Relations Principles (4) fall grams, news magazines, talk shows, sitcoms, dramas, Emphasis on management function of public relations, cartoons, soap operas, commercials, and infomercials. To including research, planning, counseling, programming, help focus discussions, students are assigned appropriate communication and evaluation. Study of communica- readings from the popular media and social science tion and persuasion theory, public opinion and ethics. research. Gorney. (SS) Student teams work outside class for a community client, helping research, plan and implement an actual Jour 111. Sportswriting (4) summer public relations program during the semester. Gorney. Principles and practice of writing about sports for gener- (SS) al print and specialized publications; emphasis placed on instruction in reporting, writing and editing; topics cov- Jour 129. Specialized Writing in Public Relations ered include the history of sports journalism; recent (3) fall trends in the field; ethical considerations, and the explo- Preparation and writing of promotional and publicity ration of social and political issues through sportswriting. materials, including public service announcements, for Lule. (ND) radio and television; preparation of audio-visual materi- als and presentations; planning and conducting news Jour 112. Children and Television (4) summer conferences; media interview techniques in negative situ- The course examines the many social science research ations; writing informational and persuasive speeches for issues surrounding television for children, including others. Students will produce finished public service questions about cartoon and program violence, unethical announcements and will be videotaped giving actual advertising, the role of the FCC and stereotypes. The media interviews. Prerequisite: Jour. 11, 123, 228 or course will also examine television about children, such consent of department chair. Gorney. (ND) as media coverage of homelessness, health care, poverty, hunger and famine, which take their biggest toll on chil- Jour 135. (Spsy 135) Human Communication (4) dren. Lule (SS) Processes and functions of human communication in relationships and groups. Rosenwein. (SS) Jour 122. Media Ethics and Law (4) fall First Amendment theory and history; ethical and legal Jour 141. Photojournalism (4) issues involving libel, privacy, obscenity, newsgathering, Ethics and history of photojournalism; instruction and access, and fair trials; national and international concerns practice in basic camera techniques; scanning and digital over censorship, prior restraint and manipulation and manipulation of black and white and color photographs control of information. Lule, Olson. (SS) using Adobe Photoshop; cropping and sizing photo- graphs and production of layouts using QuarkExpress. Jour 123. Basic Science and Technical Writing (4) Trimble (ND) every semester Study of and practice in writing about scientific and Jour 211 Reporting (4) every semester technical subjects for audiences ranging from the general Principles and practice of news reporting; techniques for public to scientists and engineers. Starts with basic sci- gathering, organizing and writing news; emphasis placed ence writing for lay audiences, emphasizing organization on story conception, interviewing methods, library skills, and clear writing techniques. As the course progresses, Internet research, news style and clear, concise writing. material becomes more technical, concentrating on how Students will develop, report and write numerous stories. to write effective technical reports, descriptions, papers Students will also gain greater understanding of funda- and memoranda. Also explores problems of conveying mental reporting concepts in relation to the use of highly complex technical information to multiple audi- sources, accuracy, fairness, privacy and other issues of ences, factors that influence science communication to professional responsibility. Prerequisites: Jour 11 or Jour the public, and interactions between scientists and jour- 123 (SS) nalists. K. Friedman. (SS) Jour 212. Feature Writing (4) every semester Jour 124. (STS 124) Politics of Science (4) fall Conceiving and developing feature stories for newspapers Analysis of the multi-dimensional interaction between and magazines; interviewing techniques; writing non-fic- the federal government and the scientific community. tion using the techniques of the novelist; marketing Explores historical growth of the science-government free-lance projects. Prerequisite: Jour 11, 123 or 228. connection, the scientific establishment both past and Trimble. (ND) present, and the role of scientific advice to the White Jour 214. Reporting of Public Affairs (4) House and Congress. Also examines scientific ethics, Reporting and writing news of government on the local, public attitudes toward science, science-society interac- county, state and federal levels; civil and criminal courts; Journalism and Communication 263 labor, environment, housing and community planning instructor based on the extent and complexity of the news. Prerequisites: Jour 11 or 123 and PolS 177. projects undertaken. Senior public relations minors only. Trimble. (ND) Gorney. (ND) Jour 215. Publication Design (3) Jour 240. Writing for Broadcasting (4) spring Advanced study of publication design: newspapers, mag- Basic writing style for radio and television news, and azines, pamphlets, annual reports; symbols, typography, scripting newscasts in a variety of formats, including grids, use of photographs and infographics; use of electronic news gathering and voice overs. Scripting and Macintosh computer in page production, and in creating storyboarding for commercials and public service and manipulating art for publication. Prerequisite: Jour announcements. A three-hour writing lab is included. A 13 or permission of the department chair. Trimble. (ND) portion of the course is devoted to study and discussion Jour 220. Reporting on Business and of issues related to television news coverage. Gorney. (ND) Economics (3) The principles behind the economy, the markets and Jour 242 Web Writing & Design (4) companies and how to report on them; the role of busi- This course examines the ways in which writing and ness reporting in the media; the use of computer design are influenced by online technology. Students technology in business reporting. Prerequisite: Jour 11 or will learn principles and practice of hypertext, Web writ- Jour 123 and Eco 1. (SS) ing and Web design and will plan and create Web sites that tell stories using the unique features of online tech- Jour 228. Public Relations Writing (4) spring nology. Prerequisites: Jour 11 or Jour 123 or Jour 228. Basics of news writing (structure and style) applied to Olson (ND) the preparation of informational, promotional and per- suasive news releases; principles of effective media Jour 246. (IR 246) International Communication relations, and methods to generate positive publicity; (4) preparation of media kits (backgrounders, fact sheets, Role of international news media in world affairs. Global story tip sheets). Student teams work outside class to theories of the press; process and influence of U.S. develop a publicity plan and supporting publicity mate- reporting of international affairs; survey of global media rials for an on-campus student organization-sponsored systems; global communication controversies. Lule. (SS) event. Prerequisite: Jour 127. Gorney. (ND) Jour 306. Applied Public Relations (4) spring Jour 229. Public Relations Case Studies (4) fall Study and application of crisis planning, management Analysis of public relations programs and practices in and communication principles to problems faced by a business and industry, government, and non-profit variety of profit and non-profit organizations. Study organizations. Study focuses on principles that govern includes effective handling of the release of bad news, employee, community, consumer and media relations, as negative media coverage, and opposition; planning inter- well as issues management and special events and pro- views, news briefings and news conferences. The class motions. Students select, research and write fully works together outside of class to prepare written plans documented case studies using both primary and second- on how to respond to a simulated crisis at various stages ary sources, as well as preparing Power Point slides to of escalation. The cases may be developed by the instruc- support oral presentations throughout the semester. tor, or may involve participation in competitive Prerequisite: Jour 127. Gorney. (ND) programs sponsored by professional and academic public Jour 231. Science Writing Practicum (1-4) spring relations societies. Senior public relations minors only. On-site experience as accredited science reporter at Prerequisite: Jour 127 and 229. Gorney. (ND) major scientific meetings, or writing and research in uni- Jour 311. Science and Technical Writing (3-4) versity laboratories as part of science writing field every semester research program. May be repeated for a maximum of Study of and practice in writing about scientific and eight credits. Prerequisites: Jour 11 or Jour 123 or Jour technical issues for multiple audiences. Emphasis on 311, junior standing, and consent of the department developing effective writing and organizational skills and chair. S. Friedman. (ND) translating scientific information for a wide range of Jour 232. Journalism Practicum (1-4) every audiences. Similar in content to Jour 123, but should be semester taken instead by upperclassmen (3-4 credits) and gradu- Practical application of journalism principles and skills in ate students (3-4 credits). K. Friedman (SS) 4 credits for semester-long projects, as well as various on- and off- upperclassmen and 3 for graduate students campus work experiences. Course is designed to provide Jour 312. Advanced Science Writing (3-4) credit for supervised experience, particularly through Further practice, on individual basis, in science writing tech- study abroad programs, that does not meet the more rig- niques. Prerequisite: Jour 123 or 311. S. Friedman. (ND) orous, required internship. May be repeated for Jour 313. Special Topics in Science maximum of eight credits. Prerequisites: consent of department chair. Lule (ND) Communication (1-4) Research or writing involving a topic, medium or issue Jour 233. Public Relations Practicum (1-4) every in science, environmental or technical communication semester. not covered in other courses. Prerequisite: Eight hours in Practical application of public relations principles to vari- science or environmental writing or consent of the ous semester-long projects, including newsletter department chair. S. Friedman. (SS) production, web-site maintenance, client services for The Jour 314. Communicating Technical Information Firm, program and special events development, and planning and implementation of an annual spring con- (3-4) ference. The amount of credit is negotiable with the For upperclass students planning on graduate school and graduate students: instructions in writing about technical 264 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2003-2004

subjects from an academic perspective. Laboratory in which digital technology has changed the way journal- reports, journal articles, thesis and dissertations, propos- ists research, write, edit and design. Prerequisite: Jour 11 als and oral technical presentations will be highlighted. and Jour 13 or consent of department chair. Lule, Prerequisite: Junior standing or permission of depart- Olson. (ND) ment chair. K. Friedman. (ND) Jour 389. College Scholar Project (1-8) Jour 320. Journalism Proseminar (3) spring Opportunity for college scholars to pursue an extended Intensive research and writing on contemporary issues project. May be repeated for credit. College-wide course and problems facing the mass media; methods and designation. Transcript will identify department in which approaches for studying the mass media; course culmi- project was completed. Prerequisite: consent of depart- nates with a seminar thesis based on original and ment chair. Staff. (ND) comprehensive research. Prerequisite: nine hours in jour- Jour 390. Honors Thesis (1-4) nalism, public relations or communication or consent of Directed undergraduate research thesis required of stu- the department chair. Lule. (SS) dents who apply for and qualify for graduation with Jour 323. (STS 323) Controversies in Science, departmental honors. Staff. (ND) Health and the Environment (4) spring Jour 391. Special Topics in Journalism (1-4) Exploration of controversial scientific and technological Directed research or writing involving a subject or issue in topics from the dual perspectives of scientific uncertainty journalism not covered in other courses. May be repeated and mass media coverage. Includes discussion of social for credit. Prerequisite: 12 hours in journalism or consent responsibilities of and interactions among scientists, jour- of the department chair. Staff. (ND) nalists, and the public. Examines genetic engineering and biotechnology, environmental and health risks, and Communication Courses human behavior research, among other timely issues. Comm 65. Interpersonal Communication in a Concentrates on one or two major controversies for in- Changing World (3) every semester depth research projects; topics vary with the semester. S. This course helps develop a better understanding of how Friedman (SS) we communicate with others, verbally and non-verbally, Jour 325. Special Topics in Public Relations (1-4) individually and in groups; and how communication every semester affects how we develop our own concept of who we are. Research and writing or performance involving a topic, The course examines critical thinking and how it relates medium or issue in public relations involving some to the communication process. The concepts of stigma aspect of professional application or theory that expands and prejudice are examined in the context of interper- on the body of knowledge or covers some material not sonal communications. This is a first-year class, open to covered in other courses. Prerequisite: Junior or senior freshmen only. (ND) standing or consent of department chair. Gorney (ND) Comm 130. Public Speaking (4) every semester Jour 327. (Spsy 327) Mass Communication and Applying the principles of public speaking to making Society (4) informative and persuasive presentations effectively. A review of theories and research on the relationship of Emphasis on speech composition and effective oral com- mass communication to social processes. Intensive analy- munication skills. Ross. (HU) sis of selected media products (e.g., TV news, dramas, Comm 143. Persuasion and Influence (4) fall and sitcoms; films; print; music videos, etc.). The social, symbolic, and rhetorical means of persuasion Prerequisites: Anth 1 or SSP 5 or SSP 21 or Anth 11 or and how this persuasive influence is expressed in politics, Anth 12. Rosenwein. (SS) advertising, and the mass media. Course includes two Jour 361. Internship (4) group projects, a term paper, 3-4 brief synthesis papers Professionally supervised work on newspapers, maga- and a take-home final. Wills (SS) zines, Web sites radio and television stations, or with Comm 144. Effective Interviewing (3) spring public relations organizations. Some internships involve Theory of effective interviewing; how to plan and struc- science writing. May be repeated for a maximum of ture an interview outline; types of questions used in eight credits. Prerequisite: Senior standing and declared interviews; how to open, conduct and conclude an inter- major in journalism or science writing. S. Friedman view. Special emphasis on the journalistic, employment (ND) and broadcasting interview. Instructor will use role-play- Jour 365. Advanced Research and Reporting (4) ing and videotaping. Students will prepare and conduct fall simulated interviews. Wills. (ND) Planning, researching and writing comprehensive news Comm 160. Public Speaking (for IBE Students) projects; special attention paid to computer-assisted (4) every semester research, online resources, investigative techniques, inter- Applying the principles of public speaking to making viewing skills, reporting on local, county, state and informative and persuasive presentations effectively. federal governments and courts; emphasis also given to Emphasis on speech composition and effective oral com- organizing and writing in-depth articles. Prerequisites: munication skills. This class is limited to students in the eight hours in journalism and senior standing or permis- Integrated Business and Engineering Honors Program. sion of department chair. Lule, Trimble (ND) Ross (HU) Jour 366. Online Journalism (4) spring Comm 252. Interpersonal Relationships: Private The course examines the social, cultural, political, legal and Public (4) and economic influence of online technology on journal- In this class, we study theories about effective communi- ism and the role of journalism in society. Emphasizing cation with other theories in personal, social and critical thinking and analysis, the course studies the ways professional settings. Perceptions, self-disclosure, non- Law 265 verbal cues, language, and listening are some of the com- No more than two courses may be taken in any one munication elements we identify and analyze in films, department: role-plays, real-life observations, and a case study. Journal Anth 178 Mesoamerican Archeology (3) of observations, three short papers, choice of project or term paper, and final essay exam. Wills (SS) MLL 51 Contemporary Hispanic-American Literature (4) Comm 325. Special Topics in Communication (1-4) MLL 53 The Hispanic World and Its Culture (4) Research and writing or performance involving a topic, medium or issue in journalism, public relations, speech Hist 49-50 History of Latin America (4) or communication theory not covered in other courses. Hist 265 Mexico and the Caribbean (4) Prerequisite: nine hours in journalism, public relations or Hist 266 Argentina, Brazil and Chile (4) communication and consent of department chair. (SS) Hist 368 Seminar in Latin American History (4) Comm 331. Business and Professional Speaking IR 177 International Relations in Latin America (4) (4) fall The principles of oral communication as applied to busi- PolS 222 Politics of Developing Nations (4) ness and professional situations. Professional PolS 235 Latin American Political Systems (4) presentations, small group interaction and interpersonal PolS 236 U.S. Foreign Policy and Latin America (4) communication in the business setting. Prerequisite: jun- PolS 237 Religion and Politics in Latin America (4) ior or senior standing. Ross. (ND) Span 263 The Spanish American Short Story (4) Languages Span 265 Spanish and Latin American Cinema (4) Span 320 Literature of the Spanish Caribbean (4) Courses are listed alphabetically under Modern Languages and Literature and Classical Studies. Span 321 Children and Adolescents in Contemporary Spanish American Literature (4) Latin American Studies Span 322 The Short Novel in Contemporary The minor in Latin American studies represents an Spanish American Literature (4) opportunity to explore the language, literature, history, Span 323 Literature and Revolution in cultures, and socioeconomic problems of our neighbors Contemporary Cuba (4) to the south. It provides a perspective on the problems of Span 325 Hispanic Literature of the United States (4) other underdeveloped regions of the world, in contrast to most offerings in the humanities and social sciences Span 342 The New Narrative in Spanish American that usually focus on the mainstream of western culture, Literature (4) notably the United States and Western Europe. Span 396 Andean Literature (4) It is worth noting the importance of Latin American cul- tures in the future of the hemisphere. Latin America is Law the most rapidly growing part of the world, with a popu- lation of nearly 600 million, or twice that of Professors. Perry A. Zirkel, J.D., LL.M. (Yale), Ph.D. Anglo-America. Several countries, especially Brazil and (Connecticut), University Professor of Education and Law; Mexico, are undergoing rapid industrial expansion. George A. Nation III, J.D. (Villanova). Consequently, besides the personal values to be derived Associate professor.Matthew A. Melone, J.D. from this curriculum, there are business, governmental, (Pennsylvania), C.P.A. and related career possibilities. Adjunct professors. Jeanne M. Liedtka, J.D. (Virginia); The minor program requires 15 to 16 credit hours, cho- Patrick F. McCormick, J.D. (Ohio Northern); Jeffrey M. sen from economics, history, political science, Spanish, Miller, J.D. (John Marshall). anthropology, and I.R. in discussion with the coordina- The Department of Finance and Law offers the follow- tor, Antonio Prieto, Modern Languages and Literature, ing undergraduate courses: Maginnes Hall. Undergraduate Courses Requirements (8 credits) Law 101. Introduction to Law (3) A. History/Culture (4 credits) A study of the nature and function of law and the legal Choose one of the following: system, the study of legal reasoning through the use of Hist 49 History of Latin America (4) the case method. Hist 50 History of Latin America (4) Law 111. Criminal Trials and Procedures (1) Span 152 The Cultural Evolution of Latin America The course focuses on criminal law and procedure from (taught in Spanish) (4) actual indictment and/or arrest through and including the appellate procedure. Tactics and strategy within the B. Language (4 credits) framework of the various steps of a typical criminal pro- Choose one of the following: ceeding are discussed. Guest speakers contribute to the Span 2 Elementary Spanish II (4) course which in the past included Philadelphia police inspectors talking about investigations and polygraphs; Span 12 Intermediate Spanish II (4) an FBI Agent on arrests and Miranda warnings; promi- Elective courses (7-8 credits) chosen from the fol- nent Philadelphia criminal and trial lawyers; probation lowing courses. officers and others. 266 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2003-2004

Courses numbered 200 and above in the College of Business The Specialization Track offers four distinct professional and Economics are open to sophomores only on petition. study programs: entrepreneurship, human resources Law 201. Legal Environment of Business (3) management and supply chain management. The entre- The study of the legal relationships of business and gov- preneurship program is attractive to students intending ernment, business and society and the individual and to start their own businesses or whose families own busi- society. The case method is used to develop analytical nesses. Human resources management prepares students skills. Introduction to contract law and the law of sales for careers in personnel management or for graduate underlying the free market system. Prerequisite: Eco 1 study in industrial relations or employee training and development. Supply chain management focuses on Law 202. Business Law (3) logistics and procurement. In addition to the upper level The law of agency, business organizations, secured trans- courses in quantitative methods and organizational actions, bankruptcy and negotiable instruments. behavior, students electing any Specialization Track pro- Prerequisite: Law 201. gram of study will choose one of the following advanced Law 371. Directed Readings (1-3) courses: purchasing and supply chain management, field Readings in various fields of law, designed for students study in small business management or personnel man- who have a special interest in a field of law. agement. The remaining two courses are chosen from among advanced courses in economics, industrial engi- Law 372. Special Topics (3) neering, finance, marketing, accounting, and industrial Special problems and issues in commercial law. psychology. Faculty advisors will tailor a program of Course descriptions for the College of Business and study, drawing upon advanced course work from across Economics graduate courses can be found in this section the university community. (Section V) under the heading of Business and Economics Graduate Courses. Management Program and Courses The Department of Management and Marketing offers an undergraduate manageent major. Majors will select Management either the Specialization (15 hours) or Interfunctional (18 Professors. Richard W. Barsness, Ph.D. (Minnesota); hours) track shown below: Michael G. Kolchin, D.B.A. (Indiana) C.P.M. chair, Specialization (15 hours) department of management and marketing; Susan A. Sherer, Ph.D. (Pennsylvania). At least two of the following: Associate professors. Theodore W. Schlie, Ph.D. Mgt 302 Quantitative Models-Conceptual (3) (Northwestern); Robert J. Trent, Ph.D. (Michigan State). Scm 309 Purchasing and Supply Management (3) Assistant professors. Lucinda Lawson, Ph.D. (Texas Mgt 311 LUMAC Management Assistance A&M); Michael D. Santoro, Ph.D. (Rutgers). Counseling (3) Professor of practice. Dale F.Falcinelli, M.B.A. (Lehigh). Mgt 321 Organizational Behavior Workshop (3) Instructor. Ruihua Jiang, M.B.A. (Baruch College); Mgt 333 Personnel Management (3) Quingjiu Tao, M.S. (Beijing University of Aeronautics Plus up to three of the following: and Astronautics). Eco 234 Labor-Management Relations (3) Lecturer. Richard J. Titus, M.S. (Lehigh). Eco 235 Labor Economics (3) Adjunct. Sandra Holsonbach, M.B.A.(Lehigh). Acct 324 Cost Accounting (3) Active emeriti. John W. Bonge, Ph.D. (Northwestern); Benjamin Litt, Ph.D. (N.Y.U.); John E. Stevens, Ph.D. Eco 333 Managerial Economics (3) (Cincinnati). Eco 352 Advanced Statistical Methods (3) The Department of Management and Marketing offers Eco 357 Econometrics (3) an undergraduate management major. Majors may select Fin 328 Corporate Financial Policy (3) either the Interfunctional Track (18 credit hours) or the Mkt 319 New Product Planning (3) Specialization Track (15 credit hours). Both options require an upper level course in both quantitative meth- Mkt 321 Business to Business Marketing (3) ods and organizational behavior. Additional courses IE 309 Introduction to Information Systems (3) build on this foundation. The Management Major often IE 332 Quality Control (3) includes elective courses in industrial engineering, com- puter science and psychology, and care is taken to assure IE 334 Organizational Planning and Control (3) that students are well prepared to take selected special- Courses will be selected in consultation with the faculty ized courses outside the College of Business and advisor to comprise one of the following specialization Economics. Faculty advisors collaborate with the individ- options: entrepreneurship, human resources manage- ual student to design a curriculum that best serves the ment, materials management, and operations student’s professional interests. management. The Interfunctional Track affords the opportunity to Interfunctional (18 hours) study general business management by taking advanced required courses: courses in functional business areas. Students will take cost accounting and corporate financial policy and Mgt 302 Quantitative Models-Conceptual (3) choose between a marketing course in either new prod- Mgt 321 Organizational Behavior Workshop (3) uct planning or industrial marketing. The sixth course is an advanced course in either information systems or quality management. Management Science 267

Acct 324 Cost Accounting (3) nonverbal interactions, problem solving and group simu- Fin 328 Corporate Financial Policy (3) lations. Prerequisites: Mgt 280, permission of the department chair. Mkt 319 New Product Planning (3) or Mkt 321 Business to Business Marketing (3) Mgt 333. Personnel Management (3) Analysis and resolution of personnel problems in organiza- Plus one of the following: tions. Human resource planning, recruitment, selection, IE 309 Introduction to Information Systems (3) orientation, training, appraisal, compensation, and devel- IE 332 Product Quality (3) opment. Lectures and cases. Prerequisite: Mgt 280. IE 334 Organizational Planning and Control (3) Mgt 371. Directed Readings (1-3) Readings in various fields of management designed for For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduate the student who has a special interest in some field of Students management not covered by the regularly scheduled Mgt 280. Management of People and Operations (4) courses. Prerequisite: consent of the department chair. May be repeated. A total quality management perspective of managing people and operations in today’s modern organizations. Mgt 372. Special Topics (1-3) Lectures, case studies, and exercises. Major project Special problems and issues in management for which required. Prerequisite: junior standing in the College of no regularly scheduled course work exists. When offered Business and Economics. as group study, coverage varies according to interests of Mgt 301. Business Management Policies (3) fall, instructor and students. Prerequisite: consent of the department chair. May be repeated. spring Case study of business problems and the formulation of Mgt 373. Management Internship (1-3) summer policies, strategies and tactics to resolve those problems A sponsoring faculty member shall direct readings, proj- from the viewpoint of general management. Long-range ects, and other assignments including a comprehensive goal attainment, policy formulation, and administrative final report in conjunction with an industry-sponsored implementation for specific functional areas and the internship. The work experience itself, whether paid or total firm. Includes a simulation. Prerequisite: senior unpaid, is not the basis for academic credit. Intellectual standing in the College of Business and Economics, and development in the context of a field study learning experi- completion of the college core. ence will be the determining factor in awarding academic credit. This course cannot be used to satisfy requirements Mgt 302. Quantitative Models-Conceptual (3) of the Management major. Consent of department chair. Quantitative methodologies and their use in business, Prerequisite: junior standing in the College of Business and economics and related areas. Classical optimization tech- Economics and Management major declaration. niques, mathematical programming, linear programming, decision theory, game theory, simulation Course descriptions for the College of Business and and network models. Prerequisites: Eco 115, BIS 111. Economics graduate courses can be found in this section (Section V) under the heading of Business and Economics Mgt 306. Entrepreneurship and Business Policy Graduate Courses. (3) spring Case study of problems in creating new ventures or man- aging family-owned businesses. Integrates knowledge Management Science acquired in other courses and stresses development of The management science program is directed toward inte- strategic and administrative policies for particular func- grating scientific methods with the functional aspects of tions and the company as a whole. Prerequisites: senior organizations by investigating the application of quantita- standing, completion of College of Business and tive methodology and systems analysis in the context of Economics core, and Mgt 311, as well as approval of the such functional areas as production, finance, logistics, mar- department chair. Students may not receive credit for keting and accounting. This integration provides the both Mgt 301 and 306. students with a broader perspective toward managerial Mgt 307. Business Communication Skills (3) decision-making in both private enterprise and public Written and spoken communication through letters, administration. memos, reports, and oral presentations. Formal and Mid-career professionals or undergraduates with a back- informal communication networks, and communication ground in engineering, mathematics, physical sciences or processes. Prerequisite: consent of instructor. business and economics who intend to seek managerial, Mgt 311. LUMAC Management Assistance consulting or systems analyst positions are appropriate Counseling (3) fall, spring candidates. In particular, those candidates who intend to seek positions demanding both technical and manage- A field studies course providing management assistance ment skills find the management science background to small businesses in the Lehigh Valley. Students work advantageous in dealing with the complex problems of in small groups under faculty supervision on a direct industrial, commercial, and public service organizations. basis with owners. Problem solving and experience in applying marketing, accounting, finance, and/or man- The industrial and systems engineering department agement concepts to business. Prerequisites: junior administers the management science program. To be standing in the College of Business and Economics. admitted to the program, a candidate must demonstrate basic competence in calculus, statistics, linear algebra, Mgt 321. Organizational Behavior Workshop (3) introductory operations research, accounting, finance, A workshop course examining individual behavior, inter- production and microeconomics. A candidate lacking a personal transactions and behavioral processes in small certain background may be required to take background work groups through motivational analysis, role-playing courses. The minimum program consists of 30 credit 268 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2003-2004

hours of course work, of which at least 18 credit hours ECO 447 Economic Analysis of Market must be in the 400- level. The ISE graduate faculty coor- Competition (3) dinator must approve all course work. ECO 460 Index Numbers and Time Series The Graduate Programs Office in the College of Analysis (3) Business and Economics must approve all graduate ECO 461 Forecasting (3) business courses (numbered 400 and above). Courses are only open on a space available basis. Students with 2 ECO 462 Adv. Statistics for Business & years of full-time work experience may enroll in other Economics (3), Prerequisite: CBE graduate courses as long as they have the proper Calculus prerequisites. ECO 463/(IE 458) Topics in Game Theory (3), Prerequisite: Two semesters of Quantitative Courses calculus, ECO 412 and 414, or (at least 15 credit hours from the following list; no more permission of instructor than 6 credit hours in the 300- level) MATH 334 Mathematical Statistics (3-4), IE 305 Simulation (3), Prerequisite: IE 121 and Prerequisite: Math 231 or 309 220 Functional Areas IE 316 Advanced Operations Research Techniques (at least 12 credit hours from a chosen functional area) (3), Prerequisite: IE 220 prerequisites must be met for all CBE courses. IE 328 Engineering Statistics (3), Area Example Courses Prerequisite: MATH 23 or equivalent Accounting ACCT 307, 309, 315, 316, 317, IE 339 Applications of Stochastic Processes (3), 324. Prerequisite: IE 220 or equivalent GBUS 401, 413, 414. IE 409 Time Series Analysis (3), MACC 420, 492. Prerequisite: IE 121 or equivalent Finance FIN 323, 328, 330, 331, 332, 333, IE 410 Design of Experiments (3), 335, 340, 353. Prerequisite: IE 121 or equivalent IE 413. IE 411 Networks and Graphs (3), Prerequisite: IE 316 or equivalent GBUS 419, 420, 421, 422, 424, 426, 431, 473. IE 414 Heuristic Methods in Combinatorial Optimization (3), Prerequisite: IE 316 or ECO 470. equivalent MATH 467, 468. IE 416 Dynamic Programming (3), Information ACCT 311. Prerequisite: IE 316 or equivalent Systems BIS 311, 331, 342 (SCM 342). IE 418 Discrete Optimization (3), CSC 327, 330, 414, 415, 417. Prerequisite: IE 220 or equivalent IE 307, 309, 310, 341, 342, 343, IE 431 Operations Research Seminar (3) 408, 415, 437, 438. IE 439 Advanced Applications of Stochastic Marketing ECO 325/(MKT 325). Processes (3), Prerequisite: IE 339 or equivalent GBUS 481. ECO 322 Competitor and Market Analysis (3), ECO 447. Prerequisite: ECO 105, 145 and MATH MKT 315, 316, 319, 320, 321, 330. 21, 31or 51 MSE 421, 431. ECO 358/(IE 358) Game Theory (3), Production & GBUS 450. Prerequisite: ECO 105 or 115 and 119 and MATH 21, 31 or 51 Logistics IE 319, 324, 332, 334, 340, 342, 343, 344, 415, 419, 422, 424, 443, ECO 402 Managerial Economics (3), Prerequisite: GECO 401 or equivalent and 445, 448, 449, 450, 451. MSE 421, calculus 423, 425, 427, 433, 446, 496. ECO 412 Mathematical Economics (3), Public Service ECO 311, 312, 314. Prerequisite: Consent of the chair FIN 353, 354. ECO 413 Advanced Microeconomics Analysis (3), ECO 430, 450, 451, 452, 453, 454. Prerequisite: ECO 402 or equivalent MGT 331. ECO 414 Advanced Topics in Microeconomics (3), Prerequisite: ECO 401 and GECO 413 or Additional Electives - (3 credit hours) equivalent Courses suggested in categories I and II, plus others ECO 415 Econometrics I (3), offered by the ISE department, the College of Business Prerequisite: ECO 401 or equivalent and Economics and other related fields. ECO 416 Econometric Theory (3), Prerequisite: ECO 401 or equivalent and calculus Manufacturing Systems Engineering 269

Manufacturing Systems MSE 427. (IE 443) Automation and Production Systems Engineering Principles and analysis of manual and automated pro- duction systems for discrete parts and products. Cellular Program director. Keith M. Gardiner, Ph.D. manufacturing, flexible manufacturing systems, transfer (Manchester, England), professor of industrial and systems lines, manual and automated assembly systems, and engineering. quality control systems. Program faculty. John P. Coulter, Ph.D. (Delaware), associate professor of mechanical engineering and mechan- MSE 431. Marketing & the Invention to ics; Steven L. Goldman, Ph.D. (Boston), Andrew W. Innovation Process (3) Mellon distinguished professor in the humanities; Mikell P. Organizational issues and decision-making for capital Groover, Ph.D. (Lehigh), professor of industrial and sys- investments in new technologies. The commercializa- tems engineering; Parveen P. Gupta, Ph.D. (Penn State), tion process is traced from research and development associate professor of accounting; Joseph C. Hartman, and marketing activities through the implementation Ph.D. (Georgia Institute of Technology), associate profes- phase involving the manufacturing function. Term sor of industrial and systems engineering; Roger N. Nagel, project is a commercialization plan for a new manufac- Ph.D. (Maryland), Harvey Wagner Professor of manufac- turing technology. turing systems engineering; Raymond Pearson, Ph.D. (U. MSE 433. Technology and the Factory of the Michigan), associate professor of materials science and engi- Future (3) neering; Manash R. Ray, Ph.D. (Penn State), associate Engineering and technological issues affecting future professor of accounting; Richard Roberts, Ph.D. (Lehigh), developments in manufacturing. Topics include flexible professor of mechanical engineering and mechanics; automation systems, integration of design and produc- Theodore Schlie, Ph.D. (Northwestern), associate profes- tion through the factory data network, intelligent sor of management of technology; Bruce M. Smackey, machines, the man-machine interface, and the manufac- Ph.D. (Rensselaer), professor of marketing; Robert J. turing management information system. Trent, Ph.D. (Michigan State), associate professor of man- agement; George R. Wilson, Ph.D. (Penn State), associate MSE 438. Agile Organizations & Manufacturing professor of industrial and systems engineering. Systems (3) The manufacturing systems engineering program devel- Analysis of the factors contributing to the success of ops engineers who can design, install, operate, and manufacturing enterprises in an environment character- modify systems involving materials, processes, equip- ized by continuous and unpredictable change. ment, facilities, logistics and people using leading edge Fundamentals of lean production: aspects of systems technologies. It integrates systems perspectives with design, value stream analysis, flow, set-up and cycle time interdisciplinary course offerings from Lehigh’s colleges reduction, kaizen, elimination of waste. Fundamentals of of engineering and applied science, and business and agility: global enterprises, virtual organizations, adapting economics. to change, mass customization, manufacturing flexibility, activity-based management. Graduate Courses MSE 446. International Supply Chain MSE 421. (GBUS 481) Technology, Management (3) Manufacturing & Competitive Strategy (3) Financial and managerial issues. Evaluation, selection, Interrelationships among advanced manufacturing man- development and management of suppliers; business agement, technology and competitive strategy of the models, financial reporting strategies, earnings, quality, firm. Topics to include industry analysis and competi- risk assessment and internal control, team based new tiveness; competitive strategy formulation and product development. Selected readings, case studies, implementation; value chain analysis; manufacturing and discussions, lectures, group projects, and presentations. technology strategy; manufacturing’s contribution to MSE 451. Manufacturing Systems Engineering competitive advantage in quality, cost, variety and new product availability; segmentation and substitution; ver- Project (1-3) tical integration. MSE 490. Manufacturing Systems Engineering MSE 423. Product Design/Analysis (3) Thesis (1-6) Integrated approach to design and analysis of products MSE 496. Microelectronics Manufacturing and systems. Principles for robust design and use of Systems & Technologies (3) computer-aided engineering to model, evaluate, and Manufacturing engineering in electronics manufacture: enhance design. Case studies and design assignments are crystal growth, doping, thin film deposition technologies major components of this course. and tooling, pattern generation techniques, contamina- MSE 425. (IE 425) Production Planning and tion control, clean room practices, microelectronics Resource Allocation (3) assembly and packaging. Examination of systems design Advanced study of heuristic, algorithmic, and analytical and operation issues. methods for production planning, scheduling, and distri- bution models and systems. Forecasting, job shop and just-in-time scheduling, single stage and multi-echelon inventory control, and facility location. 270 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2003-2004

Marketing Mkt 321 Business-to-Business Marketing (3) Mkt 325 Quantitative Marketing Analysis (3) Professors. Richard M. Durand, Ph.D. (Florida), Mkt 331 Electronic Commerce Herbert E. Ehlers Dean of the College of Business and Economics; K. Sivakumar, Ph.D. (Syracuse), Arthur C. Mkt 332 Sales Management (3) Tauck Jr. Professor of International Marketing and Mkt 348 Management of Marketing Logistics; Bruce M. Smackey, Ph.D. (Rensselaer). Channels (3) Associate Professors. James M. Maskulka, D.B.A. (Kent Mkt 360 Marketing Practicum (3) State). Mkt 366 Marketing of Services (3) Visiting Assistant Professor. Karen Becker Olsen, Ph.D. Mkt 371 Directed Readings (1-3) (Lehigh University) Mkt 372 Special Topics (1-3) Instructors. Ravi Chitturi, M.B.A. (University of Texas at Austin); Teresa M. McCarthy, M.B.A. (University of Undergraduate Courses Rhode Island). Mkt 211. Principles of Marketing (3) Professor of Practice. Robert Kuchta, M.S. (New Jersey Overview of the entire marketing function. A broad-based Institute of Technology). approach to expose students to the meaning of marketing, Adjunct. R. Gregory Surovcik, M.B.A. (Lehigh the terminology of marketing, the activities involved in University) marketing, how managers make and implement decisions in marketing, and how they evaluate the results. The role The field of marketing offers career opportunities for of marketing in the broader society will also be discussed. students in business, economics, liberal arts, engineering, Prerequisite: Eco 1. and the physical sciences. Marketing is pervasive in our society and is a critical Mkt 311. Buyer Behavior (3) function in the promotion of world trade. Creativity and Focuses on the theory and tools necessary to analyze and the ability to conduct insightful analyses of competitive understand consumers and organizational buyers, in the business situations are the hallmarks of a well-prepared context of the global information age. Topics covered student who can contribute to a prospective employer’s include, but are not limited to, diffusion of innovations; organization. Undergraduates and graduates have been market segmentation and product positioning; the mul- able to secure entry-level positions in a variety of market- tiattribute model and the theory of reasoned action; ing activities with firms in advertising and public relations, group and individual decision making processes of buy- retail management, industrial sales and purchasing, bank ers; and buyer conditioning and learning processes. marketing, marketing research, and new product design. Lectures, cases and projects. Prerequisite: Mkt 211. Combining the marketing curriculum with related sub- Mkt 312. Marketing Research (3) jects in international relations, psychology and sociology, A managerial approach toward conducting and using engineering, and history can often strengthen a student’s research for marketing decisions. Focus will be on the capability to grow beyond his or her formal education relevance and usefulness of systematic research for deci- period. Students are encouraged to explore the potential sion making, the process and steps involved in enhancement of their educational experience through conducting effective marketing research, analysis and study abroad programs, internships with business, and interpretation of the information for decision making, research projects with faculty members. and the presentation of research results to help managers Participation in the Marketing Club student organization arrive at sound marketing decisions. Particular emphasis is an extracurricular activity that offers a professional orien- will be placed on the context of technological advances tation program and the enjoyment of socializing with other in the collection, dissemination, and use of marketing students from across the campus. information, the applicability of marketing research prin- ciples for a wide variety of organizations and individuals The marketing major offered by the Department of in the global context, and ethical issues involved in mar- Management and Marketing consists of 15 credit hours keting research. Prerequisites: Eco 145 and Mkt 211. from the following courses: Mkt 313. Integrated Marketing Communications (3) Required courses Focuses on the wide range of areas included in market- Mkt 311 Buyer Behavior (3) ing communications and the tools and techniques Mkt 312 Marketing Research (3) needed to create an integrated approach. Students are introduced to the broad spectrum of communication Mkt 387 Marketing Strategy (3) messages and the sources that produce them. Students Elective courses are required to develop and present an integrated mar- keting communications plan. Prerequisite: Mkt 211. Two courses (six credit hours) from the following: Mkt 319. Development and Marketing of New Mkt 313 Integrated Marketing Communications (3) Products (3) Focuses on the development and marketing of new prod- Mkt 319 Development and Marketing of ucts and services. Topics covered include diffusion of New Products (3) innovations, new product adoption models, the role of Mkt 320 Global Marketing Strategies (3) marketing research in various stages of new product development and marketing. Prerequisite: Mkt 211. Marketing 271

Mkt 320. Global Marketing (3) Mkt 360. Marketing Practicum (3) Focuses on understanding the process of globalization The marketing practicum combines formal classwork on and its impact on the firm’s marketing activities. Topics marketing problem formulation and business communi- include changes in the global environment and their cations with an intensive internship or consulting impact on marketing activities, development of global engagement with a business. Students work with client marketing strategies based on sound marketing research firms to develop individual or team projects, which focus and the role of technology in global marketing strategies. on marketing activities such as market research, strategy Prerequisite: Mkt 211. development, sales management, and promotion man- Mkt 321. Business-to-Business Marketing (3) agement. Upon completion of the project, students Introduces students to the elements necessary to market submit a written report and make a formal presentation a product, service, idea, event, organization, place, to clients. Prerequisites: Mkt 211, Mkt 311 and Mkt information, property, experience, or personality to 312. Cannot be taken concurrently with Mgt 311. another business. Students develop and present a com- Mkt 366. Marketing of Services (3) plete, integrated business-to-business marketing plan. Focuses on service quality issues and strategies from a Prerequisite: Mkt 211. customer-focused, business perspective. Gives students Mkt 325 (Eco 325). Quantitative Marketing an appreciation of the challenges of marketing and man- aging services and develops strategies for addressing these Analysis (3) challenges. Topics include service quality gap analysis; Explores economics and management science approaches services triangle analysis; 7 p’s for services; service-profit to improve marketing decision making and marketing chain; service encounter analysis; customer lifetime value interactions in such areas as strategic marketing, e-mar- analysis; new service development process; service quality keting, advertising, pricing, sales force management, sales dimensions; services guarantees; and demand/capacity promotions, new products, and direct marketing. The management. Prerequisite: Mkt 211. development, implementation, and use of quantitative models are emphasized. Cases are used to illustrate how Mkt 371. Directed Readings (1-3) these models can be applied. Students have the opportu- Readings in various fields of marketing designed for the nity to learn how to use and evaluate models through student who has a special interest in some field of mar- spreadsheet-based assignments. Prerequisites: Mkt 211, keting not covered in regularly scheduled courses. Eco 115, Eco 145, and Math 21, 31 or 51. Prerequisite: consent of the department chair. May be repeated. Mkt 331 (BIS 331). Electronic Commerce (3) This course covers how businesses, the government and Mkt 372. Special Topics (1-3) consumers use the Internet to exchange information and Special problems and issues in marketing for which no initiate transactions. Topics include risks of insecure sys- regularly scheduled course work exists. When offered as tems, Internet security standards and protocols, group study or internship, coverage will vary according cryptography, authentication and digital signatures, web- to the interests of the instructor and students. site attestation and assurance, firewalls, electronic cash Prerequisite: consent of the department chair. May be systems, electronic legal agreements and international repeated. cryptographic restrictions. Students will get hands-on Mkt 373. Marketing Internship (1-3) summer experience designing security- conscious web-sites using A sponsoring faculty member shall direct readings, proj- FrontPage. Prerequisite: BIS 111 or Acct 311, Mkt 211 ects, and other assignments including a comprehensive or consent of instructor. final report in conjunction with an industry-sponsored Mkt 332. Sales Management (3) internship. The work experience itself, whether paid or An integrative approach to sales management including unpaid, is not the basis for academic credit. Intellectual formulation of strategically sound sales programs, imple- development in the context of a field study learning mentation of sales programs, and evaluation and control experience will be the determining factor in awarding of the organization’s sales activities. Topics include the academic credit. This course cannot be used to satisfy role of the sales manager in the divergent demands of requirements of the Marketing major. Prerequisite: con- multiple constituencies; the development of effective sent of department chair and junior standing in the sales organizations; motivating and compensating the College of Business and Economics and Marketing dec- sales force; forecasting sales costs and evaluating per- laration. formance; and coordination of the sales activities with Mkt 387. Marketing Strategy (3) other elements in a firm’s marketing program. Synthesizes the marketing principles introduced in other Prerequisite: Mkt 211. marketing courses and provides students an integrative Mkt 348. Management of Marketing Channels (3) framework to marketing decision-making. Lectures and Economic, social, and structural aspects of channels will cases. Prerequisite: Mkt 311, 312 and senior standing. be analyzed. Topics include how channel systems should Course descriptions for the College of Business and be formed; an investigation of a variety of channel inter- Economics graduate courses can be found in this section mediaries, including franchise systems, distributors, (Section V) under the heading of Business and Economics retailers, intermediary “market makers”, and gray chan- Graduate Courses. nels; the role of technology in channel relationships; the interpersonal dimensions of channel relationship man- agement such as conflict management, minority issues, and ethics. Prerequisite: Mkt 211. 272 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2003-2004

Materials Science and B.S. in Materials Science and Engineering Engineering The undergraduate program is designed to train gradu- Professors. G. Slade Cargill, PhD. (Harvard), chair and ates for research, development, operations, management Sherman Fairchild Professor; Alwyn Eades Ph.D. and sales careers in industry or for graduate study in var- (Cambridge) associate chair; Helen M. Chan, Ph.D. ious specialties of the field, including the manufacture (Imperial College of Science and Technology, England) and applications of metals, ceramics, polymers, compos- New Jersey Zinc Professor; Martin P. Harmer, Ph.D. ites, and electronic materials. While some graduates go (Leeds, England), Alcoa Professor, director of Center for directly into materials-producing companies, many serve Advanced Materials and Nanotechnology; Himanshu Jain, as engineers in the chemical, electrical, transportation, Engr. Sci. D. (Columbia), Diamond Chair; Chris Kiely, communications, space, and other industries. A number Ph.D. (Bristol); Charles E. Lyman, Ph.D. (M.I.T.); of students pursue graduate study leading to careers in Arnold R. Marder, Ph.D. (Lehigh), R.D. Stout Professor; research and teaching. Michael R. Notis, Ph.D. (Lehigh); Raymond A. Pearson, Materials Science and Engineering majors have opportu- Ph.D. (Michigan); David B. Williams, PhD. nities to gain valuable experience in other, related fields, (Cambridge), Harold Chambers Senior Professor, Vice including other areas of engineering or science, by Provost for Research. choosing to concentrate elective courses in one of these Associate Professors. John N. DuPont, Ph.D. (Lehigh); areas. Requirements for adding a Minor include at least Wojciech Misiolek, Sc.D (U. of Mining and Metallurgy, 15 course credits in that area, which may be taken as Krakow, Poland), Loewy Chair; Jeffrey M. Rickman, technical or free electives in the student’s major. It is par- Ph.D. (Carnegie-Mellon). ticularly straightforward for students to obtain a minor Assistant Professors. Audrey N. Soukhojak, Ph.D. in Chemical Engineering, in Manufacturing (M.I.T.) Richard P. Vinci, Ph.D. (Stanford). Engineering, or in Polymer Science and Engineering. Adjunct Professors. Kathleen A. Cerqua-Richardson, Materials Science and Engineering majors can also partici- Ph.D. (Alfred); W. Thomas Chase, M.A. (New York pate in undergraduate research at universities in Great University); Lisa Friedersdorf, Ph.D. (Johns Hopkins); Britain and elsewhere during the summer between Junior Brian R. Lawn, Ph.D. (Western Australia). and Senior years. The Materials Science and Engineering Industrial Option program enables students to gain work Emeritus Professors. Betzalel Avitzur, Ph.D. (Michigan); experience during the Senior Year. The Materials Science Sidney R. Butler, Ph.D. (Penn State); Ye T. Chou, Ph.D. and Engineering Research Option program provides sen- (Carnegie Mellon); Richard W. Hertzberg, Ph.D. ior undergraduates research experience with Materials (Lehigh); Ralph J. Jaccodine, Ph.D. (Notre Dame); Alan Science and Engineering professors and graduate students. W. Pense, Ph.D. (Lehigh); Donald M. Smyth, Ph.D. (M.I.T); Leslie H. Sperling, Ph.D. (Duke); Robert D. Five-year programs are available to broaden the Materials Stout, Ph.D. (Lehigh); S. Kenneth Tarby, Ph.D. Science and Engineering undergraduate experience. One (Carnegie-Mellon); David A. Thomas, Sc.D. (M.I.T.); of these is the Arts-Engineering Program, in which stu- John D. Wood, Ph.D. (Lehigh). dents can earn both the bachelor of science degree in Materials Science and Engineering and the bachelor of Research engineers and scientists. David W. Ackland; arts degree in some area within the College of Arts and Arlan O. Benscoter. Sciences, such as biology, physics, chemistry, or history. As science and technology advance in the 2000’s and Another is the B.S./M.Ed. Program, which leads (in five beyond, progress in many fields will depend on the dis- years of study and internships) to the B.S. degree in covery and development of new materials, processed in Materials Science and Engineering and a masters degree more complex ways, and with new kinds of properties. It (M.Ed.) in Education, with elementary or secondary is widely recognized that the progress of history has been teacher certification. divided into periods characterized by the materials that mankind has used, i.e., the stone age, the bronze age, the Minor in Materials Science and iron age. Today, materials science and engineering is criti- Engineering cal to all other fields of engineering, and advances in these The Department of Materials Science and Engineering other fields are often limited by advances in materials. offers minors to students majoring in other subjects. The Interest in new materials for solid-state devices, space Department is enthusiastic in its support of students technology, and superconductivity, as well as a better who wish to broaden their education by taking a minor. understanding of the behavior of materials in the To obtain a minor in Materials Science and Engineering, design of structures, automobiles and aircraft, plant a student must complete two required courses (MAT 10, processing equipment, electrical machinery, etc., have 1 credit, and MAT 33, 3 credits) and four other three- increased the need for people trained in science and credit courses for a total of 16 credit hours. The four technology of materials. courses may be chosen from a long list of 200 and 300 level courses given by the Department. Education for this field of engineering requires basic studies in mathematics, chemistry, physics and mechan- Educational Mission ics, plus a general background in engineering principles, The Materials Science and Engineering undergraduate followed by intensive training in the application of scien- program’s mission is to provide its students an excellent tific and engineering principles to the development and education in a scholarly environment, and to have its use of materials in a technological society. graduates acquire the knowledge and experience needed to advance to successful careers and, where appropriate, for graduate study, in materials-related fields. Materials Science and Engineering 273

Educational Objectives junior year, second semester (18 credits) The Materials Science and Engineering undergraduate Engr 211 Integrated Product Development program’s Educational Objectives are that graduates Projects I (3) • have a firm base of knowledge in areas of mathemat- Mat 204 Processing and Properties of ics, physics and chemistry relevant to materials Polymeric Materials (3) science and engineering, and be able to apply and Mat 206 Processing and Properties of Metals (3) extend this knowledge; Mat 214 Processing and Properties of • understand relationships among materials structure, Ceramic Materials (3) properties, processing and performance for metals, Mat 210 Macro Materials Processing Lab (2) ceramics, polymers, composites, and electronic mate- rials; be able to extend this knowledge; and be able to Mat 226 Materials Selection in Design (1) apply it in materials analysis, development, selection, HSS Humanities/Social Sciences Elective (3) and design; senior year, first semester (17-18 credits) • be able to function effectively on problem-solving Engr 212 Integrated Product Development teams and to coordinate and provide leadership for Projects II (2) teams, including multi-disciplinary teams; Mat 302 Electronic Properties of Materials (3) • be knowledgeable and experienced in using basic lab- oratory tools, computers, and databases for materials ECE 81 Principles of Electrical Engineering (4) or analysis, development, and selection; Physics 190 Electronics (3) • be able to define and solve materials-related problems, IE 328 Engineering Statistics (3) or including design problems, within economic, envi- Math 231 Probability and Statistics (3) ronmental, and time deadline constraints; Engr. Sci. Elect. Engineering Science Elective(3) • develop skills in writing, speaking, reading and listen- HSS Humanities/Social Science Elective (3) ing needed to communicate logically and effectively; senior year, second semester (17 credits) • understand and accept professional and ethical responsibilities, including responsibilities for public Mat 338 Failure Analysis Reports (2) safety and workplace safety; ChE 60 Unit Operations Survey (3) • gain background in history, economics, world cultures Engr.Sci.Elect. Engineering Science Elective (3) and current events to provide a realistic context for App. Elect. Approved Elective (3) their professional activities. Elect Elective (3) Major Requirements Elect Elective (3) The recommended sequence of courses is shown below. The standard freshman engineering year is shown in sec- Electives for the sophomore, junior and senior years tion III. A total of 135 credits or more is required to must be distributed as follows: graduate. Humanities and Social Sciences: 13-15 credit hours. Free sophomore year, first semester (17 credits) Electives: 9 credit hours in any department. Approved Elective (3 credit hours) and Engineering Science Math 23 Analytic Geometry & Calculus III (4) Electives (6 credit hours) must be selected from a specific Phy 21, 22 Introductory Physics II and Laboratory (5) list supplied by the Materials Science and Engineering Eco 1 Economics (4) Department. The list includes the Industry Option and the Research Option. Mat 10 Materials Laboratory (1) Industrial Option Mat 33 Engineering Materials and Processes (3) Mat 327 Industrial Project (4) sophomore year, second semester (18 credits) Mat 329 Industrial Project (4) Math 205 Linear Methods (3) Research Option Mech 2 Elementary Engineering Mechanics (3) Mat 240 Research Techniques (3) Mat 203 Structure and Characterization of Materials (3) Mat 291 Undergraduate Research (3) Mat 205 Thermodynamics and Phase Diagrams (3) The Industrial Option introduces students to the work of materials engineers in industry. The emphasis is a Mat 20 Computational Methods in Materials team approach to the solution of actual plant problems. Science (2) The courses are conducted in cooperation with local HSS Humanities/Social Sciences Elect (4) industries. Three days per week are spent at the plant of junior year, first semester (18 credits) the cooperating industry on investigations of selected problems. The option is limited to a small group of sen- Mat 201 Physical Properties of Materials (3) iors, selected by the Department from those who apply. Mat 216 Diffusion and Phase Transformations (3) Summer employment is provided when possible for Mat 218 Mechanical Behavior of Materials (3) those who elect to initiate the program during the sum- Mat 101 Professional Development (2) mer preceding the senior year. Elect. Elective (3) The Research Option is offered for students interested in research and development. Financial support may be HSS Humanities/Social Sciences Elect (4) available for students who elect to initiate a research pro- 274 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2003-2004 gram during the summer preceding the senior year. The Mat 204. Processing and Properties of Polymeric option is limited to a small group of students, selected Materials (3) spring by the Department from those who apply. The structure-property relationships in polymers will be Undergraduate Courses developed, emphasizing the glass transition, rubber elas- ticity, crystallinity, and mechanical behavior. Elements of Mat 10. Materials Laboratory (1) fall polymer processing. Extrusion of plastics and films, and Introduction to experimental methods used to fabricate fiber spinning operations. Prerequisites: Mat 33. Pearson. and measure the structure and properties of materials. Thermal and mechanical processing and properties are Mat 205. Thermodynamics and Phase Diagrams emphasized. Specimen preparation and examination by (3) spring light optical microscopy. Prerequisite: Mat 33 previously The three laws of thermodynamics. Gibbs free energy or concurrently. Chan. and thermodynamic basis for equilibrium. Solution ther- modynamics. Binary and ternary equilibrium phase Mat 20. Computational Methods in Materials diagrams. Application of thermodynamics to materials Science (2) spring problems. Lectures and laboratories. Prerequisite: Math The use of computers and computational methods to 23 and Mat 33, previously or concurrently. Vinci. solve problems in materials science and engineering. Students will employ both commercial packages and Mat 206. Processing and Properties of Metals (3) their own code in order to complete assignments. spring Students will utilize word processing and display pack- The production and purification of metals, their fabrica- ages to present results of projects. Prerequisite: Engr. 1 or tion, and control of their properties. Includes topics such equivalent. Rickman. as precipitation hardening, hot and cold working, and casting. Prerequisite: Mat 216, Mat 218. Marder. Mat 33. Engineering Materials and Processes (3) fall-spring Mat 210. Macro Materials Processing Lab (2) Application of physical and chemical principles to spring understanding, selection, and fabrication of engineering Introduction to the practice of fabrication methods for materials. Materials considered include metals, polymers, ceramics, metals and polymers. Includes topics such as ceramics, composites and electronic materials. Case stud- melt processing, deformation processing, gas-phase pro- ies of materials used range from transportation systems cessing, etc. Contains hands-on processing labs and a to microelectronic devices. Rickman and staff. reverse engineering design project that allows students to examine a particular process in depth. Prerequisite: Mat Mat 101. Professional Development (2) spring 204, 206, and 214 taken previously or concurrently. Seminar on the role and purpose of engineering in socie- ty; the meaning of being a professional; the role of Mat 214. Processing and Properties of Ceramic creativity, communications and decision-making in the Materials (3) spring engineering process; expectations and problems of young General overview of the compositions, properties and engineers; personal goals; choosing a career. Required applications of ceramic materials. The theory and prac- reading. Written reports based on library research. tice of fabrication methods for ceramics and glasses. Prerequisite: junior standing. Lyman. Methods of characterization. Selected properties of ceramic materials. Prerequisites: Mat 33. Chan. Mat 107. Special Topics in Materials (1-3) A study of selected topics in materials science and engi- Mat 216. Diffusion and Phase Transformations (3) neering not covered in other formal courses. fall Fundamental diffusion equations; liquid-solid transfor- For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduate mations; solid-solid transformations; transformation Students kinetics; metastable transformations; diffusionless trans- Mat 201. Physical Properties of Materials (3) fall formations; examples of various transformations in Basic concepts of modern physics and quantum mechan- different materials and their effect on properties. ics needed for an understanding of electrons in solids. Prerequisites: Mat 203, Mat 205. Notis. The experimental development leading to wave mechan- Mat 218. Mechanical Behavior of Materials (3) ics is emphasized. Uses of the Schrodinger equation as fall the basis for the free electron theory of metals and band Deformation and fracture behavior of materials. Elastic theory. Optical properties are developed leading to a dis- and plastic behavior, with emphasis on crystallographic cussion of lasers. Prerequisites: Phys 21, Mat 33, Math considerations. Strengthening mechanisms in solids. 205. Jain. Static and time-dependent fracture from microstructural Mat 203. Structure and Characterization of and fracture mechanics viewpoints. Fatigue failure. Materials (3) spring Prerequisites: Mech 2, Mat 203. Vinci. Atomic structure and types of bonding. Crystalline and Mat 221. (STS 221) Materials in the Development amorphous states. Crystal structures, and fundamental of Man (3) fall aspects of crystallography (space lattice, Miller indices, Development of materials technology and engineering symmetry elements). Crystal defects (point, line and pla- from the stone age to atomic age as an example of the nar). Basic principles of structure determination by x-ray interaction between technology and society. In-class diffraction. Microscopic techniques (light and electron demonstration laboratories on composition and structure optical), and their application to material characteriza- of materials. Term projects using archaeological materials tion. Prerequisites: Chem 21; Mat 10 and Mat 33 and alloys. Course intended for, but not limited to, stu- previously or concurrently. Eades. dents in the humanities and secondary science education. Engineering students may not use this course for engineering science or technical elective credit. Notis. Materials Science and Engineering 275

Mat 226. Materials Selection in Design (1) spring Mat 315. Physical Properties of Structural and Review of different classes of engineering materials and Electronic Ceramics (3) mechanical stress states experienced by structural compo- Structure-property relationships in ceramics. Mechanical nents. Derivation of performance indices. Selection and behavior including plasticity, hardness, elasticity, strength design of materials based on materials selection charts and toughening mechanisms. Thermal behavior includ- and performance indices. Application of materials selec- ing specific heat, thermal expansion, thermal conduction tion concepts to ENGR 211 IPD #1 course. and thermal shock. Electrical behavior including applica- Prerequisites: Mech 2; Mat 33 or consent of instructor. tion of tensors and crystal physics to electroceramics. DuPont Prerequisites: Mat 214 or consent of instructor. Harmer. Mat 240. Research Techniques (3) fall Mat 317. Imperfections in Crystals (3) Study and application of research techniques in materials The major types of crystal defects and their role in con- science and engineering. Research opportunities, design trolling the properties of materials. Point, line and planar of experimental programs, analysis of data, presentation defects, their atomic configurations and experimental of results. Selection of research topic and preparation techniques to study their characteristics. Emphasis on and defense of research proposal. Restricted to a small the role of dislocations and grain boundaries in the con- number of students selected by the department from trol of mechanical properties. Prerequisite: Mat 203 or those who apply. consent of instructor. Rickman. Mat 291. Undergraduate Research (3) spring Mat 319. Current Topics in Materials Science (3) Application of research techniques to a project in materi- Selected topics of current interest in the field of materials als science and engineering selected in consultation with engineering but not covered in the regular courses. May the faculty. Normally preceded by Mat 240. be repeated for credit with consent of the department Mat 302. Electronic Properties of Materials (3) chair. Prerequisite: Consent of department chair. fall Mat 320. Analytical Methods in Materials Science (3) The electronic structure of materials, i.e., band and zone Selected topics in modern analysis and their application theory, is presented from a physical point of view. to materials problems in such areas as thermodynamics, Electrical conductivity in metals, semiconductors, insula- crystallography, deformation and fracture, diffusion. tors and superconductors is discussed. Simple Prerequisite: Math 231 or 205. Rickman. semiconductor devices reviewed. Magnetic properties are Mat 325. Design, Selection, and Failure Analysis examined in the context of domain theory and applica- tions are discussed. Optical and dielectric properties of of Engineering Materials (4) fall. semiconductors and ferroelectrics are considered. Review of different classes of engineering materials and Prerequisites: Mat 201, Mat 203. Eades. mechanical stress states experienced by structural compo- nents. Failure analysis and prevention of engineering Mat 309. Composite Materials (3) component failure. Introduction to product liability liti- The principles and technology of composite materials. gation. Problem solution-oriented selection and design Processing, properties, and structural applications of of materials with appropriate fabrication, thermal, and composites, with emphasis on fiber-reinforced polymers. surface finish processes. Lectures plus laboratories which Lectures and some field trips or laboratories. require individual design and execution of experiments Prerequisite: Mat 33 or equivalent, Mech 2. Pearson to solve both materials selection and failure analysis Mat 310. Independent Study in Materials (1-3) problems. Prerequisites: Mat 204, Mat 206, Mat 214, Provides an opportunity for advanced, independent and Mat 218. Marder. study of selected topics in materials science and engi- Mat 327. Industrial Project (4) neering not covered in other formal courses. Restricted to a small group of seniors and graduate stu- Mat 312. (ChE 312, Chem 312) Fundamentals of dents selected by the department from those who apply. Corrosion (3) Three full days per week are spent on development proj- Corrosion phenomena and definitions. Electrochemical ects at the plant of an area industry, under the direction of aspects including reaction mechanisms, thermodynamics, a plant engineer and with faculty supervision. Misiolek. Pourbaix diagrams, kinetics of corrosion processes, polar- Mat 329. Industrial Project (4) ization, and passivity. Non-electrochemical corrosion To be taken concurrently with Mat 327. Course material including mechanisms, theories, and quantitative is the same as Mat 327. Misiolek. descriptions of atmospheric corrosion. Corrosion of met- Mat 333. (EES 337, Chm 337) Crystallography als under stress. Cathodic and anodic protection, coatings, alloys, inhibitors, and passivators. Prerequisite: and Diffraction (3) Mat 205, Chem 187, or equivalent of either. Introduction to crystal symmetry, point groups, and space groups. Emphasis on materials characterization by Mat 314. Metal Forming Processes (3) x-ray diffraction and electron diffraction. Specific topics Mechanical metallurgy and mechanics of metal forming include crystallographic notation, stereographic projec- processes. Yield criteria. Workability. Friction and lubri- tions, orientation of single crystal, textures, phase cation. Engineering analysis of forging, extrusion, wire identification, quantitative analysis, stress measurement, and tube drawing, rolling, sheet forming and other electron diffraction, ring and spot patterns, convergent processes. Recent developments in metal forming. beam electron diffraction (CBED), and space group Prerequisite: Mat 206 or consent of instructor. Misiolek. determination. Applications in mineralogy, metallurgy, ceramics, microelectronics, polymers, and catalysts. Lectures and laboratory work. Prerequisites: Mat 203 or EES 133 or senior standing in chemistry. 276 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2003-2004

Mat 334. (EES 338, ChE 334) Electron properties. Metallurgical defects in welds. Microscopy and Microanalysis (4) fall Computational techniques for predicting heat flow and Fundamentals and experimental methods in electron phase transformations in welds of complex engineering optical techniques including scanning electron alloys. Laboratory demonstrations. Prerequisites: Mat microscopy (SEM), conventional transmission (TEM) 216. DuPont. and scanning transmission (STEM) electron microscopy. Mat 348. Materials Science for Electronic Specific topics covered will include electron optics, elec- Applications (3) tron beam interactions with solids, electron diffraction Materials technology for integrated circuit packaging sys- and chemical microanalysis. Applications to the study of tems. Dielectric, thermal and mechanical considerations; the structure of materials are given. Prerequisite: consent joining methods; resistor and ceramic capacitor materials of the department chair. Lyman and Kiely. and incorporation of active devices into packaging sys- Mat 335. (ChE 335) Principles of Semiconductor tems; multilayer package design and processing. Materials Processing (3) Individualized semester project involving forensic exami- Description and analysis of the processing steps involved nation of failures using scanning electron microscopy and in microelectronic material fabrication. Emphasis will be microprobe analysis. Prerequisite: Mat 201, and Mat 33. placed on the chemistry of the fabrication steps, mathe- Mat 367. (ChE 367) Metal Films and Coatings: matical modeling of the transport and chemical reaction Processing, Structure, and Properties (3) phenomena, and interpretation of experimental methods Focus will be on the processing, structure, and properties and data. Prerequisite: a course in thermodynamics and of metal films and coatings. Processing methods will senior standing. include evaporation, sputtering, chemical vapor deposition Mat 338. Failure Analysis Reports (2) spring (CVD), plasma-assisted CVD, ion implantation, elec- Application of chemical and mechanical failure concepts, trodeposition, metal bath solidification, weld overlay, microstructural analysis, and fracture surface characteriza- thermal spraying, and diffusion. Characterization of thin tion to the analysis and prevention of engineering films and coatings will be done with the use of sophisticat- component failures. Conduct laboratory investigations on ed analytical instrumentation, including spectroscopic component failures with written and oral presentations of methods, microscopy and diffraction techniques. the results. Prerequisites: Senior standing and Mat 204, Characterization methods are explored in conjunction Mat 206, Mat 210, Mat 214, and Mat 302. Marder. with processing techniques and film/coating properties via MAT 339 Light Metals (3) class assignments that are designed to introduce students to the archival scientific literature. Prerequisite: Senior Designing mechanical properties of light metals such as standing in Chemical Engineering or Materials Science aluminum, beryllium, magnesium and titanium through and Engineering, or permission of the instructor(s). alloying and processing. In depth analysis of strengthen- ing mechanisms and resulting physical properties. Review Mat 388. (ChE 388, Chm 388) Polymer Synthesis of typical casting, deformation, powder metallurgy and and Characterization Laboratory (3) spring machining processes applied to these materials. Recent Techniques include: free radical and condensation poly- commercial applications in the construction, packaging, merization; molecular weight distribution by gel aerospace and automotive industries. Prerequisite: MAT chromatography; crystallinity and order by differential 206 or consent of the instructor. Misiolek. scanning calorimetry; pyrolysis and gas chromatography; Mat 342. Inorganic Glasses (3) spring dynamic mechanical and dielectric behavior; morpholo- Definition, formation and structure of glass; common gy and microscopy; surface properties. Prerequisite: glass systems; manufacturing processes; optical, mechani- Senior level standing in chemical engineering, chemistry, cal, electrical and dielectric properties; chemical or materials science and engineering, or permission of durability; glass fibers and glass ceramics. Lectures and the instructor. laboratories. Prerequisite: Mat 33. Jain. Mat 393. (ChE 393, Chm 393) Physical Polymer Mat 344. (IE 344) Metal Machining Analysis (3) Science (3) spring Structural and physical aspects of polymers (organic, Intensive study of metal cutting emphasizing forces, inorganic, natural). Molecular and atomic basis for poly- energy, temperature, tool materials, tool life, and surface mer properties and behavior. Characteristics of glassy, integrity. Abrasive processes. Laboratory and project crystalline states (including viscoelastic and relaxation work. Prerequisite: IE 115 or ME 240 or Mat 206. behavior) for single-/ and multi-component systems. Thermodynamics and kinetics of transition phenomena. Mat 345 Powder Metallurgy (3) Structure, morphology and behavior. Prerequisite: Senior Metal powder fabrication and characterization methods. level standing in Chemical Engineering, Chemistry, or Powder processing including powder compaction, theory Materials Science and Engineering, or permission of the of compacting, press and die design, sintering, and hot instructor. Sperling. consolidation. Microstructure and properties of sintered materials and their relationship to processing conditions. Mat 396. (Chem 396) Chemistry of Nonmetallic Industrial applications. Emerging powder metallurgy Solids (3) technologies. Prerequisite: Mat 206 or consent of Chemistry of ionic and electronic defects in nonmetallic instructor. Misiolek. solids and their influence on chemical and physical prop- erties. Intrinsic and impurity-controlled defects, Mat 346. Physical Metallurgy of Welding (3) nonstoichiometric compounds, defect interactions. Operational characteristics of welding processes. Properties to be discussed include: diffusion, sintering, Application of solidification and solid state transforma- ionic and electronic conductivity, solid-state reactions, tion theory to understanding microstructural and photoconductivity. Prerequisite: Chem 187 or Mat development in welds, and influence of welding on 205 or equivalent. Materials Science and Engineering 277

For Graduate Students Most graduate students receive some form of financial The department offers graduate degrees in Materials aid. Several kinds of fellowships and assistantships are Science and Engineering at both masters (M.S. and M. available. This type of aid generally provides for tuition, Eng.) and doctoral levels (Ph.D.). Specialized masters and a stipend. For details of graduate scholarships, fel- degree programs are also available, in Photonics, in lowships and assistantships, please refer to section IV. Polymers, and in Business Administration and Research Activities Engineering (MBA&E). The M.S. Degree in Photonics Graduate students conduct their research in facilities is an interdisciplinary degree for broad training in such located in the Department or the Materials Research topics as fiber optics, lightwave communications, and Center, or other centers and institutes. The following list optical materials, to prepare students for work in indus- describes current Materials Science and Engineering try or for further graduate research at the Ph.D. level. research activities: The program requires a total of 30 credits of graduate work, including a 15-credit core of courses in materials, Metals Processing and Performance: joining of metals electricial engineering, and physics. The Polymer Science and alloys, laser engineered net shaping, solidification and Engineering Program offers interdisciplinary M.S. modeling, corrosion and coatings, deformation process- and Ph.D. degrees through several departments, includ- ing, grain boundary cohesion, bulk metallic glasses. ing Materials Science and Engineering. The program Ceramics and Glass Processing and Properties: funda- includes courses in materials, chemical engineering, mental studies of sintering and grain growth, novel chemistry, physics, and mechanical engineering. The reaction-based processing for bulk and thin film ceram- MBA&E is an interdisciplinary degree program in busi- ics, microstructure and properties of oxides for ness and engineering designed primarily for students environmental coatings, growth of single crystal piezo- with an undergraduate degree in engineering and two electric ceramics, creep and grain boundary chemistry of years or more of relevant work experience. The curricu- alumina, dielectric and electrical properties of glasses, lum consists of an MBA core and electives (23 credits) corrosion of glass. and engineering core and electives (18 credits), plus Electronic and Photonic Materials and Packaging: elec- other electives and a project which integrates business tromigration, degradation processes in light-emitting and engineering (4 credits). Students wishing to have the semiconductors, mechanical behavior of thin metal engineering core in Materials Science and Engineering films, reliability of MEMS materials, processing and per- may enter this program through the Materials Science formance of advanced solder alloys, polymer packaging and Engineering Department. materials, glass nanostructure and chemistry, glasses for Special Programs and Opportunities nonlinear optical applications, transparent glass-ceramics, photoinduced phenomena. The department has established specific recommended programs for the M.S., the M.Eng., and the Ph.D., Microstructural Characterization: transmission electron emphasizing the following areas: metals processing and microscopy, scanning electron microscopy, nanoscale performance, ceramics and glass processing and proper- compositional mapping, cathodoluminescence ties, electronic and photonic materials and packaging, microscopy and spectroscopy, x-ray microbeam diffrac- electron microscopy and microstructural characteriza- tion and fluorescence, x-ray microanalysis, electron-loss tion, and archaeometallurgy. spectrometry, extended x-ray absorption and electron energy loss fine structure (EXAFS and EXELFS). These programs are flexible and often interdisciplinary. Advanced level courses can be rescheduled to be held Archaeometallurgy: reconstruction of ancient smelting first thing in the morning or late in the day, when off- and fabrication processes, artifact analysis using modern campus students register. analytical methods, history of materials. Major Requirements Graduate-Level Courses The requirements are explained in section IV. A candi- Mat 401. Thermodynamics and Kinetics (3) fall date for the M.S. completes a thesis, unless fully funded Integrated treatment of the fundamentals of thermody- by industry, in which case a thesis is not required. M.S. namics, diffusion and kinetics, as related to materials thesis research normally represents six of the 30 semester processes. Laws of thermodynamics, conditions of equi- hours required for this degree. Candidates for the librium thermodynamics of phase transitions, diffusion M.Eng. complete a three-credit engineering project. in multicomponent systems, and kinetics of phase trans- A candidate for the Ph.D. prepares a preliminary pro- formations. DuPont and Eades. gram of courses and research, providing for specialization Mat 403. Structure and Properties (3) spring in some field (largely through research) in consultation The underlying principles of the structure of materials with the adviser. Prior to formal establishment of the and relationship to properties. Crystal structures and doctoral program by the special committee and its properties, point, line and planar defects and properties, approval by the college, the student passes a qualifying and non-crystalline structure including covalent-ionic, examination that must be taken in the first or second metallic and polymeric glasses and properties. Jain. year of doctoral work. The department does not require a foreign language. It does require preparation and Mat 405. Mathematical Methods in Materials defense of a research proposal as a portion of the general Science and Engineering (3) fall examination. Mathematical and computational skills required for an understanding of materials science principles. The topics Of the courses listed above only those in the 300 series to be discussed include vector and tensor calculus, with are available for graduate credit. There are many addi- applications to crystallography and materials properties, tional offerings in materials under the listings of other solution of differential equations, emphasizing rate equa- departments. tions and the diffusion equation, integral transforms for 278 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2003-2004 solving differential equations and computation of scatter- ents of concentration, potential, temperature and pres- ing intensities, statistics and experimental design, and sure. Effects of structural defects on diffusion in metals numerical methods and computer simulation. Cargill and nonmetals. Prerequisite: Math 23 and Mat 205 or and Rickman the equivalent. Mat 406. Solidification (3) Mat 417. Deformation and Strength of Solids (3) Structure, theory and properties of liquids. Topics related to deformation of solids including creep, Homogeneous and heterogeneous nucleation theory and strengthening mechanisms, annealing of deformed solids, experimental results. Solidification phenomena in pure, preferred orientation. Primary emphasis is on crystalline single and multiphase materials including the nature of materials. May be repeated for credit if different material the freezing interface, segregation, constitutional super- is covered. Prerequisite: Mat 218 or equivalent. cooling, dendritic growth, crystallographic effects, the Mat 418. Fatigue and Fracture of Engineering origin of defects, crystal growing, zone processes. Prerequisite: consent of the department chair. DuPont. Materials (3) Application of fracture mechanics concepts to the fatigue Mat 408. Transformations (3) fall and fracture of crystalline and amorphous solids. Fracture The thermodynamic, kinetic and phenomenological control design philosophies. Metallurgical aspects of frac- aspects of a wide spectrum of solid-state phase transfor- ture toughness and embrittlement susceptibility. mations. Theories of nucleation, growth and coarsening Environment-enhanced cracking. Fatigue crack propaga- of second-phase precipitates. Application of the theories tion in metals and polymers. Electron fractography. Failure to continuous and discontinuous reactions, massive, analysis case histories. Prerequisite: Mat 218 or equivalent. martensitic and bainitic transformations in metals. Transformations in nonmetallics. Prerequisite: Mat 205 Mat 419. Advanced Physical Metallurgy (3) and 216 or equivalent. Marder. Application of physical metallurgy principles to materials systems. Transformation structures and the influence of Mat 409. Current Topics in Materials (3) morphology on properties. Alloy design and heat treat- Recent practical and theoretical developments in materials. ment for improved strength, toughness, creep, corrosion This course may be repeated for credit if new material is resistance, electrical and magnetic properties. covered. Prerequisite: consent of the department chair. Prerequisite: Mat 325 or equivalent. Marder. Mat 410. Physical Chemistry of Metals (3) Mat 421. Fracture Analysis (3) Discussions of reactions involving gases and reactions Application of fracture mechanics concepts, microstruc- involving pure condensed phases and a gaseous phase. tural analysis, and fracture surface characterization to the Ellingham diagrams and equilibria in metal-oxygen-car- analysis and prevention of engineering component fail- bon systems. Consideration of the behavior of solutions ures. Extensive use of case histories. Introduction to legal and methods for determining thermodynamic properties aspects of product liability. Prerequisite: Mat 218 or of solutions by experimentation and computation. Mech 313 or equivalent. Prerequisite: Mat 205 or equivalent. Mat 423. Advanced Transmission Electron Mat 411. Modern Joining Methods (3) Microscopy (4) The foundations upon which the joining processes rest; The theory and practice of operation of the transmission the present limitations of the various processes; the and scanning transmission electron microscope. trends in new developments; the engineering and struc- Techniques covered include bright field, high resolution tural aspects of joining. Prerequisite: Mat 216 and 218 and weak-beam dark field, lattice imaging, diffraction or equivalent. pattern indexing and Kikuchi line analysis. The theory of Mat 412. Magnetic Properties of Materials (3) diffraction contrast is applied to the interpretation of Fundamental concepts of magnetism and magnetic proper- electron micrographs. Specimen preparation techniques. ties of ferro- and ferrimagnetic materials. Metallic and Prerequisite: Mat 334 or equivalent. Lyman, Eades. nonmetallic materials. Current application areas considered Mat 425. Topics in Materials Processing (3) as examples. Prerequisite: Phys 31 or 363 or equivalent. Topics such as: ceramics, metal, and polymer synthesis Mat 413. Formability of Metals (3) and compaction phenomena. Theories of sintering and Formability concept. Analysis of the microstructure grain growth. Physical behavior of sintered compacts. response to deformation processing parameters including Techniques of fiber and crystal growth. Vapor deposition state of stress, state of strain, stain rate, temperature, and and ultra-high-purity materials preparation. Desirable friction. Analysis of formability in metal forming process- preparation: Mat 204 or 206 or 214, and Mat 218. es. Defects. Seminar/discussion format. Prerequisite: Prerequisite: consent of the department chair. MAT 314 or consent of instructor. Misiolek. Mat 427. Advanced Scanning Electron Mat 415. Mechanical Behavior of Ceramic Solids (3) Microscopy (4) Strength, elasticity, creep, thermal stress fracture, hard- The theory and practice of operation of the scanning ness, abrasion and high-temperature deformation electron microscope and electron microprobe. characteristics of single- and multi-component brittle Techniques covered will include high-resolution scan- ceramic solids. Statistical theories of strength, static and ning, quantitative electron probe microanalysis. Electron cyclic fatigue, crack propagation, fracture toughness. beam sample interactions, X-ray spectrometry, and elec- Correlation of mechanical behavior, microstructure, and tron optics will be discussed in detail. Prerequisite: Mat processing parameters. Prerequisite: Mat 218 or consent 334 or equivalent. Lyman, Eades. of the department chair. Mat 429. Dielectric and Electrical Properties of Mat 416. Atom Movements (3) Ceramics (3) Phenomenological and atomistic development of the Basic concepts of dielectric and electrical phenomena in laws of diffusion and their solution. Influence of gradi- ceramics including dielectric loss, dielectric breakdown, Mathematics 279 ferroelectricity, piezoelectricity, mixed conduction, and conclusions and be embodied in a written report. interfacial effects. Physical and materials aspects of techno- Intended for candidates for the M.Eng. May be repeated logically important ceramics such as thermistors, varistors, for a total of three credit hours. boundary layer capacitors, solid electrolytes, gas sensors, Mat 461. Advanced Materials Research glasses, etc. Prerequisite: Mat 201 or equivalent. Jain. Techniques (3) Mat 430. Glass Science (3) Study of the theory and application of selected advanced Definition and formation of glass. Structure of common techniques for investigating the structure and properties inorganic (including metallic) and polymeric glass sys- of materials. May be repeated for credit with the tems. Methods of glass making. Phase separation of approval of the department chair. devitrification. Physical properties including diffusion, electrical conductivity, chemical durability, and optical Mat 482. (Chm 482, ChE 482) Engineering and mechanical properties. Special products including Behavior of Polymers (3) spring glass ceramics, optical fibers, photosensitive glasses, etc. A treatment of the mechanical behavior of polymers. Visit to a glass manufacturing plant may also be includ- Characterization of experimentally observed viscoelastic ed. Prerequisite: Mat 315 or equivalent. Jain. response of polymeric solids with the aid of mechanical model analogs. Topics include time-temperature super- Mat 431. Sintering Theory and Practice (3) position, experimental characterization of large Science and technology of the sintering of solid-state deformation and fracture processes, polymer adhesion, materials. Driving force and variables. Critical review of and the effects of fillers, plasticizers, moisture and aging the sintering models. Coverage of single phase, multi- on mechanical behavior. Pearson. phase and composite systems. Special sintering techniques such as fast firing, rate controlled sintering, Mat 485. (Chm 485, ChE 485) Polymer Blends hot pressing and transient second-phase sintering. and Composites (3) fall Sintering of specific ceramic and metal systems. Synthesis, morphology, and mechanical behavior of poly- Prerequisite: Mat 214 or equivalent. Harmer. mer blends and composites. Mechanical blends, block and graft copolymers, interpenetrating polymer net- Mat 432. Theories of Silicon Oxidation (3) works, polymer impregnated concrete, and fiber and A critical review is given of advanced theories of silicon particulate reinforced polymers are emphasized. oxidation. Present accepted theory (Deal-Grove) is inad- Prerequisite: any introductory polymer course or equiva- equate for explaining thin (state-of-the-art) oxides. lent. Sperling. Course will consider most recent approaches to theory of thin gate insulators. It will also include new experimental approaches that use “impurity gaseous doping” and halo- Mathematics gen additions. Professors. Huai-Dong Cao, Ph.D. (Princeton); A. MAT 435 Photonic Materials (3) Everett Pitcher Professor; Donald M. Davis, Ph.D. Scope of photonics, especially in communications. (Stanford); Vladimir Dobric, Ph.D. (Zagreb, Croatia); Characteristics of light. Optical properties of metals, Bennett Eisenberg, Ph.D. (M.I.T.); B. K. Ghosh, Ph.D. semiconductors and insulators. Nonlinear optical proper- (London); Samuel L. Gulden, M.A. (Princeton); Wei- ties. Materials for fibers, lasers, detectors, modulators, Min Huang, Ph.D. (Rochester); Samir A. Khabbaz, amplifiers and other components. Prerequisites: MAT Ph.D. (Kansas); Jerry P. King, Ph.D. (Kentucky); Eric P. 302 or consent of instructor. Jain. Salathe, Ph.D. (Brown), director of the Institute for Mat 437. (Mech 437) Dislocations and Strength in Biomedical Engineering and Mathematical Biology; Lee J. Stanley, Ph.D. (Berkeley); Steven H. Weintraub, Ph.D. Crystals (3) (Princeton), chair; Joseph E. Yukich, Ph.D. (M.I.T.). Theory and application of dislocations. Geometrical interpretation; elastic properties; force on a dislocation; Associate professors. Bruce A. Dodson, Ph.D. (S.U.N.Y. dislocation interactions and reactions; multiplication. at Stony Brook); Garth Isaak, Ph.D. (Rutgers); David L. Dislocations in crystal structures. Selected topics in Johnson, Ph.D. (M.I.T.); Terrence Napier, Ph.D. strengthening, plastic flow, creep, fatigue and fracture are (Chicago); Clifford S. Queen, Ph.D. (Ohio State); Susan discussed. Prerequisite: Math 205 or 231, or Mat 320; Szczepanski, Ph.D. (Rutgers); Ramamirthan Mat 317, or consent of the department chair. Wei. Venkataraman, Ph.D. (Brown). Mat 443. (Chem 443) Solid-State Chemistry (3) Assistant professor. Linghai Zhang, Ph.D. (Ohio State). Crystal structure, diffraction in crystals and on surfaces, Adjunct professor. Howard Fegan, Ph.D. (Oxford). bonding and energy spectra in solids, dielectrics, surface Visiting assistant professors. Cezar Joita, Ph.D. states and surface fields in crystals. Prerequisites: one (S.U.N.Y. at Buffalo); Miranda Teboh-Ewungkem, course in linear algebra and one course in quantum Ph.D. (Lehigh). mechanics. Klier. Mathematics is the universal language of science, and is Mat 458. Materials Design (3) essential for a clear and complete understanding of virtu- Analysis of design requirements for materials components. ally all phenomena. Mathematical training prepares a Selection of materials and processes. Study of failures in student to express and analyze problems and relation- process and service and application of recent metallurgical ships in a logical manner in a wide variety of disciplines and materials engineering knowledge for improved design. including the physical, engineering, social, biological, Solution and discussion of industrial problems, and outline and medical sciences, business, and pure mathematics of experimental approach. Prerequisite: consent of the chair. itself. This is a principal reason behind the perpetual need and demand for mathematicians in education, Mat 460. Engineering Project (1-3) research centers, government, and industry. In-depth study of a problem in the area of materials engineering or design. The study is to lead to specific 280 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2003-2004

The department offers three major programs leading to Math 208 Complex Variables (3) the degrees of bachelor of arts in mathematics, bachelor Math Electives (12) of science in mathematics, and bachelor of science in sta- tistics. It also offers five minor programs for Note: The 12 hours of electives must be approved by the stu- undergraduates. dent’s major advisor. A student must achieve an average of 2.0 or higher in major courses. The Division of Applied Mathematics and Statistics is a part of the Department of Mathematics. Details on B.S. in Mathematics Applied Mathematics and Statistics programs are There are two programs that lead to the degree of bache- described below. lor of science in mathematics: a general mathematics Calculus Sequences option and an applied mathematics option. The former is recommended for students who wish to pursue mathe- There are three calculus sequences: Math 21, 22, 23; matics in combination with a related field (such as Math 31, 32, 33; Math 51, 52. The 21-23 sequence is a physics, computer science or economics). The latter pro- systematic development of calculus. As an Honors vides a broad background in the major areas of sequence, the 31-33 sequence covers essentially the same applicable mathematics. A student participating in the material but in greater depth and with more attention to program is enrolled in the mathematics department. The rigor and proof. The 51-52 sequence is a survey of calcu- programs involve a total of 121 credit hours, and each is lus, which does not aim at such a systematic divided into four parts. A student must achieve an aver- development. Math 75-76 is a two-semester sequence age of 2.0 or higher in major courses. Each student is that substitutes for Math 21, covering the same material assigned a faculty advisor to guide an individual program at a slower pace. The 31-33 sequence should be consid- and supervise the choice of electives. ered by students who have demonstrated exceptional ability in mathematics. Students who may wish to con- General Mathematics Option sider the 31-33 sequence include those in science and College and university requirements (37 credit hours) engineering and those who are contemplating a possible Required Major Courses (39 credit hours) major in mathematics. Most students of science and engineering will take the 21-23 sequence. The 31-33 Math 21, 22, 23 Calculus (12) or sequence will be accepted in place of either of the other Math 31, 32, 33 Honors Calculus (12) sequences, and 21-22 will be accepted in place of 51-52. Math 12 Basic Statistics (4) or Credit will be awarded for only one course in each of the following groups: 21, 31, and 51; 22, 32, and 52; 23 Math 231 Probability and Statistics (3) and 33. If two courses in the same group are taken, cred- Math 205 Linear Methods (3) it will be given for the more advanced course; 3x is the Math 301 Principles of Analysis I (4) most advanced, while 5x is the least advanced. Math 208 Complex Variables (3) or Note that the 51-52 sequence is not sufficient prepara- Math 316 Complex Analysis (4) or tion for most subsequent mathematics courses. Thus, students contemplating further study in mathematics Math 302 Principles of Analysis II (4) should choose 21-22 instead. Math 242 Linear Algebra (4) B.A. in Mathematics Math 243 Algebra (4) The B.A. program in mathematics emphasizes funda- two CSE courses or one CSE course and Eng 1. mental principles as well as the mastery of techniques Major Electives (12 credit hours) required for the effective use of mathematics. The pro- Three courses with specific mathematical content chosen gram has the flexibility and versatility needed to prepare with the approval of the faculty advisor. students for careers in government, industry and educa- Electives (33 credit hours) tion. The program provides a solid foundation for those These are to be selected with the approval of the faculty who want to pursue advanced study in any mathemati- advisor to include at least 15 credit hours from at least cally oriented field. two fields of application. The program involves a total of 121 credit hours, 42 of which are in required major courses listed below. The Applied Mathematics Option remaining 79 credit hours are for college and university College and university requirements (37 credit hours). requirements, general electives, and additional mathe- See Section III. matics courses that a student may wish to take. Required Major Courses (45 credit hours) Required Major Courses (42 credit hours) Math 21, 22, 23 Calculus (12) or Math 21, 22, 23 Calculus I, II and III (12) or Math 31, 32, 33 Honors Calculus (12) Math 31, 32, 33 Honors Calculus I, II, III (12) Math 12 Basic Statistics (4) or Math 205 Linear Methods (3) or Math 231 Probability and Statistics (3) Math 320 Ordinary Differential Equations (4) Math 205 Linear Methods (3) Math 301 Principles of Analysis I (4) Math 208 Complex Variables (3) or Math 242 Linear Algebra (4) Math 316 Complex Analysis (4) Math 243 Algebra (4) Math 301 Principles of Analysis I (4) Math 302 Principles of Analysis II (4) or Math 230 Numerical Methods (3) Math 316 Complex Analysis (4) or Math 243 Algebra (4) or Mathematics 281

Math 261 Discrete Structures (3) or the student. An oral presentation as well as a written the- Math 242 Linear Algebra (4) sis are required for completion of the program. Math 320 Ordinary Differential Equations (4) Minor Programs Math 322 Methods of Applied Analysis I (3) The department offers four minor programs in different two CSE courses or one CSE course and Eng 1. branches of the mathematical sciences. Each program requires four courses shown below, and Math 23 or 33. Major Electives (12 credit hours) At most one of the courses in the minor program may Three courses with specific mathematical content chosen also be required in the major program. For substitutions, with the approval of the faculty advisor. the student should consult the chairperson. Electives (27 credit hours) Minor in Pure Mathematics These are to be selected to include a field of application with the approval of the faculty advisor. Math 242, 243, 301 Math 302 or 303 or 307 or 316 or 342 B.S. in Statistics Statistics is concerned with the development and applica- Minor in Applied Mathematics tion of techniques for collecting, analyzing and Two of Math 205, 208, 230, 231, 242, 320, 323 interpreting data in such a way that the reliability of the Math 322 conclusions can be quantified. Statistical analysis thus forms a fundamental tool in all experimental sciences Math 341 and is important in understanding chance phenomena. Minor in Probability and Statistics Mathematical principles, especially probability theory, underlie all statistical analyses. Math 12 or 231 The program involves a total of 121 credit hours, which Math 309 are divided into four parts. Two of Math 310, 312, 334, 338 College and university requirements (37 credit hours) Minor in Actuarial Science section III. Math 202, 205, 230, 231, Required Major Courses (42 credit hours) Math 309 or 334 Math 21, 22, 23 Calculus I, II and III (12) or For information on examinations of actuarial societies, Math 31, 32, 33 Honors Calculus I, II, III (12) students may consult their minor advisor. Math 12 Basic Statistics (4) Undergraduate Courses Math 205 Linear Methods (3) Math 0. Preparation for Calculus (2) summer-fall Math 309 Theory of Probability (3) Intensive review of fundamental concepts in mathemat- Math 310 Probability and Its Applications (3) ics utilized in calculus, including functions and graphs, Math 312 Computational Statistics (3) exponentials and logarithms, and trigonometry. This course is for students who need to take Math 51 or 21, Math 334 Mathematical Statistics (4) but who require remediation in precalculus. In particu- Math 338 Regression Analysis (4) lar, students who fail the Math 51 Readiness Exam must Math 374 Project (3) pass Math 0 before being admitted to Math 51. The credits for this course do not count toward graduation, Two CSE courses or one CSE course and Eng 1. but do count on the GPA and current credit count. Note: Math 12 may be replaced by Math 231. A student Prerequisite: department permission. must achieve an average of 2.0 or higher in major courses. Math 5. Introduction to Mathematical Thought Major Electives (12 credit hours) (3) spring At least three courses with specific mathematical and sta- Meaning, content, and methods of mathematical tistical content chosen with the approval of the faculty thought illustrated by topics that may be chosen from advisor. number theory, abstract algebra, combinatorics, finite or non-Euclidean geometries, game theory, mathematical Professional Electives (30 credit hours) logic, set theory, topology. (MA) These are to be selected from at least two fields of appli- cation of statistics and probability, such as biology, Math 9. Introduction to Finite Mathematics (4) psychology, social relations, computer science, engineer- fall ing, economics, and management. Systems of linear equations, matrices, introduction to lin- ear programming. Sets, counting methods, probability, The major and professional electives must be approved random variables, introduction to Markov chains. Students by the faculty advisor. may not receive credit for both Math 9 & 61. (MA) Departmental Honors Math 12. Basic Statistics (4) fall-spring Students may earn departmental honors by writing a A first course in the basic concepts and methods of sta- thesis during their senior year. Students are accepted into tistics with illustrations from the social, behavioral, and the program during their junior year by the department biological sciences. Descriptive statistics; frequency dis- chairperson. This acceptance is based upon the student’s tributions, mean and standard deviation, two-way tables, grades and a thesis proposal, which the student must correlation and regression; random sampling, rules of prepare in conjunction with a thesis advisor selected by probability, probability distributions and parameters, 282 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2003-2004 parameter estimation, confidence intervals, hypothesis this course is identical to the Math 21 final. Prerequisite: testing, statistical significance. (MA) Math 75. (MA) Note: Students may not have credit for Math 12 & Eco Math 171. Readings (1-3) fall-spring 145. Study of a topic in mathematics under individual super- Math 21. Calculus I (4) fall-spring vision. Intended for students with specific interests in Functions and graphs; limits and continuity; derivative, areas not covered in the listed courses. Prerequisite: con- differential, and applications; indefinite and definite sent of the department chair. (MA) integrals; trigonometric, logarithmic, exponential, and For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduate hyperbolic functions. (MA) Students Math 22. Calculus II (4) fall-spring Courses listed as (3-4) are 3 credits for graduate students Applications of integration; techniques of integration; and 4 credits for undergraduates. The extra credit will separable differential equations; infinite sequences and frequently involve some extra workshops or projects. series; Taylor’s Theorem and other approximations; curves and vectors in the plane. Prerequisite: Math 21 or Math 201. Problem Solving (1) fall Math 31. (MA) Practice in solving problems from mathematical contests using a variety of elementary techniques. (MA) Math 23. Calculus III (4) fall-spring Vectors in space; partial derivatives; Lagrange multipliers; Math 202. Actuarial Exam I (1) spring multiple integrals; vector analysis; line integrals; Green’s Practice in solving problems from the first actuarial Theorem, Gauss’s Theorem. Prerequisite: Math 22 or exam; problems in calculus and probability with insur- Math 32. (MA) ance applications. Prerequisites: Math 23 and 231. (MA) Math 31. Honors Calculus I (4) fall Math 205. Linear Methods (3) fall-spring Same topics as in Math 21, but taught from a more Linear differential equations and applications; matrices thorough and rigorous point of view. (MA) and systems of linear equations; vector spaces; eigenval- ues and application to linear systems of differential Math 32. Honors Calculus II (4) fall-spring equations. Prerequisite: Math 22 or 32. (MA) Same topics as in Math 22, but taught from a more thorough and rigorous point of view. Prerequisite: Math Math 207. (ChE 207) Introduction to Biomedical 31. (MA) Engineering and Mathematical Physiology (3) fall Topics in human physiology and mathematical analysis Math 33. Honors Calculus III (4) fall-spring of physiological phenomena, including the cardiovascu- Same topics as in Math 23, but taught from a more lar and respiratory systems, biomechanics, and renal thorough and rigorous point of view. Prerequisite: Math physiology; broad survey of bioengineering. Independent 32. (MA) study projects. Prerequisite: Math 205. (MA) Math 43. Survey of Linear Algebra (3) fall Math 208. Complex Variables (3) fall-spring Matrices, vectors, vector spaces and mathematical sys- Functions of a complex variable; calculus of residues; tems, special kinds of matrices, elementary matrix contour integration; applications to conformal mapping transformations, systems of linear equations, convex sets, and Laplace transforms. Prerequisite: Math 23 or Math introduction to linear programming. (MA). Students 33. (MA) may not receive credit for both Math 61 & 43. Math 230. Numerical Methods (3) fall Math 51. Survey of Calculus I (4) fall-spring Representation of numbers and rounding error; numeri- Limits. The derivative and applications to extrema, cal solution of equations; quadrature; polynomial and approximation, and related rates. Exponential and loga- spline interpolation; numerical solution of initial and rithm functions, growth and decay. Integration. Partial boundary value problems. Prerequisites: Math 205 (pre- derivatives and extrema. Prerequisite: Passing score on viously or concurrently) and knowledge of either Readiness Exam, or Math 0. (MA) FORTRAN or PASCAL. (MA) Math 52. Survey of Calculus II (3) fall-spring Math 231. Probability and Statistics (3) fall-spring Trigonometric functions and related derivatives and inte- Probability and distribution of random variables; popula- grals. Techniques of integration. Differential equations. tions and random sampling; chi-square and t Probability and calculus. Prerequisite: Math 21 or 31 or distributions; estimation and tests of hypotheses; correla- 51. (MA) tion and regression theory of two variables. Prerequisite: Math 61. Linear Algebra for Business and Math 23 or Math 33 or Math 52. (MA) Economics (2) fall-spring Math 234. Fractal Geometry (3-4) Matrices, solutions of linear systems, linear program- Metric spaces and iterated function systems; various ming, examples from business and economics, computer types of fractal dimension; Julia and Mandelbrot sets. solutions. (MA). Students may not receive credit for Other topics such as chaos may be included. Small both Math 61 & 9, or for both Math 61 & 43. amount of computer use. Prerequisite: Math 23 or Math Math 75. Calculus I, Part A (2) fall 33. (MA) Covers the same material as the first half of Math 21. Math 242. Linear Algebra (3-4) fall Meets three hours per week, allowing more class time for Thorough treatment of the solution of m simultaneous each topic than does Math 21. (MA) linear equations in n unknowns, including a discussion Math 76. Calculus I, Part B (2) spring of the computational complexity of the calculation. Continuation of Math 75, covering the second half of Vector spaces, linear dependence, bases, orthogonality, Math 21. Meets three hours per week. Final exam for eigenvalues. Applications as time permits. Prerequisite: Math 23 or 33 or 52. (MA) Mathematics 283

Math 243. Algebra (3-4) spring Math 312. Computational Statistics (3-4) Introduction to basic concepts of modern algebra: Exploratory data analysis; Monte Carlo methods; ran- groups, rings, and fields. (MA) domization and resampling. Computational aspects Math 251. Combinatorics (3-4) based on software tools and statistical packages. Topics selected from enumeration, graphs and networks, Prerequisite: Math 12 or Math 231. (MA) Ramsey theory, ordered sets, min-max duality, and Math 316. Complex Analysis (3-4) spring designs. Theory will be motivated by applications from Concept of analytic function from the points of view of operations research and computer science. Prerequisite: the Cauchy-Riemann equations, power series, complex Math 22 or consent of instructor. (MA) integration, and conformal mapping. Prerequisite: Math Math 261. (CSE 261) Discrete Structures (3) 301. (MA) Topics in discrete mathematical structures chosen for Math 320. Ordinary Differential Equations (3-4) their applicability to computer science and engineering. spring Sets, propositions, induction, recursion; combinatorics; The analytical and geometric theory of ordinary differen- binary relations and functions; ordering, lattices and tial equations, including such topics as linear systems, Boolean algebra; graphs and trees; groups and homomor- systems in the complex plane, oscillation theory, stability phisms. Prerequisites: Math 21. (MA) theory, geometric theory of nonlinear systems, finite dif- Math 301. Principles of Analysis I (3-4) fall ference methods, general dynamical systems. Existence of limits, continuity and uniform continuity; Prerequisite: Math 205, or both Math 23, 33 and Math Heine-Borel Theorem; existence of extreme values; mean 242. (MA) value theorem and applications; conditions for the exis- Math 322. Methods of Applied Analysis I (3) fall tence of the Riemann integral; absolute and uniform Fourier series, eigenfunction expansions, Sturm-Liouville convergence; emphasis on theoretical material from the problems, Fourier integrals and their application to par- calculus of one variable. Prerequisite: Math 23 or Math tial differential equations; special functions. Emphasis is 33. (MA) on a wide variety of formal applications rather than logi- Math 302. Principles of Analysis II (3-4) spring cal development. Prerequisite: Math 205 or consent of Continuation of Math 301. Functions of several vari- the department chair. (MA) ables; the implicit function theorem, and further topics Math 323. Methods of Applied Analysis II (3) with applications to analysis and geometry. Prerequisite: spring Math 301. (MA) Green’s functions; integral equations; variational meth- Math 303. (Phil 303) Mathematical Logic (3-4) ods; asymptotic expansions, method of saddle points; fall calculus of vector fields, exterior differential calculus. A course, on a mathematically mature level, designed not Prerequisite: Math 322. (MA) only to acquaint the student with logical techniques used Math 327. Groups and Rings (3-4) fall in mathematics but also to present symbolic logic as an An intensive study of the concepts of group theory important adjunct to the study of the foundations of including the Sylow theorems, and of ring theory includ- mathematics. Prerequisite: non-Math majors need Phil ing unique factorization domains and polynomial rings. 114. (MA) Prerequisite: Math 243 or consent of the department Math 304. Axiomatic Set Theory (3-4) fall chair. (MA) A development of set theory from axioms; relations and Math 329. Recursive Functions and the Theory of functions; ordinal and cardinal arithmetic; recursion the- Computation (3-4) spring orem; axiom of choice; independence questions. Core development of classical recursion theory, enumera- Prerequisite: Math 301 or consent of the department tion, index and recursion theorems, using a simple chair. (MA) programming language as a model of computation. Math 307. General Topology I (3-4) fall Other models of computation and Church’s Thesis. An introductory study of topological spaces, including Recursive operators and their fixed points. (MA) metric spaces, separation and countability axioms, con- Math 334. Mathematical Statistics (3-4) spring nectedness, compactness, product spaces, quotient Populations and random sampling; sampling distribu- spaces, function spaces. Prerequisite: Math 301. (MA) tions; theory of statistical estimation; criteria and Math 309. Theory of Probability (3) fall methods of point and interval estimation; theory of test- Probabilities of events on discrete and continuous sample ing statistical hypotheses. Prerequisite: Math 231 or spaces; random variables and probability distributions; Math 309. (MA) expectations; transformations; simplest kind of law of Math 338. Regression Analysis (3-4) spring large numbers and central limit theorem. The theory is Least square principles in multiple regression and their applied to problems in physical and biological sciences. interpretations; estimation, hypothesis testing, confi- Prerequisite: Math 23 or Math 33 or Math 52. (MA) dence and prediction intervals; residual analysis, Math 310. Probability and Its Applications (3-4) multicollinearity, selection of regression models; compar- spring ison of data sets, analysis of variance and covariance, Continuation of Math 309. Random variables, charac- simultaneous inference procedures. Use of computer teristic functions, limit theorems; stochastic processes, packages for statistical analysis. Prerequisite: Math 12 or Kolmogorov equations; Markov chains, random walks. 231. (MA) Prerequisite: Math 309 or consent of the department chair. (MA) 284 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2003-2004

Math 340. (CSE 340) Design and Analysis of M.S. in Statistics Algorithms (3) spring This program requires 30 credit hours of graduate cours- Algorithms for searching, sorting, counting, graph and tree es with at least 18 hours of 400-level Stat or Math manipulation, matrix multiplication, scheduling, pattern courses. The choice of courses must be approved by the matching and fast Fourier transforms. Abstract complexity graduate advisor, and up to six hours of coursework may measures and the intrinsic complexity of algorithms and be replaced with a thesis. All students in the program problems in terms of asymptotic behavior; correctness of must also pass a comprehensive examination. algorithms. Prerequisites: Math 22 and Math 261, or con- The M.S. program in statistics has two tracks. The statis- sent of the department chairperson. (MA) tics track has recommended courses Math 309, Stat 412, Math 341. Mathematical Models and Their 434, and 462; Formulation (3) spring electives Stat 410, 438, and 461; and other possible elec- Mathematical modeling of engineering and physical sys- tives Stat 408 and 409, Educ 411, I.E. 332, 409, and tems with examples drawn from diverse disciplines. 410, Eco 455 and 463, CSE 411, and Mech 405. The Emphasis is on building models of real world problems stochastic modeling track has recommended courses Math rather than learning mathematical techniques. 309 and 401, and Stat 410 and 463; Prerequisite: Math 205. (MA) electives Math 341 and Stat 434, 438, and 464; and Math 342. Number Theory (3-4) other possible electives Stat 408 and 409, Math 402, A survey of elementary and nonelementary algebraic and 407, 430, 467, and 468, Eco 453, CSE 411, Mech 405, analytic methods in the theory of numbers. Includes the and I.E. 316, 339, 409, 416, and 439. Euclidean algorithm, Diophantine equations congru- ences, quadratic residues, primitive roots, Ph.D. in Mathematics number-theoretic functions as well as one or more of the The plan of work toward the doctor of philosophy following topics: distribution of primes, Pell’s equation, degree will include a comprehensive examination and a Fermat’s theorem, partitions. Prerequisite: Math 301 or qualifying examination. The latter tests the student’s consent of the department chair. (MA) command of three of the following areas: analysis, func- tional analysis, algebra, combinatorial theory, geometry, Math 350. Special Topics (3) fall-spring topology, probability, statistics, logic, numerical analysis, A course covering special topics not sufficiently covered and differential equations. A general examination, a for- in listed courses. Prerequisite: consent of the department eign language examination, and the doctoral dissertation chair. May be repeated for credit. (MA) and its defense complete the work for the Ph.D. degree. Math 371. Readings (1-3) fall-spring The department accepts candidates for the Ph.D. who The study of a topic in mathematics under appropriate desire to specialize in any of the areas listed above. Each supervision, designed for the individual student who has candidate’s plan of work must be approved by a special studied extensively and whose interests lie in areas not committee of the department. A Ph.D. student is required covered in the listed courses. Prerequisite: consent of the to have 18 credits of approved graduate level course work department chair. May be repeated for credit (MA) beyond the master’s level. After completion of 18 credits a Math 374. Statistical Project (3) student is required to take at least one course per academic Supervised field project or independent reading in statis- year other than Math 409, 410, and 499. tics or probability. Prerequisite: consent of the Ph.D. in Applied Mathematics department chair. (MA) In this program, the three qualifying examinations are Math 391. Senior Honors Thesis (3) fall-spring chosen from among analysis, applied probability; differ- Independent research under faculty supervision, culmi- ential equations; discrete structures, combinatorial nating in a thesis presented for departmental honors. analysis and graph theory; linear algebra and linear pro- May be repeated once for credit. Prerequisite: consent of gramming; numerical methods; or another area in the chair (MA) mathematical and physical sciences chosen by the appli- cant and approved by the department. Aside from this, Graduate Programs in Mathematics the program description agrees with the above descrip- The department offers graduate programs leading to the tion of the Ph.D. in mathematics. degrees of master of science in mathematics, applied mathematics, or statistics, and the doctor of philosophy Graduate Courses in mathematics or applied mathematics. Math 401. Real Analysis I (3) fall To begin graduate work in mathematics a student must Set theory, real numbers; introduction to measures, present evidence of adequate undergraduate preparation. Lebesgue measure; integration, general convergence the- The undergraduate program should have included a year orems; differentiation, functions of bounded variation, of advanced calculus, a semester of linear algebra, and a absolute continuity; Lp spaces. Prerequisites: Math 302 semester of abstract algebra. or consent of department chair. M.S. in Mathematics or Applied Mathematics Math 402. Real Analysis II (3) spring The master’s program demands 30 credit hours of gradu- Metric spaces; introduction to Banach and Hilbert space ate courses with at least 18 hours at the 400 level. With theory; Fourier series and Fejer operators; general meas- the permission of the chairperson, up to six hours of ure and integration theory, Radon-Nikodym and Riesz these courses can be replaced by a thesis. All students in representation and theorems; Lebesgue-Stieljtes integral. the master’s program must also pass a comprehensive Prerequisites: Math 307 and Math 401. examination. The M.S. degree can serve both as a final degree in mathematics or as an appropriate background for the Ph.D. degree. Mathematics 285

Math 403. Topics in Real Analysis (3) geodesics, Gauss-Bonnet formula. Riemannian metrics, Intensive study of topics in analysis with emphasis on connections, sectional curvature, generalized Gauss- recent developments. Prerequisite: consent of the depart- Bonnet theorem. Further topics. Prerequisite: Math 423. ment chair. May be repeated for credit. Math 428. Fields and Modules (3) spring Math 404. Mathematical Logic (3) Field theory, including an introduction to Galois theory; Topics in quantification theory relevant to formalized the theory of modules, including tensor products and theories, recursive functions, Godel’s incompleteness the- classical algebras. Prerequisite: Math 327. orem; algorithms and computability. Math 430. Numerical Analysis (3) spring Math 405. Partial Differential Equations I (3) fall Multistep methods for ordinary differential equations; Classification of partial differential equations; methods of finite difference methods for partial differential equa- characteristics for first order equations; methods for repre- tions; numerical approximation of functions. Use of senting solutions of the potential, heat, and wave equations, computer required. Prerequisite: Math 230 or consent of and properties of the solutions of these equations; maxi- the department chair. mum principles. Prerequisite: Math 302 or its equivalent. Math 431. Calculus of Variations (3) Math 406. Partial Differential Equations II (3) Existence of a relative minimum for single and multiple spring integral problems; variational inequalities of elliptic and Continuation of Math 405. Emphasis on second order parabolic types and methods of approximating a solu- equations with variable coefficients and systems of first tion. Prerequisite: Math 302 or its equivalent. order partial differential equations. Prerequisite: Math 405. Math 435. Functional Analysis I (3) fall Math 407. Theory and Technique of Banach spaces and linear operators; separation and exten- Optimization (3) sion theorems; open mapping and uniform boundedness Linear programming: simplex and revised simplex meth- principles; weak topologies; local convexity and duality; ods, duality theory; unconstrained optimization by Banach algebras; spectral theory of operators; and com- one-dimensional search methods; convexity and Kuhn- pact operators. Prerequisites: Math 307 and Math 401. Tucker conditions, applications to methods for Math 444. Algebraic Topology II (3) constrained optimization. Continuation of Math 408. Cohomology theory, prod- Math 408. Algebraic Topology I (3) ucts, duality. Prerequisite: Math 408. Polyhedra; fundamental groups; simplicial and singular Math 445. Topics in Algebraic Topology (3) homology. Selected topics reflecting the interests of the professor Math 409.(Stat 409) Mathematics Seminar (1-6) and the students. Prerequisite: Math 444. fall Math 446. Combinatorics (3) fall An intensive study of some field of mathematics not Fundamental combinatorial theories and modern tech- offered in another course. Prerequisite: consent of the niques interconnecting these theories. Topics selected department chair. from: enumeration, Ramsey theory, extremal set theory, Math 410.(Stat 408) Mathematics Seminar (1-6) hypergraphs, structural and extremal graph theory, polyhe- spring dral combinatorics, designs and codes, matroids, ordered sets and lattices. Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Continuation of the field of study in Math 409 or the intensive study of a different field. Prerequisite: consent Math 448. Combinatorics and Graph Theory (3) of the department chair. spring Math 416. Complex Function Theory (3) fall Fundamental theories and techniques for graphs, ordered Continuation of Math 316. Prerequisite: Math 316 or sets, hypergraphs, extremal set theory, and matroids. consent of the department chair. Topics are distinct from those of Math 446, which is not a prerequisite for this course. Prerequisite: consent of Math 421. Introduction to Wavelets (3) instructor. Continuous and discrete signals; review of Fourier analy- sis; discrete wavelets; time-frequency spaces; Haar and Math 449. Topics in Algebra (3) Walsh systems; multiresolution analysis; Hilbert spaces; Intensive study of topics in algebra with emphasis on quadratic mirror filters; fast wavelet transforms; comput- recent developments. Prerequisite: consent of the depart- er code; applications to filtering, compression, and ment chairman. May be repeated for credit with the imaging. Prerequisite: ECE 108, Math 205, or consent consent of the department chair. of instructor. Math 450. Special Topics (3) fall-spring Math 423. Differential Geometry I (3) Intensive study of some field of the mathematical sci- Differential manifolds, tangent vectors and differentials, ences not covered in listed courses. Prerequisite: consent submanifolds and the implicit function theorem. Lie of the department chair. May be repeated for credit with groups and Lie algebras, homogeneous spaces. Tensor the consent of the department chair. and exterior algebras, tensor fields and differential forms, Math 455. Topics in Number Theory (3) de Rham cohomology, Stokes’ theorem, the Hodge theo- Selected topics in algebraic and analytic number theory. rem. Prerequisite: Math 301, 302, or Math 243 or Math Prerequisites: Math 316 and Math 327. May be repeated 205 with consent of instructor. for credit with consent of the department chair. Math 424. Differential Geometry II (3) Curves and surfaces in Euclidean space; mean and Gaussian curvatures, covariant differentiation, parallelism, 286 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2003-2004

Math 461. (Stat 461) Topics in Mathematical Math 499. Dissertation Statistics (3) Statistics An intensive study of one or more topics such as theory Stat 408. (Math 410) Seminar in Statistics and of statistical tests, statistical estimation, regression, analy- Probability (1-6) spring sis of variance, nonparametric methods, stochastic Intensive study of some field of statistics or probability approximation, and decision theory. Prerequisites: Math not offered in another course. Prerequisite: consent of 334 and Math 401. May be repeated for credit with con- the graduate advisor. sent of the department chair. Stat 409 (Math 409) Seminar in Statistics and Math 462. (Stat 462) Nonparametric Statistics (3) Probability (1-6) fall fall Intensive study of some field of statistics or probability Order and rank statistics; tests based on runs, signs, not offered in another course. Prerequisite: consent of ranks, and order statistics; chi-square and Kolmogorov- the graduate advisor. Smirnov tests for goodness of fit; the two-sample problem; confidence and tolerance intervals. Prerequisite: Stat 410. Probability and its Applications (3) Math 231 or 309. spring Math 463. (Stat 463) Advanced Probability (3) See Math 310. Measure theoretic foundations; random variables, inte- Stat 412. Computational Statistics (3) gration in a measure space, expectations; convergence of See Math 312. random variables and probability measures; conditional Stat 434. Mathematical Statistics (3) spring expectations; characteristic functions; sums of random See Math 334. variables, limit theorems. Prerequisites: Math 309 and Math 401. Stat 438. Regression Analysis (3) spring Math 464. (Stat 464) Advanced Stochastic See Math 338 Processes (3) Stat 461 (Math 461). Topics in Mathematical Theory of stochastic processes; stopping times; martin- Statistics (3) gales; Markov processes; Brownian motion; Skorohod See Math 461. imbedding; Brownian bridge, laws of suprema; Gaussian Stat 462 (Math 462). Nonparametric Statistics (3) processes. Prerequisites: Math 309 and Math 401. See Math 462. Math 467. Financial Calculus I (3) fall Stat 463 (Math 463). Advanced Probability (3) Basic mathematical concepts behind derivative pricing See Math 463. and portfolio management of derivative securities. Development of Arbitrage Pricing Theory in the context Stat 464 (Math 464). Advanced Stochastic of the binomial model and Black-Sholes model. Option Processes (3) pricing in more realistic scenarios. Introduction to the See Math 464. theory of Brownian motion and Ito calculus (Stochastic Calculus). Prerequisites: Math 23, 43, or 205, 12 or 231, Mechanical Engineering and or consent of instructor. Math 468. Financial Calculus II (3) spring Mechanics Topics on continuous-time martingales, Brownian Professors. Herman F. Nied, Ph.D. (Lehigh), chair; motion and Ito calculus. The absence of arbitrage oppor- Philip A. Blythe, Ph.D. (Manchester, England); Forbes tunities and the existence of equivalent martingale T. Brown, Sc.D. (M.I.T.); John P. Coulter, Ph.D. measures, the pricing of contingent claims. Quantitative (Delaware); Terry J. Delph, Ph.D. (Stanford); D. Gary methods for portfolio management with the Capital Harlow, Ph.D. (Cornell); Ronald J. Hartranft, Ph.D. Asset Pricing Model and Merton’s continuous time (Lehigh); Stanley H. Johnson, Ph.D. (Berkeley); Arturs dynamic models. Models for the random evolution of Kalnins, Ph.D. (Michigan); Jacob Y. Kazakia, Ph.D. the term structure of interest rates. Prerequisites: Math (Lehigh); Edward K. Levy, Sc.D. (M.I.T.), director, 402, or Math 463 and 467, or consent of instructor. Energy Research Center; Alistair K. Macpherson, Ph.D. Math 470. Proseminar (3) spring (Sydney, Australia); Sudhakar Neti, Ph.D. (Kentucky); Preparation for entering the mathematics profession. John Ochs, Ph.D. (Penn State); Tulga M. Ozsoy, Ph.D. Seminar will concentrate on methods of teaching mathe- (Istanbul, Turkey); Richard Roberts, Ph.D. (Lehigh); matics, and will include other topics such as duties of a Donald O. Rockwell, Ph.D. (Lehigh), Paul B. Reinhold professor and searching for a job. Prerequisite: consent of Professor; Kenneth N. Sawyers, Ph.D. (Brown); Charles mathematics graduate advisor. R. Smith, Ph.D. (Stanford); Eric Varley, Ph.D. (Brown); Arkady Voloshin, Ph.D. (Tel-Aviv, Israel); J. David A. Math 471. Homological Algebra (3) Walker, Ph.D. (Western Ontario, Canada); Robert P. Modules, tensor products, categories and functions, Wei, Ph.D. (Princeton), Paul B. Reinhold Professor. homology functors, projective and injective modules. Prerequisite: Math 428. Associate professors. Meng-Sang Chew, Ph.D. (Columbia); Joachim L. Grenestedt, Ph.D. (KTH, Royal Math 472. Group Representations (3) Inst. of Tech., Stockholm, Sweden); Robert A. Lucas, Linear representations and character theory with empha- Ph.D. (Lehigh), associate chair; Alparslan Öztekin, Ph.D. sis on the finite and compact cases. Prerequisite: Math (Illinois); N. Duke Perreira, Ph.D. (California, Los 428 or consent of the department chairperson. Angeles). Math 490. Thesis Mechanical Engineering and Mechanics 287

Emeritus professors. Russell E. Benner, Ph.D. (Lehigh); Achievement of the six educational objectives is served Fazil Erdogan, Ph.D. (Lehigh); Jerzy A. Owczarek, first through a sound education in mathematics and Ph.D. (London, England); Ronald S. Rivlin, Sc.D. those physical and engineering sciences that are of great- (Cambridge); Robert G. Sarubbi, Ph.D. (Lehigh); est relevance to the design and analysis of mechanical George C.M. Sih, Ph.D. (Lehigh); Gerald F. Smith, systems; second, by exposure to the engineering process Ph.D. (Brown); Theodore A. Terry, Ph.D. (Lehigh); (creation, innovation, analysis and judgment) through Dean P. Updike, Ph.D. (Brown). design courses, projects, laboratories, and a choice of technical electives that permits a degree of specialization; Educational Mission and third, by the development of cultural awareness The Department of Mechanical Engineering and through courses in humanities and social sciences. Mechanics prepares our students to be learners, and Students may take elective courses that transcend tradi- agents in both the application and development of tech- tional disciplinary lines, while satisfying the basic nology to better serve the needs of society. requirements for mechanical engineering. Program Educational Objectives Design and engineering practices are integrated with the engineering science aspects of the program. Through a Mechanical engineering is one of the core disciplines in broadening of the design sequence to include hands-on the P.C. Rossin College of Engineering and Applied manufacturing and multi-disciplinary collaborations, the Science (RCEAS). The department is committed to serv- program seeks to emphasize the integration of design, ing the overall mission of the RCEAS, and of the manufacturing, business, and aesthetics in modern tech- University, by providing education and training to nological enterprises, and to prepare our students to undergraduate and graduate students, by developing new function in an increasingly interdisciplinary environ- knowledge and engineering methodology, and by provid- ment. Through a comprehensive set of laboratory ing service to industry and society at large. To achieve courses, which ultimately focus on the design and plan- our Educational Mission, the Department of Mechanical ning of laboratory experiences by the students (rather Engineering has established a set of Program Educational than carrying out rote experiments), opportunities are Objectives, which are to educate engineers who can: provided for students to learn and employ the processes •Model, formulate and creatively synthesize (i.e and skills for solving hands-on engineering problems. design) realistic and practical systems, products, and environments; B.S. in Mechanical Engineering •Naturally incorporate basic sciences and the art of Mechanical engineering is one of the broadest of the mathematics as part of their thinking and problem- engineering professions, dealing generally with systems solving processes; for energy conversion, material transport and the control of motions and forces. •Design, conduct, and analyze experimental tests of practical systems and products; Mechanical engineers may choose from among many dif- ferent activities in their careers, according to their •Understand and appreciate the technical diversity interests and the changing needs of society. Some concen- required to develop new products/processes, and use trate on the conversion of thermal, nuclear, solar, this understanding to work effectively in multi-disci- chemical and electrical energy, or on the problems of air, plinary teams; water, and noise pollution. Some concentrate on the •Develop an appreciation of the contemporary world, design of mechanical systems used in transportation, and be able to contribute to it in a professional and manufacturing or health care industries or by individual ethical manner; consumers. Some will be working, a decade from now, in • Learn how to learn, so that life-long learning becomes fields that do not yet exist. Most will be engaged with second nature. concepts involving all four dimensions of space and time. In concert with these objectives, the academic program The curriculum leading toward the bachelor of science of the department seeks to prepare our students to adapt in mechanical engineering combines a broad base in to the rapid advances and changes in technology, and to mathematics, physical sciences, and the engineering sci- serve as agents and leaders in effecting these changes, ences (mechanics of solids, materials, dynamics and while being cognizant of the needs and concerns of the fluid, thermal and electrical sciences), including labora- society at large. tory. Special emphasis is placed on the practice of The undergraduate program in mechanical engineering modern Integrated Product Development, combining state- focuses principally on the first five of these objectives, of-the-art computer-aided design and manufacturing and is configured to prepare our students for employ- methods in a business-oriented framework. Several spe- ment, and continued professional development and cific application fields are chosen toward the end of the growth. The program provides students with the basic program in the form of four or more courses elected education they will need to function in an engineering from a wide variety of 300-level offerings. Courses in environment, pursue graduate studies, continue their mechanical engineering and engineering mechanics are professional development and growth, and develop an equally available. awareness of the culture and society in which we live. The course requirements for a B.S. degree in mechanical Because of technological innovations and the long-term engineering are listed below. In addition to required demands of global competition, the program also seeks mathematics, physics, chemistry and basic engineering to prepare students to adapt to rapid advances and courses, the program includes a minimum of seven cours- changes in technology, and to provide leadership in es in humanities and social sciences (see humanities/social effecting these changes, consistent with the sixth educa- sciences), two free electives and five approved electives. tional objective for life-long learning. The total graduation requirement is 133 credits. 288 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2003-2004

Undergraduate Curriculum in Mechanical These electives are of six types: Engineering Mechanical Engineering Electives freshman year (see Engineering, freshman year, Section (17) Humanities/Social Sciences: A total of 17 credits of III) electives in humanities and social science, which sophomore year, first semester (16 - 18 credit hours) must include Eco 1. (Note that these electives are in ME 10 Graphics for Engineering Design (3) addition to the 6 hours of required freshman English.) See description of HSS in Section III of ME 111 Professional Development (1) this catalog. Mech 2 Elementary Engineering Mechanics (3) (3) ME 321 Introduction to Heat Transfer (3) Mat 33 Engineering Materials and Processes (3) (3) Engr. Elective A: One, 3-credit course selected from Math 23 Analytical Geometry & Calculus III (4) the following: Mech 302, Mech 305, ME 304, ME elective (2 - 4) 322, ME 331, or ME 343 sophomore year, second semester (16 - 18 credit (3) Engr. Elective B: One, 3-credit course selected from hours)* any ME 300 or Mech 300-level course, excluding ME 310 ME 104 Thermodynamics I (3) (9) Engr. Elective C: Three, 3-credit courses selected Mech 12 Strength of Materials (3) from any ME 300/Mech 300-level course or an Phy 21,22 Introductory Physics II and Laboratory (5) engineering/science/mathematics course, as approved Math 205 Linear Methods (3) by the department chair. ME 310 may be taken once to satisfy this requirement. elective (2 - 4) (6) Free electives: 6 credit hours in any subject area are *Co-op students must take ME 21 this semester (17-19 required credit hours). See below for Co-op program details. junior year, first semester (16 - 18 credit hours) Co-op Program ME 21 Mechanical Engineering Lab I (1) To participate in the Co-op program you must rank in the top third of the engineering class after three semes- ME 231 Fluid Mechanics (3) ters of study and attend a summer program between the Mech 102 Dynamics (3) sophomore and junior years. See your advisor or contact ECE 81 Principles of Electrical Engineering (4) the Co-op Faculty Liaison for further details. Math 208 Complex Variables (3) or B.S. in Engineering Mechanics Math 230 Numerical Methods (3) or The curriculum in engineering mechanics is designed to Math 231 Probability and Statistics (3) prepare students for careers in engineering research and elective (2 - 4) development, and is especially appropriate for students wishing to specialize in the analysis of engineering sys- junior year, second semester (16 - 18 credit hours) tems. In many industries and governmental laboratories ME 121 Mechanical Engineering Lab II (1) there is a demand for men and women with broad train- ME 211 Mechanical Engineering Design I (3) ing in the fundamentals of engineering in which engineering mechanics and applied mathematics play an ME 240 Manufacturing (3) important role. ME 242 Mechanical Engineering Systems (3) The first two years of the curriculum is the same as that ME 252 Mechanical Elements (3) in mechanical engineering. One of the advantages of the ECE 162 Electrical Laboratory (1) curriculum is the flexibility it offers through 18 credits of elective (2 - 4) technical and six credits of personal electives in the junior and senior years. Beyond the sophomore year there are senior year, first semester (16 - 18 credit hours) required courses in dynamics, solid mechanics, fluid ME 212 Mechanical Engineering Design II (2) mechanics, heat transfer, principles of electrical engineer- Senior Laboratory (2) ing, mathematics, vibrations, and senior laboratories or projects. It is recommended that the electives be chosen electives (12 - 14) either to concentrate in areas such as applied mathematics senior year, second semester (16 - 18 credit hours) and computational mechanics, solid mechanics, engineer- Senior Laboratory (2) ing materials, and fluid mechanics or to obtain further depth in all areas. The academic advisor for the engineer- electives (14 - 16) ing mechanics program will provide guidance in Senior Laboratories formulating the student’s goals and choosing electives. Select two out of the following four courses: In addition to the required and elective courses in math- ME 207, ME 208, ME 210, and ME 389. ematics, sciences and engineering, the B.S. degree The total number of credits required for graduation is program in engineering mechanics includes a minimum 133. A total of 41 credits in electives must be taken. of seven courses in humanities and social sciences (see humanities/social sciences). The total graduation require- ment is 131 credits. Mechanical Engineering and Mechanics 289

Undergraduate Curriculum in Engineering Mech 312 Finite Element Analysis (3) Mechanics Mech 313 Fracture Mechanics (3) freshman and sophomore years: same as ME curriculum Math 322 Methods of Applied Analysis I (3) junior year, first semester (16 - 18 credit hours) Engineering Materials ME 21 Mechanical Engineering Lab I (1) Mech 305 Advanced Mechanics of Materials (3) ME 231 Fluid Mechanics (3) Mech 313 Fracture Mechanics (3) Mech 102 Dynamics (3) Mat 218 Mechanical Behavior of Materials (3) ECE 81 Principles of Electrical Engineering (4) Phy 31 Introduction to Quantum Mechanics (3) Math 230 Numerical Methods (3) Phy 363 Physics of Solids (3) elective (2 - 4) junior year, second semester (16 - 18 credit hours) Fluid Mechanics ME 121 Mechanical Engineering Lab II (1) ME 331 Advanced Fluid Mechanics (3) ME 240 Manufacturing (3) ME 322 Gas Dynamics (3) ME 242 Mechanical Engineering Systems (3) Mech 326 Aerodynamics (3) ECE 162 Electrical Laboratory (1) Math 322 Methods of Applied Analysis I (3) Math 208 Complex Variables (3) Undergraduate Courses in Mechanical electives (5 - 7) Engineering senior year, first semester (16 - 18 credit hours) ME 10. Graphics for Engineering Design (3) fall Senior Laboratory (2) Graphical description of mechanical engineering design electives (14 - 16) for visualization and communication by freehand sketch- ing, production drawings, and 3-D solid geometric senior year, second semester (16 - 18 credit hours) representations. Introduction to creation, storage, and Senior Laboratory (2) manipulation of such graphical descriptions through an electives (14 - 16) integrated design project using state-of-the art, commer- cially available computer-aided engineering software. The total number of credits required for graduation is Lectures and laboratory. (ES 1), (ED 2) 131. A total of 44 credits in electives must be taken. These electives are of five types: ME 21. Mechanical Engineering Laboratory I (1) Engineering Mechanics Electives fall, spring Experimental methods in mechanical engineering and (17)Humanities/Social Sciences: A total of 17 credits of mechanics. Analysis of experimental error and error electives in humanities and social science, which propagation. Introduction to elementary instrumenta- must include Eco 1. (Note that these electives are in tion. Introduction to digital data acquisition. addition to the 6 hours of required freshman Prerequisite: Mech 12, previously or concurrently. (ES English.) See description of HSS in Section III of 1), (ED 0) this catalog. (3) ME 321 Introduction to Heat Transfer (3) ME 104. Thermodynamics I (3) fall, spring Basic concepts and principles of thermodynamics with (6) Engr. Mechanics Elective A: Two, 3-credit courses emphasis on simple compressible substances. First and selected from the following: Mech 302, Mech 305, second law development, energy equations, reversibility, ME 304, ME 322, ME 331, or ME 343 entropy and efficiency. Properties of pure substances and (12 Engr. Mechanics Elective B: Four, 3-credit courses thermodynamic cycles. Corequisites: Math 23 and Phy selected from any ME 300/Mech 300-level course or 11. (ES 3), (ED 0) an engineering/science/mathematics course, as ME 111. Professional Development (1) fall approved by the Department Chair Examination of ethical and professional choices facing (6) Free electives: 6 credit hours of any subject area are mechanical engineers. Written and oral communications. required Industrial field trips. (ES 0.5), (ED 0.5) Typical recommended options: ME 121. Mechanical Engineering Laboratory II Applied Mathematics and Computational (1) fall, spring Mechanics A continuation of ME 21 including use of transducers, advanced instrumentation, and data acquisition. Mech 305 Advanced Mechanics of Materials (3) Emphasis on experimental exercises that illustrate, Mech 312 Finite Element Analysis (3) and/or introduce material from thermodynamics, and fluid mechanics. Includes proposal writing and interpre- Math 309 Theory of Probability (3) tation of results. Prerequisites: ME 21, ME 104, and Math 322 Methods of Applied Analysis I (3) co-requisite: ME 231. (ES 1), (ED 0) Math 323 Methods of Applied Analysis II (3) ME 207. Mechanical Engineering Laboratory III Solid Mechanics (2) fall Formulation of laboratory experiments through open- Mech 305 Advanced Mechanics of Materials (3) ended planning, including decision criteria for laboratory Mech 307 Mechanics of Continua (3) techniques and approaches. Execution of experiments 290 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2003-2004 based on individual plans, followed by assessment of exper- Projects requiring the design of simple mechanisms of imental results. Prerequisite: ME 121. (ES 1), (ED 1) mechanical sub-assemblies. Prerequisites: Mech 12, ME ME 208. Mechanical Engineering Laboratory IV 10 and Mech 102. (ES 1.5), (ED 1.5) (2) spring For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduate Formulation of laboratory experiments through open- Students ended planning, including decision criteria for laboratory techniques and approaches. Execution of experiments ME 304. Thermodynamics II (3) fall, spring based on individual plans, followed by assessment of Availability and Second Law Analysis. Design of gas and experimental results. Prerequisite ME 121. (ES 1), (ED 1) vapor power cycles, and refrigeration systems. Generalized property relations for gases and gas-vapor. ME 210. Laboratory Projects (1-2) fall, spring Combustion and chemical equilibrium. Design of engi- Experimental work including planning, design and neering systems and processes incorporating development of apparatus, data collection and analysis thermodynamic concepts and analysis. Prerequisite: ME as it pertains to an engineering problem. Progress is 104. (ES 2), (ED 1) reported in the form of several planning and project reports. Prerequisite: Department permission required. ME 310. Directed Study (1-3) fall, spring (ES 1), (ED 1) Project work on any aspect of engineering, performed either individually or as a member of a team made up of ME 211. Mechanical Engineering Design 1 (3) students, possibly from other disciplines. Project progress spring is reported in the form of several planning and project Integrated Product Development (IPD) Capstone reports. Direction of the projects may be provided by Course I. Industry-based design projects. Design faculty from several departments and could include methodology, feasibility study of design alternatives, interaction with outside consultants and local communi- engineering design analyses, integrated product develop- ties and industries. Prerequisite: Department permission ment methodology. Oral and written communications. required. (ES 1), (ED 2) Prerequisites: ME 10, Mech 12, ME 104. (ES 0), (ED 3) ME 312. Synthesis of Mechanisms (3) fall ME 212. Mechanical Engineering Design II (2) Geometry and constrained plane motion with applica- fall tion to linkage design. Type of number synthesis. Integrated Product Development (IPD) Capstone Course Comparison of motion analysis by graphical, analytical II. Industry-based design projects continued from ME and computer techniques. Euler-Savary and related cur- 211. Design analysis and simulation studies by student vature techniques as applied to cam, gear and linkage teams. Fabrication, assembly, and testing prototypes, pro- systems. Introduction to the analysis of space mecha- duction planning and simulation. Oral and written nisms. Prerequisites: Math 205, Mech 102. Lucas. communications. Prerequisites: ME 211, ME 252 (ME (ES 1), (ED 2) 252 may be taken concurrently). (ES 0), (ED 2) ME 321. Introduction to Heat Transfer (3) fall, ME 231. Fluid Mechanics (3) fall, spring spring Kinematics of fluid flow and similarity concepts. Equations Analytical and numerical solutions to steady and tran- of incompressible fluid flow with inviscid and viscous sient one- and two-dimensional conduction problems. applications. Turbulence. One-dimensional compressible Forced and natural convection in internal and external flow, shock waves. Boundary layers, separation, wakes and flows. Thermal radiation. Thermal design of engineering drag. Prerequisite: Math 205. (ES 2.5), (ED 0.5) processes and systems. Prerequisites: ME 104, ME 231. ME 240. Manufacturing (3) spring Neti, Blythe, MacPherson. (ES 2), (ED 1) Analytical and technological base for several manufactur- ME 322. Gas Dynamics (3) spring ing processes and common engineering materials. Flow equations for compressible fluids; thermodynamic Processes include metal cutting, metal deformation, properties of gases. Normal shock waves. Steady one- injection molding, thermoforming, and composites. dimensional flows with heat addition and friction. Process planning, computer-aided manufacturing, manu- Oblique shock waves. Expansion waves. Nozzle flows. facturing system engineering, and quality measurements. Shock tubes; performance calculations and design. Design project. Weekly laboratory. Prerequisites: ME 10, Supersonic wind tunnels; diffuser design. Real gas Mat 33, Mech 12. (ES 1.5), (ED 1.5) effects. Prerequisites: ME 231, ME 104, Math 205. ME 242. Mechanical Engineering Systems (3) fall, Blythe. (ES 2.5), (ED 0.5) spring ME 323. Reciprocating and Centrifugal Engines The modeling and analysis of mechanical, fluid, electri- (3) fall cal and hybrid systems, with emphasis on lumped Thermal analysis and design of internal combustion models and dynamic behavior, including vibrations. engines (conventional and unconventional), gas turbine Source-load synthesis. Analysis in temporal and frequen- engines, air breathing jet engines, and rockets. cy domains. Computer simulation of nonlinear models, Components such as jet nozzles, compressors, turbines, and computer implementation of the superposition and combustion chambers are chosen to exemplify the property of linear models. Prerequisites: Mech 102, theory and development of different types of compo- Math 205 and, previously or concurrently, ME 231. (ES nents. Both ideal fluid and real fluid approaches are 2), (ED 1) considered. Prerequisite: ME 104. (ES 2.5), (ED 0.5) ME 252. Mechanical Elements (3) fall, spring ME 331. Advanced Fluid Mechanics (3) fall Methods for the analysis and design of machine elements Kinematics of fluid flow. Conservation equations for such as springs, gears, clutches, brakes, and bearings. inviscid and viscous flows; integral forms of equations. Motion analysis of cams and selected mechanisms. Two-dimensional potential flow theory of incompressible Mechanical Engineering and Mechanics 291 fluids with applications. Boundary layers. Introduction ME 387. (ChE 387, ECE 387) Digital Control (3) to free shear layer and boundary layer stability and struc- spring ture of turbulence. Transition from laminar to turbulent Sampled-data systems; z-transforms; pulse transfer func- boundary layers. Separation of flow. Steady and unsteady tions; stability in the z-plane; root locus and frequency stall. Secondary flows. Hydrodynamic lubrication. response design methods; minimal prototype design; dig- Measurement techniques. Prerequisite: ME 231 or ital control hardware; discrete state variables; state equivalent. Varley. (ES 2.5), (ED 0.5) transition matrix; Liapunov stability state feedback con- ME 340. Advanced Mechanical Design (3) fall trol (two lectures and one laboratory per week). Probabilistic design of mechanical components and sys- Prerequisite: ChE 386 or ECE 212 or ME 343 or con- tems. Reliability functions, hazard models and product sent of instructor. Luyben.(ES 3), (ED 0) life prediction. Theoretical stress-strength-time models. ME 389. (ECE 389, ChE 389) Control Systems Static and dynamic reliability models. Optimum design Laboratory (2) spring of mechanical systems for reliability objectives or con- Experiments on a variety of mechanical, electrical and straints. Prerequisite: Math 231 or consent of instructor. chemical dynamic control systems. Exposure to state-of- Harlow. (ES 2), (ED 1) the-art control instrumentation: sensors, transmitters, ME 341. Mechanical Systems (3) spring control valves, analog and digital controllers. Emphasis Advanced topics in mechanical systems design. on design of feedback controllers and comparison of the- Kinematics and dynamics of planar machinery. Shock oretical computer simulation predictions with actual and vibration control in machine elements. Balancing of experimental data. Lab teams will be interdisciplinary. rotating and reciprocating machines. Design projects Prerequisites: Either ChE 386, ME 343, or ECE 212. using commercial computer-aided-engineering software Johnson. (ES 1), (ED 1) for the design and evaluation of typical machine systems. Undergraduate Courses in Engineering Mechanics Prerequisite: ME 252. Lucas. (ES 1.5), (ED 1.5) ME 342. Dynamics of Engineering Systems (3) Mech 2. Elementary Engineering Mechanics (3) spring fall, spring Static equilibrium of particles and rigid bodies. Analysis of Dynamic analysis of mechanical, electro-mechanical, simple truss and frame structures, internal forces, stress, fluid and hybrid engineering systems with emphasis on strain, and Hooke’s Law; torsion of circular shafts; pure the modeling process. Lumped and distributed-parame- bending of beams. Prerequisites: Math 22 and Phys 11. ter models. Use of computer tools for modeling, design (Math 22 may be taken concurrently). (ES 2.5), (ED 0.5) and simulation. Design projects. Prerequisite: ME 242. Brown. (ES 2), (ED 1) Mech 12. Strength of Materials (3) fall, spring ME 343. Control Systems (3) fall Transverse shear in beams. Mohr’s circle for stress. Plastic yield criteria. Deflection of beams. Introduction to Linear analyses of mechanical, hydraulic and electrical numerical analysis of simple structures. Fatigue and frac- feedback control systems by root locus and frequency ture. Column buckling. Stresses in thick-walled response techniques. A design project provides experi- cylinders. Prerequisites: Mech 2 and Math 23. (Math 23 ence with practical issues and tradeoffs. Prerequisite: ME may be taken concurrently). (ES 2), (ED 1) 242 or ECE 125. Johnson. (ES 2), (ED 1) ME 348. Computer-Aided Design (3) spring Mech 102. Dynamics (3) fall, spring Particle dynamics, work-energy, impulse-momentum, Impact of computer-aided engineering tools on mechani- impact, systems of particles; kinematics of rigid bodies, cal design and analysis. Part geometry modeling and kinetics of rigid bodies in plane motion, energy, momen- assembly modeling using solid representations. Analysis tum, eccentric impact. Prerequisites: Mech 2 and Math for mass properties, interference, kinematics, displace- 23. (ES 3), (ED 0) ments, stresses and system dynamics by using state-of-the-art commercially available computer-aided- Mech 103. Principles of Mechanics (4) engineering software. Integrated design projects. Two Composition and resolution of forces; equivalent force one-hour lectures and two-hour lab per week. systems; equilibrium of particles and rigid bodies; fric- Prerequisites: ME 10, ME 252, ME 242. Lucas, Ozsoy. tion. Kinematics and kinetics of particles and rigid (ES 1), (ED 2) bodies; relative motion; work and energy; impulse and ME 350. Special Topics (1-4) momentum. Prerequisites: Math 23 and Phys 11. (ES 4), (ED 0) A study of some field of mechanical engineering not cov- ered elsewhere. Prerequisite: consent of the department For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduate chair. (ES 1), (ED 2) Students ME 360. (ChE 360) Nuclear Reactor Engineering Mech 302. Advanced Dynamics (3) spring (3) spring Fundamental dynamic theorems and their application to A consideration of the engineering problems related to the study of the motion of particles and rigid bodies, nuclear reactor design and operation. Topics include fun- with particular emphasis on three-dimensional motion. damental properties of atomic and nuclear radiation, Use of generalized coordinates; Lagrange’s equations and reactor fuels and materials, reactor design and operation, their applications. Prerequisites: Mech 102 or 103; Math thermal aspects, safety and shielding, instrumentation 205. Johnson, Perreira (ES 3), (ED 0) and control. Course includes several design projects stressing the major topics in the course. Prerequisite: Senior standing in engineering or physical science. Neti. (ES 2), (ED 1) 292 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2003-2004

Mech 305. Advanced Mechanics of Materials (3) The intent of Computational and Engineering fall Mechanics is to promote and foster the continuing Strength, stiffness, and stability of mechanical compo- growth of a strong program in analytical, computational, nents and structures. Fundamental principles of stress and experimental mechanics, reinforced by expertise in analysis: three-dimensional stress and strain transforma- the application of mathematics to the solution of prob- tions, two-dimensional elasticity, contact stresses, stress lems in the engineering and physical sciences. concentrations, energy and variational methods. Stresses Master of Science in Mechanical Engineering and deformations for rotating shafts, thermal stresses in thick-walled cylinders, curved beams, torsion of prismat- The M.S. in mechanical engineering requires 24 credit ic bars, and bending of plates. Projects relate analysis to hours of courses and six credit hours of research, which engineering design. Prerequisites: Mech 12, Math 205. culminates in a thesis. Core courses that must be taken Nied. (ES 2.5), (ED 0.5) are: ME 442, Analytical Methods in Engineering I; and either ME 443, Analytical Methods in Engineering II or Mech 307. Mechanics of Continua (3) ME 413, Numerical Methods in Mechanical Engineer- Fundamental principles of the mechanics of deformable ing. In addition, three of the following courses must be bodies. Study of stress, velocity and acceleration fields. taken: ME 423, Heat and Mass Transfer; ME 430, Compatibility equations, conservation laws. Applications Advanced Fluid Mechanics; Mech 408, Introduction to to two-dimensional problems in finite elasticity, plastici- Elasticity; Mech 425, Analytical Methods in Dynamics ty, and viscous flows. Prerequisite: Mech 305. Varley. (ES and Vibrations; and either ME 401, Product Develop- 3), (ED 0) ment, or ME 402, Manufacturing. Candidates must also Mech 312. Finite Element Analysis (3) spring complete a professional quality poster and make a contri- Basic concepts of analyzing general media (solids, fluids, bution to the department’s web page based on their heat transfer, etc.) with complicated boundaries. thesis research. Emphasis on mechanical elements and structures. Master of Engineering in Mechanical Engineering Element stiffness matrices by minimum potential ener- The M.Eng. requires 30 credit hours of graduate work. gy. Isoparametric elements. Commercial software Audit credits may not be used toward the degree. At least packages (ABAQUS, NISA) are used. In addition, stu- 18 credit hours of courses must be at the 400-level, and dents develop and use their own finite element codes. 15 of these must be in mechanical engineering and Applications to design. Prerequisite: Mech 12. Kalnins. mechanics. At least 18 credit hours of courses must be in (ES 1.5), (ED 1.5) mechanical engineering and mechanics, and at least 24 Mech 313. Fracture Mechanics (3) spring credit hours must be at the 300- or 400-level. No course Fracture mechanics as a foundation for design against or in mechanical engineering and mechanics below the facilitation of fracture. Fracture behavior of solids; frac- 300-level may be used towards the M.Eng., but two ture criteria; stress analysis of cracks; subcritical crack courses (6 credits) outside the department that are below growth, including chemical and thermal effects; fracture the 300-level may apply, with approval from a student’s design and control, and life prediction methodologies. advisor and the departmental Graduate Committee. Prerequisites: Mech 12, Math 205, or approval of department. Nied, Wei. (ES 2), (ED 1) Master of Science in Computational and Engineering Mechanics Mech 326. Aerodynamics (3) spring All students pursuing a master’s degree in computational Application of fluid dynamics to flows past lifting sur- and engineering mechanics must take a minimum of 30 faces. Normal force calculations in inviscid flows. Use credit hours of graduate level work, with not less than 24 of conformal mappings in two-dimensional airfoil theo- four of these hours being at the 400 level. Their program ry. Kutta condition at a trailing edge; physical basis. must include the following three required courses: Viscous boundary layers. Thin airfoil theory. Section design; pressure profiles and separation. Lifting line Analytical Methods I & IIPhys 428 & 429 or ME 442 theory. Compressible subsonic flows; Prandtl-Glauert Rule. Airfoil performance at supersonic speeds. Military Science Prerequisites: ME 231 and Math 208. Blythe, Varley. (ES 2.5), (ED 0.5) Professor. LTC William D. Kuchinski, M.S. (RPI), chair. Mech 350. Special Topics (3) A study of some field of engineering mechanics not cov- Assistant professors. LTC James W. Follweiler, M.S. ered elsewhere. Prerequisite: consent of the department (Embry-Riddle Aeronautical University); CPT Wade chair. Johnson, B.S. (Bloomsburg University); CPT Jeffrey J. Weinhofer, B.S. (Slippery Rock). Graduate Programs Instructors. MSG Charles Baskerville; MSG Keith The department offers programs of study leading to the Adams; SSG Lavet Livers. degrees of master of science, master of engineering, and The Department of Military Science, established in doctor of philosophy in mechanical engineering and 1919, conducts the Army Reserve Officers Training computational and engineering mechanics. Corps (ROTC) program at Lehigh University. This is Subject to approval, courses from other engineering cur- one of the oldest ROTC programs in the nation. The ricula, such as materials science and engineering, and Army ROTC program provides a means for students to chemical, electrical, and industrial engineering, together qualify for a commission as an officer in the Active with courses in mathematics and engineering mathemat- Army, Army Reserve, or Army National Guard. ics, may be included in the degree program. The objectives of the military science program are to develop leadership and management ability in each stu- Military Science 293 dent; to provide a basic understanding of the Army’s his- electives. In the College of Engineering and Applied tory, philosophy, organization, responsibilities, and role Science, six credits of advanced ROTC work are permissi- in American society; and to develop fundamental profes- ble within the normal program of each student, sional knowledge and skills associated with officership. irrespective of curriculum. For curricula that include more These objectives are achieved through classroom instruc- than six hours of personal electives in the junior and sen- tion, leadership laboratories, field trips, role playing, ior years, inclusion of the more than six hours of ROTC leadership simulations, and individual assessment and credit with normal programs can be effected only with counseling. Army ROTC offers a four-year program and the approval of academic advisers. All military science a two-year program. The four-year program consists of a credits, including those in the basic course, apply toward two-year basic course and a two-year advanced course. the student’s overall cumulative grade point average. The two-year program consists of the two-year advanced course offered to students with previous military experi- Career Opportunities ence, and those who have successfully completed a Individuals are commissioned as officers in the United five-week ROTC basic summer camp. Basic course stu- States Army after completion of the ROTC program dents incur no obligation for service in the Army as a and the advanced camp and completion of their bache- result of taking these courses. lors degree requirements. They then qualify in branches Basic Course. The basic course, normally taken in the (specialties) such as the Corps of Engineers, Infantry, freshman and sophomore years, provides training and Armor, Aviation, Field Artillery, Air Defense Artillery, instruction in leadership, public speaking, and basic mil- Signal Corps, Military Intelligence, Chemical Corps, itary subjects, such as the Army’s role and organizational Ordnance Corps, Finance, Transportation, Military structure, history and philosophy of the Army, basic tac- Police, Adjutant General, Quartermaster, Medical tics, land navigation, first aid, group dynamics, and Service Corps, or Nursing. Officers work as leadership traits and characteristics. Basic course students leaders/managers, specialists, or combinations of the two incur no military obligation depending on the assignment. Advanced Course. The advanced course is normally Programs and Opportunities taken in the junior and senior years. The instruction includes management, military skills, advanced leader- ROTC Scholarship Program ship and tactics, logistics, administration, military law, This program is designed to offer financial assistance to ethics, and professionalism, and includes attendance at outstanding young men and women entering the ROTC ROTC Advanced Camp. Students receive $350 per program who are interested in an Army career. Scholar- month subsistence pay during the junior year and $400 ships provide up to $20,000 annual tuition, a textbook per month in their senior year. and supplies allowance, and laboratory fees, in addition to pay of $400 per month for the period the scholarship To enroll in the advanced course, an applicant completes is in effect. Three-year and two-year scholarships are either the basic course or the five-week basic summer available to outstanding cadets who are currently camp; or has received basic course credit for previous enrolled in the four-year ROTC program and are com- military experience; or is a nursing student and is accept- pleting their freshman or sophomore year of college. ed for enrollment by the university and the Department This program is also open to all qualified students who of Military Science. are not currently enrolled in Army ROTC. Uniforms and Equipment. All uniforms and equipment Four-year scholarships are open to all students entering needed by the student for military science courses are sup- ROTC as freshmen. Applications for scholarship must plied by the department. Students are charged only for be made to Headquarters, U.S. Army Cadet Command, those items not returned when they leave the program. Fort Monroe, VA by July 15th prior to the high school Transfers. Qualified students transferring from another senior year for early selection, but no later than institution may enter the ROTC program at the appro- November 15th for normal application. Applications priate level and year, provided they have received the may be obtained by calling 1-800-USA-ROTC. necessary credits, the recommendation of their former Application booklets are also available from most high professor of military science (if applicable), and the school guidance offices, or may be obtained from the approval of the university. military science department. Obligation After Graduation. Upon graduation a stu- Two-Year Program dent will receive a commission as a Second Lieutenant in either the Active Army or the Reserve Forces. If offered Students who want to enroll in ROTC after their sopho- active duty, scholarship students serve four years while more year may apply. Applicants must successfully non-scholarship students serve three. If offered reserve complete a five-week basic ROTC summer camp and duty, students normally serve six to eight years in a have two years of undergraduate or graduate studies Reserve or National Guard unit. remaining. The student is paid for the five-week encampment and receives transportation costs to and Graduate Studies. ROTC graduates may request to delay from the camp. Additional scholarships are available at their active service to pursue a full-time course of this camp. instruction leading to an advanced degree. Delay does not lengthen the active service obligation unless the Physical Facilities degree is obtained at government expense. The three Army ROTC uses areas on and adjacent to the universi- major areas of concentration are medical school, law ty campus to conduct field training. These locations are school, and all other categories. excellent for most outdoor activities such as orienteer- Course Credit. Students in the College of Arts and ing, patrolling, and survival training. Fort Indiantown Sciences and the College of Business and Economics may Gap Military Reservation, located east of Harrisburg, substitute military science advanced credits for six hours of Pa., and Fort Dix, NJ, located east of Philadelphia, Pa., 294 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2003-2004 are used for field training exercises and weapons familiar- Commissioning Requirements ization during the two annual weekend field exercises. Individuals must complete either the two- or four-year Gettysburg National Park and the Pentagon are also vis- programs, attend the advanced camp, receive a college ited each year. degree, have a cumulative GPA of 2.0, and complete all Off-campus U.S. Army Training Schools professional military education requirements to become Cadets may be selected to attend the following U.S. commissioned officers in the United States Army. Army Schools: Airborne School (Fort Benning, Georgia), Course Descriptions Air Assault School (Fort Campbell, Kentucky), Moun- tain Warfare School (Ethan Allen Training Center, Leadership Laboratory is conducted for all students on Vermont), and Northern Warfare School (Fort Greely, three Sundays per semester. The Leadership Laboratory Alaska). This off-campus program is fully funded by the provides students the opportunity to demonstrate an U.S. Army. Many other installations throughout the understanding of the leadership process and develop fun- world may be visited through the Cadet Troop Leader damental military skills. Training program. Nursing students may choose to Instruction at several levels on a variety of subjects with attend the Nurse Summer Training Program at Army military application provides the context within which hospitals located throughout the United States. students are furnished opportunities to both teach and lead in a group setting. Responsibility is expanded as the Minor in Military Science student progresses through the program. In the senior A minor in military science is available in the College of year, the students assume the responsibility for the plan- Arts and Sciences. A minor in military science consists of ning, preparation and conduct of the laboratory. a minimum of 28 credit hours beyond the basic Military Leadership Laboratory is mandatory for all students Science course and is designed to provide the student enrolled in military science courses. with an academic foundation necessary to support con- tinued intellectual growth and stimulate future inquiry MS 15. Introduction to Military Science (1) fall in the realm of civil military affairs and military science. The American Army as an institution, its roots, history, Credit hours required are distributed as follows: customs and traditions and philosophy of leadership. Emphasis on development and role of a professional offi- Military Science (13) cer corps. Includes leadership laboratory. MS 101 Advanced Military Skills (3) MS 16. Leadership Assessment and Group MS 102 Advanced Leadership (3) Dynamics (1) spring Role of individual and leader within the group, leader- MS 113 Military Command and Staff (3) ship skills and characteristics. Emphasis on problem MS 114 Officer Responsibilities, Ethics and Military solving and application. Includes laboratory and FTX. Professionalism (3) MS 23. Topographic Analysis and Land MS 118 Special Military Topics (1) Navigation (2) fall History (3) Maps as tools in basic terrain analysis and as navigational Hist 110 American Military History (3) aids and introduction to small unit tactics. Emphasis on application and field exercises at individual and small International Relations (3-4) group levels. Includes leadership laboratory and FTX. (Select one course from one of the following categories) MS 24. Leadership Theory and Management (2) International Relations spring Political Science Contemporary theories, traits and principles and small unit tactics development. Leadership philosophies, com- Written Communications (3) munications, leader-follower relationships, and (Select one course from one of the following categories) leadership problem-solving. Leadership simulations. Creative Writing Includes leadership laboratory and FTX. Note: Credit Scientific Writing for this course will count as GPA but not credit passed toward a degree. Writing for Mass Communications English Composition MS 101. Advanced Military Skills (3) fall Essential junior officer skills: advanced land navigation, Human Behavior (3) principles of war, small unit tactical planning, tactics and (Select one course from one of the following categories) techniques of the soldier, team leading techniques, oral communications and trainer skills. Emphasizes applica- General Psychology tion and field experience. Includes leadership laboratory Sociology and FTX. Prerequisite: permission of department chair. Anthropology MS 102. Advanced Leadership (3) spring Ethics Critical examination of leadership qualities, traits and principles with emphasis on military environment. Self, Computer Literacy (3) peer, and instructor leadership evaluation. Advanced mil- itary skills reinforced. Includes leadership laboratory and FTX. Prerequisite: permission of department chair. Modern Languages and Literature 295

MS 113. Military Command and Staff (3) fall Courses include writing and speaking, reading and lis- Role, authority and responsibility of military commanders tening, literature, civilization, and professional areas such and staff in personnel, logistics and training management. as business and health careers. A number of cultural Staff procedures, problem solving, training methods and courses are given in English, but most offerings stress oral and written communications skills used in military classroom use of the language. Facilities include an organizations. Includes leadership laboratory and FTX. International Multimedia Resource Center (IMRC). Prerequisite: permission of department chair. Within the IMRC in Maginnes Hall are a state-of-the- MS 114. Officer Responsibilities, Ethics and art multimedia computer lab (Maginnes 470) dedicated primarily to foreign language multimedia and World Military Professionalism (3) spring Wide Web applications and the World View Room Development of the Profession of Arms, its fundamental (Maginnes 490) in which is shown a regular daily sched- values and institutions. Ethical responsibilities of military ule of foreign language news and feature programming professionals in contemporary American society. Just war received via international satellite TV networks. theory, international law of war, and American military law. Also covered are current topics to assist cadets in Language requirements making the transition to the officer corps and service on The honors major in international relations requires for- active duty or in the reserve forces. Includes leadership eign language study. The college scholar program in the laboratory and FTX. Prerequisite: permission of depart- College of Arts and Sciences; the major in Russian and ment chair. Soviet studies, the major in Asian studies, the minors in MS 118. Special Topics for the Army Officer (1) Latin American studies, fall, spring Russian area studies, Asian studies, and in military sci- Seminar covering special problems and issues dealing ence require language study. Students taking the B.A. in with responsibilities of the commissioned officer as international relations or in foreign careers are expected leader, manager, and mentor, not covered in other cours- to study a language. Students choosing a foreign lan- es. Prerequisite: permission of the department chair. guage at an elementary level towards their general studies requirement in the college of engineering must take a National Advanced Leadership Camp minimum of one year (two courses). Some doctoral pro- This is a five-week training program normally conducted grams also require foreign language competence, usually at Fort Lewis, WA. Prerequisites are completion of the assessed by the Department of Modern Languages and basic military science courses or their equivalent and MS Literature. 101 and 102. The summer camp experience, in coordi- nation with respective engineering curricula, may be Advising. used to fulfill the industrial employment requirements of Because of the sequential nature of language study and the engineering courses, CE 100, IE 100, and Mat 100 the variety of specializations available, the department pays special attention to student advising. Students whose experience, skills, and placement scores (Advanced Modern Languages and Placement or College Board Achievement Test) do not Literature give them a clear indication of their level of placement should consult with their instructor or the department Professors. Marie Hélène Chabut, Ph.D. (U.C., San chair. Faculty members responsible for more advanced Diego), French; David W. Pankenier, Ph.D. (Stanford), advising are currently as follows: Chinese minor and Chinese; Lenora D. Wolfgang, Ph.D. (Pennsylvania), Asian studies major and minor, Pankenier; French major, French. Chabut; French minor, Armstrong; German major and Associate professors. Marie-Sophie Armstrong, Ph.D. minor, Stegmann; Russian minor and area studies, (Oregon), French; Constance Cook, Ph.D., (Berkeley), Nicholas; Spanish major, Prieto; Spanish minor, Chinese; Kiri Lee, Ph.D. (Harvard), Japanese; Linda S. Lefkowitz. Lefkowitz, Ph.D. (Princeton), Spanish; Mary A. Major programs. Nicholas, Ph.D. (Pennsylvania), Chair, Russian; Antonio Prieto, Ph.D. (Princeton), Spanish; Vera S. Stegmann, The department offers major programs in French, Ph.D. (Indiana), German. German, Russian studies, and Spanish. The candidate for the major is expected to demonstrate adequate written Knowledge of other languages opens the door to other and oral command of the language, as well as knowledge cultures, traditions, and perspectives on the world, and of its literature and culture. A period of study abroad is promotes deeper insight into one’s own language and strongly recommended. culture. Proficiency in foreign languages is indispensable in a broad range of professions such as journalism, gov- Double majors and arts-engineering majors including a ernment, international affairs, law, the armed forces, and language component are well-received by employers. business. A bachelor of arts degree with a major in lan- Studies in the two areas are carefully coordinated by guages provides excellent preparation for professional major advisers. careers in law, business, and the media. Foreign language Requirements for the major. study is required for graduate study in many disciplines, A minimum of 32 credit hours is required beyond Inter- as well as for research in science and technology. mediate II, chosen from Groups A and B below: International experience is personally enriching and enhances career prospects. Group A: one to four required courses (variable, depend- ing on language major). Languages offered Group B: four to seven electives chosen from 100-300 Lehigh offers Mandarin Chinese, French, German, level courses with emphasis on 300-level courses. Hebrew, Japanese, Russian, and Spanish. 296 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2003-2004

For specific course requirements, see each language an approved program of study abroad. Exchange agree- major adviser. ments with partner institutions are continually being Language students may count one MLL course taught in developed. The department offers a limited number of English toward the major in French, German, and travel scholarships for foreign study to qualified students. Spanish. Applications should be submitted by November 15 for the spring and summer semesters and by April 15 for Requirements for the departmental honors major. summer and fall. For credit, transfer students must con- Same as for the major plus eight additional hours of sult in advance with their major adviser, foreign language advanced courses at the 300 level, dissertation or com- adviser, other appropriate departments, the Office of prehensive examination (written or oral), and a 3.20 International Education, and when appropriate, the average in the major. Office of Financial Aid. Minor programs. Lehigh offers summer programs through the Lehigh Valley Association of Independent Colleges (LVAIC). The department offers minor programs in Asian studies, Programs are offered in Bonn (Germany), Cuernavaca Chinese, French, German, Japanese, Latin American (Mexico), and Seville (Spain) for eight credits each. A studies, Russian, Russian studies, and Spanish and coor- faculty member acting as program director accompanies dinates these studies with a student’s major requirements the students. Courses are taught at intermediate and in any college. advanced levels by qualified instructors from host insti- Requirements for the Minor tutions. Summer programs sponsored by the French, German, Spanish. Sixteen credit hours are Lehigh-LVAIC Center for Jewish Studies include required above Intermediate II; one or two courses at the Hebrew in Israel. 200 level, one or two courses at the 300 level. Credits and grades are fully transferable under normal Chinese, Japanese, Russian. A minimum of 16 credit LVAIC cross-registration procedures. Interested students hours. should consult with the Department of Modern Languages and Literature, Maginnes Hall. Related programs These courses are offered by Lehigh or under the cooper- These are available in Asian studies, foreign careers, ation agreement with the Lehigh Valley Association of Jewish studies, Latin American studies, and Russian and Independent Colleges. Summer or semester study abroad Soviet studies. Recommended related courses. Students are at approved programs may be incorporated into foreign urged to take elective courses on related subjects, either language majors and minors with the permission of the within or outside the department, as approved by their appropriate advisor to a maximum of 16 credits toward adviser. the major and eight credits toward the minor. Preliminary Courses. Chin, Fren, Germ, Jpns, Russ, Span 91. Language These may be replaced by other courses when a student and Culture Abroad I (1-8) qualifies for advanced standing. Intensive study of conversation in the language of the country; reading, development of writing skills and Elementary I (4) selected aspects of the culture. (HU) Intermediate I (4) Chin, Fren, Germ, Jpns, Russ, Span 191. Elementary II (4) Intermediate II (4) Language and Culture Abroad II (1-8) Intensive study of conversation in the language of the Advanced courses country; rapid review of basic grammar, the reading and Except where otherwise noted, 200- or 300-level courses analysis of moderately difficult texts, development of are open to students having completed eight credit hours rudimentary writing skills, supplemented study of select- beyond Intermediate II. Exceptions require the consent ed aspects of contemporary civilization. Prerequisites: of the instructor. consent of chair and proficiency examination in the tar- get country. Language of instruction Chin, Fren, Germ, Jpns, Russ, Span 291. All courses are taught in the target language except MLL Language and Culture Abroad III (1-8) courses listed under “Foreign Culture and Literature Intensive practice of speaking and writing in the lan- Taught in English.” Students thereby become accus- guage of the country aimed at providing the student tomed to considering the language as an active means of with extensive proficiency of expression and the ability communication and not solely as an object of study. to discriminate linguistic usage. Idiomatic expressions Courses in English and an introduction to stylistics. Reading and analysis of more difficult texts, supplemented by in-depth study of The department offers elective courses in English on lit- selected aspects of contemporary civilization. erary, cultural, and social subjects listed under “Foreign Prerequisites: consent of chair and proficiency examina- Culture and Literature Taught in English”. These courses tion in the target country. may, in most cases, be taken to fulfill preliminary distri- bution requirements. One of these courses may be Foreign Culture and Literature Taught in English included in the major. These courses on foreign cultures and comparative topics Study Abroad and Foreign Study carry no prerequisites; knowledge of the foreign language Awards is not required. Language majors may count one MLL course taught in The department encourages students of foreign lan- English for credit toward a major requirement. Interested guages to spend a summer, a semester, or a full year on students should consult their language major advisers. Modern Languages and Literature 297

For course descriptions, see under each language area Chinese below. Undergraduate Courses in Chinese MLL 23. Lehigh in Russia (1-8) Chin 3. Beginning Spoken Chinese I (2) MLL 27. Russian Classics (4) Students learn Mandarin Chinese pronunciation, the MLL 28. The East European Film Experience (4) pinyin transcription system, and modern colloquial Chinese. Emphasis is on oral proficiency. To be taken in MLL 51. Contemporary Hispanic-American conjunction with Beginning Chinese Grammar 2. Literature (4) Exceptions only with permission of the instructor. MLL 53. This Hispanic World and its Culture (4) Beginning Written Chinese 2 recommended but not required. Not open to native speakers. (HU). MLL 68. (Asia 68) Japanese Language: Past and Present (4) Chin 4. Beginning Spoken Chinese II (2) Continuation of Beginning Spoken Chinese I. Students MLL 73. (Asia 73, WS 73) Film, Fiction, and learn Mandarin Chinese pronunciation, the pinyin tran- Gender in Modern China (4) scription system, and modern colloquial Chinese. MLL 74. (Asia 74) Chinese Cultural Program (1-8) Emphasis is on oral proficiency. To be taken in conjunc- tion with Beginning Chinese Grammar 2. Exceptions MLL 75. (Asia 75, Hist 75) Chinese Civilization (4) only with permission of the instructor. Beginning MLL 76. (Asia 76, Hist 76) Understanding Written Chinese 2 recommended but not required. Not Contemporary China (4) open to native speakers. (HU) MLL 78. (Asia 78) Asian American Studies (4) Chin 5. Beginning Chinese Grammar I (1) Introduction to the basic grammatical patterns of modern MLL 100 International Film and Theory (4) spoken Chinese. To be taken in conjunction with An introduction to international film traditions and theo- Beginning Spoken Chinese 2. Exceptions only with permis- ry. We look at the importance of cinema as both art and sion of the instructor. Not open to native speakers. (HU) entertainment and consider the social, political, and eco- nomic role of film in national and global contexts. (HU) Chin 6. Beginning Chinese Grammar II (1) Continuation of Beginning Chinese Grammar I. MLL 124 Negotiating Across Cultures (4) Introduction to the basic grammatical patterns of modern The world is shrinking! Yet as geographical distances spoken Chinese. To be taken in conjunction with between peoples collapse, our misunderstandings seem to Beginning Spoken Chinese 2. Exceptions only with permis- expand. Explore difference, erode barriers, and learn tac- sion of the instructor. Not open to native speakers. (HU) tics for successfully bridging cultural gaps. Learn the ins-and-outs of cross-cultural communication from spe- Chin 7. Beginning Written Chinese I (1) cialists in all walks of life and from a diverse array of Introduction to the Chinese writing system and begin- sources. (H/S) ning character acquisition. Not open to native speakers. (HU) MLL 125. (Asia 125) Immortal Images: Traditional Chinese Literature in Translation (4) Chin 8. Beginning Written Chinese II (1) Continuation of Beginning Written Chinese I. MLL 127 ORIENTations: Approaches to Modern Introduction to the Chinese writing system and beginning Asia (4) character acquisition. Not open to native speakers. (HU) An introduction to East and Southeast Asia at the turn Chin 13. Intermediate Spoken Chinese I (2) of the millennium. How do the contemporary societies Further development of communicative skills in Chinese and traditional cultures of Asian countries differ from using topical dialogues and in discussions. To be taken in the West? What distinguishes our perspectives—on poli- conjunction with Intermediate Chinese Grammar 2. tics, individual liberties, civic responsibility, religious Exceptions only with permission of the instructor. faith, the “pursuit of happiness”, etc.? How are Asians Intermediate Written Chinese 2 recommended but not represented (or misrepresented) in the West, and how is required. Not open to native speakers. (HU) the trend toward globalization in the “Pacific Century” likely to be affected by the new assertiveness of Asian Chin 14. Intermediate Spoken Chinese II (2) nations? Pankenier (team taught). (H/S) Continuation of Intermediate Spoken Chinese I. Further development of communicative skills in Chinese using MLL 140. (Anth 140, CogS 140, Psyc 140) topical dialogues and in discussions. To be taken in con- Introduction to Linguistics (4) junction with Intermediate Chinese Grammar 2. Relationship between language and mind; formal proper- Exceptions only with permission of the instructor. ties of language; language and society; how languages Intermediate Written Chinese 2 recommended but not change over time. (SS) required. Not open to native speakers. (HU) MLL 143. German Literature and Culture in Chin 15. Intermediate Chinese Grammar I (1) Translation (4) Further practice with complex vernacular patterns in spo- MLL 177. (Asia 177, Hist 177) China Enters the ken and written Chinese. Exceptions only with permission Modern Age (4) of the instructor. Not open to native speakers. (HU) MLL 231. New German Cinema (4) Chin 16. Intermediate Chinese Grammar II (1) Continuation of Intermediate Chinese Grammar I. MLL 320 Berlin: 1920s to the Present (4) Further practice with complex vernacular patterns in spo- Literature, culture, and history of Berlin from the ken and written Chinese. Exceptions only with permission Weimar Republic through reunification. (HU) of the instructor. Not open to native speakers. (HU) 298 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2003-2004

Chin 17. Intermediate Written Chinese I (1) MLL 177. (Asia 177, Hist 177) China Enters the Continued focus on character acquisition and text-based Modern Age (4) writing exercises. (HU) The collapse of the imperial order and China’s agonizing Chin 18. Intermediate Written Chinese II (1) transformation into a modern nation-state over the past Continuation of Intermediate Written Chinese I. 150 years. The impact of imperialism, war, radical social Continued focus on character acquisition and text-based change, and protracted revolution on Chinese traditions, writing exercises. (HU) values, and institutions. (H/S) Chin 113. Advanced Spoken Chinese I (2) French Students will participate in topical discussions and give Undergraduate Courses in French presentations in Chinese. (HU) Fren 1. Elementary French I (4) fall Chin 114. Advanced Spoken Chinese II (2) Multimedia approach to the study of French. Continuation of Advanced Spoken Chinese I. Students Introduction to French conversation, grammar, and cul- will participate in topical discussions and give presenta- ture. (HU) tions in Chinese. (HU) Fren 2. Elementary French II (4) spring Chin 115. Advanced Chinese Reading I (1) Continuation of Fren 1. Prerequisite: Fren 1 or appropri- Students will read, translate, and comment on Chinese ate achievement test score before entrance, or consent of stories, essays, newspaper articles, and other selected instructor. (HU) materials. (HU) Fren 11. Intermediate French I (4) fall Chin 116. Advanced Chinese Reading II (1) Further acquisition of the fundamentals of French con- Continuation of Advanced Chinese Reading I. Students versation, writing, and culture. Multimedia approach. will read, translate, and comment on Chinese stories, essays, Prerequisite: Fren 2 or appropriate achievement test score newspaper articles, and other selected materials. (HU) before entrance, or consent of instructor. (HU) Chin 117. Advanced Written Chinese I (1) Fren 12. Intermediate French II (4) spring Composition practice; students acquire advanced writing Continuation of Fren 11. Prerequisite: Fren 11 or appro- skills in conjunction with media presentations or read- priate achievement test score before entrance, or consent ings. (HU) of instructor. (HU) Chin 118. Advanced Written Chinese II (1) Fren 143. Advanced Written French (4) Continuation of Advanced Written Chinese I. Intensive practice in written French and introduction to Composition practice; students acquire advanced writing literary criticism. Prerequisite: Fren 12, or achievement skills in conjunction with media presentations or read- test score of 590, or consent of instructor. (HU) ings. (HU) Fren 144. Advanced Oral French (4) Courses Taught in English Emphasis on oral work. Prerequisite: Fren 12, or achieve- MLL 73. (Asia 73, WS 73) Film, Fiction, and ment test score of 590, or consent of instructor. (HU) Gender in Modern China (4) Fren 159. The French-Speaking World and Its Study of the struggle for an individual “modern” entity Culture (4) out of traditionally defined roles for men and women as Cultural, social, and artistic development of France and depicted by Chinese writers and filmmakers. Class, texts, the French-speaking world. Prerequisite: Fren 143, or and films in English. Students interested in setting up a 144, or consent of instructor. Armstrong, Chabut (HU) corollary Chinese language component may discuss this possibility with the professor. (HU) Fren 181. French Cultural Program (1-8) A summer program abroad. Formal instruction in the MLL 74. (Asia 74) Chinese Cultural Program (1-8) French language and direct contact with the people and A summer program in China, taught in English. (HU) their culture during one or two months in a French- MLL 75. (Asia 75, Hist 75) Chinese Civilization (4) speaking country. (HU) The development of traditional Chinese thought, Fren 252 From Romance to Post-Modernism (4) beliefs, technology, and institutions from a historical Representative works from the Middle Ages to the perspective, from earliest times to China’s encounter Twentieth Century, including Marie de France, Flaubert, with the West. (H/S) Baudelaire, and Proust. Prerequisite: Fren 143, 144, or MLL 76. (Asia 76, Hist 76) Understanding consent of instructor. (HU) Contemporary China (4) Fren 271. Readings (4) An overview of recent history, politics, economy, reli- Study of the works of some author or group of authors, gion, problems of modernization, popular culture, and or of a period, or of a literary theme. May be repeated attitudes. Contemporary Chinese society viewed against once for credit. (HU) the backdrop of tradition and the tumultuous history of twentieth-century China. (SS) Fren 281. French Cultural Program (1-6) A program in a French-speaking country offering formal MLL 78. (Asia 78) Asian-American Studies (4) language courses and cultural opportunities. (HU) MLL 125. (Asia 125) Immortal Images: Fren 302. Medieval French Stories (4) Traditional Chinese Literature in Translation (4) Stories of love, death, revenge, murder, and mayhem. Explore age-old themes in literature as diverse as pre- Wolfgang (HU) modern novels, ghost stories, poetry, divination manuals, and medical texts. (HU) Modern Languages and Literature 299

Fren 303. Arthurian Romances (4) countries. Assigned readings, written reports, and Medieval romances of Arthur, Lancelot, and the Holy employer performance evaluations are required. (HU) Grail. Readings and discussion of the first literary works French 371. Independent Study (1-8) dealing with Arthurian themes. Wolfgang (HU) Special topics under faculty guidance, including honors Fren 306. Renaissance French Literature (4) thesis. May be repeated once for credit. Prerequisite: Study of the major writers of the period, including consent of instructor. (HU) Ronsard, Rebelais, and Montaigne. Wolfgang. (HU) German Fren 311. French Classicism (4) French classical theater, novel, and criticism, with Undergraduate Courses in German emphasis on Corneille, Racine, Moliere, Pascal, Germ 1. Elementary German I (4) Lafayette, Malherbe, and Boileau. Chabut (HU) Fundamentals of German; reading and simple texts; sim- Fren 313. The Age of Enlightenment (4) ple conversation and composition; vocabulary building. The Philosophes and Encyclopédistes of the 18th century, Three class hours plus one laboratory or drill hour each with emphasis on Voltaire, Rousseau, Montesquieu, and week. No previous German required. (HU) Diderot. Chabut (HU) Germ 2. Elementary German II (4) Fren 316. Nineteenth Century Literature (4) Continuation of Germ 1, including reading of more Study of major 19th century novelists and poets. (HU) advanced texts. Three class hours plus one laboratory or drill hour each week. Prerequisite: Germ 1 or equiva- Fren 318. (Thtr 318) Drama in the Twentieth lent. (HU) Century (4) Contemporary French drama with an analysis of its ori- Germ 11. Intermediate German I (4) gins and movements. Armstrong (HU) Review of grammar, composition, reading of intermediate texts, vocabulary building. Prerequisite: Germ 2, or four Fren 320. Contemporary French Fiction (4) units of entrance German or consent of instructor. (HU) Reading and discussion of contemporary works of fiction (post-1980). Study of how these works fit into the context Germ 12. Intermediate German II (4) of French literature and relate more specifically to major Continuation of Germ 11. Prerequisite: Germ 11 or literary currents of the 20th century. Armstrong (HU) consent of instructor; one hour of lab. (HU) Fren 321. Twentieth-Century French Short Germ 163. German Civilization and Culture (4) Fiction (4) Cultural, historical, and political evolution of German Examination, within the framework of short fiction, of and German-speaking countries in Europe. Prerequisite: the major literary currents that have made up twentieth- Germ 12 or equivalent, or consent of instructor. (HU) century literature. Works by Sartre, Camus, de Germ 167. Conversation and Composition (4) Mandiargues, Robbe-Gillet, Le Clézio, Echenoz, Intensive practice in spoken and written German. Sallenave, and others. Armstrong (HU) Prerequisite: Germ 12 or equivalent, or consent of Fren 322. Contemporary French Films (4) instructor. (HU) French Films from the late 1950s to the present. Germ 169. Business German (4) Introduction to cinematograhic language and exploration German in business, the professions, international, and of the issues of gender, power, and madness. Films by social relations. Letter writing, comprehension of techni- Tr uffaut, J-L Godard, C. Denis, A. Varda, J-J Beineix, E. cal texts, specialized vocabulary, and grammar review. Rohner, and others. Armstrong (HU) Prerequisite: Germ 12 or equivalent, or consent of Fren 323. Love and the French Novel (4) instructor. (HU) Representative French novels, such as Tristan et Iseut, La Germ 181. German Cultural Program (1-8) Princesse de Clèves, and Bonjour Tristesse. Style, themes, Summer program abroad. Formal instruction in the lan- myths, and story patterns are analyzed. (HU) guage and the culture of a German-speaking country. (HU) Fren 324 The Outsider in French Fiction (4) Germ 201. Survey of German Literature (4) Course focuses on otherness/difference in French fiction Representative works of German literature from the from the Eighteenth to the Twentieth century. Reading Middle Ages to the present. (HU) and discussion of short stories and novels by Graffigny, Germ 211 (Thtr 211). German Drama (4) Diderot, Maupassant, Gide, Camus, Duras, Beauvoir, Le Drama as a literary genre; plays from various periods of Clézio and others. (HU) German literature. (HU) Fren 327. (WS 327) Women Writing in French (4) Germ 218. (Thtr 218) Goethe’s “Faust” (4) Reading and discussion of works written by women in Study of Goethe’s play with an introduction to the Faust French. The emphasis is on 19th- and 20th-century tradition and Faustian themes in modern literature. (HU) writers, such as G. Sand, Colette S. de Beauvoir, M. Duras, and Andrée Chédid. Chabut (HU) Germ 231. New German Cinema (4) Viewing, discussion, and written analysis of selected Fren 369. Readings (4) German films. (HU) Advanced study of an author, period, or theme. Topics vary. May be repeated once for credit. (HU) Germ 240. Contemporary Germany (4) Readings and conversations in German about topics Fren 370. Internship (1-8) including the social and natural sciences, technology, the Designed to give advanced qualified students the chance environment, politics, daily life, and sports. Practice in to acquire field experience and training with selected spoken and written German. (HU) firms and governmental agencies in French-speaking 300 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2003-2004

Germ 241. German Texts and Contexts (4) ethnic, and religious dimensions of Israeli society. Tapes, Selected texts in German, as they relate to current textural materials, short stories. No previous study of debates. Practice in speaking and writing. (HU) Hebrew required. (HU) Germ 250. Special Topics (1-4) Hebr 2. Elementary Modern Hebrew II (4) spring Literary and linguistic topics not covered in regular Continuation of Hebrew I utilizing the audio-lingual courses. May be repeated for credit. (HU) approach. Fundamentals of the language, structure and Germ 269. Advanced Professional German (4) sounds; the Hebrew verb; reading and vocalized stories; written exercises; tapes; short stories. Prerequisite: Hebr I A continuation of Businss German with an emphasis on or its equivalent. (HU) specific economic issues affecting contemporary Germany, Switzerland, and Austria. Preparation for the Hebr 11. Intermediate Modern Hebrew I (4) fall national exam “Certificate for the Professions” and the Classroom and laboratory instruction to develop funda- “International Business German Examination”. (HU) mental patterns of conversation and grammar; Germ 281. German Cultural Program (1-8) composition, reading of texts, laboratory work and sight reading; comprehension, speaking, reading and writing Study abroad. Formal instruction in German and direct of unvocalized materials. Prerequisite: Hebr 2 or consent contact with the people and the culture during at least of instructor. (HU) one month in a German-speaking country. Prerequisites: consent of German study abroad adviser. (HU) Hebr 12. Intermediate Modern Hebrew II (4) Germ 301. German Literature through the spring Nineteenth Century (4) Continuation of Hebrew 11. Reading of texts, including selected short stories, outside reading and supplementary Readings of selected literary texts from the Middle material; increased emphasis on oral presentation. Ages, Renaissance, Reformation, Baroque, Prerequisite: Hebr 11 or consent of instructor. (HU) Enlightenment, Classicism, Romanticism, Realism, and/or Naturalism. (HU) Japanese Germ 305. Modern German Literature (4) See Asian Studies major and minor. Topics in German literature of the twentieth and twenty- Jpns 1. Elementary Japanese I (4) fall first century. (HU) Introduction to the oral and written language with Germ 320. (MLL 320.) Berlin: 1920s to the emphasis on spoken Japanese and syllabaries. Language Present (4) laboratory. (HU) Literature, culture, and history of Berlin from the Jpns 2. Elementary Japanese II (4) spring Weimar Republic through reunification. (HU) Continuation of Japanese 1. Prerequisite: Japanese 1 or Germ 341. Applied Phonetics and Linguistics (4) equivalent. (HU) Writing and speaking Standard High German. Study of Jpns 11. Intermediate Japanese I (4) fall regional pronunciation, contrasts, dialects. (HU) Continuation of Japanese 2. Structural patterns in both Germ 345. German Short Stories (4) spoken and written languages. 150 kanji (Chinese char- Readings of short prose texts in German. (HU) acters). Prerequisite: Jpns 2 or equivalent. (HU) Germ 350. Special Topics (1-4) Jpns 12. Intermediate Japanese II (4) spring Literary or linguistic topics not covered in regular cours- Continuation of Japanese 11. Prerequisite: Japanese 11 es. May be repeated for credit. Prerequisite: consent of or equivalent. (HU) instructor. (HU) Jpns 141. Advanced Japanese I (4) fall Germ 370. Internship (1-8) Advanced reading and oral comprehension. Designed to give advanced qualified students the chance Conversation and writing practice. Prerequisite: Jpns 12 to acquire field experience and training with selected firms or equivalent. (HU) and governmental agencies in German-speaking countries. Jpns 142. Advanced Japanese II (4) spring Assigned readings, written reports, and employer perform- Continuation of Jpns 141. Prerequisite: Jpns 141 or ance evaluations are required. Prerequisite: Germ 167 or equivalent. (HU) consent of the instructor. (HU) Jpns 290. Special Topics (1-4) Courses Taught in English Literary or linguistics topics not covered in regular cours- MLL 143. German Literature and Culture in es. May be repeated for credit. Prerequisite: consent of instructor. (HU) Translation (4) A period or theme in German literature or intellectual Jpns 291. Advanced Japanese and Culture Abroad and cultural history. (HU) (1-8) MLL 231. New German Cinema (4) Jpns 390. Special Topics (1-4) Viewing, discussion, and written analysis of German films with English subtitles. (HU) Courses Taught in English Hebrew MLL 68. (Asia 68) Japanese Language: Past and Present (4) The department offers courses both separately and in the Historical and contemporary aspects of the Japanese lan- context of the Jewish studies minor (Section III). guage, including the origins of Japanese in relation to Hebr 1. Elementary Modern Hebrew I (4) fall Korean, the influence of Chinese, syntactic features Classroom and laboratory instruction to develop hearing, which reflect the hierarchical character of Japanese socie- speaking, reading, and writing the language. Cultural, Modern Languages and Literature 301 ty, differences in female and male speech, and use of for- Courses Taught in English eign loan words. Prerequisite Jpns 1. (HU) MLL 23. Lehigh in Russia (1-8) Russian A summer program in Russia, taught in English. (HU) Russ 1. Elementary Russian I (4) fall MLL 27. Russian Classics (4) Classroom and laboratory, audio, and video introduction Russian classics in translation. May be repeated for cred- to the fundamentals of conversational and grammatical it. (HU) patterns; practice in pronunciation, simple conversation, reading, and writing. (HU) MLL 28. The East European Film Experience (4) Russ 2. Elementary Russian II (4) spring Spanish Continuation of Russ 1. Prerequisite: Russ 1 or two Undergraduate Courses in Spanish years of entrance Russian. (HU) Russ 11. Intermediate Russian I (4) fall Span 1. Elementary Spanish I (4) fall Classroom and laboratory practice in conversation. Basic conversational Spanish illustrating essential gram- Development of reading and writing skills. matical principles. Reading of simple texts and writing. Prerequisite: Russ 2 or three units of entrance Russian or Lab required. (HU) equivalent. (HU) Span 2. Elementary Spanish II (4) spring Russ 12. Intermediate Russian II (4) spring Continuation of Span 1. Lab required. Prerequisite: Span Continuation of Russ 11. Prerequisite: Russ 2 or 11, or 1 or equivalent. (HU) equivalent. (HU) Span 11. Intermediate Spanish I (4) fall Russ 141. Conversation and Composition I (4) Limited review of elementary grammar concepts and introduction to more advanced grammar. Emphasis on fall discussion, reading, and writing about significant topics Intensive practice in oral and written Russian; laboratory in the Spanish-speaking world. Students will be required practice in oral comprehension. Readings and discussions to complete one hour of independent work. Prerequisite: on Russian literature and culture. Prerequisite: Russ 12 Span 2 or equivalent. (HU) or three units of entrance Russian. (HU) Span 12. Intermediate Spanish II (4) spring Russ 142. Conversation and Composition II (4) Practice and application of previously learned grammar spring to give maximum exposure to Spanish in contemporary Continuation of Russ 141. Prerequisite: Russ 141. (HU) contexts. Materials include articles from current periodi- Russ 215. Russian Classics: Russian Literature cals, video, and literature from Spain and Spanish with Variable Topic and Credit (3-4) America, plus one hour of independent work. May be repeated for credit. (HU) Prerequisite: Span 11 or equivalent. (HU) Russ 231. Russian in the Real World I (4) Span 131. Communicating in Spanish for Medical Readings and conversations about selected nonliterary Personnel (4) topics including the social and natural sciences, business, For prospective medical personnel communicating with economics, the environment, current political events in Spanish-speaking patients. Dialogues, health-care vocab- Russia and throughout the former Soviet republics. (HU) ulary. Review of grammar. Language laboratory practice, plus hospital intensive hour. Prerequisite: Span 12 or Russ 232. Russian in the Real World II (4) equivalent. Lefkowitz. (HU) A continuation of Russ 231. (HU) Span 133. Phonetics and Pronunciation (4) Russ 251. Special Topics (4) fall Comparison of Spanish and English sounds; descriptions Intensive study of literary or linguistic topics. of Spanish vowels and consonants in their various posi- Prerequisite: Russ 142. May be repeated for credit. tions. Oral practice in language laboratory. Special Nicholas (HU) emphasis on accent and intonation patterns. Prerequisite: Russ 252. Special Topics (4) spring Span 2. (HU) Intensive study of literary or linguistic topics. Span 141. Advanced Grammar (4) fall Prerequisite: Russ 142 or 251. May be repeated for cred- Intensive review of Spanish grammar with stress on finer it. Nicholas (HU) points. Analysis of syntax and style. Improvement of Russ 370. Internship (1-8) grammar through composition. Prerequisite: Span 12 or Designed to give advanced qualified students the chance equivalent. Dept. permission required. (HU) to acquire field experience and training with selected Span 142. Advanced Conversational Spanish (4) firms and governmental agencies in Russian-speaking countries. Assigned readings, written reports, and spring employer performance evaluations are required. Conversational practice stressing the building of vocabu- Prerequisites: Russ 141 or 142 and approval of faculty lary based on literary texts and topics of general interest. committee on internship. (HU) Designed to stimulate fluent and spontaneous use of spoken Spanish. Enrollment limited to 15. Prerequisite: Russ 391. Special Topics (1-4) Span 141 or equivalent. (HU) Independent study of research under faculty guidance on a literary, linguistic, or methodological topic. May be Span 151. Cultural Evolution in Spain (4) fall repeated once for credit. May be used to satisfy the doc- The historical and cultural evolution of Spain. toral language requirement. Prerequisites: consent of Discussion of major literary works in their cultural and instructor. Nicholas (HU) historical contexts. Prerequisite: Span 141 or consent of instructor. Lefkowitz. Dept. permission required. (HU) 302 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2003-2004

Span 152. Cultural Evolution of Latin America (4) Span 322. The Short Novel in Contemporary The historical and cultural evolution of Latin America. Spanish American Literature (4) Discussion of representative literary works in their cul- Reading and discussion of representative works by Garcia tural and historical contexts. Prerequisite: Span 141 or Marquez, Onetti, Rulfo, Bioy Casares, and others. consent of instructor. Prieto. Dept. permission required. Prerequisite: Span 152 or equivalent. Prieto. (HU) (HU) Span 323. Literature and Revolution in Span 199. Special Topics (3-4) Contemporary Cuba (4) For students who take a course, not offered at Lehigh, at Study of works written after 1959 by dissident, non-dis- another institution. May be repeated once for credit. sident, and exiled authors (Desnoes, Norberto Fuentes, Prerequisite: consent of instructor. (HU) Benitez Rojo, Cabrera Infante). Prerequisite: Span 152 Span 211. Spanish for the Professions (4) or equivalent. Prieto. (HU) For students with a basic knowledge of Spanish: the lan- Span 325. Hispanic Literature of the United guage in business, law, international and social relations. States (4) Letter writing, comprehension of technical texts, special- Discussion of fiction, poetry, drama, and film from the ized professional vocabulary and review of grammar. main groups in the U.S. Hispanic population. Prerequisite: Span 141 or equivalent. Dept permission Discussion of Hispanic ethnic identity, bilingualism, and required. (HU) minority issues. Prerequisite: Span 152 or equivalent. Span 212. Writing Skills (4) Prieto. (HU) Improving writing proficiency through practice in com- Span 326. (WS 326) Tradition and Resistance: position and translation. Prerequisite: Span 141 or Women Writers of Latin America (4) equivalent. (HU) Study of poetry and narrative works by Latin American Span 263. The Spanish American Short Story (4) women writers. Authors include Rosario Ferré, Rosario Comparative study of the literary problems posed by the Castellanos, Elena Poniatowska, Cristina Peri Rossi, work of significant short story writers such as Quiroga, among others. Prerequisite: Span 152 or equivalent. (HU) Borges, Cortazar, Ribeyro, and others. Prerequisite: Span Span 342. The New Narrative in Spanish 152 or equivalent. Prieto. Dept. permission required. (HU) American Literature (4) Critical evaluation of distinguished works of Spanish Span 265. Spanish and Latin American American prose fiction of the 1960’s and 70’s. Readings by Cinema (4) Donoso, Fuentes, Garcia Marquez, and Vargas Llosa, Oral discussion and written analysis of selected films. among others. Prerequisite: Span 152 or equivalent. (HU) Students view films independently. Prerequisite: Span Span 379. Internship (2-4) 141 or equivalent. Dept. permission required. (HU) Designed to give advanced qualified students the chance Span 290. Special Topics (2-4) to acquire field experience and training with selected Study of an author or theme, or completion of a special firms and governmental agencies in Spanish-speaking project. Topics may vary. May be repeated once for cred- countries or U.S. agencies serving the Hispanic commu- it. Prerequisites: Span 151 or 152, and consent of nity. Assigned readings, written reports, and employer instructor. (HU) performance evaluations are required. Prerequisites: Span Span 303. Don Quixote (4) 141 and approval of faculty. (HU) Reading and critical analysis; two 2-hour sessions. Span 390. Special Topics (2-4) Prerequisite: Span 151 or equivalent. Lefkowitz. (HU) Study of an author, theme or period. Topics vary. May Span 305. Spanish Literature of the Middle Ages (4) be repeated once for credit. Prerequisites: Span 151 or Reading and discussion of outstanding works such as El 152 and consent of instructor. (HU) Cid, El Liro de Buen Amor and La Celestina. Topics Courses Taught in English vary. Prerequisite: Span 151. Lefkowitz. (HU) MLL 51. Contemporary Hispanic-American Span 308. The Spanish Novel Since 1939 (4) Literature (4) The evolution of the novel from post civil war to the Reading and discussion of distinguished Latin American present. Reading of Cela, Laforet, Delibes, Rodoreda, writers: Borges, Garcia Marquez, Cortazar, and Vargas and Marse, among others. Prerequisite: Span 151 or Llosa. (HU) equivalent. (HU) MLL 53. This Hispanic World and its Culture (4) Span 320. Literature of the Spanish Caribbean (4) Characteristics and values of the people of Spain and Latin Study of representative works with emphasis on Cuba America in literary works and other material. Hispanic and Puerto Rico. Writers include Barnet, Carpentier, cultural contributions to Western civilization. (HU) Sanchez, and Rodriquez Julia. Prerequisite: Span 152 or equivalent. Prieto. (HU) Minor in International Film Span 321. Children and Adolescents in Description Contemporary Spanish American Literature (4) The minor in International Film affords students the Discussion of narrative techniques and the category of opportunity to examine a wide cross-section of world the self as they relate to the images of adolescence and cinema. It is designed to provide a critical understanding childhood in works by such authors as Vargas Llosa, of historical trends and current issues in film across vari- Reinaldo Arenas, Jose Bianco, Silvinia Ocampo. ous regions of the world. Covering national cinemas Prerequisite: Span 152 or equivalent. Prieto. (HU) from Asia, Europe, and Latin America, course offerings will allow students to explore diverse approaches to film Music 303 that are rooted in the history, culture, and society of dif- course in their language (above 100 level), and two other ferent countries in each region. courses from the list of electives below in consultation The minor consists of 16 credits. All students must take with the minor advisor. These two courses must be cho- a required core course (MLL 100), and the remaining sen from a region that is different from their language courses are to be chosen from the list of electives below, area in order to broaden their communication skills. in consultation with the minor advisor. (One course may (One course may be taken outside of the MLL depart- be taken outside of the MLL department with the minor ment with the minor advisor’s approval.) advisor’s approval.) Courses: Core course Required: MLL 100. International Film and Theory (4). Negotiating across cultures (MLL90: course New course number to be changed) One advanced language course (above 100 level) Elective courses Electives: MLL 28. The East European Film MLL 53 This Hispanic world and its culture Experience (4). MLL 75 Chinese civilization MLL 73. Film, Fiction, and Gender in MLL 76 Understanding contemporary china Modern China (4). MLL143 German lit & culture in translation MLL 90. Best Films in the World. (4) MLL177 China enters the modern age French 322. Contemporary French Films (4). MLL195 Lehigh in Spain German/MLL 231. New German Cinema (4). Fren 159 The French-speaking world and its Spanish 265. Spanish and Latin American culture Cinema (4). Germ 163 German Civilization and culture Rationale Span 151 Cultural evolution in Spain The minor is designed to provide an avenue, through the medium of film, for language students to expand their Span 152 Cultural evolution in Latin America interests beyond one national or linguistic domain, and *Lehigh in Martinique (MLL/Fren 198) will be to make connections between courses that are part of the offered in Winter of 2003 MLL Department’s regular offerings. In addition, it will also allow English-monolingual students who are not Rationale: currently enrolled in language courses or lack the The Minor in International Communication is proposed required proficiency to gain exposure to aesthetic and to promote international/cross-cultural understanding cultural traditions otherwise not accessible to them. and prepare Lehigh students with second language skills Finally, the minor should also appeal to students from in today’s rapidly internationalizing world. It offers stu- the other colleges in the University who have a full dents an opportunity to situate the communication skills schedule during the regular academic calendar since acquired in their language studies within a more global some courses will be offered during summer sessions. perspective. Impact Impact: There are no library or computer resource issues associat- Since we are slightly modifying our existing courses to ed with the minor. Our existing international film accommodate this minor, there will be no need for collection is adequate and would only require modest major acquisition of library or computer materials. It expansion to keep up with new developments. Class- will only require modest expansion to accommodate room equipment is not an issue either since we already these modifications. Although all courses in the minor have a sufficient number of video-ready facilities. are already being offered on a regular basis, some faculty may need to be released from their language courses to Impact on faculty resources will be moderate. While all teach a new course in order to meet student demand in courses in the minor are already being offered on a regu- specific regions. We are ready to meet this need by offer- lar basis, a new introductory course will be created to ing the courses related to this minor in summer and/or provide intellectual coherence to the minor. In addition, winter, and revenue from summer/winter should cover the depending on student demand, some faculty may need additional expenses that may arise from this proposal. to be released from teaching their regular language cours- es in order to teach minor courses. Offering courses during summer session will partially offset this need, and Music revenue from such courses should cover additional expenses that may arise from this proposal. Professors. Paul Salerni, Ph.D. (Harvard); Steven Sametz, D.M.A. (Wisconsin) (Ronald J. Ulrich Chair in Minor in International Communication Music); Nadine Sine, Ph.D. (N.Y.U.), Chair Description: Associate Professor. Paul Chou, M.M. (SUNY - Stony Brook) (Ronald J. Ulrich Chair in Orchestral Music) The Minor in International Communication is designed for students who have already reached the intermediate Assistant Professor. William Warfield, M.M. level in their language studies and wish to develop inter- (Manhattan) national communication skills from a global perspective. Professor of Practice. Eugene Albulescu, M.M. (Indiana) The minor consists of 16 credits. Students must take Lecturers. David Diggs, M.M. (SUNY - Stony Brook); MLL 90 as a core course, and one advanced language Debra Field, M.M. (Temple) 304 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2003-2004

Adjunct Professors: David Bakamjian, D.M.A. (SUNY- Performance Concentration. Stony Brook); Helen Beedle, M.M. (New England); Thirteen credits in theory and musicianship skills: Mus Donna McHugh, D.M.A. (West Chester); Albert 11, 2, 82, 3, 7, 83, 4, 8. Nine credits of music history Neumeyer, M.M. (Trenton); Gene Perla; Dave (any 3 from Mus 233, 234, 235, 236) and eleven credits Riekenberg, M.M.E. (N. Texas State); Tim Schwarz, in lessons, ensembles and recitals, and three credits in M.M. (Peabody); James Thoma, M.M. (Julliard). music electives. The student must perform a half recital Private Instructors: Bass: Carter Henry, Gene Perla; in the junior year, a full recital in the senior year, and Bassoon: Kim Seifert; Clarinet: Chris DiSanto; Flute: juries during the sophomore and junior years. 36-credit Robin Kani, Linda Ganus; French Horn: Paul minimum. LaFollette; Guitar: Richard Metzger, Brett Grigsby (acoustic); Bob De Vos, Tom Guarna, Vic Juris (elec- History Concentration. tric); Harp: Andrea Wittchen; Oboe: David Diggs; Thirteen credits in theory and musicianship skills: Mus Organ: Tim Harrell; Piano: Eugene Albulescu, Helen 11, 2, 82, 3, 7, 83, 4, 8. Twelve credits of music history Beedle, Tim Harrison (jazz), Bethany Heller, Kevin (Mus 233, 234, 235, 236) and eleven credits in electives, McCarter, Donna McHugh, Pat O’Connell, Irmgard lessons, and ensembles, of which at least three must be Pursell; Percussion: Marko Marcinko, Gary Rissmiller, in performance. The students must produce a major James Thoma; Saxophone: David Brandom, Dave research project during the senior year and prepare pro- Riekenberg; Trombone: Michael Christianson; Tr umpet: gram notes for department concerts during at least one Bill Warfield (jazz), Lawrence Wright; Tuba: Scott Force; semester. 36-credit minimum. Viola and Violin: Paul Chou, Tim Schwarz; Violoncello: Composition and Theory Concentration. David Bakamjian; Voice: Eduardo Azzati, Lise Carlson, Twenty-one credits in theory: Mus 11, 2, 82, 3, 7, 83, 4, Debra Field, Jan Opalach, Lawrence Reppert. 8, 243, 245. Six credits in music history (any 2 from The study of music develops skills which will serve the Mus 233, 234, 235, 236) and six in composition (Mus student well in any career: self-discipline, teamwork, 253, 254), plus three in lessons or ensembles. Students problem solving and leadership. A student graduating must produce a substantial composition or theoretical with the B.A. degree in music will have a strong founda- analysis under the direction of department faculty during tion in music theory and substantial exposure to western the senior year. 36-credit minimum, though many stu- music from the Middle Ages to the present. This cur- dents will be able to test out of keyboard skills. A riculum will prepare a student for graduate studies in keyboard test is required to enter composition class. musicology, music theory, composition, or performance. A music major or minor taken in conjunction with a Minor program business major may lead to a variety of careers in arts The minor requires a minimum of 17 credits and may management or in the recording and music publishing include Mus 80 and 90. The program is designed to be industries. For some a double major or a minor in music flexible but must include Mus 11, 2, 82, 3, and 7, one will not lead to a career but to a life-long involvement history or literature course, and two performance courses with an art form that gives lasting satisfaction. (Mus 22-79). The student may choose the remaining The music department offers courses in music history, four credits from department offerings. literature, theory, composition, musicianship, in addition Music Option to significant performance experiences in instrumental and vocal ensembles, large and small, and in private Although Music and Engineering/Science is not a major instruction. The Zoellner Arts Center facilities include a in itself, Lehigh attracts many engineering and science Listening Library, practice rooms, a composition and students who wish to continue their active involvement digital class piano studio, a fine recording studio, class- in music and the music department. For those students rooms and rehearsal rooms. Most importantly, the center who are interested in pursuing this option, music can be boasts its concert facility, Baker Hall. With its 1000-seat taken as a dual major, minor or elective. capacity and excellent acoustics, it is flexible both on the Concert Requirement stage (concert or theater mode) and in seating arrange- Majors and minors must enroll in Mus 100 and attend ments. The fully adjustable pit can serve opera or concerts approved by the music department for a mini- musical theatre, can provide additional seating, or can mum of three semesters. become an extension of the stage. Departmental Honors Major program A student must have a 3.5 average in courses in the The music major may choose between three different major to pursue honors. Candidates for departmental concentrations: performance; history and literature; the- honors should submit to the department chair a written ory and composition. Many students choose music as a proposal, prepared in consultation with a faculty project second major; this program provides a substantial musi- adviser by the end of the junior year. The project could cal foundation for those who might choose a related field result in a research paper, a composition or a perform- (e.g., arts management, part-time performance careers in ance. Upon acceptance of the proposal by the orchestras) or who simply want a concentrated exposure department faculty, the student should register for Mus to music study. For those who intend to pursue graduate 350 for one to six credits, which may be taken all at study in music or a performing career, the major pro- once or over the senior year. The awarding of depart- gram should be viewed as the minimum requirement. mental honors will be contingent on the quality of the Such students should regularly seek the advice of depart- completed project. ment faculty in expanding their program to suit their particular needs and goals. Music 305

Private lessons Mus 21. Marching Band (1) fall. (ND) Lessons in a wide variety of instruments and voice may Mus 22. Wind Ensemble (1) fall-spring (HU) be taken for one credit. They must be arranged through the department at set fees that are not included in Mus 23. Symphonic Band (1) spring (HU) tuition. Please note that registering for lessons cannot Mus 24. Jazz Ensemble (1) fall-spring (HU) guarantee availability due to difficulties in scheduling. Mus 25. Jazz Band (1) fall-spring (HU) Performing groups Mus 31. University Choir (1) fall-spring (HU) Admission to performing ensembles is by audition Mus 32. Choral Union (1) fall-spring (HU) (except Choral Union and Marching 97), and students receive one credit per semester by registering for the Mus 33. Overtones (1) fall-spring. Co-requisite: appropriate course number. Although there is no limit to Mus 31 (HU) the number of courses in this series that may be taken, Mus 37. Scenes from Opera and Musical Theatre students should check with their adviser to determine the number that may be applied toward graduation. (1) fall-spring (HU) Most department performances take place in Baker Hall, Mus 48. Chamber Music Collegium (1) fall- a 1,000-seat theatre in the Zoellner Arts Center. spring. Department Permission. (HU) Course Offerings Mus 51. LUVME (1) fall-spring (HU) Please note that many upper level courses have no pre- Mus 61. Lehigh University Philharmonic (1) fall- requisites beyond Mus 10 or 80 and are open to anyone spring (HU) with basic knowledge of musical terminology. Mus 62. Lehigh University Chamber Orchestra (1) Mus 1. Listening to Music (1) fall-spring fall-spring (HU) Issues relating to hearing live music, introduction to basic musical terms and genres. Attendance at ten Mus 66. Class Voice for Beginners (1) fall-spring approved concerts with brief written reviews. (HU) Group instruction for beginning students of voice, including breathing and vocal production techniques; Mus 2. Keyboard Harmony I (1) spring diction; beginning solo pieces. (HU) Beginning piano skills designed to enable the student to use the piano as a tool. Major and minor scales in both Mus 68. Class Piano for Beginners I (1) fall-spring hands, forming chords, elementary sight reading. Co- Instruction for beginning piano students, including rudi- requisite: Music 11. Students may test out upon ments of musical notation in relation to the keyboard; examination. (HU) beginning pieces for solo piano and the group. Mus 3. Keyboard Harmony II (1) fall Mus 69. Class Piano for Beginners II (1) fall- Continuation of Mus 2. Diatonic progressions in major spring and minor; more advanced sight reading. Students may A continuation of Mus 68. After a second semester of test out upon examination. Co-requisite: 82. class piano, the student should be ready to benefit from Prerequisite: Mus 2. (HU) private lesson instruction. (HU) Mus 4. Keyboard Harmony III (1) spring Mus 70. Recital (1-2) fall-spring. Department per- Additional keyboard skills, including progressions with mission. (HU) secondary chords, modulations, and sight reading. Mus 71. Private Piano Study (1) fall-spring (HU) Students may test out upon examination. Co-requisite: Mus 83. Prerequisite: Mus 3 (HU) Mus 72. Private Vocal Study (1) fall-spring (HU) Mus 7. Aural Skills (1) fall Mus 73. Private String Study (1) fall-spring (HU) Sight singing and ear training through dictation exercis- Mus 74. Private Woodwind Study (1) fall-spring (HU) es. Rhythm exercises. Co-requisite: Mus 82. Prerequisite: Mus 11 or equivalent. (HU) Mus 75. Private Brass Study (1) fall-spring (HU) Mus 8. Aural Skills II (1) spring Mus 76. Private Percussion Study (1) fall-spring (HU) Continuation of Mus 7. Co-requisite: Mus 83. Mus 77. Private Organ Study (1) fall-spring (HU) Prerequisite: Mus 7. (HU) Mus 78. Private Acoustic Guitar Study (1) fall- Mus 10. Basic Skills in Music (2) fall spring (HU) Rudiments of musical notation, beginning skills in sight singing, ear training, rhythm and keyboard. Intended for Mus 79. Private Electric Guitar Study (1) fall- anyone who does not plan to major or minor. (HU) spring (HU) Mus 11. Basic Musicianship (2) spring Mus 80. Masterpieces of Music (3) fall or spring Development of basic skills in using notation, sight Listening skills and awareness of musical styles in singing and ear training. For intended majors or minors. Western music developed through study of recognized Co-requisite: Mus 2. (HU) masterpieces. (HU) Mus 21-79. Mus 82. Harmony I (3) fall Applied music and performance courses may be repeated Exercises in writing in four-part chorale style. Music 3 for graduation credit up to six times in CEAS and CBE. and 7 must be taken concurrently. Prerequisites: Mus 11 Prerequisite: Admission to Music 22-62 by audition. and 2 or equivalent. (HU) Music 66, 68, 69, 71-79 have fees. 306 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2003-2004

Mus 83. Harmony II (3) spring viewed in cultural contexts. Prerequisite: Mus 11 or 80 Continuation of Music 82 including modulation, non- or equivalent. Sine. (HU) harmonic tones, analysis. Music 4 and 8 must be taken Mus 234. Baroque and Classical Music (3) spring, concurrently. Prerequisites: Mus 82, 3, and 7 or equiva- lent. (HU) even The major genres and composers of the 17th and 18th Mus 100. Concert Requirement (0) fall, spring centuries studied in their cultural context. Prerequisite: Concerts approved by the department (for majors and Mus 11 or equivalent. Sine. (HU) minors) Mus 235. Romantic Music (3) fall, even Mus 128. Jazz History I (3) fall Study of the major composers and their works from late A study of the roots of jazz. Starting in West Africa, the Beethoven to Mahler and Strauss. Prerequisite: Mus 11 course traces the synthesis of African and European ele- or equivalent. Sine. (HU) ments to 1945. Musicians covered are Gottshalk, Bolden, Morton, Armstrong, Hawkins, Basie, Ellington Mus 236. Twentieth-Century Music (3) spring, and others. Prerequisite: Mus 10 or 11, or permission of odd instructor. Warfield. (HU) Beginning with the major trends at the turn of the cen- tury, a study of the important composers and works of Mus 129. Jazz History II (3) spring the last century to the present. Prerequisite: Mus 11 or A survey of modern jazz from 1945 to the present. equivalent. Sine. (HU) Musicians covered are Parker, Gillespie, Monk, Davis, Coltrane, Hancock, and Coleman. Can be taken inde- Mus 243. Counterpoint (4) fall pendently of Jazz History I, but the first course would be Writing and analyzing pieces in Renaissance and helpful. Prerequisite: Mus 10 or 11, or permission of Baroque contrapuntal styles. Prerequisites: Mus 83, 4, instructor. Warfield. (HU) and 8 or equivalent. Salerni (ND). Mus 132. Composer and Era (3) fall or spring Mus 245. Classical and Romantic Forms (4) Life and development of a composer’s style viewed in spring historical context. Title varies: Bach, Beethoven, Mozart, Analyzing and writing pieces in classical and romantic etc. May be repeated for credit as title varies. forms. Exercises in chromatic harmony. Prerequisite: Prerequisite: Mus 10 or 80 or equivalent. Sine. (HU) Mus 243. (ND) Mus 139. Jazz Theory (3) spring Mus 251. Special Topics (1-3) Study of the music theory that is the foundation of a Study of musical topics in history or composition not good jazz solo, composition or arrangement. Study of covered in regular courses. May be repeated for credit as the modes of the major and melodic minor scale, title varies. Prerequisite: consent of the department chord/scale theory using major, melodic minor, dimin- chair. (HU) ished, and whole-tone scales. Basic chord progressions, Mus 253. Composition I: Electronic and Acoustic functional analysis of jazz tunes, and ear training are also Techniques (3) fall included. Prerequisites: Mus 82. (HU) Writing for acoustic and electronic instruments based on Mus 140. Jazz Improvisation (1) fall, spring 20th-century models. Acoustic orchestration, digital syn- Development of skills in improvising music through thesis, effects processing. Use of the computer for score practice of different scales found in jazz, chord construc- preparation and as a compositional tool. Prerequisite: Mus tion, and patterns of figuration found in jazz. May be 83, 4, and 8 or permission of instructor. Salerni. (ND) repeated for credit. Warfield. (HU) Mus 254. Composition II (3) spring Mus 151. Vocal Diction (1) fall or spring Continuation of Mus 253. Prerequisite: 253. Salerni. (ND) Introduction to the use of the International Phonetic Mus 261. Recording Techniques I (3) fall Alphabet. Application to French, Italian, German and Recording music in various popular and classical styles English diction using art song repertoire. Preparation of using state of the art studio equipment. Topics include a song in each language. Field. (HU) microphone choice, placement, mixing, effects process- Mus 161. Production and Marketing of Sound ing, digital editing and post production. Prerequisites: Recordings I (3) fall Mus 82, 3, and 7 or permission of instructor. (ND) A two-semester course providing foundations for organ- Mus 262. Recording Techniques II (3) spring izing a recording project to be carried out by the class, Continuation of Recording Techniques I. Prerequisite: which works in teams. The first course will focus espe- Mus 261(ND) cially on artist negotiations, recording techniques, music publishing and manufacturing. Perla. (ND) Mus 271. Repertoire (2) fall or spring Survey of literature in a given medium: e.g., piano, Mus 162. Production and Marketing of Sound vocal, orchestral, choral repertoire. Particular emphasis Recordings II (3) spring on performance issues. May be repeated for credit as title The second course will include elements of 161 but will varies. (HU) focus on distribution and marketing of sound recordings, web design, and accounting. The class works in teams. Mus 291. Independent Study (1-3) Perla. (ND) Individually supervised work in history or composition, or continuation of projects begun in regular courses. Mus 233. Medieval and Renaissance Music (3) May be repeated for credit. Prerequisite: consent of fall, odd department chair. (HU) Development of musical style from early Christian chant Mus 300. Apprentice Teaching (1-3) (ND) to the sacred and secular forms of the late 16th century, Philosophy 307

Mus 321. Conducting I (2) fall ance and reality (metaphysics), about the nature, scope, Beginning study of conducting techniques, including and grounds of moral value (ethics), and about the score reading and preparation, analysis, conducting pat- nature and theoretical foundations of formal reasoning terns and gestures. Prerequisite: Mus 83 or permission of and valid inference (logic). the instructor. (HU) The major program in philosophy is designed to provide Mus 322. Conducting II (2) spring a broad exposure to all of these areas as well as a strong Continuation of Music 321. Prerequisite: Mus 321. grounding in the history of the western philosophical (HU) tradition. The program emphasizes the close reading and critical evaluation of classic texts from ancient times to Mus 350. Senior Project (1-6) (ND) the present, and students can expect to develop sophisti- Mus 412. Advanced Choral Conducting and cated analytic and expository skills that will enable them Composition (2) summer to engage in original, critical reflection on their own. To Intensive, week-long seminar/workshop held in conjunc- this end, the major program involves a combination of tion with Oxford University Press. Students elect either required and elective coursework as well as the opportu- composition or conducting track for individual study nity to develop and pursue individual interests under with international faculty in chosen area. Joint seminars faculty supervision. In addition to its regular course and lab choir rehearsals on choral literature; rehearsals offerings, the department also sponsors a variety of activ- and premieres of student works. Additional seminars ities (e.g. the annual Selfridge Lecture, the Philosophy with internationally recognized choral directors. New Forum, the Faculty Seminar, the Philosophy Club, and works and repertoire presented in final concert conduct- the annual Reading Party), all of which are designed to ed by faculty and participants. Sametz complement the course offerings and to promote a uni- versity-wide philosophical community. Philosophy The major program provides excellent preparation for graduate study in philosophy as well as a solid foundation Professors. Gordon Bearn, Ph.D. (Yale), William Wilson for any career that places a premium upon clear, careful Selfridge Professor of Philosophy; Mark H. Bickhard, thinking and rigorous conceptual and expository skills. Ph.D. (Chicago), Henry R. Luce Professor in Cognitive For additional information about the faculty, frequency Robotics and the Philosophy of Knowledge; Steven of course offerings, and departmental events, please con- Louis Goldman, Ph.D. (Boston), Andrew W. Mellon tact the department for a copy of its brochure. Distinguished Professor in the Humanities; Roslyn Weiss, Ph.D. (Columbia), chair and Clara H. Stewardson The Minor Program Professor of Philosophy. The minor in philosophy consists of four courses. The Associate Professors. Robin Dillon, Ph.D. (Pittsburgh); courses must include at least one course at the 200-level Alexander Levine, Ph.D. (San Diego); Michael or above. Minor programs are planned in conjunction Mendelson, Ph.D. (San Diego). with the departmental advisor who will help the student Philosophy is born of discomfort. Whether it is the need plan a program compatible with his or her interests. to account for the tragedies of circumstance, the incon- Minor programs may be, but do not have to be, focused gruities between our assumptions about the world and in a particular area such as ethics or the history of phi- what experience and science reveal, or the shock of being losophy or philosophy of mind. exposed to hitherto unimagined conceptual alternatives, The Major Program philosophy arises in those contexts in which serious The major program consists of ten courses (38 credits) questions emerge about the adequacy of our most cher- planned in conjunction with the student’s major advisor. ished beliefs. In addition to a two semester (6 credits) senior thesis, Philosophy is driven by the unsettling awareness that we each major must satisfy the following distribution are not beings who act exclusively on instinct but are requirements: instead able to choose from among a variety of ways of thinking about ourselves, the world in which we find Ethics ourselves, and our relations with others. Moreover, the 1 course from Phil. 105, 116, or 205 beliefs we hold are not merely incidental facts about us like height or eye color. What we believe is often central Logic to our moral identity, the nature of our personal rela- 1 course from Phil. 114, 260, 265, or 303 tionships, the manner in which we regard ourselves and History of Philosophy treat others, and the happiness and unhappiness that 2 courses from Phil. 131, 132, 135, 139, 231, 233, 235, form the emotional contours of our practical lives. 237, or 239 Philosophy is born out of our awareness that despite the centrality of our beliefs to our identity as moral beings, Three of the 10 courses (not including the senior thesis) the truth of our beliefs can be uncertain, for on virtually must be at the 200 level or above. any topic there is a variety of possible viewpoints, not all Majors planning to pursue graduate study in philosophy of which can be equally adequate. are strongly encouraged to include the following specific In its attempt to ground our beliefs and justify them, courses: philosophy becomes a reflective and critical conceptual Phil. 105 Ethics activity concerned with foundational questions regarding Phil. 114 Fundamentals of Logic our deepest assumptions and intuitions about the nature and extent of human knowledge (epistemology), about Phil. 131 Ancient Philosophy the nature of reality and the distinction between appear- Phil. 135 Modern Philosophy 308 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2003-2004

Senior Thesis Phil 114. Fundamentals of Logic (4) The Senior Thesis (Phil 390-1) is a year-long, independ- Introduction to formal deductive logic, involving the ent project during which philosophy majors, with the construction of logical proofs in a system of natural consent and under the guidance of a faculty sponsor, deduction with some attention to the philosophy of investigate a topic of special interest to them. The topic logic. (MA) may be historical or non-historical, pure or applied, Phil 116. (Rel 116) Bioethics (4) interdisciplinary or disciplinary; the only constraint is Moral issues that arise in the context of health care and that the student secure the cooperation of a faculty spon- related biomedical fields in the United States today, sor. During the fall (Phil 390), the student’s energies will examined in the light of the nature and foundation of be devoted to refining the topic under investigation, moral rights and obligations. Topics include: confiden- working through the bulk of the essential literature, and tiality, informed consent, euthanasia, medical research producing a paper roughly 20 pages in length. During and experimentation, genetics, the distribution of health the spring semester (Phil 391), the student will investi- care, etc. (HU) gate the same topic more intensively, expanding, revising, and refining the fall paper into a substantial Phil 121. Philosophy in Literature (4) senior thesis roughly 50 pages in length. Exploration of philosophical themes through the study of literature and film. Authors may include: Homer, Honors Euripides, Dante, Rimbaud, Sterne, George Eliot, Valery, Departmental honors in Philosophy are awarded to those Joyce, Melville, T.S. Eliot, Rilke, Proust, Musil, Stevens, graduating seniors who satisfy the following two criteria: Cummings, Camus, Sartre, Beckett, Morrison, (a) at the time of graduation, their GPA in philosophy is Barthelme. (HU) 3.5 or higher, their overall GPA is 3.25 or higher, and Phil 122. Philosophy of Law (4) (b) their senior thesis is judged by two members of the Analysis of the conceptual foundations of our legal sys- philosophy department to show sufficient imaginative tem. Special attention devoted to the nature of law and philosophical accomplishment to merit their receiving legal obligation, liberty and privacy in constitutional liti- Honors in Philosophy. gation, justice and contractual obligation, theories of Undergraduate Courses punishment in criminal law, and the nature and scope of responsibility in criminal law. (HU) Phil 1. The Examined Life: An Introduction to Philosophy (4) Phil 123. Aesthetics (4) What makes a life meaningful, what makes it worth liv- Theories, classical and modern, of the nature of beauty ing? In pursuit of an answer to this question this course and the aesthetic experience. Practical criticism of some examines many of the basic questions of philosophy: eth- works of art, and examination of analogies between arts, ical questions about justice and virtue, epistemological and between art and nature. (HU) questions about the limits of human knowledge, meta- Phil 124. (Rel 124) Reason and Religious physical questions about what there is. (HU) Experience (4) Phil 3. (Rel 3) Religion, Ethics and Society (4) Critical examination, from a philosophical perspective, Introduction to philosophical and religious modes of of some fundamental problems of religion, the nature of moral thinking, with consideration given to ethics in the religious experience and belief, reason and revelation, the world religious traditions (family life and role of women, existence and nature of God, the problem of evil, and social justice, environment, work, models of ethical religious truth. (HU) ideals). Particular issues examined include abortion, cor- Phil 126. (Hum 126, Rel 126) Professional poral punishment (such as the death penalty), problems Ethics (4) in medical ethics, and heavy drinking as a behavioral An examination of the moral rules and action guides problem. (HU) that govern various professions. Professions to be exam- Phil 100. (PolS 100) Introduction to Political ined will include health (physician and nursing); legal; Thought (4) counseling and psychiatry; engineering; military; clergy; Some of the most significant ancient and modern politi- teaching. Attention will be given to modes of ethical rea- cal theorists: Plato, Aristotle, Machiavelli, Hobbes, Marx, soning and how those modes are practically applied in and others. Matthews. (ND) professional life and activity. Among issues to be dis- cussed, will be the limits of confidentiality; employer Phil 101. (PolS 101) Ancient Political Heritage (4) authority; power relationships; obligations to the public; Important Political thinkers from the pre-Socratics to professional rights; sexual boundaries; whistle-blowing; early, modern political theorists like Machiavelli. safety and risk; computer ethics; weapons development; Matthews. (SS) discrimination; professional review of ethical infractions. Phil 102. (PolS 102) Modern Political Heritage Course will include guest lectures and case studies. (4) Steffen. (HU) Begins where PolS 101 ends; from early modern theorists Phil 127. Existentialism (4) (e.g. Hobbes) up to contemporary thinkers (e.g. Investigation of the historical development of existential- Marcuse). (SS) ism from its origins in the 19th century (Kierkegaard, Phil 105. Ethics (4) Nietzsche) through its marriage to phenomenology in Examination of right and wrong, good and bad, from the early 20th (Heidegger, Sartre, Merleau-Ponty), and classic sources such as Plato, Aristotle, Hume, Kant, Mill out the other side as a vigorous dimension of much liter- and Nietzsche. (HU) ary, psychological, and artistic work produced in the last 50 years. (HU) Philosophy 309

Phil 128. Philosophy of Science (4) include: What is a good person? Can a woman be good Introduction to the structure and methods of scientific in the same way as a man? Is morality relative or investigation. The nature of explanation, confirmation, absolute? Is morality all that important? Prerequisite: and falsification. Scientific progress: What is it? Would it Phil 105 or consent of the instructor. (HU) be suffocated by obedience to completely rational meth- Phil 220. Knowledge and Justification (4) ods? (HU) Recent work in epistemology. Questions addressed Phil 129. (Rel 129) Jewish Philosophy (4) include: If you can’t know whether you are dreaming, Consideration of how major Jewish thinkers from the how can you know you have two hands? Does knowl- first to 20th centuries confronted questions at the inter- edge require answers to all possible doubts or only all section of religion and philosophy: the existence and reasonable doubts? How should we determine the hori- nature of God, free will, evil, divine providence, mira- zon of the reasonable—psychologically or cles, creation, revelation, and religious obligation. (HU) philosophically? (HU) Phil 131. (Clss 131) Ancient Philosophy (4) Phil 224. (Rel 224) Topics in the Philosophy of Historical survey of selected texts and issues in the classi- Religion (4) cal world, from the pre-Socratics through Aristotle, with Selected problems and issues in the philosophy of reli- emphasis on the origins of the western philosophical tra- gion. Content varies. May be repeated more than once ditions in ethics, metaphysics, and epistemology. (HU) for credit. (HU) Phil 132. (Clss 132) Hellenistic Philosophy (4) Phil 226. (WS 226) Feminism and Philosophy (4) Historical survey of selected texts and issues in Post- Analysis of the nature, sources, and consequences of the Aristotelian Greek and Roman philosophy from the oppression and exploitation of women and justification fourth century B.C. to the third century A.D. Areas of of strategies for liberation. Topics include women’s focus may include epicureanism, stoicism, academic and nature and human nature, sexism, femininity, sexuality, pyrrohnian scepticism, and neoplatonism. (HU) reproduction, mothering. Prerequisite: At least one previ- Phil 133. Medieval Philosophy (4) ous course in philosophy or women’s studies. (HU) Historical survey of selected texts and issues in western Phil 228. Topics in the Philosophy of Science (4) philosophy from the fourth to 14th centuries. Attention Themes in the natural, life and social sciences. May be will be given to the relation between developments in repeated for credit as topic varies. Prerequisite: Phil 128 medieval philosophy and major currents in ancient and or consent of the department chair. (HU) modern thought. Figures may include Augustine, Eriugena, Anselm, Aquinas, Ockham, and Nicholas of Phil 231. (Clss 231) Figures/Themes in Ancient Autrecourt. (HU) Philosophy (4) This seminar course will involve in-depth focus upon a Phil 135. Modern Philosophy (4) major ancient thinker (e.g. Plato, Aristotle, Sextus Historical survey of selected texts and issues in 17th and Empiricus, Plotinus, etc.) or the classical treatment of a 18th century European philosophy with particular particular theme (e.g. “human nature,” “the good life,” emphasis on developments in epistemology and meta- ethical or political theory, etc.). Content varies. May be physics. Attention will be given to the relation of the repeated more than once for credit. (HU) “modern period” to developments in late medieval phi- losophy and the rise of the experimental sciences. Figures Phil 233. Figures/Themes in Medieval may include Descartes, Leibniz, Locke, Hume, and Philosophy (4) Kant. (HU) This seminar course will involve in-depth focus upon a major medieval thinker (e.g. Augustine, Boethius, Phil 137. (Hum 137, Rel 137) Ethics in Practice Maimonides, Bonaventure, Dante, etc.) or the medieval (1-4) treatment of a particular theme (e.g. the relation of A variable content course focusing on ethical issues aris- “will” and “intellect,” the “problem of universals,” ethical ing in a particular profession, such as law health, or political theory, etc.). Content varies. May be repeated business, engineering, military. Variable credit. May be more than once for credit. (HU) taken more than once. Steffen. (HU) Phil 235. Figures/Themes in Modern Philosophy (4) Phil 139. Contemporary Philosophy (4) This seminar course will involve in-depth focus upon a Philosophical thought from the late-19th century to the major 17th or 18th century thinker (e.g. Descartes, present; pragmatism, linguistic analysis, existentialism, Leibniz, Berkeley, Kant, etc.) or the modern treatment of and Marxism. Truth and knowledge, values and moral a particular theme (e.g. the nature of “ideas,” the roles of judgement, meaning, the place of the individual in the experience, reason, and revelation, ethical or political physical world and society, and the impact of the scien- theory, etc.). Content varies. May be repeated more than tific method upon all of these. (HU) once for credit. (HU) Phil 140. (Asian Studies 140) Eastern Philosophy (4) Phil 237. Figures/Themes in Nineteenth Century Survey of selected texts and issues in the eastern philo- Philosophy (4) sophical traditions. Attention will be given to the This seminar course will involve in-depth focus upon a development and interrelations of these traditions as well major 19th century thinker (e.g. Hegel, Marx, as a comparison of western and eastern treatments of Kierkegaard, Mill, Peirce, Frege, Nietzsche, James, etc.) selected issues. Areas of focus may include or the 19th century treatment of a particular theme (e.g. Confucianism, Taoism, and Zen Buddhism. (HU) the end of history, revolution, nihilism, authenticity, ori- Phil 205. Contemporary Ethics (4) gins of mathematical logic, infinity, etc.). Content varies. Examination of significant questions addressed by con- May be repeated more than once for credit. (HU) temporary moral philosophers. Topics vary, but might 310 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2003-2004

Phil 239. Figures/Themes in Contemporary as an important adjunct to the study of the foundations Philosophy (4) of mathematics. Prerequisite for non-math majors: Phil This seminar course will involve in-depth focus upon a 114 (MA) major contemporary thinker (e.g. Russell, Whitehead, Phil 364. (PolS 364) Issues in Contemporary Husserl, Heidegger, Wittgenstein, Quine, Habermas, Political Philosophy (4) Rawls, Rorty, Derrida, Davidson, Foucault, Deleuze, Selected topics in contemporary political philosophy, Irigaray, etc.) or the contemporary treatment of a partic- such as the Frankfurt school, existentialism, legitimation, ular theme (e.g. logical positivism, naturalism, authenticity, participatory democracy, and the alleged non-foundationalism, existential phenomenology, return decline of political philosophy. May be repeated for cred- to virtue, neo-pragmatism, hermeneutics, post-struc- it with consent of the political science chair. (SS) turalism, post-modernism, neo-kantian political theory, the politics of identity, etc.). Content varies. May be Phil 367. (PolS 367) American Political Thought (4) repeated more than once for credit. (HU) Critical examination of American political thought from the founding of the Republic to the present. Writings Phil 240. (Asian Studies 240) Figures/Themes in from Madison, Hamilton, and Jefferson to Emma Eastern Philosophy (4) Goldman, Mary Daly, Malcolm X, Henry Kariel, and This seminar course will involve in-depth focus upon a others will be discussed. (SS) major figure in Eastern thought or upon the Eastern treatment of a particular theme or set of themes. Phil 371. Advanced Independent Study (1-4) Content varies. May be repeated more than once for Individual philosophical investigation of an author, credit. (HU) book, or topic designed in collaboration with a faculty sponsor. Tutorial meetings; substantial written work. Phil 250. The Minds of Robots and Other People (4) May be repeated more than once for credit. Consent of Is the nature of thinking illuminated by what computers faculty sponsor required. (ND) can do? Is the brain just a complex computer? Could a robot feel pain? Be angry? Recent work in artificial intel- Phil 373. (Hum 373, Rel 373) Independent Ethics ligence, psychology, and philosophy. (HU) Project (4) Supervised ethics research into a topic approved by the Phil 260. Philosophy of Language (4) advisor for the Humanities Minor in Ethics. An option for Analysis of the nature of the correspondence between the completing the ethics minor. For ethics minors only. (HU) words we use and the world in which we live. Our unify- ing theme is the quest for an understanding of truth, Phil 390. Senior Thesis (2) conceived as a peculiar relation between language and The first part of two semesters of intensive research and reality. We examine such central notions as meaning and writing guided by a faculty sponsor in anticipation of reference, as understood in historically influential philo- completing a senior thesis in philosophy. Individual sophical theories of language. (HU) tutorials; substantial written work. Senior standing as philosophy major and consent of faculty sponsor Phil 265. Philosophy of Mathematics (4) required. (ND) Survey of metaphysical and epistemological issues from the philosophy of mathematics, with emphasis on the Phil 391. Senior Thesis (4) arguments on behalf of mathematical platonism, conven- Continuation and completion of Phil 390 under the tionalism, and psychologism. It is highly recommended guidance of a faculty sponsor. Prerequisites: Phil 390; that students take Phil 114 and a year of calculus, or consent of faculty sponsor required. (ND) otherwise acquire comparable formal background, prior to this course. (HU) Physics Phil 273, Ariadne: Internship (2) An internship devoted to the construction and mainte- Professors. Michael Stavola, Ph.D. (Rochester), chairper- nance of Ariadne, an on-line, web-based, undergraduate son; Garold J. Borse, Ph.D. (Virginia), associate journal of philosophy. Responsibilities will include chairperson; Gary G. DeLeo, Ph.D. (Connecticut), research; publicizing the project nationally and locally; Robert T. Folk, Ph.D. (Lehigh); James D. Gunton, reviewing, selecting, and formatting manuscripts for pub- Ph.D. (Stanford); A. Peet Hickman, Ph.D. (Rice); John lication; and various other administrative and editorial P. H uennekens, Ph.D. (Colorado); Alvin S. Kanofsky, activities. Some students may also be involved in the ini- Ph.D. (Pennsylvania); Yong W. Kim, Ph.D. (Michigan); tial states of constructing Dionysos, an externally refereed, Arnold H. Kritz, Ph.D. (Yale); H. Daniel Ou-Yang, on-line, web-based professional journal of the history of Ph.D. (U.C.L.A.); Jean Toulouse, Ph.D. (Columbia). philosophy. Prerequisite: Department permission Associate professors. Ivan Biaggio, Ph.D., (ETH- required: previous coursework in philosophy expected. Zurich); Volkmar Dierolf, Ph.D. (Utah); Jerome C. May be repeated more than once for credit. (ND) Licini, Ph.D. (M.I.T.); Russell A. Shaffer, Ph.D. (Johns Hopkins). Phil 290. Independent Study (1-4) Individual philosophical investigation of an author, Physics students study the basic laws of mechanics, heat book, or topic designed in collaboration with a faculty and thermodynamics, electricity and magnetism, optics, sponsor. Tutorial meetings; substantial written work. relativity, quantum mechanics, and elementary particles. May be repeated more than once for credit. Consent of The students also study applications of the basic theories faculty sponsor required. (ND) to the description of bulk matter, including the mechani- cal, electric, magnetic, and thermal properties of solids, Phil 303. (Math 303) Mathematical Logic (3-4) liquids, gases, and plasmas, and to the description of the A course, on a mathematically mature level, designed structure of atoms and nuclei. In addition, the student not only to acquaint the student with logical techniques develops the laboratory skills and techniques of the used in mathematics but also to present symbolic logic experimental physicist, skills that can be applied in the experimental search for new knowledge or in applica- Physics 311 tions of the known theories. programs, either can prepare a student for graduate work A majority of physics graduates go to graduate school in in physics or the physical aspects of other sciences or engi- physics, often earning the Ph.D. degree. These graduates neering disciplines, or for technical careers requiring a basic take university or college faculty positions, or work on knowledge of physics. The bachelor of arts curriculum is research in a variety of university, government, or indus- particularly useful for those planning careers in areas where trial laboratories. Some students choose employment some knowledge of physics is needed or useful, but is not immediately after the bachelor’s degree. They use their the main subject, such as science writing, secondary school many approved and free electives to supplement their teaching, patent law, or medicine. science background with applied courses, such as engi- The bachelor of science in engineering physics curriculum neering, to develop the skills needed for a position in a in the College of Engineering and Applied Science particular area. requires an engineering concentration in either solid state Because of the fundamental role of physics in all the nat- electronics or optical sciences, in addition to regular ural sciences, students also use the physics major as an physics and mathematics courses. This four-year program excellent preparation for graduate study in many other prepares students to do engineering work in an overlap scientific areas, such as: optical engineering, applied area between physics and engineering, which may be engi- mathematics, computer science, biophysics, molecular neering in a forefront area in which it is desirable to have biology, astrophysics, geology and geophysics, materials more physics knowledge than the typical engineer has, or science and engineering, meteorology, or physical may be experimental physics which either relies heavily on oceanography. Attractive engineering areas with a high fore-front engineering or in which the nature of the prob- science content include optical communications, aero- lem dictates that scientists and engineers will accomplish nautical engineering, nuclear engineering, including both more working together rather than separately. fission and fusion devices; electrical engineering, includ- A comparison of the curricula in terms of credit hours ing instrumentation, electronics and solid-state devices, (minimum credits indicated in major courses and approved electrical discharges and other plasma-related areas; and electives) in various broad categories is given below. mechanical engineering and mechanics, including fluids College of College of and continuum mechanics. The broad scientific back- Arts and Sciences Engineering ground developed in the physics curriculum is also an excellent background for professional schools, such as Concentration in law (particularly patent law), medicine, and optometry. Physics Astronomy Solid State Optical Lehigh offers three undergraduate degrees in physics and B.A. B.S. B.A. B.S.ElectronicsSciences two undergraduate degrees in astronomy or astrophysics. Frshmn English 6 66666 The three physics degrees are the bachelor of arts with a Coll. Ment.& Sem 4 4 4 4 major in physics and the bachelor of science in physics in the College of Arts and Sciences, and the bachelor of Distrb. Courses *16 *16 *16 *16 17 17 engineering physics in the College of Engineering and Required Prelim Applied Science. The B.A. with a major in astronomy & major courses 56 66 53 66 85 78 and the B.S. in astrophysics are in the College of Arts Apprvd Electives 16 17 12 12 11 18 and Sciences and are described in the Astronomy and Astrophysics section of this catalog. Electives 23 15 30 20 12 12 Total 121 124 121 124 131 131 In addition, there are several five-year, dual-degree pro- grams involving physics: The arts-engineering program (see *Not including mathematics or science the Arts-Engineering section of this catalog), the combina- The recommended sequences of courses are: tion of the bachelor of science program in the College of Arts and Sciences with Electrical Engineering (described Physics Degree Programs below), and the combination of electrical engineering and College of Arts & Sciences engineering physics (see the Electrical Engineering and Bachelor of Arts Engineering Physics section of this catalog). Bachelor of Science The bachelor of science curriculum in the College of Arts Fall Spring Fall Spring and Sciences requires somewhat more physics and mathe- matics than the bachelor of arts major, while the latter Freshman Year provides more free electives and three fewer hours for Engl 1 (3) Engl 2,4, (3) Engl 1 (3) Engl 2,4, (3) graduation. By making good use of the electives in these Phy 10 or 11 (4) Chm 21 (4) Phy 11 (4) Chm 21 (4) programs, either can prepare a student for graduate work Phy 12 (1) Chm 22 (1) Phy 12 (1) Chm 22 (1) in physics or the physical aspects of other sciences or engineering disciplines, or for technical careers requiring Math 21 (4) Math 22 (4) Math 21(4) Math 22 (4) a basic knowledge of physics. The bachelor of arts cur- Col. Sem. (3) Dist. Req.(3) Col.Sem(3) *Engr. 1 (3) riculum is particularly useful for those planning careers in Coll. Ment. (1) Col. Ment(1) areas where some knowledge of physics is needed or use- [16] [15] [16] [15] ful, but is not the main subject, such as science writing, secondary school teaching, patent law, or medicine. The bachelor of science curriculum in the College of Arts and Sciences requires somewhat more physics and mathe- matics than the bachelor of arts major, while the latter provides more free electives and three fewer hours for graduation. By making good use of the electives in these 312 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2003-2004

Sophomore Year P.C. Rossin College of Engineering & Applied Sciences Phy 21 (4) Phy 31 (3) Phy 21 (4) Phy 31 (3) Phy 22 (1) Adv.Phy. (2-3) Phy 22 (1) Phy 190 (3) Bachelor of Engineering Physics Lab (1) with a concentration in Solid State Electronics Optical Sciences Math 23 (4) Math 205 (3) Math 23 (4) Math 205 (3) Dist. Req. (6) Dist. Req. (4) Dist. Req. (6) Dist. Req. (3) Fall Spring Fall Spring Elective (3) Elective (4) Freshman Year [15] [15-16] [15] [16] Engl 1 (3) Engl 2,4, (3) Engl 1 (3) Engl 2,4, (3) Junior Year Phy 11 (4) Chm 21 (4) Phy 11 (4) Chm 21 (4) Adv. Phy.(2) (7) Adv.Phy. (6) Phy 212 (3) Phy 213 (3) Phy 12 (1) Chm 22 (1) Phy 12 (1) Chm 22 (1) Appr.Elec.(3) (3) Appr.Elec(3) Phy 215 (4) Phy 262 (2) Math 21 (4) Math 22 (4) Math 21(4) Math 22 (4) Dist. Req. (3) Elective (3) Math 322 (3) Phy 264 (3) HSS (3) Engr 1 (3) HSS (3) Engr 1 (3) Elective (3) Jr.Writing (3) JrWriting (3) Phy 362 (3) Engr 2 (1) Engr 2 (1) Appr Elec (3) Elective (4) [16] [15] [16] [15] [16] [15] [16] [15] Sophomore Year Senior Year Phy 21 (4) Phy 31 (3) Phy 21 (4) Phy 31 (3) Phy 22 (1) Phy 190 (3) Phy 22 (1) Phy 190 (3) Adv. Phy. (5) Appr.Elec (7) Phy 340 (3) Appr.Elec. (6) Math 23 (4) Math 205 (3) Math 23 (4) Math 205(3) Appr.Elec. (3) Electives (8) ApprElec (8) Electives (7) Eco 1 (4) Math 208 (3) Eco 1 (4) Math 208(3) Electives (6) Dist.Req. (4) Dist.Req.(3) [14] [15] [15] [16] ECE 81 (4) ECE 108 (4) ECE 81 (4) ECE 108(4) [121] [124] [17] [16] [17] [16] *or an equivalent course in scientific computing Junior Year For the Bachelor of Arts curriculum: Phy 212 (3) Phy 213 (3) Phy 212 (3) Phy 213 (3) At least one of the two advanced physics laboratories ECE 33 (4) Phy 262 (2) Phy 215 (4) Phy 262 (2) (Phy 190, Phy 262) is required. ECE 123 (3) Phy 362 (3) OE Elec** (3) Phy 362 (3) A total of 18 credits of advanced physics courses (200 or Math 322 (3) ECE 126 (3) HSS (4) OE Elec** (3) 300 level). At least two of these courses must be at the HSS (4) HSS (3) Math 322 (3) HSS (3) 300 level. Elective (3) Elective (3) Approved Electives are subject to the approval of the stu- dent’s advisor, and should be chosen to provide a [17] [17] [17] [17] coherent program to satisfy the student’s goals, such as Senior Year an interdisciplinary area of science, medical school, law Phy 340 (3) HSS (3) Phy 340 (3) Phy 355 (3) school, teaching certification, science writing, etc. or ME 104 or ME 104 No more than 6 credit hours of military science may be Phy 363 (3) SSE Elec* (5) Phy 352 (3) Electives (3) applied towards the degree. Phy 215 (4) Electives (9) OE Elec** (6) OE Elec** (6) For the Bachelor of Science curriculum: Approved electives include at least 17 credit hours of SSE Elec* (6) Elective (6) HSS (3) physics, physical science, or technical courses. Included [16] [17] [18] [15] in this group must be three of the following courses: Phy [131] [131] 363, 369, (352 or 355), and (348 or 365) and 380. Stu- *The 11 credit hours of SSE (Solid State Engineering) dents planning graduate work in physics are advised to electives must include ECE 251 or 252 or Phy 273. include Phy 273 and 369 among their electives. **The 18 credit hours of OE (Optical Engineering) elec- No more than 6 credit hours of military science may be tives must include ECE 251 or 252 or Phy 273. Must applied towards the degree. include at least two of ECE 347, ECE 348, ECE 371, ECE 372. Other advanced physics or engineering courses may be included among the SSE or OE electives with the approval of the student’s advisor. Combined B.S.(Physics)/B.S.(Electrical Engineering) The combined arts/engineering programs resulting in bachelors degrees in both physics and electrical engineer- ing may be arranged so that either of the two degrees is completed within the first four years. The suggested cur- ricula are: Physics 313

Physics-Elec. Engineering intensive requirement, of the College of Arts and Elec. Engineering-Physics Sciences. Courses appropriate for both may be counted in both categories. (Physics first) (Electrical Engineering First) Approved electives are subject to the approval of the stu- dent’s advisor. Students planning graduate work in Fall Spring Fall Spring physics are advised to include Phy 273 and 369 among Freshman Year their electives. Engl 1 (3) Engl 2,4 (3) Engl 1 (3) Engl 2,4, (3) No more than 6 credit hours of military science may be Phy 11 (4) Chm 21 (4) Phy 11 (4) Chm 21 (4) applied towards the degree. Phy 12 (1) Chm 22 (1) Phy 12 (1) Chm 22 (1) Astronomy/Astrophysics Degree Programs Math 21 (4) Math 22 (4) Math 21(4) Math 22 (4) (See the Astronomy section in this catalog.) HSS (3) Engr 1 (3) HSS (3) Engr 1 (3) Engr 2 (1) Engr 2 (1) Research opportunities [16] [15] [16] [15] A majority of physics, astronomy, and engineering physics majors take advantage of opportunities to partic- Sophomore Year ipate in research under the direction of a faculty Phy 21 (4) Phy 31 (3) Phy 21 (4) Phy 31 (3) member. Research areas available to undergraduates are Phy 22 (1) Eco 1 (4) Phy 22 (1) Eco 1 (4) the same as those available to graduate students; they are Math 23 (4) Math 205 (3) Math 23 (4) described below under the heading For Graduate Math 205 (3) Students. Undergraduate student research is arranged informally as early as the sophomore (or, occasionally, ECE 33 (4) Math 208 (3) ECE 33 (4) freshman) year at the initiation of the student or formal- HSS (3) ly as a senior research project. In addition, a number of ECE 81 (4) ECE 82 (1) ECE 81 (4) ECE 82 (1) students receive financial support to do research during ECE 108 (4) ECE 108 (4) the summer between their junior and senior years, either [17] [18] [17] [18] as Physics Department Summer Research Participants or as Sherman Fairchild Scholars. Junior Year The use of electives. The electives available in each of Phy 212 (3) Phy 213 (3) Phy 212 (3) Phy 213 (3) the physics and astronomy curricula provide the student Phy 215 (4) Phy 262 (2) ECE 121 (2) ECE 126(3) with an opportunity to develop special interests and to Phy Appr (3) Phy 264 (3) ECE 123 (3) ECE 138(2) prepare for graduate work in various allied areas. In par- Elective ticular, the many available upper-level physics, mathematics, and engineering courses can be used by Math 322 (3) Phy 362 (3) Math 208 (3) ECE 136(3) students in consultation with their faculty advisors to HSS (4) HSS (3) Math 231 (3) ECE 125(3) structure programs with special emphasis in a variety of Jr Writing (3) Jr Writing (3) HSS (3) areas such as optical communications, solid-state elec- [17] [17] [17] [17] tronics, or biophysics. Senior Year Departmental Honors Phy 340 (3) Elective (3) ECE 111 (1) Phy 264(3) Students may earn departmental honors by satisfying the Phy Appr (3) Phy Appr (5) ECE Appr (3) ECE Appr(6) following requirements: Elective Elective Elective Elective •Grade point average of at least 3.50 in physics courses. ECE 121 (2) ECE 126 (3) ECE 251(2) Phy 362(3) •Satisfactorily completing the following courses (these ECE 123 (3) ECE 138 (2) Phy 215 (4) HSS (4) may be included in the list of approved electives): HSS (3) ECE 125 (3) Elective (7) Phy 369; two of Phy 348, 363 and (352 or 355) and 380; one 400-level physics course. Elective (3) •Six credits Phy 273 (Research) plus submission of a [17] [16] [17] [16] written report and an oral presentation open to facul- Fifth Year ty and students. ECE 111 (1) ECE 136 (3) Phy 340 (3) Phy 262(2) For students majoring in astronomy or astrophysics, see ECE Appr (3) ECE Appr (9) Phy Appr(6) Phy Appr(5) the Astronomy and Astrophysics section of this catalog. Elective Elective Elective Elective Five-year combined bachelor/master’s ECE 251 (2) Electives (3) Math 322 (3) Electives (8) programs Math 231 (3) Electives (3) Five-year programs that lead to successive bachelor and Electives (6) master’s degrees are available. These programs satisfy all [15] [15] [15] [15] of the requirements of one of the five bachelor’s degrees [163] [163] in physics (B.A., B.S., B.S.E.P.) and astronomy/astro- physics (B.A., B.S.), plus the requirements of the M.S. Physics approved electives: three courses selected from in physics in the final year. Depending upon the under- Phy 363, 369, (352 or 355), and (346 or 365) and 380. graduate degree received, one summer in residence may Students must satisfy both the HSS requirements of the be required. Interested students should contact the asso- College of Engineering and Applied Science and the dis- ciate chair of physics no later than the spring semester of tribution requirements, including the junior writing their junior year for further detail. 314 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2003-2004

The minor program Phy 13. General Physics (3) The minor in physics consists of 15 credits of physics A continuation of Phy 10, primarily for biological sci- courses, excluding Physics 5 and 7. No more than one ence and earth and environmental science students. physics course required in a student’s major program Electrostatics, electromagnetism, light, sound, atomic may be included in the minor program. The minor pro- physics, nuclear physics, and radioactivity. Prerequisites: gram must be designed in consultation with the physics Phy 10 or 11 and Math 21, 31, or 51. Shaffer (NS) department chair. Phy 19. Introductory Physics II Completion(1-2) For students who have Advanced Placement or transfer Undergraduate Courses in Physics and credit for 2 or 3 credits of Phy 21. The student will be Astronomy scheduled for the appropriate part of Phy 21 to complete Phy 5. Concepts in Physics (4) spring the missing material. The subject matter and credit Fundamental discoveries and concepts of physics and hours will be determined by the Physics Department for their relevance to current issues and modern technology. each student. Students with AP Physics C credit for elec- For students not intending to major in science or engi- tricity and magnetism will take the optics and modern neering. Lectures, demonstrations, group activities, and physics part of Phy 21 for one credit. Prerequisite:4 cred- laboratories using modern instrumentation and comput- its of Phy 10 or 11, Math 23, 32, or 52 previously or ers. This is a non-calculus course; no previous concurrently; and consent of the department. (NS) background in physics is assumed. Three class meetings Phy 21. Introductory Physics II (4) and one laboratory period per week. No prerequisites. A continuation of Phy 11. Electrostatics and magneto- Staff. (NS) statics; DC circuits; Maxwell’s equations; waves; physical Phy 7. (Astr 7) Introduction to Astronomy (3) fall and geometrical optics; introduction to modern physics. Introduction to planetary, stellar, galactic, and extragalac- Two lectures and two recitations per week. Prerequisite: tic astronomy. An examination of the surface Phy 11; Math 23, 32, or 52, previously or concurrently. characteristics, atmospheres, and motions of planets and Folk. (NS) other bodies in our solar system. Properties of the sun, Phy 22. Introductory Physics Laboratory II (1) stars, and galaxies, including the birth and death of stars, A laboratory course to be taken concurrently with Phy stellar explosions, and the formation of stellar remnants 21. One three-hour laboratory period per week. such as white dwarfs, neutron stars, pulsars, and black Prerequisite: Phy 12; Phy 21, preferably concurrently. holes. Quasars, cosmology, and the evolution of the uni- Folk (NS). verse. May not be taken by students who have previously completed Astr/Phy 105, 201, or 202. (NS) Phy 31. Introduction to Quantum Mechanics (3) spring Phy 8. (Astr 8) Introduction to Astronomy Experimental basis and historical development of quan- Laboratory (1) fall tum mechanics; the Schroedinger equation; Laboratory to accompany Phy 7 (Astr 7). (NS) one-dimensional problems; angular momentum and the Phy 9. Introductory Physics I Completion (1-2) hydrogen atom; many-electron systems; spectra; selected For students who have Advanced Placement or transfer applications. Three lectures per week. Prerequisite: Phy credit for 2 or 3 credits of Phy 11. The student will be 13 or 21; Math 205, previously or concurrently. scheduled for the appropriate part of Phy 11 to complete Huennekens. (NS) the missing material. The subject matter and credit Phy 91. Measurement and Transducers (1) hours will be determined by the Physics Department for Computer-assisted laboratory course, dealing with physi- each student. Students with AP Physics C credit for cal phenomena in mechanics, electricity and magnetism, mechanics will take the thermodynamics and kinetic the- optics, spectroscopy and thermodynamics. Measurement ory part of Phy 11 for one credit. Prerequisite: Math 21, strategies are developed and transducers devised. 31,or 51 previously or concurrently; and consent of the Computer simulation, analysis software, digital data department. (NS) acquisition. Prerequisites: Phy 21 and 22 or their equiva- Phy 10. General Physics I (4) fall lent or consent of chairperson. Kim. (NS) Statics, dynamics, conservation laws, thermodynamics, Phy 105. (Astr 105, EES 105) Planetary kinetic theory of gases, fluids. Primarily for architecture, Astronomy (4) fall biological science, earth and environmental science stu- Structure and dynamics of planetary interriors, surfaces, dents. Prerequisite: calculus (Math 21, 31, or 51, and atmospheres. Models for the formation of the solar previously or concurrently). Ou-Yang. (NS) system and planetary evolution. Internal structure, sur- Phy 11. Introductory Physics I (4) face topology, and composition of planets and other Kinematics, frames of reference, laws of motion in bodies in our solar system. Comparative study of plane- Newtonian theory and in special relativity, conservation tary atmospheres. Organic materials in the solar system. laws, as applied to the mechanics of mass points; temper- Properties of the interplanetary medium, including dust ature, heat and the laws of thermodynamics; kinetic and meteroroids. Orbital dynamics. Extrasolar planetary theory of gases. Two lectures and two recitations per systems. Prerequisites: Phy 10 or 11 and EES 21, or week. Prerequisite: Math 21, 31 or 51, previously or departmental permission. DeLeo. (NS) concurrently. DeLeo. (NS) Phy 110 (Astr 110) Methods of Observational Phy 12. Introductory Physics Laboratory I (1) Astronomy (1) A laboratory course taken concurrently with Phy 11. Techniques of astronomical observation, data reduction, Experiments in mechanics, heat, and DC electrical cir- and analysis. Photometry, spectroscopy, CCD imaging, cuits. One three-hour laboratory period per week. and interferometry. Computational analysis. Prerequisite: Phy 10 or Phy 11, preferably concurrently. Examination of ground- based and spacecraft instrumen- Kanofsky (NS) Physics 315 tation, and data transmission, reduction, and analysis. Phy 281. Basic Physics I (3) McCluskey. (NS) A course designed especially for secondary-school teach- Phy 190. Electronics (3) spring ers in the master teacher program. Presupposing a DC and AC circuits, diodes, transistors, operational background of two semesters of college mathematics amplifiers, oscillators, and digital circuitry. Two laborato- through differential and integral calculus and of two ries and one recitation per week. Prerequisites: Phy 21 semesters of college physics, the principles of physics are and 22, or Phy 13 and 14. Stavola. (NS) presented with emphasis on their fundamental nature rather than on their applications. Open only to second- For Advanced Undergraduates And ary-school teachers and those planning to undertake Graduate Students teaching of secondary-school physics. (NS) Phy 201. (Astr 201) Modern Astrophysics I (4) fall Phy 282. Basic Physics II (3) Physics of stellar atmospheres and interiors, and the for- Continuation of Phy 281. (NS) mation, evolution, and death of stars. Variable stars. The Phy 332. (Astr 332) High-Energy Astrophysics (3) evolution of binary star systems. Novae, supernovae, spring, odd numbered years. white dwarfs, neutron stars, pulsars, and black holes. Observation and theory of X-ray and gamma-ray Stellar spectra, chemical compositions, and thermody- sources, quasars, pulsars, radio galaxies, neutron stars, namic processes. Thermonuclear reactions. Interstellar black holes. Results from ultraviolet, X-ray and gamma medium. Prerequisites: Phy 10 and 13, or Phy 11 and ray satellites. Prerequisites: Math 23 or 33, previously or 21, Math 22 or 52. McCluskey. (NS) concurrently, and Phy 21. McCluskey. (NS) Phy 202. (Astr 202) Modern Astrophysics II (4) Phy 340. Thermal Physics (3) fall spring Basic principles of thermodynamics, kinetic theory, and The Milky Way Galaxy, galactic morphology, and evolu- statistical mechanics, with emphasis on applications to tionary processes. Active galaxies and quasars. Observed classical and quantum mechanical physical systems. properties of the universe. Relativistic cosmology, and Prerequisites: Phy 13 or 21, and Math 23, 32 or 52. the origin, evolution and fate of the universe. Elements Toulouse. (NS) of General Relativity and associated phenomena. Prerequisites: Phy 10 and 13, or Phy 11 and 21, Math Phy 342. (Astr 342) Relativity and Cosmology (3) 22 or 52. McCluskey. (NS) spring, even numbered years. Special and general relativity. Schwarzschild and Kerr Phy 212. Electricity and Magnetism I (3) fall black holes. Super massive stars. Relativistic theories of Electrostatics, magnetostatics, and electromagnetic the origin and evolution of the universe. Prerequisites: induction. Prerequisites: Phy 21 or 13; Math 205, previ- Math 23 or 33, previously or concurrently, and Phy 21. ously or concurrently. Huennekens. (NS) McCluskey. (NS) Phy 213. Electricity and Magnetism II (3) spring Phy 348. Plasma Physics (3) Maxwell’s equations, Poynting’s theorem, potentials, the Single particle behavior in electric and magnetic fields, wave equation, waves in vacuum and in materials, trans- plasmas as fluids, waves in plasmas, transport properties, mission and reflection at boundaries, guided waves, kinetic theory of plasmas, controlled thermonuclear dispersion, electromagnetic field of moving charges, radi- fusion devices. Prerequisites: Phy 21, Math 205, and ation, Lorentz invariance and other symmetries of senior standing or consent of the chairman of the Maxwell’s equations. Prerequisite: Phy 212. Kim. (NS) department. Kritz (NS) Phy 215. Classical Mechanics I (4) fall Phy 352. Modern Optics (3) Kinematics and dynamics of point masses with various Paraxial optics, wave and vectorial theory of light, coher- force laws; conservation laws; systems of particles; rotating ence and interference, diffraction, crystal optics, and coordinate systems; rigid body motions; topics from lasers. Prerequisites: Math 205, and Phy 212 or ECE Lagrange’s and Hamilton’s formulations of mechanics; con- 202. Dierolf. (NS) tinuum mechanics. Prerequisites: Phy 21 or Phy 13 and Math 205, previously or concurrently. McCluskey. (NS) Phy 355. Lasers and Non-linear Optics (3) Basic principles and selected applications of lasers and Phy 262. Advanced Physics Laboratory (2) spring non- linear optics. Topics include electromagnetic theory Laboratory practice, including machine shop, vacuum of optical beams, optical resonators, laser oscillation, systems, and computer interfacing. Experiment selected non-linear interaction of radiation with atomic systems, from geometrical optics, interference and diffraction, electro- and acousto-optics, optical noise, optical wave- spectroscopy, lasers, fiber optics, and quantum phenome- guides, and laser devices. Prerequisites: Phy 31; Phy 213 na. Prerequisites: Phy 21 and 22 or Phy 13 and 14. or ECE 203, previously or concurrently. Dierolf. (NS) Dierolf. (NS) Phy 362. Atomic and Molecular Structure (3) Phy 264. Nuclear and Elementary Particle spring Physics (3) Review of quantum mechanical treatment of one-elec- Models, properties, and classification of nuclei and ele- tron atoms, electron spin and fine structure, mentary particles; nuclear and elementary particle multi-electron atoms, Pauli principle, Zeeman and Stark reactions and decays; radiation and particle detectors; effects, hyperfine structure, structure and spectra of sim- accelerators; applications. Prerequisites: Phy 31 and ple molecules. Prerequisite: Phys 31 or Chm 341. Math 205. Kanofsky. (NS) Hickman. (NS) Phy 273. Research (2-3) Phy 363. Physics of Solids (3) fall Participation in current research projects being carried Introduction to the theory of solids with particular out within the department. Intended for seniors major- reference to the physics of metals and semiconductors. ing in the field. May be repeated once for credit. (NS) 316 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2003-2004

Prerequisite: Phy 31 or Mat 316 or Chm 341, and Nuclear Theory Phy 340 or equivalent, previously or concurrently. The few nucleon problem, nuclear structure theory. Biaggio. (NS) Statistical Physics (experimental) Phy 365. Physics of Fluids (3) spring Concepts of fluid dynamics; continuum and molecular Non-equilibrium fluctuations in gases. Chaotic transi- approaches; waves, shocks and nozzle flows; nature of tions. Colloidal suspensions and complex fluids. turbulence; experimental methods of study. Prerequisites: Disordered materials. Phy 212 or ECE 202, and Phy 340 or ME 104 or equiv- Statistical Physics (theoretical) alent, previously or concurrently. Kim. (NS) Kinetic theory, statistical basis of hydrodynamics, non- Phy 369. Quantum Mechanics I (3) fall linear processes, bound states and internal degrees of Principles of quantum mechanics: Schroedinger, freedom in kinetic theory. Study of pattern formation in Heisenberg, and Dirac formulations. Applications to dendritic growth. simple problems. Prerequisites: Phy 31, Math 205; Phy Elementary Particles (experimental) 215, previously or concurrently. Hickman. (NS) Channeling, device development, and particle jet studies Phy 372. Special Topics in Physics (1-3) are carried out at Fermilab and Brookhaven. Special topics in physics not sufficiently covered in the gen- eral courses. Lecture and recitations or conferences. (NS) Elementary Particles (theoretical) Phy 380. Introduction to Computational Physics Properties of leptons and vector bosons, weak and elec- tromagnetic interactions. Quark-Glauber calculations of (3) fall elastic and inelastic scattering. Numerical solution of physics and engineering problems using computational techniques. Topics include linear Non-linear Optics and nonlinear equations, interpolation, eigenvalues, ordi- Theoretical and experimental work in lasers and non-lin- nary differential equations, partial differential equations, ear optics. statistical analysis of data, Monte Carlo, and molecular Candidates for advanced degrees normally will have com- dynamics methods. Prerequisite: Math 205 previously or pleted, before beginning their graduate studies, the concurrently. Borse. (NS) requirements for a bachelor’s degree with a major in For Graduate Students physics, including advanced mathematics beyond differen- The department of physics has concentrated its research tial and integral calculus. Students lacking the equivalent activities within several fields of physics, with the result that of this preparation will make up deficiencies in addition to a number of projects are available in each area. Current taking the specified work for the degree sought. departmental research activities include the following: At least eight semester hours of general college physics using calculus are required for admission to all 200- and Solid-state Physics (experimental) 300-level courses. Additional prerequisites for individual Optical and electronic properties of defects in semicon- courses are noted in the course descriptions. Admission ductors and insulators, electron paramagnetic resonance, to 400-level courses generally is predicated on satisfacto- ultrasonic attenuation, Raman spectroscopy, lumines- ry completion of corresponding courses in the 200- and cence spectroscopy. Properties of thin films, physics of 300-level groups or their equivalent. semiconductor devices. Colloidal suspensions and com- plex fluids. Facilities for Research Among the research equipment available in the various Solid-state Physics (theoretical) experimental physics laboratories are: three electron spin Electronic properties of defects in semiconductors and resonance laboratories; a laboratory for optical detection insulators, electronic structures, electron-lattice interac- of magnetic resonance; facilities for optical absorption tions, energy band calculations. and luminescence studies; ultraviolet, visible, and Atomic and Molecular Physics (experimental) infrared spectrophotometers; liquid nitrogen, hydrogen, and helium cryogenic equipment; numerous high-power Study of fundamental atom-atom interactions including lasers (including a ruby laser, Q-switched Nd:YAG and velocity-changing collisions and diffusion, energy pooling Nd-glass lasers, several pulsed dye lasers, several argon collisions and fine-structure changing collisions. High res- and Krypton ion lasers, marrowbased CW dye lasers, olution spectroscopy of bound-bound and bound-free two tunable CW Ti:Sapphire lasers, and many semicon- molecular transitions (including photodissociation) ductor lasers); crystal-growing facilities; a Atomic and Molecular Physics (theoretical) mass-spectrometer, large interferometers, an electron Collisions of aligned atoms. Charge exchange. Fine- microscope, a high-density plasma source; electronic structure changing collisions. Nonlinear optics. instrumentation for data acquisition and analysis, includ- ing several minicomputers, many microcomputers, and Plasma Physics (theoretical) signal averagers. Studies of heating, current drive, transport, and plasma A 3 MeV Van de Graaff accelerator housed in the diagnostics by transient synchrotron radiation in mag- Sherman Fairchild Laboratory is used to study radiation netically confined toroidal plasmas. The research is defects in solids, to analyze impurity distributions in thin closely related to ongoing and proposed experiments at films, to develop instrumentation, and to study channel- major fusion laboratories. ing and nuclear physics. Also available in materials and Plasma Spectroscopy electrical engineering laboratories in the Fairchild Laboratory are excellent facilities for the preparation of Collisional and collisionless phenomena of very dense solid-state materials and the fabrication of solid-state plasmas. Laser-produced plasmas. Physics 317 devices; these facilities are heavily used by physics stu- spectroscopy, spectral line broadening atom-atom and dents doing experimental solid-state research. electron-atom collisions and modern experimental tech- niques. Prerequisite: Phy 424 or consent of the Graduate Courses in Physics department. Huennekens Phy 411. Survey of Nuclear and Elementary Phy 455. Physics of Nonlinear Phenomena (3) Particle Physics (3) Basic concepts, theoretical methods of analysis and Intended for non-specialists. Fundamentals and modern experimental development in nonlinear phenomena and advanced topics in nuclear and elementary particle chaos. Topics include nonlinear dynamics, including physics. Topics include: nuclear force, structure of nuclei, period-multiplying routes to chaos and strange attrac- nuclear models and reactions, scattering, elementary par- tors, fractal geometry and devil’s staircase. Examples of ticle classification, SU(3), quarks, gluons, quark flavor both dissipative and conservative systems will be drawn and color, leptons, gauge theories, GUT, the big bang. from fluid flows, plasmas, nonlinear optics, mechanics Prerequisite: Phy 369. Shaffer. and waves in disordered media. Prerequisite: graduate Phy 420. Mechanics (3) fall standing in science or engineering, or consent of the Includes the variational methods of classical mechanics, chairman of the department. Gunton. methods of Hamilton and Lagrange, canonical transfor- Phy 462. Theories of Elementary Particle mations, Hamilton-Jacobi Theory. Toulouse. Interactions (3) Phy 421. Electricity & Magnetism I (3) spring Relativistic quantum theory with applications to the Electrostatics, magnetostatics, Maxwell’s equations, strong, electromagnetic and weak interactions of elemen- dynamics of charged particles, multipole fields. Folk tary particles. Prerequisite: Phy 425. Shaffer Phy 422. Electricity & Magnetism II (3) fall Phy 465. Nuclear and Elementary Particle Electrodynamics, electromagnetic radiation, physical Physics (3) optics, electrodynamics in anisotropic media. Special Nuclear structure and phenomena; interactions among theory of relativity. Prerequisite: Phy 421. Huennekens. elementary particles and methods of studying them. Phy 424. Quantum Mechanics II (3) spring Kanofsky General principles of quantum theory; approximation Phy 467. Nuclear Theory (3) methods; spectra; symmetry laws; theory of scattering. Theory of low-energy nuclear phenomena within the Prerequisite: Phy 369 or equivalent. Borse framework of nonrelativistic quantum mechanics. Borse Phy 425. Quantum Mechanics III (3) Phy 471. (Mech 411) Continuum Mechanics (3) A continuation of Phys 424. Relativistic quantum theory An introduction to the continuum theories of the of the electron; theory of radiation. Shaffer mechanics of solids and fluids. This includes a discussion Phy 428. Methods of Mathematical Physics I (3) of the mechanical and thermodynamical bases of the fall subject, as well as the use of invariance principles in for- mulating constitutive equations. Applications of theories Analytical and numerical methods of solving the ordi- to specific problems are given. nary and partial differential equations that occur in physics and engineering. Includes treatments of complex Phy 472. Special Topics in Physics (1-3) variables, special functions, product solutions and inte- Selected topics not sufficiently covered in the more gen- gral transforms. Gunton. eral courses. May be repeated for credit. Phy 429. Methods of Mathematical Physics II (3) Phy 474. Seminar in Modern Physics (3) spring Discussion of important advances in experimental Continuation of Physics 428 to include the use of inte- physics. May be repeated for credit when a different gral equations. Green’s functions, group theory, and topic is offered. more on numerical methods. Prerequisite: Phy 428. Phy 475. Seminar in Modern Physics (3) Phy 431. Theory of Solids (3) Discussion of important advances in theoretical physics. Advanced topics in the theory of the electronic structure May be repeated for credit when a different topic is offered. of solids. Many-electron theory. Theory of transport Phy 491. Research (3) phenomena. Magnetic properties, optical properties. Research problems in experimental or theoretical physics. Superconductivity. Point imperfections. Prerequisites: Phy 363 and Phy 424. Phy 492. Research (3) Continuation of Phy 491. May be repeated for credit. Phy 442. Statistical Mechanics (3) spring General principles of statistical mechanics with applica- tion to thermodynamics and the equilibrium properties Political Science of matter. Prerequisites: Phy 340 and 369. Toulouse. Professors. Frank T. Colon, Ph.D. (Pittsburgh); Richard Phy 443. Nonequilibrium Statistical Mechanics (3) K. Matthews, Ph.D. (Toronto), NEH Distinguished A continuation of Phy 442. Applications of kinetic theory University Professor; Edward P. Morgan, Ph.D. and statistical mechanics to nonequilibrium processes; non- (Brandeis), Distinguished University Professor; Laura Katz equilibrium thermodynamics. Prerequisite: Phy 442. Kim. Olson, Ph.D. (Colorado), Chairperson; Hannah Stewart- Phy 446. Atomic and Molecular Physics (3) Eambino, Ph.D. (Duke). Advanced topics in the experimental and theoretical Associate professors. Frank L. Davis, Ph.D. (North study of atomic and molecular structure. Topics include Carolina); Albert H. Wurth Jr., Ph.D. (North Carolina). fine and hyperfine structure, Zeeman effect, interaction Assistant professor. Janet M. Laible, Ph.D. (Yale); Brian of light with matter, multi-electron atoms, molecular K. Pinaire, Ph.D. (Rutgers). 318 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2003-2004

Adjunct professor. Candace K. Briggs, M.A. (East American Politics, Public Law and Stroudsburg). Interdisciplinary The major in political science is designed to promote PolS 111 The Politics of the Environment (4) understanding of political ideas, institutions and process- es and to develop skills in analyzing and evaluating PolS 115 Technology As Politics (4) political problems. PolS 179 Politics of Women (4) A balanced program within the discipline, one that PolS 230 Movements and Legacies of the 1960s (4) exposes the student to various areas of inquiry in politi- POL 232 The Vietnam War in Politics, Media, and cal institutions and political processes as well as in the Memory (4) comparative and philosophical perspectives of political analysis, has been the way in which the goals of the PolS 302 Comparative State Politics (3-4) major program generally have been achieved. While the PolS 306 Public Policy Process (3-4) major program outlined below will prove adequate for PolS 317 The American Presidency (3-4) most student needs, it may be that because of some spe- PolS 326 Democracy Workshop (3-4) cial factors such as late transfer or unusual interests and/or abilities the outlined program does not accom- PolS 328 U.S. Politics and the Environment (3-4) modate some students. In that case the students may, in PolS 329 Propaganda, Media, and American consultation with their advisers, develop a major pro- Politics (3-4) gram that in their judgment will more adequately fulfill PolS 331 Community Politics Internship (3-4) those needs. PolS 333 Social Psychology of Politics (3-4) The faculty adviser to the student majoring in political science is designated by the department. The adviser PolS 341 Seminar: American Constitutionalism (3-4) consults with the student and approves the major pro- PolS 347 Courts (3-4) gram. The adviser attempts to help the student relate PolS 351 Constitutional Law (3-4) courses offered by the department to the student’s educa- tional goals. The adviser also may act as a resource for PolS 352 Civil Rights and Civil Liberties (3-4) the student, and may suggest courses in other disciplines, PolS 353 Seminar: Media, Propaganda and language courses, and courses in research techniques that Democracy (3-4) may be of benefit. PolS 358 Interest Groups, Factions, and Coalitions in A variety of experiential opportunities are available to Politics (3-4) undergraduates majoring in political science. The depart- PolS 359 U.S. Congress (3-4) ment, for example, offers a Community Politics PolS 360 Public Administration (3-4) Internship every semester that includes opportunities for internship placements in either local government, private PolS 366 Seminar: American Political Parties (3-4) agencies or law offices. Students are also encouraged to PolS 373 Seminar: Public Administration (3-4) apply for off-campus internship opportunities, e.g., PolS 375 Seminar: Green Polity (3-4) American University’s Washington Semester Program and The Philadelphia Center’s Internship in Philadelphia. PolS 376 Seminar: National Social Policy (3-4) Completion of the political science major is considered PolS 377 Urban Politics (3-4) suitable training for the undergraduate who wishes to go Political Theory and Comparative Politics on to law school, to become a social science teacher, or to work as a governmental official, party or civic leader, PolS 100 Introduction to Political Thought (4) public affairs commentator, or staff member of a govern- PolS 101 Ancient Political Heritage (4) ment research bureau. In addition, the business sector PolS 102 Modern Political Heritage (4) continues to provide opportunities in areas such as bank- ing, insurance, and marketing for bachelor of arts PolS 125 International Political Economy (4) graduates with training in the social sciences. Graduate PolS 132 An Introduction to Canada (4) study is advisable for students contemplating certain PolS 301 Current Political Controversies (3-4) careers: college teaching, research, or public manage- PolS 321 Research in Political Science (3-4) ment, for example. PolS 322 Politics of Developing Nations (3-4) The three core courses are required. Individual excep- tions may be made, for good reasons, by the major PolS 323 Public Policy of the European Union (3-4) adviser with the approval of the department chairman. PolS 324 Politics of Western Europe (3-4) Major Requirements PolS 325 Nationalism in Comparative Perspective (3-4) PolS 1 American Political System (4) PolS 335 Latin American Political Systems (3-4) PolS 3 Comparative Politics (4) PolS 336 U.S. Foreign Policy and Latin PolS 100 Introduction to Political Thought (4) or America (3-4) PolS 101 Ancient Political Heritage (4) or PolS 337 Religion and Politics in Latin America (3-4) PolS 102 Modern Political Heritage (4) PolS 342 Gender and Third World Electives Development (3-4) Six elective courses with at least one course from each of PolS 356 Seminar: Political Philosophy (3-4) the two fields listed below. One of the electives may, with PolS 362 Seminar: American Political Thought (3-4) the consent of the department, be in a cognate field. Political Science 319

PolS 364 Issues in Contemporary Political ship to domestic economic policy and other aspects of Philosophy (3-4) foreign policy. Determinants of foreign economic policy. PolS 367 American Political Thought (3-4) Prerequisites: Economics 1 or 11 or 12; IR 10. Moon, Barkey (SS) PolS 370 Seminar: The Citizen versus the Administrative State (3-4) PolS 132. (Eco., Hist., IR) An Introduction to PolS 374 Seminar: Third World Issues (3-4) Canada (4) An interdisciplinary, team-taught course focusing on his- Political Science Minor tory, politics, economics and international relations. The minor consists of two of the three core courses listed Topics covered will include Canada’s historical develop- above (PolS 1, PolS 3, and PolS 100 or 101 or 102) plus ment, recent politics and foreign policy, and economic any two other political science courses for a total of 16 and trade issues. Special attention will be given to con- credits. temporary affairs and to Canada’s relations with the United States. (SS) Public Administration Minor PolS 179. (WS 179) Politics of Women (4) The minor consists of PolS 360 plus three other courses Selected social and political issues relating to the role of chosen in consultation with the adviser for a minimum women in American society. Focuses on such questions of sixteen credits. as economic equality, poverty, and work roles, the older Political Science Honors woman, gender gap, political leadership, reproduction technology, and sexual violence. Olson (SS) Students must have at least a 3.2 cumulative grade point average, and a 3.3 major grade point average, in order to PolS 230. Movements and Legacies of the 1960s (4) proceed with departmental honors. Students with honors The lessons and legacies of 1960s social and political must complete ten courses in the major, including an movements. Students engage with civil rights, black independent study focusing on the honors thesis. power movements, the New Left, campus protests, the Vietnam war and antiwar movement, the counterculture, Undergraduate Courses women’s and ecology movements and assess their con- PolS 1. American Political System (4) fall-spring nection to democracy, today’s world and their own lives. Constitutional principles; organization and operation of Morgan (SS) the national government; and dynamics of power within PolS 232. The Vietnam War in Politics, Media, the U.S. political system. (SS) and Memory (4) PolS 3. Comparative Politics (4) fall-spring Examines the meaning of the American war in Vietnam The political systems of foreign countries; approaches to as interpreted and disputed in American politics, the the study of comparative politics. (SS) mass media, and private and public memory. Reviews PolS 100. Introduction to Political Thought (4) the political history and context of the war, personal experiences and critical perspectives on the war, and A critical examination of political ideologies: Liberalism, characterizations of the war in mainstream news media Marxism, Fascism, and Islamism. Matthews (ND) and popular film. Morgan. (SS) PolS 101. Ancient Political Heritage (4) Important political thinkers from the pre-Socratics to For Advanced Undergraduates and early, modern political theorists like Machiavelli. Graduate Students Matthews (SS) PolS 301. Current Political Controversies (3-4) PolS 102. (Phil 102) Modern Political Heritage (4) Selected topical policy issues and alternative approaches Begins where PolS 101 ends: from early, modern theo- to understanding them. Includes the major domestic rists (e.g., Hobbes) up to contemporary thinkers (e.g., questions facing the U.S. Emphasis is on debating the Marcuse). Matthews (SS) current issues of the day. Olson (SS) PolS 111. The Politics of the Environment (4) PolS 302. Comparative State Politics (3-4) A survey of the major environmental, resource, energy Analysis of major questions relating to the role of the and population problems of modern society, focusing on states in the American federal system and their relation- the United States. The politics of man’s relationship with ship with the national government. Colon (SS) nature, the political problems of ecological scarcity and PolS 306. Public Policy Process (3-4) public goods, and the response of the American political Power relations and their impacts on selected public pol- system to environmental issues. Wurth (SS) icy issues, specifically taxation, housing, environment, PolS 115. Technology as Politics (4) poverty, energy, the military, and health. Olson (SS) Relationship of technology and technological change PolS 317. The American Presidency (3-4) with politics and public policy. Review of theories of Role of the executive in the American political process. political significance of technology, including technologi- Includes an analysis of the historical development, selec- cal determinism, technology assessment, technological tion process, and scope of executive power. Emphasizes progress and appropriate technology. Specific issues in domestic and foreign policy initiatives of selected presi- technology with emphasis on U.S. Wurth (ND) dents from FDR to today. Prerequisite: PolS 1. Olson (SS) PolS 125. (IR 125) International Political PolS 321. Research in Political Science (3-4) Economy (4) Models in the explanation of political phenomena, Principles governing the interaction between the eco- appropriateness of measurement techniques; construc- nomic and political components of international tion of research designs; rationale and application of phenomena. Political causes and consequences of trade statistical analyses; individual projects involving the con- and investment. Foreign economic policy in its relation- 320 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2003-2004 struction and testing of models employing a major social and social service agencies, political groups, elected offi- science data set. Prerequisite: Consent of the instructor. cials, and law offices. May be repeated for credit. Davis (ND) Prerequisite: consent of instructor. (ND) PolS 322. Politics of Developing Nations (3-4) PolS 333. (Psyc 333, SSP 333) Social Psychology Theories of non-Western economic and political devel- of Politics (3-4) opment. Human costs for both men and women of Political behavior viewed from a psychological and social development models and their failures. Student groups psychological perspective. Prerequisite: Any one of the evaluate models using case-studies primarily from Latin following introductory courses: Anth 1, Anth 11, Anth America and Africa. Team approach to analyzing and 12, SSP 5, SSP 21, or department permission. solving complex development problems in contemporary Rosenwein (SS) contexts. Prerequisite: PolS 3. Stewart-Gambino (SS) PolS 335. Latin American Political Systems (3-4) PolS 323. Public Policy of the European Union Democratic, authoritarian and revolutionary paths to (3-4) contemporary political issues. Political, economic and The institutions and policy-making processes of the social implications of contemporary “democratic” European Union. Topics include the creation of the sin- regimes and neo-liberal economic policies. Discussion gle market and the euro, environmental and agricultural groups and student presentations on prospects for demo- policy, regional development and the policy challenges of cratic peace and prosperity in the future. Prerequisite: eastward enlargement. Prerequisite: PolS 3. Laible PolS 3. Stewart-Gambino (ND) PolS 324. Politics of Western Europe (3-4) PolS 336. U.S. Foreign Policy and Latin America Comparative discussion of systems of government in (3-4) Western Europe and of major policy questions facing U.S. historical relationship with Central America, these states in the post-war era. Topics include the evolu- Caribbean and South America with emphasis on eco- tion of welfare states, relations with the former Eastern nomic and military dominance. Contemporary issues bloc, immigration, and the regionalization and such as U.S. invasions of Panama and Grenada, U.S. Europeanization of central state authority. Prerequisite: Cuban relations, the militarization of the “drug war,” PolS 3. Laible counterinsurgency. Written analysis of competing U.S. PolS 325. Nationalism in Comparative Perspective interests across time and regions. Prerequisite: PolS 3. (3-4) Stewart-Gambino (ND) Examination of major theoretical and policy debates in PolS 337. Religion and Politics in Latin America contemporary studies of nationalism. Focus on the emer- (3-4) gence and endurance of nationalist movements in the Indigenous and “imported” religious structures, the modern era. Discussion of efforts to evaluate the legiti- prominent role of the Catholic Church in Latin macy of nationalist claims and to resolve nationalist America, and the recent explosion of conflict. Prerequisite: PolS 3. Laible Protestant/Pentecostal churches. Emphasis on the inter- PolS 326. Democracy Workshop (3-4) section of religious belief and power (i.e., gender, local Student teams enhance the political voice of under- politics, national development, etc.). Short papers inte- resourced community groups through grate material with students’ knowledge of organization-building, outreach, and policy input at the religious/political phenomena. Discussion groups analyze local level. Weekly seminars on theory and practice of philosophical foundations of belief. Prerequisite: PolS 3 community organizing and its relationship with democ- and 336. Stewart-Gambino (ND) racy and power in the United States complement PolS 341. Seminar: American Constitutionalism semester-long field placements with community groups (3-4) and local organizations. Prerequisite: consent of instruc- Selected topics in American constitutional thought and tor. Morgan (ND) its politics. Prerequisites: 351, 352, or permission of PolS 328. U.S. Politics and the Environment (3-4) instructor. Kersch (ND) An examination of contemporary American politics and PolS 342. (WS 342) Gender and Third World policy dealing with environmental issues. Current con- Development (3-4) troversies in the legislative and regulatory areas will be Focus on gender implications of contemporary strategies covered to examine environmental issues and the politi- for Third World economic growth, neo-liberalism. How cal process. Significant portions of the course readings do economic theories affect ‘real people?’ How do eco- will be taken from government publications. Wurth (SS) nomic theories affect men vs. women? What is the role PolS 329. Propaganda, Media, and American of people who want to ‘help?’ Some background in eco- Politics (3-4) nomic theories and/or Third World politics desired, but The role of propaganda and mass media in sustaining not required. Prerequisite: PolS 1 or WS 1. Stewart- hegemony in the United States. Emphasis on television, Gambino (SS) advertising and mass culture, public relations, news PolS 347 Courts (3-4) media, and political propaganda pertaining to U.S. for- An examination of courts as unique legal and political eign and domestic policy. Students compare critical institutions with distinctive approaches to resolving dis- counter-hegemonic theories to political speeches, docu- putes and formulating law and public policy. Emphasis is ments, news reports, and media encounters that shape on foreign, American, and international courts. much of American political life. Morgan (SS) Prerequisite: PolS 1. Kersch (SS) PolS 331. Community Politics Internship (3-4) PolS 351. Constitutional Law (3-4) Integrated fieldwork and academic study. Seminar, An examination of the development of American consti- research paper, and journal; internship with government tutional law considered in historical and political Political Science 321 context. Emphasis is on decisions of the U.S. Supreme PolS 366. Seminar: American Political Parties Court. Topics include the growth of the Supreme Court’s (3-4) institutional power and the Court’s changing interpreta- Study of the organization, functions, and behavior of tions of the federalism, the separation of powers, and political parties in the United States. Includes voting constitutional rights. Kersch (ND) behavior, campaigns and elections, polling, interest PolS 352. Civil Rights and Civil Liberties (3-4) groups, public opinion and the role of the media. Colon A survey of Supreme Court policymaking pursuant to (SS) the Bill of Rights, the Fourteenth Amendment, and fed- PolS 367. (Phil 367) American Political Thought eral civil rights statutes. Among the covered topics are (3-4) changing Supreme Court doctrine concerning freedom A critical examination of American political thought of speech and press, religious liberty, property rights, from the founding of the Republic to the present. criminal procedure, and the due process and equal pro- Writings from Madison, Hamilton, and Jefferson to tection clauses. Kersch (ND) Emma Goldman, Mary Daly, Malcolm X, Henry Kariel, PolS 353. Seminar: Media, Propaganda and and others will be discussed. Matthews (SS) Democracy (3-4) PolS 370. Seminar: The Citizen versus the Research seminar on theoretical and applied issues relat- Administrative State (3-4) ed to democracy vs. political hegemony, as affected by Administrative power and policy. Constitutional and propaganda, the mass media, popular culture, and the judicial control of administration. Remedies against capitalist economy. Students will pursue individual improper administrative acts. Major emphasis will be on research topics linked to common class readings. Weekly the United States, with some attention given to analo- paper presentations and critical responses. Prerequisite: gous issues in other countries. (SS) Either PolS 329 or both Jour 246 and SSP 337. Morgan (SS) PolS 371. Readings (1-4) Readings in political science assigned to properly quali- PolS 356. Seminar: Political Philosophy (3-4) fied students in consideration of their special interest in Critical examination of several of the “great books” particular political institutions and practices. and/or “great ideas” in political thought. Students will be Prerequisite: consent of instructor. (ND) required to write a major paper and present their work to the class. Matthews (SS) PolS 372. Readings (1-4) Continuation of PolS 371. Prerequisite: consent of PolS 358. Interest Groups, Factions, and instructor. (ND) Coalitions in American Politics (3-4) The rise of interest group power. Social, economic, and PolS 373. Seminar: Public Administration (3-4) political reasons for groups’ increasing influence. Value Public and nonprofit administrative agencies. Focus on of different group resources and influence in particular the national government administration, but state, national policy arenas. Types of more, and less, powerful municipal, and nonprofit agencies included. Problems of interests, and the implications of this distribution of organization and management; personnel policies; budg- power for American politics. Davis (SS) eting and financial systems; and forms of administrative responsibility. Colon (SS) PolS 359. U.S. Congress (3-4) Elections for the House and Senate and their significance PolS 374. Seminar: Third World Issues (3-4) for the way in which Congress functions. The formal Focus on Nancy Sheper-Hughes’ Death Without Weeping: structure of party leadership and committees, House and The Violence of Everyday Life in Brazil with discussion of Senate organizational and functional differences, and “objectivity” in field research, separation between advo- informal and formal power of legislation and oversight. cacy and observation, and gendered subjects. Student Congressional relations with the president, bureaucracy, presentations of research topics in latter part of course, and Supreme Court. Prerequisite: PolS 1. Davis (SS) emphasizing professional form and collegial cooperation. Prerequisites: PolS 322, 335, 336, 337, or consent of PolS 360. Public Administration (3-4) instructor. Stewart-Gambino (SS) The nature of administration; problems of organization and management; public personnel policies; budgeting PolS 375. Seminar: Green Polity (3-4) and budgetary system; forms of administrative responsi- Development of guidelines and applications for public bility. Colon (ND) policy and political action directed toward environmen- tal sustainability and political feasibility. Focus on PolS 362. Seminar: American Political Thought problem-solving and policy design, connecting sustain- (3-4) able environmental goals with workable and responsive Focus on a narrow topic or theorist in the field—e.g., institutional designs. Prerequisites: PolS 111, 368, or the work of Jefferson, Madison, Hamilton, or consent of instructor. Wurth (SS) Tocqueville. Students will be required to write a major PolS 376. Seminar: National Social Policy (3-4) paper and present it to the class. Matthews (SS) A readings/research seminar on current social policy PolS 364. (Phil 364) Issues in Contemporary questions. Course analyzes, from alternatives political Political Philosophy (3-4) perspectives, such issues as Social Security, Medicare, Selected topics in contemporary political philosophy, health care, welfare reform, income inequality, and taxa- such as the Frankfurt school, existentialism, legitimation, tion. Students research a specific social issue of their authenticity, participatory democracy, and the alleged choice. Class discussion on individual research and com- decline of political philosophy. May be repeated for cred- mon readings. Olson (SS) it with the consent of instructor. Matthews (SS) 322 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2003-2004

PolS 377. Urban Politics (3-4) PolS 415. State and Local Government (3) The structure and processes of city government in the Comparative state government, urban politics, intergov- United States; city-state and federal-city relationships; ernmental relations, regional and local government. the problems of metropolitan areas; political machines Colon and community power structures; the urban politics of PolS 416. American Environmental Policy (3) municipal reform; city planning and urban renewal. Formation, implementation and impact of environmen- Colon (SS) tal policies in the U.S. An examination of the scope of PolS 381, 382, 383, 384. Special Topics (1-4) environmental problems, the development of environ- A seminar on a topic of special interest in a particular ment as an issue, the role of interest groups and public political institution, process, or policy. Prerequisite: con- opinion, the policy-making process, and the various sent of the department chairperson. (ND) approaches to implementing environmental policy. For Graduate Students the department of political sci- Special attention to current issues and administrative ence offers a graduate program leading to the master of approaches and to the distinctive character of environ- arts degree. The applicant for admission is required to mental protection as a political issue. Wurth demonstrate adequate undergraduate preparation. Those PolS 419. Theoretical Issues in American seeking full time graduate studies must submit Graduate Politics (3) Record Examination results. American contributions to main currents in political phi- Master of Arts losophy from colonial times to present. Matthews The master of arts in political science is a 30-credit-hour PolS 421. Research Methods (3) program that can be accomplished in 12 months by full- Models in the explanation of political phenomena, time students. A comprehensive examination or thesis is appropriateness of measurement techniques; construc- required. The student may take 24 hours of course work tion of research designs; rationale and application of and six hours of thesis or may take all 30 credit hours in statistical analyses; individual projects involving the con- course work. A graduate-level course in research meth- struction and testing of models employing a major social ods, the American Politics Core, and Comparative science data set. Davis Politics Core are required of all candidates for the master PolS 423. Public Policy of the EU (3) of arts degree. The institutions and policy-making processes of the EU. The master of arts program is intended for the student Topics include the creation of the single market and the with liberal arts or natural science preparation who has a euro, environmental and agricultural policy, regional professional interest in government. The master of arts may development and the policy challenges of eastward be a preparatory step toward doctoral work at another enlargement. Laible institution or research positions in governmental, institu- PolS 424. Politics of Western Europe (3) tional or industrial settings or a final degree preparatory for Comparative discussion of systems of government in teaching in junior and community colleges. Western Europe and of major policy questions facing Graduate Courses these states in the post-war era. Topics include the evolu- tion of welfare states, relations with the former Eastern PolS 405. The Budgetary Process (3) bloc, immigration, and the regionalization and The public budgetary process: competition among inter- Europeanization of central state authority. Laible est groups, policy outcomes, intergovernmental relations, and consequences for policy implementation. Davis PolS 425. Nationalism in Comparative PolS 407. American Constitutional Perspective (3) Examination of major theoretical and policy debates in con- Development (3) temporary studies of nationalism. Focus on the emergence The law of the Constitution as expounded by the and endurance of nationalist movements in the modern era. Supreme Court of the United States. Nature and origins Discussion of efforts to evaluate the legitimacy of nationalist of judicial review, institutional aspects of separation of claims and to resolve nationalist conflict. Laible powers and federalism, economic regulation in a federal system, and political and civil rights. Detailed considera- PolS 426. Democracy Workshop (3) tion of judicial policy-making processes and judicial Student teams enhance the political voice of under- biography. resourced community groups through organization-building, outreach, and policy input at the PolS 408. American Politics Core (3) local level. Weekly seminar on theory and practice of A survey of American politics utilizing readings reflecting a community organizing and its relationship with democ- variety of methodological approaches and theoretical per- racy and power in the United States complements spectives. Readings include but are not limited to works semester-long field placements. Prerequisite: consent of widely regarded as “classics” in American political science. instructor. Morgan PolS 411. The Legal Foundations of Public PolS 429. Propaganda, Media & American Administration (3) Politics (3) The authority, procedures, and methods used by executive The role of propaganda and mass media in sustaining agencies in the administration of public policy and the hegemony in the United States. Emphasis on television, general problem of adjusting the administrative process to advertising and mass culture, public relations, news traditional constitutional and legal principles. Barry media, and political propaganda pertaining to U.S. for- PolS 413. Modern Political Philosophy (3) eign and domestic policy. Students compare critical, A study of selected modern political philosophers and counter-hegemonic theories to political speeches, docu- their continuing effect on politics and political philoso- ments, news reports, and media encounters that shape phy. Matthews much of American political life. Morgan Political Science 323

PolS 430. Movements & Legacies of 1960s (3) PolS 464. Community Fellowship I (3) Fall The lessons and legacies of 1960s social and political 15 hours/week in regional agency on specific project movements. Students engage with civil rights, black power relating to regional redevelopment with regularly sched- movements, the New Left, campus protests, the Vietnam uled contact hours with the faculty advisor. war and antiwar movement, the counterculture, women’s Stewart-Gambino and ecology movements and assess their connection to PolS 465. Community Fellowship II (3) Spring democracy, today’s world, and their own lives. Morgan 15 hours/week in regional agency on specific project PolS 431. Public Management (3) relating to regional redevelopment with regularly sched- The study of bureaucracy and problems of public and uled contact hours with the faculty advisor. nonprofit organization and management; executive lead- Stewart-Gambino ership; personnel management systems and regulatory PolS 466. Seminar: American Political Parties (3) administration. Colon Study of the organization, functions, and behavior of PolS 432. Public Policy Process (3) political parties in the United States. Includes voting Impacts of power relationships on selected public policy behavior, campaigns and elections, polling, interest areas such as the military, agriculture, housing, environ- groups, public opinion and the role of the media. Colon. mental, energy, poverty, health, and taxation. May be PolS 469. Seminar: Transitions to Democracy (3) repeated for credit. Olson The theoretical and comparative literature on transitions PolS 434. Internship (3) from authoritarianism toward democracy, with particular Internship in private or public agency. May be repeated attention to the former Soviet Union. Barry for credit. PolS 470. Seminar: The Citizen versus the PolS 442. Gender and Third World Development (3) Administrative State (3) Issues of international economic development with a Administrative power and policy. Constitutional and particular focus on how gender informs both the aca- judicial control of administration. Remedies against demic discourse of development as well as how improper administrative acts. Major emphasis will be on development policies are gendered in their conception the United States, with some attention given to analo- and implementation. Stewart-Gambino gous issues in other countries. Barry PolS 451. Comparative Politics Core (3) PolS 471. Seminar in Teaching Government (3) Theory and concepts in comparative politics. Analysis of Theories and techniques of instruction, learning, evalua- applications in studies of Western and non-Western tion, instructional design and innovation in the teaching political systems. of government. Prerequisite: permission of the depart- PolS 453. Seminar: Media, Propaganda and ment chair. Democracy (3) PolS 473. Seminar: Public Administration (3) Research seminar on theoretical and applied issues relat- Public and nonprofit administrative agencies. Focus on ed to democracy vs. political hegemony, as affected by the national government administration, but state, propaganda, the mass media, popular culture, and the municipal, and nonprofit agencies included. Problems of capitalist economy. Students will pursue individual organization and management; personnel policies; budg- research topics linked to common class readings. Weekly eting and financial systems; and forms of administrative paper presentations and critical responses. responsibility. Colon PolS 456. Seminar: Political Philosophy (3) PolS 474. Seminar: Third World Issues (3) Critical examination of several of the “great books” Focus on Nancy Sheper-Hughes’ Death Without Weeping: and/or “great ideas” in political thought. Students will be The Violence of Everyday Life in Brazil with discussion of required to write a major paper and present their work “objectivity” in field research, separation between advo- to the class. Matthews cacy and observation, and gendered subjects. Student PolS 458. Seminar: Interest Groups, Factions, and presentations of research topics in latter part of course, emphasizing professional form and collegial cooperation. Coalitions in American Politics (3) Prerequisites: consent of instructor. Stewart-Gambino The rise of interest group power. Social, economic, and political reasons for groups’ increasing influence. Value PolS 475. Seminar: Green Polity (3) of different group resources and influence in particular Development of guidelines and applications for public national policy arenas. Types of more, and less, powerful policy and political action directed toward environmen- interests, and the implications of this distribution of tal sustainability and political feasibility. Focus on power for American politics. Davis problem-solving and policy design, connecting sustain- able environmental goals with workable and responsive PolS 462. Seminar: American Political Thought (3) institutional designs. Prerequisites: Both PolS 111 and Focus on a narrow topic or theorist in the field, e.g., the 368 or consent of instructor. Wurth work of Jefferson, Madison, Hamilton, or Tocqueville. Students will be required to write a major paper and PolS 476. Seminar: National Social Policy (3) present it to the class. Matthews A readings/research seminar on current social policy questions. Course analyzes, from alternative political per- PolS 463. Methods of Urban Policy Analysis (3) spectives, such issues as Social Security, Medicare, health Analysis of selected topics in urban or state/local policy. care, welfare reform, income inequality, and taxation. Applied research projects include computer-based statis- Students research a specific social issue of their choice. tical analysis. Prerequisite: PolS 421 or consent of the Class discussion on individual research and common department chairperson. Morgan readings. Olson 324 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2003-2004

PolS 477. (SR 477) Advanced Computer Required 300-level Courses Applications (3) Four 300-level courses, excluding Psyc 391, 392, and Uses of computers in social sciences, including data col- 393. At least 2 courses must be from the following list of lection, management, analysis, presentation, and Advanced Psychology Seminars. These courses are decision-making; includes weekly lab. offered in small seminar format, utilize primary source PolS 481. Special Topics (1-3) reading, and have a significant writing component. Individual inquiry into some problem of government. Psyc 307 Seminar in Cognition (4) Reading, field work, and other appropriate techniques of Psyc 308 (SSP 308) Seminar in Social Psychology (4) investigation. Conferences and reports. May be repeated Psyc 313 Person Perception (4) for credit. Psyc 314 (SSP 314) Social Cognition and Social PolS 482. Special Topics (1-3) Action (4) Continuation of PolS 481. Psyc 315 History of Modern Psychology (4) Psychology Psyc 317 Psychology of Emotion (4) Psyc 318 (WS 318) Seminar in Gender and Psychology (4) Professors. Mark H. Bickhard, Ph.D. (Chicago), Henry Psyc 320 Psychology of Language (4) R. Luce Professor in Cognitive Robotics and the Philosophy of Knowledge; Diane T. Hyland, Ph.D. (Syracuse); Psyc 321 Language Development (4) Barbara C. Malt, Ph.D. (Stanford), chair. Psyc 331 Humanistic Psychology (4) Associate professors. Susan Barrett, Ph.D. (Brown); Psyc 351 Cognitive Development in Childhood (4) Ageliki Nicolopoulou, Ph.D. (Berkeley); Padraig G. Psyc 356 (SSP 356) Seminar in Personality O’Seaghdha, Ph.D. (Toronto). Psychology (4) Assistant professors. Michael J. Gill, Ph.D. (Texas, Psyc 358 Seminar in Infant Development (4) Austin); Laura M. Gonnerman, Ph.D. (USC); Gerald W. McRoberts, Ph.D. (Connecticut); Gordon B. Psyc 359 Seminar on Psychological Issues in the Moskowitz, Ph.D. (NYU). Legal System (4) Professors of Practice. Timothy Lomauro, Ph.D. (St. Psyc 361 (SSP 361)Personality and Social Development John’s); Katherine Restuccia, Ph.D. (Widener). in Adulthood (4) Emeritus professors. George K. Shortess, (Brown); Psyc 363 (SSP 363)Personality and Social Development Martin L. Richter, Ph.D. (Indiana); William Newman, in Childhood (4) Ph.D. (Stanford). Psyc 364 Children and Narratives (4) The Psychology Department offers B.A. and B.S. under- Psyc 366 Seminar in Cognitive Aging (4) graduate degrees, undergraduate minors in general Psyc 369 Memory (4) psychology and clinical psychology, and a Ph.D. pro- Psyc 373 Sensation and Perception (4) gram. B.A. Major Program in Psychology Recommended Electives The bachelor of arts program in psychology is a flexible The bachelor of arts in psychology is a social science preparation for a number of fields. With suitable selec- major requiring approximately 40 credit hours in psy- tion of additional courses, students can prepare chology as defined below. Students must also fulfill themselves for graduate study in any subfield of psychol- college and university degree requirements. This flexible ogy or for careers in areas for which psychology is a program permits development of one or more minors in desirable and relevant major such as law, social work, other fields or the undertaking of a double major. marketing, and education. Second-semester freshmen who have completed Psyc 1 can enroll in 100-level courses. For graduate programs in developmental, social/person- ality, cognitive, and clinical psychology, additional Required Core Courses coursework in research and statistics is desirable, as well Psyc 1Introduction to Psychology (4) as participation in the honors program. Psyc 110 Statistical Analysis of Behavioral Data (4) Depending on the specific subfield of interest, many courses in the Departments of Biological Sciences (espe- Psyc 210 Experimental Research Methods and cially the Behavioral Neuroscience program) and Laboratory (4) Sociology and Anthropology, in the College of Required Breadth Courses Education, and in the interdisciplinary programs of Three 100-level courses, one from three of the following Cognitive Science, Women’s Studies, and Africana four Categories. Studies may be relevant. A) Psyc 107 Child Development (4) Preparation for programs in health-related areas such as nursing, medicine, and dentistry will include additional Psyc 109 (SSP 109) Adulthood and Aging (4) coursework in biology, chemistry, and physics. Students B) Psyc 121 (SSP 121) Social Psychology (4) should consult with the appropriate pre-professional Psyc 153 (SSP 153) Personality (4) advisers to determine specific requirements. C) Psyc 117 Cognitive Psychology (4) Students interested in applying psychology to fields such as law, marketing, social work, or education should con- D) Psyc 176 Mind and Brain (4) sult with faculty in those areas to discuss relevant courses. Pyschology 325

The B.S. in Psychology Psychology Concentration (20 credits) The bachelor of science in psychology is intended for Complete the required courses for one of the following students seeking a structured behavioral science major. concentrations. This comprehensive program of study is especially suited A) Cognitive Psychology Concentration as preparation for advanced graduate study in psychology CogS 7 (may not also be used to fulfill collateral and related fields. The program offers broad scientific requirement) training with a concentration in cognitive, developmen- tal, social or clinical psychology. The program may also Select 2 courses from: Psyc 307, 320, 322, 369, 373 be attractive to students who are preparing for careers in Select any 2 other Advanced Psychology Seminars medicine or related health fields because it combines the listed below mathematics and natural science courses required for B) Social Psychology Concentration professional study in these fields with exposure to ethics and a specialization in a concentration area such as clini- Complete both Psyc 121 and 153 cal psychology. Progression through the program is best Select 2 courses from: Psyc 308, 311, 313, 314, 356 served through early commitment. This program Select any 2 other Advanced Psychology Seminars requires a minimum of 109 credits of the 121 credits listed below required for a bachelors degree. C) Developmental Psychology Concentration Requirements for the B.S. in Psychology Complete both Psyc 107 and 109 University and College Requirements (at least 26 credits): Select 2 courses from: Psyc 321, 351, 358, 361, 363, Arts and Science 1 (1 credit) 364, 366 College Seminar (3-4 credits) Select any 2 other Advanced Psychology Seminars listed below English Composition (2 courses, 6 credits) D) Clinical Psychology Concentration Distribution Requirements in the Humanities (8 credits) Psyc 367 (offered only in the summer) 8 additional credits in either Natural Science or Social Science depending upon whether students elect to use Select 2 courses from: Psyc 305, 327, 338, 354 courses from within the Psychology B.S. program to ful- Select any 2 other Advanced Psychology Seminars fill Natural Science or Social Science distribution listed below The B.S. Program in Psychology: Collateral Advanced Psychology Seminars: Psyc 307, 308, 311, Requirements (at least 35 credits) 313, 314, 315, 317, 318, 320, 321, 322, 331, 351, Mathematics: Select 2 courses from Math 12, 43, or any 356, 358, 359, 361, 363, 364, 366, 369, 373. of the calculus courses (7-8 credits) Department Honors in Psychology Computation and Formal Systems: Select either CogS Students in either the B.A. or B.S. degree programs may 140 or Phil 114 or CSc 10 and 13/14 (3-4 credits) undertake a program that leads to graduation with Natural Science: Select 3 courses from Chm 21, BIOS department honors. The honors program permits majors 31, EES 31, BIOS 101, BIOS 177, BIOS 276, or Phy of unusual academic ability and interest to explore topics 10 (at least 10 credits) in greater depth than the curricula normally allow. Under Philosophy and Cognitive Science: Select 2 courses from faculty supervision, a student normally spends the first CogS 7, Phil 7, 105, 116, 128, 139, 220, 228, 250, 260 semester of the senior year enrolled in Psyc 391 doing (8 credits) library research, learning the appropriate methodology, and preparing a written proposal and oral presentation. Social Science: Select 2 courses from Eco 1, STS 11, In the second semester, while the student is enrolled in 124, 145, 252, WS 101, any Anth or SSP course which Psyc 392, the proposal is implemented, culminating in a is not cross-listed with psychology (7-8 credits) written honors thesis and oral presentation. Psychology Requirements (48 credits) In the first semester of the junior year, students in either Psychology Core Requirements (12 credits) the B.A. or B.S. degree programs may apply for the hon- Psyc 1Introduction to Psychology (4) ors program with the Department Honors Program Psyc 110 Statistical Analysis of Behavioral Data (4) Director. To be eligible to participate in the honors pro- gram, a student must have an overall cumulative GPA of Psyc 210 Experimental Research Methods and 3.3 and a minimum GPA of 3.3 in courses required for Laboratory (4) their psychology degree at the time of application. These Psychology Breadth Requirements (16 credits) GPAs must be maintained until graduation. Four 100-level courses, one from each of the four Minor Programs Categories. A) Psyc 107 Child Development (4) General Psychology The general psychology minor consists of a minimum of Psyc 109 (SSP 109) Adulthood and Aging (4) four courses in psychology beyond the introductory B) Psyc 121 (SSP 121) Social Psychology (4) course (Psyc 1). At least one of these courses must be at Psyc 153 (SSP 153) Personality (4) the 300-level. Students should declare this minor in the C) Psyc 117 Cognitive Psychology (4) psychology department office. D) Psyc 176 Mind and Brain (4) Clinical Psychology The clinical psychology minor consists of the following courses: 326 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2003-2004

Psyc 153 Personality Psyc 125. (SSP 125) Social Psychology of Small Psyc 305 Abnormal Psychology Groups (4) Psyc 367 Clinical Psychology Theories and empirical research regarding interpersonal behavior in small groups. Classroom exercises and group And two of the following courses: simulations. Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Psyc 327 Health Psychology Rosenwein. (SS) Psyc 338 Phenomenology and Theory of Childhood Psyc 135. (SSP 135, Jour 135) Human Disorders Communication (4) Psyc 354 Psychological Assessment Processes and functions of human communication in This minor is available to Psychology majors, as well as relationships and groups. Rosenwein. (SS) to students from other programs, who desire to augment Psyc 140. (Anth 140, CogS 140, MLL 140) their training in this aspect of applied psychology. Introduction to Linguistics (4) Students should be aware that only one course may be Relationship between language and mind; formal proper- used to jointly fulfill the requirements of a major pro- ties of language; language and society; how languages gram and minor program. To complete this minor, change over time. No pass/fail option. (SS) students must be prepared to register for at least one summer session since some courses (Psyc 367, 354) are Psyc 142. (AAS 142) The Psychology of African only offered in the summer and other courses have limit- Americans (4) ed enrollment during the academic year. Students Presentation of a range of writings on the psychology of interested in this minor should consult the psychology African Americans; exploration of significant perspectives undergraduate coordinator in understanding the psychological dynamics, popular cul- ture, current research, and cultural implications of Black Undergraduate Courses Americans entering the 21st century. Lectures and discus- Psyc 1. Introduction to Psychology (4) sion. Prerequisite: By the consent of the instructor. (SS) Psychology as a science of behavior. Natural science Psyc 153. (SSP 153) Personality (4) aspects such as learning, sensation-perception, and physi- Review and critique of theories of personality and their ological bases; and social science aspects such as human associated systems of psychotherapy. May not be taken development, intelligence, and personality. pass/fail. Prerequisite: Psyc 1 or SSP 1. (SS) Methodologies appropriate to these areas, and related societal problems. (SS) Psyc 160. Independent Study (1-3) Readings on topics selected in consultation with a staff Psyc 107. Child Development (4) member. Prerequisites: Psyc 1 and consent of the depart- Survey of theories and research concerning perceptual, ment chair. May be repeated for credit. (SS) cognitive, social, and personality development through infancy and childhood. Prerequisite: Psyc 1 or SSP 1. Psyc 161. Supervised Research (1-3) May not be taken pass/fail. (SS) Apprenticeship in ongoing faculty research program. Literature review, experimental design, data collection Psyc 109. (SSP 109) Adulthood and Aging (4) and analysis, and professional writing under faculty Social science approaches to the latter two-thirds of life. sponsor supervision. May be repeated for a maximum of Cognitive and personality development; attitudes toward 6 credits. Prerequisites: Psyc 1 or CogS 7 and consent of aging; social behavior of older adults; widowhood; retire- sponsor. (SS) ment. Prerequisite: Psyc 1 or SSP 1. May not be taken pass/fail. Hyland. (SS) Psyc 162. Psychological Field Work (1-3) Work-study practice including supervised experience in Psyc 110. (BioS 110) Statistical Analysis of one of several local agencies. Development of familiarity Behavioral Data (4) with the operations of the agency and working with Principles of experimental design and statistical analysis: individual patients or students. Prerequisites: Psyc 1 plus characteristics of data and data collection; descriptive sta- two additional psychology courses and consent of tistics; hypothesis testing theory and practice; instructor. (SS) correlation, chi-square, t-test, analysis of variance. Three hours lecture and one hour computer lab. (ND) Psyc 176. Mind and Brain (4) Perception and cognitive neuroscience as the link Psyc 117. Cognitive Psychology (4) between mental processes and their biological bases. The architecture and dynamics of the human mind: Visual and auditory perception; the control of action; How we acquire knowledge through perception, repre- neuropsychological syndromes of perception, language, sent and activate it in memory, and use it to memory and thought; neural network (connectionist) communicate, make decisions, solve problems, and rea- models of mental processes. Prerequisite: Psyc 1 or CogS son creatively. Prerequisite: Psyc 1 or CogS 7. May not 7. May not be taken pass/fail. (NS) be taken pass/fail. (SS) Psyc 210. Experimental Research Methods and Psyc 121. (SSP 121) Social Psychology (4) Laboratory (4) Theories, methods of investigation, and results of Designing, conducting, and reporting psychological research on the way social and psychological processes experiments. Laboratory exercises, report writing, and a interact in human behavioral settings. Topics include group research project. Prerequisites: Psyc 1 and 110 and analysis of self and relationships, dynamics of small consent of department chair. (ND) groups, attitudes and persuasion, prejudice, prosocial and antisocial behavior. Prerequisite: Anth 1, Anth 11, SSP1 Psyc 301. Industrial Psychology (4) or Psyc 1. (SS) Psychological concepts and methods applied to business and industrial settings. Personnel selection, placement Psychology 327 and training, leadership, work motivation, job satisfac- Psyc 314. (SSP 314) Social Cognition and Social tion and consumer behavior. Prerequisite: Psyc 1. (SS) Action (4) Psyc 305. Abnormal Psychology (4) Examines the formation of beliefs about social groups, Examines research and theory on the patterns, causes, individuals, the self, and the world. Consequences and and treatment of various forms of abnormal behavior. validity of those beliefs are considered. Areas of inquiry Prerequisite: Psyc 153 or consent of instructor. (SS) include stereotypes and prejudice, impression formation processes, the self, attitudes and persuasion, and social Psyc 307. Seminar in Cognition (4) influence. Prerequisite: Psyc 110 or SR 111. Gill. (SS) In depth exploration of a selected area of higher cogni- tion, for example, thinking and reasoning; Psyc 315. History of Modern Psychology (4) metacognition; theories of memory; expertise; and lan- Origin and development of major theories within per- guage and thought. Topic varies by year. Readings, ception, cognition, biological, clinical, personality, hands-on demonstrations, and a research paper. developmental, learning. 19th and 20th century thought Prerequisite: Psyc 117 or Psyc 176 or CogS 7 or consent to provide an overview of psychology as a discipline. of instructor. O’Seaghdha, Malt. (SS) Prerequisites: two 300-level Psyc courses. Newman (SS) Psyc 308. (SSP 308) Seminar in Social Psyc 317. Psychology of Emotion (4) Psychology (4) A selective overview of the scientific study of emotion. Intensive consideration of selected topics in current theo- Topics will include: historical and modern theories of ry and research in social psychology. The subject matter emotion, physiological and neuropsychological aspects of varies from semester to semester, and includes such top- emotions, evidence that facial expressions of emotion ics as the social psychology of education, the applications may be universal among humans, and the role of emo- of perception and learning theory to social psychological tion in cognition. Prerequisite: Psyc 110 or consent of problems, the social psychology of science, and the social the instructor. McRoberts (SS) environment of communication. May be repeated for Psyc 318. (WS 318) Seminar in Gender and credit. Prerequisite: Anth 1 or SSP 1 or department per- Psychology (4) mission. (SS) Gender as shaped by psychological and social psychologi- Psyc 310. Advanced Research Methods in cal processes. Socialization, communication and power, Psychology (4) gender stereotypes, methodological issues in sex differ- Experimental and nonexperimental research design; ences research. Prerequisite: Psyc 210 completed or Sampling and selection from populations; Data explo- concurrent or permission of instructor. Hyland. (SS) ration; Quantitative and qualitative measurement and Psyc 320. Psychology of Language (4) analysis; Computer-based data collection; and other spe- Psychological processes involved in language comprehen- cialized topics. Prerequisite: Psyc 210. (ND) sion, production, and use. Topics include the relation of Psyc 311. The Psychology of Stereotyping, language to thought; word meaning; speech perception; language acquisition; sign language. Prerequisite: Psyc Prejudice, and Discrimination (4) 117 or 176 or CogS 7 or consent of instructor. Malt, We will start by examining the basic cognitive processes O’Seaghdha (SS) that make stereotyping a functional aspect of everyday cognition, and then we will turn toward examining emo- Psyc 321. Language Development (4) tional, motivational, and personality differences that Descriptive and theoretical accounts of the development affect one’s level of prejudice. Finally, we will study the of language. Primary focus is on the development of spo- role of social forces in transmitting prejudice (parents, ken language in infancy and early childhood. Involves schools, religion, media) and the impact of societal prej- observation of children at various stages of language devel- udice (discrimination) on those who are the targets of opment. Prerequisite: Psyc 107 or 117. McRoberts. (SS) prejudice. The changing face through the decades of how Psyc 322. Language in Atypical Populations (4) stereotypes, prejudice, and discrimination are measured, Analysis of language function in atypical populations expressed, and understood is the focus of the course. and circumstances. Language deficits throughout the Prerequisites: Psyc/SSP 153 or Psyc/SSP 121. lifespan will be considered, with particular emphasis on Moskowitz. (SS) their relevance to current linguistic and cognitive science Psyc 312. (SSP 312) Interpersonal Behavior in theory. Topics covered include atypical language develop- Small Groups (4) ment (e.g., in Specific Language Impairment, Autism, Intensive consideration of theoretical and methodologi- Down Syndrome, Williams Syndrome) as well as lan- cal issues in the analysis of the development of small guage impairment after brain damage (e.g., stroke) or as groups. Prerequisite: Any one of the following introduc- a result of progressive degenerative disorders (e.g., tory courses: Anth 1 or SSP 1 or department permission. Alzheimer’s Disease). Prerequisites: Psyc 117 or 176 or Rosenwein. (SS) CogS 7 or CogS 140. Gonnerman (SS) Psyc 313. Person Perception (4) Psyc 323. (SSP 323) The Child in Family and Psychological processes involved in forming impressions of Society (4) others. Survey of the factors that influence the way in Influences such as marital discord, family violence, which we think about the people who make up our social poverty and prejudice on the development of the child environment and of the laboratory methods with which from birth through adolescence. Prerequisite: Anth 1 or experimental social psychology investigates person percep- SSP1 or department permission. Herrenkohl. (SS) tion. The emphasis is on demonstrating the joint impact of Psyc 327. Health Psychology (4) the behaviors performed by others and the biases/expectan- An overview of the topic of health psychology. The cies that we bring into the social setting. Prerequisites: course presupposes a preventative intervention approach Psyc/SSP 153 or SSP/Psyc 121. Moskowitz (SS) to the problem of assisting healthy individuals to under- 328 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2003-2004 stand the relationship between behavior and health, and Psyc 361. (SSP 361) Personality and Social to engage those behaviors that promote health. This Development in Adulthood (4) course will be underpinned with basic science and Theories and current research. Prerequisite: SSP/Psyc research on health psychology, but will include an appli- 109 or consent of instructor. Hyland. (SS) cation focus. Prerequisite: Psyc 110. (SS) Psyc 363. (SSP 363) Personality and Social Psyc 328. Educational Psychology (4) Development in Childhood (4) Overview of historical, contemporary, and emerging Issues related to social development (e.g., attachment, issues in the field of educational psychology. Implications social competence), social contexts (e.g., family, day care), of various social, cognitive and behavioral educational- and personality development (e.g., sex roles, aggression, psychological theories for teaching and learning in the temperament) from infancy through adolescence. classroom. Prerequisite: Psyc 107 or 109 or 117. (SS) Prerequisite: Psyc 107 or consent of instructor. (SS) Psyc 331. Humanistic Psychology (4) Psyc 364. Children and Narratives (4) The literature of and metaphors underlying the humanistic Examines the complex role of narratives - told to and by point of view in psychology. These “models of man” are children, and enacted by children in play - in children’s contrasted with models underlying other modes of psycho- experience and development. Compares and seeks to logical inquiry. Prerequisites: Psyc 153 Newman. (SS) integrate different approaches in psychology and other Psyc 333. (SSP 333, PolS 233) Social Psychology disciplines. In the process, we will also be addressing of Politics (4) three basic questions: what is narrative, how is it signifi- Political behavior viewed from a psychological and social cant, and how should we study it? Prerequisite: Psyc 107. psychological perspective. Prerequisite: Anth 1, 11, or Nicolopoulou. (SS) 12; SSP 1, 5, or 21; Psyc 1, or department permission. Psyc 366. Seminar in Cognitive Aging (4) Rosenwein. (SS) Information processing by older adults: perception, Psyc 335. (BioS 335) Animal Behavior (3) attention, memory, speech and text processing and com- Discussion of the behavior of invertebrates and vertebrates prehension. The course will also examine the effects on and analysis of the physiological mechanisms responsible cognitive processing of such diseases as Alzheimer’s and for behavioral actions, and adaptive value of specific Parkinson’s. Prerequisite: Psyc 109; Psyc 117 not behavior patterns. Prerequisite: BioS 31 or EES 31. (NS) required but strongly recommended. (SS) Psyc 338. Phenomenology and Theory of Psyc 367. Clinical Psychology (4) Childhood Disorders (4) The science and profession of helping people overcome The nature, classification, and treatment of childhood psychological problems. Theories of human personality disorders. Prerequisite: Psyc 107 (SS) and abnormality in relation to techniques for assessing and treating psychosocial problems and in the light of Psyc 351. Cognitive Development in Childhood (4) empirical evidence of validity and effectiveness. Piaget and alternative theoretical approaches. Research Professional issues are also covered. Prerequisites: Psyc on development of memory, comprehension, communi- 153 and Psyc 305 or consent of instructor. (SS) cation, classification, and social cognition. Prerequisite: Psyc 107, 117, or CogS 7. Barrett. (SS) Psyc 369. Memory (4) The paradoxical power and fallibility of memory in the Psyc 354. Psychological Assessment (4) light of observational, experimental, clinical, and neuro- Basic concepts in the construction, selection, administra- scientific evidence. Potential topics include expert tion, scoring, and interpretation of assessment memory; false memory; recovered memory; social trans- procedures commonly used in psychology. Selection and mission; amnesia; memory and personal identity. evaluation of assessment procedures. Supervised experi- Prerequisite: Psyc 117 or Psyc 176 or CogS 7 or consent ence administering, scoring, and interpreting assessment of instructor. O’Seaghdha (SS) procedures. Prerequisites: Psyc 110. (SS) Psyc 373. Sensation and Perception (4) Psyc 356. (SSP 356) Seminar in Personality Receptor processes of vision, audition, touch, taste, and Psychology (4) smell. Psychological dimensions of such processes leading Topics in personality psychology: the self, personality to consideration of perception as characteristic of organ- consistency, motivation, psychological adjustment. isms. Prerequisite: Psyc 117 or 176 or CogS 7. (SS) Prerequisite: Psyc 153 or consent of instructor. (SS) Psyc 382. (BioS 382) Endocrinology of Behavior (3) Psyc 358. Seminar in Infant Development (4) Hormonal effects upon animal and human behavior. Theories and current research focusing on development Emphasis on neuroendocrinology of steroid hormone in the first two years of life. Topics include cognitive, involvement in reproductive behaviors. Prerequisite: BioS perceptual, language, social, and emotional development, 177. (NS) and methods used in infancy research. Prerequisites: Psyc 391. Thesis (3) Psych 107 and consent of department chair. Barrett. (SS) Written report: Literature review and design of project in Psyc 359. Seminar on Psychological Issues in the selected area of psychology. Intended for senior majors in Legal System (4) psychology only. Prerequisite: consent of the chair. (ND) Contributions of psychological research to understanding Psyc 392. Thesis (3) the legal system. Social science data on juries, eyewitness- Execution of project designed in Psych 391. Final report es, mental illness, and the death penalty will be and oral presentation. Prerequisites: Psyc 391 and con- discussed. Conflicts between psychological and legal sent of the department chair. (ND) approaches will be highlighted. Prerequisite: Psyc 110 or consent of instructor. Barrett. (SS) Psychology 329

Psyc 393. Independent Research (1-3) Teaching Individual research projects designed and executed in Students are encouraged to participate in teaching as collaboration with faculty sponsor. Regular meetings appropriate for their training throughout their graduate with sponsor to give progress reports and receive feed- years. Normally, students begin as teaching assistants and back. Student reads relevant literature and writes report progress to teaching independently. in APA format. May be repeated for a maximum of 6 credits. Prerequisites: Psyc 210 or 161 and consent of General Examination sponsor. (ND) This is required for all doctoral candidates and must be passed at least seven months prior to the awarding of the For Graduate Students degree. The sub areas to be covered on the exam are The Department of Psychology offers a distinctive Ph.D. selected by the student in consultation with the student’s program centered in areas of Human Cognition and general exam committee. Development with specializations in cognition and lan- guage, development, and social cognition and Evaluation personality. Students are trained primarily for positions Graduate students are evaluated on their performance in at universities and in basic or applied research settings. coursework, research, teaching, assistantship assignments, For the most complete and current information visit and the general examination. The faculty provides each www.lehigh.edu/~inpsy/gradprogram.html. student with a written evaluation of progress in the grad- In addition we offer two non-degree Certificate uate program annually. Programs in collaboration with other departments and Financial Support programs. Support is available in the form of teaching and research The Graduate Certificate in Stereotypes, Prejudice, assistantships, fellowships, and scholarships. Discrimination, and Intergroup Relations is adminis- tered by the Psychology Department. Information is How to Apply available via www.lehigh.edu/~inpsy/gradprogram.html. Applications for admission and financial aid may be obtained from the Department of Psychology. While a The Graduate Certificate in Cognitive Science is admin- good undergraduate background in psychology is desir- istered by the Cognitive Science Program. Information able, promising students with majors other than is available at: www.lehigh.edu/~incog/cogscicat.html. psychology are encouraged to apply. Completed applica- Requirements for a Ph.D. in the Department of tion forms plus transcripts, letters of recommendation, Psychology: and a report of scores on the Graduate Record Examina- tion and advanced tests in psychology should be Research returned no later than February 1 of the year of admis- All graduate students are expected to be involved in sion. New students are normally accepted for entrance research throughout their graduate careers. There are also into the program only for the fall semester. several formal research requirements of the program. Graduate-Level Courses First-Year-Project (Psyc 412). First-year students are expected to choose an adviser and begin to work on a Psyc 402. Developmental Psychology (3) research project as early as possible. A written and oral Survey of theories and research concerning perceptual, report of the student’s research activities is made to the cognitive, social, and personality development through department. Students entering with an approved Master’s infancy and childhood. Prerequisite: Graduate standing thesis are exempt from this requirement. or consent of instructor. Master’s Thesis. A master’s thesis (usually empirical or Psyc 403. Cognitive Psychology (3) data-based) is required. An oral presentation of the thesis Survey of theories and research in cognitive psychology. is made to the department. Students entering with a Prerequisite: Graduate standing or consent of instructor. master’s thesis may instead conduct an equivalent non- Psyc 404. (BioS 404) Behavioral Neuroscience (3) degree Pre-dissertation Project. Theoretical and empirical issues in biopsychology. Doctoral Dissertation. This is an original piece of schol- Prerequisite: Graduate standing or consent of instructor. arly work usually involving empirical research, although Psyc 406. Social Cognition (3) original theoretical or historical research is possible with Theory and research on cognitive processes in personali- faculty approval. ty and social functioning. The self, personality Course work consistency and change, causal attributions, social judge- ment, goals and self-regulation, and mood and emotion. Core courses. All students are required to take one- Topics may vary. Prerequisite: Graduate standing or con- semester graduate core courses in Cognitive Psychology sent of instructor. (Psyc 403), Developmental Psychology (Psyc 402), and Social Cognition (Psyc 406). Psyc 409. Professional Seminar I (1). For students entering the Ph.D. program: Acculturation Psyc 421 and 422. Statistical Analysis of Psychological to graduate school and the Psychology Ph.D. program in Data. These courses represent a two-semester sequence of particular; professional issues of relevance to individuals theoretical and applied statistics and research methodology. at the outset of a research career in psychology. Psyc 430+. Graduate Seminars. Students must take at Requirement: Department permission. least three graduate seminars, and one additional course approved by the adviser. Psyc 410. Professional Seminar II (1). For students nearing graduation: Professional issues of Psyc 409 and 410. Professional Seminar. Bookend sem- special relevance to Psychology Ph.D. students preparing inars that cover professional development issues for new and advanced students. 330 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2003-2004 for academic or nonacademic post-doctoral employment. Psyc 448. Seminar in Psychology of Language (3) Requirement: Department permission. Topics in language comprehension and production. Psyc 412. First Year Research Project. (1-3) Content will vary from year to year. Prerequisite: Psyc Research project to be completed by June of the first 403 or consent of instructor. year of the Ph.D. program under the direction of a facul- Psyc 450. Special Topics in Mathematical Models ty advisor. May be repeated in second semester of and Statistics (3) program. Selected topics in the application of mathematics to psy- Psyc 415. History of Modern Psychology (3) chological research. May be repeated for credit. Origin and development of major theories in various Psyc 460. Special Study (1-9) areas of psychology. Review of 19th and 20th century Study of some special topic not covered in the regular thought to provide perspective on psychology as a disci- course offerings. May be repeated for credit. pline. Newman Psyc 461. Research Seminar (1-9) Psyc 421. Statistical Analysis of Psychological Original research designed and executed in collaboration Data I. (3) with the faculty. May be repeated for credit. First of a two-semester sequence covering essential issues Psyc 462. Stereotypes, Prejudice, and in statistical analysis as practiced by psychologists. Topics include data description, probability, z and t-tests, gener- Discrimination (3) al linear model, simple correlation/regression, univariate An in-depth survey of the social psychological literature analysis of variance, chi-square. Emphasis on connecting on stereotypes, prejudice, and discrimination. Topics will research designs to appropriate statistical tests, data inter- include: Origin of stereotypes, mental representation of pretation, and implementation in statistical packages. stereotypes, cognitive and behavioral consequences of Department permission required. stereotypes, inevitability of stereotyping, nature of preju- dice in contemporary American society, Psyc 422. Statistical Analysis of Psychological context-specificity of discriminatory behavior, and theo- Data II. (3) ries of intergroup conflict reduction. Prerequisite: Psyc Second course of the two-semester statistics sequence. 406 or consent of instructor . Gill. Topics include advanced analysis of variance designs, Psychology 464. Naive Realism in Social analysis of covariance, multivariate analysis, multiple regression, and analysis of categorical data. Emphasis on Judgment (3) connecting research designs to appropriate statistical This seminar examines the variety of unconscious influ- tests, data interpretation, and implementation in statisti- ences that impact on social judgment, with a focus on cal packages. Requirement: Psyc 421. the cognitive processing mechanisms through which influence is exerted. These influences include contribu- Psyc 423. (CogS 423) Foundations of Cognitive tions to judgment from attitudes, goals, accessible Science (3) constructs, mind-sets, stereotypes, expectancies, heuris- Survey of fundamental theory and methodologies from tics, and theories about social objects. Prerequisite: Psyc artificial intelligence, linguistics, cognitive psychology, 406 or consent of instructor. Moskowitz. philosophy, and neuroscience, as well as salient research Psyc 476. Seminar in Cognition (3) problems such as knowledge acquisition and representa- Selected topics in human information processing, includ- tion, natural language processing, skill acquisition, ing such areas as attention, memory, language and perception and action, and the philosophical question of comprehension, and decision-making. Area of emphasis intentionality. will vary from year to year. Prerequisite: Psyc 403 or con- Psyc 434. Seminar in Personality (3) sent of instructor. Selected topics in personality theory and research, Psyc 478. (CogS 478) Ontological Psychology (3) including personality change, the self, personality consis- Principles and constraints for the modeling of psycholog- tency, and the relationships among thought, emotion, ical phenomena: perception, memory, knowing, and behavior. Prerequisite: Psyc 406. emotions, consciousness, language, and rationality. Psyc 443. Seminar in Language Acquisition (3) Bickhard. Special topics in language acquisition. Content will vary Psyc 480. Seminar in Cognitive Development (3) each time the seminar is offered. Prerequisite: Psyc 402 Selected topics in cognitive development in infancy and or Psyc 403 or consent of instructor. McRoberts childhood, including such areas as conceptual develop- Psyc 446.Developmental Theories and Special ment, memory development, the development of Populations (3) reasoning abilities, and language acquisition. Emphasis Traditional developmental theories focus on normative will vary from year to year. Prerequisite: Psyc 402 or con- development. children with disabilities have a unique set sent of instructor. of experiences that pose special challenges for these theo- Psyc 481. Selected Topics in Social and Personality ries. In the developmental literature, children with Development (3) disabilities have sometimes been the focus of studies Topics include emotional and sex-role development, peer because they provide a “tests case” for specific theoretical relations, and social competence. Emphasis will vary predictions. In this course, we will consider some of from year to year. Prerequisite: Psyc 402 or consent of these theoretical issues and the insights that have been instructor. gained by focusing on special populations. Prerequisite: Psyc 402 or consent of instructor. Barrett Psyc 482. Seminar in Adult Development (3) Application of lifespan developmental theory and methodology to personality, social, and cognitive devel- Religion Studies 331 opment in adulthood. Prerequisite: Psyc 402 or consent IE 415 Manufacturing Management (3) of instructor. Hyland. IE 445 Assembly Processes and Systems (3) Psyc 483. Seminar in Cultural Psychology (3) Up to six hours of credits earned at other institutions Major theoretical approaches and empirical debates in may be used to satisfy degree requirements, if transfer of cultural psychology, with a focus on the interplay of credits is approved by the registrar. individual and sociocultural elements in the formation of mind, the emergence of the self, and the definition and reproduction of culture. Prerequisite: Psyc 402 or con- Religion Studies sent of instructor. Nicolopoulou Professors. Norman J. Girardot, Ph.D. (Chicago), Psyc 484. Psychology of Gender (3) University Distinguished Professor; Kenneth L. Kraft, Major theoretical approaches and empirical debates in Ph.D. (Princeton); Michael L. Raposa, Ph.D. the psychology of gender, with a focus on the interplay (Pennsylvania); Laurence J. Silberstein, Ph.D. (Brandeis), of nature and nurture in producing gender similarities, Philip and Muriel Berman Professor of Jewish Studies, and gender differences and gender variation in personality, Director of the Philip and Muriel Berman Center for Jewish social behaviors, cognitive abilities, achievement, sexuali- Studies; Lloyd H. Steffen, Ph.D. (Brown) Chair; Lenore ty, and mental health. Methodological issues in gender E. Chava Weissler, Ph.D. (Pennsylvania), Philip and research. Prerequisite: graduate standing. Department Muriel Berman Chair of Jewish Civilization; Benjamin G. permission required. Hyland Wright, III, Ph.D. (Pennsylvania). Psyc 490. Thesis Research (1-6). Instructor. Robert Rozehnal, M.A. (Wisconsin Master’s Thesis or Pre-dissertation Project research Madison), Ph.D. candidate (Duke) directed by committee. The religion studies department is committed to the aca- Psyc 499. Dissertation Research (1-15). demic investigation of religion as an intrinsic and vital dimension of human culture. The scholarly study of reli- Ph.D. dissertation research directed by dissertation gion is an integral facet of a liberal arts education. The committee. student of religion is engaged in the critical and interpre- tive task of understanding patterns of religious thought Quality Engineering and behavior as aspects of the human cultural experience. Program. The Master’s of Science degree in Quality Religion studies is interdisciplinary in that it draws upon Engineering (MSQE) is offered by the Department of humanistic and social scientific modes of inquiry. These Industrial and Systems Engineering (ISE). A list of the include historical, philosophical, sociological, anthropo- faculty and descriptions of the courses are included in logical, and psychological perspectives. Religion studies is the catalog description (see catalog index) of the ISE a cross-cultural, comparative discipline concerned with department. The program is designed to accommodate the character and significance of the major religious tra- students who are employed full time. Courses are trans- ditions of the world. The student of religion confronts mitted via satellite to work sites anywhere in the ethical problems and basic issues of value and meaning continental USA. raised by modern multicultural and technological society. Admission. To be considered for admission to the MSQE Major in Religion Studies program, applicants must have a Bachelor’s of Science The major in religion studies consists of 32 credit hours degree in engineering (any discipline) or in science. of coursework (eight courses). Requirements include: University Requirements. All of the university rules that •At least one introductory course (any course num- apply to the awarding of Master’s degress at Lehigh apply bered below level 10). to the MSQE, except for the following: no thesis or report or general examination is required. The university •At least one course on a Western religious tradition, and rules that do apply to the MSQE are spelled out in the at least one course on an Eastern religious tradition. catalog, under the heading “Degree Information” (see •At least four courses at the 100 level or above. catalog index). •Rel 374 Senior Seminar. Departmental Requirements. All candidates must com- In addition to this minimum distribution, a concentra- plete thirty hours of course work—fifteen hours of core tion is recommended in one of the major religious courses and fifteen hours of electives. The core courses, traditions, or in a comparative or thematic approach to which all candidates take, are listed below: the study of religion. The concentration should include IE 228 Engineering Statistics (3) at least four courses, where that is possible. Language IE 332 Quality Control (3) study appropriate to the concentration is also desirable. IE 410 Design of Experiments (3) Students are particularly encouraged to consider a joint or double major with another major field from any of the IE 422 Measurement and Inspection Systems (3) three colleges at the university. IE 442 Total Quality Management (3) Departmental Honors Any offered IE or MSE course, if not a core course, is an acceptable elective, and at least nine hours of the elec- Religion studies majors are admitted to honors by invita- tion of the departmental faculty toward the end of the tives must be courses, which have prefix IE or MSE. Up student’s junior year. To be eligible, a student must have to six hours of the electives may be any graduate course attained at least a 3.25 average in his or her major pro- or courses that the candidate’s advisor approves. The ISE gram by the end of the junior year. Upon admittance to departmetn offers several elective courses, including the honors, the student will work out a special program of following: studies for the senior year with the major advisor, culmi- nating in the writing of a senior essay. 332 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2003-2004

Minor in Religion Studies Rel 62. (Asia 62) Religions of India (4) The minor in religion studies consists of a total of 16 Origin, development and meaning of the major forms of credits. The specific courses to be taken by each student Indian religious traditions. Attention to elite and popular are to be decided upon jointly by the student and the forms of Hinduism, Yoga, early Buddhism. (HU) departmental advisor. Ordinarily, the student will be Rel 64. (Asia 64) Religions of China (4) expected to take one introductory course unless specifi- History and meaning of the major forms of Chinese reli- cally exempted by the department chair. gion- especially Confucianism and Neo-Confucianism, Taoist mysticism, Buddhism (Ch’an/Zen), and popular Course Offerings religion. Girardot. (HU) Rel 1. Sacred Scriptures from Around the World (4) Rel 65. (Asia 65) Religions of Japan (4) An encounter with the different sacred books of the A survey of Japan’s diverse religious heritage and its world’s major religions. Both the books and differing impact on contemporary culture. Japanese approaches to attitudes in these traditions towards sacred books are the self, the world, and the sacred are considered in com- examined. Books investigated include the Bhagavad parative perspective. Topics covered include: Shinto, Gita, the Analects of Confucius, the Qur’an and the Buddhism, Zen, Confucianism, the way of the warrior, Jewish and Christian Bibles. Wright. (HU) folklore, and postwar movements. Kraft. (HU) Rel 2. Death in Religious Traditions (4) Rel 67. (Asia 67) Japanese Civilization (4) Introduces students to the study of religion through an The history and culture of Japan from its origins to the exploration of what different religious traditions have to present. Special consideration will be given to the rise say about the great mystery that we all face, death. and fall of the warrior class, developments in art and reli- Because we all must die, all religions must deal with the gion, the dynamics of family life, and Japan’s “economic challenge and sense of crisis provoked by the deaths of miracle.” Kraft. (H/S) those close to us, of innocent victims of disaster, disease, and crime, and our own imminent deaths. Death thus Rel 68. Practical Justice: From Social Systems to provides an excellent point of comparison among the Responsible Community (4) various religious traditions. Weissler. (HU) Examination of the role of moral and religious values in Rel 3. (Phil 3) Religion, Ethics and Society (4) social systems, including education, the economic sys- Introduction to philosophical and religious modes of tem, criminal justice, with particular attention to the moral thinking, with consideration given to ethics in the problems of poverty, literacy, homelessness and domestic world religious traditions (family life and role of women, violence. Students engage in volunteer efforts to gain social justice, environment, work, models of ethical practical experience with those who deliver and receive ideal). Particular issues examined include abortion, cor- services in these systems. An action-reflection model poral punishment (such as the death penalty), problems (with reference to liberation theology and religious in medical ethics, and heavy drinking as a behavioral thinkers like M.L. King, Dorothy Day, and Walter problem. Steffen. (HU) Rauschenbusch) is employed to urge reflection on how social systems can be affected and transformed by visions Rel 4. How to Study Religion (4) of justice, ethics, religion and social responsibility. How do sociologists, psychologists and philosophers Steffen. (HU) answer such questions as: Why and how do religions arise? Why and how do people develop beliefs in God? Rel 73. The Jewish Tradition (4) Where do religious scriptures come from? Why do people Judaism is both a textual tradition and a lived religion. ascribe authority to religious traditions? Why has religious Students read basic Jewish texts—Bible, Talmud, faith declined in modern society? Silberstein. (HU) Midrash—and study the ways Jews sanctify the life cycle through rites of passage, and the round of the year Rel 5. Spiritual Exercises East and West (4) through the festival cycle. Silberstein, Weissler. (HU) Explores a variety of religious founders” in the history of religions. Girardot. (HU) Rel 75. The Christian Tradition (4) Introduction to the Christian tradition from its early Rel 8. (WS 8) Prehistoric Religion, Art, and variety and subsequent classical definition in the church Technology (4) councils up to the enlightenment. Special emphasis will Origins and early development of religions, with focus on be placed on the multiform interpretations of the interactions of religion, art, and technology in the Christian message. Wright. (HU) Paleolithic and Neolithic periods. Special attention to the Rel 76. Reading the Bible in the Contemporary emergence of patriarchal social forms and the figure of the goddess. Interdisciplinary methods with a consideration of World (4) feminist theories of cultural development. Girardot. (HU) Reading passages from the Bible with an eye toward dis- tinguishing and understanding different sorts of Rel 22. (Art 22) Visions of God: 2000 Years of questions that can be asked of them and various perspec- Christian History and Art (4) tives that can be adopted when reading them. What are An Interdisciplinary course that combines art history and these stories about? What do they mean, when, and to the history of Christianity. From the beginnings of their whom? Wright. (HU) tradition, Christians have represented their theologies Rel 77. (Asia 77) The Islamic Tradition (4) and religious sentiments in visual arts and architecture, Origin and development of classical Islam. Topics and for the same two millennia, a myriad of Christians include Muhammad and the Koran; legal, theological, have learned their Christianity through visual representa- and ritual institutions; the Caliphate; Islamic mysticism; tions. Provides a one-semester survey of the history of Islamic cosmology and Islamic science. (HU) Christianity as expressed in the visual arts. Wright/Priester. (HU) Religion Studies 333

Rel 111. Jewish Scriptures/Old Testament (4) sexual boundaries; whistle-blowing; safety and risk; com- The religious expression of the Hebrews, Israelites, and puter ethics; weapons development; discrimination; Jews as found in the Jewish Scriptures professional review of ethical infractions. Course will (TANAK/Christian Old Testament). Near Eastern con- include guest lectures and case studies. Steffen. (HU) text of Hebrew religion, the Patriarchs, the Exodus, the Rel 129. (Phil 129) Jewish Philosophy (4) monarchy, prophecy, Exile and Return. Emphasis on his- How major Jewish thinkers from the first to the 20th torical, literary, critical problems, and newer centuries confronted questions at the intersection of reli- socio-historical methods. Wright. (HU) gion and philosophy: the existence and nature of God, Rel 112. The Beginnings of Judaism and Jewish free will, evil, divine providence, miracles, creation, reve- Origins: Jewish Diversity in the Greco-Roman lation, and religious obligation. (HU) World (4) Rel 132. Hasidic Tales (4) The variety of approaches to Judaism in the period fol- Examines the mysterious and beautiful tales told by lowing the Babylonian exile through the second century Hasidim, participants in the movement of spiritual revival C.E. The literature studied will include Apocrypha, which arose within 18th century Judaism. Compares Pseudepigrapha, and the Dead Sea Scrolls. Wright. (HU) Hasidic tales to European fairy tales, and shows how later Rel 114. (Clss 114) Christian Origins: New writers transformed Hasidic narratives to express their Testament and the Beginnings of Christianity (4) own religious or literary meanings. Weissler. (HU) Early Christianity from its beginnings until the end of Rel 133. New Age Spirituality (4) the second century. Coverage includes the Jewish and An exploration of alternative religious beliefs and prac- Hellenistic matrices of Christianity, traditions about the tices in the 21st century. Topics include goddess life of Jesus and his significance, and the variety of belief religion, channeling, UFOs, adaptations of Asian and and practice of early Christians. Emphasis on encounter- Native American traditions, and spiritual environmen- ing primary texts. Wright. (HU) talism. How “new” are New Age religions? How does a Rel 116. (Phil 116) Bioethics (4) genuine religious movement differ from a cult? Kraft. Moral issues that arise in the context of health care and relat- (HU) ed biomedical fields in the United States today, examined in Rel 137. (Hum 137, Phil 137) Ethics in Practice the light of the nature and foundation of moral rights and (1-4) obligations. Topics include: confidentiality, informed con- A variable content course focusing on ethical issues aris- sent, euthanasia, medical research and experimentation, ing in a particular profession, such as law, health, genetics, the distribution of health care, etc. (HU) business, engineering, military. Variable credit. May be Rel 121. Sources for the Life of Jesus: the Jewish taken more than once. Steffen. (HU) and Christian Context (4) Rel 138. (WS 138) Women in Jewish History (4) Ancient sources that claim to provide information about Contributions of, and limitations on, women at differ- Jesus of Nazareth. Approaches taken to Jesus’ life and ent stages of Jewish history, using both primary sources career; early Christian interpretations of the significance and secondary material. Experience of modern Jewish of Jesus; methodology in assessing evidence for the his- women, and the contemporary feminist critique of tra- torical Jesus and his message. Wright. (HU) ditional gender roles. Weissler. (HU) Rel 124. (Phil 124) Reason and Religious Rel 139. (Anth 139) Jewish Folklore (4) Experience (4) Examines the transformation of folk and popular A critical look, from a philosophical perspective, at some Judaism from the Old World, through the period of fundamental problems of religion: The nature of reli- immigration to America, to ethnic and later forms of gious experience and belief, reason and revelation, the American Jewish culture. Attention paid to concept of existence and nature of God, the problem of evil, and folklore revivals and their meanings. Four case studies: religious truth. Raposa. (HU) folk tales and storytelling, klezmer music, life-cycle ritu- Rel 125. Heresy and Orthodoxy: Varieties of als, and food. Weissler. (SS) Christianity in the First Three Centuries (4) Rel 144. (Art 144) Raw Vision: Creativity and Examines the development of Christianity until the end Ecstasy in the Work of Shamans, Mystics, and of the third century. Compares the views of different Artist Outsiders (4) groups about the significance of Jesus. Who were the Comparative exploration of the nature and meaning of proto-orthodox? Jewish Christians? Gnostics? What did religious and artistic experience as reflected in shaman- they think? Why were some branded heretics by others? ism (both prehistoric and tribal), mystic traditions Wright. (HU) (especially Taoism and Christianity), and contemporary Rel 126. (Hum 126, Phil 126) Professional self-taught artistic visionaries (e.g., Jean Dubuffet, Ethics (4) Howard Finster, Mr. Imagination, Lonnie Holley, Norbert Kox). Various disciplinary perspectives will be An examination of the moral rules and action guides that employed including comparative religions, anthropology, govern various professions. Professions to be examined will art history, and psychology. Girardot. (HU) include health (physician and nursing); legal; counseling and psychiatry; engineering; military; clergy; teaching. Rel 150. Judaism in the Modern World (4) Attention will be given to modes of ethical reasoning and Fundamental themes in the experience of modern Jewry; how those modes are practically applied in professional life confrontation with secular culture; crisis of religious and activity. Among issues to be discussed will be the lim- faith; Zionism and the renewal of Jewish nationalism; its of confidentiality; employer authority; power the problem of Jewish identity in America; and the relationships; obligations to the public; professional rights; impact of the Holocaust. Silberstein, Weissler. (HU) 334 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2003-2004

Rel 152. American Judaism (4) Rel 160. (Asia 160) The Taoist Tradition (4) Diverse cultural and social forms through which Consideration of the religious and cultural significance of American Jews express their distinct identity. Is American Taoism in its various historical forms. Primary attention will Jewry an example of assimilation and decline or creative be given to a close reading of some of the most important transformation? What, if anything, do American Jews texts of the early philosophical tradition (e.g. Tao Te Ching, share in common? Compatibility of Judaism with indi- Chuang Tzu) and of the later religious tradition (e.g. Pao P’u vidualism, pluralism, and voluntarism. How have the Tzu and other selections from the Tao Tsang). Contemporary Holocaust and the State of Israel shaped the self-under- implications of Taoist thought will also be considered (e.g. standing of American Jewry? Silberstein. (HU) “The Tao of Physics”, “a Taoist on Wall Street”, and “the Tao Rel 153. The Spiritual Quest in Contemporary of Japanese Management”). Girardot. (HU) Jewish Life (4) Rel 162. (Asia 162) Zen Buddhism (4) What factors explain the current growth of spirituality in History, doctrines, and practices of Zen Buddhism in American Jewish life? How does spirituality differ from China, Japan, and the West. Monastic life, notable Zen conventional religion? What is the impact of Jewish spir- masters, Zen’s cultural impact, and enlightenment. ituality on contemporary Jewish worship? How does the Current aspects of the Zen tradition. (Optional medita- growth of Jewish spirituality relate to the broader issues tion workshop.) Kraft. (HU) of Jewish identity? What accounts for the growing inter- Rel 164. (Asia 164, IR 164) Japan’s Response to est in Buddhism among Jews? What is the impact of the West (4) feminism on Jewish spirituality? How does the growth of A survey of Japanese history and culture from 1500 to spirituality among Jews relate to the growth of spirituali- the present, following the theme of Japan’s contact with ty in general American culture? Silberstein (HU) the West. What enabled Japan to modernize and Rel 154. (Hist 154) The Holocaust: History and Westernize so successfully? Topics covered include: the Meaning (4) expulsion of Christianity, the first samurai mission to the The Nazi holocaust in its historical, political and reli- U.S., the postwar American occupation, and contempo- gious setting. Emphasis upon moral, cultural and rary issues. Readings include Japanese novels and short theological issues raised by the Holocaust. (HU) stories (in translation). Kraft. (H/S) Rel 155. Jewish Responses to the Holocaust (4) Rel 167. (Asia 167) Engaged Buddhism (4) A multi-media study of the ways in which writers, Examines a contemporary international movement that artists, film makers, cartoonists, composers, and comics applies Buddhist teachings and practices to social, politi- have responded to the horrors of the Holocaust. Among cal, and environmental issues. Topics include: important the questions to be considered are: How is it possible to thinkers, forms of engagement, and areas of controversy. describe and represent the Holocaust in writing? In art? Kraft. (HU) In film? What distinguishes the ways in which this is Rel 168. (Asia 168) Buddhism in the Modern done by different generations? How is the memory of World (4) these events being effectively preserved and transmitted Explores contemporary Buddhism in Asia, America, and through monuments and museums? What role does the Europe. Topics include the plight of Tibet, Buddhist envi- memory of the Holocaust play in the life of contempo- ronmentalism, and the emergence of a socially engaged rary Jews? Silberstein. (HU) Buddhism. How are Westerners adapting this ancient tra- Rel 156. Israel, Zionism, and the Renewal of dition to address present-day concerns? Kraft. (HU) Judaism (4) Rel 169. (Asia 169) Classics of Asian Religion (4) New interpretations of Judaism, the Jewish community Sacred scriptures of Asia and an introduction to the reli- and Jewish history developed by Zionist thinkers. gions they represent. What do these texts teach about Diverse currents within Jewish nationalist thought and reality, humanity, divinity, and society? How is the path critical responses to Zionist ideology. Silberstein. (HU) of spiritual practice presented in the different traditions? Rel 157. (Hist 157) Europe in the Age of the Prerequisite: one prior course in Religion or Asian stud- Reformation (4) ies. Kraft, Girardot. (HU) The breakup of the religious culture of medieval Rel 174. Contemporary Theology (4) Christian Europe in the reformation movements of the Major 20th century movements within Christian and sixteenth century. The origins and varieties of Jewish theology understood as responses to the problems Protestantism; the intersection of religious ideas and pol- of modern times. May be repeated for credit as the sub- itics in Germany, Switzerland, Britain, France, and the ject matter varies. Raposa. (HU) Netherlands; the “wars of religion” and the emergence of the European state system. Baylor. (HU) Rel 180. (Hist 180) Religion and the American Experience (4) Rel 158. (WS 158) Sex and Gender in Judaism: The historic development of major American religious The Feminist Critique (4) groups from colonial times to the present; their place in Writings by Jewish feminists reflecting the encounter social and political life, and the impact of the national between Judaism and feminism: prayer and ritual, experience upon them. Raposa. (HU) women rabbis, God, and God language, communal power, the marriage and divorce. Silberstein. (HU) Rel 184. (WS 184) Religion, Gender, and Power (4) Gender differences as one of the basic legitimations for Rel 159. Roman Catholicism in the Modern the unequal distribution of power in Western society. World (4) Feminist critiques of the basic social structures, cultural A survey of the various intellectual, cultural, political and forms, and hierarchies of power within religious commu- ecclesiastical developments that have shaped contempo- nities, and the ways in which religious groups have rary Roman Catholic life and thought. Raposa. (HU) responded. Silberstein. (HU) Religion Studies 335

Rel 186. Judaism in Israel and the United States (4) world or transcending it, and between imagery for God Explores the differences/similarities in the ideologies, and religious experience of God. Weissler. (HU) myths and symbols which shape the views of Jews in Rel 251. (Clss 251) Classical Mythology (3) Israel and the United States on such issues as: the mean- Myth, religion and ritual in ancient Greece and Rome. ing of Judaism, the interpretation of Jewish history, the Emphasis on primary sources; introduction to ancient and relationship of religion and peoplehood, and the rela- modern theories of myth. Cross-cultural material. (SS) tionship of democracy and Jewish values. Readings include Amos Oz, A.B. Yehoshua, Haim Hazaz, Leonard Rel 254. (Asia 254) Buddhism and Ecology (4) Fein, Mordecai Kaplan. Silberstein. (HU) Buddhism’s intellectual, ethical, and spiritual resources are reexamined in light of contemporary environmental Rel 187. Science, Technology, and the Religious problems. Is Buddhism the most green of the major Imagination (4) world religions? What are the moral implications, the Impact of the scientific and technological culture on the “eco85-karma,” of actions that affect the environment? Western religious imagination. Roots of science and Will Buddhist environmentalism have an impact on the technology in religious ideas and images. Ways of know- wider world? Prerequisite: One prior course in Religion ing and concepts of experience in religion and science. Studies, Asian Studies, Earth & Environmental Sciences, Raposa. (HU) or Environment & Society. Kraft (HU) Rel 188. Religion and Literature (4) Rel 335. (Anth 335) Religion, Symbolism and Religious themes in the modern novel or the spiritual Cosmology (4) autobiography. Melville, Tolstoy, Camus, Updike, How human experience is mediated through the use of Walker, and Morrison; or Woolman, Tolstoy, Malcolm symbols. Religious and cosmological systems in cross- X, Wiesel, Frederick Douglass, Sojourner Truth, Kukai. cultural perspective. Prerequisite: Any one of the Steffen. (HU) following introductory courses: Anth 1, Anth 11, Anth Rel 189. Religion and the Visual Arts (4) 12, SSP 5, SSP 21, or department permission. (SS) To what extent does the process and production of artis- Rel 361. Fieldwork (1-4) tic images relate to visionary experience in the history of Opportunity for students to work, or observe under world religions, and expose a religious dimension in life? supervision, religious organizations or institutions. In what sense is an artistic vocation similar to the reli- Consent of chair required. (ND) gious vocation of a shaman, prophet, or saint? In what way do artists and religious figures respond to, change, Rel 371. Directed Readings (1-4) and create the “real” world? Girardot. (HU) Intensive study in areas appropriate to the interests and needs of students and staff. (ND) Rel 213. (Clss 213) Ancient Roman Religion (4) Religious experience of the Roman people from prehisto- Rel 373. (Hum 373, Phil 373) Independent Ethics ry to end of the empire. Nature of polytheism and its Project (4) interactions with monotheism (Christianity, Judaism). Supervised ethics research into a topic approved by the Theories of religion. Emphasis on primary source mate- advisor for the Humanities Minor in Ethics. An option for rials. (SS) completing the ethics minor. For ethics minors only. (HU) Rel 221. (Asia 221) Topics in Asian Religions (4) Rel 374. Senior Seminar (4) Selected thematic and comparative issues in different A capstone seminar for departmental majors. Considers Asian religious traditions. May include Buddhism and the methodologies of religious studies and assesses cur- Christianity, religion and martial arts, Asian religions in rent issues in the field. Offers opportunities for in-depth America, Taoist meditation, Zen and Japanese business, work on a particular tradition under the guidance of a Buddhist ethics. May be repeated for credit. Girardot, faculty member. (HU) Kraft. (H/S) Rel 391. Senior Thesis in Religion (4) Rel 222. Topics in Western Religions (4) Selected historical, thematic, and comparative issues in Judaism, Christianity, and Islam. May be repeated for Russian credit as the subject matter varies. (HU) See listing under Modern Languages and Literature. Rel 224. (Phil 224) Topics in the Philosophy of Religion (4) Russian Studies Selected problems and issues in the philosophy of reli- gion. May be repeated for credit as the subject matter Mary A. Nicholas, Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) program varies. Raposa. (HU) director. Rel 225. Topics in Religion and Ethics (4) Professors. Arthur E. King, Ph.D. (Ohio State); Rajan Menon, Ph.D. (Illinois), Monroe J. Rathbone professor of Analysis of various moral problems and social value international relations, Oles M. Smolansky, Ph.D. questions. Possible topics include: environmental and (Columbia). non-human animal ethics; medical ethics; drug and alco- hol abuse; spiritual meaning of anorexia. (HU) Russian Studies Major Rel 230. The Mystical Tradition: Judaism (4) The major in Russian studies is an interdisciplinary pro- Explores the history of the quest to know God, through gram designed to provide students with a broad exposure mystical experience or theosophical speculation, as found to the Russian language and to Russian culture. Courses in Jewish tradition. Examines such issues as the tensions in language, literature, history, politics, foreign policy, and between institutional religion and personal religious economics, as well as the possibility of study in the experience, between views of God as immanent in the republics of the former Soviet Union, are part of the cur- riculum for this major. The required and elective courses 336 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2003-2004 fit in well with a traditional liberal arts education. At the any one course in Russian literature or literature in same time, the emphasis on area studies provides students translation (4) with a focus for their intellectual efforts and a specializa- PolS 261 Soviet and Post-Soviet Politics (4) tion that can be pursued, in graduate school or in a variety of public and private sector careers, after graduation. Hist 347 Russia to 1855 (4) The major in Russian studies requires 36 credit hours, Hist 348 Russia since 1855 (4) distributed as follows: IR 167 Diplomacy of Russia to 1917 (4) A. Required Courses IR 168 Diplomacy of USSR, 1917-1991 (4) Eco 209 Comparative Economic Systems (3) I. Language and Literature: two years of college Russian, course selection based on placement: 16 PolS 218 Seminar in Post-Soviet Politics (4) credit hours. Special topics courses in other areas such as psychology II. Russian History or sociology and anthropology with permission Hist 347 Russia to 1855 (4) or Field Study in the former Soviet Union for academic credit under special topics (4) Hist 348 Russia since 1855 (4) Other courses approved by the director of Russian studies. III. Russian Politics and Foreign Policy PolS 261 Soviet and Post-Soviet Politics (4) or School Psychology IR 168 Diplomacy of USSR, 1917-1991 (4) See listings under Education. B. Elective Courses The student will select at least three courses from the fol- lowing list: Science, Environmental and IR 167 Diplomacy of Russia to 1917 (4) Technical Writing PolS 218 Seminar in Post-Soviet Politics (4) See listings under Journalism and Communication. Eco 209 Comparative Economic Systems (3) Any other Russian language and literature courses. Other courses approved by the director of the program (e.g., relevant courses offered through LVAIC or at other institutions). Field Study in the former Soviet Union (e.g., faculty-led study trips offered under special topics or approved study abroad programs). Any substitutes for required or elective courses must be approved by the director of the Russian studies program. Russian Studies Minor The minor in Russian studies is an interdisciplinary pro- gram designed to provide a broad range of study of the former Soviet Union. It can be considered the beginning of a specialization in the area that can be continued in graduate school, or a useful area of concentration for cer- tain careers after graduation (e.g., foreign service, governmental employment, business, foreign trade, etc.). The program may also be of general interest to nonspe- cialist students who wish to do focused work on the culture and society of the former USSR. The minor in Russian studies requires 18 to 20 credit hours of formal course work, chosen in consultation with the program director, Mary Nicholas, Department of Modern Languages and Literature. two semesters of college-level Russian based on the stu- dent’s level of competence; Any three of the following: Science, Technology and Society 337

Science, Technology and Society departmental or interdisciplinary program minor; or double major. Stephen H. Cutcliffe, Ph.D. (Lehigh), program director. C. Science and Mathematics Requirement. Students Steven Louis Goldman, Ph.D. (Boston), Andrew W. must fulfill the college’s regular B.A. distribution Mellon Professor in the Humanities. requirements of at least eight credits in the natu- The Science, Technology and Society (STS) program is ral sciences; and at least three credits in the product of a continuing cross-college effort to create mathematical sciences. At least one of the courses a common ground from which to explore the relations in the natural sciences must also include the asso- between science, technology and society: between ideas, ciated laboratory course. These courses should be machines and values. chosen in consultation with the advisor. The STS program serves as a focal point for a wide range STS Studies Minor of courses that study the natures of science and of tech- The program also offers a minor in science, technology nology, and analyze their social and personal & society studies which is open to all undergraduates. implications. It lends coherence and visibility to offerings Students electing the minor must take a set of courses otherwise dispersed throughout the catalog. totaling a minimum of 15 hours that includes STS 11: STS Studies Major Technology and Human Values and electives chosen from the list of all courses eligible for STS studies which The major in science, technology and society studies pre- follows below. Students should consult with the program pares students for graduate study or for a wide variety of director when selecting courses for either the major or career opportunities including policy analysis, planning, the minor. or community relations with public or private sector agencies concerned with the social relations of scientific Science, Technology and Society research and technological innovation. The intrinsically Courses cross-disciplinary character of science-technology-society interactions is reflected in the B.A. requirements. Majors STS 11. Technology and Human Values (4) must complete a minimum of 34 credit hours in STS Impact of technology on society in relation to ethical courses, listed below, together with at least 15 credit problems raised by the exploitation of technological hours in any traditional academic discipline: engineering, innovations. Illustrations from history, social studies, physical or life science, the humanities, or the social sci- philosophy, literature, and film. Cutcliffe (SS) ences. This collateral set of courses should be chosen in STS 12. Engineering and Society (4) consultation with the program director to provide the An examination, from the perspective of its social con- foundation needed to engage STS studies issues in which text, of engineering as a distinctive problem-solving that discipline is implicated. The senior seminar and discipline. The roles of design, modeling, testing, safety project provide an opportunity for students to integrate analysis, product and client in defining engineering the knowledge they have gained and the skills they have problems and acceptable solutions to them. Goldman, acquired, in the course of guided research on a topic of Nagel (SS) special interest to them. Additional opportunities for stu- STS 117. (Hist 117/WS117) Women, Science and dent research are available, especially through STS 181: Independent Study. Technology (4) Explores the impact of technology and science on STS studies is a social science major in the College of women’s social roles and the contribution of women Arts and Science, and majors must fulfill the college’s engineers and scientists to their disciplines. Will focus on B.A. distribution requirements. A detailed description of the American experience. Among the topics discussed are the STS studies major requirements follows. invention, design, laboratory research, education, engi- Detailed Description of STS Major Requirements neering, professionalism, labor force participation, office mechanization, household appliances, virtual spaces, A. Required STS Courses (minimum of 34 hours) childcare and reproduction. Cooper (SS) STS 11: Technology and Human Values (4) STS 124. (Jour 124) Politics of Science (4) STS 12: Engineering and Society (4) Analysis of the multi-dimensional interaction between Hist 7: Technology in America’s Industrial the federal government and the scientific community. Age (4) or Explores historical growth of the science-government connection, the scientific establishment both past and Hist 8: Technology in Modern America (4) present, and the role of scientific advice to the White STS/Jour 124 Politics of Science (4) or House and Congress. Also examines scientific ethics, PolS 115: Technology as Politics (4) public attitudes toward science, science-society interac- Phil 128: Philosophy of Science (4) or tions, and case studies of scientific controversies. S. Friedman (SS) Phil 228: Topics in Philosophy of Science (4) STS 141. (Asia 141) Science and Technology STS 381: Senior Seminar and Methods (4) Studies in East Asia (4) STS 382: Senior Project (4) The development of science and technology in East Asia Two additional advanced courses (100 level or higher) with emphasis on Japan and China. Cultural and reli- from the list of approved STS Studies courses (6-8) gious influences, both internal and external, and B. Concentration in a complementary discipline interactions with the West, as illustrated by the develop- (minimum of 15 hours to be chosen in conjunc- ment of bronze technology, ceramics, and architecture. tion with STS studies advisor); or approved Factors in Western and Japanese society that have con- 338 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2003-2004 tributed to the rapid growth of Japanese technology as STS 382. Senior Project (4) well as limits to future growth of technology in East Continuation of STS 381. Students conduct and present Asia. Notis (SS) independent research projects on STS topics of special STS 145. (Hist 145) Introduction to the History interest. Prerequisite: STS 381. Cutcliffe (SS) of Science (4) Graduate Courses in STS The history of modern science, primarily physical and (Open to undergraduates by petition only.) biological, with emphasis on the development of major theoretical models since the seventeenth century. STS 481. Readings in Science, Technology and Goldman (SS) Society (3) Readings seminar on selected themes and topics in sci- STS 181. Independent Study (1-4) fall-spring ence, technology, and society. May be repeated for credit Prerequisite: consent of the program director. (HU or SS) with permission of the program director. STS 221. (Mat 221/Anth 221) Materials in the Development of Man (3) Other STS courses. Development of materials technology and engineering The following courses, appropriate to STS studies, are from the Stone Age to Atomic Age as an example of the offered by various departments. Course descriptions may interaction between technology and society. In-class be found under the catalog entry for the individual demonstration laboratories on composition and structure department. New courses are frequently added to this list of materials. Term projects using archaeological materials and announced in bulletins published by the STS pro- and alloys. Course intended for, but not limited to, stu- gram. For further information, please contact the dents in the humanities and secondary science program director. education. Engineering students may not use this course Anth 221 Materials and the Development of for engineering science or technical elective credit. Notis, Man—Notis & Small Small (SS) Arch 107 History of American Architecture— STS 252. (CSc 252) Computers, the Internet, and Thomas Society (3) Arch 210 20th-Century Architecture—Zaknic Arch/Hist 361 Evolution of High-rise Building Con- An interactive exploration of the current and future role struction—Peters of computers, the Internet, and related technologies in Arch/Hist 363 Evolution of Long-Span Bridge Build- changing the standard of living, work environments, ing—Peters society and its ethical values. Privacy, security, deperson- Arch/Hist 365 Evolution of the Modern Building alization, responsibility, and professional ethics; the role Process—Peters of computer and Internet technologies in changing edu- Asia 141 Science and Technology Studies in East cation, business modalities, collaboration mechanisms, Asia—Notis and everyday life. Nagel (SS) Chm 5 Chemistry and National Issues— STS 323. (Jour 323) Controversies in Science, Schray Health, and the Environment (4) Clss 108 Ancient Technology—Small Exploration of controversial scientific, health, and tech- Clss/Arch 204 Ancient City and Society—Small nological topics from the dual perspectives of scientific CSc 252 Computers, the Internet, and Soci- uncertainty and mass media coverage. Includes discus- ety—Nagel sion of social responsibilities of and interactions among Des 66 Design History – Snyder & Priester scientists, journalists, and the public. Examines genetic Eco 311 Environmental Economics—Munley engineering and biotechnology, environmental health Eco 314 Energy Economics—McNamara risks, and human behavior research, among other timely EES 3 Global Environmental Change— issues. Concentrates on one or two major controversies Meltzer & Zeitler for in-depth research projects; topics vary with the EES 11 Environmental Geology—Evenson semester. S. Friedman (SS) E & S 1 Environment and the Consumer Soci- STS 341. Issues in American Competitiveness: At ety—Staff Engl 122 Speculative Fiction—Staff Home and Abroad (4) Engl 187 Themes in Literature: Utopian Litera- Issues affecting American commercial competitiveness ture—Staff focusing on topics associated with the recent emergence Hist 7 Technology in America’s Industrial of a new commercial environment in all First World Age—Smith societies. Team taught in a highly interactive setting with Hist 8 Technology in Modern America— industry, public sector, and government experts, in addi- Smith tion to academics from various disciplines and Hist 107 Technology and World History— institutions. Students read topical articles and books, Smith participate in team projects and debates, and conduct Hist 111 Engineering in the Modern World— team research on competitiveness issues they have chosen Smith for a term report. Goldman, Nagel (SS) Hist 117 Women, Science and Technology— STS 381. Senior Seminar (4) Cooper In-depth study of selected topics in science, technology, Hist 145 Introduction to the History of Sci- and society with special attention to methodological ence—Goldman issues. Subject matter may vary from semester to semes- Hist 308 Industrial America Since 1945—Cooper ter. Intended for STS majors and minors, but open to Hist 315 American Environmental History— others. Prerequisite: STS 11 or consent of program direc- Cutcliffe tor. Cutcliffe (SS) Sociology and Anthropology 339

Hist/Asia 340 History of Japanese Industrialization the comparative examination of widely divergent past and Since 1800—Cooper present cultures and societies, to the inner life of individu- IR 34 Society, Technology, & War Since the als as this influences social behavior, to an examination of Renaissance—Kauffman the most pressing social issues of our time. IR 344 International Politics of Oil—Barkey The offerings within the department seek to foster self- Jour 124 Politics of Science—Friedman and societal awareness as well as an understanding of Jour 125 Environment, Public, and Mass Media what it means to be human. Instruction within the —Friedman department also provides students with the necessary Jour 323 Controversies in Science, Health, and analytic skills to understand and conduct social research. the Environment—Friedman To that end, central to the department’s major programs Mat 221 Materials in the Development of is training in research methods, statistics, and the use of Man—Notis & Small computer applications in social science. Phil/Rel 116 Bioethics—Staff Phil 128 Philosophy of Science—Levine The department offers three bachelor of arts majors: Phil 228 Topics in the Philosophy of Science— anthropology, sociology and anthropology, and sociolo- Goldman gy/social psychology. The three programs are parallel in Phil 250 The Minds of Robots and Other Peo- structure and requirements and each consists of 40 credit ple—Staff hours of course work. The sociology and anthropology PolS 111 The Politics of the Environment— major is an interdisciplinary program for students desir- Wurth ing a wider familiarity with social science fields, whereas PolS 115 Technology as Politics—Wurth the anthropology and sociology/social psychology majors PolS 328 U.S. Politics and the Environment— are for students desiring more traditional, disciplinary Wurth programs of study. PolS 375 Green Polity—Wurth Research Opportunities. It is the explicit aim of the Rel 6 Religion and the Ecological Crisis— department to involve majors, minors and other interest- Kraft ed students in the ongoing research activities of faculty Rel 8 Prehistoric Religion, Art, and Technol- members. Second-semester sophomore, junior and senior ogy—Girardot students interested in a supervised research experience Rel 187 Science, Technology, & the Religious are encouraged to consult with the department chair or Imagination—Raposa talk with the appropriate faculty member. Course credit SSP 160 Medicine and Society—Lasker can be received for research experience. SSP 302 The Sociology of Cyberspace—Rosen- Internship Opportunities. The department maintains wein close, working relationships with a variety of social agen- SSP/Jour 327 Mass Communication and Society— cies and institutions in the area. Majors can earn course Rosenwein credit by carrying out supervised work in field settings, SSP 367 Sociology of Science—Rosenwein e.g., hospitals, private and public agencies devoted to Thtr/Arch 161 Theater Design and Engineering—Milet social services, courtrooms, prisons, etc. This useful WS 117 Women, Science and Technology— experience allows a student to apply the concepts learned Cooper in the classroom to a field setting and to evaluate voca- tional aspirations and interests. Social Psychology Senior Thesis. All majors are encouraged to do inde- pendent research culminating in a senior thesis; this is See listings under Sociology and Anthropology. especially recommended for students intending to go on to graduate or professional school. The best time to Sociology and Anthropology begin discussing possible projects with faculty is during the second-semester of the junior year. The department Professors. James R. McIntosh, Ph.D. (Syracuse), chair- chairperson should be consulted for further details. person; Raymond Bell, Ed.D. (Lehigh); Barbara B. Departmental Honors. To be eligible for departmental Frankel, Ph.D. (Princeton), Emerita; John B. Gatewood, honors, students must have at least a 3.3 GPA in the Ph.D. (Illinois); Roy C. Herrenkohl, Ph.D. (N.Y.U.) major. In addition, students pursuing honors must take Distinguished Service Professor; Judith N. Lasker, Ph.D. Anth or SSP 399 and write a thesis during their senior (Harvard) NEH Distinguished Professor; Robert E. year. Awarding of departmental honors is contingent on Rosenwein, Ph.D. (Michigan); David B. Small, Ph.D. both the quality of the thesis, as judged by a department (Cambridge); Nicola Tannenbaum, Ph.D. (U. of committee, and the candidate’s GPA at time of graduation. Iowa).Robert C. Williamson, Ph.D. (Southern California), Emeritus. B.A. Major Programs Assistant professors. Heather Johnson, Ph.D. Anthropology (Northeastern); Ziad Munson, Ph.D. (Harvard), Elizabeth Vann, Ph.D. (Virginia). Collateral Requirement (4 credits) The department houses two disciplines, sociology and One general course in statistics: Math 12, Eco 145, Psyc anthropology. Sociology is concerned with the study of 110, or equivalent. (Note: Math 12 fulfills the College of human beings in relationships with others. Anthropology Arts and Sciences mathematics requirement.) takes a holistic approach to the study of humans today Introductory (4 credits) and in the past, in a global, comparative, and multidimen- Anth 1. Introduction to Anthropology sional perspective. Together these disciplines encompass Disciplinary Core Courses (8 credits) the study of the broadest range of human activities, from Anth 111. Comparative Cultures or 340 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2003-2004

Anth 140. Introduction to Linguistics Theory and Methodology (8 credits) and SR 111 Research Methods and Data Analysis (4) Anth 112. Doing Archaeology or fall Anth 145. Human Evolution SR 381 Development of Social Theory (4) spring Theory and Methodology (8 credits) SR 111. Research Methods and Data Analysis, fall Major Electives (20 credits) SR 381. Development of Social Theory, spring Five additional courses in sociology/social psychology, at Major Electives (16 credits) least two of which must be at the 300-level. Four additional anthropology courses, at least two of (Individualized study courses—300, 393, 394, 395, which must be at the 300-level. (Individualized study 395, and 399— cannot be used to fulfill this require- courses — 300, 393, 384, 395, and 399 — cannot be ment; however, one Anth course can be substituted as a used to fulfill this requirement; however, one SSP course “sociology/social psychology” elective.) can be substituted as an “anthropology” elective.) Research, Internship, or Thesis (4 credits) Research, Internship, or Thesis (4 credits) Preferably during the senior year, majors must complete Preferably during the senior year, majors must complete at least four credits of experiential learning on a subject at least four credits of experiential learning on a subject or in a context relevant to their major. Students may ful- or in a context relevant to their major. Students may ful- fill this requirement in a variety of ways— research, field fill this requirement in a variety of ways — research, school, internship, or thesis: field school, internship, or thesis: SSP 300 Apprentice Teaching (4) Anth 300. Apprentice Teaching (4) SSP 393 Supervised Research (1-4) Anth 393. Supervised Research (1-4) Anth 394. Field School (1-8) SSP 394 Field School (1-8) Anth 395. Internship (1-4) SSP 395 Internship (1-4) Anth 399. Senior Thesis (2-4) SSP 399 Senior Thesis (2-4) Students who intend going on to graduate or profession- Students who intend going on to graduate or profession- al school are strongly encouraged to do the senior thesis al school are strongly encouraged to do the senior thesis option, and a senior thesis is required for departmental option, and a senior thesis is required for departmental honors. honors. Sociology and Anthropology Minor Programs Collateral Requirement (4 credits) Anthropology: Anth 1, 11, or 12 and four additional One general course in statistics: Math 12, Eco 145, Psyc courses at 100 level or above in anthropology. 110, or equivalent. Sociology and Anthropology: One of the following (Note: Math 12 fulfills the College of Arts and Sciences’ introductory courses: Anth 1, 11, or 12; SSP 1, 5, or 21 mathematics requirement.) and four additional courses at 100 level or above with at least one in anthropology and one in sociology/social Introductory (8 credits) psychology. SSP 1 Introduction to Sociology and Social Sociology/Social Psychology: SSP 1, 5, or 21 and four Psychology (4) additional courses at 100 level or above in Anth 11 Sociocultural Anthropology (4) sociology/social psychology. Theory and Methodology (8 credits) Undergraduate Courses SR 111 Research Methods and Data Analysis (4) fall Anthropology SR 381 Development of Social Theory (4) spring Anth 1. Introduction to Anthropology (4) fall and Major Electives (24 credits) spring Three additional courses in sociology/social psychology, General introduction to the four subfields of anthropolo- one of which must be at the 300-level or above, AND gy: biological, archaeological, cultural, and linguistic. three additional courses in anthropology, one of which Class will center around lectures and discussion of ancil- must be at the 300-level. lary media. Staff. (SS) (Individualized study courses—300, 393, 394, 395, 395, Anth 11. Sociocultural Anthropology (4) and 399— cannot be used to fulfill this requirement.) Human behavior in cross-cultural perspective. Variations in kinship reckoning, political organization, economic Sociology/Social Psychology and religious life in comparative perspective. Particular Collateral Requirement (4 credits) non-Western peoples: films and readings. (SS) One general course in statistics: Math 12, Eco 145, Psyc Anth 12. Human Evolution and Prehistory (4) 110, or equivalent. Introductory biological anthropology and prehistory. (Note: Math 12 fulfills the College of Arts and Sciences’ Adaptive function of human culture and its relation to mathematics requirement.) biological evolution. Mechanisms of evolution, nonhu- man primate morphology and behavior, hominid fossil Introductory (4 credits) record, cultural beginnings, and survey of world prehis- SSP 1 Introduction to Sociology and Social tory. (NS) Psychology (4) Sociology and Anthropology 341

Anth 100. Seminar in Anthropology (1-4) Anth 172. North American Archaeology (4) fall Topics in anthropology. May be repeated for credit. (SS) Development of prehistoric North American indigenous Anth 111. Comparative Cultures (4) population north of Mexico, beginning with earliest evi- Anthropology is a comparative discipline; through com- dence of people in the New World continuing up parisons we learn what is unique to a particular culture, through European contact. (SS) what is shared among a number of cultures, and how Anth 174. (Clss 174, Art 174, Arch 174) Greek trait, idea, practice or belief are related to each other. Archaeology (3) Students will learn how anthropologists do comparisons Ancient Greek culture from the Neolithic to Hellenistic and do their own comparative research utilizing both periods. Reconstructions of Greek social dynamics from qualitative and quantitative techniques. Tannenbaum. study of artifacts. Small. (SS) (SS) Anth 175. Archaeology of Classical Cultures (4) Anth 112. (Clss 112) Doing Archaeology (4) Course introduces the student to an overview of the Principles of archaeological method and theory. archaeology of ancient Greece and Rome from Iron Age Excavation and survey methods, artifact analysis, dating to Late Antiquity. Emphasis on aspects of cultural devel- techniques, and cultural reconstruction. Course includes opment and change. Small field project. Small. (SS) Anth 176. (Clss 176, Art 176, Arch 176) Roman Anth 121. (Clss 121) Environment and Culture (4)) Archaeology (3) Impact of environment upon cultural variability and Cultures of the Roman Empire. Reconstructions of change. Comparative study of modern and past cultures social, political, and economic dynamics of the imperial and their environments as well as current theories of system from study of artifacts. Small. (SS) human/ environmental interaction. Small. (SS) Anth 178. Mesoamerican Archaeology (4) Anth 123. (WS 123) The Cultural Construction of Ancient civilizations of Mesoamerica: Olmec, Zapotec, Gender (4) Maya, Toltec, and Aztec. Reconstructions of urban cen- Comparative study of the meanings and social roles asso- ters, political and economic organizations, and theories ciated with gender. Psychological, symbolic, and cultural of the Mayan collapse. Small. (SS) approaches. Tannenbaum. (SS) Anth 180. (Clss 180) Cultures of the Greeks and Anth 125. Anthropology of Peasant Peoples (4) Romans (4) Comparative study of peasants—peoples who depend on Analysis of Greek and Roman Cultures. Focus on kin- small-scale agriculture and comprise 80% of the world ship, political and economic organization, sexual population. Cultural, political, and economic bases of practices, burial practices, gender construction, religions, peasant societies and their future prospects. Tannenbaum art, literature, and warfare. Small. (SS) (SS) Anth 182. North American Indians (4) Anth 127. (Clss 127) Early Civilizations (4) Culture areas of native North America prior to substan- Introduction to early civilizations in the Near East, tial disruption by European influences north of Mexico. Mediterranean, Africa, Europe, and New World. Environmental factors and cultural forms. Gatewood. Similarities and differences in economics, politics, social (SS) organization, and religion. Small. (SS) Anth 184. (Asian Studies 184) Cultures of the Anth 139. (Rel 139) Jewish Folklore (4) Pacific (4) Examines the transformation of folk and popular Cultures of the Pacific Islanders prior to substantial dis- Judaism from the Old World, through the period of ruption by European influences. Culture histories, immigration to America, to ethnic and later forms of language families, social organizations, and religions of American Jewish culture. Attention paid to concept of Australian, Melanesian, Polynesian, and Micronesian folklore revivals and their meanings. Four case studies: peoples. Gatewood. (SS) folk tales and storytelling, klezmer music, life-cycle ritu- als, and food. Weissler. (SS) Anth 187. (Asian Studies 187) Peoples of Southeast Asia (4) Anth 140. (CogS 140, Psyc 140, MFL 140) Peoples and cultures of Burma, Laos, Cambodia, Introduction to Linguistics (4) Thailand, Malaysia, Singapore, Indonesia, and the Relationship between language and mind; formal proper- Philippines. World view, religion, economy, politics, and ties of language; language and society; how languages social organization. Tannenbaum. (SS) change over time. (SS) Anth 221. (Mat 221, STS 221) Materials in the Anth 145. Human Evolution (4) Development of Man (3) fall Principles of biological anthropology focusing on the Development of materials technology and engineering evolution of the human species. Topics include evolu- from the stone age to atomic age as an example of the tionary theory, nonhuman primate diversity and interaction between technology and society. In-class behavior, the relationship between biology and behavior demonstration laboratories on composition and structure in evolutionary terms, the hominid fossil record, and of materials. Term projects using archaeological materials genetic variability among contemporary human popula- and alloys. Course intended for, but not limited to, stu- tions. Prerequisite: Anth 1 or 11. Students may not dents in the humanities and secondary science receive credit for both Anth 12 and Anth 145. education. Engineering students may not use this course Gatewood. (NS) for engineering science or technical elective credit. Notis. (SS) 342 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2003-2004

Anth 305. Anthropology of Fishing (4) Anth 376. Culture and the Individual (4) Comparative study of fishing peoples and their technolo- Concepts and methods of studying relations between the gies. Fishing strategies, control of information, and social individual and the sociocultural milieu. Culture and per- organization of marine exploitation in subsistence and sonality language and thought, cross-cultural studies of modern industrial contexts. Theory of common-property cognition. Prerequisite: One of the following introducto- resources and the role of social science in commercial ry courses: Anth 1, Anth 11, Anth 12, SSP 1, SSP 5, or fisheries management. Prerequisite: One of the following SSP 21. Gatewood. (SS) introductory courses: Anth 1, Anth 11, Anth 12, SSP 1, Anth 377. Archaeology of Death (4) SSP 5, or SSP 21. Gatewood. (SS) Course examines what we can determine about the past Anth 312 The Anthropological Signature of the from human remains. Class will study health, age, and Past (4) disease from the analysis of human bone, the cultural Course covers the basic tenets of different anthropologi- aspects of burial and funerals, and take part in a field cal analyses of premodern cultures. Emphasis on the project in Nisky Hill Cemetery in Bethlehem. Small. archaeological traces of different social constructions in (SS) the past. Small. (SS) Anth 393. Supervised Research (1-4) Anth 325. Economic Anthropology (4) Conducting anthropological research under the supervi- Cross-cultural perspectives on the ways people produce, sion of a faculty member. May be repeated for credit. distribute, and consume goods; how these systems are Prerequisite: consent of the department chairperson. (SS) organized; and how they are connected with other Anth 394. Field School (1-8) aspects of society, particularly political and ideological Field school in archaeology or ethnography. Maximum systems. Prerequisite: One of the following introductory of eight credits for a single season or field experience. courses: Anth 1, Anth 11, Anth 12, SSP 1, SSP 5, or May be repeated once for credit. SSP 21. Tannenbaum. (SS) Anth 395. Internship (1-4) Anth 330. Food for Thought (4) Supervised experience involving non-paid work in a set- Symbolic and cultural analyses of foods and cuisines. ting relevant to anthropology. May be repeated once for Examines what people eat, who prepares it, what it credit. Prerequisite: open only to department majors. means, and the social and religious uses of foods histori- cally and cross-culturally. Prerequisite: One of the Anth 399. Senior Thesis (2-4) following introductory courses: Anth 1, Anth 11, Anth Research during senior year culminating in senior thesis. 12, SSP 1, SSP 5, or SSP 21. Tannenbaum. (SS) Required for anthropology majors seeking departmental honors. May be repeated up to a total of 4 credits. Anth 335. (Rel 335) Religion, Symbolism and Prerequisite: consent of the department chairperson. Cosmology (4) How human experience is mediated through the use of Sociology and Anthropology symbols. Religious and cosmological systems in cross- SR 41. (WS 41) Human Sexuality (4) cultural perspective. Prerequisite: One of the following Sexuality and gender roles across the life cycle, including introductory courses: Anth 1, Anth 11, Anth 12, SSP 1, human reproduction, decision-making, and the societal SSP 5, or SSP 21. (SS) regulation of sexual behavior. (ND) Anth 339. Seminar in Anthropology (4) SR 42. (WS 42) Sexual Minorities (4) Topics in anthropology. Varying semester to semester: How minority sexual identities have been the subject of human evolution, politics and law, introduction to lin- speculation, misunderstanding, and sometimes violent guistics, human use of space, anthropology of deviance. attempts at correction or elimination. Sexual orientation, May be repeated for credit. Prerequisite: One of the fol- gender role, including transvestitism and “drag,” trans- lowing introductory courses: Anth 1, Anth 11, Anth 12, sexualism, sexism, heterosexism, and homophobia. SSP 1, SSP 5, or SSP 21. (SS) Emphasis on critical thinking, guest speakers, and dis- Anth 345. (Clss 345) Evolution of the State (4) cussions. (SS) Theories of state formation. Comparison of evolutionary SR 100. Seminar in Social Relations (1-4) trajectories of early states in the Near East, Topics in social relations. May be repeated for credit. Mediterranean, and New World. Prerequisite: One of the (SS) following introductory courses: Anth 1, Anth 11, Anth 12, SSP 1, SSP 5, or SSP 21. Small. (SS) SR 111. Research Methods and Data Analysis (4) Anth 370. (Hist 370) Historical Archaeology (4) fall This course exams the unique nature of historical archae- Research skills in anthropology, sociology and social psy- ology of post contact America. Topics include chology. Problem formulation; research design; methods reconstructing the past through the archaeological and and measures; analysis and interpretation of data. historical record, exhibiting past culture, and capturing Emphasis on the use of statistics in the research process. the real or imagined past. Course includes fieldwork and (ND) visits to famous historical archaeological sites. Small. (SS) SR 381. Development of Social Theory (4) spring Anth 371. Special Topics (1-4) Comparative study of social theory. Prerequisite: One of Advanced work through supervised readings. May be the following introductory courses: Anth 1, Anth 11, repeated for credit. Prerequisite: consent of the depart- Anth 12, SSP 1, SSP 5, or SSP 21. (SS) ment chairperson. (SS) Sociology and Anthropology 343

SR 395. Methods in Observation (4) alternate SSP 125. (Psyc 125) Social Psychology of Small years Groups (4) Naturalistic and participant observation in uncontrolled Theories and empirical research regarding interpersonal field settings. Prerequisite: One of the following intro- behavior in small groups. Classroom exercises and group ductory courses: Anth 1, Anth 11, Anth 12, SSP 1, SSP simulations. Prerequisite: consent of instructor. 5, or SSP 21. (SS) Rosenwein. (SS) SR 399. Senior Thesis (4) SSP 135. (Jour 135, Psyc 135) Human Research during senior year culminating in senior thesis. Communication (4) Required for social relations majors seeking departmental Processes and functions of human communication in honors. Prerequisite: consent of the department chairper- relationships and groups. Rosenwein. (SS) son. (SS) SSP 141. Social Deviance and Social Control (4) Sociology/Social Psychology Analysis of deviant social systems, supporting factors maintaining them, and societal responses to deviant roles SSP 1. Introduction to Sociology and Social and collectivities. McIntosh. (SS) Psychology (4) fall and spring Patterns of social interaction, group behavior and atti- SSP 152. Alcohol, Science and Society (4) tudes provide a focus on the relationship of the Alcohol use and abuse, its historical function in society, individual to society. Social structure and social change moral entrepreneurship, status struggles and conflict over within the institutions of society provide a focus on the alcohol. Current problems with attention to special pop- relationship of society to the individual. The influences ulation groups and strategies for prevention of alcohol of social class, gender and race are explored at each level abuse. McIntosh. (SS) of analyses. Theories, methods and research results pro- SSP 153. (Psyc 153) Personality (4) vide micro and macro models for understanding society. Review and critique of theories of personality and their Students who received a C or better in SSP 5 or SSP 21 associated systems of psychotherapy. Prerequisite: Psyc 1 may not take SSP 1 for credit. Staff. (SS) or SSP1. (SS) SSP 5. Introductory Sociology (4) SSP 160. Medicine and Society (4) Introduction to the sociological perspectives on human Health, illness, and the health professions from the soci- behavior and social life. Examines theories and research ological perspective. Social epidemiology, social exploring patterns of relationships between individuals psychology of illness, socialization of health profession- and society, the effects of social structure, culture, and als, organization of health care, patient-professional social change on individuals, including the impact of relationships and ethical issues in medical care. Lasker. social class, race, and gender. (SS) (SS) SSP 21. (Psyc 21) Social Psychology (4) SSP 161. The American Dream: Popular Theories, methods of investigation, and results of Ideologies in American Society (4) research in social psychology with emphasis on psycho- Is the “American Dream” a myth or reality? This course logical processes in social behavior, social attitudes, explores this question and various aspects of basic group behavior and social interaction. (SS) American values through a sociological lens. The SSP 100. Seminar in Sociology and Social American Dream, meritocracy, and individualism are Psychology (1-4) strongly held beliefs the United States – the “land of Topics in sociology and social psychology. May be opportunity.” We will examine the implications, causes, repeated for credit. (SS) and consequences of these beliefs and other popular ide- ologies in the context of a highly stratified and SSP 103. (AAS 103) Race and Ethnicity (4) fall increasingly diverse society. The course focuses on how Course examines race and ethnicity from a sociological ideologies function to both reproduce and transform perspective. Focus on the role of the major racial and society. Johnson. (SS) ethnic communities in modern American society. Explores the roles of race and ethnicity in identity, social SSP 162. AIDS and Society (4) relations, and social inequality. Topics include racial and Impact of the AIDS epidemic on individuals and on ethnic communities, minority/majority groups, assimila- social institutions (medicine, religion, education, politics, tion, prejudice/discrimination, identity, and the social etc.); social and health policy responses; international construction of the concept of “race.” Johnson (SS) experience; effect of public attitudes and policy on peo- ple affected directly by AIDS. (SS) SSP 109. (Psyc 109) Adulthood and Aging: (4) Social science approaches to the latter two-thirds of the SSP 165. Contemporary Social Problems (4) life. Cognitive and personality development; attitudes Studies of major problems facing contemporary society. toward aging; social behavior of older adults; widow- (SS) hood; retirement. Prerequisite: Psyc 1 or SSP 1. May not SSP 166. (AAS 166) Wealth and Poverty in the be taken pass/fail. Hyland. (SS) United States (4) SSP 121 (Psyc 121) Social Psychology (4) Course examines the sociology of wealth and poverty – Theories, methods of investigation and results of affluence and disadvantage, “rags and riches” – in research on the way social and psychological processes American Society. Focus is a critical analysis of the interact in human behavioral settings. Topics include wealth gap, its causes, consequences, and social context. analysis of self and relationships, dynamics of small We will consider the roles of wealth and poverty in groups, attitudes and persuasion, prejudice, prosocial and determining life chances and structuring opportunity, as antisocial behavior. Prerequisite: One of the following well as their roles in the perpetuation of social inequality introductory courses: Anth 1, Anth 11, Anth 12, SSP 1, across generations. We will address contemporary SSP 5, SSP 21, or Psyc 1. Rosenwein. (SS) 344 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2003-2004 debates surrounding public policy, tax laws, anti-poverty SSP 325. (Hist 325, WS 325) History of Sexuality programs and other reform efforts aimed at decreasing and the Family in the U.S. (3-4) fall the gap between the “Haves” and the “Have-Nots.” Social change from early agrarian communities to begin- Johnson. (SS) nings of industrialism, emphasizing socio-economic SSP 302. The Sociology of Cyberspace (4) class, family structure, and treatment of women and An examination of social life on the Internet and the minority groups. Najar. (SS) World Wide Web. Topics may include sociocultural and SSP 326. (Hist 326, WS 326) Social Class in psychological aspects of communication in cyber-envi- American History (3-4) spring ronments (e.g., email, chat rooms, news groups, MUDS, Changing role of women, minority groups, and the fam- etc.), interpersonal relationships and group development, ily during the industrial era. Development of the the nature of community, the politics of cyberspace (con- modern class structure and the impact of the welfare trol and democracy), privacy and ethics, and economic state. Simon. (SS) dimensions. Examination of past and current case stud- ies. Rosenwein. (SS) SSP 327. (Jour 327) Mass Communication and Society (4) SSP 308. (Psyc 308) Seminar in Social A review of theories and research on the relationship of Psychology (4) mass communication to social processes. Intensive analy- Intensive consideration of selected topics in current theo- sis of selected media products (e.g., TV news, dramas, ry and research in social psychology. The subject matter and sitcoms; films; print; music videos, etc.). varies from semester to semester, and includes such top- Prerequisite: One of the following introductory courses: ics as the social psychology of education, the applications Anth 1, Anth 11, Anth 12, SSP 1, SSP 5, or SSP 21. of perception and learning theory to social psychological Rosenwein. (SS) problems, the social psychology of science, and the social environment of communication. May be repeated for SSP 333. (PolS333, Psyc 333) Social Psychology credit. Prerequisite: One of the following introductory of Politics (4) courses: Anth 1, Anth 11, Anth 12, SSP 1, SSP 5, or Political behavior viewed from a psychological and social SSP 21. (SS) psychological perspective. Prerequisite: Anth 1, 11, or 12; SSP 1, 5 or 21; Psyc 1 or department permission. SSP 310. (AAS 310, WS 310) Gender, Race, and Rosenwein. (SS) Sexuality: The Social Construction of Differences (4) SSP 341. (WS 341) Women and Health (4) This course will provide the student with an opportunity Relationships of women to the medical system. Influence to engage current debates about the meaning and use of of medicine on women’s lives and the impact of the racial and sexual classification systems in society. Using a women’s movement on health care. Prerequisite: One of multi disciplinary approach, we will examine the histori- the following introductory courses: Anth 1, Anth 11, cal and sociological contexts in which specific theories of Anth 12, SSP 1, SSP 5, or SSP 21. Lasker. (SS) racial and sexual differences emerged in the U.S. SSP 351. (WS 351) Gender and Social Change (4) Additionally, we will explore the ways in which changes Changes in gender roles from social psychological and in the images have implications on the role racial, gender, structural perspectives. Comparative analyses of men and and sexual identity plays in our understanding of the rela- women (including people of color) in the social struc- tionship between difference and inequality. Prerequisite: ture; their attitudes and orientations toward work, SSP 103, or department permission. Staff. (SS) family, education, and politics. Prerequisite: One of the SSP 312. (Psyc 312) Interpersonal Behavior in following introductory courses: Anth 1, Anth 11, Anth Small Groups (4) 12, SSP 1, SSP 5, or SSP 21. (SS) Intensive consideration of theoretical and methodologi- SSP 355. Sociology of Education (4) cal issues in the analysis of the development of small Course examines the social organization of education as groups. Prerequisite: One of the following introductory a social institution and the role of schools in society. courses: Anth 1, Anth 11, Anth 12, SSP 1, SSP 5, or Focus is primarily on educational processes in the United SSP 21. Rosenwein. (SS) States. Topics include: IQ, curriculum, tracking, educa- SSP 314. (Psyc 314) Social Cognition and Social tional inequality, primary/secondary/higher education, private vs. public, informal education and social capital, Action (4) effects on and of race/class/gender, schools as agents of Examines the formation of beliefs about social groups, socialization, educational policy and school reform. individuals, the self, and the world. Consequences and Prerequisite: One of the following introductory courses: validity of those beliefs are considered. Areas of inquiry Anth 1, Anth 11, Anth 12, SSP 1, SSP 5, or SSP 21. include stereotypes and prejudice, impression formation Johnson. (SS) processes, the self, attitudes and persuasion, and social influence. Prerequisite: Psyc 110 or SR 111. Gill (SS) SSP 356. (Psyc 356) Seminar in Personality Psychology (4) SSP 323. (Psyc 323) The Child in Family and Topics in personality psychology: the self, personality Society (4) consistency, motivation, psychological adjustment. Influences such as marital discord, family violence, Prerequisite: SSP/Psyc 153 or consent of instructor. poverty and prejudice on the development of the child Williams. (SS) from birth through adolescence. Prerequisite: One of the following introductory courses: Anth 1, Anth 11, Anth SSP 361. (Psyc 361) Personality and Social 12, SSP 1, SSP 5, or SSP 21. Herrenkohl. (SS) Development in Adulthood (4) Theories and current research. Prerequisite: SSP/Psyc 109 or consent of Psychology department chair. Hyland. (SS) Sociology and Anthropology 345

SSP 363. (Psyc 363) Personality and Social SSP 379. (AAS 379) Race and Class in America (4) Development in Childhood (4) This course focuses on the ways in which race and class Issues related to social development (e.g., attachment, intersect in the social, economic, and political structures social competence), social contexts (e.g., family, day of American society. Through sociological literature, fic- care), and personality development (e.g., sex roles, aggres- tion, non-fiction, film, and other media we will explore sion, temperament) from infancy through adolescence. the place of race and class in American society. We will Prerequisite: Psyc 107 or consent of instructor. (SS) examine how race and class operate on a personal, “micro” level, while at the same time operating on a SSP 364. (WS 364) Sociology of the Family (4) large-scale, “macro” level. Prerequisite: SSP 103, or con- Sociological analysis of families in the United States, sent of instructor. Johnson. (SS) including investigations of historical and contemporary patterns. Issues addressed include parenting, combining SSP 391. Evaluation Research (4) work and family, divorce and remarriage, family policies. Application of social research methods of evaluation of Anth 363 is recommended in conjunction with this the effectiveness of social programs. Measurement, course. Prerequisite: One of the following introductory research design, criteria of effectiveness and decision courses: Anth 1, Anth 11, Anth 12, SSP 1, SSP 5, or making. Prerequisite: SR 111 or consent of department SSP 21. Staff. (SS) chairperson. Herrenkohl. (SS) SSP 366. Sociology of Aging (4) SSP 392. Teamwork and Leadership (4) Residential patterns, social policies and services for the This course focuses on how teams function in organiza- aged. Alternative political strategies, health programs, liv- tional settings, especially in business and industry. ing arrangements and workplace choices considered. The Consideration is given to team dynamics and the style(s) changing roles of the elderly in American and other soci- of leadership needed to establish and lead teams. eties, and the special problems they face. Impact of Emphasis is placed on both the internal workings of changing age structure. Prerequisite: One of the follow- teams and on the external relationships that teams have ing introductory courses: Anth 1, Anth 11, Anth 12, in organizational settings. Research and theory are drawn SSP 1, SSP 5, or SSP 21. Lasker. (SS) from a variety of perspectives and disciplines including social psychology, sociology, and management. Case SSP 367. Sociology of Science (4) studies from business and industry are examined. Review of sociological, social psychological, and anthro- Herrenkohl. (SS) pological perspectives on science as a cognitive and social enterprise. Analysis of past and contemporary case stud- SSP 393. Supervised Research (1-4) ies as well as experimental/simulation research. Conducting sociological or social psychological research Rosenwein. (SS) under the supervision of a faculty member. May be repeated for credit. Prerequisite: consent of the depart- SSP 370. Juvenile Delinquency (4) ment chairperson. (SS) The development of delinquent behavior within its social context; an analysis of delinquent gangs and sub- SSP 394. Field School (1-8) cultures and the variable patterns of antisocial activity; Field school in sociology/social psychology. Maximum of and the evaluation of institutional controls and treat- eight credits for a single season or field experience. May ment of the problem. Prerequisite: One of the following be repeated once for credit. introductory courses: Anth 1, Anth 11, Anth 12, SSP 1, SSP 395 Internship (1-4) SSP 5, or SSP 21. Bell. (SS) Supervised experience involving non-paid work in a set- SSP 371. Special Topics (1-4) ting relevant to sociology/social psychology. May be Advanced work through supervised readings. May be repeated once for credit. Prerequisite: open only to repeated for credit. Prerequisite: consent of the depart- department majors. ment chairperson. (SS) SSP 399. Senior Thesis (2-4) SSP 373. Seminar in Sociology (4) Research during senior year culminating in senior thesis. Intensive consideration of selected topics in contempo- Required for sociology/social psychology majors seeking rary theory or research in sociology. The subject matter departmental honors. May be repeated up to a total of 4 varies from semester to semester. May be repeated for credits. Prerequisite: consent of the department chairperson. credit. Prerequisite: One of the following introductory courses: Anth 1, Anth 11, Anth 12, SSP 1, SSP 5, or Graduate Courses in Sociology SSP 21. (SS) The Master’s Program in Sociology prepares students to apply sociological and social psychological perspectives SSP 374. Social Stratification: Race, Class, and methods to the analysis of social problems. Gender (4) Grounded in a strong theoretical and substantive under- This course is an introduction to social stratification. standing of social institutions, social relations, and social Examines social inequality as an organizing principle in policy, as well as in advanced research and computer complex societies. Explores the intersection of the “great skills, students are prepared to be effective and experi- divides” of race, class, and gender. Through readings enced practitioners in the field of applied social research. from classical sociological theory to cutting-edge litera- Specialty areas include: policy studies (health, education, ture we embark on a critical analysis of the causes and family, diversity, substance abuse, delinquency); human consequences of social stratification and social mobility communication (teamwork in organizations, interaction- in the United States and in a global context. Prerequisite: al processes, mass communication, personal One of the following introductory courses: Anth 1, Anth relationships); and program evaluation. 11, Anth 12, SSP 1, SSP 5, or SSP 21. Johnson. (SS) The program requires 30 hours of course work. Required courses are: Advanced Research Methods; Statistics; 346 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2003-2004

Proseminar in Applied Social Theory; Advanced SSP 454. Urban Education: Inequality and Public Computer Applications; Research Practicum, either in an Policy (3) agency or firm in the community or with a faculty mem- Social inequality is found throughout American Society ber; and three electives. All students take a but problems of inequality related to education have per- comprehensive exam. Students choose whether to write a haps received more attention than those of any other thesis or to take an additional six credits of elective contemporary social institution. Researchers, scholars, courses. journalists, social critics, and observers have studied, SSP 401. Proseminar in Applied Social Theory (3) written, and talked about educational inequality to an Theoretical perspectives in sociology and their applica- enormous extent. Social service organizations, activists, tions to social issues and policy. Issues may include policy-makers, legal professionals, and government offi- interpersonal dynamics in groups, leadership and team cials have focused massive reform efforts and political building, race and gender, AIDS and sexuality, organiza- agendas to tackle inequality in education. Many sociolo- tional structure and process, addictions policy, gists have long viewed education not just as an arena of educational reform. Staff. inequality but as the solution to the widespread inequali- ties they see reflected in society. Urban education has SSP 402. Sociology of Cyberspace (3) been an especially complex and controversial subject of The course focus is on case-based discussion in the social scrutiny in recent scholarly and popular debates. This psychology and sociology of the Internet and the World course will focus with a sociological perspective on urban Wide Web. Questions of what it means to be an individ- education, inequality, and public policy in the contem- ual online, how relationships develop, the nature of porary United States. The first portion of the course groups, democracy and power, and education are consid- examines research and literature relevant to the contem- ered. Evaluation is based on short papers related to the porary social problems of urban education and cases and assigned readings, both in hard copy and inequality. The second portion of the course will explore online. Rosenwein. the role of public policy in perpetuating educational SSP 411. Advanced Research Methods (3) inequality, and as a potentially promising solution to it. Study of quantitative and qualitative methodologies, Johnson. measurement and research design issues at an advanced SSP 461. Seminar in Sociology (1-4) level. Specific methodologies include participant observa- Topics vary. tion, survey/interview, laboratory or field methods, content analysis, and focus groups. Prerequisite: SSP 111 SSP 470. Social Theory (3) fall or equivalent. Staff. Major trends in social science theory in historical con- text. Comparison of the major theoretical perspectives SSP 413. Research Practicum (3-6) with an emphasis on underlying philosophy and the Supervised research, either with a faculty member or in a development of critical capacities in students. community agency, designed to apply research skills to a particular problem as defined by the faculty member or SSP 471. Special Topics (1-3) agency in collaboration with the student and supervising Intensive study in an area of sociology that is appropriate instructor. Final paper should demonstrate theoretical to the interests and needs of staff and students. understanding, proper application of methodology and SSP 472. Special Topics (1-3) data analysis, and results of the project. Staff. Continuation of SSP 471. SSP 414. Survey Research (3) SSP 473. (Educ 473) Social Basis of Human Examination of survey methods, sample design, inter- Behavior (3) view design, training of survey personnel, data Development of human behavior from a social psycho- management and analysis. logical perspective. Emphasis placed on the impact of SSP 415. Case Studies of Social Control (3) society upon school-age children and adolescents. Bell. Social control leads to social order and also generates SSP 476. Issues in Health Policy Analysis (3) social deviance. The processes involved in this dual pro- Sociological analyses of health care and health care policy duction are found in the formal institutions of society issues of current concern in American and other soci- and in the informal patterns of interaction within eties. Application of analytic frameworks to several groups. Macro and micro level approaches are explored, majors issues such as organization and financing of serv- especially in the drug and alcohol area. McIntosh. ices, effects of aging populations on needs, impact of SSP 416. (Educ 416) Quasi-Experimentation and new diseases and of new technologies. Students will ana- Program Evaluation (3) lyze selected health care problems faced by local Social science methods for non-laboratory settings. communities. Lasker. Examination of quasi-experimental research designs, SSP 477. Advanced Computer Applications (3) threats to validity, possible controls, and uses in social spring program evaluation. Non-mathematical presentation. Uses of computers in social sciences, including data col- Knowledge of elementary statistics assumed. lection, management, and analysis, simulations, and SSP 453. Urban Communities (3) decision-making; includes weekly lab. Reading of classical and contemporary urban theory and SSP 490. Master’s Thesis community studies in sociology and anthropology. Examination of patterns of social class, power, and social SSP 492. Advanced Teamwork and Leadership (3) change in urban settings, community organizing and Examines the development and functioning of teams in public policy aimed at addressing urban social problems, the workplace. Includes the purpose of teams, team and evaluation of community interventions. Lasker. structure and process, team activities such as decision- making and problem-solving, the organizational context Supply Chain Management 347 for teams, strategies for implementing teams, and styles students in the Integrated Product, Process and of effective team leadership. Research results and case Project (IPD) program. studies are examined. Students participate in illustrative •Emphasizes advanced cost analysis, negotiation, quali- team activities. Herrenkohl. ty management and improvement, logistics network SSP 495. Methods in Observation (3) modeling and e-business. Naturalistic and participant observation in uncontrolled •Integrates core business courses with supply chain field settings. Students will carry out a field project. major courses. Tannenbaum. •Provides field study and experiential learning oppor- tunities in industry. Spanish Supply Chain Management graduates will be prepared to See listings under Modern Languages and Literature. enter industry at a level that accelerates their on-the-job learning and development. Supply Chain Management graduates typically work within four areas, each with its Special Education own set of positions and career paths: See listings under Education purchasing and supply management transportation and logistics Speech operations management inventory management and control See listings as Communication under Journalism and Communication. Supply Chain Management Program and Courses Statistics Required Major Courses (18 hours) See listing under Mathematics SCM 309 Purchasing and Supply Management (3) Mkt 321 Business to Business Marketing (3) Supply Chain Management IE 168 Production Analysis (3) Program director. Robert J. Trent, Ph.D. (Michigan SCM 354 Integrated Logistics and Transportation State) associate professor of management. Management (3) Program faculty. Parveen P. Gupta, Ph.D. (Penn State) Bus 211 Integrated Product Development associate professor of accounting: Michael G. Kolchin, Plus one of the following: D.b.A. (Indiana) C.P.M., chair, department of manage- ment and marketing; Robert Kutchta, M.S. (New Jersey ACCT 324 Cost Accounting (3) Institute of Technology) professor of practice in marketing; SCM 328 Pricing Concepts and Negotiations (3) Teresa M. McCarthy, M.B.A. (University of Rhode And an optional: Island) instructor of marketing; Susan A. Sherer, Ph.D. SCM 373 Supply Chain Management Internship (1-3) (Pennsylvania) Kenan Professor of Information Technology Management and program director, business information In the fall of the student’s junior year, we also strongly systems; Kenneth P. Sinclair, Ph.D. (Massachusetts) encourage students to enter the Supply Chain chair, department of accounting; Richard Titus, M.S. Management program by taking: (Lehigh) lecturer in management: Gregory C. Tonkay, SCM 342 Information Systems Applications in Ph.D. (Penn State) professor of industrial and systems E-Business (3) (also cross-listed as BIS 342) engineering; Todd A. Watkins, Ph.D. (Harvard) associate professor of economics: S. David Wu, Ph.D. (Penn State) Undergraduate Courses chair, department of industrial and systems engineering; SCM 309 Purchasing and Supply Management (3) Yuliang Yao, Ph.D. (Maryland) assistant professor of Negotiating, purchasing, supplier evaluation and selec- business information systems. tion, international purchasing, cost/price analysis, Success in today’s business environment is driven by procurement information systems. Lectures, cases, and competitive advantage and profitability. Customer-focus, electronic business applications. value added product differentiation and cost manage- Mkt 321. Business to Business Marketing (3) ment are the elements associated with industry leaders. Marketing products and services to other businesses. The The Supply Chain Management undergraduate major at role of salespersons as consultants to business customers Lehigh University prepares students to understand and such as manufacturing firms, banks, advertising agencies, manage the processes that distinguish the successful retailers and management advisory service firms. company from its competitors. Electronic business applications in customer relationship The Supply Chain Management major equips students management. Prerequisite: Mkt 211. with the knowledge, skills and abilities necessary for suc- st Acct 324. Cost Accounting (3) cess in the complex business environment of the 21 An in-depth study of cost concepts appropriate for prod- Century. This innovative new program: uct costing in a manufacturing operation, planning and •Provides solid exposure to supply management, logis- controlling routine operations, and nonroutine decision- tics, business-to-business marketing and operations making. Topics include job order and process costing, management topics. joint and by-products, cost allocation, budgeting, stan- •Develops cross-functional team skills by integrating dard costing, direct costing, cost-volume-profit analysis, Supply Chain Management students with engineering and relevant costs for decisions. Prerequisite: Acct 152. 348 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2003-2004

SCM 328 Pricing Concepts and Negotiation (3) to interests of instructor and students. Consent of the Examination of the components of price quotations and department chair. May be repeated. the behavioral foundations of the negotiation process. SCM 373. Supply Chain Management Internship These concepts are exposed through both lectures and simulations and include such topics as quantity discount (1-3) summer analysis, fixed and variable cost analysis, experience A sponsoring faculty member shall direct readings, proj- curve, break-even point, negotiation planning, tactics, ects and other assignments including a comprehensive power, concepts of win-win and win-lose, behavioral final report in conjunction with an industry sponsored styles, cultural and gender differences, and individual internship. The work experience itself, whether paid or and team negotiations. unpaid, is not the basis for academic credit. Intellectual development in the context of a field study learning SCM 342 (BIS 342). Information Systems experience comparable to Bus 211 (Engr 211), Applications in E-Business (3) Integrated Product Development Projects, and Mgt 372, Introduction to the implications of key technologies Special Topics in Logistics, will be the determining factor used within and across businesses. Includes enterprise in awarding academic credit. This course cannot be used resource planning systems, on-line ordering and invento- to satisfy requirements of the Supply Chain Management ry management systems, data warehousing, data mining, major. Consent of department chair. Prerequisite: Junior intra/extra nets, efficient consumer response systems, and standing in the College of Business and Economics and knowledge management. Readings, case studies, industry Supply Chain Management declaration. site visits and project applications. SCM 354. Integrated Logictics Transportation Technology, Interdisciplinary Management (3) A combined lecture, discussion, and experiential course Courses designed to (1) expose students to the fundamentals of See listings under Science, Technology and Society. logistics management and (2) apply course material directly. For example, students will analyze a logistics sys- tem for a manufacturing or service firm to identify the Theatre cost-effective transportation and storage of raw materials, Professor. Jeffrey Milet, M.F.A. (Yale); Augustine Ripa, work-in-process inventory, and finished goods from M.F.A. (Northwestern), chairperson. point of origin to final consumer and the supporting information and decision support systems. Topics Associate professor. Drew Francis, M.F.A. (Brandeis) addressed include integrated logistics, logistical resources, class of 1961 Professor; Erica Hoelscher, M.F.A. logistics system design, and logistics administration. (Northwestern); Pam Pepper, M.F.A. (Ohio). Students will read seminal and contemporary best-prac- Assistant professor. Kashi Johnson, M.F.A. (Pittsburgh). tice logistics articles throughout the course. In addition Adjunct assistant professors. Jacob Campbell, B.A. to addressing the logistics activities inherent in integrated (DeSales); Jennie Gilrain, B.S. (Allegheny College), supply chain management, this course provides a field (Western Michigan), Professional Training (Jacques study/experiential learning opportunity. Lecoq International School of Theatre, Paris); E. Laura Bus 211. Integrated Product Development Hausmann, B.F.A. (Boston Convservatory); Christina Projects (3) spring Keffe, M.F.A. (South Carolina); Joshua Kovar, M.F.A. Business, engineering, and design students work in cross (Brandeis); Melissa McLearen, M.F.A. (Virginia); Pamela disciplinary teams of 4-6 students on marketing, finan- Richey, M.F.A. (Montana); Raymond Saraceni, M.A. cial and economic planning, economic and technical (Villanova); James W. Wildman, M.A. (Humboldt feasibility of new product concepts. Team work on State). industrial projects with faculty advisors. Oral presenta- To study theatre is to examine its many internal disci- tions and written reports. Prerequisite: Junior standing in plines. Acting and directing combine with design, business, economics, arts or engineering. technical theatre, dramatic literature and theatre history to form the body of our art. Students may pursue gener- IE 168. Production Analysis (3) spring al theatre studies or focus on particular areas such as A course for the engineering student not majoring in performance, design or history and literature. They may industrial engineering. Engineering economy; applica- major in theatre, minor in theatre or participate strictly tion of quantitative methods to facilities analysis and in our production program. Students may even complete planning, operations planning and control, work meas- a minor in theatre from outside the College of Arts and urement and scheduling, and operating systems analysis. Sciences. Prerequisites: Math 23 The bachelor of arts degree in theatre is granted after at SCM 371. Directed Readings (1-3) least 48 credit hours of study. Because we believe that Readings in various fields of supply chain management undergraduate theatre education should be broad based designed for the student who has a special interest in with an emphasis on diversity of experience, students are some field of supply chain management not covered by encouraged to take a variety of courses outside the major. the regularly scheduled courses. Consent of the depart- Many students complete double majors. Those with the ment chair. May be repeated. talents and aspirations for a career in theatre have gone SCM 372. Special Topics (1-3) to graduate schools offering intense, pre-professional Special problems and issues in supply chain management training. Other majors who have not pursued a theatrical for which no regularly scheduled course work exists. career have gone from our program directly into careers When offered as group study, coverage varies according in business, social services, sales. Theatre study is an Theatre 349 excellent preparation for vocations in which self presen- Electives, 16 hrs tation is important, such as law. The problem solving, Four courses carefully selected with an advisor, emphasiz- analytical and interpersonal skills gained from this disci- ing depth or breadth of study. pline are applicable across a wide range of careers. An understanding and appreciation of the complex art of Recommended electives from other the theatre will enrich a lifetime. departments: The department’s active production program is curricu- The departments of art and architecture, English, mod- lar and promotes collaborative projects involving ern languages and literature, music and others all offer students, faculty, staff and guest artists. Our large per- courses of value to a theatre major or minor. Consult formance facility is the Diamond Theater, a 300-seat with your advisor about enriching your academic career thrust theatre housed in the Zoellner Arts Center. The outside the theatre department. core of our work in this space is dedicated to produc- tions featuring primarily student actors directed by Theatre Minor faculty or guest artists. When possible, a highly qualified The minor in theatre consists of at least 22 hours of student may direct or design in this space. In addition to course work selected in consultation with a departmental our own productions, we regularly invite outside profes- advisor. This includes at least five courses (18-20 hrs) sional performers and ensembles to work with us and and two active semesters in theatre production totaling perform. We also operate a lab theatre (Zoellner’s Black at least four credits. Fulfill the production requirement Box Theater) for student and faculty experimentation. through Thtr 67, Stagecraft (2), Thtr 68, Costume The availability of valuable hands-on experience and the Construction (2) and/or Thtr 69, Stage Electrics or very close working relationships developed between stu- another approved production-oriented course. An dents and faculty uniquely characterize the department approved minor in theatre will include some academic of theatre. The department enjoys a special relationship diversity beyond a single curricular area. with Bethlehem’s professional theatre company, Touchstone Theatre. Performance and administrative Departmental Honors internships with the company are available to qualified The exceptional student may elect to pursue departmen- students and the department and Touchstone often col- tal honors in the senior year. This student must have a laborate on workshops and seminars. GPA of 3.3 in all theatre courses presented for the major. Students interested in designing a major or minor in the- No later than the fall of the senior year the student, with atre should consult with the department chairperson. faculty supervision, elects a special project in a particular Experienced theatre students with questions regarding area of theatre. This may take the form of preparing to accurate placement in any theatre course should, like- direct a play, researching a role to be performed, prepar- wise, consult with the chairperson. ing a design presentation or researching in an area of theatre scholarship in preparation for the writing of a Lehigh University is an accredited institution of the substantial report. In the next semester, usually the National Association of Schools of Theatre. spring of the senior year, the report or project would be Theatre Major executed. The student would enroll in two, four-credit independent study courses, one each senior semester. Through the selection of appropriate electives, students may concentrate their major in one of these areas: The Acting Sequence Acting/Directing Students with little or no prior acting experience should Design/Technical Theatre elect Theatre 11, Introduction to Acting, as their first course. Students with some prior acting experience Theatre History/Dramatic Literature should consult with the department chairperson for General Theatre Studies accurate placement and waiver of the Theatre 11 prereq- The major in theatre consists of 48 hours distributed as uisite. follows: Courses in Theatre Coursework required of all majors, 24 hrs Thtr 1. Introduction to Theatre (4) Thtr 60 Dramatic Action, (4) Foundations of theatre: historical, literary and practical. (HU) Thtr 87 Design for the Theatre, (4) Thtr 127 The Development of Theatre and Drama Thtr 11. Introduction to Acting (4) from Ritual to Renaissance (4) Preparation for scene study and characterization. Recommended for students with little or no prior experi- Thtr 128 The Development of Theatre and Drama ence. (HU) from Renaissance to Present (4) Thtr Acting, any appropriate level (4) Theatre Production Courses: Theatre 20 through 47 Thtr 315 Senior Study (0) Theatre 20 through 47 are open to all undergraduates by permission and/or audition. These production-oriented the- Thtr Production, any two of the following three: atre courses combine classroom investigation with practical 67-Stagecraft (2), 68-Costume construction application in theatre department, music department and (2), 69-Stage Electrics (2). Zoellner Arts Center productions. Unless otherwise noted, Production Requirement, 8 hrs they may not be repeated for credit. Consult the academic Four courses from the following: Thtr 20, 21, 22, 23, coordinator in the department of theatre for enrollment 25, 26, 27, 28, 30, 31, 35, 42, 45, 47, 175. Advanced information. courses may be substituted. 350 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2003-2004

Thtr 20. Stage Technology and Production I (2) Thtr 47. House Management (2) Scenic construction materials and techniques. Scenic Front of house coordination, audience services, interface staging theory, methods and practice. Production assign- with stage management and production team. ment in construction and/or crew. Prerequisite: Production assignment as house manager. Prerequisite: Department permission. Not repeatable for added credit. Department permission. (ND) (ND) Thtr 54. (Clss 54) Greek Tragedy (3) Thtr 21. Stage Technology and Production II (2) Aspects of Greek theater and plays of Aeschylus, Theory, methods and practice for advanced or manageri- Sophocles, and Euripides in their social and intellectual al assignments in construction and/or run crew. contexts. Pavlock (HU) Prerequisite: Department permission and Thtr 20. Not Thtr 56. Jazz Dance (2) repeatable for added credit. (ND) Jazz dance styles and combinations. May be repeated for Thtr 22. Stage Properties and Decoration (2) credit. Prerequisite: fee. (HU) Creating props and décor for the stage. Production Thtr 57. Modern Dance (2) assignment as assistant property master. Prerequisite: Modern dance styles and combinations. May be repeated Department permission. (ND) for credit. Prerequisite: fee. (HU) Thtr 23. Basic Scene Painting (2) Thtr 58. (Clss 58) Greek and Roman Comedy (3) Painting for the stage. Production assignments painting Study of comedy as a social form through plays of with scenic artist. Prerequisite: Department permission. Aristophanes, Menander, Plautus, and Terence. Pavlock (ND) (HU) Thtr 25. Costume Technology & Production I (2) Thtr 60. (Engl 60) Dramatic Action (4) Costume construction methods and materials. How plays are put together; how they work and what Production assignment in construction or wardrobe. they accomplish. Examination of how plot, character, Prerequisite: Department permission. (ND) aural and visual elements of production combine to form Thtr 26. Costume Technology & Production II (2) a unified work across genre, styles and periods. Theory, methods and practice for advanced or manageri- Recommended as a foundation for further studies in al assignments in construction and/or run crew. design, literature, or performance. (HU) Prerequisite: Department permission and Thtr 25. (ND) Thtr 67. Stagecraft (2) Thtr 27. Lighting Technology & Production I (2) Stagecraft, rigging, problem solving, materials and tech- Computerized lighting systems. Instrumentation and niques. Practical experience in executing scenery for the lighting crew participation. Production assignment in stage. (HU) light board operation. Prerequisite: Department permis- Thtr 68. Costume Construction (2) sion. (ND) Techniques of sewing, pattern drafting and fitting. Thtr 28. Lighting Technology & Production II (2) Practical experience in executing costumes for the stage. Master Electrician assignment. Prerequisite: Department (HU) permission and Thtr 27. (ND) Thtr 69. Stage Electrics (2) Thtr 30. Sound Technology & Production I (2) Theatre lighting techniques, equipment, materials, meth- State of the art digital audio technology. Pre-production ods and theory. Practical experience in executing lighting sound assignments, recording, equipment. Production for the theatre. (HU) assignment in sound operation . Prerequisite: Thtr 77. Ballet (2) Department permission. (ND) Classical ballet for beginners and those who have had Thtr 31. Sound Technology & Production II (2) some training. May be repeated for credit. Prerequisite: Sound engineer assignment. Prerequisite: Department fee. (HU) permission and Thtr 30. (ND) Thtr 87. Design for the Theatre (4) Thtr 35. Performance (2) Introduction to the process of creating integrated designs Performing in a department-approved production. May in theatre production. The study and practice of the be repeated for credit. Prerequisite: Department permis- principles of visual representation, historical and concep- sion. (ND) tual research and the study of theatrical styles. (HU) Thtr 37. (Mus 37) Scenes from Opera and Musical Thtr 111. Theatre Sound (2) Theatre (1) Techniques, materials, and methods of designing sound Performances in opera and/or musical theatre produc- for theatrical production. (HU) tion. May be repeated for credit. (HU) Thtr 127 (Engl 127). The Development of Theatre Thtr 42. Marketing and Publicity for the and Drama from Ritual to Renaissance (4) Theatre (2) Survey of Western theatre and dramatic literature from Theory and practice of marketing and publicity for pro- ritual origins to the Renaissance. (HU) ductions. Prerequisite: Department permission. (ND) Thtr 128 (Engl 128). The Development of Theatre Thtr 45. Stage Management (2) and Drama from Renaissance to Present (4) Organization, scheduling, coordination of various pro- Survey of Western theatre and dramatic literature from duction specialties. Production assignment as assistant the renaissance to the present. (HU) stage manager. Prerequisite: Department permission. Thtr 129. History of Fashion and Style (4) (ND) Dress and culture in the Western Hemisphere from pre- history to today. The evolution of silhouette, garment Theatre 351 forms and technology. The relationship of fashion to post-modern periods. Prerequisite: 100-level acting politics, art and behavior. Cultural and environmental course, or consent of chairperson. (HU) influences on human adornment. Thtr 244. Acting Shakespeare (4) Thtr 130. Drafting for the Theatre (4) Monologue, scene study and ensemble work from Theatre drafting techniques and conventions. Material, Shakespeare’s dramatic and poetic canon. Prerequisite: methods and theory in stage graphics. Model building 100-level acting course, or consent of chairperson. (HU) techniques and practice. An introduction to computer Thtr 245. Advanced Directing (4) drafting. (HU) Continuation of Theatre 144. The director’s voice. Thtr 140 (AAS 140). African American Theatre (4) Supervised practical experience. Prerequisite: Thtr 144. Studies in African American theatre: literary, and practi- (HU) cal and historical. May be repeated for credit. (HU) Thtr 250. Lighting Design (4) Thtr 144. Directing (4) An introduction to the art and practice of lighting design Introduction to the theatrical director’s art. Research, for the stage. History of theatrical lighting design. rehearsal techniques, scene work. Prerequisites: Thtr 60, Recommended prior or concurrent course: Thtr 60, Dramatic Action, and acting experience as determined Dramatic Action. Prerequisite, Thtr 87. (HU) by the department, or consent of chairperson. (HU) Thtr 251. Scene Design (4) Thtr 147. Characterization in Realism (4) An introduction to the art and practice of scenic design Elements of characterization through scene study in real- for the stage. History of theatrical scenic design. istic drama. Recommended for students with some prior Recommended prior or concurrent course: Thtr 60, acting experience, or Thtr 11. (HU) Dramatic Action. Prerequisite, Thtr 87. (HU) Thtr 148. Characterization in Expressionism (4) Thtr 252. Costume Design (4) Elements of characterization through scene study in An introduction to the art and practice of costume expressionistic drama. Recommended for students with design for the stage. History of theatrical costume some prior acting experience, or Thtr 11. (HU) design. Recommended prior or concurrent course: Thtr Thtr 152. Stage Make-up (4) 60, Dramatic Action. Prerequisite, Thtr 87. (HU) Theatrical make-up techniques for the actor and design- Thtr 253. Scene Painting II (4) er. (HU) Applied advanced scene painting methods for the the- Thtr 153. Scene Painting I (4) atre. Shop management for the scenic artist. Study and practice of basic and advanced methods of Collaboration with designers and stage technology. painting for the theatre. Includes basic elements and Prerequisite: Thtr 153. (HU) principles of design, color theory, the influence of light, Thtr 260. Design Practicum I (4) atmosphere and aesthetics for the theatre. (HU) Scenic, costume, lighting or sound design for the theatre. Thtr 161. (Arch 161) Performing ArtsVenue Realized design production assignments and portfolio building. Collaboration, process and presentation. Design and Technology (4) Prerequisite: Any 200-level design course. (HU) Designing theatres. Theatre equipment systems and acoustics. Function and form. (HU) Thtr 271. Playwriting (4) The art and practice of writing plays for the stage. (HU) Thtr 175. Special Projects (2-4) Theatrical topics of current or special interest. Can be Thtr 275. Internship (2-4) repeated for credit. (HU) Professionally supervised work in theatres and theatrical organizations in the areas of performance, design, techni- Thtr 181. Theatre Management (4) cal theatre, theatre administration and management. Concepts, techniques and practices related to managing May be repeated for credit. Prerequisite: consent of the theatrical enterprise. (HU) chairperson. (ND) Thtr 185. Production Seminar (1-4) Thtr 315. Senior Study (0) Practicum in various approaches to theatre production, Seminar for senior theatre majors. Enhancement of cur- e.g. performance ensemble. Prerequisite: audition, or rent theatre studies while preparing for further theatre consent of the chairperson. Can be repeated for credit. studies or activity. Fall only. (ND) (HU) Thtr 318. (Fren 318) Drama in the Twentieth Thtr 211 (Germ 211). Introduction to German Century (3) Drama (4) Contemporary French drama with an analysis of its ori- Drama as a literary genre; plays from various periods of gins and movements. Armstrong. (HU) German literature. (HU) Thtr 328. (Eng 328). Shakespeare (4) Thtr 218 (Germ 218). Goethe’s “Faust” (4) An introduction to Shakespearean drama including Study of Goethe’s play with an introduction to the Faust comedies, histories, tragedies, and romances. Emphasis tradition. (HU) on textual study, cultural contexts, and performance Thtr 230. Drafting for the Theatre II (4) strategies. Hawkes, Traister (HU) A continuation of Drafting for the Theatre. Advanced Thtr 338. Advanced Design (4) techniques, materials and methods. Computer drafting. The process of creating integrated designs through aes- Prerequisite: Thtr 130, Drafting for the Theatre. (HU) thetic theory, history of design and studio- based Thtr 236. Acting Presentational Styles (4) practice. Analysis of whole production process; interpre- Elements of characterization and scene study in presenta- tation of theatrical experience through visual media. tional dramatic literature from classical through 352 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2003-2004

Total production evolution, including playwright’s aim, PolS 360 Public Administration (3-4) director’s vision, design concept, rehearsal development Hist 333 American City to 1900 (3-4) and production technology. Prerequisite: Thtr 260, Design Practicum I. (HU) Hist 334 American Urban History (3-4) SSP 370 Juvenile Delinquency (3) Thtr 347. Advanced Characterization in Realism (4) A continuation of Thtr 147 for the advanced acting stu- US 363 Philadelphia: Development of a dent. Prerequisite: Thtr 147. (HU) Metropolis (4) Thtr 348. Advanced Characterization in Up to two Architectural History courses numbered 100 or higher Expressionism (4) A continuation of Theatre 148 for the advanced acting Up to two courses may be elected from among the following: student. Prerequisite: Thtr 148. (HU) Eco 354 Public Finance: State and Local (3) Thtr 349. Design Practicum II (4) PolS 331 Community Politics Internship (3-4) A continuation of Design Practicum I. Prerequisite: Thtr Hist 326 Social Class in American History (4) 338, Advanced Design. (HU) US 125 American Ethnic Groups (4) Thtr 351. Advanced Special Projects (4-8) US 371/372 Special Topics (1-8) Independent study in theatre. Prerequisite: consent of the chairperson. Can be repeated for credit. (HU) Participants in off-campus programs, such as the Philadelphia or Washington semesters, may receive credit Thtr 361. Research in Theatre Technology (2-4) for up to three elective courses, depending upon the con- Solving technological problems in theatre. Application of tent of those courses, but they must also complete at new technologies. May be repeated for credit. least four courses in the first group of electives above. Prerequisite: consent of chairperson. (HU) Urban studies minor. The minor consists of US 61 and four or five additional courses from an approved list for a Urban Studies total of 18 credit hours. Urban Studies Committee. David Curtis Amidon, Jr., Undergraduate Courses M.A. (Penn State), associate professor of urban studies and US 61. The Study of Urbanization (4) spring, director, urban studies program; Frank T. Colon, Ph.D. 2004 (Pittsburgh), professor of political science; Thomas J. Introduction to the study of cities. Emphasis on sources Hyclak, Ph.D. (Notre Dame), professor of economics; of economic vitality, especially entrepreneurialism, and Roger D. Simon, Ph.D. (Wisconsin), professor of history; on causes of social and material decay. Amidon. (SS) J. Bruce Thomas, Ph.D. (Berkeley), associate professor and chair of architecture; Ivan Zaknic, M.Arch. and Urban US 62. Contemporary Urban Issues (4) spring, Planning (Princeton), professor of architecture. 2005 This is an interdepartmental major program intended for Analysis of problems, typically including planning, hous- students who seek a broad background in the social sci- ing, crime, and racial conflict, with strong emphasis on ences and for those with career interests in such fields as 20th-century New York City. Amidon. (SS) business or law, and such specialized areas as city man- US 75. Culture Wars (4) every semester agement, architecture and urban planning, human Conservative perspectives on the most divisive issues in relations, and the helping professions. American life today including, among others, race, Instruction focuses on the process of urbanization, the crime, homelessness, family life, feminist and gay/lesbian problems and opportunities arising therefrom, the rela- agendas, and the role of government in the economy. tionship between cities and economic growth, and public Political bias in the media and the academy. Extensive policies relating to cities. analysis of feature films. Amidon. (SS) A minimum of 37 credit hours is required, apportioned US 81. Americans from Italy (3) among two levels of study. Substitutions are possible The immigrant generation seen through autobiographies with approval of the director, who advises all those with and fiction. Attitudes of and toward Italo-Americans in majors and minors in urban studies. The director’s office recent times, especially as reflected in feature films and is located at 232 Chandler-Ullmann Hall. in politics. Struggles to preserve traditional values. Undergraduate Major Amidon. (SS) US 85. American Jews: Politics and Culture (3) I. required preliminary courses (12 credit hours) spring US 61 The Study of Urbanization (4) Jewish influences on American higher education and US 62 Contemporary Urban Issues (4) popular culture, with special attention to the movie industry. Sources of Jewish liberalism and leftism. Neo- one of the following research methods courses conservatism and other adjustments to the wielding of Eco 145 Statistical Methods (4) serious power in American life. Mutual hostilities Math 12 Basic Statistics (4) between secularized Jews and Orthodox Jewry, conserva- tive Catholics, evangelical Christians, and II. elective courses (25 credit hours) African-Americans. Jewish roles in party politics and Any course may be elected from among the following: journalism. Amidon. (SS) Eco 312 Urban Economics (3) US 88. The Lost World of Protestant America (3) PolS 377 Urban Politics (3-4) Decline of the once-dominant American cultural group in relative size, self-confidence, cohesiveness, and reli- Women’s Studies 353 gious conviction. Myth and reality in the work of such identity for males and females) and of the ways in which figures as Horatio Alger, Zane Grey, Norman Rockwell, gender distinctions shape human consciousness and and Walt Disney. Individualism, communalism, and human society. constitutional conflict. Seminar format with limited Nearly all academic disciplines have defined human enrollment. Amidon. (SS) nature and significant achievement in terms of male expe- US 125. American Ethnic Groups (4) fall rience and have underestimated the impact of gender on Immigration to the United States; patterns of conflict social structures and human lives. By contrast, Women’s and accommodation; emphasis on recent confrontations Studies courses attend to women’s diverse experiences and in New York and Los Angeles. Amidon. (SS) perspectives and acknowledge the critical significance of gender. By shifting the focus to women and gender, US 363. Philadelphia: Development of a Women’s Studies seeks to provide an alternative paradigm Metropolis (4) fall for understanding human experience. Students in Philadelphia as an experiment in the deliberate creation Women’s Studies courses are encouraged to reevaluate tra- of a new community; the rise and fall of the Protestant ditional assumptions about human beings, human elite; immigration, industrialization, and vigorous knowledge, and human culture and society, and to growth, 1681-1929; liberalism and the collapse of a great explore non-sexist alternatives for a more fully human city. Amidon. (SS) social order. US 371, 372. Special Topics (1-8) The Women’s Studies Program has several major goals: to A seminar on a topic of special interest in urban studies. expand students’ understanding of women’s present sta- Prerequisite: consent of the program director. (SS) tus and rich history; to stimulate a critical examination of the impact of gender roles and stereotypes on social Women’s Studies structures and individual lives; to evaluate proposals for alternative arrangements; and to connect issues addressed Professors. Marie-Helene Chabut, Ph.D. (U.C., San in the classroom with those raised in personal, political, Diego), professor of French; Alexander M. Doty, Ph.D. and cultural contexts. The program challenges students (Illinois), professor of English; Jan S. Fergus, Ph.D. to think beyond the boundaries of traditional gender (CUNY), professor of English; Elizabeth N. Fifer, Ph.D. roles, traditional disciplines, and established institutions. (Michigan), professor of English; Edward J. Gallagher, In the best tradition of a liberal arts education, Women’s Ph.D. (Notre Dame), professor of English; Lucy C. Gans, Studies encourages women and men to think critically M.F.A. (Pratt), professor of art and architecture; Thomas J. and constructively, to redesign knowledge, and to gain a Hyclack, Ph.D. (Notre Dame), professor of economics; better understanding of themselves and their world. Diane T. Hyland, Ph.D. (Syracuse), professor of psycholo- The minor in Women’s Studies consists of a minimum gy; Judith N. Lasker, Ph.D. (Harvard), professor of of 18 credit hours. Students pursuing the minor are sociology and anthropology; Laura Katz Olson, Ph.D. required to take the introductory course (WS 101) and (Colorado), professor of political science; C. Robert one upper-level course from among those concerned Phillips, Ph.D. (Brown), professor of history; Laurence J. with the theory and practice of Women’s Studies. The Silberstein, Ph.D. (Brandeis), Philip & Muriel Berman remaining courses must include at least one course in Professor of Jewish Studies and professor of religion studies; the arts and humanities and one course in the natural Jean R. Soderlund, Ph.D. (Temple), professor of history; and social sciences. Students arrange their program in Lloyd H. Steffen, Ph.D. (Brown), University Chaplain consultation with the program director. and professor of religion studies; Hannah W. Stewart- Gambino, Ph.D. (Duke) professor of Political Science; Required courses (6 credit hours) Lenore E. Chava Weissler, Ph.D. (Pennsylvania), Philip WS 101 Introduction to Women’s Studies (4) and Muriel Berman Chair of Jewish Civilization and pro- And one of the following fessor of religion studies. WS 271 Independent Reading and Research (1-4) Associate professors. Constance A. Cook, Ph.D., (U.C., WS 330 Internship in Women’s Studies (3) Berkeley) associate professor of modern languages and liter- ature; Gail A. Cooper, Ph.D. (U.C., Santa Barbara), WS 350 Senior Seminar (3) associate professor of history; Robin S. Dillon, Ph.D. Elective Courses (12 credit hours) (Pittsburgh), associate professor of philosophy; Ageliki Nicolopoulou, PhD. (U.C., Berkeley), associate professor WS 8/Rel 8 Prehistoric Religion, Art and Technology (4) of psychology; John Pettegrew, Ph.D. (Wisconsin, WS 41/SR 41 Human Sexuality (4) Madison), associate professor of history; Jill E. Schneider, WS 42/SR 42 Sexual Minorities(4) Ph.D. (Wesleyan), associate professor of biological sciences; Nicola B. Tannenbaum, Ph.D. (Iowa), associate professor WS 73/Asia 73/ MLL 73 Film, Fiction, & Gender in of sociology and anthropology. Modern China (4) Assistant professors. Dawn Keetley, Ph.D., (Wisconsin, WS 117/Hist 117 Women, Science and Technology (4) Madison), assistant professor of English, Women’s Studies, WS 121/Art 121 Women in Art (3) and American Studies; Monica Najar, Ph.D., WS 123/Anth 123 Cultural Construction of (Wisconsin), assistant professor of history. Gender (4) The minor in Women’s Studies engages students in the WS 124/Hist 124 Women in America (4) study of two interrelated subjects. The first is an exami- nation of the cultural, historical, and social experiences WS 130/Eco 130 Economics of Race and Gender (2) and contributions of women. The second is an explo- WS 138/Rel 138 Women in Jewish History (4) ration of gender (the social construction of differential WS 145/AAS 145 African American Women Writers (4) 354 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2003-2004

WS 152/Clss 152/ Hist 152 Women in Antiquity (4) by applying the interdisciplinary methodology of Women’s WS 153/Hist 153 Women in European History, Studies to a focused topic. Subject matter varies semester to 1500-Present (4) semester. Offered by Women’s Studies faculty on a rotating basis. May be repeated for elective credit. Prerequisite: WS WS 158/Rel 158 Sex and Gender in Judaism: The 101, or consent of program director. (SS) Feminist Critique (4) WS 179/PolS 179 Politics of Women (4) Undergraduate Elective Courses in WS 184/Rel 184 Religion, Gender, and Power (4) Women’s Studies WS 226/Phil 226 Feminism and Philosophy (4) Description of Elective Courses (12 credit hours) WS 310/SSP 310/ AAS 310 Gender, Race and Sexuality: WS 8. (Rel 8) Prehistoric Religion, Art and The Social Construction of Differences (4) Technology (4) WS 311/Engl 311 Literature of Women (4) Origins and early development of religions, with focus on interactions of religion, art, and technology in the WS 318/Psych 318 Seminar in Gender and Paleolithic and Neolithic periods. Special attention to Psychology (4) the emergence of patriarchal social forms and the figure WS 325/Hist 325/ SSP 325History of Sexuality and the of the goddess. Interdisciplinary methods with a consid- Family in the U.S. (3-4) eration of feminist theories of cultural development. WS 326/Span 326 Traditions and Resistance: Women Girardot. (HU) Writers of Latin America (4) WS 41. (SR 41) Human Sexuality (4) WS 327/LFren 327 Women Writing in French (4) Sexuality and gender roles across the life cycle, including WS 341/Soc 341 Women and Health (4) human reproduction, decision-making, and the societal regulation of sexual behavior. (ND) WS 342/PolS. Gender and Third World Development WS 42. (SR 42) Sexual Minorities (4) How minority sexual identities have been the subject of WS 351/Soc 351 Gender and Social Change (4) speculation, misunderstanding, and sometimes violent WS 364/Soc 364 Sociology of the Family (4) attempts at correction or elimination. Sexual orientation, WS 91, 191, 272 Special Topics (1-4) gender role, including transvestism and “drag”, transsex- ualism, sexism, heterosexism, and homophobia. 291, 371, 381, Emphasis on critical thinking, guest speakers, and dis- 382, 391, 392 cussions. (SS) In addition, new courses may be offered annually. WS 73 (Asia 73, MLL 73) Film, Fiction, and Students should check with the director for an updated Gender in Modern China (4) list. Twentieth century Chinese film and fiction reflect the Undergraduate Courses in Women’s conflict between male and female traditional and “mod- Studies ern” identities. Students will focus on the issue of the emergence of the individual out of communal culture Description of Required Courses (6 credit hours) and link it to the struggle to redefine the roles of men WS 101. Introduction to Women’s Studies (4) and women in a changing society as depicted by writers Placing women’s experience at the center of analysis, the and filmmakers from the 1930s up to the present. One course introduces students to the key concepts, theoreti- topic of discussion will be narrative techniques used to cal frameworks, and interdisciplinary research in the field reflect the conflict between self and state or other social of Women’s Studies. Examines how gender interacts with conflict. Examples include the manipulation of time, race, age, class, etc., to shape human consciousness and point of view, ideological symbolism, violence and melo- determine the social organization of human society. drama. Students will compare the common motifs of the (HU) oppressed female and impotent male used by modern WS 271. Independent Reading and Research (1-4) writers/filmmakers in pre-modern settings. Awareness of censorship, funding, and cultural differences is also part Independent study of selected topics designated and exe- of reading these artistic works. The class is conducted in cuted in close collaboration with a member of Women’s English with English language materials. Cook. (HU) Studies faculty. Students taking this course as a require- ment for the minor must elect at least the three-credit WS 117. (Hist 117) Women, Science and option. May be repeated for elective credit. Prerequisite: Technology (4) consent of program director. (SS/HU) Explores the impact of technology and science on WS 330. Internship in Women’s Studies (3) women’s social roles, and the contribution of women Supervised work in women’s organizations or settings, engineers and scientists to their disciplines. Will focus on combined with an analysis, in the form of a major paper, the American experience. Among the topics discussed are of the experience using the critical perspectives gained in invention, design, laboratory research, education, engi- Women’s Studies courses. Placements arranged to suit neering professionalism, labor force participation, office individual interests and career goals; can include social mechanization, household appliances, virtual spaces, service agencies, women’s advocacy groups, political organ- childcare and reproduction. Cooper. (SS) izations, etc. May be repeated for credit. Prerequisites: WS WS 121. (Art 121) Women in Art (3) 101 and consent of program director. (SS) Women artists from Renaissance to present. Attitudes WS 350. Senior Seminar (3) toward women artists and their work; changing role of An upper-level seminar that challenges students to system- women in art world. Visits to museums and artists’ studios. atize insights gained from introductory and elective courses May be repeated for credit, as topic varies. Gans. (HU) Women’s Studies 355

WS 123. (Anthr 123) Cultural Construction of WS 226. (Phil 226) Feminism and Philosophy (4) Gender (4) Analysis of the nature, sources and consequences of the Comparative study of the meanings and social roles asso- oppression and exploitation of women, and justification ciated with gender. Psychological, symbolic, and cultural of strategies for liberation. Topics include women’s approaches. Tannenbaum. (SS) nature and human nature, sexism, femininity, sexuality, reproduction, mothering. Prerequisite: one previous WS 124. (Hist 124) Women in America (4) course in philosophy or women’s studies. Dillon. (HU) Roles of women in American society from colonial to present times; attitudes toward women, female sexuality, WS 342. (PolS 342) Gender and Third World women’s work, and feminism. Cooper, Najar. (SS) Development (4) WS 130. (Eco 130) Economics of Race and Focus on gender implications of contemporary strategies for economic growth, neo-liberal development models, Gender (2) and mainstream methodologies for field research in The question of the role of race and gender in economic Third-World countries. Emphasis on multiple writing decision-making is explored. Various sorts of discrimina- assignments, group and individual projects on specific tion are discussed in an economic framework and regions and countries, and rigorous research/critical possible remedies are evaluated. The historical role of race skills. Prerequisite: PolS 3. Stewart-Gambino. (SS) and gender in the economy is also discussed. Prerequisite: Eco 1. Department permission required. (SS) WS 310. (SSP 310, AAS 310) Gender, Race and WS 138. (Rel 138) Women in Jewish History (4) Sexuality: The Social Construction of Contributions of, and limitations on, women at different Differences (4) stages of Jewish history, using both primary sources and This course will provide the student with an opportunity secondary material. Experience of modern Jewish to engage current debates about the meaning and use of women, and the contemporary feminist critique of tradi- racial and sexual classification systems in society. Using a tional gender roles. Weissler. (HU) multidisciplinary approach, we will examine the histori- cal and sociological contexts in which specific theories of WS 145. (AAS 145) African American Women racial and sexual differences emerged in the U.S. Writers (4) Additionally, we will explore the ways in which changes Literature by African American women writers with a focus in the images have implications on the role racial, gender on the experiences and images of black women in the U.S. and sexual identity plays in our understanding of the Explores the written portraits and voices of 20th century relationship between difference and inequality. black female novelists and poets, including Hurston, Petry, Prerequisite: SSP 103 or department permission. (SS) Morrison, Angelou9, and Walker. Levy. (HU) WS 311. (Engl 311) Literature of Women (4) WS 152. (Clss 152, Hist 152) Women in Women’s works about women: is literary creativity gen- Antiquity (4) der-identified? Are there specifically “feminine” subjects Interdisciplinary study of women in Greece and Rome. or themes? Besides re-reading some familiar fiction, Literary archaeological and historical evidence and drama, and poems, introduction to contemporary and approaches. Cross-cultural material. Phillips. (HU) often experimental works by less famous writers. (HU) WS 153. (Hist 153) Women in European History, WS 318. (Psych 318) Seminar in Gender and 1500-present (4) Psychology (4) Examines the position of women in Europe since the Gender as shaped by psychological and social psychologi- Renaissance. Particular attention to changing concep- cal processes. Socialization, communication and power, tions of women and their roles in society, the evolution gender stereotypes, methodological issues in sex differ- of “women’s work”, the origins, growth and impact of ences research. Prerequisite: Psych 210 completed or feminism, and gender distinction as reflected in law, pol- concurrent or permission of instructor. Hyland. (SS) itics, popular culture, and leisure. Not open to students WS 325. (Hist 325, SSP 325) History of Sexuality who have taken WS 353/Hist 353. (SS) and the Family in the U.S. (3-4) WS 158. (Rel 158) Sex and Gender in Judaism: Changing conceptions of sexuality and the role of The Feminist Critique (4) women, men, and children in the family and society Writings by Jewish feminists reflecting the encounter from the colonial to the post-World War II era. between Judaism and feminism: prayer and ritual, Emphasis on the significance of socio-economic class and women rabbis, God and God language, communal cultural background. Topics include family structure, power, and marriage and divorce. Silberstein. (HU) birth control, legal constraints, marriage, divorce, and WS 179. (PolS 179) Politics of Women (4) prostitution. Najar. (SS) Major social and political issues relating to the role of WS 326. (Span 326) Tradition and Resistance: women in American society. Study of other countries Women Writers of Latin America (4) will be included for comparative analysis. Olson. (SS) Study of poetry and narrative works by Latin American WS 184. (Rel 184) Religion, Gender and Power (4) women writers. Authors include Rosario Ferré, Rosario Gender differences as one of the basic legitimations for Castellanos, Elena Poniatowska, Cristina Peri Rossi, among the unequal distribution of power in Western society. others. Prerequisite: Spanish 152 or equivalent. (HU) Feminist critiques of the basic social structures, cultural WS 327. (Fren 327) Women Writing in French (4) forms, and hierarchies of power within religious commu- Reading and discussion of works written by women in nities, and the ways in which religious groups have French. The emphasis is on 19th and 20th Century writ- responded. Silberstein. (HU) ers, such as G. Sand, Colette, S. de Beauvoir, M. Duras, Andree Chedid. Chabut. (HU) 356 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2003-2004

WS 341. (SSP 341) Women and Health (4) Relationships of women to the medical system. Influence of medicine on women’s lives and the impact of the women’s movement on health care. Prerequisite: Any one of Anth 1, Anth 11, Anth 12, SSP 5, or SSP 21, or department permission. Lasker. (SS) WS 351. (SSP 351) Gender and Social Change (4) Changes in gender roles from social psychological and structural perspectives. Comparative analyses of men and women (including people of color) in the social struc- ture; their attitudes and orientations toward work, family, education, and politics. Prerequisite: Any one of Anth 1, Anth 11, Anth 12, SSP 5, or SSP 21, or depart- ment permission. (SS) WS 364. (SSP 364) Sociology of the Family (4) Sociological analysis of families in the United States, including investigations of historical and contemporary patterns. Issues addressed include parenting, combining work and family, divorce and remarriage, family policies. Anth 363 recommended in conjunction with this course. Prerequisite: Any one of Anth 1, Anth 11, Anth 12, SSP 5, SSP 21, or department permission. (SS) WS 91, 191, 272, 291, 371, 381, 382, 391, 392. Special Topics (1-4) Intensive study of a topic of special interest not covered in other courses. May be cross-listed with relevant offer- ings in major department or other programs. May be repeated for credit as topic varies. Prerequisite: consent of program director. (ND) An Overview from Past and Present 357

VI. An Overview from Past and Present

Lehigh University is independent, nondenominational, a Fulbright Scholarship. He joined the Lehigh staff in 1955 and coeducational. and served as dean of the College of Arts and Science from Founded in 1865 as a predominantly technical four-year 1963 to 1972. Today he is professor emeritus of govern- school, the university now has approximately 4,650 ment, and lives in Oregon. undergraduates within its three major units—the College When the sound of the last cannon of the Civil War died of Arts and Sciences, the College of Business and away, statesmen, educators, and industrial pioneers mar- Economics, and the College of Engineering and Applied shalled the victorious forces of the North and turned their Science—and approximately 2,000 students enrolled in attention to education. They wanted to increase the num- graduate programs offered through the graduate schools ber of trained scientists, engineers, and other skilled people in these colleges and in the College of Education. There so they could transform the vast natural resources of the are undergraduates from nearly every state and U.S. terri- country into a strong and independent national economy. tory and more than 40 foreign nations. Asa Packer was one of the industrial pioneers. He built The university is primarily situated on the Asa Packer the Lehigh Valley Railroad and controlled a coal-mining Campus on the north slope of South Mountain over- empire in the mountains of eastern Pennsylvania. He looking Bethlehem, Pennsylvania. Sayre Park, the knew, as did many others, that a strong national econo- wooded refuge located toward the top of the mountain, my depended on more than technical skills. It needed is the setting for many living groups. The residences are above all people broadly educated in the liberal arts and reached via winding private roads. Many residential sciences—people who could combine practical skills units on campus command a panoramic view of the with informed judgments and strong moral self-disci- Lehigh Valley. The Appalachians are visible to the west, pline. He kept this in mind when founding and with an especially good view from The Lookout on the endowing Lehigh University. Packer Campus. Both the tower and dining room in The site that Packer chose for his university was a rail- Iacocca Hall on the Mountaintop Campus afford road junction across the Lehigh River from Bethlehem, a panoramic views of the Lehigh Valley. The campus at its community founded in 1741 by Moravian missionaries. highest point is 971 feet above sea level. William Bacon Stevens, Episcopal bishop of the Diocese A substantial portion of the upper level of Lehigh’s cam- of Pennsylvania and the first president of the university’s pus is maintained as a nature preserve. The preserve board of trustees, in 1869 described the origin of the supports deer, squirrels, chipmunks, raccoons, wild university as follows: turkeys and other birds. “In the fall of 1864 an interview was requested of me by Besides the Asa Packer Campus, the university has the Hon. Asa Packer, of Mauch Chunk (now Jim extensive athletic fields and facilities on the Murray H. Thorpe), Pa. He came to my house in Philadelphia, and Goodman Campus, two miles to the south in Saucon said that he had long contemplated doing something for Valley. The university acquired the Mountaintop the benefit of his State, and especially of the Lehigh Campus at the end of 1986. It links the Asa Packer and Valley. From that valley he said he had derived much of Murray H. Goodman campuses and brings total land the wealth which GOD had given to him, and to the holdings in Bethlehem to 1,600 acres, nearly double the best interests of that valley he wished to devote a portion former total. of it in the founding of some educational institution, for The board of trustees and university officers have estab- the intellectual and moral improvement of the young lished and enforce policies designed to preserve Lehigh’s men of that region. natural beauty. It is their contention that the environ- “After conversing with him a little while, and drawing ment in which the young adult university student out his large and liberal views, I asked him how much pursues knowledge can make the total educational expe- money he purposed to set aside for this institution, when rience more meaningful, and that the ideal environment he quietly answered that he deigned to give $500,000. is separate and unique from the distractions of the At the time of this interview no one in this country, it is nonacademic community. believed, had offered in a single sum such an endowment There are approximately 400 members of the faculty, for a literary institution. It was the noblest offering teaching a total of more than 2,000 course titles (not all which an American had ever laid on the altar of learning, of which are offered every semester). Among faculty and more than equaled many royal donations which members who are tenured and to whom the university have carried down the names of kings as patrons of has a permanent commitment, nearly all hold the doc- European universities. torate degree (typically Ph.D. or Sc.D.). “Filled with profound emotions at the mention of such a In total, there are more than 2,000 employees of the gift for such an object, I asked the noble donor what university, making it the second-largest employer in specific plans he had dreamed in his own mind in refer- the community. ence to it. His reply was, “I am not much acquainted with these matters, but you are, and I want you if you History and Purpose will to devise a plan which I can put into effective opera- The principal author of the brief history of Lehigh tion.’ I told him that I would make the attempt. I did University that follows, Dr. W. Ross Yates, holds the bache- so. I drew up the outline sketch of such an institution as lor of arts and master of arts degrees from the University of I thought would give the largest results for the means Oregon, in his native state. He received the doctor of philos- used, and submitted it in a few weeks to his inspection. ophy degree from Yale University and studied in France on 358 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2003-2004

“He examined it with the practical judgment and business alumni they carried the university’s educational goals habits with which he deals with all great questions, and into the work of nation-building. And, having received, adopted the scheme as the basis of his future university. they gave to perpetuate Lehigh’s work of service. “The first meeting of the Board of Trustees, selected by Today, Lehigh University still adheres to Asa Packer’s Judge Packer, met at the “Sun Hotel,” in Bethlehem, July goal of a liberal and scientific education for practical 27th, 1865, and began to organize the work before them.” service. Faculty and students work to maintain high The trustees followed several principles in setting up the quality in instructional programs. Generous support university. One was that of combining scientific and from individuals, foundations, industry, and government classical education. They considered both to be practical. help Lehigh to retain high quality of education and fac- The principle carried forward an ideal of the great 17th- ulty while keeping tuition as low as possible. (Tuition Century Moravian educator, John Amos Comenius. A covers only a part of the cost of a Lehigh education.) motto taken from the works of Francis Bacon was used Presidents of the University to summarize this principle, namely, Homo minister et interpres naturae—man, the servant and interpreter of The presidents of Lehigh University are described and nature, to use a free translation. That motto lives on at their achievements cited in the following paragraphs. The Lehigh, being an element in the university seal. years in parentheses are those served in the presidency. The trustees chose as first president a man whose educa- Henry Coppee (1866-1875). Coppee served as a railroad tion and habits expressed this principle, Henry Coppee. engineer in Georgia, a captain in the Army during the They established five schools, including a school of gen- Mexican War, and taught at West Point and at the eral literature in addition to four scientific schools of, University of Pennsylvania before becoming first presi- respectively, civil engineering, mechanical engineering, dent in 1866. mining and metallurgy, and analytical chemistry. Much building was done on the new university campus. Another principle upon which the trustees insisted was A Moravian church on Packer Avenue was remodeled that of keeping the size of the student body proportion- into Christmas Hall; a house for the president was erect- ate to the abilities of the faculty to teach them well. The ed on campus; and Packer Hall, the university center, university would admit only as many freshmen each year was built. as it could be assured of providing with the highest qual- Coppee lectured in history, logic, rhetoric, political econ- ity of education. In the 19th century the total omy, and Shakespeare. enrollment never exceeded several hundred students; the John McDowell Leavitt (1875-1880). Leavitt was an size has increased significantly in recent decades, along Episcopal clergyman who graduated from Jefferson with the number of faculty members. College and taught at Kenyon College and Ohio The trustees also insisted that Lehigh was to be nonde- University. During his incumbency, the university was nominational and would have an admission policy based divided into two schools, General Literature and on merit. Competitive examinations were held for appli- Technology. As of 1876, a student could receive two cants for admission. From 1871 to 1891 no tuition was engineering degrees by taking a longer course, and charged, but the national financial crisis at the turn of beginning in 1877 the master of arts, doctor of philoso- the century decimated the value of the Lehigh Valley phy, and doctor of science degrees were established. Railroad stock that Packer had given to Lehigh, which Linderman Library rotunda was completed in 1877. Asa was the principal source of income. Packer died in May, 1879, and Founder’s Day was held At first the student body was entirely male. The contem- in his honor the following October. porary ideological climate would permit nothing else. Robert Alexander Lamberton (1880-1893). Lamberton, But around 1916, women were admitted to graduate a graduate of Dickinson College, practiced law in programs. In 1971, the university opened its undergrad- Harrisburg, Pa., and was a university trustee when asked uate program to them as well. Today men and women to become president. During his administration, stu- applicants are considered on an equal basis. dents and the community witnessed the first Mustard From the first, the students were serious-minded. In and Cheese dramatic presentation. 1924, Catherine Drinker Bowen, daughter of president A gymnasium (now Coppee Hall) was erected, and Drinker and later a famous biographer, published a brief Chandler Chemistry Laboratory was built, now known History of Lehigh University, in which she commented: as Chandler-Ullmann Hall. Lehigh was also building its “Ask any college professor which brand of boy he would reputation for academic excellence; the mechanical engi- prefer to teach, the cigarette brand or the flannel shirt neering department was established in 1881 and the variety. Right here we offer ten to one the flannel shirts. . . Lehigh chapter of Phi Beta Kappa was founded in 1887. Lehigh still holds to the emblem of the flannel shirt— Thomas Messinger Drown (1895-1904). Drown stud- long may it wave! Engineers come to college to work. A ied medicine at the University of Pennsylvania and went writer in the Syracuse Post in 1895 spoke truthfully when abroad to study chemistry. Thereafter he was professor of he said, ‘From the first, Lehigh’s characteristic has been chemistry at Lafayette College. In 1895 he assumed the her earnestness. It is the boast of her graduates, the inspi- presidency of Lehigh and was greatly interested in fur- ration of her students. Men go there to learn to take a thering the university’s development as a technical useful part in the economy of life.’ ” school. The university community was constantly infused with His first years were difficult ones because the Panic of new faculty and students determined to renew and 1893 decimated the university’s stock holdings in the rework the original principles in the light of changing Lehigh Valley Railroad. Nevertheless, Lehigh managed to times. The students’ ambition and zeal bore fruit; as grow in enrollment, academics, and in physical plant. An Overview from Past and Present 359

Williams Hall was completed. The curriculum leading to a G. Grace, an 1899 graduate, who headed the board of degree in arts and engineering was established, as was the trustees. A Graduate School implemented the programs in department of zoology and biology. New curricula were the three colleges. Williams retired in 1944, and the univer- adopted in metallurgical engineering, geology, and physics. sity was without a president for approximately two years. Drown died in office in 1904. Professor William H. Martin Dewey Whitaker (1946-1960). Dr. Whitaker, Chandler became acting president. who had been director of the Atomic Energy Henry Sturgis Drinker (1905-1920). Drinker, an 1871 Commission Laboratory at Oak Ridge, Tenn., and had Lehigh graduate, was the only university alumnus ever worked in developing the atomic bomb, faced the to become president. In 1907, the alumni endowment responsibility of helping the university community read- fund began, the Lehigh Alumni Bulletin was first pub- just to peacetime conditions after World War II. lished in 1913, and the Alumni Association was During his time as president, Lehigh’s assets nearly incorporated in 1917. tripled; the endowment more than doubled to $18 mil- Drinker, besides being a lawyer, was a mechanical engi- lion. Many buildings were renovated, and the Dravo neer and had been largely instrumental in solving the House and McClintic-Marshall House residence halls problems of constructing the two-mile-long were built. The faculty increased in number by 75 per- Musconetcong Tunnel, an engineering feat that made cent and the first endowed distinguished professorships possible a railroad line between Easton, Pa., and New were established. York City. He started a tradition of businesslike manage- The Centennial development program was begun in ment of university affairs. 1959. It raised more than $22 million for faculty salaries During Drinker’s years, more buildings were completed: and construction that later included Whitaker the original section of Fritz Engineering Laboratory, Laboratory. Drown Hall, Coxe Mining Laboratory, Taylor Hall, An extensive renovation and enlargement project associ- Taylor Gymnasium and Field House, Taylor Stadium ated with Packer Hall was undertaken in 1957, and, and Lamberton Hall. Drinker’s interest in horticulture upon completion in 1958, the building became a univer- led to the planting of many rare trees and plants. sity center. A teacher’s course and business administration course Whitaker died in office. were begun in 1909 and in 1918 the university was Harvey A. Neville (1961-1964). Dr. Neville was the divided into three colleges, liberal arts, business adminis- only faculty member ever elected president. His associa- tration, and engineering—the roots of colleges of today. tion with the university began in 1927 as an assistant Army ROTC was established in 1919. professor of chemistry. During his three-year term as Drinker’s daughter, Catherine Drinker Bowen, went on president, the first phase of the Saucon Valley athletic to become a historical writer of note. Her experiences as complex was completed, and Sayre Field was opened the daughter of a Lehigh president and occupant of the atop South Mountain. The Center for Information and President’s House are recorded in Family Portrait Computing Science was established. (Atlantic Little-Brown). Neville, a strong supporter of research who fostered its Drinker resigned in 1920 and Natt M. Emery, vice presi- growth on the campus, died in 1983. dent, served as chief executive officer until 1922. Deming Lewis (1964-1982). Willard Deming Lewis Charles Russ Richards (1922-1935). Richards took became Lehigh’s 10th president after a distinguished office in 1922. During his presidency, the first graduate career as a space engineer and research administrator. degrees were awarded to women. Lehigh faced a shortage Dr. Lewis earned three degrees at Harvard and two from of students from 1929 to 1936 as a result of the England’s Oxford University, where he was a Rhodes Depression, but the newly established office of admis- Scholar in advanced mathematics. In 1941, he joined sion, as well as university scholarships, fellowships, and Bell Telephone Laboratories, and in 1962 he became deferred tuition payments, helped to ease the shortage. general manager of systems development with Bellcomm Changing concepts of education were evident in several Inc., which engineered systems for the Apollo project newly organized academic offerings: philosophy, music, that placed the first man on the moon. psychology, journalism, history, and fine arts. The majors Lewis, who died in 1989, received 33 U.S. patents on system was instituted as were the senior comprehensive such devices as microwave antennas and filter and digital examinations in the Arts College. The placement bureau, error detection systems. He helped write the equations a public relations office, and a student health service describing a stylus sliding through a warped groove. were organized. During Lewis’ tenure as Lehigh president, women were The Alumni Memorial Building—a memorial to the admitted as undergraduate students in 1971. New Lehigh alumni who served in World War I was opened majors were begun in natural science, biology, social rela- in 1925—and Packard Laboratory was completed in tions, geological sciences, environmental science and 1929. In the same decade, a major addition to resource management, religion studies, computer engi- Linderman Library also was completed. neering, computing and information science, applied Clement C. Williams (1935-1944). Williams, a civil mathematics, management science, American studies and engineer, was president during an era of unprecedented other fields. Six research centers and seven institutes were alumni support. Undergraduate enrollment rose to an established. all-time high, passing 2,000 in 1938. Richards and Capital campaigns brought in more than $130 million, Drinker residential houses, and the Ullmann wing and construction was completed on Maginnes Hall, adjoining the Chandler Chemistry Laboratory, were Whitaker Lab, Mart Science and Engineering Library, built. Grace Hall, the first arena-type facility of any size Sinclair Lab, the Seeley G. Mudd Building, Neville Hall, on campus, was completed in 1940, the gift of Eugene 360 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2003-2004

Rathbone Hall dining room, 13 fraternity houses, the member of the National Academy of Engineering, Centennial I and Centennial II residential complexes, Hittinger served for 22 years on the board of trustees. the Brodhead House residence hall, the Trembley Park He graduated from Lehigh in 1944 with a B.S. in metal- student apartments, the Saucon Village Apartments, the lurgical engineering, and received an honorary Doctor of Philip Rauch Field House and the Stabler Athletic and Engineering degree from Lehigh in 1973. Convocation Center. The restoration of Packer Memorial Over a 40-year career in the electronics industry, Church was completed, and Packard Lab was renovated. Hittinger worked for Western Electric Co., National The original Physics Laboratory is now named in Lewis’s Union Radio Corp., Bell Telephone Laboratories, honor, as is the indoor tennis center. Bellcomm Inc., General Instrument Corp., and RCA Peter Likins (1982-1997). Dr. Likins, who earned a B.S. Corp. At Bellcomm, he oversaw systems engineering for and Ph.D. from Stanford, and an M.S. from the NASA’s manned spaceflight program, and at RCA, where Massachusetts Institute of Technology, became Lehigh’s he became executive vice president, he was responsible 11th president in 1982. He sought balanced excellence for corporate technology, patents, licensing, international in undergraduate programs while pursuing focused business and marketing development, and corporate objectives in graduate study and research. technology planning. Under Likins, Lehigh doubled in size with the purchase Hittinger was a member of President Reagan’s National in 1986 of 742 acres of land and a research complex Security Telecommunications Advisory Committee from from Bethlehem Steel Corp. The new Mountaintop 1982-86. He was also a member of the U.S.-Brazil Campus links the Asa Packer and Goodman campuses. Presidential Committee on Science and Technology and a member of the board of directors for eight companies. Lehigh also added many new buildings and facilities. Perhaps most notable was the $33-million Zoellner Arts Hittinger served as national president of the Lehigh Center, which provided a new home to Lehigh’s depart- Alumni Association 1971-72 and received the prestigious ments of music and theatre and to the University Art L-in-Life award in 1979. An ROTC student at Lehigh, Galleries, and made Lehigh a center for the fine arts. Hittinger served in the U.S. Army in 1943-46 during The Arts Center and the new Rauch Business Center, World War II, rising to the rank of captain. home of the College of Business and Economics, were During Hittinger’s term as chairman of the board of built on the site of Taylor Stadium, which was replaced trustees, Lehigh began construction of the Zoellner Arts by Goodman Stadium on Lehigh’s athletic campus. Center, completed the Ulrich Student Center, aggressive- Also during Likins’ term, Lehigh built a $20-million, ly improved its financial aid for undergraduates, and state-of-the-art telecommunications system, the E.W. completed the $300 million Campaign for Preserving Fairchild-Martindale Library and Computing Center — The Vision. As president, Hittinger realigned the Iacocca one of the most automated libraries anywhere — and the Institute into the College of Business and Economics, Harold S. Mohler Lab, which honors the former chair- oversaw the construction of the new Sayre Park Village man of the board of trustees. residential complex, and helped Lehigh move forward during a time of presidential transition. Also dedicated was the Sherman Fairchild Center for the Physical Sciences, which includes the renovated Physics Gregory C. Farrington (1998-). Dr. Farrington was Building (renamed Lewis Lab), and the adjoining appointed Lehigh’s 12th president in May 1998. He had Sherman Fairchild Lab. been dean since 1990 of the School of Engineering and Applied Science at the University of Pennsylvania, where Lehigh became home to the North East Tier Ben he was responsible for the academic and financial over- Franklin Advanced Technology Center, which has helped sight of the school. hundreds of new high-technology businesses get started. And the university led the way in establishing the Farrington, who earned a B.S. from Clarkson University, Colonial League, now the Patriot League, in football. and an A.M. and Ph.D. from Harvard, all in chemistry, The league is committed to the Lehigh tradition of specializes in solid state electrochemistry. He holds or “scholar-athletes.” shares more than two dozen patents and has written or edited books, book chapters and 100 technical papers. Financial support grew from $10 million a year to over Before joining Penn, he was a research chemist for $24 million. With over half of alumni making gifts, General Electric Co.’s Corporate Research and Lehigh ranked among the top Ph.D.-granting schools in Development Center in New York state. percentage of alumni donors. At Penn, Farrington established new graduate and under- Likins’ term also saw the establishment of the Lehigh graduate interdisciplinary degree programs. At Lehigh, Valley Center for Jewish Studies at Lehigh, the Center he has called on faculty, students, staff and alumni to for Advanced Technology for Large Structural Systems, build a university that rivals the best in America. He will largest of its kind in North America, and centers in inte- strive to create new interdisciplinary programs and to grated circuits, management studies, chemical process promote innovative teaching methods that take advan- modeling and control, and international studies. tage of new technologies where appropriate while Likins, an expert in spacecraft dynamics and control who preserving the best of established traditions. He has has written textbooks in engineering mechanics, was one taken steps to improve relations with Lehigh’s neighbors of 13 science advisers to President George Bush. He in the City of Bethlehem, and to reduce harmful use of came to Lehigh after serving as dean of engineering and alcohol by students. And he has realigned Lehigh’s provost at Columbia, and left to become president of the management structure in an effort to improve service University of Arizona. and efficiency and also to strengthen Lehigh’s research William C. Hittinger (1997-98). A former chairman of programs. the university’s board of trustees, Hittinger became inter- Farrington’s goals received a significant boost when Peter im president after the departure of Peter Likins. A C. Rossin, a member of Lehigh’s Class of 1948, estab- An Overview from Past and Present 361 lished a $25-million endowment for the engineering col- Brodhead House residential facility (1979), the Seeley G. lege, which was subsequently dedicated as the P.C. Mudd Building and Neville Hall in the chemistry com- Rossin College of Engineering and Applied Science. plex (1975), the Philip Rauch Field House (1975), the Rossin’s gift is the largest Lehigh has ever received. Rauch Business Center (1990), the Lewis Tennis Center Farrington serves on the boards of St. Luke’s Hospital in (1994), and the new Ulrich Student Center in Grace Hall. Bethlehem, the Lehigh Valley Economic Development Recently completed just east of the Rauch Business Corp., the Mellon Foundation, Clarkson University and Center is the new Zoellner Arts Center, which houses a the Wharton-SEI Center for Advanced Studies in 1000-seat music auditorium, a 300-seat theatre, a per- Management. He chairs the Materials Research Society manent art gallery and museum store, and the Young Investigator Award Committee, and has served as departments of music and theatre. A 350-car parking Councilor of the society, chair of the Physical garage is on the same site. Electrochemistry Committee of The Electrochemical Opened in 1998 in Sayre Park is a new residential complex Society, president of the International Society for Solid of three apartment buildings and a community building. State Ionics, and editorial board member of Chemistry of This facility is used for upperclass student housing. Materials, Solid State Ionics and MultiVersity. Altogether, the three campuses contain 145 buildings A native of Bronxville, N.Y., Farrington received an hon- with more than 3.6 million square feet of floor space. orary degree from the University of Uppsala in Sweden in 1984 and the prestigious Cannizzaro Gold Medal of In the following list, the first date after the name of each the Italian Chemical Society in 1998. building indicates the year of construction. The second date indicates the year of a major addition. University Campuses Campus Landmarks Lehigh University’s three campuses are located in Alumni Memorial Building (1925). This edifice of Bethlehem, Pa., and comprise 1,600 acres. Gothic design, housing the Visitor Center, Admissions Asa Packer Campus. Lehigh’s main academic campus, and other administrative offices and those of the Alumni encompassing approximately 360 acres on the north Association, represents a memorial to the 1,921 Lehigh slope of South Mountain overlooking Bethlehem, is a alumni who served in World War I and the 46 who died. wooded area where most students attend class and live. The building was designed by Theodore G. Visscher, This contains the original campus of the university. Class of 1899, and James Lindsey Burley, Class of 1894. Murray H. Goodman Campus. During the 1960s, the E. W. Fairchild-Martindale Library and Computing university acquired extensive acreage in the Saucon Center (1985). The high-technology building houses sci- Valley just south of South Mountain. Development of ence and engineering holdings and a computer center. one of the nation’s finest collegiate athletic complexes has Construction was made possible by a major gift from continued since that time. The 500-acre campus now Harry T. Martindale, a 1927 Lehigh graduate, and his includes the Murray H. Goodman Stadium and other wife, Elizabeth, daughter of the late Edmund W. athletic fields, as well as the 6,000-seat Stabler Athletic Fairchild, founder of a business-publications and com- and Convocation Center, the North East Tier Ben munications empire. Franklin Advanced Technology Center, the Philip Rauch Linderman Library (1877). The rotunda, designed by Field House, the Cundey Varsity House, and the Lewis Addison Hutton, was built as a gift to the university by Indoor Tennis Facility. The campus is named for a major founder Asa Packer as a memorial to his daughter, Lucy benefactor, Lehigh alumnus Murray H. Goodman, of Packer Linderman. The rotunda is surrounded except on West Palm Beach, Fla. the south by a major addition constructed in 1929. The Mountaintop Campus. Lehigh bought this campus from building houses more than 20,000 rare books and vol- Bethlehem Steel Corp. in 1986. It contains 670 acres of umes related to the humanities and social science. The woods and a 72-acre research site with 8 buildings, five Bayer Galleria of Rare Books, made possible by a gift of which are owned by the University, including a land- from Curtis F. Bayer, ’35, was dedicated in 1985. mark tower building visible for miles around. Packer Memorial Church (1887). The church was the Acquisition of the facilities—the largest single transac- gift of Mary Packer Cummings in memory of her father, tion in Lehigh history—connects the two older founder Asa Packer. It was dedicated on Founder’s Day, campuses. The Mountaintop Campus houses the College October 13, 1887. The building was designed by of Education; the departments of Biological Sciences and Addison Hutton; the stained-glass window over the main Chemical Engineering; programs in biochemistry, door is attributed to Louis Comfort Tiffany. biotechnology, ATLSS (Advanced Technology for Large Structural Systems) center, Energy Research Center, and President’s House (1868). This 21-room residence, Ben Franklin incubator companies. designed by Edward Potter, is the home of university presidents and is often used for receptions on special University Buildings university occasions. Lehigh has a major collection of 19th-century buildings Packer Hall, The University Center (1868). When con- designed by such prominent architects as Addison Hutton struction of the building began in 1865, a railroad was (1834-1916), Edward T. Potter (1831-1904) and the firm built to transport stone to the site. The building, of Furness and Evans (Frank Furness, 1839-1912). designed originally by Potter, was extensively renovated The university’s newer structures include the Goodman and enlarged in 1958. Stadium (1988), the Sherman Fairchild Center for The building was constructed at the expense of the Physical Sciences (1976, 1986), the E. W. Fairchild- founder, who vetoed a plan to erect it of brick. “It will Martindale Library and Computing Center (1985), the be built of stone,” Asa Packer responded. Stabler Athletic and Convocation Center (1979), the 362 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2003-2004

Today the building houses student and faculty dining of the “Fleet of the Future” program and the Energy facilities, a food court, deans’ offices, the military science Research Center. (ROTC) department, the Women’s Networking Center, Johnson Hall (1955). The building houses the university a bank office, and conference facilities. health service, the counseling service, the chaplain’s Academic and Research Facilities office, campus police, and the parking services office. Earle F. “Coxey” Johnson, ’07, a director of General Chandler-Ullmann Hall (1883, 1938, respectively). Motors Corp. and university trustee, provided funding These adjoining buildings formerly were the William H. for the structure. Chandler Chemistry Building (designed by Hutton) and the Harry M. Ullmann Chemistry Laboratory. Chandler Lamberton Hall (1907). The structure served as the uni- served as acting university president, 1904 and 1905, versity commons and dining room until the renovation and taught chemistry from 1871 to 1906. Ullmann of Packer Hall in 1958. The building honors the memo- served as chairman of the chemistry department. The ry of Robert A. Lamberton, third president. It most building has been named a National Historic Chemical recently housed the music department until its move to Landmark by the American Chemical Society. the Zoellner Arts Center, and is now the temporary home of the Global Union and “Moonlight Café”. The Department of Art and Architecture, division of urban studies, and Department of Psychology are located Maginnes Hall (1970). The multilevel structure is head- in Chandler-Ullmann. quarters for the College of Arts and Sciences and also houses the departments of modern languages and litera- Christmas-Saucon Hall (1865 and 1872, respectively). ture, history, international relations, political science, Christmas Hall is the university’s oldest building. When and religion studies, as well as the Science, Technology, Asa Packer acquired the South Mountain site for the and Society Program, the Philip and Muriel Berman university in 1865, a Moravian church was being con- Center for Jewish Studies, and the Center for structed. The newly formed university took over the International Studies. New classrooms are being built on building and completed it for use in recitations and as a the ground floor and will be ready in January 2004. The dormitory and chapel. The name Christmas Hall was building is named for Albert B. Maginnes, ’21, who was chosen in keeping with Moravian religious tradition. In a lawyer and university trustee. 1872, Saucon Hall was constructed a few feet to the east of Christmas Hall. The buildings were connected with Mart Science and Engineering Library (1968). This the construction of a “hyphen” in 1926. The building structure honors the memory of Leon T. Mart, ’13, and houses the Department of Mathematics and classrooms. his son, Thomas, ’51. It operates in conjunction with the E. W. Fairchild-Martindale Library and Computing Coppee Hall (1883). The building originally housed Center. classrooms and a gymnasium. It is named in honor of Henry Coppee, first president. The building houses the Seeley G. Mudd Building (1975). This seven-story Weinstock Center for Journalism and Communication. building houses the chemistry department. The late Seeley G. Mudd was a California medical doctor. The Coxe Laboratory (1910). Originally a mining laboratory, Seeley G. Mudd Foundation, of Los Angeles, made a the structure is named for Eckley B. Coxe, pioneer min- major gift toward the building. ing engineer and trustee of the university. The building is under renovation for the International Students and Neville Hall (1975). This building in the chemistry Scholars and the English as a second language programs. complex has three auditoriums used for lectures and events. The building is named for Dr. Harvey A. Neville, Drown Hall (1908). The building, designed by Furness president from 1961 to 1964, who was a chemist. and Evans, is a memorial to Thomas M. Drown, presi- dent from 1895 to 1904. It is headquarters for the Newman Association Center. This Victorian structure, English Department and the Center for Writing, Math until the mid-1970s used as a private residence, was ren- & Study Skills. ovated by the Newman Association and serves as a center for students and as a residence for its director, a Roman Fritz Engineering Laboratory (1909, 1955). The labora- Catholic chaplain. tory is named for John Fritz, pioneer in the steel industry in the United States and a member of the uni- Packard Laboratory (1929). The structure was the gift of versity’s original board of trustees. Fritz provided funds James Ward Packard, Class of 1884, the electrical pio- for the original section; a seven-story addition accommo- neer and inventor of the Packard automobile who served dates the university’s testing machine, which is capable of as a university trustee. The first Packard automobile applying a five-million-pound load to tension or com- (1898) is displayed in the lobby. The building is the pression members up to forty feet in length. The headquarters for the College of Engineering and Applied hydraulic testing machine is the largest facility of its kind Science. It also houses classrooms and laboratories for currently in operation in the world. The laboratory is mechanical engineering and mechanics, for electrical and used primarily by the Department of Civil and computer engineering, and computer science and engi- Environmental Engineering. neering. An auditorium accommodates large classes and various events. Iacocca Hall. Known as the tower building, it houses the College of Education, the chemical engineering depart- Philosophy Building (1879). This small building just ment, the biological sciences department, as well as a below Packer Memorial Church was constructed as a dining room and food service facilities, plus a teleconfer- porter’s lodge. Today it houses the philosophy department. encing classroom. Price Hall. This structure formerly was a brewery named Imbt Laboratories. This is primarily a high-bay research Die Alte Brauerei. In 1912 it was remodeled to serve as lab space where the ATLSS project was constructed, and a dormitory, and it was named in honor of Henry Reese where chemical engineering and Energy Research Center Price, president of the university board of trustees. It have major research facilities. It is also the headquarters serves as the home of the sociology and anthropology department. An Overview from Past and Present 363

Rathbone Hall (1971). This building’s upper level is a Zoellner Arts Center (1997). With major gifts from major student dining facility, with window walls afford- Vickie and Robert Zoellner ‘54, Dorothy and Dexter ing a panoramic view of the Lehigh Valley. The building Baker ‘50, and Claire and Theodore Diamond ‘37, bears the name of its donor, Monroe Jackson Rathbone, Dagit-Saylor Architects created a 105,000 sq. ft. struc- ’21, president of the university board of trustees from ture designed to showcase Lehigh’s rapidly growing 1957 to 1973. Rathbone was chairman of the board, programs in the performing and visual arts as well as the Standard Oil Co. (New Jersey), now Exxon Corp., and departments of music and theater and 5,000 sq. ft. of was a major innovator in the oil industry. The lower level exhibition space for the Lehigh University Art Galleries. houses the Residential Services Office. Baker Hall has a seating capacity of more than 1,000, Rauch Business Center (1990). Philip Rauch ’33, Diamond Theatre features a thrust stage and seating for L.L.D. ’79, retired Chairman of the Board and Director 307; and a “black box” theater provides flexible space for of the Parker-Hannifin Corp., made the principal contri- experimental productions. bution to build this facility. Lehigh’s Rauch Business Athletic and Convocational Facilities Center was dedicated in 1990 as the state-of-the-art Murray H. Goodman Stadium (1988). Joanie and home of the university’s College of Business and Murray Goodman ’48, L.L.D. ’88, were the principal Economics. The $17.8-million facility has 115,000 benefactors. On October 1, 1988, Lehigh opened the square feet of floor space on five stories and features a gates to Murray H. Goodman Stadium, located on the diverse array of classrooms, auditoria, and conference Goodman Campus. Capacity is 16,000, and the stadi- rooms, and is also home to the Career Services Office. um features a three-tiered press box, and limited chair Sayre Building (1869). Originally known as the Sayre back seating, with picturesque South Mountain in the Observatory, the dome that once housed the telescope background. can still be seen. The Graduate Student Council is head- Grace Hall (1940). The building is named for its donor, quartered here. Eugene G. Grace, Class of 1899, who was chairman of Sherman Fairchild Center for the Physical Sciences Bethlehem Steel Corp. and president of the university’s (1892, 1976, 1986). The center, completed with help board of trustees, 1924 to 1956. Grace Hall serves as the from the Sherman Fairchild Foundation, houses class- headquarters and offices for Lehigh intramural and club rooms and laboratories for undergraduate and graduate sports. The upper level houses the newly renovated students in physics, faculty offices and a 260-seat audito- Ulrich Student Center, including movie theatre, game- rium. The complex includes the Lewis Laboratory, the room and mailboxes. original five-story stone structure built in 1892, the Ulrich Sports Complex (1999). Lehigh chairman of the Sherman Fairchild Laboratory for Solid-State Studies board of trustees, Ronald J. Ulrich ’66, funded the con- built in 1976, and the 1986 addition comprised of the struction of the dual field complex for men’s and Oberkotter Auditorium and research laboratories. women’s soccer, men’s and women’s lacrosse, and field Sinclair Laboratory (1970). This facility houses the hockey. The complex features both natural grass and Center for Optical Technologies, and other research lab- artificial turf fields, permanent seating, a press box and oratories. It is named for Francis MacDonald Sinclair, lighting for night contests. The complex was designed by and was the gift of his widow, Jennie H. Sinclair. a group of students enrolled in the University’s distinc- Whitaker Laboratory (1965). This five-story structure tive ILE (Integrated Learning Experience) program, with an adjoining two-level classroom-auditorium sec- illustrating the strong partnership between athletics and tion honors the memory of Martin Dewey Whitaker, academics at Lehigh. university president from 1946 to 1960. The building Lewis Tennis Facility (1994). An anonymous donor serves the Department of Materials Science and made possible the construction of four indoor tennis Engineering and Center for Advanced Materials and courts for recreational use as well as team practice, and is Nanotechnology. There are laboratories for high-pressure named for former Lehigh President W. Deming Lewis. research and reaction kinetics, nuclear studies, analog The building also includes men’s and women’s locker computation, process control, optoelectronics, high-tem- room facilities. perature thermodynamics and kinetics, and fine Philip Rauch Field House (1976). Philip Rauch, ’33, structures and metallography. The Office of L.L.D. ’79 made a gift toward the facility. The building International Education is also located in the building. has 62,000 square feet of uninterrupted floor space—the Wilbur Powerhouse (1908). During most of its life, the equivalent of two football fields—for a variety of athletic building served as a power plant with some early engi- activities. It has a six-lane, one-eighth-mile flat track. neering laboratory use. Renovated during the 1970s, it Sayre Field (1961). Located atop South Mountain, the provided performing space for student theatrical produc- field is used for intramural sports. tions, until the Zoellner Arts Center was built, and it is now the new home for student shops and project studios Stabler Athletic & Convocation Center (1979). This for the IPD (Integrated Product Development) program. arena provides seating for 6,000 people for concerts, spectator sports, including Lehigh’s basketball teams, and Williams Hall (1903). This brick structure was the gift other events. University trustee Donald B. Stabler, ’30, of Edward H. Williams, Jr., Class of 1875. Dr. Williams made a major financial contribution toward the facility. was a professor of mining and geology. The building contains classrooms and laboratories for the departments Taylor Gymnasium (1904 and 1913). This structure was of biological sciences and of earth and environmental sci- the gift of Charles L. Taylor, Class of 1876, who was a ences. A small greenhouse adjoins the building. The friend and business associate of steel magnate Andrew building was extensively renovated and a fourth story Carnegie. There are two indoor swimming pools, two added in 1956 following a fire. basketball courts, the Welch Fitness Center, men’s and 364 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2003-2004

women’s locker rooms, two racquetball and two squash Sayre Park Village (1998). This residential complex is courts, a steam room, a multi-purpose dance/aerobics comprised of three apartment buildings and houses stu- room, a climbing wall and a Sports Medicine Complex. dents in three- and four-person apartments. Included is a The athletic department offices are also housed in the fourth multipurpose community building and outdoor Warren (Pete) Musser wing. The Roger Penske Hall of recreation facilities. Fame area opened in the spring of ’96. Taylor Residential College (1907, 1984). The U-shaped Cundey Varsity House (1963 and 2002). The building, building is one of the earliest concrete structures ever expanded and renovated in 2002, houses a modern built. It was the gift of industrialist Andrew Carnegie in weight training facility, sports medicine and equipment honor of his friend and associate, university trustee areas, team meeting and reception areas, and locker Charles L. Taylor, Class of 1876. The interior of the rooms for several varsity teams. The Varsity House is building was reconstructed and the exterior refinished located on the Murray H. Goodman Campus adjacent prior to the facility becoming Lehigh’s first residential to the John C. Whitehead Football Practice Facility. college in 1984. Central Heating/Refrigeration Plant Trembley Park (1975). This seven-building undergradu- ate apartment complex is named in memory of Francis J. Central Heating and Refrigeration (1969). This glass- Trembley, Lehigh professor and pioneer ecologist. walled building houses three boilers that can be fired by either oil or gas. Other equipment provides chilled water Warren Square Complex. This cluster of six residence for air conditioning. halls is located on Warren Square and Summit Street. They are upperclass facilities and some are used as spe- Technology Center cial-interest houses. 125 Goodman Drive (1972). Situated on the Murray H. Goodman Campus in Saucon Valley, the building houses Centennial I complex (1965) the Lehigh-based North East Tier Ben Franklin Congdon House. Located at the east end of the Centen- Advanced Technology Center, the Manufacturers nial I complex. Dr. Wray H. Congdon served as dean of Resource Center, and the University Relations office. students, dean of the graduate school, and special assis- tant to the president. Residential Facilities Emery House. It is named for Dr. Natt M. Emery, who Brodhead House (1979). This structure is the university’s was vice president and controller. Pi Beta Phi sorority is first high-rise residential facility. The six-story building housed in Emery. includes 4-person suites on the five upper floors, with a Leavitt House. The Rev. Dr. John McD. Leavitt was the dining facility and lobby on the entrance level. The build- second president, 1875 to 1879. Chi Omega sorority is ing is named in memory of Albert Brodhead, a member housed in Leavitt. of the Class of 1888 who died in 1933, leaving 51 Bethlehem properties to his alma mater. McConn House. C. Maxwell McConn was dean of the university from 1923 to 1938. Alpha Omicron Pi sorori- Campus Square (2002). In August of 2002, Lehigh ty is housed in McConn. opened a 250-bed residential complex that includes the campus bookstore and several retail stores. Air-condi- Smiley House. Dr. E. Kenneth Smiley served as vice tioned, two, three and four-bedroom apartments are president from 1945 to 1964. Kappa Alpha Theta sorori- complete with full kitchen, private bathroom and fully ty is housed in Smiley. furnished living room/dining room areas. Attached to Thornburg House. Dr. Charles G. Thornburg was pro- the complex is a parking garage for 350 cars for resi- fessor and head of the Department of Mathematics, dents’ convenience. 1895 to 1923. Dravo House (1948). This 5-story stone edifice is the Centennial II complex (1970) university’s largest residential facility. It bears the name Beardslee House. Dr. Claude G. Beardslee was chaplain of two brothers, Ralph M. Dravo, Class of 1889, and from 1931 to 1947. Francis F. Dravo, Class of 1887, who founded the Dravo Carothers House. Dr. Neil Carothers was dean of business. Corp., a Pittsburgh-based international construction company. Both men served as university trustees. Palmer House. Dr. Philip M. Palmer was dean of the arts. Drinker House (1940). This stone building honors the Stevens House. The Rt. Rev. William Bacon Stevens, of memory of Henry S. Drinker, Class of 1871, university Philadelphia, was Protestant Episcopal bishop of the president from 1905 to 1920. Diocese of Pennsylvania and first president of the univer- sity board of trustees. He was the principal architect of McClintic-Marshall House (1957). This U-shaped stone the university’s original academic plan. structure was built in memory of Howard H. McClintic and Charles D. Marshall, both Class of 1888, who Stoughton House. Dr. Bradley Stoughton was dean of founded the McClintic-Marshall Construction Co. The the engineering college, 1936 to 1939. firm was the world’s largest independent steel fabricating Williams House. Dr. Clement C. Williams was presi- firm before its acquisition by Bethlehem Steel Corp. in dent of the university, 1935 to 1944. 1931. It built locks for the Panama Canal and construct- ed the Golden Gate Bridge in San Francisco Bay. Saucon Village Apartments (1974) The five-building garden apartment complex includes Richards House (1938). The building honors the mem- housing for married, graduate, and undergraduate ory of Charles Russ Richards, president of the university students. from 1922 to 1935. The building is constructed of stone in modified Gothic design. Diamond. Dr. Herbert M. Diamond, professor emeritus of economics, retired in 1964. An Overview from Past and Present 365

Gipson. Dr. Lawrence Henry Gipson, research professor There are nine sororities. All are nationally affiliated. Six of history, bequeathed his estate to the university to reside in the Centennial I Complex and three, Alpha establish the Lawrence Henry Gipson Institute for Gamma Delta, Alpha Phi and Gamma Phi Beta, reside Eighteenth-Century Studies. Dr. Gipson wrote a monu- in Sayre Park. Over 400 women live in sororities. mental 15-volume history, The British Empire before the The sororities are listed with year of establishment at American Revolution. He won the Pulitzer Prize for vol- Lehigh in the first column and year of moving into their ume 10, The Triumphant Empire: Thunderclouds present house in the second column. Gather in the West, 1763-1766. Alpha Chi Omega (Congdon) 1988 1997 Hartman. Dr. James R. Hartman was chairman of the Alpha Gamma Delta (Bldg. 095) 1975 2000 department of mechanical engineering and mechanics. Alpha Omicron Pi (McConn) 1983 1986 More. Dr. Robert P. More, ’10, dean of the College of Alpha Phi (Bldg. 098) 1975 1996 Arts and Sciences, who also taught German for forty Chi Omega (Leavitt) 2000 2001 years, bequeathed to the university his $746,000 estate, Delta Gamma (Bldg. 101) 1982 1987 amassed after investing $3,000 in IBM stock. The uni- Gamma Phi Beta (Bldg. 100) 1975 1998 versity child care center is located in this building. Kappa Alpha Theta (Smiley) 1984 1986 Severs. Dr. J. Burke Severs, of Bethlehem, is distin- Pi Beta Phi (Emery) 1997 1998 guished professor emeritus of English. He is a Chaucerian scholar. Fraternities and Sororities The university has a strong fraternity tradition, dating back to 1872. Since the admission of undergraduate women in 1971, several sororities have come into being. Some 600 men live in fraternities. All of the fraternities have houses located on Asa Packer campus. All are chapters of national fraternities. An alphabetical listing follows. The date of the founding of the chapter is given in the first column. The second column lists the date the chapter occupied its present house; any additional date indicates the most recent addition or major renovation. Alpha Chi Rho 1918 1968 Alpha Sigma Phi 1929 1961 Alpha Tau Omega 1966 Beta Theta Pi 1891 1968 Chi Phi 1872 1922 1968 Chi Psi 1893 1916 1955 Delta Phi 1884 1963 Delta Sigma Phi 1931 1971 Delta Tau Delta 1874 1985 1959 Delta Upsilon 1885 1968 Kappa Alpha 1894 1961 Kappa Sigma 1900 1973 Lambda Chi Alpha 1926 1973 Phi Gamma Delta 1921 1968 Phi Kappa Theta 1966 Phi Sigma Kappa 1901 1957 1970 Psi Upsilon 1884 1909 1966 Sigma Alpha Mu 1966 1966 Sigma Chi 1953 1953 Sigma Phi Epsilon 1907 1963 Theta Chi 1942 1964 Theta Delta Chi 1884 1937 1967 Theta Xi 1904 1967 366 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2003-2004

VII. Administration, Faculty and Staff

This section lists the people whose talents and abilities Paul N. Leitner, B.S. ’76, M.B.A. ’80, New York constitute the university’s most important resource. University, principal, The Leitner Thomas Group Members of the board of trustees contribute their Joseph R. Perella, B.S. ’64, M.B.A. ’72, Harvard, chair- expertise to establish the policies of the university. Also man, Institutional Securities and Investment Banking listed are the administration, members of the faculty and Group, Morgan Stanley staff, and the members of the visiting committees who Carl E. Petrillo, B.S. ’62, president & CEO, Yonkers help to keep courses of instruction current and of maxi- Contracting Co., Inc. mum value to the students and prospective employers. Elizabeth M. Rich, B.A. ’90, M.S. ’92, Syracuse University, product development manager, Discovery Board of Trustees Communications When only the year of the degree is listed, the degree Matthew J. Ruppel, B.A. ’92, managing director, Credit was awarded by Lehigh University. Suisse First Boston Dennis E. Singleton, III, B.S. ’66; M.B.A. ’68, Harvard Officers of the Board University; executive vice president and partner, Spieker James R. Tanenbaum, chair Properties, Inc. William F. Hecht, vice chair Daniel E. Smith, Jr., B.S. ’71, M.B.A. ’76, Harvard Denise M. Blew, corporate secretary and treasurer University, president and CEO, Sycamore Networks, Inc. David L. Hammer, assistant secretary/assistant treasurer Tara I. Stacom, B.S. ’80, executive vice president, Members of the Board Cushman & Wakefield, Inc. Curtis H. Barnette, B.S. ’56, West Virginia University, Karen L. Stuckey, B.S. ’75, partner, Price Waterhouse J.D.’62, Yale University, A.M.P. ’75, Harvard University, Coopers, LLP LLD ’92 Honorary, chairman emeritus, Bethlehem Steel James R. Tanenbaum, B.A. ’71; M.A. ’72, Tufts Corp. University; J.D. ’75, University of Pennsylvania, Partner, Peter E. Bennett, B.S. ’63, M.B.A. ’67, Columbia Morrison & Foerster, LLP University, President, Liberty Partners LP Gerald E. Tarzia, B.S ’82, M.B.A. ’86 Vice President & Nancy M. Berman, B.A. ’67, Wellesley College; M.A. Worldwide Director, Rohm & Haas Co. ’77, Hebrew Union College; Honorary Doctor of Ralph Albert Thomas, B.S. ’76, M.B.A. ’77, executive Humane Letters ’97; Museum Director’Curator at Large, director, New Jersey Society of CPA’s Skirball Cultural Center R. Charles Tschampion, III, B.S. ’67; M.B.A. ’68; man- Robert L. Brown, III, B.S. ’78, partner, Pricewaterhouse aging director, GM Investment Management Coopers Corporation James J. Duane, III, B.A. ’73; M.A. ’75, Manchester Ronald J. Ulrich, B.S. ’67; M.B.A. ’71, New York College; J.D. ’78, Harvard University, attorney, Taylor, University, chairman & chief investment officer, Duane, Barton & Gilman Equinox Capital Management, LLC Herbert E. Ehlers, B.A. ’62, M.S. ’64, managing direc- H. A. Wagner, B.S. Stanford University; M.B.A. tor, Goldman Sachs & Co. Harvard, Honorary Doctor of Engineering ’98, Doctor Oldrich Foucek, III, B.A. ’72; J.D. ’75, Case Western of Humane Letters ’99, Moravian College, retired chair- Reserve University, managing partner, Tallman, Hudders man, Air Products and Chemicals, Inc. & Sorrentino E. Belvin Williams, B.A. ’55, Denver University; M.A. John J. Franchini, B.A. ’97, J.D. ’00 attorney, Lewis E. ’57, Professional Diploma-Clinical Psychologist ’62, Bockius Columbia University Teacher’s College; Ph.D. ’62, Columbia University; M.S. ’70, Columbia University Allan R. Frank, B.S. ’76, M.B.A. ’78, M.S. ’79, presi- Graduate School of Business, executive director, Turrell dent, Answerthink Fund Ronald M. Freeman, B.A. ’60, Bachelor of Laws ’64, Susan C. Yee, B.S. ’82, CEO, Active Data Exchange, Columbia University, retired CEO, Lipper & Co., Inc. International, Ltd. Michael D. Zisman, B.S. ’70, M.S. ’73, University of Michael Golden, B.A. ’71, M. Ed. ’74, M.A. ’77, Pennsylvania, Ph.D. ’77, University of Pennsylvania, vice University of Missouri-Columbia, M.B.A. ’84, Emory president, corporate strategy, IBM Corporation University, vice chairman & senior vice president, New York Times Robert E. Zoellner, B.S. ’54, president, Alpine Associates. William F. Hecht, B.S. ’64, M.S. ’70, chairman, presi- dent and CEO, PPL. D. Brooks Zug, B.S. ’67, M.B.A. ’70, Harvard University, managing director, HarbourVest Partners, Jane P. Jamieson, B.A. ’75, M.S. ’76, Boston University, LLC executive vice president, Fidelity Investments Administration, Faculty and Staff 367

Trustees Emeriti Principal Officers Dexter F. Baker, B.S. ’50, M.B.A. ’57, Honorary Doctor Educational information (degrees earned and colleges of Engineering ’91, Honorary Doctor of Humane Letters and universities attended) may be found in the alphabet- ’91, DeSales University, former chairman, Air Products ical listing that follows in this section. The highest & Chemicals, Inc. degree earned is given here. All offices, unless otherwise William L. Clayton, B.S. ’51, Honorary Doctor of Laws noted, are located at Bethlehem, PA 18015; the area ’87, senior vice president, Salomon Smith Barney code, unless otherwise noted, is (610). Theodore L. Diamond, B.S. ’37, M.B.A., president, T. Principal Officers L. Diamond & Co., Inc. Gregory C. Farrington, Ph.D., president; 758-3157 William B. Eagleson, Jr., B.S. ’49, M.B.A., Honorary Doctor of Laws ’83, retired chairman emeritus, Mellon Roland K. Yoshida, Ph.D., provost and vice president Bank for academic affairs; 758-3605 Murray H. Goodman, B.S. ’48, Honorary Doctor of Nelson G. Markley, Ph.D., senior vice president; Laws ’88, chairman, The Goodman Company 758-5890 William C. Hittinger, B.S. ’44, Eng.D. ’83, retired exec- Mark H. Erickson, Ed.D., vice president for administra- utive vice president, research and engineering, RCA tive and government affairs; 758-3155 Corp. Margaret F. Plympton, M.B.A., vice president for Ronald R. Hoffman, B.S. ’54, executive vice president- finance and administration; 758-3178 human resources, Aluminum Co. of America Bonnie N. Devlin, B.A., vice president for advancement; C. Lester Hogan, B.S., M.S. ’47, Ph.D. ’50, A.M., 758-5199 Eng.D., D.Sc., Eng.D. ’71, retired consultant to the Bradley M. Drexler, vice president for university rela- president, Fairchild Camera and Instrument Corp. tions; 758-4487 Douglas C. Lane, B.S. ’67, M.B.A. ’68, University of Frank A. Roth, J.D., general counsel; 758-3522 Michigan-Ann Arbor, president, Douglas C. Lane & Carl O. Moses, Ph.D., interim dean, College of Arts and Associates Sciences 758-4570 Eugene Mercy, Jr. B.S. ’59, Honorary Doctor of Laws Richard M. Durand, Ph.D., Herbert E. Ehlers dean, ’98, Chairman, Granite Capital International Group College of Business and Economics; 758-6725 Philip R. Peller, B.S. ’60, retired partner, Andersen Sally A. White, Ph.D., dean, College of Education; World Wide 758-3221 Stanley M. Richman, B.S. ’55, retired president, Mohamed S. El-Aasser, Ph.D., dean, P.C. Rossin Lightning Service Electric Co. College of Engineering and Applied Science; 758-5308 Robert H. Riley, Jr., B.S. ’35, retired director, Black and J. Bruce Gardiner, M.Sc., dean of admissions and finan- Decker Mfg. Co. cial aid; 758-3101 S. Murray Rust, Jr., B.S., in M.E. ’34, Honorary Doctor Bruce M. Taggart, Ph.D., vice provost for information of Humane Letters ’80, retired chairman of the board, resources; 758-3025 Rust Engineering Co. Steven J. Devlin, Ph.D., vice provost for institutional Edwin F. Scheetz, Jr., B.S. ’54, Chairman & CEO, research; 758-5744 Guyasuta Investment Advisors, Inc. David B. Williams, Ph.D., vice provost for research; James B. Swenson, B.B.A. ’59, retired partner, Price 758-6120 Waterhouse John W. Smeaton, Ph.D., vice provost for student Edward G. Uhl, B.S. ’40, Honorary Doctorate of affairs; 758-3890 Science ’75; retired chairman, Fairchild Industries, Inc. Denise M. Blew, B.S., CMA, CPA, associate vice presi- Honorary Trustees dent for finance and secretary to the board; 758-3179 Hans J. Baer, B.S. ’47, Honorary Doctor of Laws ’97, Jacqueline Matthews, M.S., associate vice president for honorary chairman, Julius Baer Holding human resources; 758-3900 Lee A. Iacocca, B.S. ’45, M.S., LL.D., Eng.D. ’69, Anthony L. Corallo, M.A., associate vice president for Iacocca & Associates facilities services and campus planning; 758-3970 Warren V. Musser B.S. ’49; chairman Emeritus, William D. Michalerya, M.B.A., M.Eng., associate vice Safeguard Scientifics president for government relations; 758-5483 Peter C. Rossin, B.S. ’48, M.Eng. ’50, Yale University, Joseph D. Sterrett, Ed.D, executive director of athletics; president, Rosetree, Inc. 758-4320 Kenneth R. Smith, executive director of community and regional affairs; 758-5801 368 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2003-2004

College Offices Athletics College of Arts and Sciences 641 Taylor Street; 758-4300 Maginnes Hall Joseph D. Sterrett, executive director of athletics 9 West Packer Avenue; 758-3300 Ben Franklin Technology Center Carl O. Moses, Ph.D., interim dean 125 Goodman Drive; 758-5200 Linda Lowe-Krentz, Ph.D., associate dean, R. Chad Paul, executive director undergraduate Bookstore Hannah W. Stewart-Gambino, Ph.D., associate dean 9 West Packer Avenue; 758-3375 Ingrid H. Parson, Ed.D., associate dean, graduate and research programs Paula C. Coll, general manager College of Business and Economics Budget Office Rauch Business Center 428 Brodhead Avenue, 758-4204 621 Taylor Street; 758-3400 Stephen J. Guttman, director of budget Richard M. Durand, Ph.D., Herbert E. Ehlers dean Bursar Arthur E. King, Ph.D., senior associate dean of the 27 Memorial Drive West; 758-3160 faculty Michael J. King, bursar Joan DeSalvatore, M.A., associate dean and director, undergraduate program Business Services Kathleen A. Trexler, M.B.A., associate dean and director, 516 Brodhead Avenue; 758-3840 MBA program Barry L. Gaal, associate vice president College of Education Career Services Iacocca Hall 621 Taylor Street; 758-3710 111 Research Drive; 758-3225 Donna L. Goldfeder, director Sally A. White, Ph.D., dean Center for Writing, Math and Study Skills Raymond Bell, Ph.D., associate dean 35 Sayre Drive; 758-3098 P.C. Rossin College of Engineering and Applied Edward E. Lotto, director Science Chaplaincy Services Packard Laboratory 36 University Drive; 758-3877 19 Memorial Drive West; 758-4025 Rev. Dr. Lloyd H. Steffen, university chaplain, chairper- Mohamed S. El-Aasser, Ph.D., dean son and professor of religion studies John P. Coulter, Ph.D., associate dean, graduate program Child Care Center Richard N. Weisman, Ph.D., associate dean, undergrad- uate program 5 Duh Drive; 758-5437 Kathy N. Calabrese, director Offices and Resources In this section, only the principal officers are listed. For Community and Regional Affairs degree information, consult the alphabetical listing that 422 Brodhead Avenue; 758-5801 follows. Kenneth R. Smith, executive director Academic Outreach Computing Center (see Information Resources) Henry U. Odi, executive director of academic outreach and special projects Conference Services 63 University Drive; 758-5306 Admissions Mary Kay Baker, manager 27 Memorial Drive West; 758-3100 J. Bruce Gardiner, dean of admissions and financial aid Controller’s Office 524 Brodhead Avenue; 758-3140 Advancement Kathleen J. Miller, controller 27 Memorial Drive West; 758-3120 Bonnie N. Devlin, vice president for advancement Corporate and Foundation Relations 27 Memorial Drive West; 758-6845 Alumni Association Kathryn Humphreys, executive director 27 Memorial Drive West; 758-3135 Joseph J. McKenna, director of corporate relations Christopher V. Marshall, executive director Rochelle A. Makela-Goodman, director of foundation Art Galleries/Museum Operations relations 420 East Packer Avenue; 758-3615 Counseling & Psychological Services Ricardo Viera, director/curator 36 University Drive; 758-3880 Ian T. Birky, director Administration, Faculty and Staff 369

Dean of Students Internal Audit 29 Trembley Drive; 758-4156 526 Brodhead Avenue; 758-5012 Sharon K. Basso, dean of students Robert J. Eichenlaub, director Development (see Advancement) International Students and Scholars 5 E. Packer Avenue; 758-4859 Distance Education (see Special Academic Programs) William D. Hunter, director of international education and global union Environmental Health and Safety Library and Technology Services 616 Brodhead Avenue; 758-4251 8A East Packer Avenue; 758-3025 Barbara A. Plohocki, director Bruce M. Taggart, vice provost Facilities Services and Planning Mailing and Printing Services 461 Webster Street; 758-3970 118 ATLSS Drive; 758-5402 (Mailing); Anthony L. Corallo, associate vice president 758-5408 (Printing) Finance and Administration Glenn H. Strause, director 27 Memorial Drive West; 758-3180 Manufacturers Resource Center Margaret F. Plympton, vice president 125 Goodman Drive; 758-5599 Denise M. Blew, associate vice president for finance and Edith D. Ritter, executive director secretary to the board Parking Services Financial Aid 36 University Drive; 758-3893 218 W. Packer Avenue; 758-3181 F. Scott Moser, manager Linda F. Bell, interim director Personnel (see Human Resources) Fraternity Management Association 219 Warren Square; 758-3888 Police (see University Police) Elizabeth M. Fisher, executive director President’s Office General Counsel 27 Memorial Drive West; 758-3157 27 Memorial Drive West; 758-3522 Gregory C. Farrington, president Frank A. Roth. Esq., general counsel Provost’s Office Government Affairs 27 Memorial Drive West; 758-3605 5 East Packer Avenue; 758-5802 Roland K. Yoshida, provost and vice president for aca- demic affairs Mark H. Erickson, vice president for administrative and government affairs Registrar William D. Michalerya, associate vice president 27 Memorial Drive West; 758-3200 422 Brodhead Avenue; 758-4802 Bruce S. Correll, registrar Vito Gallo, assistant vice president for state relations Research and Sponsored Programs Graduate Student Life 526 Brodhead Avenue; 758-3021 Karen H. Huang, director of graduate student life Thomas J. Meischeid, director Health Center Residential Services 36 University Drive; 758-3870 63 University Drive; 758-3500 Susan C. Kitei, M.D., director David M. Joseph, director Human Resources Risk Management 428 Brodhead Avenue; 758-3900 616 Brodhead Ave.; 758-3899 Jacqueline Matthews, associate vice president Richard Freeman, director Institutional Purchasing Senior Vice President’s Office 516 Brodhead Avenue; 758-3840 27 Memorial Drive West; 758-5890 Patricia Reich, director Nelson G. Markley, senior vice president Institutional Research Special Academic Programs (Distance Education 27 Memorial Drive West; 758-3708 and Summer Studies) Steven J. Devlin, vice provost for institutional research 36 University Drive; 758-3966 (Summer); 758-4373 Scott M. Knauss, director (Distance) James A. Brown, director 370 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2003-2004

Sports Communications Faculty and Emeriti 641 Taylor Street; 758-3174 The first date after the name is the date of appointment Jeff Tourial, director to continuous service on the Lehigh University faculty or Student Affairs staff; the second date, when the first fails to do so, indi- 29 Trembley Drive; 758-3890 cates the date of appointment to the present professional rank. Where the name of the institution awarding a John W. Smeaton, vice provost high-level degree is not given, the institution is the same Summer Studies (see Special Academic Programs) one that awarded the previous degree listed. P.E. indicates certification as a professional engineer; Transportation Services C.P.A. indicates certified public accountant. A.P.R. indi- 126 Goodman Drive; 758-4410 cates accreditation by Public Relations Society of Christopher J. Christian, director America. A.T.C. means certified athletic trainer. Treasurer (see Finance and Administration) A University Police John H. Abel, Jr. (1985, 2003), professor emeritus of 36 University Drive; 758-4200 biological sciences. B.A., Wooster, 1959; M.A., Brown, 1964; Ph.D., 1966. Edward K. Shupp, chief John W. Adams (1965, 1995), professor emeritus of University Relations industrial engineering. B.S., Nebraska, 1952; Ph.D., 125 Goodman Drive; 758-4487 North Carolina, 1962; CQE. Bradley M. Drexler, vice president Eugene O. Albulescu (1997, 2002), professor of prac- tice, music. P.D., Conservatorium of Music (Wellington, Vice Provost for Research NZ), 1988; A.D., Indiana, 1992;, M.M., 1994; B.D., 27 Memorial Drive West; 758-6120 Rongotai (Wellington, NZ), 1997. David B. Williams, vice provost Jack A. Alhadeff (1982), professor and head of biochem- ical sciences. B.A., Chicago, 1965; Ph.D., Oregon Women’s Center Medical School, 1972. Kristen R. Handler, director of women’s center Eugene M. Allen (1967, 1982), professor emeritus of Zoellner Arts Center chemistry, B.A., Columbia, 1938; M.S., Stevens Inst. of Tech., 1944; Ph.D., Rutgers, 1952. 420 East Packer Avenue; 758-5323 Carlos J. Alvare (1984), professor emeritus of art and Elizabeth Scofield, executive director architecture. B. Arch., Yale, 1947; M.C.P., Pennsylvania, 1954; M. Arch., Yale, 1973. David Curtis Amidon, Jr. (1965, 1995), associate pro- fessor, urban studies. B.A., Juniata, 1957; M.A., Pennsylvania State, 1959. David J. Anastasio (1986, 1993), associate professor of earth and environmental sciences. B.A., Franklin and Marshall, 1980; M.A., Johns Hopkins, 1984; Ph.D., 1988. Anne-Marie Anderson (2003), assistant professor of finance. B.S.; U.S. military academy, 1987; M.B.A., Tulso, 1998; Ph.D., Arizona, 2003. Rosemarie Arbur (1972, 2000), professor emeritus of English. B.A., Nazareth, 1966; M.A., Illinois, 1967; Ph.D., 1972. Marie-Sophie Armstrong (1986, 1992), associate profes- sor of modern languages and literature. B.A., Institut Superieur d’Interpretariat et de Traduction (France), 1979; B.A., Sorbonne (France), 1979; M.A., Oregon, 1982; Ph.D., 1986. Mark G. Arnold (2002), assistant professor of computer science and engineering. B.S., Wyoming, 1978; M.S., 1982. J. Richard Aronson (1965, 1972), William L. Clayton professor of business and economics and director of Martindale Center for the Study of Private Enterprise. B.A., Clark, 1959; M.A., Stanford, 1961; Ph.D., Clark, 1964. Lloyd W. Ashby (1966, 1971), professor emeritus of education and human services. A.B., Hastings (Nebraska), 1927; M.A., Columbia Teachers, 1935; Ed.D., 1950. Administration, Faculty and Staff 371

Betzalel Avitzur (1964, 1995), professor emeritus of Raymond Bell (1966, 1982), university service professor materials science and engineering. B.S., Israel Inst. of of education and social relations. Teaching Cert., St. Tech., 1947; Dip., 1949; M.S., Michigan, 1956; Ph.D., John’s (England), 1961; M.A., Temple, 1967; Ed.D., 1961. Lehigh, 1971. Russell E. Benner (1962), professor emeritus of mechan- B ical engineering and mechanics. B.S., Cornell, 1947; D. Raymond Bainbridge (1972, 2001), professor emeri- M.S., Lehigh, 1951; Ph.D., 1959. P.E., Pennsylvania, tus of accounting. B.S., Rider, 1963; M.S., Lehigh, 1970. 1972; Ph.D., 1978; C.P.A., Pennsylvania, 1971. Rosemary T. Berger (2002), assistant professor of indus- Nicholas W. Balabkins (1957, 1994), professor emeritus trial and systems engineering. B.S., William and Mary, of economics. Dipl.rer.pol., Gottingen (Germany), 1949; 1992; M.S., Northwestern, 1993; Ph.D., 1997. M.A., Rutgers, 1953; Ph.D., 1956. Ivan Biaggo (2002), associate professor of physics. M.S., Linda M. Bambara (1988, 2002), professor of education Swiss Federal Institute of Technology, 1986; Ph.D. 1993. and human services. B.S., SUNY at Oneonta, 1975; Mark H. Bickhard (1990), Henry R. Luce professor in M.S.Ed., SUNY at Binghamton, 1977; Ed.D., cognitive robotics and the philosophy of knowledge; Vanderbilt, 1985. cognitive science, psychology and philosophy. B.S., Thoburn V. Barker (1953, 1984), professor emeritus of Chicago, 1966; M.S., 1970; Ph.D., 1973. speech. B.A., Speech, Ohio Wesleyan, 1943; M.A., Jerry T. Bidlack (1973, 1995), professor emeritus of Columbia, 1951. music. B.A., Oberlin, 1953; M.A., Boston, 1957. Henri J. Barkey (1987, 1999), Bernard L. and Bertha F. Mary Jean Bishop (2001), assistant professor of educa- Cohen chairperson and professor of international rela- tion and human services. B.A., Lebanon Valley, 1984; tions. B.Sc., City Univ. (London), 1975; M.Sc., Univ. M.A., Millersville, 1987; Ed.D., Lehigh, 2000.. College (London), 1976; Ph.D., Pennsylvania, 1984. Glenn D. Blank (1984, 1990), associate professor of Robert F. Barnes, Jr. (1965, 1995), professor emeritus of computer science and engineering. B.A., Pennsylvania philosophy; professor emeritus of computer science. B.S., State, 1974; M.A., Michigan, 1975; M.S., Wisconsin at MIT, 1957; M.A., Dartmouth, 1959; Ph.D., California Madison, 1983; Ph.D., 1984. at Berkeley, 1965. Rick S. Blum (1991, 2002), professor of electrical and Susan E. Barrett (1987, 1994), associate professor of computer engineering. B.S., Pennsylvania State, 1984; psychology. B.A., Clark, 1981; ScM., Brown, 1983; M.S., Pennsylvania, 1987; Ph.D., 1991. Ph.D., 1987. Philip A. Blythe (1968, 1970), professor of mechanical Donald D. Barry (1963, 2000), university professor engineering and mechanics. B.Sc., Manchester emeritus of political science. B.A., Ohio, 1956; M.A., (England), 1958; Ph.D., 1961. Syracuse, 1959; Ph.D. 1963. Alec M. Bodzin (1999), assistant professor of education Richard W. Barsness (1978, 1998), dean emeritus, col- and human services. B.S., Michigan, 1988; M.Ed., lege of business and economics and university service George Washington, 1992; Ph.D., North Carolina State, professor of management. B.S., Minnesota, 1957; M.A., 1999. 1958; M.A., 1960; Ph.D., 1963. Teresa V. Bohlsen (1999), lecturer in spanish, modern Michael G. Baylor (1976, 1990), professor of history. languages and literature. B.A., Inst Tech Estudio B.A., Knox, 1964; M.A., Stanford, 1966; Ph.D., 1971. Superiores, 1964; M.A., University of San Diego, 1984. Barry S. Bean (1973, 1998), professor of biological sci- John W. Bonge (1972, 2002), professor emeritus of ences. B.S., Tufts, 1964; Ph.D., Rockefeller, 1970. management. B.S., Princeton, 1957; M.B.A., Gordon C.F. Bearn (1986, 2002), professor of philoso- Northwestern, 1959; Ph.D., 1968. phy. B.A., Williams, 1977; B.A., Oxford, 1979; Ph.D., Berrisford W. Boothe (1989, 1996), associate professor Yale, 1985. of art and architecture. B.A., Lafayette, 1983; M.F.A., Gray E. Bebout (1991, 2003), professor of earth and Maryland Institute, 1986. environmental sciences. B.S., Texas, 1981; M.A., 1984; Garold J. Borse (1966, 1977), professor of physics. B.S., Ph.D., UCLA, 1989. Detroit, 1962; M.S., Virginia, 1964; Ph.D., 1966. Lynn S. Beedle (1947, 1988), university distinguished Jennifer M. Brill (2002), assistant professor of education professor emeritus of civil engineering. B.S., California and human services. B.S., Boston, 1986; M.Ed., at Berkley, 1941; M.S., Lehigh, 1949; Ph.D., 1952. Pennsylvania State, 1995. Ferdinand P. Beer (1947, 1984), university distinguished Brian G. Brockway (1963, 1993), dean emeritus of the professor emeritus of mechanical engineering and college of business and economics; and distinguished mechanics. B.S., Geneva (Switzerland), 1933; M.S., professor of law. B.S., Northwestern, 1957; J.D., 1935; M.S., Paris (France), 1938; Ph.D., Geneva, 1937. Georgetown, 1961; LL.M., 1963. Michael J. Behe (1985, 1997), professor of biological Arthur L. Brody (1957, 1989), professor emeritus of sciences. B.S., Drexel, 1974; Ph.D., Pennsylvania, 1978. psychology. B.A., George Washington, 1951; Ph.D., Carl R. Beidleman (1967, 1995), DuBois professor Indiana, 1956. emeritus of finance. B.S., Lafayette, 1954; M.B.A., Addison C. Bross (1967, 1994), professor of English. Drexel, 1961; Ph.D., Pennsylvania, 1968. B.A., Davidson, 1959; M.A., Duke, 1960; Ph.D., Peter G. Beidler (1967, 1977), Lucy G. Moses distin- Louisiana State, 1967. guished professor of English. B.A., Earlham, 1962; Derick G. Brown (2001), assistant professor of civil and M.A., Lehigh, 1965; Ph.D., 1968. environmental engineering. B.S., Boston, 1986; M.S., California, 1994; M.A., Princeton, 1996; Ph.D., 2000. 372 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2003-2004

Forbes T. Brown (1970), professor of mechanical engi- Meng-Sang Chew (1992, 1995), associate professor of neering and mechanics. B.S., M.I.T., 1958; M.S., 1958; mechanical engineering and mechanics. B.S., Columbia, Mech.E., 1959; Sc.D., 1962. 1977; M.S., 1977; M.Ph., 1979; Ph.D., 1980; P.E. William D. Brown, Jr. (2001), assistant professor of Virginia, 1992. accounting. B.A., Massachusetts, 1997; Ph.D., 2001. Ravi Chitturi (2003), assistant professor of marketing. Josef M. Brozek (1959, 1979), research professor emeri- B.E., Regional Engineering College at Trichy (India), tus of psychology. Ph.D., Charles (Prague), 1937. 1982; M.S., Illinios Institute of Technology, Chicago, 1984; M.B.A., Texas, 1996; Ph.D., 2003. Stephen G. Buell (1973, 1995), professor of finance. B.S., Lehigh, 1970; M.A., 1971; Ph.D., 1977. Paul Chou (1993, 2000), associate professor of music. B.Mus., Indiana, 1983; M.M., SUNY at Stony Brook, Sidney R. Butler (1969, 1991), professor emeritus of 1985. materials science and engineering. B.S., Maine, 1954; M.S., Pennsylvania State, 1956; Ph.D., 1960. Shin-Yi Chou (2003), assistant professor of economics. B.A., national Taiwan University, 1994; Ph.D., Duke, Maria Bykovskaia (2002), assistant professor of biologi- 1999. cal sciences. M.S., Leningrad (Russia), 1987; Ph.D., Russian Academy of sciences (Russia), 1992. Ye T. Chou (1968, 1995), New Century Fund professor emeritus of materials science and engineering. B.S., C Chung King, 1945; M.S., Carnegie-Mellon, 1954; Ph.D., 1957. Huai-Dong Cao (2003), professor of mathematics. B.A., Tsinghua (Beijing), 1981; M.A., Princeton, 1983; Ph.D., Curtis W. Clump (1955, 1988), professor emeritus of 1986. chemical engineering. B.S., Bucknell, 1947; M.S., 1949; Ph.D., Carnegie-Mellon, 1954. Hugo S. Caram (1977, 1986), professor of chemical engineering. B.S., Buenos Aires (Argentina), 1967; Christine L. Cole (1988, 2001), professor of school psy- Ph.D., Minnesota, 1977. chology. B.A., St. Olaf, 1975; M.S., Wisconsin-Madison, 1977; Ph.D., 1982. G. Slade Cargill III (1997), chairperson and Sherman Fairchild professor of materials science and engineering. Karen M. Collins (1990, 1994), associate professor of B.S., Georgia Institute of Technology, 1966; S.M., accounting. B.S., Salisbury State, 1976; MBA, 1984; Harvard, 1966; Ph.D., 1969. Ph.D., Virginia Polytechnic, 1988. Kimberley Carrell-Smith (2002), professor of practice of Frank T. Colon (1965, 1980), professor of political sci- management and marketing. B.A., Wesleyan, 1979; ence. B.A., Geneva, 1954; M.A., Pittsburgh, 1960; M.A., Delaware, 1981; Ph.D., 1989. Ph.D., 1962. Bobb Carson (1971, 2003), dean emeritus and professor Helen L. Columba (1989, 1995), associate professor of emeritus of earth and environmental sciences. B.A., education and human services. B.A., Morehead State; Carleton, 1965; M.S., Washington, 1967; Ph.D., 1971. M.Ed., Louisville, 1977; Ed.D., 1989. Lynne U. Cassimeris (1992, 1996), associate professor Joanne Connors (2002), lecturer of management and of biological sciences. B.S., Springfield, 1980; Ph.D., marketing. B.A., LaSalle; MBA, 1995. North Carolina at Chapel Hill, 1988. Constance A. Cook (1989, 1996), associate professor of Alfred J. Castaldi (1966, 1987), professor emeritus of modern languages and literature. B.A., University of education and human services. B.S., Pennsylvania, 1951; Washington, 1976; M.A., 1980; Ph.D., U.C., Berkeley, M.S., 1956; Ed.D., 1964. 1990. Ward M. Cates (1991, 2001), professor of education Gail A. Cooper (1987, 1996), associate professor of his- and human services. B.A., Duke, 1971; Ed.D., 1979. tory. B.A., California at Santa Barbara, 1975; M.A., 1980; Ph.D., 1987. Marie-Helene Chabut (1988, 2000), professor of mod- ern languages and literature. Licene de Lettres Modernes, John P. Coulter (1990, 2001), associate dean of graduate Universite de Toulouse; 1977; Maitrise de Lettres studies and research for the P.C. Rossin college of engi- Modernes, 1979; C. Phil., California at San Diego, neering and applied science and professor of mechanical 1982; Ph.D., 1984. engineering and mechanics. B.S., Delaware, 1983; M.S., 1985; Ph.D., 1988. Helen M. Chan (1986, 1995), professor of materials sci- ence and engineering. B.S., Imperial College of Science David L. Cundall (1975, 1992), professor of biological Tech., 1979; Ph.D., 1982. sciences. B.S., McGill, 1967; M.S., Arkansas, 1970; Ph.D., 1974. Marvin Charles (1970, 1981), professor of chemical engineering. B.S., Brooklyn Polytechnic, 1964; M.S., Cassius W. Curtis (1946, 1971), professor emeritus of 1967; Ph.D., 1970. physics. A.B., Williams, 1928; Ph.D., Princeton, 1936. Manoj K. Chaudhury (1994, 2001), professor of chemi- Stephen H. Cutcliffe (1976, 2002), professor of science, cal engineering and director of polymer interfaces center. technology, and society and history; and director of STS B.S., Calcutta, 1976; M.S., SUNY at Buffalo, 1980; program. A.B., Bates, 1968; M.A., Lehigh, 1973; Ph.D., Ph.D., 1984. 1976. John C. Chen (1970), Carl R. Anderson professor of Robert B. Cutler (1954, 1979), professor emeritus of chemical engineering. B.S., Cooper Union, 1956; M.S., music. A.B., Bucknell, 1934; M.A., Columbia, 1935. Carnegie-Mellon, 1959; Ph.D., Michigan, 1961. Liang Cheng (2002), assistant professor of computer sci- ence and engineering. B.S.E.E., Huazhong (China), 1994; M.S.E.E., Tsinghua (China), 1997; Ph.D., Rutgers, 2002. Administration, Faculty and Staff 373

D Joseph A. Dowling (1958, 1994), distinguished profes- sor emeritus of history. B.A., Lincoln Memorial, 1948; J. Hartley Daniels (1967, 1991), professor emeritus of M.A., New York, 1951; Ph.D., 1958. civil engineering. B.S., Alberta (Canada), 1955; M.S., Illinois, 1959; Ph.D., Lehigh, 1967. P.E., Alberta George J. Du Paul (1992, 1998), professor of education (Canada), 1955; P.E., Pennsylvania, 1975. and human services. B.A., Wesleyan, 1979; M.S., Rhode Island, 1983; Ph.D., 1985. Donald M. Davis (1974, 1984), professor of mathemat- ics. B.S., M.I.T., 1967; Ph.D., Stanford, 1972. Ian P.H. Duffy (1975, 1989), professor of history. B.A., Oxford (England), 1965; M.A., 1966; Ph.D., 1974. Frank L. Davis (1987, 1993), associate professor of political science. B.A., Nevada, 1973; M.A., North John N. DuPont (1991, 2002), associate professor of Carolina, 1980; Ph.D., 1987. materials science and engineering. B.S., Ohio, 1990; Ph.D., Lehigh, 1974. Brian D. Davison (2001), assistant professor of comput- er science and engineering. B.S., Bucknell, 1991; M.S. Richard M. Durand (1999), Herbert E. Ehlers dean of Rutgers, 1995: Ph.D., 2001. the college of business and economics and professor of management and marketing. B.A., Florida, 1968; Edna S. de Angeli (1963, 1982), professor emerita of M.B.A., 1970; Ph.D., 1975. classics, B.S., Temple, 1938; M.A., Pennsylvania, 1960; Ph.D., 1965. E James A. Dearden (1989, 2000), professor of economics. A.B., Muhlenberg, 1982; Ph.D., Pennsylvania State, Alwyn Eades (1997), professor of materials science and 1987. engineering. B.A., Trinity, Cambridge (United Kingdom), 1962; Ph.D., Cambridge (United Kingdom), Jack A. DeBellis (1964, 2002), professor emeritus of 1967. English. B.A., Florida, 1957; M.A., California-Los Angeles, 1959; Ph.D., 1964. Nikolai Eberhardt (1962, 1995), professor emeritus of electrical engineering. M.S., Munich (Germany), 1957; D. Richard Decker (1982, 1984), professor of electrical Ph.D., 1962. and computer engineering. B.S., North Carolina State, 1961; M.S., 1963; Ph.D., Lehigh, 1970. Alice L. Eckardt (1972, 1987), professor emerita of reli- gion studies. B.A., Oberlin, 1944; M.A., Lehigh, 1966. Mary E. Deily (1991, 1995), associate professor of eco- nomics. B.A., Maryland, 1979; M.A., Harvard, 1983; Dominic G.B. Edelen (1969, 1993), professor emeritus Ph.D., 1985. of mathematics. B.E.S., Johns Hopkins, 1954; M.S.E., 1956; Ph.D., 1956. Gary G. DeLeo (1979, 1996), professor of physics. B.S., SUNY at Fredonia, 1974; M.S., Connecticut, 1976; Lana L. Edwards (2000), assistant professor of education Ph.D., 1979. and human services, B.A., Wittenberg, 1993, EdM, Boston, 1997, Ph.D., Oregon, 2000. Terry J. Delph (1979, 1989), professor of mechanical engineering and mechanics. B.S., Georgia Inst. of Tech., Bennett Eisenberg (1972, 1984), professor of mathe- 1967; M.S., Calif. Inst. of Tech., 1968; Ae.E., 1969; matics. A.B., Dartmouth, 1964; Ph.D., M.I.T., 1968. Ph.D., Stanford, 1976. Mohamed S. El-Aasser (1972, 2001), dean of P. C. Volkmar Dierolf (2000), associate professor, physics. Rossin college of engineering and applied science and M.A., University of Stuttgart, 1987; Ph.D., University of professor of chemical engineering; B.S., Alexandria Utah, 1992. (Egypt), 1962; M.S., 1966; Ph.D., McGill, 1972. David Diggs (1999), lecturer in music. B.Mus., G. Mark Ellis (1967, 1989), associate dean, emeritus, Oklahoma City, 1969; M. Mus., SUNY, 1974. college of arts and science and professor emeritus of his- tory. B.A., Yale, 1943; M.A., Harvard, 1949; Ph.D., Robin S. Dillon (1987, 1993), director of women’s stud- 1952. ies program and associate professor of philosophy. B.A., Pittsburgh, 1978; M.A., 1981; Ph.D., 1987. John H. Ellis (1971, 1994), professor emeritus of histo- ry. B.S., Memphis State, 1955; M.A., 1958; Ph.D., Yujie Ding (2002), associate professor of electrical and Tulane, 1962. computer engineering,. B.S.E.E., Jilin University (China), 1984; M.S.E.E., Purdue, 1987; Ph.D., Johns Raymond J. Emrich (1946, 1987), professor emeritus of Hopkins, 1990. physics. B.S., Princeton, 1938; M.S., 1946; Ph.D., 1946. George A. Dinsmore (1955, 1987), professor emeritus of civil engineering. B.E., Yale, 1946; M.S., Colorado, Fazil Erdogan (1957, 2001), G. Whitney Snyder profes- 1955. sor emeritus of mechanical engineering and mechanics. M.S. Istanbul Tec. (Turkey), 1948; Ph.D., Lehigh, 1955. Kathryn A. DiPietro (2002), assistant professor of edu- cation and human services. B.A., North Florida, 1989; Edward B. Evenson (1973, 1985), professor of earth and M.E., 1994. environmental sciences. B.S., Wisconsin, 1965; M.S., 1970; Ph.D., Michigan, 1972. Vladimir Dobric (1987, 2000), professor of mathemat- ics. B.S., Zagreb (Croatia), 1974; M.S., 1980; Ph.D., F 1985. Dale F. Falcinelli (1978, 2002), professor of practice of Bruce A. Dodson (1978, 1986), associate professor of management and marketing. B.S., Lehigh, 1970; M.S., mathematics. B.S., Oregon, 1972; M.A., SUNY at Stony 1972. Brook, 1975; Ph.D., 1976. Hsai Yang Fang (1966, 1996), professor emeritus of civil Alexander M. Doty (1986, 2000), professor of English. engineering. B.S. Hangchow, 1947; M.S., Purdue, 1957; B.A., Texas-El Paso, 1976; M.A., Illinois-Urbana, 1978; Ph.D., West Virginia, 1966. Ph.D., 1984. 374 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2003-2004

Gregory C. Farrington (1998), president, professor of Gerald Garb (1967, 1989), professor emeritus of eco- materials science and engineering, and professor of nomics. B.S., Pennsylvania, 1948; M.A., chemical engineering. B.S., Clarkson, 1968; A.M., California-Berkeley, 1951; Ph.D., 1957. Harvard, 1970; Ph.D., 1972. Keith M. Gardiner (1987, 1989), director of center for Douglas D. Feaver (1956, 1985), professor emeritus of manufacturing systems engineering, and professor of classics. B.A., Toronto, 1948; M.A., Johns Hopkins, industrial and systems engineering. B.S., Manchester 1949; Ph.D., 1951. (England), 1953; Ph.D., 1957; P.E., California, 1978. Jan S. Fergus (1976, 1988), professor of English. B.A., John B. Gatewood (1978, 1991), professor of sociology Stanford, 1964; Ph.D., CUNY., 1975. and anthropology. B.A., Illinois, 1971; M.A., 1974; Gregory S. Ferguson (1990, 1996), associate professor of Ph.D., 1978. chemistry. B.S., William and Mary, 1982; M.S., Cornell Samir N. Ghadiali (2003), assistant professor of , 1984; Ph.D., 1987. mechanical engineering and mechanics. B.S., Cornell, Debra Field (2002), lecturer of music. B.A., Central 1994; M.S.E., Tulane, 1998; Ph.D., 2000. Missouri State, 1976; B.A., Houston, 1979. B. Kumar Ghosh (1961, 1968), professor of mathemat- Elizabeth N. Fifer (1973, 1989), professor of English. ics. B.S., Calcutta (India), 1955; Ph.D., London, 1959. B.A., Michigan, 1965; M.A., 1966; Ph.D., 1969. Michael J. Gill (1998), assistant professor of psychology. John W. Fisher (1961, 2002), Joseph T. Stuart Professor B.A./B.S., North Carolina at Charlotte, 1993; Ph.D., emeritus of civil engineering . B.S., Washington, 1956; Texas at Austin, 1998. M.S., Lehigh, 1958; Ph.D., 1964. P.E., Illinois, 1960. Norman J. Girardot (1980, 1987), professor of religion Robert T. Folk (1961, 1966), professor of physics. B.S., studies. B.S., Holy Cross, 1965; M.A., Chicago, 1968; Lehigh, 1953; B.S., 1954; M.S., 1955; Ph.D., 1958. Ph.D., 1974. Joseph J. Forster (1995), assistant professor of military Steven L. Goldman (1977), Andrew W. Mellon distin- science. B.S., SUL Ross State, 1983; Captain, U.S. guished professor in the humanities. B.S., Brooklyn Army. Polytechnic, 1962; M.A., Boston, 1966; Ph.D., 1971. Amy Forsyth (2001), associate professor of art and archi- Laura M. Gonnerman (2002), assistant professor of psy- tecture. B. Arch., Pennsylvania State, 1986; M. Arch, chology. B.A., Boston, 1988; M.A., Middlebury, 1989; Princeton, 1990. M.A., 1991; M.A., Southern California, 1994; Ph.D., 1999. Natalie Foster (1981, 1989), associate professor of chemistry. B.S., Muhlenberg, 1971; M.S., Lehigh, 1973; Paul N. Gordon (2003), professor of practice of D.A., 1977; Ph.D., 1982. accounting. B.S., DePaul, 1996; M.B.A., Wisconsin- Madison, 1967. W. Beall Fowler, Jr. (1966, 2001), professor emeritus of physics. B.S., Lehigh, 1959; Ph.D., Rochester, 1963. Scott Paul Gordon (1995, 2001), associate professor of English and co-director of Lawrence Henry Gipson Drew Francis (1995, 2001), associate professor of the- Institute for Eighteenth-Century Studies. A.B., Harvard, atre. B.A., SUNY at Brockport, 1980; M.F.A., Brandeis, 1989; M.A., 1989; Ph.D., 1993. 1983. Carole M. Gorney (1982, 1996), professor of journalism Neville Francis (2001) assistant professor of economics. and communication and director of center for crisis pub- M.A., West Indies, 1996; B.S., 1993; Ph.D., California, lic relations and litigation studies. B.A., Albuquerque, 2001. 1965; M.S.J., Northwestern, 1966. APR; Fellow PRSA. Barbara B. Frankel (1973, 1994), professor emerita of James A. Greenleaf (1970, 1979), associate professor of sociology and anthropology. Ph.B., Chicago, 1947; B.A., finance and law and director, institute for the study of Goddard, 1966; M.A., Temple, 1970; Ph.D., Princeton, commodities. B.S., Pennsylvania State, 1964; M.S., 1973. Lehigh, 1966; Ph.D., New York, 1974. Douglas R. Frey (1977, 1998), professor of electrical Joachim L. Grenestedt (2000), associate professor of and computer engineering. B.S., Lehigh, 1973; M.S., mechanical engineering and mechanics. M.S., KTH in 1974; Ph.D., 1977. Stockholm, Sweden, 1987; Ph.D., 1992; Docent, 1996. Sharon M. Friedman (1974, 1986), professor of journal- Mikell P. Groover (1964, 1978), professor of industrial ism and communication. B.A., Temple, 1964; M.A., and systems engineering, director of manufacturing tech- Pennsylvania State, 1974. nology laboratory. B.A., Lehigh, 1961; B.S., 1962; M.S., Bruce D. Fritchman (1969, 1981), professor of electrical 1966; Ph.D., 1969; P.E. (PA), 1972. and computer engineering. B.S., Lehigh, 1960; B.S., Charles W. Guditus (1965, 1987), professor emeritus of 1961; M.S., 1963; Ph.D., 1967. education and human services. B.S., Pennsylvania State, G 1950; M.A., Bucknell, 1952; Ed.D., Lehigh, 1965. Samuel L. Gulden (1953, 1977), professor of computer Matthew W. Gaffney (1971, 1979), professor emeritus science and engineering and mathematics. B.S., CCNY, of education and human services. A.B., Hobart, 1935; 1949; M.A., Princeton, 1950. M.A., Rochester, 1941; Ed.D., Buffalo, 1953. Frank R. Gunter (1984, 1991), associate professor of Edward J. Gallagher (1969, 1984), professor of English. economics. B.A., Pennsylvania State, 1977; M.A., Johns B.S., St. Joseph’s, 1964; Ph.D., Notre Dame, 1970. Hopkins, 1980; Ph.D., 1985. Lucy C. Gans (1981, 1999), chairperson and professor James D. Gunton (1988), professor of physics. B.A., of art and design. B.F.A., Lake Erie, 1971; M.F.A., Pratt, Linfield, 1958; B.A., Oxford, 1961; Ph.D., Stanford, 1974. 1967. Administration, Faculty and Staff 375

Parveen P. Gupta (1987, 1994), associate professor of Roy C. Herrenkohl (1966, 1975), distinguished service accounting. B.Com., Delhi (India), 1976; L.L.B., 1980; professor of sociology and anthropology and education. M.B.A., Connecticut, 1983; Ph.D., Pennsylvania State, B.A., Washington and Lee, 1954; Ph.D., New York, 1987. 1966. Richard W. Hertzberg (1964, 1998), New Jersey Zinc H professor emeritus of materials science and engineering. Theodore Hailperin (1946, 1980), professor emeritus of B.S., CUNY, 1960; M.S., M.I.T., 1961; Ph.D., Lehigh, mathematics. B.S., Michigan, 1939; Ph.D., Cornell, 1965. 1943. Warren R. Heydenberk (1973, 1977), associate profes- James A. Hall (1979, 1985), associate professor of sor of education and human services. B.S., Western accounting. B.A., Tulsa, 1974; M.A., 1975; Ph.D., Michigan, 1964; M.A., 1965; Ph.D., Northern Oklahoma State, 1979. Colorado, 1971. William R. Haller (2001), professor of practice, electri- A. Peet Hickman (1994), professor of physics. B.A., cal and computer engineering. B.S., Lehigh, 1973; M.S., Rice, 1969; M.A., 1971; Ph.D., 1973. 1975. Frank H. Hielscher (1971, 2001), professor emeritus of James E. Hansz (1974, 2001), professor emeritus of electrical and computer engineering. B.S., Drexel, 1961; marketing. B.A., Albion, 1964; M.A., Michigan State, M.S., Denver, 1963; Ph.D., Illinois, 1966. 1965; Ph.D., Cincinnati, 1971. Donald J. Hillman (1960, 1964), professor of computer Bruce R. Hargreaves (1977, 1983), associate professor of science and engineering. B.A., Cambridge (England), earth and environmental sciences. B.A., Pomona, 1970; 1955; M.A., 1959; Ph.D., 1962. Ph.D., California-Berkeley, 1977. James B. Hobbs (1966, 1991), associate dean emeritus D. Gary Harlow (1982, 1992), professor of mechanical of the college of arts and sciences, Frank L. Magee dis- engineering and mechanics. B.A., Western Kentucky, tinguished professor emeritus of business administration 1973; M.S., Cornell, 1976; Ph.D., 1977. (management and accounting). A.B., Harvard, 1952; Martin P. Harmer (1980, 1988), Alcoa Foundation pro- M.B.A., Kansas, 1957; D.B.A., Indiana, 1962. fessor of material science and engineering, and center for Erica Hoelscher (1996, 2001), associate professor of the- advanced material and nano-technology. B.S., Leeds atre. B.A., Simpson, 1989; M.F.A., Northwestern, 1992. (England), 1976; Ph.D., 1980. Christine Hofmeister (2000), assistant professor of com- Mary-Jo Haronian (2000), assistant professor of English. puter science and engineering. A.B., Bryn Mawr, 1981; B.A., Brown, 1986; Ph.D., City, 1998. M.S., Lehigh, 1987; Ph.D., Maryland, 1993. Robert R. Harson (1966, 1995), professor emeritus of Carl S. Holzinger (1964, 1979), professor of electrical English. B.A., Wagner, 1963; M.A., Ohio, 1964; Ph.D., and computer engineering. B.S., Lehigh, 1956; M.S., 1966. 1957; Ph.D., 1963. Joseph C. Hartman (1996, 2002), associate professor of Chuan C. Hsiung (1952, 1984), professor emeritus of industrial and systems engineering. B.S., Illinois at mathematics. B.S., Chekiang (China), 1936; Ph.D., Urbana-Champaign, 1992; M.S., Georgia Institute of Michigan State, 1948. Technology, 1994; Ph.D., 1996. James Tsai-An Hsu (1986, 1993), director of biophar- Ronald J. Hartranft (1966, 1977), professor of mechani- maceutical technology institute and professor of cal engineering and mechanics. B.S., Lehigh, 1963; chemical engineering. B.S., National Cheng-Kung, M.S., 1964; Ph.D., 1966. 1969; M.S., Rhode Island, 1972; Ph.D., Northwestern, Albert E. Hartung (1947, 1995), distinguished professor 1979. emeritus of English. B.A., Lehigh, 1947; M.A., 1949; Ti Huang (1967, 1994), professor emeritus of civil engi- Ph.D., 1957. neering. B.S., Tangshan (China), 1948; M.S., Michigan, Miltiadis K. Hatalis (1987, 1995), professor of electrical 1952; Ph.D., 1960. P.E., New Mexico, 1960. and computer engineering. B.S., Aristotle U. of Wei-Min Huang (1982, 1995), professor of mathemat- Thessaloniki (Greece), 1982; M.S., SUNY at Buffalo, ics. B.S., Tamkang (Taiwan), 1973; M.S., 1976; M.A., 1984; Ph.D., Carnegie-Mellon, 1987. Rochester, 1980; Ph.D., 1982. David Hawkes (1991, 1998), associate professor of John P. Huennekens (1984, 1994), professor of physics. English. B.A., Oxford, 1986; M.A., Columbia, 1988; B.A., California at Berkley, 1973; B.S., 1974; M.S., M.Phil., 1990; Ph.D., 1992. Illinois, 1976; Ph.D., Colorado, 1982. Thomas M. Haynes (1952, 1983), professor emeritus of Arthur E. Humphrey (1980, 1992), provost emeritus philosophy. B.A., Butler, 1941; M.A., Illinois, 1949; and T.L. Diamond Professor of chemical engineering. Ph.D., 1949. B.S., Idaho, 1948; M.S., 1950; Ph.D., Columbia, 1953; Jeff Heflin (2001), assistant professor of computer sci- M.S., M.I.T., 1960; Ph.D. (hon.), Idaho, 1974. ence and engineering. B.S., William and Mary, 1992; John W. Hunt (1972, 1992), dean emeritus of the col- M.S., Maryland, 1999; Ph.D., 2001. lege of arts and science, university service professor Ned D. Heindel (1966, 1973), Howard S. Bunn profes- emeritus of English. B.A., Oklahoma, 1949; Ph.D., sor of chemistry. B.S., Lebanon Valley, 1959; M.S., Chicago, 1961. Delaware, 1961; Ph.D., 1963. James C.M. Hwang (1988), professor of electrical and Sidney S. Herman (1962, 1991), professor emeritus of computer engineering. B.S., National Taiwan, 1970 biology. B.S., Georgetown, 1953; M.S., Rhode Island, M.S., Cornell, 1973; Ph.D., 1976. 1958; Ph.D., 1962. 376 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2003-2004

Thomas J. Hyclak (1979, 1990), chairperson and pro- Stanley H. Johnson (1973, 1980), professor of mechani- fessor of economics. B.A., Cleveland State, 1969; M.A., cal engineering and mechanics. B.S., California at 1970; Ph.D., Notre Dame, 1976. Berkeley, 1962; M.S., 1967; Ph.D., 1973. Diane T. Hyland (1981, 1998), professor of psychology, and director, center for social research. B.A., Bates, 1974; K M.A., Fairfield, 1978; M.S., Syracuse, 1980; Ph.D., Arturs Kalnins (1965, 1967), professor of mechanical 1981. engineering and mechanics. B.S., Michigan, 1955; M.S., 1956; Ph.D., 1960. I Alvin S. Kanofsky (1967, 1976), professor of physics. Patricia C. Ingham (1995, 2001), associate professor of B.A., Pennsylvania, 1961; M.S., 1962; Ph.D., 1966. English. B.A., Loyola Marymount, 1980; M.A., Berkley, John J. Karakash (1946, 1966), distinguished professor 1988; M.A., California at Santa Barbara, 1991; Ph.D., emeritus of electrical and computer engineering and 1995. dean emeritus of the college of engineering and applied Arpana G. Inman (2002), assistant professor of educa- sciences. B.S., Duke, 1937; M.S., Pennsylvania, 1938; tion and human services. B.A., Ferguson (India), 1983; Eng.D. (Hon.), Lehigh, 1971, P.E., Pennsylvania, 1948. M.A., Pune (India), 1985; M.S., Wisconsin, 1985; Stephanie Katz (1999), lecturer of spanish, modern lan- Ph.D., Temple, 1999. guages and literature. B.A., Pomona, 1970. Jon T. Innes (1965, 2002), professor emeritus of eco- Chaim D. Kaufmann (1992, 1998), associate professor nomics. B.S., Pennsylvania State, 1958; M.A., Oregon, of international relations. A.B., Princeton, 1983; Ph.D., 1967; Ph.D., 1967. Columbia, 1990. Mary Kathryn Iovine (2002), assistant professor of bio- Beth Dolan Kautz (2001), assistant professor of English. logical sciences. B.S., Carnegie Mellon, 1993; Ph.D., B.A., Davidson, 1989; M.A., North Carolina, 1992; Washington, 1998. Ph.D., 1999. Garth Isaak (1993, 1998), associate professor of mathe- Edwin J. Kay (1971, 1988), professor of computer sci- matics. B.A., Bethel, 1984; Ph.D., Rutgers, 1990. ence and engineering. B.A., Rensselaer Polytechnic, Murray Itzkowitz (1979, 1991), professor of biological 1964; M.S., Lehigh, 1966; Ph.D., 1968; Ph.D., 1971. sciences. B.S., Illinois, 1965; M.S., Arizona State, 1967; Jacob Y. Kazakia (1972, 1989), professor of engineering Ph.D., Maryland, 1970. mathematics. M.S., Istanbul Tech. (Turkey), 1968; Ph.D., Lehigh, 1972. J John D. Keefe (1955, 1987), professor emeritus of eco- Ralph J. Jaccodine (1981, 1995), Sherman Fairchild nomics. B.S., Lehigh, 1948; M.A., Miami, 1955. professor emeritus in solid-state. B.S., U.S. Naval Dawn Keetley (2000), assistant professor of English. Academy, 1947; M.S., Stevens Inst. of Tech., 1951; B.A., South Alabama, 1985; M.A., Pennsylvania State, Ph.D., Notre Dame, 1957. 1988; Oh.D., Wisconsin-Madison, 1994. Himanshu Jain (1985, 1993), Diamond chair and pro- Joseph P. Kender (1968, 1998), professor emeritus of fessor of materials science and engineering. B.S., Kanpur education. B.A., Mount St. Mary’s , 1952; M.A. (India), 1970; M.S., Banaras, 1972; M.Tech., Indian Villanova, 1955, Ed.D., Pennsylvania, 1967. Inst. of Tech., 1974; Eng.Sc.D., Columbia, 1979. Lee Kern (1999), associate professor in education and Kristen L. Jellison (2003), assistant professor of civil and human services. B.A., California at Santa Barbara, 1978; environmental engineering. B.S., Cornell, 1997; Ph.D., M.A., Marshall, 1988; Ph.D., South Florida, 1993. M.I.T., 2003. G. Drew Kessler (1999), assistant professor of computer Li Jia (1998), assistant professor of chemistry. B.S., science and engineering. B.S., Virginia, 1992; M.S., Lanzhou (China), 1991; Ph.D., Northwestern, 1996. Georgia Tech, 1995; Ph.D., 1997. Ruihua Jiang (2003), assistant professor of management Samir A. Khabbaz (1960, 1968), professor of mathemat- and marketing. B.S., East China Normal Univerisity ics. B.A., Bethel, 1955; M.A., Kansas, 1957; Ph.D., (China), 1985; M.A., 1988; M.B.A., Baruch College, 1960. 1997; Ph.D., Western Ontario (Canada), 2003. Christopher J. Kiely (2002), professor of materials sci- Asha K. Jitendra (1993, 2002), professor of special edu- ence and engineering. B.Sc., Bristol (UK), 1983; Ph.D., cation. B.A., Univ. of Madras (India), 1976; M.S., 1986. Purdue , 1986; Ph.D., Oregon, 1991. Yong W. Kim (1968, 1977), professor of physics. B.S., David L. Johnson (1984), associate professor of mathe- Seoul National (Korea), 1960; M.S., 1962; Ph.D., matics. A.B., California at Berkeley, 1973; Ph.D., Michigan, 1968. M.I.T., 1977. Arthur E. King (1976, 1990), senior associate dean of Heather B. Johnson (2001), assistant professor in sociol- the faculty and professor of economics. B.A., ogy and anthropology. B.A., Colby, 1994; M.A., Middlebury, 1971; M.A., Ohio State, 1973; Ph.D., Northwestern, 1997; Ph.D., 2001. 1976. Kashi K. Johnson (1999), assistant professor of theatre. Jerry P. King (1962, 1998), chairperson and dean emeri- B.A., Lehigh, 1994; M.F.A., Pittsburgh, 1997. tus of the graduate school and professor of mathematics. Robert L. Johnson (1970, 1994), professor emeritus of B.S.E.E., Kentucky, 1958; M.S., 1959; Ph.D., 1962. civil engineering. B.S., Iowa State, 1957; M.S., 1963; Richard J. Kish (1988, 2002), chairperson and professor Ph.D., 1969. P.E., Iowa, 1961. P.E., Pennsylvania, 1971. of finance. B.S., Clarion State, 1977; M.B.A., Florida, 1985; Ph.D., 1988. Administration, Faculty and Staff 377

Shalinee Kishore (2003), assistant professor of electrical James A. Largay III (1980), Arthur Andersen & Co. and computer engineering. B.S., Rutgers, 1996; M.S., Alumni professor of accounting. B.S., Denver, 1964; 1999; M.A., Princeton, 2001; Ph.D., 2002. M.B.A., Texas Tech., 1965; M.S., Cornell, 1970; Ph.D., Andrew Klein (1979, 1990), professor of chemical engi- 1971. C.P.A., Colorado, 1967. neering. B.S., CUNY., 1961; M.S., Stevens Inst. of Arthur I. Larky (1954, 1995), professor emeritus of Tech., 1965; Ph.D., North Carolina State, 1972. electrical and computer engineering. B.S., Lehigh, 1952; Joseph P. Klein (1980, 1991), assistant dean emeritus of M.S., Princeton, 1953; Ph.D., Stanford, 1957. the college of business and economics. B.S., Pennsylvania John W. Larsen (1984, 2003), professor emeritus of State, 1950; M.B.A., Lehigh, 1977. chemistry. B.S., Tufts, 1962; Ph.D., Purdue, 1966. Kamil Klier (1967, 1973), professor of chemistry. Dipl. Judith N. Lasker (1981, 1989), NEH distinguished pro- Chem., Charles (Prague), 1954; Ph.D., Czechoslovakia fessor of sociology and anthropology. B.A., Brandeis, Academy of Sciences, 1961. 1969; M.A., Harvard, 1973; Ph.D., 1976. Winifred A. Knight (2000), lecturer, biological sciences. Lucinda Lawson (2001), assistant professor of manage- B.S., Kutztown, 1979; M.S., Lehigh, 1981; Ph.D., 1985. ment. B.S., Arkansas State, 1995; M.B.A., 1996; Ph.D., Thomas L. Koch (2003), professor of electrical and Texas A&M, 2001. computer engineering. A.B., Princeton, 1977; Ph.D., Lawrence H. Leder (1968, 1989), professor emeritus of CALTECH, 1982. history. B.A., Long Island, 1949; M.A., New York, 1950; Kenneth P. Kodama (1978, 1989), professor of earth Ph.D., 1960. and environmental sciences. B.A., Pennsylvania, 1973; Kiri Lee (1994), associate professor of modern languages M.S., Stanford, 1977; Ph.D., 1977. and literature. B.A., Nara, 1981; M.Ed., Lesley, 1982; Michael G. Kolchin (1979, 1992), chairperson and pro- M.A., Harvard, 1993; Ph.D., 1998. fessor of management. B.A., Miami, 1965; M.B.A., Daniel Leenov (1963, 1988), professor emeritus of elec- 1970; D.B.A., Indiana, 1980. trical engineering. B.S., George Washington, 1943; Henry F. Korth (2002), chairperson and professor of M.S., Chicago, 1948; Ph.D., 1951. computer science and engineering. B.A., Williams, 1977; Linda S. Lefkowitz (1974, 1979), associate professor of M.A., Princeton, 1979; M.S.E., 1979; Ph.D., 1981. spanish, modern language and literature. B.A., Queens, Celal N. Kostem (1966, 1978), professor of civil engi- 1964; M.A., California at Berkley, 1966; Ph.D., neering. B.S., Istanbul Tech. (Turkey), 1960; M.S., Princeton, 1973. 1961; Ph.D., Arizona, 1966. Henry Leidheiser, Jr. (1968, 1990), professor emeritus Mayuresh V. Kothare (1998, 2003), associate professor of chemistry. B.S., Virginia, 1941; M.S., 1943; Ph.D., of chemical engineering and co-director of chemical 1946. process model and control center. B.S., Indian Inst. of Robert L. Leight (1964, 1995), professor emeritus of Tech. (Bombay), 1991; M.S. Calif. Inst. of Tech., 1995; education and human services. B.S., Kutztown, 1959; Ph.D., 1997. M.A., Lehigh, 1961; M.A., 1964; Ed.D., 1966. Kenneth L. Kraft (1990, 2001), professor of religion Gerard P. Lennon (1980, 1995), professor of civil engi- studies. B.A., Harvard, 1971; M.A., Michigan, 1978; neering. B.S., Drexel, 1975; M.S., Cornell, 1977; Ph.D., Ph.D., Princeton, 1984. 1980. Charles S. Kraihanzel (1962, 2001), professor emeritus Alexander Levine (1996, 2001), associate professor of of chemistry. B.S., Brown, 1957; M.S., Wisconsin, 1959; philosophy. B.A., Reed, 1988; C. Phil., California, San Ph.D., 1962. Diego, 1991; Ph.D., 1994. Steven Krawiec (1970, 1982), professor of biological sci- Edward K. Levy (1967, 1976), professor of mechanical ences. B.A., Brown, 1963; Ph.D., Yale, 1968. engineering and mechanics and director, energy research Arnold H. Kritz (1991), professor of physics. Sc.B., center. B.S., Maryland, 1963; M.S., M.I.T., 1964; Sc.D., Brown, 1956; M.S. Yale, 1957; Ph.D., 1961. 1967. Barry M. Kroll (1995), chairperson and Robert D. David W. P. Lewis (1994), professor emeritus of modern Rodale professor in writing, English. B.A., Delaware, languages and literature. B.A., Oxford (England), 1953; 1968; A.M., Boston U, 1973; Ph.D., Michigan, 1977. M.A., 1968; Dipl. European Studies, College of Europe (Bruges), 1957; Dr. de l’Univ., Sorbonne (Paris), 1973. Michael R. Kuchka (1988, 1994), associate professor of biological sciences. B.A., Pennsylvania, 1978; Ph.D., Tiffany J. Li (2002), assistant professor of electrical and Carnegie-Mellon, 1984. computer engineering. B.S., Beijing (China), 1997; M.E., Texas A&M, 1999. Robert Kuchta (2002), professor of practice of manage- ment and marketing. B.S., Newark, 1975; M.S., 1982. Jerome C. Licini (1987, 1993), associate professor of physics. B.A., Princeton, 1980; Ph.D., MIT, 1987. L John O. Liebig, Jr. (1946, 1984), professor emeritus of Nicholas Ladany (1996, 1999), associate professor of civil engineering. B.S., Lehigh, 1940; M.S., 1949. counseling psychology. B.S., Maryland, 1985; Ph.D., Stephen L. Liedtka (1999), assistant professor of SUNY at Albany, 1992. accounting. B.S., Virginia, 1991; M.S., 1993; Ph.D., Janet M. Laible (2001), assistant professor of political Maryland, 1999. science. B.A., U.C. Berkeley 1990; M.A., Yale, 1993; J. Ralph Lindgren (1965, 1995), Clara H. Stewardson Ph.D., 2002.. professor emeritus of philosophy. B.S., Northwestern, 1959; M.A., Marquette, 1961; Ph.D., 1963. 378 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2003-2004

Jeffrey T. Linderoth (2002), assistant professor of indus- Nelson G. Markley (1997, 2000), senior vice president, trial systems and engineering. B.S., Illinois at professor of mathematics. B.A., Lafayette, 1962; M.A., Urbana-Champaign, 1992; M.S., Georgia Institute of Yale, 1964; Ph.D., 1966. Technology, 1994; Ph.D., 1998. James M. Maskulka (1985, 1991), associate professor of Benjamin Litt (1970, 2002), professor emeritus of man- marketing. B.S., Youngstown State, 1972; M.B.A., 1975; agement and marketing. B.M.E., Brooklyn Polytechnic, D.B.A., Kent State, 1984. 1950; M.S., Stevens, 1957; M.B.A., New York, 1964; Douglas S. Mason (2002), professor of practice of art Ph.D., 1970. and architecture. B.F.A., Rhode Island School of Design. Daniel P. Lopresti (2003), associate professor of com- Janice Bially Mattern (2003), assistant professor of puter science. A.B., Dartmouth, 1982; M.A., Princeton, international relations. B.A., Wisconsin at Madison, 1984; Ph.D., 1987. 1991; M.A., Yale, 1994; M. Phil, 1996; Ph.D., 1998. Edward E. Lotto (1983, 1989), associate professor of Richard K. Matthews (1986, 1991), NEH distinguished English and director of the center for writing, math and professor of political science. B.A., Muhlenberg, 1974; study skills. B.A., Amherst, 1969; M.A., Boston, 1973; M.A., Delaware, 1976; Ph.D., Toronto, 1981. Ph.D., Indiana, 1980. C. Russell Mayo (1999), assistant professor, education Roland W. Lovejoy (1962, 1993), professor emeritus of and human services. B.A., Old Dominion, 1970; M.A., chemistry. B.A., Reed, 1955; Ph.D., Washington State, 1974; Ph.D., 1982. 1960. Alastair D. McAulay (1992, 1992), Chandler Weaver Linda J. Lowe-Krentz (1986, 2002), professor of biolog- professor of electrical and computer engineering. B.A., ical sciences. B.A., Northwestern, 1974; Ph.D., 1980. Cambridge, 1961; M.A., 1964; Ph.D., Carnegie-Mellon, Le-Wu Lu (1961, 1999), Bruce G. Johnston professor of 1974. civil engineering. B.S., National Taiwan, 1954; M.S., Teresa M. McCarthy (2003), assistant professor of man- Iowa State, 1956; Ph.D., Lehigh, 1960. agement and marketing. B.S. Massachusetts, 1987; M.S., Robert A. Lucas (1959, 1969), associate chair and asso- Rhode Island, 1998; Ph.D., Tennessee, 2003. ciate professor of mechanical engineering and mechanics. George E. McCluskey, Jr. (1965, 1976), professor of B.S., Lehigh, 1957; M.S., 1959; Ph.D., 1964. physics. B.A., Pennsylvania, 1960; M.S., 1963; Ph.D., Frank S. Luh (1965, 1995), professor emeritus of 1965. accounting. B.S., National Taiwan, 1957; M.A., Illinois, Judith Ann McDonald (1991, 1996), associate professor 1961; Ph.D., Ohio State, 1965. of economics. B.A., Western Ontario, 1979; Ph.D., John F. Lule (1990, 1999), professor of journalism and Princeton, 1986. communication. B.A., SUNY at Binghamton, 1976; Anthony J. McHugh (2002), professor of chemical engi- M.A., Temple, 1980; Ph.D., Georgia, 1987. neering. B.S., Cleveland State, 1966; M.S., Delaware, J. Gary Lutz (1971, 1981), professor of education and 1970; Ph.D., 1972. human services. B.S., Lehigh, 1965; M.S., 1968; Ed.D., James R. McIntosh (1966, 1984), chairperson and pro- 1969. fessor of sociology and anthropology. B.A., Colby, 1960; William L. Luyben (1967, 1973), professor of chemical M.A., New School for Social Research, 1963; Ph.D., engineering and co-director of chemical process model Syracuse, 1970. and control center. B.S., Pennsylvania State, 1955; John R. McNamara (1973, 2001), professor emeritus of Ph.D., Delaware, 1963. economics. B.A., Columbia, 1959; M.A., Rensselaer, Charles E. Lyman (1984, 1990), professor of materials 1965; Ph.D., 1971. science and engineering. B.S., Cornell, 1968; Ph.D., Gerald W. McRoberts (1997), assistant professor of psy- M.I.T., 1974. chology. B.A., Minnesota, 1977; M.S., Connecticut, 1980; Ph.D., 1990. M Norman P. Melchert (1962, 1995), William W. Selfridge Alistair K. MacPherson (1971, 1975), professor of Professor emeritus of philosophy. B.A., Wartburg, 1955; mechanical engineering and mechanics. B.S., Sydney B.D., Lutheran Theological Seminary, 1958; M.A., (Australia), 1957; M.S., 1965; Ph.D., 1967. Pennsylvania, 1959; Ph.D., 1964. Stefan Maas (2003), assistant professor of biological sci- Matthew A. Melone (1993, 1998), associate professor of ences, M.A., Free University (Germany), 1993; Ph.D, law. B.S., Villanova, 1980; C.P.A. Pennsylvania, 1982, Heidelberg (Germany), 1996. M.T., Villanova School of Law, 1987; J.D., Barbara C. Malt (1985, 1998), chairperson and profes- Pennsylvania, 1993. sor of psychology and department chair. B.A., Wesleyan, Anne S. Meltzer (1990, 2001), chairperson and profes- 1978; Ph.D., Stanford, 1982. sor of earth and environmental sciences and director of Patricia H. Manz (2003), assistant professor of school the Lehigh earth observatory. B.S., Guilford, 1980; psychology. B.S., Saint Joseph’s, 1986; M.S.Ed. M.S., North Carolina at Chapel Hill, 1982; Ph.D., Rice, Pennsylvania, 1987; Ph.D., 1994. 1989. Arnold R. Marder (1986, 1991), R.D. Stout distin- Michael Mendelson (1995, 2001), associate professor of guished professor of materials science and engineering philosophy. B.A., Massachusetts-Boston, 1982; M.A., and associate director of energy research center. B.S., California at San Diego, 1988; Ph.D., 1990. Brooklyn Polytechnic, 1962; M.S., 1965; Ph.D., Lehigh, Rajan M. Menon (1985, 1991), professor and Monroe 1968; P.E., 1988. J. Rathbone distinguished professor of international rela- tions. B.A., Delhi (India), 1974; M.A., Lehigh, 1975; Ph.D., Illinois-Urbana, 1979. Administration, Faculty and Staff 379

Joseph R. Merkel (1962, 1988), professor emeritus of Ziad W. Munson (2003), assistant professor of sociology chemistry. B.S., Moravian, 1948; M.S., Purdue, 1950; and anthropology. B.A., Chicago, 1993; Ph.D., Harvard, Ph.D., Maryland, 1952. 2002. April E. Metzler (1991, 1997), associate professor of David H. Myers (2000, 2001), assistant professor of counseling psychology. B.S., Florida, 1985; M.S., 1987; finance. B.A., Wesleyan, 1983; M.B.A., New York, Ph.D., 1991. 1987; Ph.D., University of Washington, 2001. Fortunato J. Micale (1966, 1995), professor emeritus of Paul B. Myers, Jr. (1962, 2002), professor emeritus of chemistry. B.A., St. Bonaventure, 1956; B.S., Niagara, earth and environmental sciences. B.A., Colgate, 1955; 1959; M.S., Purdue, 1961; Ph.D., Lehigh, 1965. M.S., Lehigh, 1957; Ph.D., 1960. John A. Mierzwa (1966, 1995), professor emeritus of counseling psychology. B.S., Ohio, 1954; M.A., 1955; N M.Ed., Harvard, 1958; Ed.D., 1961. Roger N. Nagel (1982), Harvey E. Wagner professor Jeffrey R. Milet (1976, 1989), professor of theatre. B.S., manufacturing systems engineering, professor of com- Bridgeport, 1963; M.F.A., Yale, 1969. puter science and engineering, and director, intelligent David N. Miller (2001, 2002), professor of practice and systems laboratory. B.S., Stevens Institute of Technology, program coordinator, centennial school. B.A, SUNY at 1964; M.S., 1969; Ph.D., Maryland, 1976. Oswego, 1986; M.S., 1990; Ph.D., Lehigh, 1999. Clay J. Naito (2002), assistant professor of civil and Robert H. Mills (1964, 1991), professor emeritus of environmental engineering. B.S., University of Hawaii, accounting. B.S., Colorado, 1949; M.S., 1955; Ph.D., 1993; M.S., U.C. Berkeley, 1994; Ph.D., 2000. Wisconsin, 1960. C.P.A., Illinois, 1957. Monica Najar (2000) assistant professor of history. B.A., Wojciech Z. Misiolek (1997), associate professor of California, Berkeley, 1990; M.A., Wisconsin, Madison, materials science and engineering. M.Eng., Mining and 1992; Ph.D., 2000. Metallurgy, Krakow, Poland, 1980; Sc.D., 1985. Terrence J. Napier (1992, 1998) associate professor of Alden J. Moe (1988, 2003), university service professor mathematics. B.S., Notre Dame, 1982; M.S., Chicago, emeritus of education. B.S., Minnesota, 1963; M.A., 1983; Ph.D., 1989. Clarke, 1967; Ph.D., Minnesota, 1971. George A. Nation, III (1985, 2000), Sue and Eugene Seth Moglen (1999), assistant professor of English. B.S., Mercy Jr. professor of business and economics, and asso- Yale, 1986; Ph.D., California at Berkeley, 1999. ciate professor of law. B.S., Villanova, 1980; J.D., 1983. Horace Keith Moo-Young (2002), associate professor of Nandkumar (Nandu) Nayar (2001), Hans Julius Bär civil and environmental engineering. B.S., Morgan, Chair and professor of finance. B. Tech., Indian Instit. of 1991; M.S., Rensselaer Polytechnic, 1992; Ph.D., 1995. Tech., 1981; M.S., Iowa, 1984; Ph.D., 1988. Bruce E. Moon (1987, 1997), professor of international Sudhakar Neti (1978, 1992), professor of mechanical relations. B.A., Ohio State, 1972; Ph.D., 1977. engineering and mechanics. B.S., Osmania (India), 1968; M.S., Kentucky, 1970; Ph.D., 1977. Carl L. Moore (1948, 1986), professor emeritus of accounting. B.A., Bucknell, 1943; M.A., Pittsburgh, William Newman (1968, 2003), professor emeritus of 1948. C.P.A., Pennsylvania, 1952. psychology. B.S., CUNY, 1964; Ph.D., Stanford, 1968. Edward P. Morgan (1976, 1989), distinguished profes- Mary A. Nicholas (1989, 1995), chairperson and associ- sor of political science. B.A., Oberlin, 1968; M.A., ate professor modern languages and literature. B.A., Brandeis, 1973; Ph.D., 1975. Wyoming, 1977; M.A., Illinois, 1979; Ph.D., Pennsylvania, 1988. Donald P. Morris (1993, 1998) associate professor of earth and environmental sciences. B.A., Colorado, 1978; Ageliki Nicolopoulou (1996, 2000), associate professor M.A., 1985; Ph.D., 1990. of psychology. B.A., Rhode Island, 1973; M.A., 1977; Ph.D., California at Berkeley, 1984. Carl O. Moses (1987, 2000), interim dean, college of arts and sciences and associate professor of earth and Herman F. Nied (1995), chairperson professor of environmental sciences. A.B., Princeton, 1978; M.S., mechanical engineering and mechanics. B.S., Rochester, Virginia, 1982; Ph.D., 1987. 1976; M.S., Lehigh, 1978; Ph.D., 1981. Gordon B. Moskowitz (2001), assistant professor of psy- Karl H. Norian (1982), associate professor of electrical chology. B.S., McGill, 1984; M.A., New York, 1989; and computer engineering. B.S., Queen Mary (London), Ph.D., 1992. 1973; Ph.D., Imperial (London), 1977. Peter Mueller (1980, 1983), associate professor of civil Michael R. Notis (1967, 1979), professor of materials engineering. Dipl. Ing., ETH (Zurich), 1967; Dr. sc. science and engineering. B.S., Lehigh, 1960; M.S., tech., 1978. 1963; Ph.D., 1969. Rosemary J. Mundhenk (1973, 1986), professor of John G. Nyby (1977, 1989), professor of biological sci- English. B.A., Southern California, 1967; M.A., ences. B.A., Texas, 1968; Ph.D., 1974. California at Los Angeles, 1969; Ph.D., 1972. O Vincent G. Munley (1980, 1992), professor of econom- ics. B.A., Lehigh, 1974; B.S., 1974; M.A., SUNY at Anthony P. O’Brien (1987, 1998), professor of econom- Binghamton, 1977; Ph.D., 1979. ics. Ph.D., California, Berkeley, 1987. Hector Munoz-Avila (2001), assistant professor of com- John B. Ochs (1979, 1990), professor of mechanical puter science and engineering. B.S., Andes (Bogota, engineering and mechanics and director of the Colombia), 1989; B.S., 1991; M.S., 1991; Ph.D., Integrated Product Development program. B.S., Kaiserslautern (Kaiserslautern, Germany), 1998. Villanova, 1971; M.S., Pennsylvania State, 1976; Ph.D., 1980. 380 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2003-2004

Nicholas G. Odrey (1983, 1991), professor of industrial Pam Pepper (1986, 1994), associate professor of theatre. engineering. B.S., Pennsylvania State, 1964; M.S., 1968; B.A., Wooster, 1975; M.F.A., Ohio, 1981. Ph.D., 1978. Eugene Perevalov (2001), assistant professor of industrial Kathleen K. Olson (2000), chairperson and assistant and systems engineering. M.S., Moscow Engineering professor of journalism and communication. B.S., Physics Institute, 1993; Ph.D., Texas, 1998. Northwestern, 1985; J.D., Virginia School of Law, 1989; N. Duke Perreira (1985, 1988), associate professor of M.A., Texas, 1995; Ph.D., North Carolina, 2000. mechanical engineering and mechanics. B.S., Rensselaer Laura K. Olson (1974, 1985), chairperson and professor Polytechnic, 1972; M.S., 1973; Ph.D., California at Los of political science. B.A., CUNY, 1967; M.A., Colorado, Angeles, 1977; P.E., Hawaii, 1980. 1972; Ph.D., 1974. Susan F. Perry (2000), lecturer, biological sciences. B.A., Padraig G. O’Seaghdha (1990, 1996), associate profes- Hartwick, 1986; Ph.D., Pennsylvania State, 1992. sor of psychology. B.A., Univ. College Cork (Ireland), Stephen P. Pessiki (1990, 1996), associate professor of 1973; M.A., 1977; Ph.D., Toronto (Canada), 1986. civil engineering. B.S., Drexel, 1984; M.S., Cornell, Boon-Siew Ooi (2003), associate professor of electrical 1986; Ph.D., 1990. and computer engineering. B.E., Glasgow (U.K.), 1992; Tom F. Peters (1989), professor of art and architecture, Ph.D., 1994. and history, and director of The Building and Alexis Ostapenko (1957, 1994), professor emeritus of Architectural Technology Institute. M. Arch., ETH civil engineering. Dipl. Ing., Munich Inst. of Technology Zurich 1969; Dr.sc. Techn. ETH Zurich 1977, (Germany), 1951; Sc.D., M.I.T., 1957. Habilitation Fuer Technikgeschichte TH Darmstadt, H. Daniel Ou-Yang (1988, 2000), professor of physics. 1992. B.S., Fu-Jen Catholic (Taiwan), 1975; M.S., 1977; Stephen C. Peters (2003), assistant professor of earth Ph.D., California-Los Angeles, 1985. and environmental sciences. B.S., Bates, 1992; M.S., Jerzy A. Owczarek (1960, 1995), professor emeritus of Dartmouth, 1997; Ph.D, Michigan, 2001. mechanical engineering and mechanics. Dip. Ing., Polish John Pettegrew (1996, 2001), associate professor of his- Univ. College (London), 1950; Ph.D., London, 1954. tory. B.A., Valparaiso, 1981; J.D., Marquette, 1984; Bradford B. Owen (1945, 1974), professor emeritus of M.A., Chicago, 1986; Ph.D., Wisconsin at Madison, biology. B.A., Williams, 1934; M.A., 1936; Ph.D., 1994. Harvard, 1940. C. Robert Phillips III (1976, 1987), professor of history. T.M. Ozsoy (1984, 1996), professor of mechanical engi- B.A., Yale, 1970; B.A., Oxford (England), 1972; M.A., neering and mechanics. B.S., Technical Institute of 1979; Ph.D., Brown, 1974. Istanbul, 1971; M.S., 1971; Ph.D., 1980. Warren A. Pillsbury (1962, 1995), professor emeritus of Alparslan Öztekin (1994, 2000), associate professor of economics. B.A., New Hampshire, 1953; M.S., Florida mechanical engineering and mechanics. B.S., Tech. Univ. State, 1958; Ph.D., Virginia, 1963. of Istanbul, 1982; M.S., Arizona, 1987; Ph.D., Illinois at Brian K. Pinaire (2003), assistant professor of political Urbana-Champaign, 1991. science. B.A., Whitman College, 1997; Ph.D., Rutgers, 2003. P A. Everett Pitcher (1938, 1978), university distinguished Sibel Pamukcu (1986, 1992), associate professor of civil professor emeritus of mathematics. A.B., Case-Western engineering. B.Sc., Bogazici (Turkey), 1978; M.S., Reserve, 1932; A.M., Harvard, 1933; Ph.D., 1935; Louisiana State, 1981; Ph.D., 1986. D.Sc. (Hon.), Case-Western Reserve, 1957. David W. Pankenier (1986, 1998), professor of chinese, Louis J. Plebani, Jr. (1974, 1982), associate professor of modern languages and literature. B.A., Rochester, 1968; industrial and systems engineering. B.S., Lehigh, 1968; M.A., Stanford, 1979; Ph.D., 1983. M.S., American, 1972; Ph.D., Lehigh, 1976. James M. Parks (1967, 1987), professor emeritus of geo- Peter P. Poole (1987, 2001), professor emeritus of man- logical sciences. B.A., Kansas, 1948; M.S., Wisconsin, agement. B.S., Northeastern, 1959; M.B.A., 1964; 1949; Ph.D., 1951. Ph.D., Pennsylvania State, 1986. John W. Paul (1974, 1994), professor of accounting. Miren E. Portela (2003), assistant professor of modern B.A., Cornell, 1965; M.B.A., Lehigh, 1971; Ph.D., languages and literature. B.A., Navarra (Spain), 1997; 1978. C.P.A., Florida, 1972. M.A., North Carolina, 1999; Ph.D., 2003. Barbara R. Pavlock (1989, 1991), associate professor of William M. Pottenger (1999), assistant professor of English and head of the classical studies program. B.A., computer science and engineering. B.S., Alaska, 1989; Barnard, 1969; M.A., Yale, 1972; Ph.D., Cornell, 1977. M.S., Illinois at Urbana-Champaign, 1995; Ph.D., Frank J. Pazzaglia (1999), associate professor of earth 1997. and environmental sciences. B.S., Pennsylvania State, Ann E. Priester (2001), lecturer, art and architecture. 1986; M.S., New Mexico, 1989; Ph.D., Pennsylvania B.F.A., Dartmouth, 1978; M.F.A., Princeton, 1982; State, 1993. Ph.D., 1990. Raymond Pearson (1990, 2003), professor of materials Antonio Prieto (1985, 1992), associate professor of science and engineering and director of center for poly- modern languages and literature. B.A., Princeton, 1976; mer science and engineering. B.S., New Hampshire, M.A., 1980; Ph.D., 1986. 1980; Ph.D., Michigan, 1990. Hayden N. Pritchard (1964, 1993), professor emeritus Alan W. Pense (1957, 1997), provost emeritus and pro- of earth and environmental sciences. B.A., Princeton, fessor emeritus of materials science and engineering. 1955; M.S., Lehigh, 1960; Ph.D., 1963. B.S., Cornell, 1957; M.S., Lehigh, 1959; Ph.D., 1962. Administration, Faculty and Staff 381

Q Donald O. Rockwell, Jr. (1970, 1976), Paul B. Reinhold professor of mechanical engineering and Clifford S. Queen (1972, 1976), associate professor of mechanics. B.S., Bucknell, 1960; M.S., Lehigh, 1964; mathematics. Ph.D., Ohio State, 1979. Ph.D., 1968. R Robert E. Rosenwein (1972, 1986), professor of sociolo- gy and anthropology. B.A., California at Berkeley, 1962; Shelden H. Radin (1963, 2001), professor emeritus of M.A., Michigan, 1963; Ph.D., 1970. physics. B.S., Worcester Polytechnic, 1958; M.S., Yale, 1959; Ph.D., 1963. Andrew M. Ross (2002), assistant professor of industrial and systems engineering. B.S., Harvey Mudd, 1996; Theodore K. Ralphs (2000), assistant professor of indus- M.S., UC Berkeley, 1997; Ph.D., 2001. trial and systems engineering. B.S., Carnegie Mellon, 1991; M.S., 1991; Ph.D., Cornell, 1995. Nancy S. Ross (1996), lecturer of journalism and com- munication. B.S., Cincinnati, 1968; M.A.T., 1969. Michael L. Raposa (1985, 1997), professor of religion studies. B.A., Yale, 1977; M.A.R., Yale Divinity School, Robert Rozehnal (2003), assistant professor of religion 1979; Ph.D., Pennsylvania, 1987. studies. B.A., Puget Sound, 1991; M.A., Wisconsin- Madison, 1995; Ph.D., Duke, 2003. Manash R. Ray (1989, 1995), associate professor of accounting. B.Com., St. Xavier’s (Calcutta), 1977; Herbert Rubenstein (1967, 1989), professor emeritus of M.B.A., Indian Institute of Management (Calcutta), leadership, instruction and technology. B.A., 1981; Ph.D., Pennsylvania State, 1989. Pennsylvania, 1942; M.A., 1943; Ph.D., Columbia, 1949. Gerhard Rayna (1955, 1988), professor emeritus of mathematics and computer science. B.A., Harvard, S 1952; M.A., Princeton, 1953; Ph.D., 1965. James S. Saeger (1967, 1985), professor of history. B.A., James E. Rebele (1990, 1993), associate professor of Ohio State, 1960; M.A., 1963; Ph.D., 1969. accounting. B.S., Indiana, 1978; M.B.A., 1979; Ph.D., 1984. Eric P. Salathe (1967, 1977), professor of mathematics and director, institute for biomedical engineering and Richard J. Redd (1958, 1995), professor emeritus of art. mathematical biology. B.S., Brown, 1960; M.S., B.Ed., Toledo, 1953; M.F.A., Iowa, 1958. Princeton, 1962; Ph.D., Brown, 1965. Steven L. Regen (1985, 1999), university distinguished Colin J. Saldanha (2001), assistant professor of biologi- professor of chemistry. A.B., Rutgers, 1968; Ph.D., cal sciences. B.A., Gustavus Adolphus, 1988; M.A., MIT., 1972. Columbia, 1991; MPhil, 1993; Ph.D., 1995. Katherine A. Restuccia (2003), professor of practice of Paul F. Salerni (1979, 1993), professor of music and psychology. B.A., Lehigh, 1992; Psy.D., Widener, 1998. director of Lehigh university very modern ensemble Tina Q. Richardson (1991, 1997), associate professor of (LUVME). B.A., Amherst, 1973; M.A., Harvard, 1975; counseling psychology. B.A., Maryland, 1985; M.A., Ph.D., 1979. 1988; Ph.D., 1991. Norman H. Sam (1962, 1986), professor emeritus of Martin L. Richter (1965, 2002), professor emeritus of education and human services and director emeritus of psychology. B.A., Rutgers, 1960; Ph.D., Indiana, 1965. summer sessions. B.S., Pittsburgh, 1951; M.S., 1955; Jeffrey M. Rickman (1993, 1998), associate professor of Ed.D., 1962. materials science and engineering. B.S., Miami (Ohio), Steven P. Sametz (1979, 1991), professor of music and 1982; B.A. 1982; M.S. Carnegie-Mellon, 1984; Ph.D., director of university choir. Dipl., Hochschule Fur 1989. Musik (Germany), 1975; B.A., Yale, 1976; M.A., James M. Ricles (1992, 2000), professor of civil engi- Wisconsin, 1978; D.M.A., 1980. neering. B.S., Texas, 1979; M.S., 1980; Ph.D., Jeffrey A. Sands (1973, 1983), professor of biological California at Berkeley, 1987; P.E., California. sciences. B.S., Delaware, 1969; M.S., Pennsylvania State, Catherine M. Ridings (2000), assistant professor of 1971; Ph.D., 1973. management and marketing. B.S., Villanova, 1988; Michael D. Santoro (2000), assistant professor of man- M.B.A., Drexel, 1994; Ph.D., 2000. agement and marketing. B.S., William Patterson, 1973; Alice D. Rinehart (1965, 1984), professor emerita of M.B.A., Adelphi, 1983; M.B.A., Rutgers, 1998; Ph.D., education and human services. B.A., Smith, 1940; M.A., 1998. Lehigh, 1965; Ed.D., 1969. Robert G. Sarubbi (1968, 1995), professor emeritus of Augustine Ripa, Jr. (1979, 1994), chairperson and pro- mechanical engineering and mechanics. B.S., Cooper fessor of theatre. B.A., Loyola, 1974; M.F.A., Union, 1953; M.S., Lehigh, 1957; Ph.D., 1963. Northwestern, 1976. Richard Sause (1989, 2000), professor of civil engineer- Ronald S. Rivlin (1967, 1980), university professor ing and director of advanced tech for large structural emeritus. B.A., Cambridge (England), 1937; M.A., systems center. B.S., Rensselaer Polytechnic, 1981; M.S., 1939; Sc.D., 1952. California-Berkeley, 1983; Ph.D., 1989; P.E., California. James E. Roberts (1985, 1991), associate professor of John Savage (2001), assistant professor of history. B.A., chemistry. B.S., Illinois at Urbana, 1977; B.S., 1977; George Washington, 1985; D.E.A., Ecole des Hautes Ph.D., Northwestern, 1982. Etudes en Sciences Sociales (Paris), 1991; Ph.D., New Richard Roberts (1962, 1975), professor of mechanical York, 1999. engineering and mechanics. B.S., Drexel, 1961; M.S., Kenneth N. Sawyers (1969, 1982), professor, mechani- Lehigh, 1962; Ph.D., 1964. cal engineering and mechanics. B.S., Illinois Inst. of Tech., 1962; Ph.D., Brown, 1967. 382 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2003-2004

Murray Schechter (1963, 2001), professor emeritus of Kenneth P. Sinclair (1972, 1988), chairperson and pro- mathematics. B.A., Brooklyn, 1957; Ph.D., 1965. fessor of accounting. B.A., Massachusetts, 1968; M.S., William E. Schiesser (1960, 1967), R. L. McCann pro- 1970; Ph.D., 1972. fessor of engineering and mathematics. B.S., Lehigh, Nadine J. Sine (1980, 1996), chairperson and professor 1955; M.A., Princeton, 1958; Ph.D., 1960. of music. B.M.E., Temple, 1970; M.M., 1976; Ph.D., Theodore W. Schlie (1989), co-director, management of NYU, 1983. technology program and associate professor of manage- Amardeep Singh (2001), assistant professor of English. ment and marketing. B.A., Valparaiso, 1963; M.S., B.A., Cornell, 1995; M.A., Tufts, 1996; Ph.D., Duke, Northwestern, 1969; Ph.D., 1973. 2001. Jill E. Schneider (1992, 1994), associate professor of Shivaji Sircar (2002), professor of practice of chemical biological sciences. B.S., Florida State, 1977; Ph.D., engineering. B.E., Jadavpur (India), 1964; M.E., Wesleyan, 1982. Pennsylvania, 1968; Ph.D., 1970. Keith J. Schray (1972, 1980), chairperson and professor K. Sivakumar (2001, 2003), Arthur Tauck professor of of chemistry. B.S., Portland, 1965; Ph.D., Pennsylvania international marketing and logistics and professor of State, 1970. marketing. B.E., Madras University (India), 1980; Eli Schwartz (1954, 1991), Charles W. Macfarlane pro- PGDRM, Institute of Rural Management (Anand, fessor emeritus of theoretical economics. B.S., Denver, India), 1982; Ph.D., Syracuse, 1992. 1943; M.A., Connecticut, 1948; Ph.D., Brown, 1952. Robert V. Skibbens (1999), assistant professor of biolog- William R. Scott (1992), professor of history and direc- ical sciences. B.S., Ohio State, 1981; Ph.D., UNC at tor of the Africana Studies program. B.A., Lincoln, Chapel Hill, 1994. 1960; M.A., Howard, 1966; M.A., Princeton, 1970; Zdenek J. Slouka (1972, 1993), Bernard L. and Bertha Ph.D., 1972. F. Cohen professor emeritus of international relations. Arup K. SenGupta (1985, 1998), chairperson and pro- B.A., Masaryk (Czechoslovakia), 1948; M.A., New York, fessor of civil engineering. B.S., Jadavpur (India), 1973; 1958; Ph.D., Columbia, 1965. M.S., Houston, 1982; Ph.D., 1984. Bruce M. Smackey (1971, 1990), professor of market- Russell A. Shaffer (1964, 1967), associate professor of ing. B.S., Rensselaer, 1962; M.S., Case Institute of physics. B.S., Drexel, 1956; Ph.D., Johns Hopkins, Technology, 1964; Ph.D., Rensselaer, 1969. 1962. David B. Small (1987, 1998), professor of sociology and Edward S. Shapiro (1983, 1990), chairperson of educa- anthropology. B.A., SUNY at Albany, 1973; M.A., 1977; tion and human services, professor of school psychology. Ph.D., Cambridge, 1983. B.S., Pittsburgh, 1973; M.A., Marshall, 1975; Ph.D., Charles R. Smith (1978, 1983), professor of mechanical Pittsburgh, 1978. engineering and mechanics. B.S., Stanford, 1966; M.S., Susan A. Sherer (1987, 2000), professor of management. 1968; Ph.D., 1971. B.S., SUNY at Albany, 1973; M.S., SUNY at Buffalo, Gerald F. Smith (1994), professor emeritus of mechani- 1975; M.S., Pennsylvania, 1986; Ph.D., Wharton, 1988. cal engineering and mechanics. B.S., Buffalo, 1952; George K. Shortess (1969, 1994), professor emeritus of Ph.D., Brown, 1956. psychology. B.A., Lycoming, 1954; M.A., Brown, 1960; John K. Smith, Jr. (1987, 1991), associate professor of Ph.D., 1962. history. B.S., Delaware, 1974; B.A., 1974; M.S., George C. M. Sih (1958, 1995), professor emeritus of Virginia, 1976; Ph.D., Delaware, 1986. mechanics. B.S., Portland, 1953; M.S., New York, 1958; Wesley R. Smith (1958, 1995), professor emeritus of Ph.D., Lehigh, 1960. physics. B.S., Lehigh, 1950; M.S., 1951; Ph.D., Laurence J. Silberstein (1984, 1990), Philip and Muriel Princeton, 1957. Berman professor of Jewish studies, professor of religion Oles M. Smolansky (1963, 1970), university professor studies, and director, Philip and Muriel Berman Center of international relations. B.A., New York, 1953; M.A., for Jewish Studies. B.A., Brandeis, 1958; M.A., Jewish Columbia, 1955; Ph.D., 1959. Theological Seminary, 1962; Ph.D., Brandeis, 1971. Donald M. Smyth (1971, 1995), Paul B. Reinhold Cesar A. Silebi (1973, 1991), professor of chemical engi- Professor emeritus of materials science and engineering, neering. B.S., Universidad del Atlantico (Colombia), and professor emeritus of chemistry. B.S., Maine, 1951; 1970; M.S., Lehigh, 1974; Ph.D., 1978. Ph.D., M.I.T., 1954. Gary W. Simmons (1970, 1983), professor of chemistry. Max D. Snider (1946, 1980), professor emeritus of mar- B.S., West Virginia, 1961; Ph.D., Virginia, 1967. keting and associate dean emeritus of the college of Neal G. Simon (1983, 1995), chair and professor of bio- business and economics. B.S., Illinois, 1936; M.S., 1937; logical sciences. B.A., SUNY at Binghamton, 1974; M.B.A., Stanford, 1941. M.S., Rutgers, 1977; Ph.D., 1979. Andrew K. Snyder (1964, 2000), professor emeritus of Roger D. Simon (1970, 1986), professor of history. mathematics. B.A., Swarthmore, 1959; M.A., Colorado, B.A., Rutgers, 1965; M.A., Wisconsin, 1966; Ph.D., 1961; Ph.D., Lehigh, 1965. 1971. Lawrence V. Snyder (2003), assistant professor of indus- Dale R. Simpson (1960, 1995), professor emeritus of trial and systems engineering. B.A., Amherst 1996; M.S., earth and environmental sciences. B.S., Pennsylvania Northwestern, 1999; Ph.D., 2003. State, 1956; M.S., California Inst. of Tech., 1958; Jean R. Soderlund (1993, 1994), chairperson and pro- Ph.D., 1960. fessor of history, and co-director, Lawrence Henry Gipson Institute for Eighteenth-Century Studies. B.A., Douglass, 1968; M.A., Glassboro State, 1971; Ph.D., Temple, 1982. Administration, Faculty and Staff 383

Robert M. Sorensen (1982), professor of civil engineer- James E. Sturm (1956, 1995), professor emeritus of ing. B.S., Newark College of Engineering, 1960; M.S., chemistry. B.A., St. John’s (Minnesota), 1951; Ph.D., Lehigh, 1962; Ph.D., California at Berkeley, 1966. P.E., Notre Dame, 1957. Texas, 1969. Jennifer Swann (1996), associate professor of biological Andrey N. Soukhojak (2002), assistant professor of sciences. B.S., Pennsylvania State, 1976; M.S., Florida materials science and engineering. Engineer-chemist- State, 1979; Ph.D., Northwestern, 1984. technologist, Mendeleyev (Russia), 1995; Ph.D., M.I.T., Susan Szczepanski (1982, 1989), associate professor of 2002. mathematics. B.A., LaSalle, 1975; Ph.D., Rutgers, 1980. John R. Speltzer (2003), assistant professor of computer science and engineering. B.S., Temple, 1989; M.A., T Johns Hopkins, 1993; M.S., Pennsylvania, 1999; Ph.D., Donald L. Talhelm (1960, 1995), professor emeritus of 2003. electrical engineering and computer science. B.S., Leslie H. Sperling (1967, 2002), professor emeritus of Lehigh, 1959; M.S., 1960. chemical engineering and materials science and engineer- Nicola B. Tannenbaum (1989, 2001), professor of soci- ing. B.S., Florida, 1954; M.A., Duke, 1957; Ph.D., ology and anthropology. B.A., Grinnell, 1973; M.A., 1959. Iowa, 1975; Ph.D., 1982. Arnold R. Spokane (1989), professor of counseling psy- Nelson Tansu (2003), assistant professor of electrical chology. B.A., Ohio, 1970; M.S.Ed., Kentucky, 1972; and computer engineering. B.S., Wisconsin-Madison, Ph.D., Ohio State, 1976. 1998; Ph.D., 2003. Robert S. Sprague (1957, 1988), professor emeritus of Qingjiu Tao (2002), assistant professor of management chemistry. B.S., Washington and Jefferson, 1943; Ph.D., and marketing. B.E., Beijing (China), 1991; M.S., 1992. Illinois, 1949. Stephen K. Tarby (1961, 2002), professor emeritus of William B. Stafford (1967, 1994), professor emeritus of materials science and engineering. B.S., Carnegie Tech., education and human services. A.B., Ohio, 1954; M.A., 1956; M.S., 1959; Ph.D., 1962. 1955; Ph.D., Indiana, 1965. Svetlana Tatic-Lucic (2002), assistant professor of elec- Lee J. Stanley (1982, 1994), chairperson and professor trical and computer engineering. B.S., Belgrade of mathematics. A.B., Princeton, 1971; M.A., California (Yugoslavia), 1986; M.S., CALTECH, 1980; Ph.D., at Berkeley, 1973; Ph.D., 1977. 1994. Michael Stavola (1989, 1993), chairperson and professor Larry W. Taylor (1984, 1996), professor of economics. of physics. B.S., Trinity, 1975; Ph.D., Rochester, 1980. B.S., North Alabama, 1980; Ph.D., North Carolina, Lloyd H. Steffen (1990, 2000), university chaplain; 1984. chairperson and professor of religion studies. B.A., New Theodore A. Terry (1951, 1995), professor emeritus of College, 1973; M.A., Andover Newton Theo. School, mechanical engineering and mechanics. B.S., Drexel, 1978; M. Div., Yale Divinity School, 1978; Ph.D., 1950; M.S., Lehigh, 1951; Ph.D., 1963. P.E., Brown, 1984. Pennsylvania, 1957. Vera S. Stegmann (1991, 1996), associate professor of Stephen F. Thode (1982, 1988), associate professor of modern languages and literature. B.A., Missouri, 1979; finance and director of the Murray H. Goodman Center M.A., 1981; M.A., Illinois, 1983; Ph.D., Indiana, 1989. for Real Estate Studies. B.A., Coe, 1973; M.B.A., Fred P. Stein (1963, 2001), professor emeritus of chemi- Indiana, 1979; D.B.A., 1980. cal engineering. B.S., Lehigh, 1956; M.S.E., Michigan, J. Bruce Thomas (1990, 1996), associate professor of art 1957; Ph.D., 1961. and architecture. B.S., Cincinnati, 1972; M.Arch., Harvey G. Stenger, Jr. (1984, 1992), professor of chemi- California, 1982; Ph.D., 1989. cal engineering. B.S., Cornell, 1979; Ph.D., M.I.T., David A. Thomas (1968, 1994), professor emeritus of 1984; P.E. materials science and engineering. B.S., Cornell, 1953; Gilbert A. Stengle (1960, 2002), professor emeritus of Sc.D., M.I.T., 1958. mathematics. B.S., Cornell, 1954; M.S., Wisconsin, Eric D. Thompson (1983, 1995), professor emeritus of 1957; Ph.D., 1961. electrical engineering and computer science. S.B., John E. Stevens (1975, 2003), professor emeritus of M.I.T., 1956; S.M., 1956; Ph.D., 1960. management and marketing. B.S., Dayton, 1968; Robert J. Thornton (1970, 1981), Charles W. M.B.A., 1970; M.A., Cincinnati, 1974; Ph.D., 1975. MacFarlane professor of economics. H.A.B., Xavier, Hannah W. Stewart-Gambino (1989, 2002), associate 1965; M.A., Illinois, 1967; Ph.D., 1970. dean, college of arts and sciences and professor of politi- Gregory L. Tonkay (1986, 1993), associate professor of cal science. B.A., Coverse, 1979; M.A., Duke, 1981; industrial and systems engineering. B.S., Pennsylvania Ph.D., 1985. State, 1981; Ph.D., 1987. Robert H. Storer (1986, 1999), professor of industrial Jean Toulouse (1984, 1994), professor of physics. M.A., and systems engineering. B.S.E., Michigan, 1979; M.S., Paris, 1971; M.S., Columbia, 1977; Ph.D., 1981. Georgia Tech. 1982; Ph.D., 1987. Barbara H. Traister (1973, 1986), professor of English. Karen Evans Stout (2001), associate professor of educa- B.A., Colby, 1965; M.A., Yale, 1968; Ph.D., 1973. tion. B.S., Minnesota, 1976; M.A., 1991; Ph.D., 1994. Robert J. Trent (1993, 1998), associate professor of Robert D. Stout (1939, 1980), dean emeritus and profes- management. B.S., Michigan State, 1980; MBA, Wayne sor emeritus of metallurgy and materials engineering. B.S., State, 1982; Ph.D., Michigan State, 1993. Pennsylvania State, 1935; M.S., Lehigh, 1941; Ph.D., 1944; D.Sc., Albright, 1967. P.E., Pennsylvania, 1946. 384 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2003-2004

Walter W. Trimble (1978, 1984), chairperson and asso- Arkady S. Voloshin (1984, 1991), professor of mechani- ciate professor of journalism and communication. B.A., cal engineering and mechanics. Ph.D., Tel-Aviv (Israel), Ohio State, 1970; M.A., 1972. 1978. LeRoy J. Tuscher (1971, 1986), professor of education and human services. B.S., Northern State, 1958; M.A., W Stanford, 1964; Ph.D., Florida State, 1971. Israel E. Wachs (1987, 1992), professor of chemical Kemal Tuzla (2002), professor of practice of chemical engineering. B.E., City College of CUNY, 1973; M.S., engineering. M.S., Tech. Univ. of Istanbul, 1966; Ph.D., Stanford, 1974; Ph.D., 1977. 1972. Meghanad D. Wagh (1984), associate professor of elec- Kenneth K. Tzeng (1969, 1977), professor of electrical trical and computer engineering. B. Tech., Indian and computer engineering. B.S., National Taiwan, 1959; Institute of Tech., 1971; Ph.D., 1977. M.S., Illinois, 1962; Ph.D., 1969. D. Alexander Waldenrath (1968, 2001), professor emer- itus of German. Ph.D., California at Berkeley, 1969. U Andrew E. Walker (2002), assistant professor of educa- Dean P. Updike (1965, 1995), professor emeritus of tion and human services. B.A., Washington State, 1995; mechanical engineering and mechanics. B.S., Princeton, M.S., Utah State, 2000. 1957; M.S., New York, 1960; Ph.D., Brown, 1964. J. David A. Walker (1978, 1983), professor of mechani- Christine Ussler (1984, 2001), professor of practice in cal engineering and mechanics. B.A., Western Ontario, art and architecture. B.A., Lehigh, 1981; M.Arch., 1967; M.S., 1968; Ph.D., 1971. Columbia, 1984. Vassie C. Ware (1985, 1991), associate professor of bio- logical sciences. B.A., Brown, 1975; M.Phil., Yale, 1978; V Ph.D., 1981. Victor M. Valenzuela (1957, 1984), professor emeritus Elvin G. Warfel (1966, 1990), professor emeritus of of modern languages and literature. B.A., San Francisco education and human services. B.S., Shippensburg State, State, 1950; M.A., Columbia, 1951; Ph.D., 1965. 1958; M.S., Pennsylvania State, 1958; Ed.D., Columbia, Anje C. van der Naald (1969, 1995), professor emeritus 1967. of Spanish. B.A., Carleton (Ottawa), 1963; M.A., William Warfield (1996, 1999), assistant professor of Illinois, 1965; Ph.D., 1967. music. B.Mus., Manhattan School of Music; M.M. John A. Van Eerde (1960, 1963), professor emeritus of George D. Watkins (1975, 1995), Sherman Fairchild modern languages and literature. B.A., Harvard, 1938; professor emeritus of solid-state studies. B.S., Randolph- M.A., 1939; Ph.D., Johns Hopkins, 1953. Macon, 1943; M.S., Harvard, 1947; Ph.D., 1952. David A. VanHorn (1962, 1995), professor emeritus of Todd A. Watkins (1992, 1998), associate professor of civil engineering. B.S., Iowa State, 1951; M.S., 1956; economics. B.S., Rochester, 1984; M.P.P., Harvard, Ph.D., 1959. P.E., Iowa, 1957, Pennsylvania, 1986. 1986; Ph.D., Harvard, 1995. Elizabeth F. Vann (2003), assistant professor of sociology Stephanie P. Watts (2003), assistant professor of English. and anthropology. B.A., Georgia State, 1994; M.A., B.A., North Carolina, 1997; M.A., Missouri-Columbia, Virginia, 1998; Ph.D, 2003. 1998; Ph.D., 2002. Eric Varley (1967, 1969), professor of mechanical engi- Samuel C. Weaver (1998), associate professor of finance. neering and mechanics. B.S., Manchester (England), B.S., Lehigh, 1975; M.B.A., 1978; Ph.D., 1985. 1955; M.S., 1957; Ph.D., Brown, 1961. Ben L. Wechsler (1974, 1982), professor emeritus of Lawrence J. Varnerin, Jr. (1986, 1991), Chandler- industrial engineering. B.S., Carnegie, 1942; M.A., Weaver professor emeritus of electrical engineering. S.B., George Washington, 1962; Ph.D., Lehigh, 1974. M.I.T., 1947; Ph.D., 1949. Robert P. Wei (1966, 1988), Paul B. Reinhold professor Geraldo M. Vasconcellos (1988, 1992), associate profes- of mechanical engineering and mechanics. B.S., sor of finance. B.S., Military Academy of Agulhas Negras Princeton, 1953; M.S., 1954; Ph.D., 1960. (Brazil), 1971; B.S., State Univ. of Rio de Janeiro, 1979; Steven H. Weintraub (2001), chairperson and professor M.S., Federal Univ. of Rio de Janeiro, 1981; M.S., of mathematics. A.B., Princeton, 1971; Ph.D., 1974. Illinois, 1983; Ph.D., 1986. Richard N. Weisman (1977, 1995), associate dean of the Ramamirthan Venkataraman (1968, 1974), associate P.C. Rossin college of engineering and applied science professor of applied mathematics and statistics. B.S., St. and professor of civil and environmental engineering. Joseph’s (India), 1960; M.S., Brown, 1966; Ph.D., 1968. B.S., Cornell, 1967; M.S., 1968; Ph.D., 1973. John F. Vickrey (1961, 1995), professor emeritus of Roslyn E. Weiss (1991, 1999), chairperson and professor English. B.A., Chicago, 1949; M.A., 1952; Ph.D., of philosophy. B.A., Brooklyn, 1973; M.A., Columbia, Indiana, 1960. 1975; M.Phil., 1976; Ph.D., 1982. Ricardo Viera (1974, 1986), professor of art and director Lenore E. Chava Weissler (1988, 1999), professor of of art galleries. Dipl., Boston Museum School, 1972; religion studies and Philip and Muriel Berman chair of B.F.A., Tufts, 1973; M.F.A., Rhode Island School of Jewish civilization. B.A., Brandeis, 1967; M.S., Design, 1974. Columbia, 1970; Ph.D., Pennsylvania, 1982. Richard P. Vinci (1998), assistant professor of materials Wenlong Weng (2001), assistant professor of economics. science and engineering. B.S., MIT, 1988; M.S., B.E., Zhejiang (China), 1983; M.S., Tsinghua (China), Stanford, 1990; Ph.D., 1994. 1986; M.A., Wichita State, 1993; M.S., Stanford, 1994; Anthony Viscardi (1992, 1998), associate professor of Ph.D., 2001. art and architecture. B.Arch., Virginia Polytechnic, 1973; M.Arch., Georgia Inst. of Tech., 1988. Administration, Faculty and Staff 385

Leonard A. Wenzel (1951, 1988), professor emeritus of Y chemical engineering. B.S., Pennsylvania State, 1943; M.S., Michigan, 1948; Ph.D., 1950. P.E., Pennsylvania, Yuliang Yao (2003), assistant professor of manage- 1958. ment and marketing. B.S., Shanghai Jiao Tong Howard R. Whitcomb (1967, 1999), professor emeritus, (China), 1995; M.B.A., Rensselear Polytechnic political science. B.A., Brown, 1961; M.A., Lehigh, Institute, 1997; Ph.D., Maryland, 2002. 1963; Ph.D., SUNY at Albany, 1971. Zhiyuan Yan (2003), assistant professor of electri- George P. White (1989, 2002), professor of education cal and computer engineering. B.E., Tsinghua and human services. B.S., West Chester, 1974; M.A., Northern Colorado, 1979; Ed.D., Vanderbilt, 1989. (China), 1995; M.S., Illinois, 1999; M.S., Marvin H. White (1981), Sherman Fairchild professor Mathematics, Illinios, 2003; Ph.D., 2003. of Solid-State Studies in electrical engineering and direc- W. Ross Yates (1955, 1986), professor emeritus of gov- tor of Sherman Fairchild Center. A.S., Henry Ford ernment. B.A., Oregon, 1948; M.A., 1949; Ph.D., Yale, Community, 1957; B.S.E. 1960; M.S., Michigan, 1961; 1956. Ph.D., Ohio State, 1969. Ben T. Yen (1957, 2001), professor emeritus of civil Sally A. White (2001) dean of college of education. engineering. B.S., National Taiwan, 1955; M.S., Lehigh, B.E.D., Greenwich (England), 1983; M.S., Texas, 1985; 1959; Ph.D., 1963. Ph.D., New Mexico, 1988. Roland K. Yoshida (1996, 2000), provost, vice president John C. Wiginton (1983, 1993), professor emeritus of for academic affairs and professor of educational psy- industrial engineering. B.A.Sc., British Columbia, 1957; chology. B.A., Southern California, 1970; M.S., 1971; M.B.A., 1966; M.S., Carnegie-Mellon, 1969; Ph.D., Ph.D., 1974. 1970. Donald R. Young (1986, 1992), professor emeritus of Albert Wilansky (1948, 1992), university distinguished electrical engineering. B.S., Utah State, 1942; Ph.D., professor emeritus of mathematics. Ph.D., Brown, 1947. M.I.T., 1949. David B. Williams (1976, 2000), vice provost for Zicheng Yu (2001), assistant professor of earth and envi- research. B.A., Cambridge (England), 1970; M.A., 1974; ronmental sciences. B.S., Peking (Beijing, China), 1985; Ph.D., 1974. M.S., 1988 (Environmental Geoscience); M.S., Toronto, Craig E. Williamson (1981, 1993), professor of earth 1992 (Botany); Ph.D., 1997. and environmental sciences. B.A., Dartmouth, 1975; Joseph E. Yukich (1985, 1995), professor of mathemat- M.A., Mount Holyoke, 1977; Ph.D., Dartmouth, 1981. ics. B.A., Oberlin, 1978; Ph.D., M.I.T., 1982. Robert C. Williamson (1963, 1984), professor emeritus of sociology. B.A., California at Los Angeles, 1938; Z M.A., 1940; Ph.D., Southern California, 1951. Ivan Zaknic (1986, 1994), professor of art and architec- George R. Wilson (1978, 1984), associate professor of ture. B.Arch., Cooper Union, 1972; M.Arch., Princeton, industrial and systems engineering. B.S., Pennsylvania 1975. State, 1971; M.S., 1973; Ph.D., 1979. Peter K. Zeitler (1988, 1996), professor of earth and John L. Wilson (1982, 1988), professor of civil engi- environmental sciences. B.A., Dartmouth, 1978; M.A., neering. B.S., Tufts, 1963; M.S., Yale, 1964; Ph.D., 1980; Ph.D., 1983. Pittsburgh, 1972. Daniel Zeroka (1967, 1990), professor of chemistry. Lisamarie Windham (2000), assistant professor of earth B.S., Wilkes, 1963; Ph.D., Pennsylvania, 1966. and environmental sciences. B.A., California, 1991; Linghai Zhang (2002), assistant professor of mathemat- M.S., Rutgers, 1995; Ph.D., 1999. ics. B.S., Beijing Normal, 1986; M.S., Beijing Institute, Lenora D. Wolfgang (1980, 1989), professor of french, 1989; Ph.D., Ohio State, 1999. modern languages and literature. B.A., Pennsylvania, Weixian Zhang (1995, 2001), associate professor of civil 1956; M.A., 1965; Ph.D., 1973. and environmental engineering. B.S., Tong Ji Univ., John D. Wood (1960, 1992), professor emeritus of 1984; M.S., Johns Hopkins, 1992; Ph.D., 1995. materials science and engineering. B.S., Case Inst. of Yunfeng Zhang (2001), assistant professor of civil and Tech., 1953; M.S., Lehigh, 1959; Ph.D., 1962. environmental engineering. B.S., Tongji (Shanghai, Benjamin G. Wright, III (1990, 2001), professor of reli- China), 1993; M.S., Tsinghua (Beijing, China), 1996; gion studies. B.A., Ursinus, 1975; M. Div., Eastern Ph.D., California Institute of Technology, 2001. Baptist Theological Seminary, 1978; Ph.D., Emory W. Zimmers, Jr. (1969, 1980), professor of Pennsylvania, 1988. industrial and systems engineering and director, Szu-Yung David Wu (1987, 1998), chairperson and pro- Enterprise Systems Center. B.S., Lehigh, 1966; B.S., fessor of industrial and systems engineering. B.S., 1967; M.S., 1967; Ph.D., 1973. Tunghai (Taiwan), 1981; M.S., Pennsylvania State, Perry A. Zirkel (1977, 1979), Iacocca professor of edu- 1985; Ph.D., 1987. cation and law. B.A., SUNY at Oswego, 1966; M.A., Albert H. Wurth, Jr. (1985, 1993), associate professor of Connecticut, 1968; Ph.D. 1972; J.D., 1976; LL.M., political science. B.A., Northwestern, 1971; M.A., Yale, 1983. Southern Illinois, 1981; Ph.D., North Carolina at Chapel Hill, 1987. Raymond F. Wylie (1973, 1987), professor of interna- tional relations. B.A., Toronto, 1964; M.A., 1968; Ph.D., London (England), 1976. 386 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2003-2004

Research Organizations/ Center for Polymer Science and Directors and Staff Engineering 111 Research Drive; 758-3590 Directors and staff members of the university’s research Mohamed S. El-Aasser, Ph.D., director; Manoj K. centers and institutes are listed. Complete degree infor- Chaudhury, Ph.D.; John Coulter, Ph.D.; Gregory mation may be found in the faculty and staff Ferguson, Ph.D.; Natalie Foster, Ph.D.; Ned Heindel, alphabetical listings. In some cases, areas of research Ph.D.; Li Jia, Ph.D.; Andrew Klein, Ph.D.; H. Daniel interest are given. Ou-Yang, Ph.D.; Raymond Pearson, Ph.D.; Steven L. All addresses are Bethlehem, Pa. 18015, and the area Regen, Ph.D.; James Roberts, Ph.D.; Keith J. Schray, code is (610). Ph.D.; Cesar A. Silebi, Ph.D.; Gary Simmons, Ph.D.; Arkady S. Voloshin, Ph.D. Biopharmaceutical Technology Institute 111 Research Drive; 758-5427 Center for Social Research James T. Hsu, Ph.D., director; Jack A. Aldadeff, Ph.D.; 516-520 Brodhead Ave.; 758-3800 Marvin Charles, Ph.D.; Natalie I. Foster, Ph.D.; Ned D. Diane Hyland, Ph.D., director; Brenda P. Egolf, M.A., Heindel, Ph.D.; Steven L. Regen, Ph.D.; James E. research scientist; John B. Gatewood, Ph.D.; Ellen C. Roberts, Ph.D.; Keith J. Schray, Ph.D. Herrenkohl, Ph.D., research scientist; Roy C. Herrenkohl, Ph.D.; Judith N. Lasker, Ph.D.; Carole Building and Architectural Technology Reese, M.A., research scientist; M. Jean Russo, Ph.D., Institute research scientist; David B. Small, Ph.D.; Lori Toedter, 17 Memorial Drive, East; Ph.D.; S. Lloyd Williams, Ph.D. David C. Amidon, Jr., M.A.; Lynn S. Beedle, Ph.D.; Chemical Process Modeling and Control George C. Driscoll, Ph.D.; Roy C. Herrenkohl, Ph.D.; Research Center Donald J. Hillman, Ph.D.; Ti Huang, Ph.D.; Celal N. Kostem, Ph.D.; Le-Wu Lu, Ph.D.; Benjamin F. Iacocca Hall, 111 Research Drive; 758-4781 Marcune; Peter Mueller, Dr.sc.techn.; Tom F. Peters, Mayuresh V. Kothare, Ph.D., co-director; William L. Dr.sc.techn.; Warren A. Pillsbury, Ph.D.; Richard Luyben, Ph.D., co-director; Hugo S. Caram, Ph.D.; Roberts, Ph.D.; Roger D. Simon, Ph.D.; Steven Thode, Mohamed S. El-Aasser, Ph.D.; William E. Schiesser, D.B.A.; Bruce Thomas, Ph.D.; John L. Wilson, Ph.D.; Ph.D.; Stanley H. Johnson, Ph.D.; James T. Hsu, Ph.D.; Ivan Zaknic. Harvey G. Stenger, Ph.D.; Robert H. Storer, Ph.D. Center for Crisis and Litigation Public Emulsion Polymers Institute Relations 111 Research Drive; 758-3590 29 Trembley Drive; 758-4178 Mohamed S. El-Aasser, Ph.D., director; Eric S. Daniels, Carole Gorney, MSJ, APR, Fellow PRSA, director; Ph.D., associate director; E. David Sudol, Ph.D., associate Berrisford Boothe, MFA; art and architecture; Richard director; Victoria L. Dimonie, Ph.D.; Andrew Klein, Long, public relations, Brigham Young University; Ph.D.; Thomas B. Lloyd, Ph.D.; H. Daniel Ou-Yang, Douglas Ann Newsom, Ph.D., public relations, Texas Ph.D.; James E. Roberts, Ph.D.; Cesar A. Silebi, Ph.D.; Christian University; John Ochs, Ph.D., mechanical Olga L. Shaffer, M.S. engineering and mechanics, director iP3 program; Energy Research Center Geraldo Vasconcellos, Ph.D., finance and economics; George White, Ed.D., education. Professional affiliates: 117 ATLSS Drive; 758-4090 Joel Burcat, Esq., Partner, Kirkpatrick & Lockhart LLP; Edward K. Levy, Sc.D., director; Arlan O. Benscoter; Brad Drexler, Vice President University Relations, Harun Bilirgen, Ph.D.; Philip A. Blythe, Ph.D.; Hugo S. Lehigh; Rene Henry, APR, Fellow PRSA, director office Caram, Ph.D.; John C. Chen, Ph.D.; Richard E. Conn, of communications and government relations, U.S. Ph.D.; Terry J. Delph, Ph.D.; Vladimir Dobric, Ph.D.; Environmental Protection Agency, Mid-Atlantic States John N. DuPont, Ph.D.; Sharon Friedman, M.A.; Region; T. Michael Jackson, APR, Fellow PRSA, direc- Joachim Grenestedt, Ph.D.; D. G. Harlow, Ph.D.; James tor, Jackson, Jackson and Wagner, and global corporate T. Hsu, Ph.D.; Stanley H. Johnson, Ph.D.; Kamil Klier, relations director (ret.), Dow Corning Corp.; James E. Ph.D.; Mayuresh Kothare, Ph.D.; Arnold H. Kritz, Lukaszewski, APR, Fellow PRSA, principal of The Ph.D.; Gerard P. Lennon, Ph.D.; Ursla S. Levy, M.B.A., Lukaszewski Group. C.M.A.; Charles E. Lyman, Ph.D.; Arnold R. Marder, Ph.D.; Horace Moo-Young, Ph.D.; Sudhakar Neti, Center for Manufacturing Systems Ph.D.; Herman F. Nied, Ph.D.; Sibel Pamukcu, Ph.D.; Engineering Alan W. Pense, Ph.D.; Donald O. Rockwell, Ph.D.; 200 W. Packer Avenue; (610) 758-5157 Carlos E. Romero, Ph.D.; John W. Sale, M.S., P.E.; Keith M. Gardiner, Ph.D., director; John P. Coulter, Nenad Sarunac, Ph.D.; Arup Sengupta, Ph.D.; Dale R. Ph.D.; Steven L. Goldman, Ph.D.; Mikell P. Groover, Simpson, Ph.D.; Charles R. Smith, Ph.D.; Harvey G. Ph.D.; Parveen P. Gupta, Ph.D.; Roger N. Nagel, Ph.D.; Stenger, Jr., Ph.D.; Arkady Voloshin, Ph.D.; Israel Raymond Pearson, Ph.D.; Manash Ray, Ph.D.; Richard Wachs, Ph.D.; Robert P. Wei, Ph.D.; Richard N. Roberts, Ph.D.; Bruce M. Smackey, Ph.D.; Theodore Weisman, Ph.D. Schlie, Ph.D.; Robert J. Trent, Ph.D.; George R. Wilson, Ph.D. Administration, Faculty and Staff 387

Engineering Research Center for Lawrence Henry Gipson Institute for Advanced Technology for Large Eighteenth-Century Studies Structural Systems (ATLSS) 9 W. Packer Avenue; 758-3369/3360 117 ATLSS Drive, Imbt Laboratories, Mountain Scott Paul Gordon, Ph.D., co-director; Jean R. Campus; Soderlund, Ph.D., co-director; Michael G. Baylor, Ph.D.; 758-3525; Fax 758-5902; www.atlss.lehigh.edu Marie-Helene Chabut, Ph.D.; Stephen H. Cutcliffe, Ph.D.; Jan Fergus, Ph.D.; Edward J. Gallagher, Ph.D.; Administration: Richard Sause, Ph.D., director; John E. Philip A. Metzger, Ph.D.; Monica Najar, Ph.D.; James S. Bower, Ph.D., deputy director; Robert P. Alpago, B.S., Saeger, Ph.D. associate director; Phyllis D. Pagel, financial services; Peter Y. Bryan, B.S., computer systems; Frank E. Stokes, Martindale Center for the Study of MS, manager-structural laboratories; Richard Sause, Private Enterprise Ph.D., co-director-Pennsylvania Infrastructure Technology Alliance (PITA). 621 Taylor Street; 758-4771 Faculty Associates: Le-Wu Lu, Ph.D., stability and steel J. Richard Aronson, Ph.D., director; Robert J. Thornton, structures; Stephen P. Pessiki, Ph.D., NDE and concrete Ph.D., associate director; Todd Watkins, Ph.D., associate technology; James M. Ricles, Ph.D., and Clay Naito, director and director of the Kalmbach Institute for the Ph.D., seismic design technology; Yunfeng Zhang, Study of Regional Political Economy; Judith McDonald, Ph.D., structural control; John W. Fisher, Ph.D., emeri- Ph.D., associate director and director, Canadian Studies tus, fatigue and fracture; Alan W. Pense, Ph.D., Institute; Geraldo Vasconcellos, Ph.D., director of con- emeritus, welding and forensics; Helen Chan, Ph.D., ferences and research; Henri Barkey, Ph.D.; Richard W. John N. DuPont, Ph.D., and Arnold R. Marder, Ph.D., Barsness, Ph.D.; Michael Baylor, Ph.D.; Raymond Bell, Materials Science & Engineering; Joachim Grenestedt, Ph.D.; James Dearden, Ph.D.; Mary Beth Deily, Ph.D.; Ph.D., and Herman F. Nied, Ph.D., Mechanical Frank Gunter, Ph.D.; James Hall, Ph.D.; Thomas Engineering & Mechanics; Hugo S. Caram, Ph.D., Hyclak, Ph.D.; Arthur E. King, Ph.D.; Stephen Liedtka, Chemical Engineering. Ph.D.; John McNamara, Ph.D.; Vincent Munley, Ph.D.; David Pankenier, Ph.D.; James Rebele, Ph.D.; James Research/Staff Associates: Robert J. Connor, Ph.D., field Saeger, Ph.D.; Michael Santoro, Ph.D.; Ted Schlie, assessment of structures; Eric J. Kaufmann, Ph.D., met- Ph.D., Roger Simon, Ph.D.; Oles Smolansky, Ph.D.; allography/fractography; Lisa E. Friedersdorf, Ph.D., Hannah Stewart-Gambino, Ph.D.; Richard Weisman, corrosion. Ph.D.; Howard Whitcomb, Ph.D. Iacocca Institute Center for Advanced Materials and 111 Research Drive; 758-6723 Manotechnology Dr. Richard M. Durand, Herbert E. Ehlers, dean, 5 E. Packer Avenue; 758-3850 College of Business & Economics; Richard Brandt, Martin P. Harmer, Ph.D., director; Lisa Friedersdorf, Director, Iacocca Institute and Director, Global Village; materials industrial liaison program; Hugo Caram, Vincent G. Munley, Academic Director; Susan Scheller Ph.D., ceramics research laboratory; G. Slade Cargill, Arsht, Marketing Manager, Executive Education; Sherry Ph.D., thin films laboratory; Helen M. Chan, Ph.D., L. Buss, Program Director, Career Awareness Program; director, ceramics research laboratory; Manoj Laurie Gostley-Hackett, Director, Diamond Center for Chaudhury, Ph.D., microelectronic packaging laborato- Economic Education and Entrepreneurship; Christine ry; John Chen, Ph.D., microelectronic packaging M. Pense, Programs Officer – Global Village; Mary laboratory; Richard Decker, Ph.D., microelectronic Frances Schurtz-Leon, Candidate Manager, Global packaging laboratory; J. Alwyn Eades, Ph.D., director, Village; Elizabeth Simmons, Manager, Executive electron optical laboratory; Greg Ferguson, Ph.D., Education. Iacocca Professors: S. David Wu, professor of microelectronic packaging laboratory; Gary Harlow, industrial and systems engineering; Rosemary Ph.D., microelectronic packaging laboratory; Miltiadis Mundhenk, professor, department of English; Vincent Hatalis, Ph.D., thin films research laboratory; Richard G. Munley, professor, department of economics; Edward W. Hertzberg, Ph.D., mechanical behavior laboratory; S. Shapiro, chairperson, department of education and Himanshu Jain, Ph.D., ceramics research laboratory; human services. Charles E. Lyman, Ph.D., electron optical laboratory; Institute of Biomedical Engineering and Wojciech Misiolek, Ph.D., microelectronic materials; Mathematical Biology Herman Nied, Ph.D., microelectronic packaging labora- tory; Michael R. Notis, Ph.D., ceramics research 17 Memorial Drive, East; 758-3703 laboratory; Sibel Pamukcu, Ph.D., environmental mate- Eric P. Salathe, Ph.D., director; George A. Arangio, rials laboratory; Raymond A. Pearson, Ph.D., director, M.D., visiting research scientist; Russell E. Benner, microelectronic packaging laboratory; Jeffrey Rickman, Ph.D., research scientist. Ph.D., modeling research laboratory; Arup K. SenGupta, Ph.D., environmental materials laboratory; Gary Institute for Metal Forming Simmons, Ph.D., microelectronic packaging laboratory; 5 E. Packer Avenue; 758-4252 Donald M. Smyth, ceramics research laboratory; David Wojciech Z. Misiolek Sc.D., director, Arlan O. Thomas, Ph.D., mechanical behavior laboratory; Jean Benscoter, John P. Coulter, Ph.D., John DuPont, Ph.D., Toulouse, Ph.D., ceramics research laboratory; Richard Edwin W. Force II, Mikell P. Groover, Ph.D., Thomas Vinci, Ph.D., director, mechanical behavior laboratory; Lloyd, Ph.D., Arnold R. Marder, Ph.D.; Michael Rex; Arkady Voloshin, Ph.D., microelectronic packaging labo- David B. Williams, Ph.D. ratory; David B. Williams, Ph.D., electron optical laboratory. 388 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2003-2004

Murray H. Goodman Center for Real Meltzer, earth and environmental sciences; Philip A. Estate Studies Metzger, Linderman Library; Jeffrey Milet, speech and theater; Vincent G. Munley, economics; Roger N. Nagel, 621 Taylor Street; 758-4778 electrical engineering and computer science; Michael R. Stephen F. Thode, DBA, director. Notis, materials science and engineering; Anthony Musser Center for Entrepreneurship O’Brien; economics; Alan W. Pense, materials science 621 Taylor Street; 758-3980 and engineering; Tom F. Peters, art and architecture; Michael Raposa, religion studies; Robert E. Rosenwein, Polymer Interfaces Center sociology and anthropology; Christine M. Roysdon, 111 Research Drive; 758-3701 Linderman Library; William E. Schiesser, chemical engi- neering; Keith J. Schray, chemistry; Roger D. Simon, Manoj K. Chaudhury, Ph.D., director; Eric S. Daniels, history; Bruce M. Smackey, management and marketing; Ph.D.;Victoria L. Dimonie, Ph.D.; Mohamed S. El- David Small, sociology and classical studies; John K. Aasser, Ph.D. Gregory Ferguson, Ph.D.; Andrew Klein, Smith, history; Drew Snyder, art and architecture; Bruce Ph.D.; H. Daniel Ou-Yang, Ph.D.; Raymond A. Thomas, art and architecture; Ricardo Viera, art and Pearson, Ph.D.; James E. Roberts, Ph.D.; Olga L. architecture; Todd Watkins, economics; Albert H. Shaffer, M.S.; Cesar A. Silebi, Ph.D.; Gary W. Simmons, Wurth, political science; Raymond F. Wylie, internation- Ph.D. al relations; Ivan Zaknic, art and architecture; Peter K. Philip and Muriel Berman Center for Zeitler, earth and environmental sciences. Jewish Studies Small Business Development Center 9 W. Packer Avenue; 758-4869, fax 758-4858 Sandra F. Holsonback, M.B.A., director; Mary Beth Laurence J. Silberstein, Ph.D., director; Chava Weissler, Zingone, A.C.A.S.; associate director; Kim Edwards, Ph.D.; Robert L. Cohn, Ph.D. (Lafayette College); Ruth B.S.Ed., program director, financing assistance program; Knafo Setton, Writer in Residence. Associated faculty: Jim Sinz, M.A., program director, government marketing David C. Amidon, Jr., M.A.; Bunnie Piltch, M.A.; Oles assistance program; Cora Landis, program director, M. Smolansky, Ph.D.; Roslyn Weiss, Ph.D.; Benjamin lexnet; Sally Handlon, M.B.A., program director, busi- G. Wright III, Ph.D. ness education and training program; Greg Maclin, M.S.; Mo Elbanna, B.A. The Philip Rauch Center for Business Communications 621 Taylor Street; 758-4863 Robert R. Kendi, M.S., director. Sherman Fairchild Center for Solid- State Studies 16A Memorial Drive, East Marvin H. White, Ph.D., director; Gary G. DeLeo, Ph.D.; W. Beall Fowler, Ph.D.; Miltiadis Hatalis, Ph.D.; James Hwang, Ph.D.; Ralph Jaccodine, Ph.D., Sherman Fairchild Professor of Solid State Studies; Jerome Licini, Ph.D.; H. Daniel Ou-Yang, Ph.D.; Michael Stavola, Ph.D.; Jean Toulouse, Ph.D., Sherman Fairchild Professor of Solid-State Studies; George D. Watkins, Ph.D., Sherman Fairchild Professor of Solid-State Studies; Donald R. Young, Ph.D. Science, Technology and Society Program and Technology Studies Resource Center 9 W. Packer Avenue; 758-3350 Stephen H. Cutcliffe, director; Henri J. Barkey, interna- tional relations; Gordon Bearn, philosophy; Lynn S. Beedle, civil engineering; Susan Cady, library and tech- nology services; Gail Cooper, history; Jack A. DeBellis, English; Robin Dillon, philosophy; Nikolai Eberhardt, electrical engineering and computer science; Edward B. Evenson, geological sciences; Sharon M. Friedman, jour- nalism; Edward J. Gallagher, English; Norman J. Girardot, religion studies; Steven L. Goldman, philoso- phy and history; Mikell P. Groover, industrial engineering; Ned D. Heindel, chemistry; Roy C. Herrenkohl, sociology; Chaim D. Kaufmann, interna- tional relations; Kenneth L. Kraft, religion studies; Judith N. Lasker, sociology; Benjamin Litt, management and marketing; John R. McNamara, economics; Anne S. Index 389

Index

Colleges A Arts and Sciences 49 Academic Rules 27 Business and Economics 49 Accounting 84 Education 49 Accreditation 5 Engineering and Applied Science 50 Admission Guidelines Communication 168 Undergraduate 5 Computer Science 175 Graduate 51 Computer Science and Business Program 39, 168 Advanced Placement 7 Computer Science and Engineering 170 Advisement 27 Computing 19 Africana Studies 86 Continuing Education 26 Alcohol and Drug Programs 23 Cooperative Graduate Education 179 American Studies 88 Council on Tall Buildings and Urban Habitat 81 Anthropology 89 Counseling Courses 179 Application 6 Counseling and Psychological Service 24 Application for Degree 28 Credit and Grades Applied Mathematics and Statistics 89 Undergraduate 28 Applied Sciences 89 Graduate 52 Army ROTC 292 Art and Architecture 90 D Art Galleries 21 Degree information Arts and Sciences, College of 31 Undergraduate 27 Arts and Sciences Courses 97 Graduate 55 Arts-Engineering 97 Dentistry Program 36 Asian Studies 103 Department Honors 31 Astronomy and Astrophysics 106 Design Arts 179 Athletic Opportunities 16 Disability Services 23 Auditing 30 Distance Education 26 B E Ben Franklin Technology Partners 80 Early Decision 6 Bethlehem 17 Earth and Environmental Sciences 161, 183 Biochemistry 108 Economics 195 Biological Sciences 108 Education 40 Biology 119 Education, College of 201 Biopharmaceutical Technology Institute 66 Electrical and Computer Engineering 211 Bioscience and Biotechnology Program 119 Electrical Engineering 221 Board of Trustees 366 Electrical Engineering and Engineering Physics 221 Buildings, University 361 Eligibility for Degree 27 Business and Economics 38 Emulsion Polymers Institute 71 Business and Economics Graduate Courses 125 Energy Research Center 72 Business Courses 124 Engineering 222 Business Information Systems 124 Engineering Research Center For Advanced Technology For Large Structural Systems (ATLSS) 73 C English Courses 223 Calendar 4 English as a Second Language 45, 230 Campus Life 14 English Language Learning Center (ELLC) 26 Campuses 361 Enterprise Systems Center (ESC) 74 Career Services 25 Entrance Examinations 5 Center for Manufacturing Systems Engineering 68 Environment and Society 231 Center for Polymer Science and Engineering 68 Environmental Science 232 Center for Social Research 69 Environmental Writing 232 Center for Writing, Math, and Study Skills 25 Chemical Engineering 131 F Chemical Process Modeling and Control Faculty and Emeriti 370 Research Center 70 Faculty Development and Learning Innovations 22 Chemistry 139 Finance 232 Chinese Courses 297 Financial Aid Civil and Environmental Engineering 151, Undergraduate 11 Civil and Environmental Engineering and Earth and Graduate 54 Environmental Sciences 161 Fine Arts 233 Classical Studies 163 Five-Year Programs 233 College Scholar Program 168 Five-Year, Two-Bachelor-Degree Programs 27 390 Lehigh University Course Catalog 2003-2004

Foreign Culture and Civilization 233 M Foreign Literature 233 Management 266 Fraternities 14, 365 Management Science 267 French 233 Manufacturers Resource Center 81 French Courses 298 Manufacturing Systems Engineering 269 Marketing 270 G Martindale Center for the Study of Private General College Division 47 Enterprise 77 Geology 234 Materials Research Center 78 German 234 Materials Science and Engineering 272 German Courses 299 Mechanical Engineering and Mechanics 286 Government 234 Media Center and Services 20 Graduate Studies Organizations 61 Military Science 292 Graduate Study 49 Modern Languages and Literature 295 Graduation Honors 30 Murray H. Goodman Center for Real Graduation Requirements Estate Studies 78 Undergraduate 27 Museum 21 Graduate 53 Music 303 Greek 234 Musical Organizations 15 Guest Speakers 16 Musser Center for Entrepreneurship 78 H N Health & Wellness Center 24 Networking 19 Hebrew 234 Hebrew Courses 300 O History 234 Optometry Program 36 History of the University 357 Honor Societies 31 P Humanities 241 Pass-Fail Systems 30 Philip and Muriel Berman Center for I Jewish Studies 77 Iacocca Institute 74 Philosophy 307 Industrial and Systems Engineering 243 Physics 310 Information and Systems Engineering 251 Policy of Equality 5 Institute for Biomedical Engineering and Political Science 317 Mathematical Biology 75 Polymer Interfaces Center 79 Institute for Fracture and Solid Mechanics 75 Pre-Law Programs 35 Institute for Metal Forming 76 Pre-Medical Education Program 36 Institute of Thermo-Fluid Engineering and Science 76 Presidents of the University 358 Integrated Business and Engineering Honors Principal Officers 367 Program 254 Psychology 324 Interdisciplinary Graduate Programs 62 Interdisciplinary Graduate Study and Research 62 Q Interdisciplinary Technology 255 Quality Engineering 331 International Multimedia Resource Center 45 International Relations 255 R International Students and Scholars 43 Rauch Center for Business Communications 81 Interviews 6 Recommendations 6 Intramural/Club Sports 17 Refunds 10 Registration, Graduate 52 J Religion Studies 331 Japanese 258 Religious Activities 15 Japanese Courses 300 Research Centers and Institutes 66 Jewish Studies 258 Research Organizations/ Directors and Staff 386 Journalism and Communication 259 Residence Halls 14 Residency Requirement 27 L Residential Facilities 364 Languages 265 Resources for Students 22 Latin American Studies 265 Review-Consultation-Study Period 30 Law 265 Russian Courses 301 Lawrence Henry Gipson Institute for Russian Studies 335 Eighteenth-Century Studies 77 Lehigh University Press 22 Lehigh University Theatre 15 Library and Technology Services 19 Index 391

S School Psychology 336 Science, Environmental and Technical Writing 336 Science, Technology and Society 337 Sherman Fairchild Center for Solid-State Studies 79 Small Business Development Center 82 Social Psychology 339 Sociology and Anthropology 339 Sororities 14, 365 Spanish 347 Spanish Courses 301 Special Academic Programs 26 Special Education 347 Special Undergraduate Academic Opportunities 43 Speech 347 Statistics 347 Student Organizations 15 Student Resources 22 Student Responsibilities 13 Student Rights 13 Study Abroad 44 Summer Studies 26 Supply Chain Management 347 T Teacher Certification Program 37 Technology Studies Resource Center 80 Technology, Interdisciplinary Courses 348 Theatre 15 Theatre Courses 348 Thesis 28 Transfer Students 7 Tuition and Fees Undergradate 9 Graduate 53 U Undergraduate Studies 27 University Aid 12 Urban Studies 352 V Volunteer and Community Services 16 W Women’s Studies 353